Skip to main content

Full text of "Circular"

See other formats


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 


i863' 


DATE  DUE 

^Jl:    , 

]m 

UNIV.  OF  MASSACHUSETTS/AMHERST 
LIBRARY 


S 
73 

M3 

no. 31 -60 


MASSAGIiUSSTTS 


STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE 


Circulars   31-60, 


1915-1916. 


i\ 


3\  -Uo 


Circulars, 


31.  The  farmer's  interest  in  game  -protection. 

E.H.Forbush, 

32.  Beef  -oroduction   in  New  England. 

H.H.Wing. 

33.  Profitable  far:n  -ooultry  with  special 

reference  to  eggs  and  meat . .W.R.Graham. 

34.  Household  accounting Miss  L.Comstock. 

35.  alfalfa  for  New  England A.D.Crorawell. 

36.  Factors  affecting  economical  milk 

production C.H.Sckles. 

37.  The  value  of  experimental  work  for  truck 

farmers T.G.  Johnson. 

38.  The  encouragement  of  clean  milk  production. 

L.B. Cook. 

39.  A  practical  system  of  farm  bookkeeping. 

Miss  C.  Goddard. 

40.  Co-operation  in  fruit  growing  as  practiced 

in  Nova  Scotia W.  H.  Woodworth. 

41.  Cranberry  Growing H.J.Franklin. 

42.  The  home  vegetable  garden Allen  French. 

43.  The  sanitary  side  of  farm  water  supplies. 

X. H.Goodnough. 

44.  Sewage  disnosal  in  rural  districts. 

E.H.Williams. 

45.  The  starling E.H.Forbush, 

46.  The  tent  caterpillar H.T.Fernald. 

47.  Bird  houses  and  nesting  boxes.E.H.Forbush. 
4S.  The  English  sparrow  and  the  means  of 

controlling  it E.H.Forbush. 

49.  Food  plants  to  attract  birds  and  protect 

fruit E.H.Forbush, 

50.  Ap-ple  grading  and  nacking W.Wheeler. 

51.  Tobacco  growing  in  the  Connecticut  River 

Valley L.K.  Smith. 

52.  Onion  growing  in  the  Connecticut  River  Valley. 

L.R. Smity. 

53.  Poultry  and   egg  -Droduction.  ..  .H.R.Lewis. 

54.  Standardization  of   farm  products. 

C.    McCarthy. 


55.  Canning  in  glass  in  the  home. ,. .S.S. Belt, 

56.  Farm  management J,  S.  Gates. 

57.  Milk  inspection  from  the  producer's  point 

of  view H..W. Wiley. 

56.  Utilization  of  surplus  farm  products. 

H.F.Hall. 

59.  Rural  credits K.T.Herrick. 

60.  Alfalfa  conditions  in  New  England. 

H.W.  Jeffers. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  AGEICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR   No.    31. 
February,  1915. 

Supplanting  Separate  No.  4,  1910. 


The  FARMER'S  Interest  in 
Game  Protection. 


By  Edward  Howe  Forbush. 


From  the  Fipxr-SEVENTH  Annual  Report  ok  the  MASSACHcasTTS  State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT   &  POTTER  PRINTING   CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  street. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


THE  FARMER'S  INTEREST  IN  GAME  PROTECTION. 


EDWARD   HOWE   FORRUSH,    STATK   ORKITHOLOGIST   OF    MASSACHUSETTS. 


IXTIIODITCTION. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  so  many  farmers  evince  little  or  no  in- 
terest in  game  protection.  Some  regard  game  laws  as  of  no 
advantage  to  the  farmer,  but  rather  as  class  legislation  for  the 
benefit  of  the  sportsman.  Xevertheless,  the  protection  of  game 
aifects  the  agriculturists  more  vitally  than  any  other  element 
of  our  population.  The  farmers  own  the  greater  part  of  the 
land,  and  the  game  is  more  accessible  to  them  than  to  any  other 
class,  for  they  live  upon  the  land  where  the  game  is.  Game 
conservation  is  advocated  under  our  present  system  not  solely 
to  furnish  sport  for  a  limited  number  of  individuals,  but  to  pro- 
tect the  useful  species  of  birds  and  mammals  for  the  l^enefit  of 
the  whole  people.  Rational  game  protection  should  so  work  out 
as  to  restrict  injurious  species  to  some  extent,  to  protect  the 
land  owner  against  law-breaking,  trespassing  hunters,  and  to 
create  a  community  of  interest  between  the  farmer  and  the 
sportsman.  The  principle  that  game  is  the  property  of  the 
State  is  now  well  established,  and  has  been  sustained  by  the 
higher  courts ;  but  by  means  of  laws  against  ti'es])ass,  Avhich 
have  been  enacted  simultaneously  with  the  game  laws,  the 
farmer  who  posts  his  land  against  hunters  or  trespassers  has 
been  given  practical  control  of  the  game  so  long  as  it  remains 
on  his  land,  and  the  exclusive  privilege  of  hunting  it  there 
during  the  open  season.^  Tn  Massachusetts  he  is  even  allowed 
by  law  at  any  time  to  kill  deer  that  are  injuring  his  crops,  and 
also  to  collect  damages  from  the  State  for  such  injury.  Game 
laws  tend  to  limit  the  ninnber  of  hunters  and  to  shorten  the 
season  during  which  hunting  is  legal.  They  also  protect  most 
insect-eating  birds  at  all  times,  and   abolish  the  trapping  and 

^  The  possession  of  a  hunting  license  gives  no  privilege  to  hunt  on  the  posted  lane'  of  another. 


netting  of  game.  Were  it  not  for  these  laws,  the  farmer  would 
be  continually  annoyed  by  the  tramping  of  hunters  through  his 
fields  at  all  seasons,  the  tearing  down  of  his  pasture  walls  and 
fences  and  the  shooting  of  birds  in  the  nesting  season. 

Some  game  birds  are  very  valuable  to  the  farmer  as  de- 
stroyers of  insects  and  other  pests ;  some  game  mammals,  on  the 
contrary,  are  sometimes  destructive  to  his  crops  or  trees ;  but 
the  farmer  wdio  takes  advantage  of  the  laws  enacted  for  the 
prevention  of  trespass,  the  protection  of  crops  and  the  conserva- 
tion of  game  and  birds,  may  thereby  add  to  his  prosperity  as 
well  as  to  his  pleasure  in  life,  and  by  fostering  the  increase  of 
fish,  game  and  birds  he  may  make  life  more  attractive  to  his 
boys,  and  thus  help  to  keep  them  on  the  farm.  This  paper  will 
be  devoted  mainly  to  the  material  advantages  that  the  farmer 
may  derive  from  the  protection  of  wild  game,  and  particularly 
game  birds. 

EcoxoMic  Value  of  Game  Bikds. 

High  among  the  valuable  destroyers  of  insects  and  weeds  we 
must  rank  the  bob-white,  commonly  known  in  New  England  as 
the  quail.  This  bird  has  not  only  an  esthetic  value,  by  reason 
of  its  bright,  lively  presence  and  its  cheery  call ;  but  it  is  also 
one  of  the  chief  feathered  helpers  in  field  and  garden. 

Dr.  Judd  of  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey  gives  some  in- 
teresting records  obtained  by  a  study  of  its  food.-^ 

The  contents  of  the  stomachs  of  801  bob- whites  were  ex- 
amined by  the  experts  of  the  survey;  over  50  per  cent  of  the 
food  consisted  of  seeds,  the  bulk  of  this  being  weed  seeds.  One 
bird  had  in  its  stomach  1,000  seeds  of  rag  weed ;  another  had 
eaten  no  less  than  5,000  seeds  of  the  troublesome  pigeon  grass. 
As  each  bird  eats  two  or  more  meals  a  day  of  this  character  dur- 
ing the  season  when  weed  seeds  may  be  found,  a  few  flocks  of 
such  birds  might  do  much  to  limit  the  production  of  weeds  on 
any  farm.  Dr.  Judd  estimates  that  the  bob-whites  of  Virginia 
consume  5Y3  tons  of  weed  seeds  between  September  1  and  April 
30.  Examining  the  insect  food  of  this  bird,  he  finds  that  many 
of  the  most  important  insect  pests  of  the  United   States  are 

'  Judd,  Sylvester  D.   The  Economic  Value  of  the  Bob-white.   Year  Book,  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  1903,  pp.  193-204. 


eaten  in  quantities.  Cucumber  beetles,  bean  leaf  beetles,  May- 
beetles,  click  beetles  and  their  progeny  the  wireworms,  weevils, 
potato  beetles,  spinach  flea  beetles,  grape  vine  beetles,  corn  bill 
bugs,  chinch  bugs,  cut-worms,  cotton  worms,  boll  worms,  south- 
ern tobacco  worms,  army  worms,  garden  caterpillars,  grasshop- 
pers, locusts  and  ants  are  found  in  its  bill  of  fare.  It  is  one 
of  the  few  birds  that  are  very  destructive  to  the  Colorado  potato 
beetle  and  the  chinch  bug.  Without  question  the  bob-white  is 
one  of  the  birds  that  the  farmer  should  strive  to  protect.  The 
ruffed  grouse,  the  heath  hen,  the  wild  turkey,  the  introduced 
pheasants,  the  woodcock  and  the  snipe,  —  all  have  a  greater 
or  less  value  as  insect  destroyers,  and  most  of  these  birds  feed 
upon  the  seeds  of  weeds. 

Wild  ducks  may  be  of  great  service  during  any  outbreak  of 
insect  pests  in  the  fields.  They  are  destructive  to  mosquitoes, 
grasshoppers,  locusts  and  ai'my  worms.  Most  of  the  non-game 
birds  of  the  farm  are  particularly  beneficial.  In  a  report  of 
the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  on  the  work  of  the  Biological 
Survey,  transmitted  to  Congress  with  a  special  message  by 
President  Eoosevelt  on  Dec.  21,  1907,  it  is  estimated  that  the 
sparrows  of  the  United  States  saved  the  farmers  of  the  country 
in  1906  $35,000,000  by  the  destruction  of  weeds ;  and  that  a 
single  species  of  hawk  saves  the  farmers  of  the  western  States 
$175,500  a  year  by  the  destruction  of  grasshoppers  and  field 
mice.  It  will  pay  the  farmer,  therefore,  to  promote  the  protec- 
tion of  nearly  all  the  birds  of  the  farm,  and  to  lend  his  in- 
fluence to  the  enforcement  of  the  game  laws  and  bird  laws,  for 
the  birds  that  are  distinctl}^  injurious  are  not  protected. 

The  Economic  Value  of  Game  Maimmals. 
The  native  game  mammals  of  Massachusetts  consist  of  squir- 
rels, hares,  commonly  called  rabbits,  and  deer.  The  woodchuck, 
raccoon,  fox  and  other  predatory  or  destructive  mammals, 
although  hunted,  are  usually  classed  as  vermin  by  the  game- 
keeper, but  some  of  them  yield  valuable  fur.  Squirrels  are  of 
some  service  as  tree  planters,  for  they  distribute  the  seeds  of 
nut-bearing  and  cone-bearing  trees  far  and  wide ;  also  they  de- 
stroy insects,   for  a   time,   in   the   summer.      Fndcr   protection, 


however,  thej  are  likely  to  so  increase  in  numbers  as  to  become 
destructive  to  birds,  nuts,  fruit  and  grain.  Rabbits,  when 
numerous,  destroy  young  trees ;  and  deer,  under  the  same  con- 
ditions, attack  young  fruit  trees  and  vegetables.  Therefore  the 
farmer  has  not  the  same  economic  incentive  for  conserving 
mammals  that  he  has  for  protecting  birds.  Nevertheless,  all 
these  animals  add  to  the  attractiveness  of  country  life.  And  if 
the  laws  are  so  framed  as  to  give  to  the  owner  of  the  land  an 
opportunity  to  protect  his  property  from  their  inroads,  and  to 
take  a  reasonable  number  for  food,  the  game  mammals  may  be 
considered  as  of  considerable  value  to  the  farmer. 

Financial  Benefits  dekived  fkom  Game. 

Under  the  present  laws  the  game  on  the  farm  may  be  so 
conserved  and  handled  as  to  bring  in  an  annual  cash  revenue  to 
the  farmer.  Owing  to  the  laws  which  prohibit  the  sale  of  wild 
game  birds,  these  birds  cannot  be  marketed.  Ordinarily,  how- 
ever, the  farmer  will  find  it  more  profitable  to  lease  his  land 
for  shooting  purposes  than  to  sell  the  game  in  the  market.  As- 
sociations of  farmers  and  sportsmen  have  been  formed,  in 
which  the  farmers  grant  shooting  rights  on  their  property  to  a 
limited  number  of  sportsmen,  and  the  sportsmen  agree  to  pro- 
tect the  farm  j^roperty  from  poachers.  In  other  cases  the  pro- 
tection of  the  farm  property  is  left  to  the  farmer.  In  Roekford 
township,  Illinois,  a  farmers'  association  was  organized  in  1901, 
each  member  of  which  had  the  right  to  grant  to  any  one  'the 
privilege  of  hunting  on  his  farm  in  his  company.  All  under- 
took to  promote  the  strict  enforcement  of  the  game  laws. 
Seventy-five  members  were  enrolled,  representing  12,000  to 
15,000  acres  of  land.  The  system  under  which  this  association 
worked  was  so  complete  that  poaching  and  trespassing  were 
nearly  eliminated.  Is^otwithstanding  the  shooting  done,  prairie 
chickens  and  quail  increased  in  numbers,  while  insect-eating 
birds  became  abundant.^ 

A  somewhat  similar  system  is  in  operation  in  North  Carolina. 
Exclusive  shooting  privileges  over  farm  lands  are  secured  by 

^  Palmer,  Theodore  S.    Some  Benefits  the  Farmer  may  derive  from  Game  Protection.    Year 
Book,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  1904,  p.  518. 


the  sportsman  either  by  paying-  the  owner  a  certain  sum  per 
acre,  or  by  paying  all  taxes  on  his  real  and  personal  property. 
The  sportsman  or  the  sportsmen's  clnb  may  thus  lease  several 
farms.  The  lease  does  not  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  rights 
of  the  owner  to  cultivate  the  land,  or  with  his  residence  thereon. 
Planting  is  encouraged.  Many  of  the  lessees  furnish  the 
farmers  with  cow  peas  or  grain  for  planting,  that  the  quail  may 
have  better  food  and  cover,  and  this  planting  is  often  carried 
out  on  a  large  scale.  Some  of  these  lessees  employ  gamekeepers 
to  destroy  the  natural  enemies  of  the  game  and  to  keep  watch 
for  law  breakers.  Thus  the  farmer  is  relieved  from  some  of 
the  trouble  and  annoyance  of  guarding  his  property  and  prose- 
cuting poachers.  This  system  has  become  very  popular  among 
the  southern  farmers,  and  the  game  is  regarded  as  one  of  the 
assets  of  the  farm.  In  Guilford  County  more  than  150,000 
acres  have  been  leased  out  in  this  manner,  and  there  are  in  the 
State  some  large  preserves,  varying  in  size  from  9,000  to  more 
than  18,000  acres.  This  system,  as  applied  in  the  south,  has  a 
tendency  to  better  the  condition  of  the  agricultural  population, 
and  to  give  the  children  of  the  farmers  better  educational  facili- 
ties. Under  the  laws  of  I^orth  Carolina  special  taxes  are  im- 
posed for  the  support  of  the  school  system,  and  the  farmers, 
realizing  that  their  taxes  are  paid  by  the  sportsmen,  are  more 
likely  to  vote  additional  funds  for  school  purposes.  Thus  the 
game  helps  to  educate  the  children.^  This  system  has  brought 
additional  prosperity  to  the  region,  and  has  increased  the  num- 
bers of  game  and  birds.  It  gives  the  farmer  opportunities  to 
furnish  boats  and  teams  to  the  hunters,  and  he  and  his  boys 
receive  some  employment  as  guides  and  helpers. 

This  system  has  not  made  much  headway  in  Massachusetts, 
but  farmers  who  have  given  it  a  trial  are  well  satisfied  with  the 
result.  A  number  of  farmers  in  southeastern  Massachusetts, 
who  have  learned  the  value  of  the  bob-white,  find  that  they  can 
maintain  a  good  stock  of  these  birds  by  combining,  and  leasing 
the  shooting  rights.  Their  lands  are  not  much  wooded,  and  are 
more  easily  guarded  against  poachers  and  trespassers  than  the 

'  Some  of  the  South  Carolina  lands  are  poor  and  rather  barren,  and  where  the  rights  for  such 
lands  are  taken  by  the  acie,  the  annual  rental  aveiages  only  about  G  cents  per  acre,  —  a  sum 
which  would  look  small  to  Massachusetts  farmers. 


8 

wooded  lands  in  some  other  parts  of  the  State.  This  may  ac- 
count, in  a  measure,  for  their  success. 

The  principal  difficulty  in  finding  lessees  for  shooting  rights 
lies  in  the  scarcity  of  the  game,  but  this  drawback  can  be  reme- 
died. Wherever  the  game  is  protected  against  excessive  shoot- 
ing, and  where  such  natural  enemies  of  the  game  as  lynxes, 
cats,  foxes,  raccoons,  minks,  weasels,  rats,  crows  and  bird  hawks 
are  held  in  check  by  the  gamekeeper,  the  game  soon  becomes 
abundant.  In  some  cases  it  increases  so  fast  that  considerable 
shooting  becomes  necessary  to  prevent  excessive  increase  and 
the  consequent  spread  of  infectious  diseases,  which  are  very 
fatal  on  an  overcrowded  game  preserve.  In  this  latitude  the 
bob-white  is  sometimes  nearly  exterminated  by  severe  winters ; 
but  much  of  this  excessive  mortality  might  be  avoided  by  giving 
the  birds  a  little  care,  protection  and  food  in  winter.  The  wood- 
cock needs  only  suitable  cover  and  protection.  The  ruffed 
grouse  or  partridge  is  hardy,  and  may  be  made  numerous  on 
any  preserve  which  contains  good  cover  and  an  abundant  supply 
of  food.  The  wooded  hillsides  of  Massachusetts,  interspersed 
with  swampy  hollows,  are  the  natural  paradise  for  this  king  of 
game  birds;  and  there  is  much  rocky  and  swampy  land  that  is 
of  little  value  for  anything  but  the  production  of  timber  and 
game.  The  pinnated  grouse  or  heath  hen  ought  to  thrive  under 
protection  on  much  of  the  sparsely  wooded  land  in  southeastern 
Massachusetts.  The  increase  in  the  numbers  of  these  birds  on 
Martha's  Vineyard  since  they  have  been  made  the  wards  of  the 
Massachusetts  Commissioners  on  Fisheries  and  Game  gives 
hope  that  they  may  recover  their  lost  ground.  Snipe  and  cer- 
tain shore  birds  will  gather  on  any  suitable  marshes  where  they 
are  not  continually  molested,  while  ducks  may  be  attracted  to 
ponds,  streams  or  fens  by  a  few  call  or  decoy  ducks,  or  by  wild 
rice  or  a  supply  of  grain  for  food. 

The  principal  objection  urged  by  the  opponents  of  the  system 
of  leasing  shooting  rights  and  the  establishment  of  game  pre- 
serves is  that  the  policy  is  un-American,  and  that  it  gives 
over  the  shooting  privileges  into  the  hands  of  the  wealthy  few, 
thus  depriving  the  many  of  the  right  to  take  game  that  belong-s 
to  the  whole  people.     It  may  be  admitted  that  the  system  is  un- 


Americau,  for  the  American  policy  of  destruction  which  has 
been  so  successful  in  the  past  allows  unlimited  freedom  to  all  to 
take  or  destroy  every  living  wild  thing  upon  the  face  of  the 
earth.  Such  license  was  necessarily  permitted  during  the  time 
of  settlement;  but  unless  the  people  are  restrained  in  their  ra- 
pacious tendencies,  as  population  increases  the  extinction  of  all 
wild  game  will  result.  Already  the  day  of  open  and  free  shoot- 
ing in  the  east  has  passed.  The  occupation  of  the  market  hunter 
has  become  precarious,  and  necessary  laws  have  been  enacted, 
—  too  late,  indeed,  to  save  some  species  of  our  game,  but  in  time 
to  prevent  the  destruction  of  others.  As  population  increases, 
the  number  of  shooters  will  increase ;  and  the  present  system  of 
game  protection  must  and  undoubtedly  will  be  changed  to  fol- 
low somewhat  that  of  other  countries,  which,  although  more 
thickly  settled  than  our  own,  have  nevertheless  an  abundance  of 
game  in  fields  and  coverts  as  well  as  in  their  markets. 

If  we  are  to  have  game  in  the  future,  we  must  regulate  hunt- 
ing strictly,  and  adopt  some  system  of  game  preserving,  coupled 
with  artificial  propagation  of  game.  The  policy  of  licensing 
hunters,  which  has  gone  into  effect  in  ISTew  England,  will  re- 
strict the  number  of  hunters,  particularly  the  alien  hunters ; 
and  this  is  a  long  step  in  the  right  direction.  Ignorant  foreign- 
ers, who  come  here  without  knowledge  of  our  laws  and  with  the 
idea  implanted  in  their  minds  that  liberty  in  the  new  country 
means  license  to  do  as  they  please,  should  not  be  allowed  to 
shoot  at  all  or  to  range  the  country  at  large,  unless  some  means 
can  be  provided  by  which  they  may  be  controlled  and  identified. 
Many  of  these  people  shoot  all  kinds  of  mammals  and  birds  for 
food,  and  the  license  fee  of  $15  exacted  of  them  (for  hunting) 
stops  most  of  the  hunting  by  this  class ;  while  those  who  con- 
tinue to  hunt  must  carry  an  identifying  license,  and  have  it 
ready  for  the  inspection  of  the  citizen  or  game  warden.  Aliens 
should  be  prohibited  from  hunting  under  all  circumstances ; 
but  even  with  the  alien  eliminated  from  the  field  there  will 
still  remain  an  army  of  hunters  so  vast  that,  with  free  shooting 
allowed,  the  game  will  have  little  chance  except  in  remote  re- 
gions. In  1914:  about  65,000  hunters  were  licensed  in  Massa- 
chusetts, and  the  number  is  constantly  increasing. 


10 

Under  our  present  system,  the  only  sahation  of  the  game  is 
to  prohibit  its  sale  and  thus  remove  the  incentive  for  market 
shooting.  Sale  has  been  forbidden  now  by  law  except  in  the 
case  of  rabbits  or  hares.  But  with  the  advent  of  artificial  propa- 
gation and  scientific  game  preserving  the  sale  of  such  species 
as  can  be  reared  in  captivity  or  produced  in  large  numbers  on 
game  preserves  is  permitted  under  restrictions  imposed  by  the 
Commissioners  on  Fisheries  and  Game.  Unless  our  farmers 
undertake  the  rearing  of  game,  we  shall  soon  have  little  game 
in  our  markets  except  such  as  is  imported  from  foreign  coun- 
tries. The  demand  for  game  will  continue,  and  it  remains  for 
our  people  to  decide  whether  they  will  produce  it  here  or  send 
thousands  of  dollars  abroad  for  it.  Our  country  is  so  large  that 
it  is  not  probable  that  the  greater  part  of  it  ever  will  be  occu- 
pied by  game  preserves,  as  is  the  case  in  some  European  re- 
gions ;  therefore,  the  overflow  from  preserves  will  still  aft'ord 
shooting  for  the  people  in  the  country  surrounding  them.  It 
is  undoubtedly  true  that  the  rich  have  advantages  over  the  poor 
under  this  system,  as  in  many  other  respects,  and  they  always 
will  have  certain  advantages  under  any  system ;  but  it  is  also 
true  that  the  farmer  is  in  a  position  to  derive  some  benefits  from 
the  expenditure  of  the  rich  man's  money  in  support  of  a  system 
of  game  preserving  which,  while  it  interferes  to  a  certain  extent 
with  free  shooting,  provides  an  abundance  of  game  in  regions 
where  without  it  and  under  the  old  system  there  would  be  no 
game  at  all. 

The  above  is  not  written  for  the  purpose  of  advocating  any 
change  in  our  system  of  game  laws  or  to  approve  the  European 
system  of  game  preserving,  but  merely  to  point  out  the  logical 
tendency  of  a  movement  which  already  has  gained  a  strong  foot- 
hold in  this  country,  and  to  show  the  farmers  the  benefits  that 
they  may  derive  from  the  inevitable  extension  of  this  movement. 

The  Artificial  Propagation  of  Game. 
The  rearing  of  native  upland  game  birds  in  confinement  is 
still  a  subject  of  experiment,  and  never  has  been  made  a  finan- 
cial success ;  but  enough  has  been  accomplished  to  prove  that  it 
is  possible  to  rear  the  ruffed  grouse,  the  pinnated  grouse  and  the 


11 

bob-white  in  domestication.  Mallard  ducks,  black  ducks,  wood 
ducks,  teal,  Canada  geese  and  a  few  other  species  have  been 
reared  successfully.  When  such  birds  as  wood  ducks  and 
Canada  geese  find  a  ready  market  alive  at  from  $5  to  $15  a 
pair,  or  more,  those  who  understand  the  business  of  rearing 
them  ought  to  make  a  profit.  Pheasants  may  be  sold  at  similar 
prices,  and  at  present  they  will  bring  about  $3  per  pair,  food 
value,  in  some  of  our  markets.  Those  who  understand  the  busi- 
ness claim  that  the  cost  of  rearing  them  is  less  than  $1  each. 
Any  successful  pheasant  raiser  in  Massachusetts  ought  now  to 
be  able  to  dispose  of  all  the  birds  that  he  can  rear.  If  the 
people  take  advantage  of  their  opportunity,  enough  of  these  birds 
should  be  raised  by  farmers  and  sportsmen  to  make  them  plenti- 
ful in  our  markets.  The  ring-necked  pheasant,  which  is  the 
species  most  commonly  reared,  is  not  a  conspicuous  success  as  a 
wild  game  bird  in  Massachusetts;  but  it  has  succeeded  better, 
under  the  adverse  conditions  surrounding  game  birds  here,  than 
has  any  other  introduced  species.  It  thrives  best,  however,  if 
given  some  care  and  protection,  and  it  needs  to  be  fed  in  winter. 
As  a  half-domesticated  game  bird,  artificially  propagated,  pro- 
tected and  fed  by  man,  it  is  unexcelled.  Its  general  distribution 
throughout  the  State  under  protection  is  not  particularly  de- 
sirable, for  it  is  liable  to  diseases  that  are  fatal  to  native  game 
birds,  and  where  it  becomes  numerous  it  is  destructive  to  cer- 
tain crops,  and  consumes  the  food  of  quail  in  winter.  But  if 
reared  in  inclosures  while  young,  and  allowed  to  run  half  wild 
on  the  grounds  of  the  o^^mer,  it  makes  a  very  desirable  addition 
to  the  supply  of  game  for  the  table,  and  therefore  will  probably 
take  the  place  in  our  markets  of  some  of  the  native  game  birds 
now  illegally  sold. 

A  general  open  shooting  season  for  pheasants  will  prevent 
them  from  becoming  too  numerous,  and  thus  constituting  a 
menace  to  our  native  game  birds.  In  the  meantime,  those  who 
Avish  to  propagate  or  protect  pheasants  have  now  their  oppor- 
tunity. 

Deer  may  be  reared  in  pastures  and  sold  alive  at  a  profit. 
The  rearing  of  game  in  inclosures  or  on  preserves  must  be  de- 
pended on  to  help  in  solving  the  problem  of  the  game  supply  of 
the  future. 


fi:l)c  vCommouwcaltl)  oi  iUa5riacl)usctt0, 

STATE  BOARD  OF   AGRK^l'LTrRE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    32. 

May,  1915. 

Second  Edition,  Hevised. 


BEEF  PRODUCTION   IN 
NEW  ENGLAND. 


By  Herbert  H.  Win(;. 


From  the  Sixty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts 
State  Board  of  Agricultuee. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT   &  POTTER  PRINTING   CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


BEEF  PRODlKrnON  IN  NEW  ENGLAND. 


HERBERT   H.    WING,    PROFESSOR   OF   ANIMAL   HUSBANDRY,    CORNELL 
UNIVERSITY,    ITHACA,    NEW   YORK. 


I  am  asked  to  speak  to  you  on  the  subject  of  beef  produc- 
tion. I  have  taken  the  Hberty  to  broaden  the  subject,  and 
if  you  please,  will  attempt  to  discuss  the  whole  CLuestion  of 
meat  supply  in  its  relation  to  the  New  England  farmer. 

Much  attention  has  been  given  to  the  number  of  meat- 
producing  domestic  animals  in  the  United  States,  particularly 
since  the  Federal  Census  of  1910  called  attention  to  the  fact 
that  there  had  been  a  sharp  decrease  in  the  number  of  such 
animals  during  the  preceding  decade.  This  was  the  more 
noticeable  to  the  public,  since  the  first  sharp  increase  in  price 
occurred  at  about  the  same  time.  Students  and  statisticians 
who  had  given  attention  to  the  question  of  meat  production 
in  the  United  States  had  long  been  aware  of  the  fact  that 
meat-producing  animals  were  relatively  decreasing,  but  as 
these  matters  were  largely  confined  to  trade  journals  and 
occasional  references  in  the  agricultural  press,  the  general  pub- 
lic remained  to  a  large  extent  indifferent  to  them.  It  might 
be  well  for  us  to  briefly  review  the  condition  of  the  country 
and  more  especially  of  New  England  with  respect  to  the  num- 
bers of  meat-producing  domestic  animals,  and  since  dairy  cattle 
are  intimately  associated  with  meat-producing  animals  and  the 
meat-producing  industry,  these  have  been  included  as  well. 
In  order  not  to  burden  you  with  extensive  quotations  of  sta- 
tistics, I  have  arranged  the  most  important  figures  on  a  chart, 
so  that  you  may  the  more  readily  see  at  a  glance  the  more 
important  facts. 


Chart  No.  1.  —  Live  Stock  in  the  United  States. 


1900. 

1910. 

Number. 

Per  1,000 
of  Total 
Popula- 
tion. 

Per  1,000 
of  Rural 
Popula- 
tion. 

Number. 

Per  1,000  i  Per  1,000 
of  Total     of  Rural 
Popula-     Popula- 
tion,          tion. 

Cattle,  dairy, 

18,108,666 

238 

401 

21,795,770 

237 

442 

Cattle,  other, 

51,227,166 

674 

1,133 

41,886,878 

455 

849 

Swine,          .... 

64,686,155 

851 

1,431 

59,473,636 

647 

1,205 

Sheep,          .... 

61,735,014 

812 

1,366 

52,838,748 

575 

1,071 

In  New  England. 


Cattle,  dairy. 

893,478 

160 

796 

841,698 

128 

767 

Cattle,  other. 

713,137 

128 

636 

494,852 

76 

451 

Swine,           .... 

362,199 

65 

323 

396,642 

61 

361 

Sheep,           .... 

922,558 

165 

822 

430,672 

66 

392 

Giving  our  attention  first  to  tlie  country  at  large,  it  will  be 
seen  that,  with  the  exception  of  dairy  cattle,  all  other  classes 
have  not  only  relatively  but  actually  decreased  in  the  decade 
from  1900  to  1910,  and  that  while  dairy  cattle  have  increased 
in  the  same  period  something  more  than  three  and  a  half 
million,  this  has  been  barely  sufficient  to  keep  pace  with  the 
increase  in  population. 

The  next  matter  to  which  I  wish  to  call  your  attention  is 
the  relatively  small  numbers  of  all  classes  of  domestic  animals 
in  New  England  as  compared  with  the  country  as  a  whole, 
particularly  meat-producing  cattle,  sheep  and  swine;  and 
to  the  further  fact  that  all  classes,  dairy  cattle  included, 
have  shown  a  marked  decrease  in  New  England  during  the 
decade.  In  this  connection  it  is  of  course  necessary  to  con- 
sider the  two  classes  of  population:  the  consumers,  most  of 
whom  dwell  in  the  cities;  the  producers,  or  those  who  live  in 
the  rural  districts.  The  United  States  Census  divides  the 
population  of  the  country  into  urban  and  rural  population, 
including  in  the  urban  population  all  those  who  dwell  in 
cities  or  incorporated  villages  of  2,500  inhabitants  or  more. 
As  you  know.  New  England  differs  from  the  rest  of  the  United 


States  in  some  important  features  of  municipal  organization, 
and  has  no  unit  comparable  with  the  incorporated  village  in 
other  parts  of  the  country,  so  that  the  census  officers,  in  making 
this  distribution  of  the  population,  have  classed  as  urban  all 
those  New  England  towns  which  contain  2,500  or  more  in- 
habitants. Many  of  these  towns  have,  of  course,  considerable 
areas  that  are  truly  rural  in  their  character,  so  that  the  rural 
population  may  perhaps  be  slightly  decreased  in  New  England 
from  this  cause. 

In  the  United  States,  as  a  whole,  in  1910,  53.7  per  cent,  of 
the  total  population  were  classed  as  rural,  M'hereas  in  New 
England  only  16.7  per  cent,  were  so  classed.  This  shows  a 
much  larger  proportion  of  urban  population  in  New  England 
than  in  the  country  as  a  whole,  which  no  doubt  largely  accounts 
for  the  small  numbers  of  domestic  animals  in  New  England  in 
proportion  to  the  total  population.  I  have  further  compared 
the  numbers  of  animals  in  the  whole  country  and  in  New 
England  on  the  basis  of  the  rural  population  rather  than  the 
total  population,  as  the  census  reports  show  that  the  rural 
population  per  square  mile  in  New  England  is  practically  the 
same  as  the  average  of  the  whole  country,  the  figures  being 
16.6  persons  per  square  mile  in  the  United  States  as  a  whole, 
and  17  in  New  England.  Arranging,  then,  the  census  sta- 
tistics of  the  animal  population  on  the  basis  of  the  rural  popu- 
lation we  find  that,  as  compared  with  the  country  as  a  whole, 
New  England  had  in  1900  nearly  twice  as  many  dairy  cattle 
as  the  average  of  the  whole  country,  and  that  while  dairy 
cattle  had  undoubtedly  increased  as  compared  with  the  rural 
population  in  the  whole  country,  they  had  decreased  from 
796  per  thousand  to  767  per  thousand  in  New  England,  showing 
that  even  in  this  most  important  branch  of  animal  husbandry 
there  had  been  a  marked  decrease  in  the  last  decade.  The 
numbers  of  cattle,  other  than  dairy  cattle,  swine  and  sheep, 
it  M'ill  be  seen  are  markedly  less,  ranging  from  less  than  one- 
third  to  about  one-half  as  many  in  New  England  as  in  the 
country  as  a  whole,  and  the  numbers  of  swine  alone  show  a 
slight  increase  in  the  decade;  but  it  will  be  seen  that  the  total 
numbers  of  swine  are  still  insignificant  in  New  England  as 
compared  with  the  country  as  a  whole. 


The  statistics  further  show  clearly  what  is  apparent  to 
most  people,  —  the  relatively  great  importance  of  the  dairy 
cow  among  the  animals  of  the  farm,  particularly  in  New  Eng- 
land and  in  the  northeastern  States  generally. 

The  present  high  price  of  not  only  beef  but  of  all  meat 
products,  with  no  indication  of  a  lessening  price  in  the  future, 
has  brought  home  the  question  of  meat  consumption  with 
great  force  to  a  large  proportion  of  the  consuming  public,  and 
the  problem  that  confronts  a  great  many  people  at  the  present 
time  is  the  source  of  the  meat  supply  in  the  home.  Without 
attempting  to  take  up  the  question  as  to  whether  the  people 
in  the  United  States  eat  more  meat  than  is  necessary,  and  the 
relative  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  a  vegetarian  diet 
or  any  similar  matters,  I  think  it  is  safe  to  assume  that  the 
per  capita  consumption  is  likely  to  decrease,  but  I  think  that 
most  of  us,  inheriting  the  ideas  of  our  beef-eating  English 
ancestors,  will  go  a  long  way  before  we  entirely  forego  meat 
as  an  important  part  of  our  dietary.  It  behooves  us,  then, 
as  farmers  to  bestir  ourselves  to  discover  if  we  may  not  pro- 
duce more  meat  as  a  profitable  part  of  our  farm  industry.  It 
is  not  necessary  to  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
conditions  in  the  United  States  with  regard  to  the  production 
of  beef  have  been  anomalous  for  the  last  fifty  years.  In  this 
time  vast  areas  of  fertile  soil  have  been  opened  up  for  settlement 
and  development.  The  crops  easiest  to  produce  on  these  vast 
areas  have  been  grass  and  the  cereal  grains,  notably  corn,  and 
the  latter  has  been  produced  in  abundance  far  beyond  the 
capacity  of  the  people  to  use  as  grain.  A  large  part  of  this 
raw  material  has  naturally  gone  into  beef  as  the  easiest  method 
of  marketing  this  crop,  without  regard  as  to  whether  such  a 
practice  was  on  the  whole  an  economical  one.  We  therefore 
became,  and  have  remained  up  to  the  present  time,  a  beef- 
exporting  country,  and  beef  has  been  relatively  cheap.  The 
ease  of  its  production  in  the  central  west  has  put  the  eastern 
farmer  entirely  out  of  competition  in  the  production  of  beef. 

Two  factors  have  been  prominent  in  causing  a  decline  in 
meat-producing  animals:  first,  the  taking  up  of  vast  areas  of 
practically  free  pasturage  upon  which  beef-producing  stock 
could  be  raised;    and  secondly,  the  increased  use  and  market 


for  cereals,  including  corn,  and  the  marked  increase  in  the  ex- 
port demand  for  such  cereals,  which  has  relatively  raised  the 
price  of  the  material  upon  which  range-grown  animals  were 
fattened.  During  the  past  ten  years  the  middle  west  farmer 
has  found  it  less  and  less  profitable  to  market  his  corn  in  the 
shape  of  beef  or  pork,  and  so  the  relative  numbers  have  de- 
clined. If  the  consuming  public  continues  to  demand  beef 
so  that  the  price  rises  sufficiently  we  shall  undoubtedly  con- 
tinue to  produce  it,  and  largely  in  the  corn-growing  regions 
of  the  middle  west;  but  the  western  farmer  will  not  in  the 
future  be  as  strong  a  competitor  of  the  eastern  farmer  as  he 
has  in  the  past.  What  outlook,  then,  does  the  production  of 
meat  afford  to  the  New  England  farmer  under  present  condi- 
tions? New  England  will  undoubtedly  continue  to  import  a 
large  proportion  of  her  meat  supply.  As  the  prices  rise  the  per 
capita  consumption  will  undoubtedly  decrease.  In  either  case, 
however,  the  New  England  farmer,  constituting  only  about  one 
sixth  of  the  population,  would  seem  to  be  assured  of  a  perma- 
nent market  at  his  own  doors.  The  proportion  of  such  market 
that  he  can  supply  will  depend  very  largely  upon  his  own 
intelligence,  industry  and  business  ability. 

Along  what  lines,  then,  is  it  probable  that  profitable  meat- 
producing  farm  industries  may  be  increased?  Inquiries  and 
correspondence  coming  to  me  during  the  last  two  years  have 
shown  that  there  is  considerable  interest  in  the  question  of 
increased  meat  production  in  northeastern  United  States. 
This  correspondence  has  come  in  considerable  degree,  not  so 
much  from  farmers  as  from  city  people  looking  toward  agri- 
culture as  a  means  of  investment  or  employment.  Nearly  all 
such  inquiries  assume  that  if  meat  production  is  to  be  increased 
in  the  east  it  must  be  as  a  special,  highly  developed  industry, 
and  questions  as  to  the  proper  places  for  s])ecialize(l  sheep  farms, 
swine  farms  and  beef  farms,  as  distinct  branches  of  agriculture, 
have  been  numerous. 

If  the  meat  products  in  New  England  are  to  be  increased 
I  see  little  indication  that  it  is  likely  to  come  in  this  specialized 
form,  but  that  it  is  much  more  likely  to  develop  in  connection 
with  dairying,  fruit  growing  or  with  other  branches  of  agri- 
culture;   and  other  countries  give  evidence  that  this  is  likely 


8 

to  be  so.  England  and  Holland  are  two  countries,  both  using 
considerable  amounts  of  meat,  both  meat-importing,  and  both 
producing  beef  in  sufficient  amounts  to  make  it  an  important 
part  of  the  income  of  the  rural  population.  The  English 
farmer  produces  a  few  steers  or  a  few  wethers  as  a  part  of  his 
general  farm  plan,  and  not,  in  most  cases,  as  a  special  industry 
to  which  he  devotes  his  whole  attention;  and  it  seems  to  me 
that  if  this  same  idea  could  be  carried  out  among  our  New 
England  farmers  it  would  result  in  a  notable  increase  in  the 
meat  output.  The  means  of  doing  this  I  have  not  the  time  to 
discuss  in  very  great  detail,  but  I  would  like  to  call  your  at- 
tention to  a  few  features  of  the  matter.  In  the  first  place, 
I  do  not  believe  that  beef  production  in  New  England  is  going 
to  take  the  form  of  keeping  a  cow  to  grow  a  steer  that  shall 
be  kept  until  he  is  two  and  a  half  years  old,  and  then  fed  for 
ninety  to  one  hundred  and  twenty  days  on  clear  corn  the 
whole  time;  neither  do  I  believe  that  the  New  England  farmer 
is  going  to  produce  beef  by  crowding  a  calf  with  all  the  milk 
it  can  consume  for  six  months,  and  then  with  a  rich  diet  of 
heavy,  concentrated  food  for  nine  months,  in  order  to  make 
the  so-called  "baby  beef."  Profitable  beef  production  in  the 
United  States,  and  particularly  in  New  England,  must  get 
away  from  the  idea  that  imlimited  consumption  of  highly 
concentrated  food  is  necessary;  and  then  we  shall  produce 
beef  in  the  future,  perhaps  not  of  the  superlati\e  quality  we 
have  demanded  in  the  past,  but  still  of  good,  succulent  quality, 
able  to  nourish  any  man,  very  largely  from  coarse  forage  in 
the  form  of  silage  and  grass.  Several  of  our  western  experi- 
ment stations,  notably  the  one  at  Purdue  University,  Iiave  been 
working  on  the  question  of  beef  production  through  the  con- 
sumption of  silage.  Silage  has  revolutionized  the  dairy  in- 
dustry in  the  northeastern  States,  and  I  ^'entu^e  to  predict 
that  it  will  have  a  similar  effect  on  meat  production.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  meat  production  for  the  New  England  farmer 
seems  to  hinge  very  largely  on  his  capacity  to  produce  more 
grass  or  more  corn  silage  or  both. 

Another  feature  that  we  cannot  lose  sight  of  —  and  it  is 
perhaps  somewhat  heretical  to  mention  this  —  is  the  question 
of  combining  dairy  and  beef  production.     In   the    countries    I 


9 

have  mentioned  with  simihxr  conditions,  as  in  New  England, 
dairy  production  and  meat  pro(hiction  go  hand  in  hand.  Short- 
horn cows  produce  a  very  large  part  of  the  dairy  prochicts  in 
England.  The  Dutch  farmer  depends  upon  his  veal  calves, 
his  surplus  young  cows,  his  bulls  and  an  occasional  steer  as 
an  important  supplement  to  the  cheese  and  butter  that  he 
makes  from  his  cows.  Cow  beef,  I  am  well  aware,  is  tabooed, 
and  perhaps,  with  the  great  attention  we  have  given  the  ex- 
treme development  of  the  dairy  cow,  justly  so;  but  the  matter 
keeps  coming  up  with  increased  force  as  to  the  possibility  of 
producing  a  cow  that  shall  yield  enough  dairy  product  to 
give  a  profit  to  her  owner,  and  at  the  same  time  produce  a 
calf  and  carcass  that  will  make  a  good  amount  of  meat  of  at 
least  fair  quality.  The  increased  interest  in  the  so-called 
"Dairy  Shorthorn"  is  only  one  indication  of  this  possibility. 
The  fact  that  the  highest  type  of  development  of  dairy  and 
beef  animals  up  to  the  present  time  has  been  in  separate 
individuals  does  not,  to  my  mind,  preclude  the  possibility  of 
a  profitable  combination  of  these  qualities  in  a  single  animal. 
It  is  undoubtedly  more  difficult  of  accomplishment,  but  the 
fact  that  it  is  difficult  should  be  an  incentive  rather  than  a 
deterrent  to  the  enterprising  New  England  farmer. 

The  question  of  meat  supply  should  not  be  closed  without 
some  reference  to  the  smaller  animals.  Chart  No.  2  shows 
how  the  value  of  all  the  farm  live  stock  increased  between 
1900  and  1910. 

Chart  No.  2.  —  Value  per-  Head  of  Live  Stock  in  United  States. 

1900.  1910. 

Dairy  cattle, $29  68  $84  56 

Other  cattle, 21  78  24  50 

Swine, 3  69  6  88 

Sheep, 2  77  4  44 

The  history  of  other  countries  has  l)een  that  as  the  popula- 
tion increases  in  density  a  larger  proportion  of  the  meat 
supply  comes  from  the  smaller  animals.  So  it  is  likely  to  be 
in  the  United  States.  I  want  to  call  your  attention  to  Chart 
No.  3,  which  shows  that  beef  is  the  most  expensive  animal  ])rod- 
uct  to  produce,  and  milk  the  cheapest  —  the  other  products 
ranging  between  these  two  extremes. 


10 


Chart  Xo.  3.  —  Dry  Matter  in  Food  required  to  produce  One  Pound  of 
Edible  Dry  Matter  in  the  Product.  „       , 

■^  Founds. 

Dairy  cattle,  milk, 5 

Swine,  pork, 8 

Fowl:  — 

Eggs, 14 

Meat, 15 

Sheep,  mutton, 17 

Beef  cattle,  beef, ". 23 

We  may  come  to  a  time  when  we  cease  to  eat  beef,  but 
afterward  we  will  still  have  sheep,  swine  and  poultry  to  fall 
back  upon.  In  the  development  of  both  sheep  and  swine  in 
New  England  it  seems  to  me  that  there  is  an  opening  for 
increased  effort,  not  as  a  specialized  industry  but  as  a  side 
development  along  with  other  lines  of  effort.  New  England 
was  once  pre-eminent  for  its  sheep.  While  this  pre-eminence 
may  never  come  back,  it  seems  to  me  that  there  are  a  good 
many  localities  and  conditions  where  an  increase  in  sheep 
husbandry  might  be  attempted  with  profitable  results.  The 
question  of  the  dog  in  regard  to  sheep  husbandry  has  often 
been  a  prominent  one,  and  is  often  urged  as  an  objection, 
but  with  the  modern  forms  of  fencing,  the  danger  from  this 
source  is  greatly  lessened  if  not  entirely  done  away  with. 

Swine  may  be  increased  so  as  to  practically  supply  the  local 
markets.  One  important  feature  in  the  present  conditions  of 
animal  husbandry  in  New  England  has  undoubtedly  been  the 
absorption  of  the  markets  by  the  large  wholesale  concerns, 
and  this  will  imdoubtedly  have  to  be  reckoned  with.  Success 
in  increased  meat  production  in  New  England  will  undoubtedly 
depend  upon  developing  small  local  retail  markets.  This  may 
be  difficult  in  some  cases,  but  some  personal  experience  has 
given  me  good  illustrations  of  the  comparative  ease  with  which 
such  local  markets  can  be  de^■eloped.  This  would  seem  to  be 
a  good  field  for  co-operative  effort  in  many  cases.  In  very 
many  communities  the  establishment  of  a  local  country  market 
provides  a  very  acceptable  outlet  for  botli  })roducer  and  con- 
sumer. 


11 

]\rr.  WiiEELKR.  I  would  like  to  ask  Professor  Wing  if  he 
thinks  it  ■would  he  advisahle  in  this  part  of  the  country  to 
hring  in  partly  grown  steers  from  the  south  or  west  and 
attempt  to  fatten  them  here. 

Professor  Wing.  I  don't  believe  that  it  can  be  done  at  a 
l^rofit  if  you  have  to  depend  upon  purchased  grain. 

]Mr.  Wheeler.     Suppose  }'ou  can  grow  your  own  feed? 

Professor  Wing.  Then,  so  far  as  feed  is  concerned,  you  can 
get  more  out  of  it  in  the  production  of  either  milk  or  pork. 
If  the  labor  is  as  important  a  factor  in  the  cost  of  production 
as  the  feed  is,  then  the  decreased  amount  of  labor  in  producing 
meat  may  offset  the  increased  cost  of  feed,  and  that,  as  I  said, 
is  a  question  that  will  largely  be  determined  by  local  con- 
ditions. I  am  inclined  to  think,  however,  that  where  you 
want  to  increase  the  amount  of  meat  or  beef  production  you 
will  be  much  more  likely  to  do  it  by  producing  your  own 
feeding  stock. 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  question  of  meat  supply  is  very 
closely  connected  with  the  question  of  the  production  of  more 
grass  and  of  more  corn.  The  corn  need  not  necessarily  be 
raised  for  grain,  because  the  results  of  experiments  at  the 
Purdue  Experiment  Station  have  shown  the  great  value  of 
silage  in  the  production  of  beef.  Now,  silage  revolutionized 
dairy  practice  in  New  York  and  New  England.  Our  dairy 
stock  probably  would  have  gone  the  way  of  our  other  animals 
to  a  greater  extent  than  they  have  if  it  had  not  been  for  the 
silo.  Now,  it  is  entirely  possible  that  the  use  of  the  silo  may 
help  us  to  partially  revolutionize  the  beef  production,  or  may  be 
a  great  aid  in  the  increased  production  of  beef  in  the  north- 
eastern United  States.  If  you  can  raise  more  corn  and  more 
grass  on  your  farms  you  can  grow  more  cattle,  and,  as  they 
used  to  say  in  New  York  about  pigs,  you  will  have  more 
manure  to  make  your  crops  grow,  until  you  have  filled  u]) 
these  New  England  valleys  completely  with  corn  and  cattle 
and  grass. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  Don't  you  think  that  our  i)robleni  here  in 
restoring  the  utility  of  our  lands  is  in  raising  more  animals, 
and  don't  you  think  that  our  land  is  more  adapted,  in  a 
sense,  to  raising  beef  animals  than  dair\'  animalsy 


12 

Professor  Wing.  No,  I  would  not  gi\'e  up  the  dairy  cow 
in  any  part  of  northeastern  United  States.  You  can't  make 
digestible  human  food  any  more  economically  from  any  do- 
mestic animal  than  you  can  from  the  dairy  cow.  Now,  if  the 
labor  bill  does  not  get  so  high  as  to  preclude  dairying,  she  is 
going  to  be  the  predominant  animal  in  all  of  this  thickly 
settled  country.  If  we  do  produce  more  beef,  all  the  indications 
that  I  can  discover  point  to  the  fact  that  increase  in  meat 
production  will  only  be  a  supplement  to  dairy  production.  I 
don't  believe  you  are  going  to  keep  less  cows,  but  you  are 
going  to  keep,  perhaps,  more  beef  animals.  I  don't  believe 
that  dairying  is  going  to  be  a  less  important  part  of  your 
industries  is,  perhaps,  a  better  way  to  put  it. 

Mr.  Russell.  Do  I  understand  that  you  are  advocating 
the  dual-purpose  cow? 

Professor  Wixc;.  Yes,  I  am  advocating  the  dual-purpose 
cow.  That  is  heresy.  I  may  be  drawn  and  quartered  for 
doing  it,  but  the  time  has  passed  when  we  can  keep  a  cow  in 
the  Avest  solely  for  her  calf,  and  the  time  has  passed  in  the 
east  when  we  can  keep  a  cow  and  totally  ignore  the  value  of 
her  carcass,  or  her  son's  carcass. 

j\Ir.  Russell.  That  is,  you  believe  that  milk  at  4  cents  a 
quart  is  better  sold  than  fed  to  a  calf  for  beef? 

Professor  Wing.     Probably,  yes. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  I  don't  think  Professor  Wing  quite  under- 
stood my  idea;  that  is,  not  to  do  away  with  dairy  cows  at  all, 
but  to  utilize  an  enormous  amount  of  land  in  the  hill  towns  of 
Massachusetts  where  the  transportation  problem  practically 
makes  dairying  impossible.  Don't  you  think  it  is  more  profit- 
able to  keep  beef  animals  in  those  sections  than  it  is  to  attempt 
to  do  dairying  in  those  sections? 

Professor  Wing.  Very  likely.  But  that  will  mean,  in  the 
first  place,  that  those  areas  will  have  to  be  better  farmed  than 
they  are  now;  that  is  to  say,  we  have  got  to  stimulate  the 
growth  of  grass.  At  first  in  these  hill  towns  on  this  rough 
pasturage  you  should  try  sheep,  and  very  likely  you  would 
find  after  the  sheep  had  cleaned  these  areas  up  the  grasses 
would  come  in,  the  land  would  get  a  little  more  fertility,  and 
then    it   would    support   beef.     But   it   seems   to    me   there   is 


13 

abundant  opportunity  for  tlevelopnient  along  that  line.  It  is, 
however,  going  to  be  done  slowly.  You  are  going  to  do  it  first 
on  farms  where  you  have  some  tillable  areas;  where  you  can 
produce  silage  and  hay  and  use  your  upland  pastures.  Grass 
grows  native  in  New  England;  if  you  will  give  it  a  chance  it 
will  come  in.  It  only  requires  a  little  additional  fertility.  I 
believe,  too,  that  one  reason  for  the  present  condition  is  that 
same  factor  of  competition  that  we  had  in  the  west.  When  this 
strong  competition  in  beef  production  came  from  the  west  we 
let  those  things  go.  Now  the  question  is,  whether  the  time  has 
not  come  when  we  can  diversify  our  industries  and  gradually 
work  into  a  better  development  and  better  utilization  of  these 
areas. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  What  do  you  think  of  our  lowland?  Here 
in  Massachusetts  we  have  some  500,000  acres  of  lowlands, 
at  the  present  time  practically  untillable,  too  wet  to  cultivate, 
yet  growing  big  crops  of  grass  and  cheap  hay,  which  of  course 
now  is  used  largely  for  bedding  purposes.  I  don't  mean  salt 
marshes  but  fresh  marshes.  Are  those  practical  to  use,  a  part 
of  the  year  at  least,  for  beef  animals? 

Professor  Wing.  Oh,  yes.  Just  as  soon  as  it  will  pay  you 
to  drain  them.  All  of  this  waste  land  is  to  be  drained  and 
utilized  eventually;  the  question  is,  how  soon  and  in  what  way. 
The  answer  to  that  question  will  depend  upon  the  cost  of 
drainage.  There  you  are  going  to  produce  just  exactly  the 
material  to  make  a  cheap  meat. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  I  mean,  before  they  are  drained,  —  in  their 
present  condition? 

Professor  Wing.  I  am  afraid  not.  Those  sedges  and  other 
coarse  foods  of  that  sort  you  can't  utilize  very  much  more 
for  beef  than  for  any  other  purpose. 

Question.  I  believe  there  is  one  phase  that  has  not  been 
brought  out.  I  don't  know  how  it  is  in  New  York  State,  but 
around  here,  for  a  good-sized  calf  that  weighs  from  SO  to  100 
pounds,  they  will  give  about  I")  when  born.  Within  two  years 
I  have  known  of  a  calf  being  sold  in  Spencer  for  $22.50  when 
it  was  only  eight  weeks  old.  Now,  the  temptation  is  for  the 
farmer  to  take  his  .|5  for  the  young  calf,  or  $15  to  $25  for  the 
ordinary  calf  for  \eal,  rather  than  to  keej)  it  until  it  is  a  year 


1-t 

old  and  sell  it  for  the  same  money.  As  far  as  the  steers  are 
concerned,  you  can  turn  off  a  heifer  when  she  is  two  years  old, 
fattened  on  grass,  but  the  steer  must  be  kept  uiitil  he  is  past 
three  years.  I  overheard  a  neighbor  here  say  that  he  had  a 
yoke  of  oxen  that  would  weigh  3,400  pounds,  and  he  could  get 
$300  for  them  to-day.  I  wish  you  would  say  a  little  more 
about  this  calf  raising  and  what  it  costs. 

Professor  Wing.  The  point  that  the  gentleman  has  l)r()Ught 
out  is  a  very  good  one,  and  I  can  match  his  story  with  regard 
to  veal,  I  think,  in  New  York  State.  One  of  our  neighbors 
took  two  calves  to  market,  less  than  eight  weeks  old,  early  last 
spring  —  I  think  in  February  or  INIarch  —  and  brought  home 
a  little  over  $60  for  the  two.  Now,  that  is  the  way  for  bull 
calves  to  go,  and  it  is  the  way  for  the  heifer  calf  to  go,  as 
many  as  you  can  spare,  but  you  must  bear  in  mind  that  you 
have  got  to  keep  up  the  population  some  way,  and  you  prob- 
ably will  have  to  raise  some  heifer  calves.  We  liaA'e  made  a 
fairly  careful  study  of  raising  heifers  for  several  years.  It 
costs  us  about  $15  to  raise  a  heifer  calf  to  five  or  six  months  of 
age.  Then  we  have  to  pasture  her  up  to  two  years  of  age  before 
she  comes  into  production.  Now,  in  regard  to  the  producing 
cow.  The  cow  will  pay  for  herself,  if  she  is  worth  raising  at 
all,  after  she  is  two  years  old.  You  get  a  profit  from  her  — 
should  begin  to  get  a  profit  from  her  ■ —  as  soon  as  she  is  four 
years  old  by  the  milk  she  produces.  If  you  keep  her  imtil  she 
is  eight  years  old  she  begins  then  to  take  on  flesh  rapidly. 
Then  is  the  time  to  get  rid  of  her.  Then  what  you  get  for 
that  cow  will  bring  up  the  heifer  calf  until  she  is  two  years 
old.  So  if  the  heifer  calf  was  worth  $30  when  it  was  eight 
weeks  old  for  beef,  why  we  have  got  to  carry  her  along,  —  a 
certain  percentage  of  them,  —  enough  to  keep  us  going,  because 
we  have  got  to  make  that  investment.  But  we  should  have  a 
cow  so  good,  like  one  of  the  dairy  Shorthorns,  that  she  will  be 
Avorth  for  beef,  at  eight  years  old,  enough  to  pay  for  replacing 
her  with  a  two-year-old  heifer  in  your  herd,  and  that  two- 
year-old  heifer  should  again  be  better  than  her  dam  was. 

]\Ir.  Barnard.  Can't  the  pastures  back  on  our  hills  be 
brought  up  and  improved  faster  under  this  method  of  keeping 
the  dual-purpose  animal  and  raising  a  few  calves  every  year, 


15 

—  can't  we  improve  those  pastures  jmich  faster  than  Ave  would 
by  simply  keeping  coavs,  and  buying  our  cows  on  the  market 
and  letting  them  go,  just  keeping  them  in  the  pasture  during 
the  day  and  in  the  barn  at  night? 

Professor  Wing.  It  seems  to  mc  that  that  is  a  question  that 
can't  ])e  answered  categorically  yes  or  no.  It  is  for  each 
man  to  discover.  That  is  your  business,  —  to  study  your 
own  conditions  as  to  whether  you  can  do  as  you  indicate. 
Now,  I  think  that  there  are  Aery  many  localities  in  which 
that  very  thing  can  be  done.  Raise  more  animals  than  you 
are  raising;  utilize  your  rougher  land,  bearing  in  mind  all  the 
while  that  you  have  got  to  put  something  into  that  land  and 
so  build  it  up;  and  keep  a  large  drove  of  animals  other  than 
strictly  dairy  cows.  But  it  may  or  may  not  be  so,  according 
to  individual  circumstances.  That  is  what  the  Englishman  is 
doing;  that  is  what  the  Hollander  is  doing  to  some  extent,— 
not  so  much,  perhaps,  as  the  Englishman.  I  would  like  to  say 
one  word  further  in  regard  to  the  question  you  raise  in  regard 
to  the  dual-purpose  animal,  and  put  myself,  perhaps,  in  a  little 
better  light.  I  don't  believe  that  a  dual-purpose  animal  will 
compete  in  quality  or  economical  production  of  beef  with  a 
special-purpose  beef-producing  breed.  I  don't  believe  that  a 
dual-purpose  animal  will  compete  with  a  well-bred  dairy  cow 
for  the  sole  production  of  milk  or  milk  products;  but  I  do  think 
there  is  abundant  room  for  an  animal  to  be  produced  that  will 
produce  profitably  both  milk  and  beef. 

I  don't  believe,  take  it  as  it  runs.  New  England  soil  is  any 
less  productive,  or  has  any  less  capacity,  than  it  had  when  the 
pilgrims  landed  on  Plymouth  Rock,  and  I  think  that  the  time 
is  coming  back  when  New  England  farmers  are  more  and  nu)re 
going  to  be  as  their  ancestors  were,  —  self-contained,  self- 
reliant,  and  are  going  to  produce  more  of  their  food  products. 
They  are  going  to  diversify  their  industries.  It  is  a  diversified 
country.  It  lends  itself  to  diversified  production,  —  some 
mutton,  some  beef,  some  pork,  some  chickens,  lots  of  fruits 
and  plenty  of  vegetables. 


®l)c  (Hommoiitucaltl)  of  iMa06acl)U0ctt0» 

STATE  BOAKD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    33. 

April,  1915. 

Second  Edition,  Revised. 


Peofitable  Faem  Poultey  with  Special 
Refeeence  to  Eggs  and  Meat. 


By  W.  R.  graham. 


From  the  Sixty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT   &   POTTER  PRINTING   CO.,   STATE   PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Boabd  of  Publication. 


PROFITABLE  FARM   POULTRY  WITH  SPECIAL   REFER- 
ENCE TO  EGGS  AND  MEAT. 


W.  R.  GRAHAM,  PROFESSOR  OF  POULTRY  HUSBANDRY,  ONTARIO  AGRICUL- 
TURAL COLLEGE,  GUELPH,  ONTARIO,  CANADA. 


Farmers  in  practically  all  countries  of  the  world  find  the 
keeping  of  poultry  profitable.  It  is  true  that  some  make  much 
more  money  than  others,  which  is  also  true  of  almost  any 
branch  of  agriculture.  Speaking  generally,  farmers  grow  better 
poultry  than  do  those  who  try  to  grow  a  large  number  of  chick- 
ens on  a  small  area.  My  observations  have  been  that  most 
people  succeed  best,  taking  one  year  with  another,  who  grow 
a  variety  of  crops,  rather  than  those  who  grow  but  one  crop. 

Let  us  now  try  and  analyse  the  keeping  of  poultry  on  the 
farm.  Permit  me  to  present  a  diagram  so  that  we  may  clearly 
understand  our  position. 


,^/ 

\ 

/ 

\ 

BREEDING 


We  have  here  presented  a  triangle,  all  sides  of  which  are 
equal,  and  my  experience  and  observation  leads  me  to  believe 
that  in  order  to  succeed  well  it  is  necessary  that  equal  attention 
be  paid  to  each  side,  and,  furthermore,  neglect  of  any  of  these 
factors  may  be  the  primary  cause  of  partial  or  complete  failure. 

The  base  or  foundation  represents  breeding.  Good  blood  is 
of  prime  importance.  We  all  realize  the  importance  of  good 
breeding  and  constant  selection  in  cattle,  seeds,  fruit  trees,  etc. 
Few,  if  any,  expect  heavy  milk  production  or  beef  production 


from  scrub  cattle.  Poor  seed  means  a  poor  crop,  and  the  plant- 
ing of  fruit  trees  of  unknown  varieties  or  seedling  stock  is  not 
good  business.  The  same  is  true  of  poultry  just  as  much  as  in 
any  other  branch  of  farming.  Good  stock  is  the  foundation. 
No  matter  how  well  fed  and  housed,  nor  how  faithful  and  care- 
ful the  attendant  may  be,  the  best  success  is  not  obtained 
without  foundation  stock  of  good  breeding. 

Study  the  kind  of  product  your  market  demands,  and  then 
breed  to  please  the  buyer.  I  take  it  that  you  have  here  a  good 
market  for  both  meat  and  eggs.  This  means  a  discussion  of 
the  breeding  of  the  dual-purpose  hen,  or  what  may  be  termed 
the  American  breeds  in  general.  No  doubt  some  of  you  may 
breed  especially  for  egg  production,  and  others  breed  largely  for 
flesh  production.  The  same  general  ideas,  I  think,  will  apply 
in  all  cases. 

A  study  of  European  markets,  and  to  some  extent  home 
markets,  indicates  that  in  the  production  of  a  high-class  article 
uniformity  is  of  prime  importance.  The  uniformity  of  the  goods 
shipped  by  Denmark  makes  a  market  for  Danish  produce.  A 
farmer  who  has  a  reputation  of  producing  a  uniform  good  class 
of  produce,  whose  produce  is  dependable,  has  less  difficulty  in 
selling,  and  ordinarily  gets  a  premium  price.  He  produces  a 
uniform,  dependable  article.  Uniformity  in  dressed  poultry  is 
not  secured  from  scrub  stock,  and  at  times  not  from  pure-bred 
stock;  the  same,  in  a  measure,  applies  to  size  and  color  of  eggs. 
In  order  to  produce  a  uniform  product  it  is  necessary  to  study 
some  of  the  underlying  principles  of  breeding.  With  your  per- 
mission I  wish  to  show  illustrations  of  some  of  the  things  that 
happen  in  breeding,  also  to  discuss  for  a  few  moments  some 
common  practices  in  breeding.  I  am  not  a  biologist,  but  I  am 
interested  in  practical  breeding,  and  therefore  study  as  a 
common  layman,  and  endeavor  to  try  out  in  a  practical  way 
what  science  tells  us.  The  art  of  poultry  breeding  is  science 
applied.  The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  select  pure-bred  birds  of 
the  type  or  shape  desired.  If  these  cannot  be  found  it  may,  in 
special  instances,  be  desirable  to  cross  breeds.  In  selecting 
breeding  birds  constitution  or  vigor  is  of  first  importance;  it  is 
the  mainspring  of  the  works,  so  to  speak.  Then  we  may  select 
as  to  shape,  size,  egg  production,  color  of  skin  and  plumage,  and 


if  possible  hatching  power  of  eggs.  Some  of  these  characters 
are  visible,  others  are  masked  or  hidden,  and  the  birds  must 
be  tried  out.  Select  those  that  breed  the  best  birds,  regardless 
of  relationship.  Some  say  inbreed,  others  say  do  not  inbreed. 
What  is  one  to  do?  After  trap-nesting  and  pedigreeing  poultry 
for  over  ten  years,  and  coupling  with  this  some  years  of  ob- 
servation in  breeding  with  small  and  large  matings,  I  now  am 
at  the  point  where  I  would  answer  the  above  question  by  saying 
it  depends  upon  circumstances. 

Let  us  examine  some  of  these  ideas.  Take,  for  example,  the 
characteristic  of  size.  If  we  cross  a  small  breed  with  a  large 
breed  the  resulting  offspring  in  the  first  generation  will  be  inter- 
mediate in  size  between  the  two,  and  are  usually  fairly,  if  not 
exceptionally,  uniform  in  size.  These  crossbreeds  may  please  us 
to  such  an  extent  that  we  decide  to  breed  them  together  and 
perpetuate  the  kind;  but  here  we  encounter  a  difficulty,  for  in 
the  second  generation,  or  perhaps  the  third,  if  we  rear,  say,  five 
hundred  specimens,  we  find  we  have  no  uniformity  either  in 
weight,  size,  shape  or  anything  else.  We  have  about  every  con- 
ceivable thing  that  is  known  in  chickendom,  and,  moreover,  the 
mortality  in  birds  bred  as  above  is  usually  very  high.  We  have 
lost  that  valuable  desideratum  —  uniformity,  though  we  may 
still  have  a  few  individuals  of  exceptional  merit.  This  is  the 
method  to  follow  where  you  wish  to  secure  something  that  you 
cannot  already  find  in  the  existing  breeds.  As  a  common 
practice  it  is  bad  policy.  Such  results  are  probably  the  cause 
of  the  idea  "do  not  inbreed."  A  similar  result  has  come 
under  my  observation  where  two  absolutely  distinct  lines  of 
the  same  breed  have  been  crossed  and  the  progeny  of  such  a 
mating  bred  together. 

Now  let  us  look  at  another  side  of  this  same  method  of  breed- 
ing. If  we  take  the  few  specimens  that  meet  our  ideal,  and 
have  plenty  of  constitution,  and  breed  them  together  we  find 
we  begin  to  produce  a  uniform  flock  of  a  new  kind.  True, 
many  may  have  to  be  discarded,  but  by  close  breeding  we  tend 
to  fix  the  characteristics. 

This  does  not  yet  answer  the  question  as  to  what  would  be  a 
good  practice  for  the  farmer. 

The  common  practice  of  buying  a  new  pure-bred  male  from 


6 

a  different  breeder  each  season,  where  some  care  is  taken  as  to 
general  vigor  and  type,  will  generally  give  fairly  good  results  as  far 
as  visible  characteristics  are  concerned,  because  one  is  practically 
producing  in  a  more  or  less  degree  the  first  cross.  This  plan 
must,  in  most  instances,  be  continued. 

Where  one  desires  to  make  a  product  quite  distinctive  it  will 
usually  best  be  done  by  inbreeding  the  crossbred  strains, 
watching  for  the  divisions,  selecting  the  individuals  which  meet 
the  ideal  and  then  inbreeding  these. 

The  perfect  specimen  probably  does  not  exist,  hence,  ordi- 
narily speaking,  one  is  forced  occasionally  to  introduce  new 
blood.  This  is  best  done  by  means  of  a  new  female,  and  then 
trying  the  offspring  sparingly  until  such  times  as  you  get  what 
you  want. 

Our  pedigrees  indicate  that  the  male  has  much  more  to  do 
with  the  pullets  laying  than  does  the  female.  It  is,  therefore, 
obvious  that  we  should  buy  and  select  males  from  good  laying 
hens  that  have  been  mated  to  good  males,  and  I  would  con- 
sider it  worthy  of  a  trial  to  buy  the  new  males  annually  from 
some  one  reliable  breeder  year  after  year  so  long  as  the  resulting 
offspring  is  satisfactory. 

Where  eggs  are  wanted,  especially  during  the  first  year  of  the 
hen's  life,  it  is  of  importance  to  select  birds,  particularly  males, 
which  mature  to  nearly  the  desired  weight  at  about  five  or  six 
months.  Closely  associated  with  this,  in  our  experience,  is  the 
question  of  early  feathering  over  the  back.  Slow  back  feather- 
ing generally  means  slow  maturing,  which  in  turn  is  late  laying. 
Our  best  layers  usually  begin  la^'ing  at  five,  six  or  seven  months 
of  age. 

The  next  side  of  the  triangle  refers  to  environment;  that  is, 
age  of  stock,  housing,  feeding  and  range.  These  conditions 
must  be  first  class. 

Late-hatched  pullets  seldom  mature  early  enough  to  lay 
during  the  period  of  the  high  prices  of  eggs,  neither  do  yearling 
hens  commonly  lay  as  well  during  the  period  of  high  prices  as 
early  hatched  pullets,  and  hens  two  years  old  and  over  pay  only 
as  special  breeders.  Our  records  show,  yearly,  that  birds  that 
lay  well  during  the  winter  are  equally  as  good  layers  for  the 


No.  400.     Laid  208  eggs  in  ten  months. 


No.  523.     Laid  50  eggs  in  twelve  months. 


No.  312.     Laid  194  eggs  in  nine  months  and  three  days. 
Three  Hens  from  the  Massachusett.s  Agricultural  College  Flock. 


balance  of  the  year  as  those  who  make  little  or  no  performance 
during  the  winter  months. 

Sizes,  shapes  and  styles  of  houses  are  almost  endless.  This 
problem  is  ever  present,  and  each  one  settles  it  to  please  his  or 
her  own  conditions.  It  matters  not  so  much  the  kind  of  house 
so  long  as  abundance  of  fresh  air  is  secured  without  direct 
drafts  over  the  birds,  and  as  long  as  the  house  is  light  and 
roomy.  Dryness  and  reasonable  cleanliness  are  also  prime 
factors.  The  smaller  the  flock  the  larger  proportionately  should 
be  the  house,  and,  moreover,  the  labor  cost  per  hen  for  caring 
for  her  is  also  increased.  A  man  will  take  care  of  15  one- 
hundred-bird  flocks  w^ith  less  exertion  than  70  ten-bird  flocks. 
Your  labor  charges  for  care  and  management  should  be  about 
35  or  40  cents  per  hen  per  year.  Keep  your  poultry  houses 
well  aired,  dry  and  clean. 

Feeds  and  methods  of  feeding  are  countless.  Common  sense 
appears  to  be  an  inactive  factor  in  many  human  beings.  Some 
try  to  mix  and  feed  the  most  complicated  grain  mixtures 
possible.  All  these  things  take  time  and  time  costs  money. 
I  am  not  at  all  sure  that  a  hard  and  fast  rule  for  feeding  can 
be  laid  down.  The  essentials  can  be  enumerated  and  are  as 
follows:  green  food,  grain  food,  animal  food,  mineral  food  and 
exercise. 

Green  food  ordinarily  is  cheap  and  handy,  receives  little  at- 
tention, and  hence  I  place  it  first  to  draw  your  attention. 
Poultry  require  considerable  green  food;  it  reduces  the  ex- 
pensive feed  bills  and  sustains  health.  In  summer  various 
grasses  and  waste  garden  truck  supply  the  wants.  Little 
chicks  require  very  tender,  crisp,  green  feed.  For  winter  foods, 
clover,  hay,  roots,  cabbage  or  sprouted  oats  will  give  good 
results.  Feeding  cooked  roots  is  also  a  good  means  of  cheapen- 
ing the  ration. 

Experimental  demonstrations  with  us  show  no  great  differ- 
ence among  these  foods.  Cabbage,  if  anything,  encourages 
laying,  while  rape  tends  to  color  the  yolks  of  eggs  in  some 
instances  seriously,  from  a  market  standpoint.  A  full-grown 
hen  will  eat  about  1|  cubic  inches  of  sprouted  oats  per  day. 
Ordinarily  give  the  birds  all  they  want,  but  do  not  feed  de- 
composed or  highly  flavored  feeds. 


8 

Wheat,  corn  and  crushed  oats  are  the  staple  grain  feeds,  and 
for  animal  foods  nothing  equals  sour  milk  or  buttermilk;  when 
meat  scrap  has  to  be  fed,  about  10  per  cent,  of  the  mash  food 
is  all  that  may  be  given  with  safety.  The  birds  would  eat 
more  and  might  do  better  for  a  short  period  of  time,  but  a 
reaction  is  almost  sure  to  follow.  Mineral  foods  are  supplied 
by  granulated  bone,  granulated  rock  or  grit,  and  oyster  shell 
or  old  plaster. 

It  might  be  well  to  give  you  our  method  of  feeding  and  then 
we  might  discuss  the  same.  During  the  winter  we  use  about 
equal  parts  of  whole  wheat  and  corn.  This  is  fed  in  about 
6  inches  of  litter  early  in  the  morning,  say  two  handfuls  for 
three  birds.  At  noon  the  green  food  is  given,  and  at  night  all 
the  whole  grain  they  will  eat.  We  keep  crushed  oats  in 
hoppers  constantly  before  the  birds.  If  the  flocks  gets  lazy 
we  close  the  hopper  for  part  of  the  day  to  make  them  work. 
Sour  milk  is  used  as  drink.  Grit,  oyster  shell  and  granulated 
bone  are  always  in  little  boxes  where  they  can  help  themselves. 
When  we  cannot  get  sour  milk  and  have  to  feed  beef  scrap  I 
rather  prefer  mixing  ground  grain,  such  as  middlings,  corn 
meal,  oat  chop  and  10  per  cent  meat  meal,  then  feeding  as  a 
moist  mash  at  midday.  Sometimes  we  add  to  such  a  mixture 
about  one-third  in  bulk  of  cooked  roots. 

The  environmental  factor  of  range  is  overlooked  so  frequently 
that  I  desire  to  call  special  attention  to  it.  The  following 
illustrations  are  two  birds  of  the  same  breeding.  The  larger 
one  is  grown  on  free  range  where  there  are  not  more  than  fifty 
chickens  per  acre,  and  the  smaller  one  in  a  small  city  lot  where 
chickens  are  penned  up.  The  case  is  extreme,  yet  at  the  same 
time  is  not  uncommon. 

Clean  ground,  tender  green  food,  clean  water  and  shade  are 
essentials  to  growing  chickens.  Ground  may  be  cleaned  bj'^ 
crop  rotation,  which  is  undoubtedly  the  best  plan,  or  it  may 
be  kept  in  fair  condition  by  frequent  plowing  or  digging.  The 
proposition  can  be  put  in  another  form;  that  is,  raise  the  young 
stock  in  the  country,  where  there  is  an  abundance  of  room  and 
a  variety  of  food,  then  you  may  bring  them,  when  well  grown, 
to  the  city,  or  the  permanent  long  houses  with  limited  runs. 
Old  fowls  can  be  maintained  fairly  well  on  old  ground,  but 


9 

young  stock  rarely  does  well.  This  is  the  outstanding  point 
in  the  farmer's  case.  He  raises  better  chickens  at  less  cost, 
owing  to  clean  and  pure  surroundings. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  remaining  side  of  the  triangle.  The 
attendant  is  worthy  of  serious  consideration.  My  father  told 
me  that  "one  man's  breath  was  good  for  stock  and  other  men's 
breath  was  bad."  This  appears  in  a  sense  to  be  true.  The 
attendant  must  develop  a  bond  of  sympathy  between  the  birds 
and  himself;  in  order  to  do  a  day's  work  he  must  move  rather 
quickly  but  gently.  Birds  that  are  afraid  of  the  attendant  do 
not  do  their  best.  The  attendant  must  consider  his  stock  first 
and  foremost  and  himself  last.  I  beheve  in  having  a  man 
dressed  neatly  but  plainly.  A  poultry  house  is  no  place  for 
blue  clothes  and  white  collars.  A  khaki  suit  shows  little  dirt 
and  looks  fairly  neat.  The  attendant  must  be  a  keen  observer, 
punctual  as  to  hours,  and  have  an  abundance  of  common 
sense.  Caring  for  live  stock  is  no  position  for  the  careless, 
or  the  person  who  is  looking  for  6  o'clock. 

In  conclusion  I  would  suggest  the  attendant  keeping  in  his 
hat  the  following  words:  "Fresh  air  and  common  sense."  If 
these  are  there  and  he  removes  his  hat  occasionally  he  will  not 
forget. 

Mr.  N.  W.  Sanborn.  How  about  the  weight  of  these  high- 
laying  females?  Do  you  get  as  many  pounds  of  eggs  from  the 
large  egg-layers  as  from  the  moderate  sized  ones? 

Professor  Graham.  Generally  speaking,  you  will  find  more 
200-egg  hens  which  lay  23-ounce  eggs  than  lay  25-ounce  eggs 
to  the  dozen.  We  constantly  have  hens  which  will  lay  large 
eggs,  —  many  of  them.  One  of  the  hens  we  showed  on  the 
screen  —  No.  58  —  laid  25-ounce  eggs;  but  I  will  say  that  if 
you  don't  watch  it  you  will  produce  little  eggs. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Gould.  Which  do  you  consider  the  best  flooring 
for  a  hen  house,  especially  in  the  winter  season,  —  earth  or 
cement? 

Professor  Graham.  Well,  my  experience  in  regard  to  the 
best  flooring  for  hen  houses  is  this:  when  you  consider  the  cost 
of  the  litter  and  the  cost  of  taking  the  ground  out  of  the  hen 
house  every  other  year  and  renewing  it,   cement  is  the  best 


10 

floor.  It  takes  more  litter  on  a  ground  floor,  and  in  a  series  of 
years,  if  yovi  figure  up  the  time  and  the  cost  of  renewing  the 
earth  floor,  it  is  better  to  have  the  cement  floor.  Now,  where 
you  use  the  cement  floor,  ordinarily  you  must  supply  some  sort 
of  a  dust  bag  in  one  corner  of  the  house.  If  you  use  only  a 
little  litter  —  say,  two  or  three  inches  —  then  in  a  cold  climate 
you  get  into  trouble  with  the  cement  floor.  In  addition  to 
that,  never  make  the  cement  floor  smooth  or  very  rough.  If 
you  make  it  smooth  the  litter  will  blow  all  round  the  place;  if 
you  make  it  very  rough  the  hens  will  wear  their  toenails  down 
to  the  quick.  The  common  finish,  such  as  you  have  on  side- 
walks, is  about  the  best  that  we  know  of.  We  have  taken  out 
practically  all  of  our  board  floors  and  all  our  ground  floors  and 
are  using  almost  entirely  cement  floors. 

Mr.  Thomas  D.  Govern.  Can  you  get  as  many  eggs  by 
feeding  hard  grain  and  dry  mash  as  by  feeding  wet  mash? 

Professor  Graham.  Where  we  use  rolled  oats  we  can,  but  I 
doubt  it  with  other  mixtures.  The  backbone  of  our  egg  pro- 
duction, in  a  word,  depends  on  the  rolled  oats  and  the  sour 
milk  and  the  green  food. 

Mr.  Govern.  In  Massachusetts,  with  milk  at  42  cents  a 
can,  we  can't  very  well  afford  to  feed  it  to  hens. 

Professor  Graham.  That  is  true.  There  is  a  difference  in 
different  sections  of  the  country.  With  us  sour  milk  is  worth 
20  cents  a  hundred.  That  is  not  very  high.  We  buy  oats  at 
$28  a  ton,  $1.40  a  hundred.  But  we  can't  get  as  many  eggs 
out  of  beef  scrap  or  cooked  meat  as  we  can  out  of  sour  milk. 
If  you  want  to  use  beef  scrap  I  would  strongly  advise  your 
using  a  little  bit  of  muriatic  acid  in  the  drinking  water,  for 
the  reason  that  the  hen's  digestive  tract  is  normally  acid,  and 
we  frequently  get  into  trouble  when  their  digestive  tracts  be- 
come alkaline,  and  with  sour  milk,  too,  you  get  a  value  beyond 
the  feeding  value  of  the  milk,  largely  due  to  its  physical  action, 
which  maintains  the  normal  sour  or  acid  digestive  tract.  It 
has  a  value  greater  than  its  chemical  composition  shows. 

Mr.  C.  F.  WHITMAN.  You  dwelt  considerably  on  feeding 
vegetables  to  poultry.  Would  you  recommend  feeding  fruit,  — 
apples  or  pears? 

Professor  Graham.  Yes.  I  would  recommend  the  feeding 
of  apples. 


A  pair  of  good  utility  fowls.     Massachusetts  Agricultural  College. 


11 

Mr.  Whitman.    Do  you  think  it  is  good  to  feed  vegetables? 

Professor  Graham.  As  long  as  they  do  not  eat  too  many  of 
the  seeds,  which  is  ordinarily  not  the  case.  At  the  present 
time  we  are  mixing  them  in  with  roots.  I  would  say  in  a  gen- 
eral way  that  it  is  a  good  plan  to  give  the  hens  any  waste 
products  that  you  have,  like  apples  or  turnips,  but  do  not  feed 
them  on  waste  products  exclusively. 

Mr.  Whitman.  I  asked  that  question  because  I  want  to 
know  whether  the  cider  pulp  is  better,  or  the  apples  and  fruit 
itself  before  extraction. 

Professor  Graham.  I  will  have  to  go  back  a  number  of 
years  to  give  you  my  experience  on  cider  pulp.  During  my 
first  experiences  in  the  chicken  business  I  happened  to  be  sit- 
uated near  a  cider  mill,  and  was  able  to  secure  cider  pulp 
from  the  mill  at  Ioav  rate;  and  when  I  got  that  pulp  fresh, 
when  it  had  been  ground  the  same  day,  and  when  I  cooked  it 
a  little  I  got  good  results;  but  if  I  kept  it  on  hand  and  it 
heated  or  turned  a  little  sour  the  results  were  disastrous. 
Judging  from  this  experience  it  would  be  necessary  to  feed  it 
fresh. 

]Mr.  J.  M.  Schwartz.  In  mentioning  your  green  feed  you 
don't  say  anything  about  alfalfa.  How  does  that  compare 
with  cabbages? 

Professor  Graham.  I  have  good  results  from  good  alfalfa, 
but  in  many  instances  with  the  alfalfa  that  we  come  in'  con- 
tact with,  apparently  they  have  taken  the  leaves  off  and  used 
them  for  some  other  purpose.  They  sold  us  the  woody  stems 
as  chicken  feed,  which  has  not  given  very  good  results.  If  you 
can  get  good  alfalfa  you  will  get  very  good  results  indeed. 
Personally,  I  would  just  as  soon  have  the  roots  as  I  would 
alfalfa. 

Mr.  G.  S.  Dodge.     How  about  feeding  green  ground  bone? 

Professor  Graham.  That  depends  on  the  kind  of  bone.  If 
you  are  grinding  the  bones  yourself  by  hand,  I  would  say  do 
not  feed  it,  because  you  will  get  all  of  the  knuckle  bones  which 
contain  a  very  high  percentage  of  fat,  and  are  easy  to  cut.  We 
have  found  in  our  experience  that  the  machine-ground  green 
cut  bone,  if  fed  with  good  judgment,  will  give  good  results. 
Where  it  is  fed  fairly  liberally  to  the  heavy  breeds,  such  as 


12 

Plymouth  Rocks  or  Wyandottes,  it  is  apt  to  have  some  effect 
upon  the  hatching  power  of  the  eggs  in  the  spring,  and  it  is  a 
food  that  has  to  be  fed  with  discretion.  I  would  say,  in  a  nut- 
shell, it  is  a  good  food  for  a  man  with  an  abundance  of  common 
sense  to  use,  but  it  is  a  bad  food  if  considered  fool-proof. 

Question.  Is  there  any  easy  way  to  sour  milk  in  the  winter 
time? 

Professor  Graham.  Yes,  a  very  easy  way  is  to  put  the 
sweet  milk  in  a  pail  that  has  had  sour  milk  in  it  and  set  it 
behind  the  kitchen  stove  over  night  and  it  will  be  sour  before 
morning.  One  of  the  finest  things  about  feeding  sour  milk  is 
that  you  don't  have  to  worry  about  everything  being  absolutely 
clean.  If  you  are  feeding  sweet  milk  you  must  have  everything 
clean.  The  easy  way  to  get  it  sour  is  to  use  a  barrel  or  large 
hogshead  that  holds  from  30  to  100  gallons,  and  keep  on  pour- 
ing in  and  out. 

Question.    Do  you  feed  the  sour  milk  clear? 

Professor  Graham.  Yes.  As  far  as  drink  is  concerned,  when 
the  thermometer  goes  below  zero,  all  drinks  are  taken  away  and  the 
chickens  all  eat  snow.  You  will  have  less  trouble  with  frozen 
combs  and  things  of  that  kind  if  you  feed  snow. 

Question.  You  do  not  think  snow^  brings  bowel  complaint 
in  any  form  whatever? 

Professor  Graham.  No,  I  have  never  had  that  experience 
with'  it  at  all.  We  let  them  wallow  around  in  the  snow  and 
eat  it  in  cold  weather.  We  dump  the  water  out  of  the  drinking 
tins  and   keep  them  filled  with  snow. 

Mr.  C.  R.  Harris.  You  mentioned  the  use  of  hydrochloric 
acid  in  the  drinking  water.  Would  anything  else  answer  the 
same  purpose? 

Professor  Graham.  I  am  not  in  a  position  to  answer  that 
question.  I  have  gotten  my  information  along  this  line  from 
our  veterinary  general  of  the  dominion,  and  I  asked  him  one 
day,  "Is  there  any  other  acid  that  I  could  use  or  recommend 
in  the  place  of  this  one?"  He  answered,  "That  is  the  only  one 
that  I  have  positive  information  on."  So  that  is  the  best  an- 
swer I  can  give  you. 

Mr.  Harris.  Is  there  anything  other  than  judgment  by 
which  you  can  determine  the  amount  and  frequency  of  the  use 
of  hydrochloric  acid? 


13 

Professor  Graham.  From  the  available  experience,  for  the 
quantity  for  general  preventive  work,  about  1  teaspoonful  of 
commercial  acid  to  2  gallons  of  drinking  water.  Either  earthen- 
ware or  wooden  drinking  articles  should  be  used.  You  could 
not  use  the  acid  and  metal  very  long  or  you  would  be  in 
trouble. 

Mr.  Brown.  Would  a  flock  of  hens  get  sufficient  drink 
through  the  winter  from  snow  alone? 

Professor  Graham.  From  our  experience,  yes,  because  we 
have  numerous  flocks  of  hens  that  are  laying  heavily  in  the  win- 
ter time  that  don't  get  anything  to  drink  except  snow  for  weeks 
at  a  time.  They  may  get  some  cooked  vegetables  or  substances 
containing  water,  but,  for  example,  in  this  open-front  house  I 
showed  }ou  we  sometimes  have  a  week  at  a  stretch  when  the 
thermometer  is  between  10  and  29  below  zero,  and  the  ther- 
mometer inside  the  house  shoMang  from  zero  to  7  below.  Now, 
you  take  an  ordinary  pail  of  water  and  set  it  down  there  and 
it  is  ice  before  you  get  out,  almost.  So  there  are  weeks  and 
weeks  when  they  don't  get  anything  but  snow. 

Professor  Brooks.  I  would  like  to  ask  the  speaker  whether 
he  has  ever  had  any  complaints  of  the  quality  of  eggs  from 
feeding  cabbages. 

Professor  Graham.  We  have  gone  fairly  thoroughly  into 
the  matter,  and  even  from  a  high-class  retail  trade  in  eggs  we 
have  never  had  any  complaints  as  to  flavor,  even  when  the 
hens  had  all  the  cabbages  they  could  eat.  I  cannot  say  the 
same  when  the  hens  were  fed  rape,  scorched  or  musty  grains 
or  onions,  however,  for  these  almost  always  affected  the  flavor 
unfavorably,  and  our  customers  noticed  it. 

Professor  Brooks.  I  don't  want  to  occupy  the  time  that 
belongs  to  the  speaker,  but  I  do  wish  to  say  that  a  number  of 
years  ago  I  compared  two  flocks  of  hens  of  similar  breeding 
and  similar  housing  in  every  respect,  and  fed  similarly  except 
as  regards  vegetable  food.  The  eggs  from  the  two  lots  were 
sent  under  numbers  to  a  number  of  families,  and  the  house- 
keepers were  discriminating.  There  was  never  any  failure  to 
indicate  that  the  eggs  from  the  hens  which  were  fed  with  the 
cabbage  were  superior  to  the  others.  They  spoke  of  their 
sweetness  and  fine  flavor;    they  did  not  recognize  the  cabbage. 


14 

They  did  not  know  what  the  feeding  was.  The  two  lots  of 
eggs  were  simply  sent  with  the  request  that  they  use  them  and 
advise  if  they  found  them  different.  There  was  always  a  report 
favorable  to  the  cabbage.  As  to  the  analysis,  they  did  not 
show  a  great  difference  but  there  was  no  taint  in  the  eggs  from 
the  fowl  fed  with  cabbages.  Many  of  the  housekeepers  re- 
ported that  they  found  that  the  flavor  of  the  cabbage  eggs 
was  strong.    They  did  not  describe  the  cabbage  flavor. 

Professor  Graham.  I  think  what  Professor  Brooks  says  is 
absolutely  correct.  Now,  I  don't  know  whether  you  have  in 
your  locality  here  a  trade  for  certified  eggs  such  as  there  is  for 
certified  milk.  I  am  under  the  impression  that  if  that  trade 
ever  develops,  the  hens  w^ho  lay  those  eggs  will  have  to  be  kept 
indoors  all  the  time.  You  will  have  to  feed  them  right  up  on  a 
diet  arranged  by  a  practical  dietician,  because  there  is  no  doubt 
that  people  who  are  not  living  an  active  life  are  mighty  par- 
ticular about  the  flavor  of  the  eggs  and  the  color  of  the  yolk. 

Mr.  H.  K.  Proctor.  I  would  like  to  ask  about  the  fertility 
of  hatching  eggs. 

Professor  Graham.  Do  you  mean  fertility  or  hatching 
power? 

Mr.  Proctor.  Well,  hatching  power.  Which  would  be 
better,  to  put,  say,  four  or  five  males  with  a  flock,  or  alternate 
them  one  each  day  for  five  days  and  then  repeat? 

Professor  Graham.  I  think  from  my  experience  the  answer 
to  that  question  would  depend  upon  the  range  and  the  style  of 
house  in  use.  That  is  to  say,  if  you  had  5  males  in  the  flock 
and  100  females  there,  or  75,  and  a  house  20  feet  square  and 
the  birds  fastened  inside,  you  would  get  better  results  to  use 
the  males  a  half  day  each,  one  in  the  morning  and  one  in  the 
afternoon,  or  one  a  day.  But  if  the  birds  can  get  outside,  or  if 
the  birds  are  in  a  long  house  in  which  there  are  partitions 
going  three-quarters  of  the  way  across,  then  I  doubt  very  much 
whether  you  would  get  actual  results  for  the  labor  of  cooping 
these  males. 

Mr.  Proctor.  Once  in  a  while  there  is  a  cockerel  who  will 
give  his  head  a  little  shake.  He  seems  to  be  vigorous  and  all 
right  in  every  way.  I  would  like  to  know  if  that  is  a  bad 
habit. 


15 

Professor  Graham.  Well,  I  don't  know,  Mr.  Proctor, 
whether  that  is  a  habit.  It  is  sometimes  one  of  the  symptoms 
of  worms.  You  could  find  out  easily  by  going  to  your  druggist 
and  getting  a  worm  powder,  or  take  a  piece  of  bread  and  put 
on  turpentine  and  put  it  down  his  throat,  or  give  him  a  chew 
of  tobacco. 

Professor  Brooks.  About  the  rolled  oats.  Are  those  the 
oats  from  which  the  hulls  have  been  separated? 

Professor  Graham.  The  commonest  kind  of  horse  feed  with 
us  is  the  rolled  or  crushed  oats,  in  which  the  whole  oat  is  run 
through  a  roller  and  the  oat  comes  out  flat.  Now,  the  men  who 
handle  horses  in  the  largest  number  are  farmers,  and  the 
farmers  swear  by  rolled  oats  for  horses.  The  way  we  started 
to  feed  them  to  the  hens  was,  when  ordering  ground  oats  from 
a  miller,  he  said  he  hadn't  any  on  hand,  but  he  sent  us  some 
rolled  oats.  The  hens  took  so  kindly  to  the  proposition  and 
liked  it  so  much  better  than  they  did  the  chopped  oats  that  I 
was  perfectly  satisfied.  Now,  they  don't  eat  all  the  hull.  As 
near  as  we  can  tell,  they  waste  about  18  per  cent  of  the  hull. 

Professor  Brooks.  Would  you  blame  them  for  wasting  100 
per  cent  of  the  hull? 

Professor  Graham.  Yes,  for  this  reason,  which  brings  up  a 
very  interesting  point:  it  seems  to  me  that  there  are  two  sides 
to  a  feeding  proposition,  —  a  physiological  side  and  a  commer- 
cial side,  and  a  certain  amount  of  bran  or  alfalfa  may  obviate 
trouble  in  the  stomach  and  give  the  juices  of  the  stomach  a 
better  chance  to  act.  We  have  tried  the  ordinary  oats  along- 
side of  the  common  horse  oats  or  crushed  oats,  and  invariably 
we  have  gotten  for  a  long  period  of  time  better  results  from  the 
horse  kind  of  oats  than  we  did  from  the  human  kind  of  oats; 
but  for  a  short  period  of  time,  say  ten  days  or  two  weeks,  if 
you  want  to  fatten  a  chicken  or  get  him  ready  for  show,  you 
can  get  there  quicker  with  the  aid  of  flour  or  rolled  oats  which 
you  have  for  human  food  than  you  can  with  the  crushed  oats 
as  fed  to  horses.  But  in  the  end  we  lose  out  in  that  we  run 
into  digestive  troubles,  particularly  in  the  liver,  we  get  a  soft, 
pink  liver.  The  average  hen  with  us  eats  72  pounds  per  year,  — 
24  pounds  of  corn,  24  pounds  of  wheat  and  24  pounds  of 
crushed  oats. 


16 

Question.  What  do  you  consider  the  best  feed  for  fattening 
chickens? 

Professor  Graham.  Ours  is  a  milk-feeding  proposition.  We 
teach  our  people  to  eat  milk-fed  chickens,  and  those  are  the 
chickens  that  bring  highest  prices.  We  use  about  two  parts  of 
finely  ground  oats  or  flour,  or  oats  with  the  hulls  partly  sifted 
out,  two  parts  of  buckwheat  and  one  of  corn  meal,  mixed  with 
sour  milk.    The  vital  factor  is  sour  milk. 

Mr.  Robert  Johnson.    How  about  barley  for  feeding? 

Professor  Graham.  It  depends  entirely  upon  the  barley. 
If  your  barley  is  well  ripened  and  is  not  musty  I  would  be 
inclined  to  feed  about  two-thirds  barley,  but  I  would  want  to 
be  absolutely  certain  that  that  barley  was  not  musty  and  had 
not  been  scoured  before  I  used  it,  because  it  is  one  of  the  grains 
about  which  it  is  difficult  to  tell  whether  it  has  been  a  little 
bit  musty  or  not. 

Mr.  HiGGiNSON.     How  often  do  you  feed  cooked  food? 

Professor  Graham.  I  don't  suppose,  ordinarily  speaking, 
that  we  fed  cooked  feed  twice  a  year,  except  from  an  experi- 
mental standpoint,  until  this  year.  Now  we  are  feeding  more 
cooked  food  than  we  ever  did  before,  because  grain  is  high  and 
we  have  a  host  of  mangels.  It  is  a  question  of  getting  the 
mangels  out  of  the  way  and  cutting  down  the  grain  bill.  But 
ordinarily  we  do  not  cook  any  feed.  We  sprout  oats  for  them, 
or  we  give  them  cabbage  and  go  ahead  without  any  cooked 
feed.  Just  at  the  present  moment  labor  is  cheaper  than  feed. 
Ordinarily  labor  is  dearer  than  feed,  and  when  labor  is  dear 
and  feed  is  cheap  we  will  feed  the  feed  and  do  away  with  the 
labor. 


®l)e  (Hommonwealtl)  of  iHa0sa(l)usctt0. 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.     34. 

January,  1915. 


Household  Accounting. 


By  Miss  LAURA  COMSTOCK. 


From  the   Sixty-second  Annual  Report  of  the   Massachusetts  State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT   &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE   PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1910. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


HOUSEHOLD  ACCOUNTING. 


MISS     LAURA     COMSTOCK,     EXTENSION     PROFESSOR     OF     HOME    ECONOMICS, 
MASSACHUSETTS   AGRICULTURAL   COLLEGE,    AMHERST,    MASSACHUSETTS. 


Mrs.  Lucas^  has  said  that  "in  olden  times  women  thought 
and  thought  and  thought  before  they  spent,  —  now  women 
often  spend  and  then  think  and  think  and  think."  If  this  is 
true,  how  may  a  change  be  brought  about?  By  convincing  the 
homemakers  of  their  responsibihty  with  regard  to  the  expendi- 
ture of  funds;  by  showing  them  that  homemaking  has  in  it  all 
the  elemental  features  of  a  true  business,  and  that  to  succeed 
in  it  requires  the  best  of  training. 

Contrast  the  present-day  housekeeping  with  that  of  fifty 
years  ago.  Have  the  keepers  of  the  home  made  as  great  an 
advance  in  their  business  as  the  farmer,  for  instance,  has  in 
his?     If  not,  how  may  this  be  remedied? 

Organizing  ability  is  one  of  the  requisites.  The  routine  of 
housework  in  the  least  time  and  with  the  least  energy  can  be 
accomplished  only  after  much  study,  but  that  is  not  all;  the 
responsibihty  of  spending  much  of  the  income  also  rests  upon 
the  housewife.  This  is  one  of  her  greatest  problems.  To 
succeed  she  must  view  the  question  in  all  of  its  phases  before 
spending  a  dollar.  In  other  words,  a  budget  should  be  made 
and  lived  up  to  as  nearly  as  possible. 

When  a  home  is  started  there  should  be  the  utmost  frankness 
in  the  discussion  of  the  standards  to  be  maintained  in  that 
home.  It  is  taken  for  granted  that  there  will  be  certain  ideals. 
These  ideals  will  undoubtedly  change  from  year  to  year,  — 
grow  higher  as  the  lives  of  the  homemakers  enlarge.  These 
changes  will  affect  the  way  in  which  the  income  is  spent.  More 
money  will  be  devoted  to  one  purpose  and  less  to  another. 
Certain  standards  will  be  felt  to  be  absolutely  necessary  to  the 
home  life.  True  co-operation  must  exist  from  the  first,  so  that 
no  differences  may  later  arise  to  shatter  these  ideals.  When 
both  husband  and  wife  fully  realize  what  they  wish  to  express 

1  Lucas,  Bertha  J.  R.,  "The  Woman  who  spends,"  p.  12. 


by  their  home,  and  know  the  yearly  amount  of  money  at  their 
disposal,  then  let  them  discuss  how  to  spend  that  income  to  the 
best  advantage.  To  have  clearly  in  mind  what  each  particular 
purchase  will  give  to  the  home,  to  know  that  it  supplies  a  real 
need,  w^ill  bring  true  contentment.  It  will  satisfy  not  only  the 
individual  but  the  group  which  constitutes  the  family.  The 
right  idea  of  use  will  prevent  worthless  buying.  How  may  this 
be  accomphshed?  Not  only  by  making  a  budget  but  by 
keeping  a  strict  account  of  all  expenditures.  Mrs.  Richards 
has  said  that  "the  great  educational  value  of  knowing  how  our 
money  is  spent  cannot  be  overestimated." 


Budgets. 

First,  then,  the  budget  must  be  considered.  If  a  home  is  just 
being  established,  then  recourse  must  be  had  to  the  budgets 
of  families  living  in  similar  circumstances.  If  it  be  a  family  of 
some  years'  standing,  and  no  accounts  have  been  kept,  the 
budgets  X)f  other  groups  must  be  consulted;  but  in  addition 
some  help  may  be  given  bv  an  estimate  of  the  outgo  of  previous 
years. 

In  dividing  the  income  the  ideals  of  the  family  will  modify 
the  amounts  suggested  for  each  column.  In  the  budgets  con- 
sidered the  average  American  family  will  be  taken  as  the  unit, 
two  adults  and  three  children  under  working  age,  or  the 
equivalent   of   four   adults. 

Suggested  Budgets.  ^ 


Family  Income. 


Percentage  for  — 


Fqod. 


Rent. 


Operat- 
ing Exr- 

penses 
(Wages, 
Fuel, 
Light, 
etc.). 


Clothes. 


Higher 

Life 
(Books, 
Travel, 
Church, 
Charity, 
Savings, 
Insurance). 


Two   adults  and   two  or  three  children 
(equal  to  four  adults):  — 

Any  income  (ideal  division),     . 

$2,000  to  14,000 

$800  to  $1,000 

$500  to  $800 

Under  $500 


20± 

20± 

20 

15 

15 


15± 

15± 

15± 

20± 

10 

15 

10 

10 

5 

10 

1  Richards,  Ellen  H.,  "The  Cost  of  Living,"  1905,  published  by  J.  Wiley  &  Sons. 


In  the  "ideal  division"  it  will  be  noted  that  25  per  cent  is 
spent  for  food;  20  per  cent  plus  or  minus  for  rent;  15  per  cent 
plus  or  minus  for  operating  expenses;  15  per  cent  plus  or  minus 
for  clothes;  and  25  per  cent  for  the  higher  life. 

Food. 

There  are  five  divisions  made  in  dividing  the  income.  Food 
is  first,  for  without  that  life  cannot  be  maintained  no  matter 
what  else  may  be  possessed.  This  is  absolutely  essential.  It 
may  not  be  the  kind  desired,  but  if  it  contains  proper  nutri- 
ment the  body  may  maintain  its  working  efiiciency.  Some  of 
the  cheapest  foods  contain  the  various  nutrients  in  available 
form,  so  that  economy  along  this  line  is  entirely  possible.  A 
knowledge  of  food  values  will  enable  one  to  regulate  this  column 
to  a  nicety,  and  still  the  family  be  nourished  in  proper  form. 
To  buy  out  of  season  always  adds  much  to  the  cost  and  seldom 
adds  materially  to  the  food  value.  Some  of  the  most  expensive 
foods,  such  as  meats,  have  substitutes.  If  vegetables  are  not 
strictly  fresh  they  may  have  deteriorated  decidedly  and  there- 
fore be  expensive.  One  must  be  well  trained  in  the  business  of 
buying  and  have  a  knowledge  of  food  values  in  order  to  keep 
this  item  within  bounds. 

]\Iany  inexperienced  housekeepers  order  too  much  or  prepare 
too  much.  If  these  left-overs  are  not  properly  utilized  there 
will  be  a  leak.  Look  well  to  the  garbage  pail.  Keep  it  free 
from  foodstuffs  that  can  in  any  way  be  used.  You  know 
that  as  a  class  American  cooks  are  wasteful,  and  that  our  more 
thrifty  relatives  across  the  seas  know  much  better  than  we  the 
value  of  left-overs.  Is  it  true  that  a  French  family  could  be 
fed  on  what  an  American  family  throws  away? 

Food  must,  as  before  stated,  contain  the  proper  nutriment. 
It  must  be  clean.  The  standard  of  cleanliness  is  constantly 
rising;  greater  demands  are  placed  on  the  producers,  with  a 
resulting  rise  in  prices.  It  must  be  properly  cooked,  otherwise 
a  perfect  food  might  be  spoiled  for  use.  It  must  look  attractive. 
There  necessarily  must  be  variety;  but  not  so  much  as  some 
people  think.  In  this  respect  we  may  be  able  to  save  on  the 
cost  of  food.  Twenty-five  per  cent  is  the  proportion  set  aside 
for  this  necessitv. 


It  will  be  noted  in  the  budgets  that  the  smaller  the  income 
the  higher  the  percentage  spent  for  food.  A  man  earning  but 
$500  spends  60  per  cent,  or  $300,  of  his  income  to  supply  the 
amount  of  food  necessary.  If  he  has  a  garden  or  gets  some 
produce  from  the  farm,  the  percentage  spent  for  food  may  seem 
abnormally  low,  but  these  factors  must  be  considered. 

Rent  or  Ownership. 

The  next  item  to  be  considered  in  Mrs.  Richards'  "Suggested 
Budgets"  is  that  of  rent  or  ownership.  In  securing  a  dwelling 
in  which  to  house  one's  family,  many  factors  must  be  taken 
into  consideration.  These  will  directly  affect  the  percentage 
of  the  income  devoted  to  this  end.  The  wise  person  is  one  who 
secures  a  house  that  is  not  lacking  in  any  sanitary  requirement. 
The  nature  of  the  soil  and  the  ease  with  which  the  plot  may 
be  drained  should  be  two  determining  factors.  Light  should  be 
abundant,  and  a  free  circulation  of  air  made  possible.  A  good 
neighborhood  should  be  selected,  for  the  moral  side  has  to  be 
considered  in  the  selection  of  a  home.  Many  a  small  house 
in  an  unpretentious  street  or  neighborhood  may  measure  up  to 
all  requirements  in  sanitation,  outlook,  arrangement  of  rooms 
and  moral  tone.  There  is  no  question  that  owning  a  home 
helps  to  develop  character.  A  greater  pride  in  the  homestead 
is  usually  taken,  a  responsibility  for  the  general  condition  of 
things  in  its  immediate  neighborhood,  and  this  interest  widens 
many  times  into  responsibility  for  the  affairs  of  the  community. 
As  the  social  part  of  life  is  of  importance  this  must  be  reckoned 
with  when  considering  the  question  of  owning  or  renting  a 
home. 

The  amount  set  aside  for  rent  is  about  20  per  cent.  Not 
more  than  25  per  cent  of  the  income  should  be  used  unless 
heat  is  included,  as  in  apartments  in  a  town  or  city. 

Operating  Expenses. 
The  home  having  been  secured,  the  question  arises  as  to 
the  maintenance  of  the  same.  No  house  should  ever  be  con- 
sidered without  carefully  estimating  the  fuel  required  to  heat 
it  comfortably,  the  kind  of  lighting  system  afforded  and  cost 
of  maintenance,  and  cost  of  keeping  the  house  clean  and   in 


repair.  The  matter  of  keeping  the  house  clean  should  be  looked 
into  more  carefully  than  it  usually  is,  as  it  means  pleasure  or 
pain  to  the  housewife. 

Aside  from  these  points  which  help  definitely  in  the  choice 
of  a  house  there  are  such  items  as  express,  postage,  car  fares 
(incidental),  water  tax,  and  other  small  expenditures  which  in 
the  aggregate  amount  to  a  surprising  sum.  It  is  in  operating 
the  house  that  small  leakages  occur.  As  a  rule,  details  are 
neglected  and  the  bills  run  up.  A  strict  account  kept  of  all 
disbursements  in  this  department  will  many  times  reveal 
interesting  means  of  saving  without  crippling  efficiency. 

Fifteen  per  cent  plus  or  minus  is  indicated  in  the  ideal 
division,  and  in  all  incomes  of  $1,000  or  over  it  is  practically 
covered  by  that  amount. 

Clothes. 

The  same  per  cent  is  indicated  for  this  department  as  for 
operating  expenses.  Certain  budgets  indicate  that  more  has 
been  spent  than  the  15  per  cent,  but  these  are  individual  cases. 
One  should  buy  with  a  long  plan.  By  this  is  meant  that  one 
winter  certain  pieces  of  wearing  apparel  could  be  bought,  such 
as  a  suit,  two  suits  of  heavy  underwear;  the  second  winter  a 
coat,  and  in  place  of  the  underwear,  stockings  and  shoes.  One 
should  be  a  good  judge  of  textiles  and  should  have  in  mind  the 
physical  need  and  also  the  aesthetic  need.  It  is  a  duty  o*  all 
mankind  to  look  as  well  as  possible.  Neat  clothes  which  are 
w^ell  made,  simple  in  outline  and  of  good  wearing  material  are 
no  more  expensive  in  the  long  run  than  those  which  are  untidy 
in  appearance,  extreme  in  style  and  unsuited  to  the  wearer. 
Clothes  should  have  a  distinctive  air.  They  should  look  as 
if  they  were  meant  for  the  individual  wearing  them. 

Higher  Life. 
Twenty-five  per  cent  in  an  ideal  distribution  of  funds  is  set 
aside  for  the  intellectual  and  emotional  life,  —  to  that  which 
contributes  so  much  to  our  truest  enjoyment.  In  this  list  is 
included  sums  given  to  church  or  philanthropy,  savings,  which 
may  include  insurance  and  investments,  education,  travel  and 
recreation.  Papers  and  magazines,  books,  subscriptions  to 
concerts  and  the  like  could  be  credited  to  education. 


8 


The  matter  of  cultivating  a  habit  of  saving  and  putting  aside 
definite  sums  each  '»A^eek,  month  or  year,  depending  on  the 
manner  in  which  the  income  is  received,  should  be  emphasized. 
Whenever  the  income  will  permit  this  should  be  regularly  done. 
The  habit  of  saving  is  worth  everything  to  young  people,  and 
will  prepare  not  only  for  the  "rainy"  day,  but  for  the  sunshiny 
one  as  well. 

Accounts. 

After  the  cjuestion  of  the  proper  distribution  of  the  income 
has  been  thoroughly  discussed,  and  definite  sums  apportioned 
for  different  purposes,  the  next  thing  is  to  decide  on  the  best 
way  to  keep  accounts.  He  would  be  a  poor  business  man 
who  did  not  know  where  his  money  went  after  he  had  earned 
it.  How  can  one  tell  where  it  is  best  to  retrench,  if  that 
becomes  necessary?  Where  would  it  l)e  best  to  appropriate 
more  in  order  to  lead  most  efficient  lives?  Is  the  doctor  re- 
ceiving a  goodly  percentage  of  the  income  for  keeping  the 
homemaker  in  fit  physical  condition,  while  little  if  any  money 
is  spent  for  help  with  the  housework?  Accurate  accounts,  if 
carefully  studied,  reveal  much  of  an  interesting  nature.  Com- 
parisons by  months  and  by  years  will  prove  profitable  by  show- 
ing the  wisdom  or  error  of  the  method  of  expenditure. 

What  is  the  best  method  of  keeping  household  accounts? 
That  method  which  will  give  the  least  trouble,  take  the  least 
time,  and  show  daily,  monthly  and  yearly  expenditures.  An 
elaborate  "system"  has  killed  many  an  honest  attempt  to  keep 
accounts.  Keep  them  in  such  a  way  that  a  balance  can  be 
made  at  any  time  between  receipts  and  expenses.  Items  should 
be  so  listed  that  there  will  be  no  difficulty  in  seeing  how  much 
is  spent  for  food,  how  much  for  clothing  or  other  purposes. 

The  account  keeper  must  decide  how  minutely  itemized  the 
record  shall  be,  e.g.,  are  there  to  be  subdivisions  under  food, 
such  as  dry  groceries,  vegetables,  canned  goods,  meat;  under 
clothes  are  the  individual  members  to  have  separate  accounts. 
Operating  expenses  may  profitably  have  subdivisions  such  as 
fuel,  lighting,  laundry,  outside  help.  The  extra  time  taken  to 
place  expenses  in  the  right  column  will  be  little  and  the  returns 
will  be  great.  Above  all,  make  the  record  fit  the  family  needs. 
If  five  columns  would  show  all  that  was  desired  as  to  better 


ways  of  expending  the  income  the  following  year,  have  five. 
If  seven  are  needed,  have  seven.  Head  them  to  make  them 
most  useful  to  your  family. 

The  following  explanations  are  given  to  suggest  ways  of 
keepmg  accounts  that  are  workable:  — 

Envelope  System. 

The  simplest  way  of  keeping  accounts  is  by  the  envelope 
system.  This  plan,  however,  seems  only  advisable  when  one's 
income  is  not  much  above  SI, 000  a  year,  and  is  received  at 
stated  times.  Envelopes  are  marked  and  the  apportioned  sum 
placed  inside.  When  any  money  is  taken  the  date  and  amount 
should  be  recorded  on  a  slip  of  paper  and  placed  within.  The 
account  should  be  balanced  weekly  or  monthly,  depending  upon 
when  the  appropriation  is  renewed.  If  any  money  is  borrowed 
from  one  envelope  for  another  careful  record  should  be  kept 
of  it. 

Following  this  method  means  that  many  times  more  money 
is  kept  about  than  is  safe  or  desirable.  Also,  when  money  is 
borrowed  from  one  account  for  another  and  not  credited  there 
is  confusion  in  balancing  accounts. 

Note-book  System. 

An  ordinary  unruled  note  book  or  loose-leaf  note  book  may 
be  used  by  ruling  the  pages  to  suit  the  divisions  of  the  income; 
or  a  family  expense  book  may  be  bought  with  printed  head- 
ings. Two  pages  should  be  used  for  the  account.  Reference 
to  the  specimen  pages  shown  will  make  plainer  the  following 
explanation. 

On  the  extreme  left  of  the  first  page  should  be  a  column  for 
the  days  of  the  month.  The  source  of  receipts  should  be  noted 
as  well  as  amounts. 

Food  has  but  two  divisions,  groceries  and  meat.  It  seems 
inadvisable  to  keep  these  items  in  greater  detail  on  such  a  page. 
If  one  wishes  to  know  exactly  how  much  is  spent  for  dry 
groceries,  how  much  for  green  groceries,  how  much  for  fruit, 
these  accounts  can  be  easily  kept  by  retaining  grocers'  slips, 
and  entering  amounts  on  a  separate  page;  or  by  using  a  small 
pass  book,  where  items  are  entered,  prices  noted   and   the  totals 


10 


^ 


P< 
X 

o 

-<! 
P5 

m 
O 

Eg  +9    JH 

^^6 



Mi 

o  o 

A      6 

•PI 

. 

s 

o 

g 

o 

ft 

o 



5    > 

« 

o 
o 

1 



2. 2 
O 

o 

e 

1 

8 

O 

H 
0 

3 

1 

»-'C-lCCTjiiC:Ct^COC50^HC<JCOTj*»f3eOt^OOO>0^^(MeO'*lOCOt^00050»-< 

11 


5i, 
H 

6q 


X 

_>,f£] 

o3'c3 

a 

at 

?;, 

H 

>>«) 

^o 


^fl 


a  o 


9-4  o 


3-g 


5  3'- 


2-^ 

3^- 


»-HC^CO-^iO«Dt^GOCsO«— <(MCO^»OX)t^OOOiO'— iC^C0'^»0«0t-»000:O'— " 
T-ii-ii-irt.-i,-i.-Hf-ti-.,-(C^C^iMC^(N<MC^(M(M<MCOCO 


12 

transferred  to  a  general  account  book.  If  the  family  buys  fruits 
and  vegetables  out  of  season  it  is  well  to  keep  careful  record 
of  such  expenditures,  as  it  is  easy  to  substitute  something 
which  will  be  of  equal  nutritive  value  but  much  cheaper.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  itemized  account  of  fruits  and  vegetables 
will  often  show  a  surprisingly  small  amount  used,  and  it 
would  be  a  question  worth  considering  whether  more  of  the 
income  should  be  used  for  the  purchase  of  these  commodities. 

House  ownership  is  indicated  in  the  next  division.  Interest 
on  the  value  of  the  house  and  the  lot  is  the  first  subhead. 
Another  includes  taxes  on  house,  grounds  and  gardens;  and 
insurance  premiums.  There  are  yearly  repairs  that  should  be 
made  and  are  suggested  as  a  third  heading.  If  car  fare  has 
to  be  paid  to  and  from  work,  then  that  too  should  be  reckoned 
under  ownership  or  rental,  as  a  stated  sum  must  be  put  by  to 
meet  the  expenses  because  of  the  location  of  the  house. 

If  a  house  is  rented  the  headings  would  be  practically  the 
same,  —  rent  w^ould  replace  interest  on  value,  and  taxes  would 
not  include  the  house  and  land.  Many  times  repairs  are  made 
for  which  the  owner  does  not  pay,  and  these  should  be  noted  as 
repairs  as  if  the  property  were  owned. 

Under  operating  expenses  there  are  five  heads;  fuel  and  light, 
wages,  stationery  and  postage,  telephone,  express  and  freight 
charges  and  car  fare  for  other  than  busine.s  purposes. 

Fuel  should  include  wood,  coal,  kerosene,  alcohol  or  elec- 
tricity. If  wood  is  taken  from  the  farm,  that  item  should 
appear  either  in  the  farm  records  or  the  household  records  or 
both.  Kerosene  used  for  the  oil  stove  might  be  included  with 
the  oil  for  lighting  purposes  if  lamps  are  used.  Alcohol  used 
for  a  flatiron  should  be  listed  under  fuels. 

Wages  should  include  what  is  paid  regularly  to  the  maid,  if 
one  is  kept,  and  the  occasional  help  from  outside,  e.g.,  some  one 
to  help  with  the  weekly  cleaning,  laundry  work,  the  cleaning  of 
windows.  Laundry  may  be  listed  in  a  separate  column  if  so 
desired. 

The  next  two  subdivisions  need  no  comment,  —  those  of 
stationery  and  postage  and  telephone.  The  last  column  indi- 
cating car  fares  means  the  occasional  trips J:aken  by  the  family 
and  not  the  regular  business  trips. 


13 

Clothes  may  well  be  subdivided  according  to  the  members  in 
the  family;  but  it  would  seem  more  simple  to  keep  the  itemized 
account  on  another  page  in  the  same  book,  and  record  the  total 
expenditures  on  this  sheet. 

The  last  heading,  higher  life,  or,  as  ]Mrs.  Richards  calls  it 
in  another  place,  the  "  intellectual  and  emotional "  life,  receives 
25  per  cent  of  the  income  in  the  ideal  division.  This  must  of 
necessity  be  cut  down  when  the  income  is  small,  but  some 
allowance  must  always  be  made;  otherwise  the  mere  feeding, 
housing  and  clothing  would  mean  an  existence  little  above  the 
brute  stage.  Here  the  divisions  wall  represent  what  the  in- 
dividual families  most  enjoy,  and  the  accounts  will  show 
whether  the  expenditures  for  the  things  lasting  but  not  material 
are  wisely  expended. 

Church  and  philanthropy  must  surely  come  in  each  family 
record  of  expense;  books,  papers  and  magazines  should  be  found 
in  every  home.  Library  dues  should  be  listed  here.  Lectures, 
concerts,  theaters,  moving  pictures  are  attended  frequently  and 
deserve  a  separate  column.  Money  expended  in  traveling  and 
vacation  expenses  form  another  item  under  this  higher  life 
heading.  Savings  in  the  bank,  life  insurance  and  stocks  and 
bonds  should  also  be  listed.  Furniture  considered  as  personal 
property  can  be  included  here,  and  it  is  suggested  that  house- 
hold appliances  be  indicated  in  such  a  way  that  the  sum  yearly 
spent  on  these  may  be  seen  at  a  glance.  What  per  cent  is 
spent  on  such  improvements  in  the  home?  How  much  should 
be  spent,  taking  all  things  into  consideration?  Under  "phy- 
sician" and  "dentist"  should  be  included  all  money  paid  out 
for  physicians,  surgeon,  oculist,  dentist,  nurse,  medicine  and 
all  expenses  incurred  by  sickness.  If  too  large  a  proportion 
falls  here  the  matter  should  be  thoughtfully  considered  to  see 
if  the  causes  cannot  be  removed. 

If  other  headings  are  desired  space  could  be  used  between 
higher  life  and  daily  total  expenses. 

The  daily  totals  should  be  calculated  and  the  sums  placed  in 
the  columns  reserved  at  the  extreme  right  under  the  caption 
daily  total  expenses.  At  the  foot  of  each  column  space  is  left 
for  the  totals  of  each  column.  The  grand  total  of  these  totals 
at  the  bottom  of  the  two  pages  should  balance  with  the  grand 


14 


totals  of  the  daily  totals.     Space  is  indicated  for  the  monthly 
total  receipts  and  the  monthly  total  expenses. 

In  the  back  part  of  the  account  book  two  duplicate  pages 
should  be  ruled  for  a  recapitulation  by  months.  When  bal- 
ancing accounts  at  the  close  of  each  month  the  totals  should  be 
carried  forward  to  these  pages. 

Card  System. 
The  card  system  is  well  liked  by  some  people  for  keeping 
accounts.     In  using  cards  the  headings  may  be  the  same  as 
those   used   in   a   book.     Each   month   the   total   expenditures 
should  be  transferred  to  a  card  reserved  for  monthly  totals. 

Methods  of  Payment. 

Cash  payment  is  the  best  method  to  follow.  A  checking 
account  in  a  bank  conveniently  located  is  a  desirable  thing  to 
have  and  encourages  businesslike  methods.  Grocery  and  dry 
goods  bills  may  be  allowed  to  run  for  a  month;  but  it  is  not 
wise  to  have  goods  charged  for  an  indefinite  time.  When  cash 
is  paid  one  cannot  spend  money  that  is  yet  to  be  earned. 
When  a  charge  account  is  kept  it  is  an  easy  matter  to  buy, 
trusting  the  future  will  bring  money  for  payment.  The  install- 
ment plan  is  an  expensive  one,  and  should  be  used  only  by 
those  finding  it  impossible  to  make  other  arrangements. 

It  is  fitting  that  this  brief  discussion  of  an  important  subject 
close  with  a  quotation  of  Miss  Mary  S.  Snow:  "It  is  meet  that 
women  in  every  part  of  the  land  shall  seriously  study  how  they 
will  spend  the  wage  so  hardly  come  by  on  the  part  of  the  wage 
earner,  —  that  wisdom  and  skill  in  the  spending  shall  match 
the  earnestness  and  zeal  in  the  earning." 


15 


BiBLIOGEAPHY. 

"  The  Cost  of  Living  as  modified  by  Sanitary  Science,"  bj'  Ellen  H. 

Richards. 
"  Foods  and  Household  Management,"  by  Kinne  and  Cooley. 
"  Household  Management,"  by  Bertha  M.  Terrill. 
"  How  to  keep  Household  Accounts,"  by  C.  W.  Haskins. 
"  The  Woman  who  spends,"  by  Bertha  J.  R.  Lucas. 
"  Farm  Accounting  and  Business  Methods,"  by  J.  A.  Bexell. 
"  The  Modern  Household,"  by  Talbot  and  Breckenridge, 
"  The  New  Housekeeping,"  by  Christine  Frederick. 
"  The  $500,  S1,000  and  $2,000  Income,"  by  Mary  S.  Snow,  Journal  of 

Home  Economics,  Vol.  IV. 
"  Students'  Accounts,"   Department  of  Home  Economics,  Ithaca,  New 

York. 
"  Expense  Account  Book,"  Women's  Educational  and  Industrial  Union, 

Boston. 
"  Family  Expense  Record,"  by  H.  E.  Wedelstaedt. 


®l)e  iHommontoealtl)  of  iilassadjusete, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR   No.    35 

January,  1915. 


Alfalfa  for  New  England. 


By  Professor  Arthur  D.  Cromwell. 


From  the    Sixti'-second  Annual   Report  of   the   Massachusetts  State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WRIGHT   &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE   PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


ALFALFA  FOR  NEW  ENGLAND. 


ARTHUR    D.    CROMWELL,    PROFESSOR    OF   AGRICULTURE    AND    BOTANY,    STATE 
NORMAL    SCHOOL,    WEST    CHESTER,    PENNSYLVANIA. 


Why  gkow  Alfalfa? 

Life  is  a  never  ending  series  of  adjustments.  Of  one  thing 
we  may  be  sure  and  that  one  thing  is  change.  New  England 
farmers  have  not  always  understood  or  remembered  this,  and 
hence  at  times  New  England  farmers  have  failed  to  adjust 
themselves  and  their  farm  practices  to  the  demands  of  the  times. 
Among  the  changes  that  are  now  upon  us  are  the  adjustments 
that  are  to  be  made  in  farming  by  growing  alfalfa.  For  as 
Mr,  Ellsworth  of  Worcester,  Massachusetts,  has  said,  "  Alfalfa 
is  to  be  grown  on  every  farm  in  New  England." 

Alfalfa  will  enable  those  who  gi*ow  it  to  produce  on  each  acre 
from  3  to  5  tons  of  feed,  which  is  pound  for  pound  equal  to 
thrashed  oats  or  wheat  bran.  At  the  same  time  that  the  alfalfa 
raiser  produces  from  3  to  5  tons  of  feed,  equal  pound  for  pound 
to  thrashed  oats,  he  is  growing  a  plant  that  is  storing,  in  each 
acre  of  his  ground,  from  $25  to  $30  worth  of  nitrogen  each 
year.  Then,  too,  alfalfa  roots  deeper  than  other  farm  crops, 
and  it  brings  up  from  the  subsoil  rich  stores  of  potash  and 
phosphorus.  But  since  alfalfa  comes  to  us  from  the  semi-arid 
regions,  we  must  not  expect  it  to  produce  good  crops  of  seed 
in  this  humid  climate.  However,  since  it  is  a  gift  of  the 
desert,  we  are  to  understand  that  when  dry  seasons  come,  as 
come  they  will,  alfalfa  growers  are  to  have  a  crop,  and,  if  any- 
thing, a  better  crop.  Alfalfa  can  stand  hard  winters.  Alfalfa 
is  green  a  month  earlier  and  a  month  later  than  other  crops, 
and  hence  for  a  man  who  is  practicing  the  soiling  system,  al- 
falfa offers  a  crop  that  can  bo  used  about  two  months  more 
each  year.  Since  it  gi'ows  through  the  whole  summer,  it  offers 
a  soiling  crop  that  is  available  every  month  from  the  time  it 


is  large  enough  to  cut  in  tlie  spring  until  long  after  hard  freez- 
ing conies  in  the  fall. 

Alfalfa  is  a  lime  loving  plant.  It  has  34  per  cent  of  lime 
in  its  ash,  while  clover  has  but  20  per  cent  and  timothy  but  4 
per  cent.  Growing  animals,  dairy  cows  and  laying  hens  need 
lime.  They  need  more  lime  than  we  are  able  to  supply  in  corn 
and  mill  feeds;  hence  alfalfa  offers  a  plant  that  will  supply 
lime  to  make  bone  and  milk  and  eggs. 

There  is  no  need  for  a  New  England  farmer  spending  a  cent 
for  feed  unless  he  is  feeding  more  stock  than  his  given  area  of 
land  can  support.  I  mean  the  New  England  farmer  does  not 
need  to  spend  his  hard-earned  profits  for  mill  feeds  in  order 
to  get  nitrogen  or  protein.  He  can  gTow  his  protein  at  home 
and  enrich  his  soil  at  the  same  time.  We  live  at  the  bottom 
of  an  ocean  of  air  that  is  about  200  miles  deep  and  composed 
of  about  four-fifths  of  nitrogen,  and  yet  our  profits  are  small 
and  our  cost  of  living  high  because  we  have  to  pay  so  much  foi- 
protein,  which  we  need  in  order  to  get  that  single  element 
nitrogen.  Yet  alfalfa,  soy  beans,  Canada  peas,  vetch  and  the 
clovers,  including  sweet  clover,  have  associated  with  them  on 
their  roots  bacteria  which  cluster  together  into  different  shaped 
but  easily  observed  nodules,  and  "which  have  the  rare  power  of 
taking  from  the  air  circulating  in  the  soil  that  element  nitro- 
gen. These  bacteria  gather  more  nitrogen  than  they  need ;  they 
gather  enough  to  feed  the  plant  and  to  lay  up  an  excess  in  the 
soil  to  feed  the  corn,  potatoes  or  other  crops  which  follow  the 
alfalfa.  The  story  seems  too  good  to  tell.  You  can  have  your 
cake  and  eat  it.  But  alfalfa  is  going  to  make  the  man  who 
succeeds  in  growing  it  master  of  the  situation.  The  alfalfa 
grower  is  going  to  be  the  man  who  can  buy  the  adjoining  farm. 
The  alfalfa  plant  is  going  to  bring  back  to  N^ew  England  the 
Berkshire,  the  Chester  White  and  the  Poland  China  hogs,  to 
help  lift  the  mortgage  off  the  old  IvTew  England  farm.  Alfalfa 
is  going  to  enable  the  farmer  in  the  east  to  make  more  on  the 
small  farm  than  the  mid-westerner  makes  on  his  larger  farm 
of  $200  an  acre  land.  Alfalfa  is  going  to  make  the  'New  Eng- 
land hen  cackle  two  months  longer  each  year.  Alfalfa  is  going 
to  add  materially  to  the  beauty  of  the  New  Engalnd  landscape. 


American  ingenuity  will  soon  enable  some  Yankee  manufac- 
turers to  put  onto  the  market  an  alfalfa  shredded  biscuit  that 
will  do  more  than  any  patent  breakfast  food  or  medicine  now 
on  the  market  to  make  efficient  men  and  women  out  of  our 
boys  and  girls.  Alfalfa  besides  putting  the  kink  into  the  pig's 
tail  while  he  helps  lift  the  mortgage,  besides  enabling  the  old 
cow  to  give  more  milk,  the  hen  to  lay  more  eggs  and  the  boys 
and  girls  to  be  stronger  of  bone  and  larger  of  muscle,  besides 
adding  to  the  beauty  of  the  ISTew  England  landscape,  alfalfa 
is  to  add  to  the  contentment  and  happiness  of  the  people  by 
putting  dollars  into  the  farmer's  pockets,  and  thus  enabling 
him  to  have  better  homes,  to  support  better  schools  and  churches, 
and  thus  fulfill  Dean  Bailey's  four  requirements  for  the  real 
husbandman:  "To  make  a  comfortable  living;  to  leave  the 
farm  better  than  he  found  it;  to  rear  a  family  carefully  and 
well;  to  be  of  service  to  the  community." 

How  TO  OKOw  Alfalfa. 
To  grow  alfalfa  successfully  there  are  six  things,  each  of 
which  must  be  very  carefully  attended  to.  You  may  think 
as  others  have  thought  that  you  can  get  paying  crops  of  alfalfa 
by  leaving  one  or  more  of  the  six  steps  undone,  but  experience 
will  teach  you  in  time  that  each  and  every  one  of  the  six  things 
must  be  carefully  taken  care  of.  We  call  these  six  requisites 
the  six  alfalfa  secrets,  as  follows :  — 

1.  Good,  well-drained  soil. 

2.  A  good,  hard  seed  bed. 

3.  Plenty  of  the  right  kind  of  lime. 

4.  Good,  acclimated,  northern  grown  seed. 

5.  Good,  abundant  soil  or  seed  inoculation. 

6.  Good  harvesting  and  curing  of  the  hay. 

Good  Soil. 
You  will  notice  that  our  first  requirement  is  good  soil.     Al- 
falfa must  have  liberal  feeding.     It  is  true  that  alfalfa  when 
once  well  established  will  come  nearer  making  its  own  way, 
while  giving  paying  crops,  than  will  any  other  farm  crop;  yet 


this  fact  must  be  faced,  namely ,  ^ during  the  first  year  alfalfa 
plants  are  delicate  little  plants  which  respond  readily  to  liberal 
feeding.  This  means  that  we  get  more  from  the  money  spent 
for  available  nitrogen,  potash  and  phosphorus  to  put  on  the 
gTOund,  which  we  are  to  seed  to  alfalfa,  than  we  get  from  the 
money  spent  for  plant  food  for  most  other  farm  crops. 

But  how  is  a  man  to  know  what  to  feed  his  alfalfa  plants  ? 
My  answer  is  ask  your  farm  bureau  agent,  if  you  have  one. 
He  should  have  gathered  some  valuable  information  from  the 
experiences  of  the  farmers  of  your  district,  and  he  should 
have  at  hand  what  the  experiment  stations  know  as  to  what 
alfalfa  needs.  The  next  best  source  of  information  after  your 
farm  bureau,  is  your  experiment  station.  Write  to  your  ex- 
periment station  and  ask  the  men  there  what  they  know  about 
feeding  alfalfa.  Your  land  may  not  be  of  the  same  kind  as 
that  on  which  they  have  experimented,  and  hence  you  may  need 
other  help.  I  can  think  of  no  place  more  valuable  for  one  to 
come,  once  a  year,  than  to  a  gathering  like  the  J^ew  England 
Alfalfa  Association  meeting,  and  there  compare  notes  and  hear 
the  experiences  of  fanners  who  have  been  growing  alfalfa.  But 
when  all  is  said  and  done  you  must  do  a  little  experimenting 
on  your  own  farm.  Sow  different  strips  on  your  alfalfa  field 
with  different  amounts  of  the  different  fertilizers  and  then 
watch  for  i-esults.  But  to  start  alfalfa  you  will  want  to  have 
a  rich  soil,  and  you  will  need  to  use  something  like  500  pounds 
to  an  acre  of  a  mixture  of  about  3  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  8  per 
cent  of  phosphoric  acid  and  10  per  cent  of  potash. 

Select  Well-drained  Soil. 
Alfalfa  comes  to  us  from  the  semi-arid  regions  of  southern 
Asia.  To  be  sure  it  has  been  grown  in  Europe  for  centuries, 
and  in  America  for  some  years,  yet  it  shows  its  desert  origin 
by  demanding  a  well-drained  soil.  Alfalfa  will  not  live  with 
its  feet  in  the  water.  It  will  do  well  on  loose  sandy  or  stony 
soil.  Alfalfa  will  thrive  on  a  stony  hillside  so  full  of  rock  and 
so  dry  that  corn  will  not  develop  an  ear.  I  know  of  two  pieces 
on  such  soil,  one  has  been  down  for  five  years  and  the  other  for 
eight.     The  soil  is  so  dry  and  sandy  that  blue  grass  and  plan- 


tain,  the  two  worst  weed  enemies  of  alfalfa,  have  not  gotten  a 
foothold.  Of  course  a  man  gets  more  alfalfa  on  better  ground, 
but  he  gets  more  dollars  worth  of  feed  from  such  a  stone  patch 
than  he  can  get  from  seeding  it  to  any  other  plant,  unless  it 
be  sweet  clover. 

Alfalfa  seems  to  prefer  a  southern  slope.  I  think  that  this 
is  explained  in  part  by  the  fact  that  southern  slopes  are  dryer 
in  fall  and  winter.  Perhaps  the  ground  is  sweeter  and  does 
not  heave  so  seriously.  Alfalfa  can  stand  more  cold  than  most 
other  plants.  After  the  first  year  it  does  not  winter  kill  in  a 
temperature  from  20^^'  to  30°  below  zero.  Alfalfa  is  green  a 
month  longer  in  the  fall  and  a  month  earlier  in  the  spring. 
Perhaps  the  southern  slopes  are  favorable  because  alfalfa  can 
get  a  better  growth  for  winter  covering  in  the  fall,  and  an 
earlier  growth  in  the  spring.  This  does  not  mean  that  you 
cannot  grow  alfalfa  on  northern  slopes.  It  does  mean  that  I 
advise  the  beginner  to  start  his  first  patch  or  two  on  his  southern 
slopes. 

One  of  the  great  problems  in  America  is  the  conservation  of 
the  soil  on  our  hillsides.  Alfalfa  once  well  seeded  may  be  left 
on  a  hillside  for  ten  years ;  then  if  plaintain  and  grass  come  in, 
the  patch  may  be  plowed  up,  cultivated  for  a  half  year  and 
seeded  to  alfalfa  for  another  ten  years.  This  makes  alfalfa  bet- 
ter than  orchards  for  holding  the  soil  on  the  hillsides. 

Low,  wet  ground  is  apt  to  be  sour.  It  will  grow  alsike 
clover,  timothy,  cow  peas,  red  top  and  corn,  for  these  are  more 
tolerant  of  acid  in  the  soil.  Cow  peas,  alsike  and  red  top  seem 
to  thrive  best  where  the  soil  is  slightly  acid.  But  alfalfa  will 
not  grow  on  sour  soil.  It  winter  kills  and  the  bacteria  fail  to 
thrive.  Some  men  have  used  tile  drains  and  have  converted 
low,  coastal  plain  or  river  bottom  soils  into  the  best  of  alfalfa 
soils.  Alfalfa  being  a  gift  of  the  desert  demands  a  dry,  well- 
drained  soil. 

Prepai'e  a  Good,  Chan.  Hard  Seed  Bed. 
When  we  have  studied  how  to  gTow  alfalfa  as  long  and  as 
diligently  as  we  have  studied  how  to  grow  corn,  we  shall  laugh 
at  the  man  who  gets  less  than  5  or  G  tons  to  the  acre,  and  some 


8 

of  you  will  be  getting  much  more.  But  when  we  have  learned 
how  to  grow  alfalfa,  we  shall  have  learned  that  the  seed  is  very, 
very  small,  and  that  for  some  weeks  the  little  alfalfa  j)lant  is 
a  very  delicate  little  thing.  That  means  that  it  cannot  hold 
its  own  against  many  of  the  weeds.  You  can  kill  the  weeds  by 
disking  and  plowing,  by  cultivating  and  hoeing  before  the  al- 
falfa is  planted  on  the  ground.  But  once  the  alfalfa  is  planted, 
you  are  doomed  to  partial  failure  if  you  have  sown  the  seed 
on  gi'ound  infested  with  weeds.  You  must  soav  alfalfa  on  a 
clean  seed  bed  in  order  to  succeed  well.  * 

The  seed  bed  should  be  hard.  I  would  hardly  expect  to 
succeed  with  alfalfa  if  I  plowed  the  ground  just  before  sowing 
the  seed.  I  would  much  prefer  disking  to  plowing  before  seed- 
ing. Where  alfalfa  is  seeded  in  August,  following  wheat  or 
oats,  disking  gives  better  results  than  plowing.  But  wo  do  not 
disk  to  save  time.  We  must  disk  and  disk  until  it  takes  as 
much  time  as  it  would  to  plow.  However,  the  disking  leaves 
a  hard  seed  bed  underneath,  it  gives  us  a  garden  mulch  on 
top,  and  it  leaves  the  stubble  on  the  surface  to  act  as  a  partial 
shade  and  to  keep  the  soil  from  washing.  Plowing,  especially 
after  a  coat  of  manure  or  heavy  coat  of  stubble  is  plowed  under, 
causes  the  soil  to  dry  out  too  rapidly  and  too  deeply.  Even 
oats,  with  a  seed  much  larger  than  the  little  alfalfa  seed,  fre- 
quently do  better  on  disked  ground  than  on  plowed  ground. 
But  if  there  are  weeds,  if  the  ground  has  been  in  oats,  say,  and 
the  oats  have  been  cut  early  for  hay,  then  the  ground  may  be 
plowed,  the  deeper  the  better,  and  the  weeds  thoroughly  killed. 
After  the  plowing  the  gTound  should  be  rolled,  disked  and  har- 
rowed frequently  to  germinate  and  kill  all  weed  seed  and  to  give 
a  good,  hard  seed  bed  underneath,  with  a  clean  garden  mulch 
on  top.  Remember  that  you  are  seeding  the  alfalfa  for  from 
three  to  ten  years  to  come,  and  it  pays  to  do  it  well.  You  can 
easily  reduce  your  alfalfa  hay  crop  1  to  2  tons  for  a  number 
of  years  to  come  by  not  preparing  a  good  seed  bed.  Think  of 
a  man's  shortening  his  yield  2  tons  of  hay,  worth  $20  per  ton, 
and  that  for  three  to  ten  years  to  come,  and  all  of  this  loss  to 
save  a  day's  labor  when  preparing  a  seed  bed.  The  seed  bed 
should  be  clean  enough  and  soft  enough  to  do  for  an  onion  bed. 
It  pays  to  have  a  clean,  hard  seed  bed. 


Apply  Plenty  of  the  Right  Kind  of  Lime. 

There  are  a  number  .of  things  which  we  have  to  learn  about 
liming.  But  of  one  thing  we  are  certain,  no  farm  crop  requires 
more  lime  than  does  alfalfa.  This  may  be  because  the  bacteria 
which  furaish  the  nitrogen  for  the  alfalfa  are  very  sensitive 
to  sour  soil.  It  niay  be,  and  undoubtedly  in  part  is,  because 
the  bacteria  that  should  thrive  on  the  alfalfa  roots  are  most 
easily  killed  by  acids  in  the  soil.  However,  I  believe  that  there 
is  another  reason.  The  alfalfa  plant  has  34  per  cent  of  lime 
in  its  ash,  clover  has  20  per  cent. and  timothy  has  4  per  cent. 
I  believe  that  we  are  just  beginning  to  learn  our  A  B  C's  of 
lime  for  animal  and  plant  foods.  I  believe  that  when  the 
truth  is  fully  understood,  we  shall  know  that  one  reason  why 
alfalfa  is  so  good  for  growing  animals,  for  poultry  and  for  dairy 
cows  is  because  of  its  high  per  cent  of  lime.  If  this  proves  to 
be  true,  there  is  no  way  known  to  the  farmers  of  to-day  hj 
which  they  may  make  money  faster  than  to  sow  lime  on  the 
land  to  feed  alfalfa,  which  in  turn  is  to  feed  animals  and  hence 
return  to  him  in  beef  or  milk,  which  sells  at  many  times  over 
the  cost  of  the  agricultural  lime. 

There  are  two  materials  called  lime,  and  they  come  to  us  in 
three  forms.  One  material  is  dolomite,  which  is  a  magnesian- 
calcium  carbonate.  T  believe  that  when  we  fully  understand 
the  lime  problem,  we  shall  have  learned  that  the  magnesium 
lime  is  not  to  be  used  for  alfalfa.  Hall  says  the  English  farm- 
ers learned  years  ago  that  the  dolomite  is  not  good  for  repeated 
applications.  Do  not  misunderstand  me.  Magnesian  lime  will 
neutralize  acids  as  readily  as  pure  calcium  lime,  but  I  do  not  be- 
lieve that  the  neutralization  of  acids  is  all  that  there  is  to  liming 
for  alfalfa,  nor  do  I  believe  that  sweetening  the  soil  is  half  that 
there  is  to  liming  for  alfalfa.  I  believe  that  calcium  is  a  very 
necessary  plant  food  for  alfalfa,  and  hence  well  Avorth  feeding 
the  plant  in  abundance. 

Lime  comes  to  us  in  three  forms,  —  caustic  or  burned,  hy- 
drated  or  slaked  and  in  the  form  of  ground  limestone.  Only 
unburned,  ground  limestone  is  to  be  recommended  for  applying 
immediately  before  sowing  alfalfa.  Burned  lime  is  believed 
to  be  injurious  to  the  alfalfa  bacteria.     Hydra  ted  lime  is  but 


10 

little  better.  Moreover,  tliese  forms  are  hard  on  the  men  who 
handle  them,  while  ground  calcium  limestone  is  believed  to  be 
beneficial  to  men,  especially  men  of  weak  lungs. 

Of  course  where  one  has  to  pay  freight  on  a  long  haul,  and 
where  one  can  apply  the  burned  lime  some  months  preceding 
the  planting  of  the  alfalfa,  it  may  pay  to  use  burned  limestone. 

Use  Good,  Acclitnated,  Northern  Grown  Seed. 

Our  people  get  the  best  results  by  using  30  pounds  of  seed 
to  an  acre.  That  should  be  too  much.  There  are  places  where 
men  have  used  as  little  as  6  quarts  (12  pounds)  with  timothy 
and  clover.  In  time  the  timothy  and  clover  disappeared,  the 
alfalfa  survived  and  made  a  good  stand  that  yielded  three  or 
more  tons  per  acre.  Twenty  pounds  to  an  acre  should  be 
enough,  providing  we  use  a  disk  drill  and  use  good  seed.  But 
good  seed  is  hard  to  get.  I  fear  that  the  seed  houses  palm  off 
on  the  eastern  farmers  entirely  too  much  of  the  Asiatic  seed. 
I  fear  that  at  times  farmers  are  led  to  believe  that  the  Turke- 
stan seed  is  superior.  Then,  too,  I  fear  that  entirely  too  much 
southern  grown  seed  finds  its  way  this  far  north. 

Massachusetts  requires  good  seed,  from  plants  that  have  been 
grown  in  the  United  States  for  some  years  and  from  States  as 
far  north  as  Montana.  How  can  you  get  it  ?  Well,  one  way 
is  to  have  one  of  your  farm  bureau  agents  go  west  and  find 
a  reliable  grower  and  then  buy  of  him.  Another  way  is  to  find 
a  reliable  dealer  and  then  ]int  it  u]i  to  him  to  furnish  you  good 
seed  at  a  reasonable  rate.  I  found  that  we  could  get  for  the 
members  of  our  farm  bureau  good  seed  at  $7.80  per  bushel  of 
60  pounds,  and  that  at  a  time  when  other  farmers  were  paying 
$13  and  $15  for  the  same  seed.  It  strikes  me  that  there  is 
nothing  that  your  State  association  can  do  that  will  help  more 
than  to  discover  among  yourselves  a  member  who  knows  where 
you  can  get  good  seed ;  then  have  him  arrange  so  that  you  can 
get  seed  from  him  or  his  dealer.  We  have  a  form  or  legal 
paper  which  a  man  may  deposit  in  his  local  bank  with  the 
money  for  the  seed.  The  form  provides  that  when  the  seed 
arrives,  the  bank  pays  the  bill  and  that  automatically  releases 
the  seed  to  the  buyer. 


11 

Of  course  members  of  this  association  will  not  run  the  risk 
of  planting  seed  until  their  farm  bureau  agent  or  their  State 
college  men  have  examined  and  tested  their  seed.  There  is  too 
much  danger  of  dodder.  After  I  had  examined  the  seed  from 
one  seed  house,  and  had  Pennsylvania  State  College  examine 
it,  and  had  the  men  in  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture at  Washington  examine  it,  I  found  that  the  seed  house 
had  sent  a  farmer  seetl  in  which  he  might  plant  thirteen  dodder 
seeds  to  a  square  rod.  If  you  once  get  dodder  on  your  place, 
'  you  will  probably  be  unable  to  grow  paying  crops  of  alfalfa 
for  five  or  more  years.  My  advice  is  to  have  samples  of  the 
seed  examined  by  some  one  who  knows  how  to  examine  and 
test  alfalfa  seed.  But  even  that  does  not  assure  you  that  it  is 
northern  grown  seed.  Therefore,  get  seed  from  a  reliable  seed 
man,  pay  him  a  reasonable  price,  but  give  him  to  understand 
that  he  is  to  be  responsible  for  the  delivery  of  first-class  north- 
ern grown,  acclimated  seed. 

Give  the  Soil  or  the  Seed  Abundant  Inoculation. 

There  are  two  ways  to  inoculate.  One  way  is  to  go  to  a  field 
where  alfalfa  is  being  grown  and  where  there  are  plenty  of  nod- 
ules on  the  roots  and  take  the  soil  from  there  and  spread  the  soil 
over  the  field  which  you  intend  to  sow  to  alfalfa.  There  are 
people  who  will  tell  you  that  200  or  300  pounds  of  soil  will  do. 
That  may  be  true  Avhere  you  can  sift  the  soil  and  seed  or  sow 
it  with  a  hand  seeder,  but  I  think  that  a  man  can  better  afford 
to  use  2  tons  than  200  pounds  of  soil.  If  I  were  going  to  grow 
alfalfa,  I  would  put  in  2  or  4  square  rods  of  ground.  I  would 
put  this  into  alfalfa  in  the  spring.  I  would  inoculate  it  heavily, 
and  then  from  that  patch  I  would  get  soil  for  my  field. 

For  field  inoculation  I  would  use  the  manure  spreader.  I 
would  go  to  a  piece  of  ground  where  the  nodules  are  thick, 
shovel  oft'  about  2  or  3  inches  of  the  surface  soil,  and  then  load 
the  spreader  with  the  soil  that  lies  from  3  inches  to  15  inches 
below  the  surface.  Then  I  would  drive  to  the  land  which  I 
intended  to  sow  in  alfalfa.  There  I  would  put  the  spreader 
in  gear,  let  it  run  until  the  dirt  began  to  pile  up  near  the  roar 
of  the  spreader,  then  stop  and  crank  the  load  to  the  front  and 


12 

then  go  ahead  again.  When  the  dirt  was  again  piling  near  the 
rear  end  of  the  spreader,  I  would  again  shovel  or  crank  it  back 
to  the  front.  You  will  do  well  to  make  a  big  load  cover  a  half 
acre.  But  you  can  give  an  acre  two  loads  with  less  labor  and 
bother  than  you  can  putter  around  with  200  pounds,  if  you 
have  to  sift  it  and  use  a  hand  seeder.  Three  or  4  tons  of  soil 
are  not  too  much.  The  soil  should  be  spread  on  a  cloudy  day, 
and  it  should  be  harrowed  in  at  once.  I  do  not  need  to  say 
that  you  run  the  risk  of  sowing  plant  diseases.  Hence  it  is 
necessary  to  be  very  cautious  to  get  soil  for  inoculation  from* 
land  free  of  disease. 

We  have  found  that  the  commercial  cultures  give  us  better 
results  and  cost  us  less  than  the  soil  inoculation.  Of  course  I 
think  both  are  better  than  either  alone.  You  can  get  enough 
culture  for  an  acre  of  seed  for  $2,  and  you  can  hardly  take  a 
man  and  team  and  spread  your  own  soil  for  less  than  $2  per 
acre.  The  inoculating  of  the  seed  is  a  simple  process.  The 
directions  that  come  with  each  batch  of  the  culture  give  one 
ample  information  as  to  just  what  to  do  to  inoculate  the  seed. 
We  have  had  good  results  from  the  use  of  the  commercial  cul- 
tures. The  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  at  Wash- 
ington is  very  liberal  with  their  cultures,  and  hence  most  of 
you  can  get  the  cultures  free  by  asking  for  enough  to  inoculate 
seed  for  the  number  of  acres  which  you  intend  to  sow.  Again 
I  wish  to  tell  you  that  I  think  you  should  sow  something  like 
4  square  rods  the  spring  before  you  sow  your  field.  Give  the 
seed  for  the  little  patch  double  inoculation.  You  may  sow  a 
few  square  rods  in  the  corner  of  some  pig  or  cow  lot.  What 
you  want  is  a  rich  well-manured  plot  in  which  you  may  get 
the  bacteria  to  grow.  You  may  seed  this  with  a  little  oats  to 
help  keep  down  the  weeds.  Mow  the  oats  for  hay.  Of  course 
you  will  select  some  place  where  you  can  well  spare  a  few 
inches  of  the  soil  and  where  the  shoveling  will  not  be  hard. 

Your  main  crop  should  be  planted  in  August.  This  enables 
you  to  kill  the  weed  seed.  It  enables  you  to  get  a  crop  of  oat- 
hay  or  oat  and  Canada  pea-hay  or  a  crop  of  early  potatoes. 
JSTow,  if  you  have  your  little  patch  in  which  you  have  been 
growing  the  bacteria,   and  if  you  seed  in   August,   you  have 


13 

your  own  soil  for  inoculation.  Do  not  underestimate  the  im- 
portance of  inoculation.  After  the  alfalfa  is  once  well  started 
you  will  get  1  to  2  tons  per  acre  more  each  season  as  a  result 
of  good,  abundant  inoculation.  But  that  is  little  more  than 
half  of  the  story.  If  you  have  abundant  inoculation,  your 
alfalfa  is  to  gather  for  you  and  store  in  your  soil  from  $20  to 
$30  worth  of  nitrogen  each  year  after  the  first  year.  This  you 
are  to  get  back  in  increased  yields  of  potatoes  and  corn  and  in 
richer  protein  content  of  corn  and  grain  for  years  after  the 
alfalfa  is  plowed  under. 

You  ought  to  work  out  a  crop  rotation  by  which  you  can 
leave  your  alfalfa  down  for  three  or  more  years.  If  you  leave 
the  alfalfa  down  for  three  years,  and  if  you  had  plenty  of  bac- 
teria on  the  roots,  you  should  have  land  that  is  at  least  $50 
per  acre  richer  in  nitrogen  when  you  plow  it  up. 

Harvesting  Alfalfa  Hay, 
After  having  grown  a  crop  which  is  equal  pound  for  pound 
to  thrashed  oats  or  wheat  bran,  a  man  can  very  easily  lose  much 
of  it  by  improper  handling.  He  may  injure  his  stand  of  alfalfa 
very  materially  by  cutting  too  early  or  too  late.  Alfalfa  must 
be  cut  when  the  little  sprouts  at  the  crown  are  well  started  and 
are  yet  not  high  enough  to  be  cut  oif  by  the  mowing  machine. 
If  mowed  too  early,  they  are  little  delicate,  white  sprouts  that 
cannot  stand  the  exposure  to  the  bright  sunshine  and  cannot 
yet  make  their  own  food.  If  cut  too  late,  the  plant  may  have 
accomplished  its  natural  life  work  of  reproduction  and  hence 
die  a  natural  death ;  or  the  mowing  machine  may  clip  the  top 
buds  of  each  of  the  stems  that  were  to  have  made  the  next 
cutting.  Then,  too,  if  one  cuts  alfalfa  in  a  humid  climate, 
especially  where  there  is  much  moisture  in  the  ground,  and 
cuts  it  in  the  forenoon,  he  cuts  it  when  there  is  most  moisture 
in  the  stems  and  leaves.  The  hay  is  longer  in  curing,  the  bac- 
teria of  decay  have  a  longer  time  to  work,  and  hence  the  hay 
is  of  less  value.  But  if  one  cuts  in  the  afternoon,  when  the 
stems  and  leaves  are  wilted,  he  is  able  to  put  up  the  hay  sooner, 
it  is  dryer  and  richer,  and  in  every  way  better.  Of  course  this 
does  not  offer  so  favorable  a  labor  schedule,  but  alfalfa  hay  is 


14 

rich  enough  in  food  elements  so  that  some  extra  labor  can  well 
be  used  in  harvesting  it. 

But  the  man  who  does  not  understand  alfalfa  will  suffer  the 
greatest  loss,  because  he  does  not  use  the  hay  caps.  The  alfalfa 
leaf  is  the  richest  part  of  the  plant.  Horses  do  not  like  leaves 
so  well,  but  cattle  and  chickens  like  them  better.  But  the  leaves 
are  very  readily  shattered  off  unless  the  hay  is  cured  under  the 
hay  caps.  Some  people  make  the  mistake  of  having  caps  that 
are  too  small.  The  caps  should  be  at  least  50  by  50  inches. 
The  comers  may  be  fastened  with  weights  or  wire  pins. 
Weights  are  made  by  filling  small  plant  pots  with  cement  into 
which  has  been  placed  a  wire  loop  or  hook.  Wire  pins  are  most 
pleasing  to  some.  The  pius  are  made  by  cutting  a  good  strong 
wire  into  foot  leng-ths  and  then  bending  a  hook  or  loop  at  one 
end.  The  pin  is  jabbed  into  the  hay  under  the  cap  and  thus 
holds  the  corners  down  and  the  cap  on. 

Summary. 
Why  grow  Alfalfa? 

1.  Alfalfa  is  i^ound  for  pound  equal  to  thrashed  oats. 

2.  It  pays  better  to  grow  alfalfa  than  to  buy  mill  feeds. 

3.  Alfalfa  requires  less  work  than  is  required  to  grow  other  farm 
crops. 

4.  Growing  animals,  hens  and  dairy  cows  need  lime,  and  alfalfa  fur- 
nishes most  lime. 

5.  Alfalfa  is  the  most  drought  resistant  farm  crop. 

6.  Alfalfa  gives  us  most  protein  per  acre. 

7.  Alfalfa  does  most  to  improve  (he  soil  because  (a)  it  roots  deepest; 
(h)  it  gathers  and  stores  in  the  soil  most  nitrogen. 

How  to  grow  Alfalfa. 
Six  alfalfa  secrets : — 

1.  Good,  well-drained  soil. 

2.  A  good,  rich,  hard  seed  bed. 

3.  Plenty  of  the  right  kind  of  lime. 

4.  Good,  acclimated,  northern  grown  seed. 

5.  Good,  abundant  soil  or  seed  inoculation. 

6.  Cut  at  the  right  time  and  cure  in  the  right  way. 


15 


A  Dozen  Alfalfa  Dox'ts. 

1.  Don't  sow  on  weedy  soil. 

2.  Don't  sow  on  poorly  drained  soil. 

3.  Don't  seed  a  large  acreage  to  begin  with. 

4.  Don't  say  alfalfa  can't  be  grown  in  New  England. 

5.  Don't  sow  on  any  but  sweet,  well-drained  soil.    Alfalfa  is  a  desert 
plant. 

6.  Don't  sow  on  any  but  a  well-prepared,  well-settled  seed  bed. 

7.  Don't  fail  to  give  araple  inoculation ;  both  seed  and  soil  inoculation 
are  best. 

8.  Don't  pasture  the  first  year,  and  don't  pasture  when  wet. 

9.  Don't  feed  alfalfa  as  you  do  hay,  feed  it  as  you  do  grain. 

10.  Don't   spend  your  hard-earned  money  for   protein  feeds;   gTOw 
alfalfa,  clovers,  Canada  and  cow  peas  and  soy  beans. 

11.  Don't  lose  the  leaves;  they  are  the  best  part  of  the  plant.     Use 
hay  caps. 

12.  Don't  give  up.     Many  prominent  alfalfa  growei's  succeeded  after 
some  failures. 


®I)C  Qlommoniocaltl)  erf  iHassacljUBCtts, 


STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    36. 

January,  1915. 


Factors  Affecting  Economical  Milk 
Production. 


By  Professor  C.  H.  Eckles. 


From  the  Sixty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Mas.sachu.setts 
State  Board  op  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT   &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approvee)  by 
The  State  Board  op  Publication. 


FACTORS  AFFECTING  ECONOMICAL  MILK   PKODUCTION. 


C.     H.     ECKLES,    PROFESSOR    OF    DAIRY    HUSBANDRY,     UNIVERSITY    OF 
MISSOURI,    COLUMBIA,    MISSOURI. 


The  day  of  cheap  feed  for  cattle  as  well  as  of  food  for  man 
is  past  in  this  country.  Never  before  in  the  history  of  the 
world  has  such  an  area  of  wonderfully  fertile  and  easily  tillable 
land  been  brought  into  use  within  the  span  of  a  lifetime  as  was 
done  in  the  Mississippi  valley  during  the  past  century.  As  a 
result  of  this  enormous  increase  in  the  production  of  foodstuffs, 
anci  the  low  price  which  resulted,  both  the  American  consumer 
and  the  American  farmer  developed  habits  wdiich  they  do  not 
propose  to  give  up  without  a  struggle.  The  consumer,  on  the 
one  hand,  became  accustomed  to  cheap  food,  and  it  w^as  only 
a  few  years  ago  that  the  standard  price  of  milk  in  my  State 
was  5  cents  per  quart.  Now,  when  there  are  no  immense  areas 
of  new  land  to  bring  into  cultivation,  and  the  population  is 
catching  up  with  the  production  of  food,  the  inevitable  result  is 
higher  prices  for  food,  and  the  consumer  is  certain  some  one  is 
robbing  him  because  the  cost  of  living  has  advanced.  The 
consumer  does  not  realize  that  the  farmer  who  produces  the 
food  to-day  is  making  only  fair  wages,  and  on  the  average 
probably  less  than  he  did  ten  or  twenty  years  ago. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  tendency  on  the  part  of  the  farmer, 
with  cheap  feed  for  his  animals,  wdth  a  soil  of  great  fertility  to 
draw  upon,  has  been  to  develop  most  wasteful  habits  in  pro- 
duction. For  example,  it  is  only  since  feed  became  so  high 
that  it  is  impossible  to  carry  on  a  dairy  business  with  poor 
cows,  that  the  milk  producer  has  begun  really  to  give  attention  to 
the  selection  of  the  indi\idual  cow. 

It  is  the  necessity  of  the  times  that  is  compelling  the  adoption 
of  business  systems  in  dairy  farming  operations.  At  present  a 
large  portion  of  the  United  States  is  in  a  period  of  transition 
from  a  temporary  to  a  permanent  condition  of  agriculture. 
The   consumer    need     not     expect    cheap   food    again,    neither 


can  the  producer  expect  to  continue  in  business  if  he  does  not 
use  methods  of  keeping  down  the  cost  of  production  which  were 
not  thought  of  a  few  years  ago.  It  is  certainly  to  be  hoped 
that  some  means  of  decreasing  the  cost  of  distribution  of  food 
products,  and  especially  milk,  will  be  worked  out.  Unless 
some  means  can  be  found  to  accomplish  this  result  the  consumer 
must  expect  to  pay  more  for  milk  in  the  future  than  at  present. 
Since  I  am  not  familiar  with  New  England  conditions,  I  can 
speak  only  for  my  own  State,  and  others  similarly  located,  in 
saying  that  the  average  man  who  sells  market  milk  to-day  is 
hardly  making  wages  for  himself  and  family,  provided  every- 
thing, including  interest  on  investment,  be  taken  into  account. 
If  the  average  man  is  doing  no  better  than  this,  it  is  evident 
many  are  not  making  even  current  wages,  or  savings  bank 
interest  on  their  investment.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are 
plenty  of  men  who  are  not  only  making  a  good  income  but  in 
addition  are  constantly  increasing  their  capital  by  paying  on 
their  farm  or  buying  additional  land.  I  doubt  not  that  a 
similar  variation  in  income  exists  among  New  England  farmers 
supplying  your  many  cities  with  milk.  The  farmer  below  the 
average,  like  the  cow-  below  the  standard,  is  bound  to  be 
eliminated.  While  I  do  not  believe  the  price  paid  the  farmer 
for  milk  is  high  enough  at  present  in  my  section  of  the  country, 
at  the  same  time  I  do  not  believe  that  the  price  ever  will  be 
raised  sufficiently,  nor  should  it  be,  to  allow  the  slipshod 
farmers  who  now  rank  as  below  the  average  to  continue  in 
business. 

The  Conditions  in  the  Middle  West. 
The  eastern  farmer  is  generally  inclined  to  look  upon  the 
milk  producer  in  what  he  calls  the  west  as  having  great  ad- 
vantages in  the  way  of  cheaper  feed.  In  the  past  this  has  been 
probably  more  of  an  advantage  than  it  is  at  present.  While  the 
cost  of  feed  is  somewhat  higher  in  the  eastern  States,  the 
market  price  of  milk  is  also  correspondingly  better.  It  is 
questionable  if  the  farmer  who  produces  market  milk  in 
Illinois,  Wisconsin  or  Missouri  has  conditions  any  more  favor- 
able, taking  everything  into  account,  than  in  the  New  England 
States. 


It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  production  of  milk  on  the 
farms  in  the  ^Mississippi  valley  is  largely  a  side  line  to  other 
lines  of  farming.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  cream,  which 
supplies  the  numerous  butter  factories  which  make  Minnesota 
and  Iowa  the  center  of  the  butter  producing  industry.  This 
cream  comes  from  farms  where  the  owners  are,  as  a  rule,  pro- 
ducing several  articles  for  market,  among  which  cream  is  of 
more  or  less  importance.  On  these  farms  the  average  number 
of  cows  milked  is  about  ten.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  esti- 
mate correctly  the  actual  cost  of  keeping  cows  under  these 
conditions.  It  is  difficult  even  to  estimate  the  cost  of  the  feed. 
A  considerable  portion  of  their  ration  consists  of  roughage  in 
the  way  of  grass,  corn  silage,  hay,  etc.,  which  could  not  be 
marketed  to  advantage,  if  at  all,  and  the  labor  of  caring  for 
the  animals  is  largely  done  by  members  of  the  family.  Under 
these  conditions  it  is  possible  to  keep  a  limited  number  of 
animals  on  a  farm  with  very  little  additional  expense.  This 
accounts  for  the  fact  that  a  State  like  IMissouri  keeps  750,000 
cows,  and  the  farmers  consider  they  are  making  money  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  the  average  production  is  only  about  4,000 
pounds  of  milk  and  160  pounds  of  butter  fat.  This  is  the 
typical  condition  in  the  corn-belt  States. 

If  an  attempt  were  made  to  keep  the  same  cows  under  con- 
ditions where  the  feed  was  purchased  at  market  price  and  the 
labor  was  paid  at  current  rates,  these  average  animals  would 
show  not  a  profit  but  a  loss.  At  the  same  time  under  the 
conditions  existing,  they  are  undoubtedly  kept  at  some  profit. 
The  men  who  produce  market  milk  in  my  State  average  a  little 
high  in  total  production  per  cow,  securing  on  the  average  be- 
tween 5,000  and  5,550  pounds  of  milk. 

The  following  figures  give  the  actual  feed  consumed  and  its 
cost  for  a  year  for  three  Missouri  Holstein  cows  averaging  (S,426 
pounds  of  milk,  and  for  three  of  the  same  breed  averaging  5,709 
pounds :  — 


Table  1.  —  Three  Holstein  Cows  averaging  8,4^6  Pounds  Milk. 


Pounds  fed.     :  Value  per  Ton. 


Cost. 


Alfalfa  hay, 
Silage,  . 
Corn,    . 
Bran,    . 

Cottonseed  meal. 
Pasture  five  months, 


2,216 

5,363 

1,808 

904 

452 


S14  00 

3  50 

22  00 

20  00 

30  00 

1  501 


$14  79 
9  39 
19  88 
9  04 

6  78 

7  50 


S67  38 


Feed  cost  per  100  pounds  milk,  $0.80. 
Total  value  milk,  $1.50  per  hundredweight,  $126.39. 
1  Per  month. 

Table  2.  —  Tliree  Ilohteiti  Cows  averaging  5,709  Pounds  Milk. 


Pounds  fed. 


Value  per  Ton. 


Cost. 


Alfalfa  hay, 
Silage,  . 
Corn,     . 
Bran,    . 

Cottonseed  meal. 
Pasture  five  months. 


2,048 

4,082 

1,016 

508 

254 


$14  00 

3  50 
22  00 
20  00 
30  00 

1  501 


$14  34 

7  14 
11  18 
5  08 
3  81 
7  50 


$49  05 


Feed  cost  per  100  pounds  milk,  $0.84. 
Total  value  milk,  SI. 50  per  hundredweight,  $85.63. 
1  Per  month. 

It  is  seen  from  these  figures  that  in  the  State  mentioned  it 
cost  $60  to  $70  to  feed  a  cow  that  will  produce  8,000  to  8,500 
pounds  of  milk,  or  about  80  cents  per  hundred  pounds.  Those 
averaging  5,709  pounds  required  about  $50  worth  of  feed,  or  a 
cost  of  84  cents  per  hundred.  The  prices  of  feed  used  are 
about  the  average  prices  with  us  for  the  past  five  years,  and 
represent,  except  in  the  case  of  silage,  what  these  feeds  could 
be  purchased  for  on  the  market.  These  cows  represent  ordinary 
producing  animals  of  their  breed.  These  figures,  it  should  be 
understood,  are  based  entirely  upon  actual  weights  of  all  the 
feed  and  milk  produced. 

Figures  are  also  given  below  of  the  actual  feed  consumed  by 


three  cows  having  quite  a  wide  range  of  production.  These 
animals  were  not  on  pasture,  but  received  practically  the  same 
ration  throughout  the  year. 

Table  3.  — ■  Amount  and  Cost  of  Feed  for  Three  Coivs  of  Different  Milk- 
producing  Capacity.    • 

Holstein,  11,987  Pounds  Milk. 


Pounds  fed. 

Value  per  Ton. 

Cost. 

Alfalfa  hay, 

5,685 

S14  00 

$39  79 

Silage, . 

7,946 

3  50 

13  91 

Corn, 

1,920 

22  00 

21  12 

Bran, 

960 

20  00 

9  60 

Cottonseed  meal,         .        .        .        . 

480 

30  00 

7  20 

- 

- 

$91  62 

Feed  cost  per  100  pounds  milk,  $0.76. 

Total  value  milk,  $1.50  per  hundredweight,  $179.90. 

Ayrshire,  9,169  Pounds  Milk. 


Alfalfa  hay, 

4,807 

$14  00 

$33  65 

Silage, 

5, .550 

3  50 

9  71 

Corn, 

1,644 

22  00 

18  08 

Bran, 

822 

20  00 

8  22 

Cottonseed  meal, 

411 

30  00 

6  17 

- 

- 

$75  83 

Feed  cost  per  100  pounds  milk,  $0.83. 

Total  value  milk,  $1.50  per  hundredweight,  $137.53. 

Shorthorn,  5,573  Pounds  Milk. 


Alfalfa  hay,          

4,023 

Silage, 

5,950 

Corn 

1,140 

Bran, 

570 

Cottonseed  meal, 

285 

$14  00 

3  50 

22  00 

20  00 

30  00 


$28  15 
10  41 
12  54 
5  70 
4  27 


$61  07 


Feed  cost  per  100  pounds  milk,  $1.10. 

Total  value  milk,  $1.50  per  hundredweight,  $83.59. 


We  could  give  a  large  number  of  similar  figures  of  which 
these  are  representative.  On  the  basis  of  our  figures,  which  are 
based  not  upon  estimates  but  upon  actual  records,  and  which 


8 


I  believe  fairly  represent  practical  conditions,  we  can  make  a 
fair  estimate  of  the  cost  of  feed  required  for  producing  milk  in 
my  State  during  the  past  five  years. 


Table  4.  —  Estimated  Cost  of  Feed  in  Missouri. 


Production  per  Year  (Pounds). 


Cost 

of  Feed  per 

Year. 


Average 

Cost  per  100 

Pounds. 


5,000-6,000, 
6,000-7,000, 
8,000-10,000, 


S50  00-$60  00 
55  00-  65  00 
65  00-  80  00 


85-Sl  00 


It  is,  of  course,  recognized  that  the  cost  of  feed,  while  the 
largest  single  item,  is  only  one  among  several  that  go  to  make 
up  the  total  cost  of  milk  production.  It  is  an  exceedingly 
difficult  matter  to  give  a  fair  estimate  of  these  other  factors 
entering  into  the  cost  of  milk  production.  Even  as  regards 
feed  there  is  some  difficulty,  since  the  cattle  make  use  in  part 
of  feed  that  could  not  be  put  on  the  market,  and  which  there- 
fore can  hardly  be  said  to  have  a  market  price.  In  Missouri 
the  production  of  milk,  as  stated,  is  so  closely  connected  with 
general  farming  operations  that  it  is  practically  impossible  to 
separate  the  labor  items.  In  many  cases  the  milking  is  done 
largely  by  younger  members  of  the  family  and  in  that  way 
some  income  secured  for  their  services,  which  probably  would 
not  be  had  at  all  if  it  were  not  for  having  this  particular  work 
to  do.  There  are  certain  items  that  of  course  can  be  estimated 
with  reasonable  accuracy,  as,  for  example,  the  cost  of  maintain- 
ing the  herd  bull,  and  the  interest  on  the  investment;  and  it  is 
fairly  easy  to  estimate  the  depreciation  in  the  value  of  the  cow. 
I  regret  that  I  cannot  present  some  accurately  taken  figures 
that  would  give  us  definite  information  for  conditions  as  exist- 
ing in  my  State.  The  best  estimate  and  most  complete  figures 
on  this  subject  of  the  cost  of  milk  production  in  addition  to  the 
feed  is  found  in  a  bulletin  from  the  New  Hampshire  Experi- 
ment Station  by  Professor  Rasmussen.  He  estimates  the  cost 
of  keeping  a  cow  to  be  $50  per  year  in  addition  to  the  feed. 

While  the  cost  of  feed  is  somewhat  lower  in  the  Mississippi 
valley  States  than  in  the  east,  the  market  price  of  milk  is  also 


lower.  A  fair  estimate  of  the  amount  received  by  farmers  in 
jNIissouri  during  the  last  five  years,  for  milk  sold  at  wholesale 
to  go  to  the  cities,  is  $1.50  per  hundred  pounds.  The  average 
price  for  butter  fat  at  creameries  has  been  around  28  cents  and 
in  some  places  probably  even  less,  giving  an  income  of  not 
much  over  $1  per  hundred  for  milk  sold  to  creameries,  exclusive 
of  the  value  of  the  skim  milk  used  on  the  farms  for  feeding 
purposes. 

There  is  no  question  but  that  a  portion  of  those  producing 
cream  for  the  creamery  or  milk  for  cities  in  Missouri  are  not 
making  their  expenses,  that  is,  either  they  are  not  themselves 
getting  current  wages  or  are  receiving  less  than  current  interest 
on  their  investment,  or  probably  both.  A  large  number  are 
really  making  a  small  profit,  that  is,  a  fair  return  for  their 
work,  while  a  smaller  number  are  making  large  profits  for  the 
time  and  money  expended.  To  put  it  in  another  way,  those  who 
manage  their  business  skillfully  are  realizing  a  good  market 
price  for  their  feed  at  home,  and  are  receiving  good  pay  for 
their  labor  and  interest  on  their  capital. 

Is    IT   POSSIBLE    TO    PRODUCE    jMiLK   AT     A    PrOFIT   AT    THE 

Present  Prices? 

It  seems  to  me  that  it  is  fair  to  raise  the  question  as  to 
whether  or  not  it  is  possible  to  produce  milk  at  a  profit  under 
present  conditions.  If  it  is  being  done  by  some,  would  it  not 
be  worth  while  to  study  the  conditions  under  which  they  are 
doing  it?  The  difficulty  in  considering  the  question,  as  already 
intimated,  is  the  impossibility  of  getting  a  fair  estimate  as  to 
the  various  items  that  contribute  toward  the  expenses  of  milk 
production  outside  of  feed.  There  is  plenty  of  evidence  that 
certain  men  are  producing  milk  at  a  profit;  at  least  we  have 
such  evidence  in  my  State.  We  can  point  to  farmers  who 
began  twenty  years  ago  with  little  capital  and  w^ho  have  paid 
for  their  farms  and  have  a  valuable  herd  of  cattle,  and  who 
have  done  so  by  the  production  and  sale  of  milk.  Unquestion- 
ably, similar  examples  could  be  cited  in  other  States.  Further 
than  that  we  can  refer  to  actual  figures  as  taken  from  various 
sources. 

The  following  two  tables,  taken  from  our  records,  show  the 


10 


amount  of  feed  used  and  the  cost  of  feeding  a  Jersey  cow  for 
a  year,  also  the  production  of  milk  and  fat  from  that  ration:  — 

Table  5.  —  Ration  fed  a  High-class  Jersey  Goto. 


Pounds  fed. 

Market 

Value  per 

Ton. 

Cost 

of  Amount 

fed. 

Corn 

1,376 

$20  00 

$13  76 

Bran, 

688 

23  00 

7  91 

Oil  meal,       .                  

344 

33  00 

5  68 

Alfalfa 

2,694 

15  00 

20  20 

Silage, 

4,575 

3  00 

6  86 

Pasture  four  and  one-half  months,     . 

- 

2  00' 

9  00 

- 

- 

$63  41 

'  Per  month. 


Total  cost  of  the  feed  consumed  by  this  animal  was  $63.41. 
Had  this  animal  been  capable  of  producing  only  200  pounds  of 
butter  fat  in  a  year,  this  feed  bill  would  certainly  look  excessive. 
During  the  year,  however,  her  production  svas  as  follows:  — 

Table  6.  —  Production  and  Income  from  High-class  Jersey  Cow. 

Milk  (pounds), 7,940 

Fat  (pounds), 484 

484  pounds  fat  at  28|  cents  equals $137  94 

635  pounds  skim  milk  at  20  cents  per  hundredweight  equals        .       12  70 

$150  64 

The  price  given  per  pound  of  butter  fat  was  the  local  cream- 
ery price  during  the  time  this  butter  fat  was  produced.  The 
skim  milk  value  is  placed  at  what  it  sells  locally  for  hog  feed. 
The  income  from  this  cow  was  $150.64  for  the  year,  leaving  the 
calf  out  of  the  consideration  and  figuring  on  the  basis  of  cream- 
ery prices.  Granting  the  accuracy  of  the  estimate  by  Professor 
Rasmussen  of  New  Hampshire,  that  it  costs  $56  in  addition  to 
the  feed  to  keep  a  cow  in  milk  a  year,  there  still  was  a  margin 
of  $31  after  deducting  the  $119,  which  would  cover  all  expenses, 
including  labor,  interest  and  depreciation.  A  cow  like  this 
beats  any  railroad  proposition  in  the  country.     A  railroad  is 


11 

expected  to  make  only  good  interest  on  its  in^-estment  after 
paying  labor  charges  and  depreciation.  What  railroad  can 
show,  as  this  cow  did,  a  clear  profit  of  one-third  the  cost  price 
in  a  year?  Take  the  figures  as  already  given  of  the  Holstein 
cow  producing  11,987  pounds  of  milk  at  a  feed  cost  of  $91. 
Had  this  cow  been  on  pasture,  it  would  have  reduced  her  feed 
bill  several  dollars,  but  at  the  figures  given  we  can  add  on  the 
$56  estimated  by  Professor  Rasmussen  for  other  expense,  and 
still,  had  her  milk  been  sold  at  the  local  price  of  $1.50  a 
hundredweight,  the  income  would  have  exceeded  the  expendi- 
ture $33.90. 

Whenever  figures  have  been  collected  regarding  the  income 
from  herds  or  from  individual  cows,  the  same  wide  variations 
in  income,  as  pointed  out,  have  been  found.  There  is  one  fact, 
however,  that  always  stands  out  strikingly,  and  that  is,  eco- 
nomical production  is  found  only  with  high-producing  cows. 
The  figures  already  given,  showing  the  cost  of  production  by 
cows  of  different  grades,  illustrate  the  facts  in  this  connection 
clearly.  The  three  Holstein  cows  producing  8,426  pounds  of 
milk  in  a  year  did  so  at  a  cost  of  80  cents  per  hundred,  with  an 
average  income  of  $126.39,  counting  milk  at  $1.50  per  hundred 
pounds.  The  three  Holstein  cows  producing  5,709  pounds  of 
milk  per  year  cost  only  $49.05  for  feed,  but  their  income  was 
only  $85.63.  In  other  words,  for  $17  additional  feed,  when 
given  to  one  of  the  better  cows,  $40.76  worth  of  additional  milk 
was  secured.  The  other  items  of  cost,  such  as  labor,  stabling, 
etc.,  would  be  practically  the  same  for  both  animals.  Figures 
as  given  for  the  three  ii^dividual  animals  are  still  more  striking. 
The  cow  producing  11,987  pounds  of  milk  did  so  at  a  cost  of 
$91.62  for  feed.  The  cow  producing  5,573  pounds  of  milk,  or 
practically  one-half  as  much,  required  feed  to  the  amount  of 
$61.07.  At  $1.50  per  hundred  pounds  the  difference  in  the 
income  of  these  two  animals  would  be  $96.31  per  year.  The 
difference  in  the  cost  of  feed  was  $30.  The  following  figures, 
taken  from  the  bulletin  issued  by  the  New  Hampshire  Experi- 
ment Station  already  mentioned,  illustrate  the  same  con- 
dition: — 


12 


Table  7.  —  New  Hmnpshire  Cow  Test  Association  Records,  203  Cows. 


Number  of  Cows. 


Production 
(Pounds). 


Cost  Feed. 


Cost 

100  Pounds 

Milk. 


Income 
above  Feed. 


14,  ... 

26,  ... 

41,  ... 

40,  ... 

39,  ... 
2.5, 

10,  ... 
Average  for  all. 


Above  10,000 
9,000-10,000 
8,000-  9,000 
7,000-  8,000 
6,000-  7,000 
5,000-  6,000 
4,000-  5,000 
Under  4,000 


7,094 


$88  59 
88  25 
83  46 
81  18 
73  59 
65  91 

56  61 

57  22 


S73  61 


$0  81 
93 
98 
1  10 
1  13 
1  19 
1  23 
1  86 


SI  04 


S106  82 
79  18 
63  86 
52  11 
43  65 
.34  56 
27  20 
4  25 


$49  48 


It  will  be  noted  that  cows  producing  above  10,000  pounds  of 
milk  did  so  at  a  feed  cost  of  around  80  cents  per  hundred 
pounds.  Those  producing  5,000  pounds  cost  about  $1.20  per 
hundred  pounds,  while  those  going  under  4,000  pounds  showed 
the  exceptionally  high  cost  of  $1,86  per  hundred.  Here  we 
have  exactly  the  same  point  illustrated.  A  low-producing  cow, 
especially  the  cow  producing  less  than  5,000  pounds  of  milk  a 
year,  is  the  animal  that  shows  very  high  cost  of  production,  and 
it  is  only  necessary  to  have  a  few  animals  of  this  kind  in  the 
herd  before  the  chances  of  rimning  the  business  at  a  profit  are 
gone. 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  in  each  case  the  high-producing 
animal  uses  more  feed.  This  is  inevitable.  There  is  a  good 
deal  of  loose  thinking  and  talk  concerning  this  point  among 
dairymen,  and  especially  among  others  who  at  times  attempt 
to  advise  them.  It  is  even  stated  that  it  costs  as  much  to  keep 
a  poor-producing  animal  as  it  does  a  good  one.  This  is  true 
in  regard  to  certain  items  of  expense,  such  as  stabling,  labor, 
insurance,  etc.,  but  it  is  not  true  and  cannot  be  true  with 
reference  to  the  feed.  The  animal  that  is  a  large  producer  must 
have  more  feed.  And  the  fact  that  she  is  a  large  producer  and 
requires  more  feed  is  the  reason  she  is  a  more  economical 
producer.  In  order  to  make  it  clear  where  the  economy  of 
production  comes  in  with  the  high-producing  cow,  I  have 
prepared  the  following  table:  — 


13 

Table  8.  —  Use  of  Feed  by  Cows  of  Different  Producing  Capacities. 


For  Maintenance 
(Per    Cent). 


For  Milk 
(Per   Cent). 


Cow  giving  4,500  pound  of  milk, 
Cow  giving  9,000  pounds  of  milk, 


lender  the  term  maintenance  is  included  the  feed  necessary 
to  maintain  the  animal's  body.  In  case  of  animals  producing 
4,500  pounds  of  milk,  about  60  per  cent  of  the  feed  is  used  to 
support  the  body  and  about  40  per  cent  is  used  for  producing 
milk.  With  the  animal  that  produces  9,000  pounds  of  milk  a 
year,  the  condition  is  reversed.  While  she  uses  the  same 
amount  of  feed  for  maintenance,  she  uses  25  per  cent  more 
feed  than  the  first,  which  it  will  easily  be  seen  gives  her  twice 
as  much  feed  available  for  milk  production.  This  table 
shows  that  in  general  one  cow  using  25  per  cent  more  feed 
than  another  may  produce  twice  as  much  milk.  The  economy 
in  the  high-producing  cow  lies  in  her  ability  to  use  a  larger 
amount  of  feed  after  enough  has  been  provided  for  the  main- 
tenance of  the  animal. 

This  is  the  simple  but  entire  explanation  of  the  difference  in 
economy  of  producing  milk  by  different  cows.  It  is  not 
difference  in  digestion  of  food,  or  that  one  has  a  power  to  get 
something  out  of  her  ration  that  another  cannot. 

How   TO    GET   THE   EFFICIENT    CoW. 

It  would  be  interesting,  and  it  might  be  profitable,  if  limi- 
tation of  time  did  not  prevent,  to  consider  in  some  detail  as  to 
how  the  high-producing  cow  is  to  be  secured.  Time  will  be 
taken  to  discuss  only  one  or  two  points  and  those  only  briefly. 
The  first  is  that  in  order  to  secure  profitable  cows  for  the  dairy 
herd,  the  dairyman  must  raise  them  himself.  I  am  fully  aware 
of  the  situation  in  regard  to  the  expense  of  raising  a  calf  where 
the  whole  milk  is  sold,  but  at  the  same  time  there  is  absolutely 
no  other  way  for  a  farmer  to  increase  the  quality  of  his  herd. 
There  are  herds  in  my  State  that  have  been  maintained  for 
twenty  years  or  more  entirely  by  purchase,  and  these  herds 


14 

to-day,  as  far  as  we  can  find  out,  are  not  one  bit  more  pro- 
ductive than  was  the  herd  owned  by  the  same  man  twenty 
years  ago.  Absolutely  no  progress  has  been  made  and  never 
will  be  made  until  the  owner  raises  his  own  dairy  cows.  This 
will  involve,  of  course,  giving  closer  attention  to  the  matter  of 
breeding.  It  will  not  pay  to  raise  a  dairy  heifer  unless  the 
chances  are  good  for  her  to  be  a  profitable  cow  when  mature, 
that  is  to  say,  she  must  be  given  the  right  niheritance  as  far  as 
possible  in  order  that  the  number  of  cows  that  will  have  to  be 
rejected  by  selection  will  be  reduced  to  the  minimum.  After 
the  cow  is  raised  and  in  milk,  the  only  sah'ation  of  the  dairy- 
man is  to  keep  records  of  her  production.  This  may  be  done  to 
good  advantage  through  the  cow-testing  association  or  by  the 
owner  himself. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  milk  a  heifer  long  to  find  out  if  she  is 
a  good  one  or  not.  Last  year  I  compiled  the  records  of  our 
herd,  which  are  complete  for  twenty-two  years,  and  I  found 
that  in  only  one  case  would  we  have  been  far  wrong  had  we 
culled  out  the  inferior  cows  on  their  first  year's  record.  It  is  a 
mistake  to  keep  a  young  cow  year  after  year  thinking  next  time 
she  will  be  a  good  one.  Our  rule  is  that  unless  there  is  some 
good  excuse  apparent  for  her  poor  performance,  we  condemn  a 
heifer  that  shows  up  poorly  the  first  year. 

Another  question  that  I  might  discuss  in  detail,  if  I  had  the 
time,  in  this  connection,  is  that  of  heifer  raising  and  to  what 
extent  the  manner  of  raising  affects  the  dairy  qualities  of 
animals  when  mature.  In  other  words,  is  the  inferior  or 
superior  cow,  from  a  milking  standpoint,  born  that  way,  or  is 
she  made  what  she  is  by  the  manner  of  feeding  and  treatment 
when  young?  We  have  been  carrying  on  investigations  along 
this  line  for  a  number  of  years.  Our  conclusions  so  far  are, 
that  the  dairy  qualities  of  an  animal  are  mostly  dependent 
upon  heredity,  and  that  you  cannot  to  any  great  extent,  at 
least,  affect  the  dairy  qualities  of  the  animal  by  the  way  she  is 
fed  or  managed  when  young.  We  would,  of  course,  not  go  so 
far  as  to  say  it  is  not  possible  under  very  abnormal  conditions 
to  injure  the  milk-giving  functions  by  the  way  she  is  raised,  but 
it  would  be  necessary  to  go  beyond  ordinary  practices  to  get 
any  silch  effect. 


15 

We  are  convinced  that  the  milk-giving  characteristics  are 
liereditary,  but  it  should  be  clearly  understood  that  we  do  not 
think  the  amount  of  milk  that  a  farmer  secures  from  his  cows 
has  been  taken  out  of  his  hands  and  is  to  be  attributed  entirely 
to  the  ancestors  of  his  herd.  Such  is  certainly  not  the  case. 
By  the  milking  qualities  of  an  animal  A^e  mean  simply  her 
capacity  as  a  milk-producing  machine,  and  in  order  to  get  good 
results  from  any  piece  of  machinery  we  must  have  an  efficient 
operator.  So  the  inherited  dairy  characteristics  of  the  cow  are 
the  first  requirement,  and  the  next  is  that  this  machine  be 
handled  by  some  one  skilled  in  its  management. 

The  Feeding  Question. 

It  is  not  my  purpose  to  discuss  the  subject  of  feeding  in 
detail,  as  I  am  not  familiar  with  the  local  conditions  and 
problems,  but  I  desire  to  take  up  a  few  points  that  I  consider 
of  the  greatest  importance  in  regard  to  the  fundamental 
principles  of  successful  feeding.  I  have  already  emphasized  as 
best  I  could  the  importance  of  selecting  the  cow  that  has  the 
ability  to  produce  large  quantities  of  milk  as  the  starting  point 
for  economical  production.  In  Missouri,  and  I  think  the  same 
is  true  in  a  number  of  other  States,  before  we  can  begin  to 
select  cows  we  must  first  give  them  an  opportunity  to  make 
good.  If  a  cow  does  not  receive  a  sufficient  amount  of  feed,  or 
the  ration  is  unsuitable  for  producing  milk,  it  is  unwise  to 
say  she  is  an  inferior  producer  and  sell  her.  The  first  thing  to 
do,  and  the  step  that  must  precede  the  selection  of  the  cow,  is 
to  make  sure  the  conditions  for  production  are  right.  Then 
if  she  does  not  respond,  she  cannot  be  sold  too  quickly. 

In  the  section  of  the  country  with  which  I  am  familiar,  the 
most  common  mistake  made  in  feeding  cows  is  not  to  give  them 
enough.  Many  of  the  farmers  are  more  accustomed  to  feeding 
steers  and  hogs  than  they  are  to  feeding  dairy  cows.  While 
they  recognize  that  to  fatten  steers  economically  the  animals 
must  have  all  the  feed  they  will  eat,  they  do  not  understand 
that  exactly  the  same  thing  holds  with  a  dairy  cow.  If  I  see 
the  proposition  correctly,  you  cannot  afford  to  keep  cows  that 
are  not  well  fed.     It  may  be  that  you  cannot  afford  to  keep  the 


16 

cows  you  have  at  all,  but  certainly  you  cannot  afford  to  keep 
them  without  using  what  capacity  they  have  to  produce  milk. 

The  dairy  cow  in  a  way  may  be  looked  upon  as  a  milk- 
producing  machine  or  factory,  and  like  all  factories  there  is  a 
certain  amount  of  fixed  charges  that  have  to  be  met.  With  a 
cow  of  fair-producing  capacity,  about  one-half  her  feed  is  used 
to  maintain  the  functions  of  the  body  without  returning  any- 
thing in  the  way  of  product.  It  is  the  second  half  of  her 
ration  that  is  used  in  producing  milk.  That  is,  if  it  costs  us 
$70  to  feed  a  certain  cow  in  milk,  about  $35  of  this  sum  is 
used  to  keep  the  cow  alive.  That  is  fixed  charges  or  the  ration 
of  maintenance.  This  ration  of  maintenance  is  practically  the 
same  whether  the  cow  be  a  heavy  producer  or  a  low  producer, 
as  already  pointed  out.  The  high-producing  cow  is  simply  one 
that  has  a  big  capacity  for  using  feed  above  what  it  costs  to 
maintain  herself.  The  proper  feeding  of  cows  in  regard  to 
amount  is  illustrated  in  the  table  which  follows:  — 

Table  9.  — -  Rations. 

Full  Ration. 

Ration  of  Maintenance.  Used  for  Milk  Production. 

o 6 r. 

Three-quarters  Ration. 

Ration  of  Maintenance.                               Available  for  Milk  Production. 
d e f 

Half  Ration. 
Ration  of  Maintenance. 

g h 


The  lines  from  a  to  c  represent  the  ration  for  a  heavy-pro- 
ducing cow,  which  is  the  one  most  liable  to  be  underfed.  The 
first  half,  from  a  to  b,  represents  the  amount  of  feed  required  to 
maintain  the  animal's  body.  The  second  half,  from  b  to  c, 
represents  the  portion  of  the  feed  used  for  the  production  of 
milk.  In  this  case  there  is  no  fat  being  produced  on  the 
animal's  body  and  the  cow  is  supposed  to  have  such  dairy 
qualities  that  she  uses  all  the  feed  she  can  digest  for  milk 
production. 

The  line  below  represents  what  would  happen  if  the  feed  of 
this  animal  is  reduced  one-fourth.  The  ration  of  maintenance 
remains  practically  the  same  as  in  the  first  case.     The  amount 


17 

represented  by  the  line  f/  to  r  is  the  amount  required  to  main- 
tain the  animal's  body,  which  is  the  same  quantity  as  in  the 
first  case;  however,  the  cut  of  one-fourth  in  the  ration  will  be 
seen  to  come  entirely  on  that  available  for  milk  production  and 
reduces  that  amount  one-half. 

Suppose  that  the  ration  of  such  a  cow  will  be  still  further 
reduced  to  one-half  of  the  full  ration,  or  that  required  for 
maintenance  alone,  as  represented  by  the  third  line.  In  this 
case  the  cutting  down  of  the  ration  one-half  would  remove  all 
available  feed  for  milk  production.  However,  the  animal  would 
not  cease  producing  milk  at  once.  This  is  a  point  of  great 
importance  in  feeding  cows,  and  a  lack  of  such  knowledge  leads 
to  serious  errors  in  feeding.  The  milk-producing  function  is  so 
strong  that  the  cow  will  continue  to  produce  milk  for  some 
time,  even  when  the  feed  is  insufficient,  utilizing  the  reserve 
material  which  has  been  accumulated  in  the  body  in  the  past. 
This  always  happens  in  the  case  of  a  heavy-milking  cow  during 
the  first  few  weeks  after  the  birth  of  a  calf.  At  this  time  it  is 
not  generally  possible,  and  not  desirable  on  account  of  the 
condition  of  the  animal,  to  feed  her  heavily  enough  to  supply 
the  nutrients  necessary  to  produce  the  milk.  Even  if  the  feed 
were  offered,  the  appetite  is  not  usually  strong  enough  to  cause 
the  necessary  amount  of  feed  to  be  taken  to  prevent  loss  in 
weight.  As  a  rule,  all  heavy-milking  cows  decline  in  weight 
for  the  first  two  or  three  weeks,  and  occasionally  for  ten  weeks, 
after  calving,  which  means  that  the  nutrients  used  for  milk 
production  have  been  in  excess  of  the  feed  supplied  for  that 
purpose.  The  same  thing  happens  in  the  case  of  a  cow  that  is 
not  fed  a  sufficient  ration  for  the  amount  of  milk  she  is  pro- 
ducing. She  may  continue  to  produce  considerable  milk  for  a 
while  by  drawing  on  the  reserve  material  of  the  body,  but  as 
soon  as  this  is  exhausted,  the  production  of  milk  must  come 
down  to  the  amount  available  for  this  purpose,  above  the 
ration  of  maintenance.  When  the  feed  is  in  excess,  the  cow 
begins  to  store  reserve  material  on  her  body.  If  the  amount  of 
milk  produced  by  a  cow  varied  directly  with  the  feed,  and  she 
did  not  store  up  nutrients  at  one  time  and  draw  on  reserve 
materials  at  another,  it  would  simplify  the  problem  of  feeding 
very  much  and  result  in  more  economical  feeding  at  all  times. 


18 


How  TO  AVOID  Overfeeding. 
While  the  statement  and  illustration  given  applies  to  one 
class  of  dairy  cows,  there  is  another  class  to  which  it  does  not 
apply,  and  with  which  it  would  lead  to  a  serious  mistake  in 
feeding  from  an  economical  standpoint.  This  group  includes 
those  of  lower  productive  capacity  wdiich  are  liable  to  be  over- 
fed, especially  when  they  are  in  the  herds  of  dairymen  who 
realize  the  necessity  of  liberal  feeding.  The  proper  feeding  of 
this  group  of  animals  can  perhaps  be  made  clearer  by  the 
following  illustration:  — 

Table  10.  —  Cow  of  Lower  Productive  Capacity  liable  to  be  overfed. 

Full  Ration. 

Used  for 
Ration  of  Maintenance.                         Milk  Production.                            Body  Fat. 
a b c d 

Economical  Ration. 

Used  for 
•  Ration  of  Maintenance.  Milk  Production. 


The  line  a  to  d  represents  the  amount  of  feed  that  an  animal 
of  this  class  will  consume;  a  to  b  represents  the  ration  of  main- 
tenance as  before.  In  this  case,  however,  the  capacity  for 
making  milk  is  not  equal  to  the  capacity  of  the  animal  for 
utilizing  feed  in  excess  of  that  required  to  maintain  the  body. 
The  amount  which  the  animal  is  capable  of  utilizing  for  milk 
production  is  represented  by  that  portion  of  the  line  b  to  c, 
while  the  animal's  appetite  is  equal  to  the  total  line  a  to  d.  This 
gives  a  surplus,  c  to  d,  which  is  not  utilized  for  milk  production, 
but  which  will  be  used  for  storing  fat  on  the  animal's  body,  and 
we  will  have  the  cow  gaining  in  weight  while  she  is  producing 
milk.  This  gain  in  weight  will  be  of  no  service  so  far  as  milk 
production  is  concerned,  except  that  it  is  of  some  value  as  a 
reserve  material  to  be  drawn  upon  at  some  other  time  when 
feed  is  not  supplied  in  sufficient  amounts,  and  it  is  not  eco- 
nomical nor  desirable  to  fatten  dairy  animals  with  the  expensive 
feeds  which  are  fed  dairy  cows.  That  portion  of  the  feed 
represented  by  the  line  c  to  d  should  be  taken  from  the  ration. 
This  means  reducing  her  feed  to  take  off  the  amount  used  for 


19 

storing  fat  on  the  body;  in  other  words,  feeding  her  only  what 
she  will  utilize  for  milk  production.  This  means  feed  enough 
to  maintain  a  practically  uniform  body  weight.  In  every  large 
herd  where  the  amount  fed  is  not  carefully  regulated,  we  find 
errors  made  in  both  these  classes.  We  find  the  heavy  pro- 
ducing cows  being  underfed,  and  we  find  the  light  producing 
cows  being  overfed  and  allowed  to  accumulate  fat. 

Relation  of  Live  Weight  to  Proper  Feeding. 

The  live  weight  of  a  cow  is  a  good  index  of  whether  the  cow 
is  being  fed  a  proper  amount  or  not,  but  good  judgment  must 
be  used  in  regulating  the  ration  by  observing  this  condition. 
W^e  must  expect  that  a  cow  will  lose  weight  in  the  first  few 
weeks  of  her  milking  period,  but  after  this  period  is  past  there 
is  no  reason  why  she  need  to  change  much  in  weight  for  several 
months,  and  this  is  the  period  when  the  greater  part  of  the 
milk  production  is  secured.  It  will  not  mean,  of  course,  that 
the  animal  should  not  be  allowed  to  gain  in  weight  during  the 
latter  end  of  the  milking  period.  This  is  necessary  on  account 
of  the  development  of  the  foetus,  and  since  it  is  natural  for  the 
animal  to  carry  some  fat  on  her  body  at  calving  time. 

It  does  mean,  however,  that  in  order  to  feed  a  herd  of  cows 
economically  it  will  not  do  to  feed  them  all  the  same  quantity 
of  grain,  whether  they  are  giving  a  gallon  of  milk  a  day  or 
whether  they  are  giving  four  gallons;  and  it  means  that  when 
a  cow  in  the  middle  of  her  lactation  period  is  putting  on  weight 
she  is  being  fed  more  than  she  needs,  and  will  give  just  as  much 
milk  if  the  feed  is  cut  down  somewhat.  It  also  means  that  if 
a  certain  animal  is  losing  in  weight,  sufficient  feed  is  not  being 
given,  and  if  the  deficiency  is  not  supplied,  it  will  not  be  long 
before  the  milk  production  will  come  down  to  correspond  with 
the  amount  of  feed  available. 

Feeding  as  Individuals. 

In  connection  with  this  subject  of  the  amount  to  feed  cows, 

it  needs  to  be  pointed  out  that  it  is  only  possible  to  feed  a 

bunch  of  cows  economically  when  they  are  fed  as  individuals, 

and  not  as  a  herd.     A  too  common  practice,  even  in  the  other- 


20 

wise  well-conducted  herds,  is  for  all  animals  to  be  fed  the  same 
amount  of  grain,  regardless  of  the  time  they  have  been  in  milk 
or  the  quantity  of  milk  individual  cows  are  producing.  Such 
feeding  always  lacks  economy,  as  the  high-producing  cow  does 
not  get  enough,  and,  while  she  may  milk  very  well  for  a  short 
time,  she  soon  comes  down  to  a  lower  level,  while  the  lighter 
producing  cow  usually  gets  too  much  and  accumulates  fat. 

One  of  the  difficult  problems  which  confronts  the  practical 
feeder  is  how  to  adjust  the  quantity  of  feed  to  meet  these 
individual  requirements.  It  can  be  done  fairly  well  even  in  the 
large  herds  by  observing  how  much  milk  the  cow  is  producing, 
and  whether  she  is  gaining  or  losing  in  body  Aveight. 

Balanced  Rations. 

In  the  corn  belt  next  to  underfeeding  the  most  common 
mistake  in  feeding  is  giving  rations  deficient  in  protein.  This 
comes  about  from  the  abundance  and  relative  cheapness  of 
corn^  corn  silage  or  corn  fodder,  and  the  large  amount  of 
timothy  hay  grown.  I  assume  that  in  New  England,  where  it 
is  the  custom  to  purchase  considerable  feed,  this  error  is  not  so 
common  or  serious  as  with  the  farmers  in  the  corn  belt. 

Closely  connected  with  this  question  is  the  one  of  growing 
legumes  on  the  farm.  We  are  constantly  urging  the  ^Missouri 
farmers  to  grow^  more  alfalfa,  cowpea  and  clover  hay.  I  hope 
New  England  dairy  farmers  already  appreciate  the  importance 
of  this  subject  and  need  no  urging  along  this  line.  In  my 
judgment  successful  and  economical  feeding  of  dairy  cows  must 
be  based  largely  upon  legume  hay  and  corn  silage.  With  plenty 
of  home-grown  alfalfa  or  clover  hay  on  hand,  it  is  an  easy 
matter  to  plan  a  good  ration  for  our  cows  and  at  the  minimum 
expense  for  grain. 

Succulent  Feed. 
In  order  that  cows  may  do  their  best  it  is  necessary  that 
succulent  feed  in  some  form  be  provided.  In  some  of  the 
northern  sections  of  our  country,  and  especially  in  Europe,  this 
desirable  part  of  the  ration  is  supplied  in  a  very  satisfactory 
state  in  the  form  of  root  crops.  In  the  greater  part  of  our 
country  corn  silage  has  taken  the  place  of  roots  in  the  ration. 


21 

Corn  silage  supplies  the  succulent  feed  so  desirable  in  order  to 
keep  the  animals  in  the  best  possible  condition.  At  the  same 
time  in  most  parts  of  the  United  States  corn  yields  more  food 
nutrients  per  acre  than  any  other  crop,  with  the  possible 
exception  of  alfalfa  in  those  regions  where  the  latter  flourishes. 

Missouri  has  built  over  8,000  silos  during  the  past  three 
years,  and  the  progressive  dairymen  there  would  not  think  of 
doing  without  one.  It  will  be  but  a  few  years  until  every 
farmer  in  the  State  will  be  provided  with  one.  The  use  of 
silage  is  also  growing  with  us  as  a  summer  feed  to  help  out  the 
pastures.  It  looks  now  as  if  the  silo  will  in  time  supersede  the 
soiling  system  almost  entirely. 

Mixed  Feeds. 

I  presume  the  sale  of  mixed  feeds  is  large  in  the  State  of 
Massachusetts,  as  it  is  in  other  places  where  much  feed  is  sold. 
While  I  certainly  do  not  condemn  mixed  feeds  as  a  whole,  I 
would  especially  caution  every  one  to  be  on  guard  in  purchasing 
them.  I  see  no  advantage  in  selecting  them  in  preference  to 
the  straight  feedstufFs,  like  corn,  bran  or  cottonseed  meal. 

Mixed  feeds  must  of  necessity  either  sell  higher  than  the 
same  quantity  of  food  ingredients  in  the  unmixed  form,  or  the 
mixed  feed  must  contain  some  product  that  could  not  be  sold 
alone.  Every  firm  making  a  mixed  feed  has  expenses  to  meet. 
They  have  advertising  bills,  traveling  salesmen,  a  profit  for 
themselves,  and  the  handling  of  the  feed  once  or  twice  in 
addition.  As  a  matter  of  fact  too  often  the  chief  reason  for 
mixing  feeds  is  to  sell  some  product,  oat  hulls  for  example,  that 
would  not  be  salable  alone.  No  feed  dealer  can  make  a  mixture 
any  better  or  any  cheaper  than  a  farmer  who  is  properly  in- 
formed regarding  the  feeding  problem.  In  this  respect,  as  well 
as  many  others,  Massachusetts  dairymen  will  do  well  to  make 
use  of  the  information  supplied  by  the  experiment  station  at 
Amherst. 


Stje  €ommonrocaltl)  of  iHa0sacl)U0Ctt0 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    37. 

April,  1915. 

Second  Edition,  Revised. 


The  Value  of  Experimental  Woek  foe 
Teuck  Faemees. 


By  T.  C.  Johnson. 


From  the  Sixty-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts 
State  Board  op  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT   &  POTTEE  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PEINTERS, 

32  DEENE  STEEET. 

1915. 


Appro VKD  by 
The  State  Board  op  Publication. 


THE   VALUE   OF  EXPERIMENTAL    WORK    FOR    TRUCK 

FARMERS. 


T.     C.     JOHNSON,     DIRECTOR,     VIRGINIA    TRUCK    EXPERIMENT     STATION, 
NORFOLK,    VIRGINIA. 


The  work  of  the  experiment  stations  has  long  been  recog- 
nized as  of  great  vakie  to  the  fruit  growers,  dairymen,  stock- 
men and  general  farmers,  but  the  truck  farmers  have  not,  as 
a  rule,  received  their  full  share  of  attention.  There  are  two 
apparent  reasons  for  this.  The  nature  of  the  crops  grown  is 
such  that  they  occupy  the  ground  a  comparatively  short  period, 
and  they  are  usually  followed  b}^  other  crops  in  quick  succes- 
sion. This  renders  it  very  difficult  to  conduct  successfully  a 
series  of  fertilizer  or  disease-control  experiments.  Such  experi- 
ments on  orchards  and  grain  crops  of  which  the  plants  occupy 
the  ground  for  a  number  of  years,  or  the  rotations  are  definitely 
worked  out,  are  comparatively  easy,  but  with  short-season 
truck  crops  the  problem  is  quite  different.  The  ability  to 
shift  from  one  crop  to  another  tends  to  develop  the  idea  of 
solving  the  problems,  or  rather  dodging  them,  by  changing 
the  cropping  system.  This,  of  course,  is  not  practical  with 
the  orchardist  or  grain  farmers. 

The  experiment  stations  have  not  received  the  demands  for 
assistance  from  truck  farmers  that  they  have  from  the  other 
classes  of  farm  workers.  Accordingly,  they  have  responded 
to  these  urgent  calls,  and  of  necessity  neglected  the  interests 
of  the  truck  farmers. 

But  within  the  past  few  years  there  has  been  a  noted 
increase  in  experimental  work  intended  to  benefit  the  truck 
farmers.  This  is  especially  notable  in  the  States  of  Virginia, 
New  York  and  Illinois,  and  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  has,  through  its  Department  of  Horticulture,  been 
conducting  investigations  on  several  phases   of  truck  farming. 


There  are  several  classes  of  truck-farm  problems  which  should 
receive  attention  from  the  experiment  stations.  The  Virginia 
Truck  Experiment  Station  was  established  for  the  purpose  of 
solving  some  of  these  for  Virginia  market  gardeners,  as  is  set 
forth  in  section  2  of  the  charter  as  follows:  — 

Object.  —  It  shall  be  the  object  of  the  station  to  conduct  researches  on 
the  physiology'  of  plants  and  the  diseases  to  wliich  they  are  subject,  with 
remedies  for  same.  In  like  mamier  investigations  looking  to  the  control 
and  eradication  of  insect  pests  shall  be  undertaken.  The  comparative 
advantage  of  rotative  cropping,  the  capacity  of  new  plants  for  acclimatiza- 
tion, the  improvement  of  varieties  through  plant  breeding  and  selection, 
and  the  utiUty  of  manures,  natural  or  artificial,  shall  all  be  considered 
with  such  other  researches  bearing  directly  on  the  interests  of  the  truck 
growers  of  the  State  as  may  be  deemed  advisable. 

Vegetable  growers  in  general  are  interested  in  the  problems 
pertaining  to  soil  fertility,  soil  utility  and  soil  sanitation.  Also, 
they  are  concerned  with  plant  breeding,  especially  in  its  rela- 
tion to  the  improvement  of  varieties  and  the  development  of 
disease-resistant  strains  in  fungous  and  bacterial  diseases  and 
methods  of  controlling  them;  in  insect  studies,  including  life 
histories  and  methods  of  control;  and  in  general  marketing 
problems. 

Soil  Fertility. 
The  work  on  soil  fertility  should  include  such  topics  as  the 
use  of  natural  and  artificial  manures,  the  kinds  to  use  on  cer- 
tain crops,  the  method  and  time  of  making  applications,  and 
the  quantities  best  suited.  All  these  important  factors  are 
influenced  by  the  crop  rotation  followed.  When  leguminous 
crops  are  to  be  turned  under  for  soil  improvement,  smaller 
quantities  of  manures  may  be  used;  but  if  a  certain  class  of 
legumes  are  grown  for  market  purposes,  the  soil  may  be  ac- 
tually robbed  of  a  portion  of  its  available  plant  food.  In  a 
series  of  experiments  conducted  by  the  Virginia  Truck  Experi- 
ment Station  it  was  found  that  the  yield  of  a  kale  crop  was 
greatly  influenced  by  the  crop  previously  grown  in  the  rota- 
tion, as  recorded  in  Bulletin  No.  9.  The  different  plats  in  the 
experiment  were  cropped  and  treated  as  follows,  and  then 
planted  with  kale  in  August,  1912:  — 


Plat  1  was  planted  to  beans  in  April  of  1908,  1909,  1910,  1911  and  1912, 
with  millet  following  the  beans  in  July,  1908,  1909,  1910  and  1911. 

Plat  2  was  planted  to  potatoes  in  March,  1908,  1909,  1910  and  1911, 
and  crimson  clover  sown  after  the  potatoes  were  dug  each  year.  The 
crimson  clover  was  turned  under  for  potatoes  in  the  early  spring  of  1909, 
1910  and  1911,  and  worked  into  the  ground  during  the  summer  of  1912. 

Plat  3  was  treated  in  all  respects  similar  to  plat  2,  except  that  an  ap- 
plication of  1,500  pounds  of  hydrated  lime  per  acre  was  given  before 
planting  the  potatoes  in  1908,  1909,  1910  and  1911. 

Plat  4  was  given  an  application  of  15  tons  of  well-rotted  stable  manure 
per  acre  before  plowing  for  the  potatoes  in  1908,  1909,  1910  and  1911, 
and  for  the  corn  in  1912.  The  potatoes  were  planted  in  March,  and  fol- 
lowed by  corn  in  July  of  each  year.  In  1912  the  potatoes  were  omitted 
from  the  rotation,  and  corn  planted  in  May.  The  stable  manure  was 
applied  immediately  before  planting  the  corn. 

Plat  5  was  treated  in  all  respects  similar  to  plat  4,  except  an  applica- 
tion of  1,500  pounds  of  hydrated  lime  was  given  per  acre  after  the  manure 
was  turned  under,  and  before  the  potatoes  were  planted  in  1908,  1909, 
1910  and  1911. 

All  plats  received  equal  amounts  of  commercial  fertilizer  during  the 
entire  experiment. 

Plat  1  produced  6,829.71  pounds  of  kale  per  acre. 

Plat  2  produced  8,919.71  pounds  of  kale  per  acre. 

Plat  3  produced  13,824.00  pounds  of  kale  per  acre. 

Plat  4  produced  13,834.28  pounds  of  kale  per  acre. 

Plat  5  produced  16,893.91  pounds  of  kale  per  acre. 

Using  the  yield  on  plat  1,  from  which  both  the  beans  and  millet  were 
harvested,  as  the  basis  of  comparison,  the  use  of  crimson  clover  in  the 
rotation  increased  the  yield  30.16  per  cent,  crimson  clover  and  lime  102.4 
per  cent,  stable  manure  102.5  per  cent,  and  stable  manure  and  lime  145.9 
per  cent. 

The  work  on  artificial  manure  should  include  a  study  of 
the  source  of  the  various  ingredients  used.  For  instance,  in 
our  work  in  Virginia  we  have  found  that  the  nitrogen  for  cer- 
tain crops  grown  in  the  winter  or  early  spring  should  be  ob- 
tained from  one  set  of  combinations,  while  for  the  same  crop 
grown  in  the  later  summer  a  different  combination  is-  desirable. 
The  form  of  phosphoric  acid  to  be  used  depends  quite  as  much 
upon  the  condition  of  the  soil  as  upon  the  crop  which  is  to 
receive  it.  There  is  still  much  work  to  be  done  on  the  various 
sources  of  potash  best  suited  for  the  dilTerent  crops  in  any  line 
of  agriculture.  Where  large  quantities  of  commercial  ferti- 
lizers are  used,  there  are  almost  certain  to  be  deleterious  re- 


6 

suits.  The  residual  effect  of  fertilizer  has  so  modified  the  soil 
constituents  that  it  is  now  practically  impossible  to  grow  cer- 
tain crops  where  they  formerly  thrived.  It  is  often  seen  that 
large  quantities  may  be  used  under  one  system  of  cultivation 
with  good  results,  while  under  another  the  result  might  be 
injurious.  Two  crops  might  require  a  fertilizer  of  the  same 
quantitative  analysis,  but  quite  different  in  the  ingredients  from 
which  the  materials  are  obtained.  For  instance,  tobacco  pre- 
fers the  potash  from  sulphate  of  potash,  while  on  certain  soils 
peanuts  yield  better  if  treated  with  muriate  of  potash. 

There  is  still  much  room  for  the  study  of  lime  for  use  in 
connection  with  truck  crops.  We  know  in  a  general  way 
what  the  results  of  lime  are,  but  the  application  and  interpre- 
tation of  these  results  in  specific  cases  is  sometimes  quite 
difficult.  The  Rhode  Island  Experiment  Station  has  added 
very  greatly  to  our  knowledge  of  the  use  of  lime  with  many 
of  our  truck  crops,  but  the  results  obtained  on  the  Rhode 
Island  soils  do  not  necessarily  apply  in  all  particulars  to  other 
types  of  soils.  Under  some  conditions  pulverized  limestone 
may  give  excellent  results;  under  others  the  results  from  it 
are  negative;  but  those  from  freshly  burned  lime  are  quite 
marked.  The  kind  and  quantity  of  lime  that  may  be  used 
in  connection  with  commercial  fertilizer  and  stable  manure 
also  vary  with  the  character  of  the  soil.  The  soils  of  the 
Norfolk  sandy  loam  type  in  the  southern  Atlantic  States  are 
prone  to  acidity  in  reaction.  Consequently  larger  quantities 
of  lime  may  be  beneficially  used  on  them  in  growing  such  crops 
as  potatoes,  strawberries  and  beets,  but.  on  soils  which  are 
alkaline  in  reaction  the  results  are  often  injurious.  The  in- 
fluence of  fertilizer  on  the  acidity  of  the  soil  is  still  open  for 
investigation.  Some  investigators  claim  that  it  is  practically 
impossible  to  increase  the  acidity  by  the  use  of  commercial 
fertilizer. .  However,  experiments  conducted  at  the  Virginia 
Truck  Experiment  Station  seem  to  indicate  that  the  acidity 
may  be  markedly  increased  by  the  use  of  certain  fertilizer 
combinations. 


Drainage  and  Irrigation. 

The  acidity  of  the  soil  is  also  influenced  very  largely  by  the 
drainage.  It  is  frequently  said  by  good  truck  farmers  that  if 
they  were  forced  to  choose  between  drainage  and  commercial 
fertilizer  they  would  probably  select  drainage  as  the  more  im- 
portant factor  in  crop  production.  The  amount  of  drainage 
and  the  location  and  depth  of  drainage  pipes  are  best  deter- 
mined by  the  local  conditions.  Drainage  experiments  con- 
ducted on  one  type  of  soil  under  certain  conditions  throw 
some  light  on  the  treatment  under  similar  conditions;  but  if 
the  conditions  are  different,  it  is  best  to  make  the  experiment 
on  the  particular  soil  in  question.  It  is  well  recognized  that 
drainage  has  a  marked  influence  on  the  availability  of  plant 
food  added  in  the  form  of  natural  or  artificial  manures,  but  it 
is  not  so  well  known  under  just  what  conditions  the  plant 
may  get  the  maximum  quantity  of  these  ingredients  with  the 
minimum  loss  by  leaching.  The  effect  of  drainage  on  the 
relative  earliness  of  market  garden  crops  is  obvious. 

Irrigation  should  be  studied  in  connection  with  drainage. 
It  has  been  the  general  opinion  that  our  irrigation  problems 
were  limited  to  the  arid  and  semi-arid  districts  of  the  west,  but 
we  are  now  fast  realizing  the  importance  of  an  abundant  and 
constant  water  supply  for  our  eastern  agriculture.  The  in- 
tensive truck  farmer  in  the  upper  south  would  no  sooner  think 
of  attempting  to  grow  his  crop  without  adequate  drainage  and 
irrigation  facilities  than  without  the  use  of  stable  manure  or 
commercial  fertilizer.  The  time,  the  quantity  and  the  method 
of  application  are  still  fruitful  subjects  of  investigation.  We 
know  that  in  a  general  way  most  of  our  truck  crops  should 
receive  at  least  an  inch  of  water  per  week,  but  there  are  some 
that  will  thrive  better  with  one  and  one-half  inches  or  even 
two  inches,  provided  the  drainage  facilities  are  adequate.  The 
ditch  or  furrow  method  of  applying  water  has  long  been  the 
standard  in  many  sections  of  the  country,  but  a  few  years  ago 
the  overhead  system  became  quite  popular.  Now  there  seems 
to  be  a  trend  toward  the  furrow  method  under  certain  trucking 
conditions   in   the   far   south   and   the   semi-arid   west.      There 


8 

seems  to  be  no  definite  data  on  these  points  which  will  enable 
the  farmer  to  learn  just  which  method  he  should  use  under  his 
conditions.     There  is  room  here  for  a  large  amount  of  work. 


Plant  Breeding. 

The  work  of  the  plant  breeder  in  modern  agriculture  is 
almost  as  important  as  is  that  of  the  soil  physicist.  To  the 
plant  breeder  we  are  indebted  for  the  numerous  adaptations 
of  vegetables  which  have  brought  large  remuneration  to  cer- 
tain localities.  For  example,  if  only  one  kind  of  potato  could  be 
grown,  many  districts  giving  large  acreage  to  that  crop  would 
be  deprived  of  that  industry. 

Since  there  is  great  diversity  of  soil,  climate  and  market 
conditions  in  the  country,  there  arises  great  necessity  for  the 
development  of  characteristics  adapted  to  use  in  the  given 
surroundings.  Accordingly,  the  plant  breeder  is  devoting  him- 
self to  this  line  of  work  and  has  produced  some  well-known 
results.  The  soil,  climatic  and  cultural  conditions  in  eastern 
Virginia  require  a  class  of  spinach  of  the  Savoy  type,  while 
under  conditions  prevailing  in  Louisiana  the  Savoy  does  not 
thrive  so  well  as  some  of  the  thick-set  or  long-standing  types. 
Market  growers  in  the  vicinity  of  Grand  Rapids  use  the  open- 
head  or  loose-leaf  lettuce,  while  those  in  the  Atlantic  States 
grow  some  form  of  head  lettuce.  The  plant  breeders  are  at 
present  busy  making  still  further  developments  of  these  strains 
which  have  been  adapted  thus  far  to  local  conditions.  Until 
a  few  years  ago  it  was  thought  that  tomato  seed  obtained 
from  a  typical  individual  of  a  variety  would  give  the  best 
results  possible,  but  now  it  is  known  that  in  addition  to  being 
from  a  typical  plant  it  is  best  to  pollinate  the  flowers  with 
pollen  from  another  plant  of  the  same  variety,  thus  infusing 
new  blood  into  the  combination.  By  specialized  breeding  the 
cucumber  has  been  adapted  to  the  cultural  method  of  the  open 
field,  the  cold  frame  and  the  greenhouse. 

The  truck  farmers  in  the  south  have  long  since  learned  that 
the  potatoes  of  the  Bliss  type  may  be  grown  in  Florida,  Texas 
and  Louisiana  with  a  profit,  but  that  in  the  Carolinas  and 
Virginia  the  Cobbler  type  is  more  popular,  and  in  Long  Island 


other  types  come  nearer  meeting  the  requirements.  The  early 
Ohio  is  popular  in  the  middle  western  States,  but  in  the  south 
Atlantic  it  is  held  in  poor  esteem.  Thus  it  appears  that  potato 
growers  in  the  best  producing  centers  have  learned  to  depend 
on  certain  varieties  of  seed  adapted  to  their  special  interests. 
After  securing  a  variety  desirable  for  a  given  locality,  the  plant 
breeder  has  open  before  him  a  large  opportunity  for  developing 
strains  resistant  to  disease  and  unfavorable  environment.  The 
Crosby  Egyptian  beets,  now  used  to  a  large  extent  in  Massa- 
chusetts, are  favorites  with  the  Virginia  truckers  for  their 
early  spring  crop,  but  the  Egyptian  beets  are  preferred  for  the 
late  summer  and  fall  crops. 

The  laws  governing  the  transmission  of  characteristics  in 
breeding  are  fruitful  sources  of  study.  The  work  done  in  this 
line  by  a  number  of  the  experiment  stations  in  both  American 
and  European  countries  is  fast  becoming  of  great  value  to  truck 
farmers. 

Plant  Diseases. 

The  experiment  stations  have  devoted  a  great  deal  of  time 
and  energy  in  the  last  twenty  years  to  studying  the  causes  of 
plant  diseases  and  the  remedies  for  them,  yet  in  some  lines  of 
agriculture  this  work  has  hardly  started.  The  study  should 
now  be  devoted  to  discovering  the  causes  underlying  the 
diseases  of  plants.  In  some  trucking  sections  the  excessive 
use  of  commercial  fertilizer,  together  with  the  intensive  methods 
of  cultivation,  have  rendered  conditions  favorable  for  the  de- 
velopment of  certain  classes  of  diseases  that  otherwise  would 
not  be  likely  to  occur.  The  study  of  the  exact  conditions 
making  it  possible  for  the  disease  to  develop  should  be  under- 
taken. After  this  discovery  the  application  of  remedies  may 
be  much  simplified. 

The  life  history  of  the  organism  causing  certain  diseases 
should  receive  careful  study.  It  is  important  to  know  the  life 
cycle  of  the  organism  in  order  to  combat  the  specific  disease. 
If  the  market  gardener  wishes  to  maintain  the  health  of  his 
plants,  it  is  as  important  for  him  to  keep  his  plantation  in  a 
sanitary  condition  as  for  him  to  treat  the  diseases  after  they 
make  their  appearance.  But  in  order  that  he  may  do  this  in- 
telligently, the  scientist  should  be  in  a  position  to  give  him  the 


10 

full  life  history  of  the  organism  causing  the  trouble.  He  should 
know  where  the  organism  spends  its  time  when  not  on  the 
plant  in  question.  It  frequently  happens  that  diseases  may  be 
introduced  into  new  localities  on  the  seed.  A  marked  case  of 
this  kind  was  encountered  in  eastern  Virginia  in  the  spring  of 
1911.  A  large  grower  of  plants  purchased  cabbage  seed  from 
a  certain  seed  concern  and  planted  them  for  the  purpose  of 
growing  plants  for  his  neighbors.  He  supplied  about  two  mil- 
lion plants  to  the  different  truckers.  Within  a  few  weeks 
ploma  wilt  appeared  in  all  the  fields  where  plants  from  this 
particular  lot  were  used,  the  loss  resulting  in  from  50  per  cent 
to  90  per  cent  of  the  crop.  The  man  who  grew  the  plants  was 
guilty  of  negligence,  and  the  man  who  used  them  was  innocent; 
but  if  the  plant  grower  had  followed  the  instruction  given  by 
the  experiment  station,  the  disease  need  not  have  been  intro- 
duced. 

Some  diseases  may  be  controlled  by  soil  treatments.  That  is, 
the  soil  may  be  rendered  favorable  or  unfavorable  for  their 
development  by  the  treatment  given  it.  This  is  especially 
true  with  some  forms  of  bacterial  and  fungous  diseases.  In 
other  instances,  the  disease  may  be  controlled  by  treating  the 
seeds  or  the  vegetative  portion  of  the  plants  used  for  propa- 
gation. 

The  Virginia  Truck  Experiment  Station  in  co-operation  with 
the  Maine  Experiment  Station  has  been  conducting  a  series 
of  investigations  looking  to  the  control  and  eradication  of 
the  "  black-leg "  disease  formerly  prevalent  in  some  potatoes 
brought  from  the  north  and  planted  in  the  south.  This  work 
has  resulted  in  developing  practical  means  of  eliminating  the 
trouble  by  selection  of  the  seed  potatoes  in  the  fields  in  the 
north. 

At  the  present  time  the  preventive  measures  are  much  more 
important  than  are  the  curative.  Blight  can  be  controlled  in  the 
potatoes  by  spraying  with  fungicides  before  the  disease  makes 
its  appearance,  but  if  once  established  in  the  plants,  the  problem 
of  eradicating  it  is  quite  difficult. 

The  experiment  stations  frequently  outline  modifications  in 
methods  of  culture  that  will  largely  control  a  number  of  the 
more  malignant  diseases. 


11 


Truck  Crop  Insects. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  such  insects  as  the  Colorado 
potato  beetle  and  the  codling  moth  can  be  controlled  by  the 
application  of  arsenical  poisons,  but  with  aphides  and  numer- 
ous other  insects  it  is  important  to  know  their  life  histories 
in  order  to  combat  them  successfully.  The  truck  farmer  can 
apply  the  remedies,  but  the  investigator  should  work  out  the 
life  histories  in  order  to  know  when  best  to  make  the  applica- 
tion. Recent  studies  conducted  at  the  Virginia  Truck  Experi- 
ment Station  show  that  the  pea  aphis  spends  a  great  deal  of 
its  time  while  not  on  peas  on  clovers  and  similar  plants  which 
are  green  throughout  the  mild  winters.  Consequently,  a  large 
number  of  insects  are  in  waiting  when  the  peas  make  their 
appearance  in  the  early  spring.  A  knowledge  of  this  fact 
serves  to  caution  the  trucker  not  to  grow  peas  and  clover  in 
close  proximity. 

The  feeding  and  migratory  habits  of  the  insect  should  be 
studied  carefully.  The  larvse  of  the  fig  beetle  in  the  south  has 
the  obnoxious  habit  of  feeding  on  organic  matter  contained  in 
very  rich,  sandy  soils.  Their  burrow^s  in  the  soil  are  sometimes 
so  numerous  that  such  a  crop  as  parsley  may  be  practically 
ruined.  The  insects  have  the  habit  of  coming  to  the  surface 
of  the  ground  at  night  and  crawling  from  place  to  place.  A 
knowledge  of  this  habit  enables  the  truck  farmer  to  trap  them 
in  open  ditches. 

By  the  omission  of  crops  in  rotation  which  furnish  hibernat- 
ing places,  or  by  the  intelligent  disposition  of  the  refuse  left 
after  harvesting,  the  injury  from  other  classes  of  insects  may 
be  greatly  reduced. 

Marketing  Problems. 
The  various  phases  of  harvesting  and  marketing  are  fruitful 
fields  for  investigation.  Refrigeration  in  transit  and  pre-cool- 
ing  for  long  shipments  are  receiving  the  attention  of  the  fruit 
growers,  but  very  few  experimental  shipments  of  vegetables 
have  been  undertaken.  This  question  is  interstate  in  its  char- 
acter. Consequently,  it  should  be  undertaken  by  the  Federal 
Department  of  Agriculture,  or  by  different  experiment  stations 
as  a  co-operative  project. 


12 

Systems  of  cost  accounting  are  receiving  careful  attention 
by  the  various  farm  management  departments,  but  the  ques- 
tions involved  in  proper  marketing  of  garden  products  are  re- 
ceiving but  little  consideration.  The  matter  of  distribution  is 
of  much  importance.  It  frequently  happens  that  vegetables 
will  be  selling  very  low  in  one  neighborhood  and  high  in  an- 
other only  a  few  miles  distant  on  account  of  the  poor  methods 
of  distribution.  This  feature  should  receive  attention  by  the 
departments  of  agricultural  economics. 

Mr.  H.  F.  Arnold.  I  wonder  if  it  would  be  out  of  place  for 
Professor  Johnson  to  tell  us  what  the  trouble  was  that  he  spoke 
of  with  those  cabbages,  and  what  the  remedy  was  that  he 
applied  to  that  trouble. 

Professor  Johnson.  It  was  a  form  of  wilt  which  was  over- 
come b}^  treating  the  seed  with  a  formaldehyde  solution. 
Treatment  in  that  way  would  have  effectively  prevented  that. 
It  was  a  disease  that  was  brought  in  with  the  seed.  The  Ohio 
Experiment  Station  and  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture 
both  published  bulletins  on  that  proposition. 

Question.  I  would  like  to  ask  the  professor  if  he  has  found, 
in  his  experience,  any  difference  in  the  keeping  qualities  of 
vegetables  raised  by  irrigation. 

Professor  Johnson.  Not  in  my  personal  experience.  In  the 
w^est  the  farmers  claim  to  have  produced  a  better  grade  of 
vegetables  by  irrigation,  but  they  have  a  tendency  to  be  a 
little  softer.  But  the  quantity  and  the  grade  are  so  much  better 
that  they  counteract  any  negative  results. 

Mr.  How^ARD.  In  regard  to  that  disease  in  potatoes,  how 
did  that  affect  the  potatoes? 

Professor  Johnson.  The  disease  makes  its  appearance  on  the 
young  potato  plant  when  it  is  6  to  12  or  15  inches  tall.  It 
causes  a  blackening  of  the  stem  first,  which  runs  down  to  the 
tuber,  the  stem  topples  over  and  the  tuber  rots.  This  disease 
has  the  fortunate  habit  of  not  carrying  over  in  the  soil,  so  that 
it  is  a  very  easy  disease  to  control. 

Mr.  Lewis.  I  would  like  to  ask  the  speaker  if  he  can  give 
us  any  information  on  the  melon  blight  or  cucumber  wilt. 

Professor  Johnson.    There  are  two  or  three  of  those  blights. 


13 

Now,  we  have  in  the  far  south  a  bacterial  wilt  which  I  don't 
believe  you  have  in  this  State.  Then  we  have  some  of  those 
fungous  diseases  which  cause  trouble.  With  the  bacterial  wilt 
it  is  a  question  of  proper  rotation  to  get  that  out  of  the  soil. 
Of  course,  in  the  bacterial  wilt  we  have  to  go  a  step  further 
and  not  reinfest  the  field  by  using  manure  composed  of  the  de- 
cayed vegetables  that  have  had  this  bacterial  wilt.  In  a  lot 
of  our  work  we  have  done  spraying  on  cucumbers  and  have 
used  the  Bordeaux  mixture.  If  we  can  get  one  composed  of  a 
small  amount  of  copper  sulphate  and  a  small  amount  of  lime, 
and  have  a  good  pressure,  we  can  get  good  results.  If  we  use  a 
5-5-50  Bordeaux  and  apply  with  a  low  pressure  pump  our 
results  are  sure  to  be  negative.  But  where  we  use  a  6-6-50 
Bordeaux  and  apply  it  under  100  or  125  pounds'  pressure,  and 
arrange  the  nozzles  of  the  pump  so  that  we  can  get  under  the 
inside  of  the  foliage,  we  have  been  able  to  hold  up  the  cucum- 
bers for  weeks. 

Mr.  H.  F.  ToMPSON.  I  would  like  to  ask  Professor  John- 
son about  the  apparatus  that  is  used  for  applying  the  Bor- 
deaux mixture. 

Professor  Johnson.  We  have  not  been  able  to  buy  a  satis- 
factory machine  on  the  market  for  that  purpose.  There  are 
several  types  of  spraying  machines  that  are  used,  any  of  which 
give  good  high  pressure,  but  they  are  usually  two-gear  ma- 
chines, geared  to  wheels.  We  use  them  so  as  to  have  three 
nozzles  play  on  a  row^  of  cucumbers,  two  nozzles  set  so  as  to 
play  in  at  an  angle,  and  a  third  one  to  play  on  the  top  of  the 
row.  And  we  arrange  those  so  as  to  spray  two  rows  of  cucum- 
bers each  time  the  machine  goes  across  the  field.  Some  of  our 
farmers  have  spray  pumps  that  will  hold  up  a  hundred  pounds 
of  pressure  under  nine  nozzles,  ^  these  large  type  of  nozzles. 
Where  they  use  nine  nozzles  it  usually  takes  about  125  gallons 
of  liquid  to  spray  an  acre  of  ground,  and  we  have  to  have  spray 
pumps  that  will  sustain  125  pounds'  pressure. 

Question.    How  early  is  that  spraying  done? 

Professor  Johnson.  The  spraying  is  usually  started  when  the 
vines  are  16  or  20  to  24  inches  long.  I  don't  like  to  wait  after 
24  inches,  and  don't  start  before  16.  The  spraying  has  a  slight 
tendency  to  delay  the  first  setting  of  the  cucumbers,  that  is,  it 


14 

keeps  the  vines  green  and  vigorous.  In  this  spraying  we  usually 
find  it  advisable  to  train  the  vines  on  the  rows  so  that  we  will 
get  through  the  vines. 

Question.  I  would  like  to  ask  the  speaker  if  he  thinks 
melon  blight  is  caused  by  weather  conditions  or  insects. 

Professor  Johnson.  Neither  one.  The  weather  conditions 
may  be  favorable  for  the  development  of  it,  but  the  melon 
blight  is  either  a  fungous  or  bacterial  disease.  The  insect  comes 
in  when  you  have  a  bacterial  disease,  and  the  insect  sucks  the 
juice  out  of  the  plant,  and  it  may  be  carried  out  to  other 
plants.  The  insect  may  be  either  of  the  flea-beetle  type  or  the 
striped  cucumber  type  or  another  type  the  name  of  which 
escapes  me  for  the  moment.  The  control  of  insects  plays  a 
large  part  in  the  control  of  the  distribution  of  plant  diseases, 
the  insect  getting  the  plant  diseases  on  its  body  and  carrying 
them  to  other  plants.  We  have  had  all  that  demonstrated 
recently  by  the  typhoid  germ  being  carried  by  the  fly. 

Mr.  HiGGENBOTHAM.  What  is  it  that  attacks  the  small 
plants  just  as  the  seed  leaves  are  coming  out?  On  the  cucumber 
the  leaves  seem  to  curl  up  and  turn  yellow. 

Professor  Johnson.  There  is  a  small  beetle  that  looks 
something  like  the  flea  beetle.  It  is  not  the  flea  beetle,  but 
from  ordinary  appearance  it  might  be  taken  for  one.  Those 
insects  jump  off  and  go  on  the  ground.  Now,  one  of  the  best 
remedies  we  have  found  for  them  —  not  a  remedy,  after  all, 
but  only  a  means  of  driving  them  away  —  is  by  applying  raw 
fish  scrap,  —  dried  ground  fish  scrap.  Do  not  take  fish  scrap 
that  has  been  treated  with  phosphoric  acid,  but  take  the  or- 
dinary fish  scrap.  You  can  put  that  right  on  top  of  the  cucum- 
ber plant  as  it  comes  through  the  ground  and  it  will  drive 
them  away.    It  does  not  kill  them. 

Mr.  George  W.  Trull.  Did  I  understand  you  to  say  how 
many  times  you  spray  for  blight? 

Professor  Johnson.  We  usually  spray  cucumbers  about 
every  ten  days  or  two  weeks,  depending  on  weather  conditions, 
making  the  first  application  when  the  vines  are  16  to  20  inches 
long.  If  we  have  dry  weather  it  is  not  necessary  to  spray 
more  than  every  two  weeks,  but  if  the  weather  happens  to  be 
a  little  cloudy  or  with  some  rain,  and  the  vines  are  making  a 


15 

rapid  growth,  we  prefer  to  make  the  sprayings  not  over  ten 
days  apart,  and  to  make  four  or  five  sprayings  a  season. 

Mr.  Howard.  I  would  like  to  ask  Professor  Johnson  what 
support  he  has  received  from  the  truck  farmers?  How  do  they 
take  to  these  experiments? 

Professor  Johnson.  Our  truck  farmers  in  eastern  Virginia, 
to  use  a  slang  expression,  decided  some  eight  or  nine  years 
ago  that  they  were  up  against  a  hard  proposition,  so  to  show 
their  faith  in  the  work  they  got  together  and  bought  a  farm 
and  then  went  down  in  their  pockets.  In  addition  to  buying 
that  farm,  they  paid  out  $7,500  in  cash  for  buildings  on  the 
farm,  and  then  they  turned  around  and  leased  that  to  the 
State  for  ten  years  without  rent  and  renewable  at  the  option 
of  the  State.  In  other  words,  they  turned  it  over  to  the  State 
and  asked  the  State  to  come  in  and  run  that  work.  The  State 
took  up  the  proposition  and  has  made  the  appropriations  and 
has  continued  the  work.  Now,  every  time  that  our  experiment 
station  wants  anything  from  our  Legislature  the  first  thing  we 
do  is  to  go  to  the  truck  farmers  and  get  a  good  committee  from 
them,  and  then  we  go  to  the  Legislature  and  we  usually  get 
some  money.  The  value  of  that  property  that  the  truck 
farmers  have  put  into  the  work  is  to-day  $25,000;  that  is,  if 
the  State  should  vacate  the  property  the-  farmers  could  sell 
out  for  $25,000  or  $30,000,  but  they  are  perfectly  willing  to  let 
it  go  on,  and  in  addition  make  frequent  contributions  for  cer- 
tain improvements  or  investments. 

Question.  I  would  like  to  ask,  what  are  the  features  of  the 
organization? 

Professor  Johnson.  There  are  two  organizations  in  eastern 
Virginia  that  are  back  of  it.  The  one  that  fathered  the  move- 
ment was  the  Southern  Produce  Company.  It  is  a  co-operative 
trucking  organization  at  Norfolk.  The  other  organization  is 
the  Eastern  Shore  of  Virginia  Produce  Exchange.  As  I  under- 
stand it,  the  Southern  Produce  Company  did  not  ask  the  East- 
ern Shore  Produce  Exchange  to  help  at  the  time  the  project 
was  started,  but  after  that  the  Eastern  Shore  Produce  Exchange 
came  in,  so  that  those  two  organizations  are  behind  the  work, 
and  the  work  is  supported  by  them.  The  Southern  Produce 
Company  is  an  organization  in  eastern  Virginia  of  400  members. 


16 

and  it  does  $2,500,000  worth  of  business.  The  other  is  an 
organization  of  about  1,500  members,  and  their  secretary  and 
treasurer  told  me  the  other  day  that  their  business  for  this 
year  amounted  to  a  Httle  over  $5,500,000.  I  might  say  in  that 
connection  that  practically  every  State  that  has  taken  up  this 
work  has  taken  it  up  with  the  hearty  co-operation  of  the  people 
who  are  interested  in  it.  jNIarket  growers  or  vegetable  growers 
or  truck  farmers,  —  by  whatever  name  you  call  them  —  must 
get  behind  the  proposition  to  make  the  proposition  fairly  suc- 
cessful if  they  want  to  get  the  benefit  of  it. 

Mr.  Howard.  Professor  Johnson  spoke  about  malnutrition  in 
regard  to  raising  a  spinach  crop.  I  would  state  here  that  we 
have  had  a  good  deal  of  trouble  with  the  spinach  yellowing  at 
times  in  the  fall,  and  at  times  in  the  midsummer.  Can  you 
give  us  any  information  on  that? 

Professor  Johnson.  That  is  one  of  the  troubles  we  are 
working  on  now,  and  have  been  working  on  for  the  last  two 
or  three  years.  That  yellowing  of  the  plant  is  one  of  the 
hardest  propositions  we  have  had  to  meet  in  our  spinach 
troubles.  We  have  done  this:  wherever  we  have  used  the  wide 
rotation  and  used  a  good  deal  of  lime  we  have  not  had  much 
trouble;  where  we  have  used  close  rotation  and  neglected  to 
use  the  lime  we  have  had  a  good  deal  of  trouble. 

Question.    Do  you  have  mold  on  the  spinach? 

Professor  Johnson.  We  have  done  some  work  on  spraying 
spinach  when  it  was  j'oung,  but  of  course  you  understand  there 
would  be  objection  to  spraying  spinach  with  Bordeaux  mixture. 
Mold  has  not  proven  ver}^  detrimental  to  us  yet.  We  have  it  in 
some  of  our  fields.  It  is  largely  a  question  of  cleaning  the  fields 
and  preventing  the  introduction  of  the  disease  from  other  fields 
or  from  other  sources  where  the  disease  may  be  spending  some 
of  its  'time.  There  is  a  question  again  of  plantation  sanita- 
tion, as  we  might  put  it. 

iNIr.  How^\RD.  I  think  there  are  a  number  of  truck  farmers 
here,  and  market  gardeners  around  Worcester  and  Boston  wdio 
are  present  at  this  meeting.  We  certainly  have  troubles  enough 
in  regard  to  producing  good  crops.  One  of  our  big  problems 
has  been  the  looking  after  sanitation  in  the  soil,  —  to  keep  the 
rubbish  out  of  it.  I  would  like  to  get  Mr.  Hittinger  to  say  a 
few  words  in  regard  to  what  he  has  accomplished  in  that  line. 


17 

Mr.  HiTTiNGER.  I  don't  just  understand  what  you  mean. 
In  the  greenhouse  or  out  of  doors? 

Mr.  Howard.  In  regard  to  the  greenhouse  work,  because  you 
have  got  rid  of  so  much  of  tlie  lettuce  rot. 

Mr.  HiTTiNGER.  That  is  done  by  keeping  the  ground 
cleaned  up;  keeping  the  old  stuff  out  of  the  soil  there;  not 
putting  it  into  the  manure.  I  will  state  what  we  do  to  the  old 
refuse  that  is  left  from  our  outdoor  crops.  I  generally  clean  it 
up  and  form  it  into  a  pile  and  make  a  compost  heap  out  of  it; 
take  some  coal  ashes  and  then  mix  it  in  and  put  manure  with 
it,  and  put  it  on  some  of  our  lighter  soils,  and  it  seems  to  work 
all  right  there.  I  notice  when  you  leave  it  in  the  soil  there 
you  are  apt  to  have  more  trouble.  In  the  greenhouses  we 
generally  keep  that  stuff  all  cleaned  up.  Now,  we  have  never 
sterilized  in  our  greenhouses,  and  by  doing  that  we  avoid 
sterilizing  any  houses.  I  would  like  to  ask  one  thing:  if  you 
don't  find  that  yellow  comes  after  you  manure  a  piece  of  ground 
in  the  fall,  then  why  do  you  plant  spinach  where  it  has  never 
been  manured? 

Professor  Johnson.  We  have  been  able  to  control  that  best 
on  our  soil  where  we  have  plowed  under  a  crop  of  cow  peas. 
We  find  that  trouble  has  not  been  caused  by  the  application  of 
manure;  in  fact,  we  have  been  able  to  control  it  largely  by  the 
application  of  manure,  that  is,  we  have  added  to  the  vigor  of 
the  plant  so  much  that  it  has  been  able  to  withstand  those 
troubles. 

Mr.  Arnold.  I  would  like  to  start  a  little  bit  of  discussion 
here,  —  in  fact,  to  get  the  opinion  of  some  of  you  other  people 
about  that  question  which  has  been  brought  up  about  the 
refuse  crop.  We  have  had  a  little  discussion  at  home  between 
myself  and  my  brothers  on  the  subject.  On  a  trip  recently  to 
the  market  gardeners  we  stopped  at  Long  Island  on  the  farm 
of  Mr.  VanSuclin  there,  and  I  noticed  he  spoke  of  being  very 
careful  to  clean  up  the  refuse  of  all  crops,  — ■  carrot  tops,  beet 
tops,  anything  of  that  kind,  —  to  clean  them  oft"  the  land.  It 
has  always  been  our  practice  at  home  to  plow  in  that  kind  of 
stuff'.  What  do  you  do  w'ith  celery  trimmings?  We  take  ours  out 
and  plow  tliem  into  the  land;  we  believed  there  must  be  some 
value  in  them.     As  far  as  the  question  of  disease  is  concerned, 


18 

will  the  disease  of  the  celery  carry  over  the  winter  in  the  land 
that  is  outdoors?  I  would  like  to  get  some  opinions  on  this 
question.  It  seems  to  me  the  best  we  can  do  with  that  stuff 
is  to  plow  it  in.  We  pay  money  for  refuse  straw  that  has  been 
used  as  litter  under  a  horse,  and  I  can't  see  any  difference  in 
that  and  good  healthy  celery,  or  with  some  few  spots  on  it, 
carrot  tops  or  beet  tops,  or  anything  of  that  kind. 

Mr.  Trull.  I  was  in  Lawrence  only  a  short  time  ago, 
and  a  druggist  said  to  me,  "What  are  you  farmers  all  buying 
so  much  formaldehyde  for?"  I  said,  "I  don't  know;  is  that  a 
fact?"  "Yes,"  he  said.  I  told  him  what  I  wanted  of  it.  Now, 
can  you  tell  me  how  we  should  use  it  and  what  it  is  good  for? 

Professor  Johnson.  Formaldehyde  is  used  for  several  things 
by  the  farmer.  It  is  especially  used  in  treating  potatoes  that 
have  scab  for  the  prevention  of  the  spread  of  the  scab  in  pota- 
toes another  year.  It  is  also  used  by  the  farmers  of  the  west 
in  treating  wheat  for  smut.  It  is  used  in  treating  a  number  of 
seeds  to  cleanse  them  of  germs  of  disease  that  may  be  carried 
over  on  the  seed. 

Question.    Tell  us,  please,  how  you  treat  them. 

Professor  Johnson.  In  treating  wheat  we  usually  make  a 
solution  of  1  pint  of  formaldehyde  to  30  gallons  of  water,  and 
then  spread  the  wheat  down  on  a  canvas  and  spread  it  out  so 
that  it  is  a  few  inches  thick,  and  moisten  it  with  this  solution, 
—  the  water  and  the  formaldehyde  solution,  —  and  allow  it  to 
stand  a  little  while  before  the  wheat  is  sown.  In  treating  pota- 
toes we  make  a  solution  of  1  pint  of  formaldehyde  to  30  gallons 
of  water,  and  dip  the  potatoes  into  that  solution  for  two  hours, 
take  them  out,  allow  them  to  drain  and  dry,  and  then  go  out 
and  plant  them. 

Question.  Will  you  tell  us  what  kind  of  formaldehyde  to 
ask  for  when  you  go  to  the  store  to  buy  it?  In  one  case  I  sent 
a  man  to  a  store  to  get  it  and  he  got  something  else. 

Professor  Johnson.  We  use  40  per  cent  commercial.  What 
is  the  price  of  it  here?  I  know  what  we  pay  for  it  in  hundred- 
pound  carboys. 

A  Voice.  About  20  or  25  cents  a  pound.  They  charge  75 
cents  for  a  pound  of  chemically  pure. 

Professor  Johnson.     A  person  ought  to  buy  the  material  in 


19 

large  quantities  —  100  or  200  pound  lots  —  at  9  to  12  cents  a 
pound.    A  pound  is  a  little  less  than  a  pint. 

Mr.  Howard.  I  would  like  to  ask  Professor  Johnson  what 
he  requires  of  these  farmers  in  cleanliness  in  regard  to  diseased 
crops.  When  they  have  diseased  crops,  does  he  allow  them  to 
plow  the  latter  into  the  ground,  or  does  he  recommend  them 
to  clean  up  the  land? 

Mr.  Johnson.  Most  of  the  farmers  follow  the  practice  of 
cleaning  up.  Most  of  them,  if  they  have  any  disease  appear  in 
the  lettuce,  will  remove  not  only  the  head  of  lettuce  but  the 
soil  around  the  head.  This  is  especially  true  when  the  lettuce 
has  lettuce  droop.  The  "liead  will  be  removed  and  burned  in 
the  furnace,  or  taken  away  where  it  will  not  get  back  into  the 
soil.  The  question  came  just  now  about  leaving  the  lettuce  on 
the  ground.  There  is  another  problem  comes  in  which  is 
rather  important  to  the  southern  grower,  that  is,  in  growing 
our  spinach  we  will  harvest  it  in  November  to  March  or  April. 
Now,  if  we  harvest  a  crop  of  spinach  in  March  and  expect  to 
follow  that  crop  of  spinach  with  snap  beans  we  are  going  to 
have  trouble  on  our  hands  right  off  and  our  trouble  comes  in  a 
way  you  would  hardly  expect.  There  is  a  little  black  fly  that 
deposits  eggs  on  the  refuse  spinach  that  is  left  on  the  ground. 
If  we  turn  them  into  the  ground  we  will  have  the  finest  crop  of 
■root  maggots  you  ever  saw.  Those  flies  deposit  their  eggs  on 
the  leaf,  and  the  decaying  leaf  goes  into  the  ground.  It  prac- 
tically insures  your  not  getting  the  beans.  If  we  turn  that 
spinach  under  and  leave  it  under  for  thirty  to  forty-five  days 
before  we  plant  the  beans  we  are  not  troubled.  Further,  we 
have  found  in  our  work  that  if  we  plow  under  a  diseased  crop 
of  cucumbers  we  are  almost  sure,  —  if  we  follow  immediately 
with  cucumbers,  or  within  twelve  months,  —  we  are  almost 
sure  to  have  the  disease  worse  in  our  cucumbers  than  if  we 
had  not  plowed  under  the  disease  at  the  time.  So  that  I 
would  emphasize  that.  The  question  of  sanitation  is  really 
a  very  important  question  in  the  control  of  our  market-garden 
diseases. 

Mr.  Brown.  That  question  is  one  that  has  inteiested  me 
a  good  deal.  I  was  present  in  a  market  gardener's  meeting 
recently,  and  one  man  said  to  me  that  if  he  had  his  way  he 


20 

would  clean  up  his  celery  fields  absolutely,  if  it  wouldn't  cost 
him  much  money.  In  my  own  case  this  last  year  I  planted  celery 
on  a  tract  of  land  where  I  had  blight  last  year,  and  again  this 
year.  A  friend  of  mine  who  was  in  the  business  in  1913  had 
bad  blight  in  his  celery,  and  in  1914  planted  the  land  with 
celery  and  had  the  best  crop  he  had  ever  raised.  I  can't  ex- 
plain it  and  I  don't  believe  you  can.  I  can't  tell  whether  that 
blight  is  carried  over  in  the  soil  or  not.  In  my  experience  I 
should  say  it  was  perfectly  positive  it  was  so;  but  I  go  to  my 
friend  who  did  the  same  that  I  did  and  he  had  not  a  bit  of 
trouble. 


®l)c  Commontoealtl)  of  iMa00acl)U0ctt0, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    38 

January,  1915. 


THE   ENCOURAGEMENT   OF   CLEAN 
MILK   PRODUCTION. 


By  L.  B.  Cook. 


From  the  Sixty-second   Annual    Report  of   the   Massachusetts    State 
Board   of   Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WRIGHT   &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE   PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


THE  ENCOURAGEMENT  OF  CLEAN  MILK  PRODUCTION. 


L.    B.    COOK,    MILK    SPECIALIST,    UNITED    STATES    DEPARTMENT   OF    AGRICUL- 
TURE,   WASHINGTON,    DISTRICT    OP    COLUMBIA. 


If  the  dairy  fanners  of  this  country  were  asked  this  ques- 
tion, "  What  can  be  done  to  encourage  the  production  of  clean 
milk  ?  "  1  am  sure  that  nearly  all  would  answer,  ""  Secure 
better  prices  and  markets  for  our  product,"  Therefore,  the 
conditions  as  they  exist  to-day  are  these:  many  dairymen  do 
not  receive  enough  for  their  product  to  warrant  any  extensive 
changes  or  outlay,  and  many  dairymen  who  are  paying  no  par- 
ticular attention  to  better  milk  are  receiving  the  same  price  for 
their  milk  as  those  who  are  trying  to  market  a  clean,  safe  prod- 
uct. This  state  of  affairs,  one  can  readily  see,  does  not  en- 
courage clean  milk  production ;  however,  we  must  work  with 
the  facts  as  they  are.  If  Ave  expect  the  farmers  to  produce 
better  milk,  we  must  assist  them  to  receive  a  reasonable  profit 
for  their  labor. 

In  some  sections  of  this  country,  dairymen  state  that  the  price 
received  for  milk  is  not  sufficient  to  warrant  their  staying  in 
the  business.  If  it  were  not  for  the  value  the  cows  are  to  the 
farm,  more  dairymen  would  stop  milking  them,  and  take  up 
some  other  line  of  agriculture.  The  question  of  prices  and 
profit  is  a  problem  which  Ave  must  meet,  but  one  Avhich  cannot 
be  quickly  solved.  While  Ave  are  adjusting  this  problem,  we 
must  meet  the  conditions  as  they  exist  Avith  many  dairymen, 
and  encourage  them  to  the  possibilities  that  are  noAv  before 
them. 

The  United  States  census  shoAVS  that  lhe  nnniber  of  dairy 
cows  per  100  population  is  slightly  decreasing;  probably  part 
of  this  loss  is  covered  by  the  increased  production.  The  price 
of  milk  during  a  period  of  years  has  been  increasing  slightly, 
but  nothing  in  proportion  to  the  rise  of  prices  for  other  food- 


stuffs.  This  increase  lias  not  been  sutfieient  to  meet  the  in- 
creased cost  of  production. 

Improved  sanitation  means  more  cost  to  produce ;  therefore, 
when  we  are  worlving  with  farmers  who  are  receiving  a  low 
price  for  milk,  we  must  act  with  reason.  Xo  one  will  deny 
that  in  many  cases  tlie  farmers  are  receiving  little  compensa- 
tion for  milking  cows ;  however,  I  believe  with  existing  prices 
it  is  possible  for  the  dairymen  of  this  country  to  obtain  more 
profit  and  produce  better  milk. 

It  is  claimed  that  only  about  one-third  of  the  dairy  cows  in 
]Srew  York  State  are  kept  at  a  profit.  If  this  is  true  of  Xew 
York,  it  is  probably  true  of  many  other  States.  As  I  visit  the 
dairymen  of  tliis  country,  I  am  impressed  with  the  statements 
that  they  make  in  regard  to  the  amount  of  milk  received  per 
cow.  Some  dairymen  say  their  cows  are  averaging  about  one 
gallon  each,  while  others  say  theirs  give  three.  Why  this  dif- 
ference ?  There  are  several  things  that  might  assist  in  this 
condition  of  affairs,  yet  I  believe  it  is  principally  accounted  for 
by  the  difference  in  cows.  A  profitable  cow  costs  little  more 
to  keep  than  an  unprofitable  one ;  yet  farmer  after  farmer  is 
keeping  these  scrub  cows.  It  is  also  a  question  of  the  dairy- 
man not  really  knowing  which  are  his  profitable  cows  and  which 
the  boarders.  Too  many  think  they  have  no  time  for  the  Bab- 
cock  test  and  the  scales.  If  dairymen  are  to  produce  milk  on 
an  economical  basis,  they  must  start  with  better  cows.  Then 
they  must  properly  care  and  feed  these  cows  if  best  results  are 
to  be  obtained.  Successful  dairymen  are  using  silos,  growing 
alfalfa,  etc. ;  therefore  other  farmers  should  study  these  matters. 

Again,  as  one  travels  over  this  country,  he  cannot  help  being 
impressed  with  the  many  kinds  of  waste  that  are  continually 
occurring  on  our  farms.  The  farm  machinery  that  should  last 
a  number  of  years  is  allowed  to  deteriorate  rapidly  because  it 
is  not  properly  housed  and  cared  for.  One  of  the  most  valuable 
assets  to  the  farm,  namely,  the  liquid  manure,  is  allowed  to 
waste  by  shaking  into  the  ground  near  the  barn.  Even  the  solid 
manure  is  thrown  under  the  oaves,  and  the  soluble  elements, 
which  are  the  best  form  of  plant  food,  are  allowed  to  be  lost. 
So  we  might  mention  loss  after  loss  that  is  continually  occur- 
ring on  our  farms,  mainly  because  of  poor  management.     I  can 


hardly  see  bow  the  dairviiian  can  expect  the  consumer  to  pay 
for  such  losses;  yet  that  is  i-cally  what  he  wants  when  he  allows 
these  conditions  to  exist,  and  cries  for  better  prices. 

^o\v,  why  is  it  that  these  un])rotitab]e  practices  are  con- 
tinuing^ One  reason  is  that  no  one  has  told  the  farmers  dif- 
ferently, and  here  is  a  real  opportunity  for  the  milk  inspectors 
of  this  country.  The  inspector  should  act  as  an  educator  to 
these  farmers,  and  assist  them  to  see  their  mistakes.  I  am 
afraid  we  inspectors  do  not  spend  time  enough  on  the  farms 
and  with  the  farmers,  l)ut  try  to  cover  too  many  places  in  a  day. 

Dairymen  must  be  shown  the  value  of  keeping  books.  No 
business  firm,  with  capital  equal  to  the  value  of  a  farm,  would 
think  of  conducting  its  business  without  books.  Dairymen 
nnist  know  where  their  losses  and  gains  are,  otherwise,  at  the 
end  of  the  year,  they  will  not  know  definitely  whether  they  have 
gained  or  lost.  In  nearly  all  hearings  on  the  cost  of  milk  pro- 
duction, the  farmers  have  been  hampered  by  lack  of  definite 
figures.  It  is  not  sufiicient  merely  to  say,  "  Milk  costs  me  more 
to  produce  than  I  get  for  it."  Until  dairymen  realize  this  fact, 
I  believe  they  are  going  to  be  hamjiered  in  their  fight  for  better 
prices. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  should  encourage  the  producer  by 
trying  to  educate  the  consumer  to  the  value  of  milk.  During 
these  times  of  high  cost  of  living,  it  is  very  opportune  that  con- 
sumers appreciate  the  food  and  economic  value  of  milk.  I 
believe  that  most  people  should  use  more  milk,  and  that  nuiny 
do  not  realize  its  cheapness  as  a  food,  even  if  it  costs  10  cents 
a  quart.  It  is  surprising  how  quickly  consumers  are  ready  to 
stop  using  milk,  when  there  is  a  rise  of  1  cent  a  quart,  yet  make 
little  complaint  when  beefsteak  rises  several  cents  a  pound. 
Also,  they  must  be  educated  to  the  fact  that  clean,  safe  milk 
costs  more  to  produce  and  therefore  they  should  expect  to  pay 
more.  Until  consumers  are  willing  to  pay  a  reasonable  price 
for  milk,  and  appreciate  quality,  it  is  a  question  in  my  mind 
whether  the  farmers'  prices  can  be  increased,  and  the  inspectors 
accomplish  the  results  they  would  like. 

Milk  inspectors  in  their  work  must  bear  in  mind  that  city 
consumers  need  and  must  have  milk;  therefore  their  work 
among  the  dairymen  should  be  constructive  and  not  destructive. 


I  believe  the  ideal  inspector  has  two  lines  of  work  to  accom- 
plish; one,  to  protect  the  consumer,  and  the  other,  to  assist  the 
milkman. 

Inspectors  can  do  much  good  by  assisting  the  dairyman  to 
keej)  in  touch  with  the  available  literature  on  different  phases 
of  dairying.  The  successful  dairyman  must  be  a  business  man, 
that  is,  one  who  has  knowledge  and  applies  it.  Our  federal, 
State  and  college  departments  are  continually  publishing  litera- 
ture which  should  be  in  the  hands  of  the  milk  producer,  yet  it 
is  surprising  how  few  avail  themselves  of  this  free  information ; 
possibly,  they  do  not  know  of  these  bulletins ;  if  not,  inspectors 
should  help  to  keep  them  informed,  I  believe  no  successful 
dairyman  can  afford  to  be  without  a  dairy  paper.  By  reading 
and  studying  he  becomes  encouraged  to  produce  better  milk,  and 
^\'ill  know  how  to  secure  more  profit  from  his  business. 

On  the  point  of  producing  better  milk  there  is  much  need  of 
education.  Dairymen  must  be  educated  to  the  value  of  clean 
milk.  Large  sums  of  money  are  lost  annually  because  good 
milk  is  allowed  to  spoil.  It  needs  to  be  said  with  emphasis  that 
it  is  to  the  interest  of  every  producer  to  have  the  best  milk 
possible;  such  milk  is  always  worth  more  than  that  carelessly 
produced,  for  whatever  purpose  it  is  to  be  used. 

Our  main  standard  for  quality  is  the  bacteria  count,  yet 
dairymen  as  a  rule  know  little  about  bacteria.  How  many 
farmers  knoAv  what  bacteria  are,  where  they  come  from,  and 
what  they  do  ?  Possibly,  they  have  heard  something  about  their 
dangers,  but  nothing  about  their  value.  Much  education  is 
needed  on  the  sources  of  bacteria  and  how  their  numbers  can  be 
controlled.  The  bacteria  problem,  as  now  impressed  on  the 
minds  of  many  dairymen,  is  a  factor  of  discouragement,  and 
a  problem  which  they  do  not  know  how  to  handle.  They  need 
encouragement  and  education  on  this  subject. 

Good,  clean,  safe  milk  can  be  produced  with  a  minimum  of 
expensive  equipment.  Why  not  encourage  the  dairyman  to  im- 
prove quality  by  asking  him  to  do  two  or  three  essential  things, 
rather  than  discourage  him  by  telling  him  a  multitude  of  re- 
quirements ?  I  believe  more  energy  should  he  spent  on  a  few 
essentials,   instead  of  giving  the  dairyman  the  idea  that  it  is 


necessary  for  liim  to  go  to  considerable  expense  in  order  to  pro- 
duce clean,  safe  milk. 

The  less  the  expense  and  the  smaller  the  number  of  require- 
ments we  have  for  the  production  of  clean  milk,  the  quicker 
results  we  are  going  to  obtain.  We  must  always  bear  in  mind 
that  the  dairyman  is  in  the  business  to  make  a  profit,  and  we 
should  assist  him  to  this  end.  If  we  can  help  him  to  solve  some 
of  his  financial  problems,  the  question  of  quality  will  be  easier 
to  handle.  For  example,  the  covered  pail  costs  very  little  more 
than  an  open  pail,  yet  the  results  for  clean  milk  are  wonderful. 
It  is  claimed  that  this  one  factor  under  ordinary  farm  condi- 
tions will  exclude  about  90  per  cent,  of  the  dirt.  The  use  of 
the  damp  cloth  takes  only  a  little  time,  yet  it  is  one  of  the 
important  factors  for  clean  milk  production. 

It  is  encouraging  to  note  that  some  of  the  large  dairy  com- 
panies are  paying  a  premium  for  milk  of  a  high  sanitary  stand- 
ard as  well  as  for  a  fat  content.  This,  surely,  should  be  an 
incentive  for  dairymen  to  produce  better  milk. 

The  grading  of  milk  as  now  done  in  some  cities  and  one  State 
ought  to  be  a  move  in  the  direction  of  encouraging  the  farmer 
to  produce  better  milk.  I^o  one  ought  to  be  satisfied  with  his 
product  when  it  is  sold  as  grade  C  and  at  a  lower  price  than 
grade  A  or  B. 

Certified  milk,  as  you  all  know,  sells  for  more  than  ordinary 
milk  because  it  is  recognized  as  something  of  better  quality.  It 
is  only  a  question  of  a  short  time  when  quality  in  milk  must  be 
recognized,  the  same  as  with  other  commodities.  We  have  made 
some  progress  already.  The  problem  of  encouraging  farmers  in 
this  manner  rests  partly  on  our  city  milk  inspectors,  who  should 
act  as  educators  and  not  entirely  as  law  enforcers.  They  must 
])ut  themselves  in  the  dairyman's  place,  give  him  their  time  and 
thought,  then  I  am  sure  results  will  be  forthcoming. 

Co-operation  and  a  feeling  of  friendliness  and  good  will 
should  exist  between  health  departments  and  dairymen.  The 
farmers  should  be  encouraged  to  feel  that  the  health  department 
and  the  inspectors  are  not  only  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  the 
city  consumers  but  also  of  assisting  them. 

One  way  of  promoting  this  good  feeling  is  by  holding  meet- 


8 

ings  at  some  convenient  place,  like  the  country  schoolhouse.  At 
these  meetino's  the  dairvmen  should  he  encouraoed  to  feel  that 
it  is  their  meeting,  that  questions  and  discussions  are  expected. 
Such  meetings  are  being  held  by  the  inspectors  of  some  cities, 
and  are  a  decided  success. 

Another  method  of  assisting  the  dairyman  is  by  milk  contests 
in  which  good  prizes  are  oifered.  With  these  contests  are 
usually  held  meetings  that  are  of  value  to  the  dairymen,  and 
in  these  contests  I  think  more  good  can  be  done  the  contestants 
if  good,  practical  prizes  are  offered ;  for  example,  give  ])ure- 
bred  stock,  covered  milk  pails,  separators,  etc.  Education  should 
be  the  main  purpose  of  such  contests. 

At  a  recent  milk  contest,  the  results  of  \vhich  were  based  on 
the  average  of  four  samples  taken  at  random  from  cans  as 
delivered  in  the  city,  I  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting  the  gentle- 
man who  won  first  prize.  In  conversation  he  told  me  that  he 
was  then  receiving  about  19  cents  a  gallon  for  his  milk^  which 
was  more  than  was  received  by  any  other  producer  sending  to 
the  same  dairy  company.  Later  T  learned  that  in  the  preceding- 
year,  which  was  his  first  time  in  a  contest,  he  won  a  prize  and 
was  at  that  time  receiving  about  17  cents  a  gallon  for  his  milk. 

His  score  the  first  year  was  89.4  per  cent,  and  this  year  95.8 
per  cent.  This  shows  that  the  contest  had  been  of  considerable 
educational  value  to  him  and  that  he  had  profited  financially, 
not  only  from  the  prize  money,  which  amounted  to  $45,  but, 
also,  he  received  more  for  his  milk  throughout  the  year. 

If  results  are  to  be  accomplished,  the  inspector  must  spend 
considerable  time  with  the  dairyman  and  not  hurriedly  try  to 
cover  his  territory.  If  this  is  done,  it  will  mean  that  there  must 
be  more  inspectors  and  more  money  for  this  work;  yet  is  not 
this  what  must  be  done  if  results  are  to  be  accomplished  ?  And 
results  are  what  we  want. 

I  do  not  believe  that  as  good  results  can  be  accomplished  by 
force.  You  might  make  a  dairyman  use  a  covered  pail,  but  if 
he  has  tO'  use  it  against  his  wishes,  he  is  not  apt  to  use  it  when 
the  inspector  is  not  there,  while  on  the  other  hand,  if  he  is 
educated  to  the  value  of  the  covered  pail,  he  appreciates  the 
necessity  for  using  it  regularly. 


9 

The  dairyman  must  be  encouraged  by  our  assistance.  We 
must  take  an  interest  in  bis  views,  and  help  bim  to  overcome 
bis  problems.  ISTearly  every  farmer  can  receive  more  profit 
from  bis  dairy  if  be  will  use  business  metbods ;  tbat  is,  have 
better  cows,  practice  better  breeding,  feed  wisely,  grow  alfalfa, 
use  a  silo,  etc.  He  can  produce  better  milk  by  using  a  covered 
})ail,  by  wiping  tbe  udder  witb  a  damp  cloth,  by  more  attention 
to  washing  and  scakling  utensils,  and  by  better  cooling. 

We,  as  inspectors,  should  not  only  call  the  dairyman's  at- 
tention to  his  poor  equipment  and  methods,  but  should  en- 
courage him  by  offering  suggestions  as  to  how  he  can,  witb  the 
least  expense  and  trouble,  correct  his  shortcomings. 

We  do  not  want  these  dairymen  to  go  out  of  business ;  there- 
fore, we  must  assist  them  to  more  economical  practices,  so  they 
can  derive  a  better  profit  from  their  business ;  we  want  also  to 
educate  them  to  the  value  of  clean  milk  and  the  essentials  neces- 
sary to  make  such  a  product. 

Tbe  main  milk  problem  is  not  what  we  can  get  a  few  dairy- 
men to  do,  but  what  we  can  assist  the  majority  to  do.  What 
are  we  going  to  do  with  the  tenant  farmer,  or  one  who  does 
not  have  the  means  to  build  new  barns,  etc.  ?  This  is  the  ques- 
tion which  we  must  answer,  and  I  believe  it  can  be  accomplished 
only  by  education.  What  we  want  is  clean,  safe  milk ;  the 
poorly  equipped  farmer  can  produce  this  kind  of  milk  if  he  only 
knows  the  essentials  necessary.  It  is  a  question  of  encouraging 
and  not  discouraging.  As  a  rule  there  is  no  surplus  milk  in 
our  cities ;  therefore  let  us  work  with  the  idea  of  encouraging 
the  dairymen  to  produce  more  and  better  milk. 


®l)e  ^ommontucaltl)  of  itta00ac()U6ctt! 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR   No.    39. 

May,  1915. 
Secont)  Edition,  Revised. 


A  Practical  System  of  Farm 
Bookkeeping. 


By  Charlotte  P.  Goddard. 


From  the  Sixty-second  Annual  Report  op  the  Massachusetts  State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  op  Publication. 


A  PRACTICAL  SYSTEM  OF  FAEM  BOOKKEEPING. 


MISS   CHARLOTTE    P.    GODDARD,    SARATOGA,    NEW   YORK. 


It  seems  to  me  that  no  up-to-date  farmer  in  these  days 
would  question  the  value  of  a  good  system  of  bookkeeping; 
no  such  farmer,  if  his  farm  is  bringing  him  in  a  good  profit, 
but  would  be  glad  to  know  just  where  his  best  profit  is,  or,  in 
case  there  is  little  or  no  profit,  to  know  where  the  leakage  is. 
But  how  to  bring  it  about  is  often  a  difficult  problem.  His 
day's  work  is  a  long  one,  often  twelve,  fourteen,  or  even  more 
hours.  He  does  not  feel  like  sitting  down  at  his  desk  at  the 
end  of  such  a  day,  and  to  stop  during  the  day  is  impossible. 
Oftentimes  that  sort  of  work  is  distasteful  to  him,  which  makes 
it  doubly  difficult.  On  the  other  hand,  to  employ  a  book- 
keeper is  out  of  the  question,  not  only  on  account  of  the  ex- 
pense, but  because  there  would  not  be  enough  work  to  keep 
one  employed  all  the  time.  If  he  is  fortunate  enough  to  have 
a  wife  or  daughter  who  can  do  this  work,  and  who  has  the 
time  as  well,  then  his  problem  is  solved;  but  usually,  even 
though  she  may  be  capable  of  doing  the  work,  she  has  duties 
of  her  own  which  require  all  her  time.  My  suggestion,  as  a 
solution  of  this  problem,  is  that  several  farmers  get  together, 
as  they  are  beginning  to  do  in  other  lines,  and  employ  a  book- 
keeper co-operatively.  For  the  past  three  years  it  has  been  my 
great  pleasure  to  serve  one  community  in  this  capacity,  and  I 
know  that  the  people  for  whom  I  have  been  doing  this  work 
will  agree  with  me  that  the  plan  has  worked  splendidly. 

My  work  as  a  co-operative  bookkeeper  is  the  result  of  the 
fact  that  several  people  in  one  community  felt  the  need  of 
some  one  with  a  knowledge  of  bookkeeping  and  cost  account- 
ing who  would  come  in  and  handle  their  accounts,  and  whom 
they  did  not  need  to  employ  for  the  whole  time,  as  each  one 
needed  a  bookkeeper  only  a  few  days  of  every  month.     By 


co-operating  in  this  matter,  they  arranged  with  me  to  do  their 
work,  going  from  one  to  another  in  regular  rotation.  In  this 
way  I  have  been  able  to  give  each  one  all  the  time  necessary 
for  the  work,  delegating,  in  each  case,  to  the  man  in  charge, 
the  keeping  of  such  records  as  must  be  made  daily.  Every- 
thing in  the  way  of  bookkeeping  which  could  wait  until  my 
return  was  left  for  me  to  do,  —  the  making  out  of  all  bills,  the 
balancing  of  the  books,  the  analysis  of  the  bills  to  be  paid,  the 
keeping  of  all  permanent  records,  and  so  forth.  In  this  way 
the  coming  of  the  bookkeeper  became  not  a  burden,  but  more 
and  more  a  help. 

In  order  to  show  you  how  it  is  possible  to  keep  up  a  system 
of  bookkeeping  in  this  way,  and  how  practical  it  really  is,  I 
will  endeavor  to  describe,  in  a  general  way,  the  system  which 
I  have  used. 

Of  the  records  which  the  farmer  himself  must  keep,  the  most 
important  is,  of  course,  a  cash  book.  It  is  imperative  that  we 
have  a  careful  record  of  every  item  of  expense  or  receipt,  large 
or  small,  whether  a  check  or  a  cash  transaction.  Such  records 
must  necessarily  be  made  daily,  so  that  the  care  of  them  de- 
volves on  the  farmer  himself.  The  balancing  of  this  cash  book 
may,  however,  be  left  for  the  bookkeeper.  She  might  even 
relieve  the  farmer  of  the  task  of  balancing  his  check  book,  if 
he  did  not  care  to  bother  with  it  himself. 

Right  here  let  me  say  that  I  hope  every  farmer  does  have  a 
bank  account  and  does  pay  all  his  bills  by  check.  I  have  been 
surprised  to  find  how  many  people  there  are  who  do  not  make 
use  of  such  an  institution  as  the  bank.  I  know  of  a  man  who 
had  been  in  business  for  himself  for  years,  with  good  success, 
who  is  now  the  efficient  manager  of  a  farm,  but  who  says  that 
never,  until  within  a  year,  did  he  do  business  with  any  bank. 
He  told  me  that  many  times  he  had  had  several  thousand 
dollars  in  cash  in  his  home,  hidden  under  rugs,  and  so  forth; 
and  when  I  asked  him  what  happened  on  sweeping  day,  he 
replied  that  his  wife  took  good  care  of  it,  that  none  was  ever 
lost.  Would  any  of  you  think  of  mowing  a  ten-acre  field  of 
oats  with  a  scythe  when  there  was  a  good  mowing  machine 
in  your  own  barn?  Of  course  not.  Neither,  I  hope,  would  any 
of  you  think  of  keeping  any  quantity  of  money  in  your  home 


5 

when  there  is  an  institution  in  your  own  town  which  can  take 
better  care  of  your  money  for  you  than  you  can  yourself. 

To  return  to  our  accounts.  Aside  from  the  cash  book  there 
are  a  few  other  records  which  must  be  kept  up  daily,  in  order 
to  give  the  bookkeeper  all  the  data  she  needs.  Whenever  any 
article  of  any  kind  is  sold,  some  record  must  be  made  of  it. 
This  can  best  be  done  by  the  use  of  duplicate  slips,  similar  to 
those  used  in  our  grocery  and  provision  stores.  By  the  use  of 
these  a  carbon  copy  is  made  of  every  slip.  One  copy  goes  to 
the  purchaser,  the  other  is  kept  for  the  bookkeeper.  From  all 
these  slips  accumulated  during  the  month  she  makes  out  the 
bills.  This  is  a  very  simple  and  safe  way  to  keep  these  items, 
and  the  books  are  very  inexpensive. 

The  farmer  ought  also  to  keep  some  sort  of  memoranda  of 
all  purchases  made,  so  that  when  the  dealer  presents  his  bill 
at  the  end  of  the  month,  he  or  the  bookkeeper  may  be  able 
to  check  up  every  item  of  that  bill.  In  most  cases  he  will 
receive  a  slip  with  each  purchase,  so  that  he  has  merely  to  keep 
these  together  carefully. 

The  milk  record,  feed  record,  and  labor  record,  if  kept  at  all, 
must  necessarily  be  kept  from  day  to  day.  I  shall  refer  to 
these  in  more  detail  later. 

So  much  for  the  farmer's  part  in  this  bookkeeping.  This 
certainly  is  not  difficult,  nor  does  it  require  much  time,  and 
it  is  even  simpler  than  it  sounds.  And  the  fact  that  it  is 
simple  should  recommend  it  to  you,  for,  next  to  accuracy,  it 
seems  to  me  that  simplicity  is  the  most  important  quality  of 
a  system  of  farm  accounting.  By  simplicity  I  do  not  mean 
that  it  shall  be  any  less  complete  than  any  well-kept  set  of 
books  anywhere,  but  it  shall  be  such  that  any  desired  fact 
may  be  easily  available  in  the  books;  that  there  may  be  the 
least  possible  crossing  of  accounts  from  one  book  to  another; 
that  the  time  which  the  farmer  himself  must  spend  on  them 
shall  be  kept  at  a  minimum;  and  that,  above  everything  else, 
the  books,  at  any  time,  shall  be  perfectly  intelligible  to  the 
farmer  himself. 

Aside  from  the  cash  book,  which  is  to  be  kept  by  the  farmer, 
two  other  books,  kept  entirely  by  the  bookkeeper,  will  be  in- 
dispensable.   The  first  is  what  I  have  called  a  bill  book,  which 


takes  the  place  of  a  customer's  ledger.  When  the  bills  are 
made  out,  each  one  is  entered  in  this  bill  book  before  being 
sent  out.  The  name  of  the  purchaser,  with  the  amount  of  the 
bill  and  the  total  amount  of  each  sort  of  article  purchased, 
is  all  that  need  be  entered.  For  example,  Mrs.  Brown  pur- 
chased goods  to  the  amount  of  $15,  of  which  $5  was  for 
butter,  $4.50  for  eggs,  $3  for  milk  and  $2.50  for  cream.  Mrs. 
Smith's  bill  amounted  to  $10,  all  of  which  was  for  butter;  and 
so  on  down  through  the  list.  Besides  entering  all  new  bills, 
any  of  the  preceding  months'  bills,  which  may  be  still  unpaid, 
are  also  listed,  so  that  this  book,  then,  always  shows  what  the 
accounts  receivable  are  on  the  first  of  each  month,  and  also 
gives  an  analysis  of  each  account,  so  that  we  have  a  permanent 
record  of  what  each  bill  is  for,  as  well  as  the  amount  of  it. 
This  is  invaluable,  in  posting  from  the  cash  book  to  the  dis- 
tribution sheets,  for  it  not  only  shows  where  all  the  receipts 
shall  be  credited,  but  shows  it  in  a  small  space  as  well.  All 
the  items  of  each  bill  are  not  entered,  for  if  a  customer  should 
desire  a  second  bill,  or  if,  for  any  reason,  we  should  wish  to 
know  what  his  bill  was  for,  the  items  are  easily  found  by  re- 
ferring back  to  the  slips  from  which  the  original  bill  was  made 
out. 

The  second  book  to  which  I  have  referred  is  the  distribution 
book.  This  may  be  considered  as  the  final  summing  up  of  all 
other  accounts,  —  that  toward  which  all  other  accounts  have 
pointed,  for  this  is  the  one  to  which  w^e  shall  refer  whenever 
we  wish  to  learn  how  the  business  of  the  farm  is  getting  on. 
By  the  use  of  this  book  it  is  possible  to  do  away  with  a  general 
ledger  (unless  one  prefers  to  keep  that  also),  and  for  our  pur- 
pose it  is  much  more  valuable.  The  distribution  book  shows 
the  entire  amount  of  receipts  and  expenditures  for  each  month, 
all  on  one  page,  and  analyzed  in  such  a  way  that  the  receipts 
and  expenditures,  for  any  particular  part  of  the  farm's  work, 
may  be  seen  at  a  glance.  These  sheets  are  then  summarized 
on  a  yearly  sheet,  which  show^s  the  gross  expenses  and  receipts 
for  the  year  in  a  convenient  and  comprehensive  way.  Every 
item  in  the  cash  book,  of  whatever  kind,  is  entered  in  the  dis- 
tribution book.  This  book  must,  of  course,  balance  exactly 
with  the  cash  book  each  month.    The  receipts  are  put  in  in  red, 


in  order  that  they  may  easily  be  distinguished  from  the  ex- 
penditures, for  both  receipts  and  expenditures  may,  in  some 
cases,  be  put  in  one  column. 

Many  items  will  need  to  be  analyzed  before  entering,  in 
order  to  know  that  every  detail  of  every  bill  shall  be  charged 
to  the  correct  account.  For  instance,  a  bill  for  grain  is  divided 
in  such  a  way  that  whatever  was  used  for  the  cows  is  charged 
to  cows;  that  used  for  poultry,  to  poultry;  for  horses,  to  horses, 
etc.  For  instance,  if  the  farmer  will  indicate,  on  the  slip  which 
the  dealer  gives  him  whenever  he  buys  grain,  just  which  ani- 
mals he  is  buying  it  for,  he  will  not  need  to  trust  to  his  memory 
to  divide  up  the  bill  at  the  end  of  the  month. 

A  bill  for  hardware,  too,  may  be  partly  for  tools,  partly  for 
repairs  to  buildings,  and  partly  for  some  permanent  improve- 
ment. This  bill  should  be  divided  accordingly,  and  so  on 
with  the  other  bills. 

The  receipts  are  taken  care  of  in  the  same  way.  For  instance, 
if  a  customer  pays  a  bill  —  suppose  Mrs.  Brown  pays  her  $15, 
that  amount  is  divided  between  cows  and  poultry,  according 
to  the  amount  for  butter,  eggs,  milk  and  cream.  These  figures 
are  always  available  in  the  bill  book. 

I  have  here  a  sample  page  from  such  a  distribution  book. 
(See  Fig.  2.)  This  shows  only  part  of  the  headings  which 
might  be  used. 

The  headings  of  the  distribution  sheet  will  depend  on  the 
nature  of  the  farm.  If  a  dairy  farm,  we  would  naturally  be 
interested  to  keep  a  number  of  subheadings  under  cows,  such 
as  butter,  milk,  cream,  stock,  grain,  labor  and  dairy;  while  if 
the  cows  were  a  secondary  interest,  we  might  need  only  one 
or  two.  If  a  poultry  farm,  we  would  divide  up  into  several 
headings  for  the  poultry;  this,  of  course,  in  order  to  enable  us  to 
know  at  the  end  of  the  month,  or  the  year,  not  only  what  the 
net  gain  for  that  particular  thing  was,  but  also  to  know  in 
what  special  branch  the  greater  part  of  that  profit  was  made. 

The  question  of  dividing  the  labor  into  the  proper  accounts 
is  always  a  difficult  one.  The  greater  part  of  it  must  neces- 
sarily go  under  the  heading  of  general  labor,  but  as  far  as 
possible  anything  which  can  be  charged  to  a  definite  account 
is  so  charged.     For  instance,  on  a  large  poultry  farm,  where 


8 

one  or  more  men  give  all  the  time  to  the  care  of  the  hens,  that 
time  is  naturally  charged  to  the  poultry  account.  Division  of 
labor  may  be  made  quite  accurately  by  the  expenditure  of  a 
very  little  time;  in  fact,  only  a  few  moments  each  day,  if  a 
plan  similar  to  that  in  use  at  one  of  the  State  colleges  is  em- 
ployed. A  sheet  for  each  man  and  each  team  is  kept,  with  a 
place  to  show,  for  each  one,  just  where  their  work  for  the  day 
is  put  in.  This  is  the  labor  record  to  which  I  have  already 
referred.     (See  Fig.  1.) 

It  is  important,  as  far  as  possible,  to  separate,  in  everything, 
the  charges  for  maintenance  and  general  expenses  from  those 
for  permanent  improvements,  for  we  want  to  be  able  to  analyze 
our  running  expenses  at  the  end  of  the  year. 

A  yearly  inventory  is  indispensable.  Without  it  even  the 
yearly  distribution  sheet  will  not  show  us  just  where  we  stand. 
That  sheet  might  show  a  balance  on  the  wrong  side,  but  when 
the  inventory  is  considered,  there  may  be  found  such  an  in- 
crease over  that  of  the  year  before  as  to  more  than  offset  the 
deficit  in  the  account.  On  the  other  hand,  we  might  have  a 
good  showing  on  the  distribution  sheet,  which  would  be  greatly 
reduced  by  a  decrease  in  the  inventory.  But  taking  the  two 
together,  we  shall  be  able  to  make  up  a  statement  which  will 
show  exactly  where  we  stand. 

Other  accounts,  their  nature  depending  on  the  type  of  farm, 
will  be  found  very  helpful.  On  a  poultry  farm  I  would  suggest 
keeping  a  careful  egg  record,  and  even  if  the  number  of  poultry 
is  small,  such  a  record  will  be  found  to  be  well  worth  while. 
Samples  of  egg  record  blanks  will  be  found  in  Figs.  3  and  4. 

On  a  dairy  farm  a  careful  record  of  each  cow  is  invaluable. 
By  keeping  a  milk  record,  with  which  you  are  all  familiar,  and 
a  record  of  the  feed  given  to  each  cow  (which  is  much  more 
simple  than  you  think,  unless  you  have  tried  it),  the  book- 
keeper will  be  able  to  work  out  all  the  other  details  found  on 
this  record,  except  the  per  cent  of  butter  fat,  for  which  you 
will  need  to  make  a  test  each  month.     (See  Figs.  5  and  6.) 

You  may  notice  that  I  have  made  no  account  of  the  labor 
of  taking  care  of  the  cow,  and  while  this  must  be  considered, 
in  order  to  be  perfectly  fair,  it  is  not  shown  on  the  card  for 
this  reason:    all  the  other  data  on  the  cards  are  figures  which 


9 

may  be  accurately  determined  each  month.  Then,  the  question 
of  labor  for  the  whole  herd  is  taken  care  of  on  the  distribution 
sheet.  So,  at  the  end  of  the  year,  if  we  wish  to  add  to  the 
whole  year's  record  an  item  for  labor,  it  will  not  be  difficult 
to  work  out  an  average  cost  per  cow  for  the  year.  The  value 
of  the  fertilizer  and  the  selling  price  or  value  of  her  calf  are 
items  on  the  other  side  which  have  been  omitted  for  the  same 
reason. 

It  would  be  impossible,  I  think,  to  work  out  a  system  of 
farm  accounting  which  could  be  uniform  in  all  cases,  for  where 
one  farm  may  require  one  plan,  the  next  may  require  quite  a 
different  one.  The  general  plan  of  the  system  which  I  have 
used  in  my  work  as  bookkeeper  is  the  same,  but  there  are  no 
two  places  which  use  just  the  same  sort  of  records,  as  the 
differences  in  the  farms,  as  well  as  the  preferences  of  the  owners, 
must  be  taken  into  consideration. 

To  a  certain  extent  it  might  be  said  that  accounting  could  be 
done  equally  well  for  a  merchant  as  for  a  manufacturing  con- 
cern, for  a  lawyer  as  for  a  farmer,  once  one  has  acquired  the 
knowledge  of  bookkeeping;  on  the  other  hand,  it  seems  to  me 
that  an  accountant  will  do  better  work  for  a  merchant  if  he 
knows  something  of  a  merchant's  business  than  if  he  knows 
only  figures;  in  the  same  way  a  person  who  knows  nothing 
about  a  farm  will  have  more  difficulty  with  a  farmer's  books 
than  one  who  does  not  have  to  inquire  what  is  meant  by  such 
terms  as  pyrox,  silage,  balanced  rations,  butter  fat,  and  so 
forth.  So  a  bookkeeper  who  knew  something  about  the  business 
of  farming  would  be  more  valuable  than  one  who  did  not.  The 
more  he  knows  about  the  details  of  the  farm,  the  better  able 
will  he  be  to  analyze  the  accounts  and  keep  each  item  in  its 
proper  place. 

Because  a  farmer's  books  should  be  as  simple  as  possible,  it 
does  not  necessarily  follow  that  it  is  a  simple  thing  to  keep 
them.  A  set  of  books  which  are  simple  and  at  the  same  time 
comprehensive  and  definite  require,  perhaps,  more  time  in  their 
first  planning  and  later  in  the  keeping  of  them,  but  one  is  in- 
finitely repaid  when  any  bit  of  information  about  the  business 
is  wanted,  and  it  will  be  more  and  more  wanted  as  its  advan- 
tages are  seen.     How  much  better  to  give  a  few  minutes  each 


10 

day  to  the  books,  in  order  to  have  them  where  every  bit  of 
information  is  easily  available,  than  to  do  without  them  be- 
cause we  think  we  have  no  time,  with  the  result  that  when  we 
need  a  certain  bit  of  information  we  must  spend  hours,  perhaps, 
looking  through  papers,  bills,  books,  and  so  forth,  and  then  not 
find  it,  even  in  the  end.  I  know  the  plea  that  you  have  no 
time  to  give  to  the  books,  that  you  cannot  afford  to  hire  any 
one  else,  that  a  farmer  has  no  chance  until  evening  for  anything 
of  that  kind,  and  then  he  is  too  tired,  after  such  a  long  day's 
work  as  his  must  be.  If  he  is  interested  in  having  his  books 
well  kept,  and  if  he  can  co-operate  with  several  others  who 
care  to  do  the  same  thing,  then  this  plan  of  a  co-operative 
bookkeeper  is,  in  my  opinion,  the  best  solution  of  his  problem. 
In  this  way  he  has  the  advantage  of  an  accountant  who  knows, 
not  only  accounts  in  general,  but  farm  accounts  in  particular, 
and  also  has  that  accountant  at  a  reasonable  expense. 

In  every  case  I  have  found  that  the  work  which  I  have 
done  on  the  accounts  has  stimulated  the  farmers  themselves 
to  a  desire  to  know  definitely  about  the  financial  side  of 
their  venture.  Moreover,  as  they  realized  more  and  more  the 
value  of  the  records,  they  became  more  anxious  to  have  them 
complete,  and  the  suggestion  to  add  a  new  sort  of  record 
has  frequently  come  from  the  owner  rather  than  the  book- 
keeper. 

For  instance,  when  it  comes  to  the  question  of  distribution 
of  labor,  the  farmer  may  say,  "It  is  impossible  to  divide  the 
labor;  most  of  the  time  of  most  of  the  men  is  general  labor; 
we  cannot  split  up  each  one's  time."  So  I  get  from  him,  as 
best  I  can,  a  general  idea  of  what  the  different  men  do, 
and  then  wait.  By  and  by  he  comes  to  me,  perhaps,  about 
two  men  who,  he  has  previously  told  me,  were  putting  about 
all  their  time  on  general  work.  He  will  say,  "You  ought 
not  to  charge  all  their  time  to  general  labor;  it  is  too  much. 
They  are  really  putting  considerable  time  on  that  new  build- 
ing. I  think  we  should  keep  an  account  of  that,  in  order  to 
charge  it  to  permanent  improvement."  "Very  well,"  I  say. 
"That  is  just  the  sort  of  thing  I  want  to  get  hold  of."  Then 
I  have  him  start,  in  the  simplest  possible  way,  a  daily  record 
of  the  time  of  those  men. 


11 

Of  course  you  will  understand  that  the  accounts  of  the  dif- 
ferent farms  are  kept  entirely  separate.  The  co-operation 
simply  consists  in  the  group  of  farmers,  each  paying  part  of 
the  bookkeeper's  salary.  It  is  not,  in  any  sense,  co-operative 
bookkeeping.  The  books  of  each  farmer  are  absolutely  distinct 
and  apart  from  every  other,  and  the  business  of  each  farm  is 
kept  as  confidentially  by  the  bookkeeper  as  if  it  were  her  own. 
Nothing  must  ever  be  carried  by  her  from  one  place  to  another. 

I  hope  that  I  have  succeeded  in  making  clear  to  you  just 
how  this  plan  of  a  co-operative  bookkeeper  has  been  worked 
out,  and  how  it  may  be  worked  out  again.  If  so,  I  am  very 
glad,  and  I  shall  be  happy  to  do  anything  I  can  to  help  any 
one  who  is  interested  to  try  out  this  plan  for  himself. 


12 


3 

o 

;^ 

S 

S 

CO 

t- 

g 

lO 

^ 

;:i 

;;j 

S 

o> 

eo 

5 

a 

s 

jj 

m 

a 

::5 

e 

o> 

00 

t- 

<o 

u. 

■<f" 

M 

C. 

^ 

« 
O 

o 

H 

S 
H 

K 

«; 

H 

Q 

5^S 


00 
00 
<N 
0» 


e§ 


«  i 


o 
o 

o 


o 

o 

I 


in 

o 

b- 

o 

s 

s; 

s 

■a 
a 

3 

- 

g 

00 

^       ^ 

no 

o 
o 

§ 

s 

oodlan 

and 
asture 

US 

s 

9 

^     ^ 

o 

2 

CO 

o 

m 

o 

p 

c« 

E-< 

g 

s 

o 
o 

1 

•* 

Tjl 

W 

O 

o 

o 

O 

o 

8 

s 

o 

o 

o 

o 

Ph 

e>» 

c- 

u> 

o 

e« 

" 

o 

00 

«^ 

ta 

o 

§ 

g 

§ 

§ 

s 

o 

pj 

s 

>> 

3 
o 

00 

e 

c» 

M 

c» 

iO 

s 

o 

CO 

S3 

Ph 

^ 

o 

o 

o 

m 

o 

Ol 

OO 

a 

S 
« 

eo 

a> 

CO 

W 

2 

§ 

S 

3 

8 

o 

o 
o 

^   IS   s 

s 

ft 

o 

o 

(i^ 

»~ 

^ 

^H 

<o 

« 

to 

°s 

O 

'^ 

E.2 

■|2 

Cd 

ot 

O  3 

«« 

J3 

s 

o 

o 
o 

o 
o 

o 
o 

g 

■o 

S    2    8 

s 

o 

s 

S 

s 

o 

c^ 

CO 

•H 

S    2    S 

CO 

K 

o 

13 


Old  Town  Farm,  Peterboro,  N.  H. 
Egg  Collections. 


Month. 

House  No. 

Day. 

A.M. 

P.M. 

Remarks. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

Total 
No.  Birds 
Average 

FiQ.  3. 


14 


Egg  Record  for 191 


No.  Hens. 


Date. 

A.M. 

P.M. 

Price  per 
Dozen. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

Total 

Fig.  4. 


15 


u 
(1)    . 

So 

"Co 

d 

3 

o 
Ph 

a 
O 

O 

P 

o  a 

^6 

Ph 

o 

Ph 

la 

o 
O 

O 

a 

:2: 

o 


Ah 


03 

'Ph 

0 


16 


>^ 


P^ 


>> 


03 


a 

o 

«3 
O 

6 

l| 
^1 

"°.9 

So 

—  0 

o  «>    . 

"o  c 

II 
O  3 

SP3 

•< 

13 

g 

►i 

t 

1 

1 

•"I 

> 

>  § 

> 

3 
-> 

4J 
U 

O 

> 

o 
iz; 

c 
o 
Q 

•3 

O 

H 

o3 

a 

'a 
P 


17 

Mr.  F.  A.  Russell.  There  has  not  been  a  subject  before 
the  Board  meeting  this  year,  or  any  other  year  since  I  have 
been  a  member  of  the  Board,  that  has  interested  me  more 
than  this  subject  which  we  are  deahng  with  at  the  present 
time.  As  the  speaker  said  in  the  beginning,  we  farmers  do 
not  know  what  we  are  doing;  we  do  not  know  whether  we  are 
making  money  unless  the  old  sheepskin  is  full.  But  I  would 
like  to  ask  the  lecturer  what  amount  of  business  a  man  would 
naturally  have  to  do  to  be  justified  in  hiring  a  bookkeeper; 
or,  in  other  words,  if  a  man  is  doing  $10,000  or  $15,000  or 
$25,000  worth  of  business  a  year,  would  he  be  justified  in 
hiring  a  bookkeeper,  in  your  estimation? 

Miss  GoDDARD.     I  should  think  he  would. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  Would  Miss  Goddard  please  explain  how 
many  farmers  she  thinks  a  co-operative  bookkeeper  could  take 
care  of?  That  is,  farmers  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word. 
Perhaps  she  might  be  able  to  tell  how  many  she  took  care  of 
in  her  New  Hampshire  experience. 

Miss  Goddard.  I  took  care  of  four  farmers,  and  it  required 
only  about  two  weeks  of  each  month,  so  that  I  could  have 
taken  care  of  eight  very  easily. 

Mr.  Hayden.  I  would  like  to  ask  how  much  of  a  book- 
keeper's time  would  be  needed  to  do  the  bookkeeping  of  a 
dairy  farm  of  a  hundred  head  of  cattle. 

Miss  Goddard.  I  should  think  a  week  a  month  would  be 
sufficient. 

Professor  J.  A.  Foord.  I  want  to  rise  and  second  the  re- 
mark of  the  Chairman  about  this  paper,  and  say  what  an 
excellent  paper  I  think  it  is.  And  I  want  to  emphasize  one  or 
two  points,  especially  along  the  lines  of  the  questions  already 
answered.  What  Miss  Goddard  said  about  the  wife  or 
daughter,  I  want  to  amplify  a  little  and  say,  get  the  boy  or  the 
girl.  I  think  perhaps  the  wife  has  enough  to  do.  But  I  want 
to  emphasize,  gentlemen,  the  desirability  of  getting  the  young 
men  interested  in  the  accounting  side  of  it.  My  experience  is 
that  it  is  hard  work  to  teach  old  dogs  new  tricks,  and  the 
older  men  are  not  going  to  take  up  detailed  accounting.  But 
the  young  men  we  want  to  keep  on  the  farm,  and  we  want  to 
show  them  that  farming  is  profitable,  because  we  know  it  is 


18 

if  properly  conducted,  with  the  best  conditions  for  right  living 
that  there  are.  Now,  the  way  to  do  that  is  to  show  your  boy 
that  you  are  doing  it;  and  if  you  are  not,  why  not?  And  I 
believe  there  is  no  better  way  or  cheaper  way  for  you  to  get 
your  bookkeeping  done  than  to  put  those  children  at  it.  The 
boy  in  the  high  school  can  just  as  well  keep  the  accounts  Miss 
Goddard  has  suggested  as  anybody,  and  the  girls,  I  think, 
within  reason.  Now,  I  do  not  mean  to  throw  any  cold  water 
on  Miss  Goddard's  suggestions,  because  those  children  will  not 
stay  with  us  always.  I  think  the  co-operative  scheme  is 
excellent,  but  I  do  want  to  emphasize  the  desirability  of 
interesting  the  young  people  in  the  business  affairs  of  the 
farm,  because  when  it  comes  right  down  to  it  that  is  what 
they  are  going  out  to  look  for  when  they  look  for  a  position, 
—  the  dollars  and  cents  in  it.  We  know  that  there  is  no 
better  place  than  the  farm.  Now,  one  other  thing  I  would 
like  to  speak  of:  Miss  Goddard  spoke  of  the  purchase  slip. 
I  have  found  no  simpler  way  of  keeping  the  records  on  the 
college  farm  than  the  record  made  at  the  time  of  the  happen- 
ing, because  I  want  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  the  time  to 
make  a  record  is  when  it  happens,  whether  it  is  a  pail  of  milk 
weighed  or  the  sale  of  a  pig,  and  the  man  who  makes  that 
record  should  be  the  man  on  the  spot.  Very  frequently 
mistakes  will  occur  that  are  easily  corrected  if  you  can  show 
the  original  record.  They  may  be  rather  hard  to  decipher 
sometimes  if  the  man  happens  to  be  a  Polander,  but  I  believe 
this  is  an  excellent  plan.  Miss  Goddard  spoke  of  the  classi- 
fication of  items,  speaking  of  the  feed  record.  I  agree  very 
heartily.  The  time  to  classify  items  is  when  it  happens.  I 
haven't  found  it  quite  as  simple  as  Miss  Goddard  said,  but 
anyhow  we  do  what  we  can  along  that  line.  Now,  this  classi- 
fication is  not  so  serious.  Do  not  keep  too  many  accounts  the 
first  year.  Suppose  you  say  this  year,  "We  will  keep  an 
account  of  potatoes  and  find  out  what  it  costs  to  raise  po- 
tatoes." I  have  been  working  on  this  accounting  matter  a 
good  deal,  because  I  believe  every  man  should  know  what  is 
doing  in  his  business.  Keep  accounts  as  Miss  Goddard  has 
suggested,  with  the  amount  of  labor  spent  in  different  operations 
in  hours.     Keep  a  general  labor  account  of  your  men  so  that 


19 

you  will  get  the  total  cost  of  labor  for  the  year.  Now,  at  the 
end  of  the  year,  in  your  general  labor  account,  you  have  got 
all  the  expenses  of  labor,  whether  for  board  or  salaries,  or 
whatever  it  is  —  it  is  all  there.  In  each  account  under  your 
cows,  under  your  apples,  or  under  your  general  crop  you  have 
the  number  of  hours  of  labor;  then  it  is  simply  a  question  of 
dividing  the  total  expense  for  labor  by  the  total  number  of 
hours  for  the  average  cost  of  labor  per  hour.  It  seems  to  me 
this  is  the  simplest  method  I  have  seen.  I  can  only  close,  Mr. 
Chairman,  by  once  more  commending  the  excellent  paper,  and 
I  do  hope  it  will  influence  more  people  to  keep  accounts. 
Don't  be  too  ambitious.  One  account  run  through  a  year  for 
one  kind  of  crop  will  be  more  valuable  than  half  a  dozen  for 
four  or  five  or  six  months. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  My  idea  in  getting  Miss  Goddard  here  was 
not  so  much  to  give  a  general  idea  of  how  people  could  keep 
books,  but  with  the  idea  of  using  a  bookkeeper  co-operatively. 
It  seems  to  me  that  while  the  Massachusetts  farmers  may  not 
be  able  to  afford  to  hire  bookkeepers  individually,  this  system 
of  co-operative  bookkeeping  and  a  co-operative  bookkeeper 
can  be  worked  out  advantageously.  I  think  we  lack  trained 
bookkeepers  along  this  line,  and  I  feel  sure  that  just  as  soon 
as  there  is  a  call  for  bookkeepers  to  go  around  and  make  the 
circuit  of  different  farms,  this  class  of  bookkeepers  will  be 
supplied  by  the  business  colleges  and  the  agricultural  high 
schools  which  are  now  advertising  various  trades,  —  the 
business  and  agricultural  bookkeeper.  I  think  we  are  at  the 
present  time  in  need  of  bookkeepers  who  can  do  the  sort  of 
work  which  Miss  Goddard  has  described  here  to-day. 

Mr.  Foster.  I  would  hke  to  inquire  of  the  lecturer  how 
small  a  dairy  or  farm  she  knows  of  that  has  employed  a  co- 
operative bookkeeper. 

Miss  Goddard,  Well,  I  think  none  would  be  too  small. 
I  know  of  a  case  of  a  farmer  who  had  four  cows  and  perhaps 
not  more  than  forty  or  fifty  hens,  and  other  things  accordingly. 
It  took  me  only  one  day  a  month  to  do  all  the  work. 


®l)e  ^ommonroealtl)  of  iila06acl)U0ctt0, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    40. 

May,  1915. 

Second  Edition,  Revised. 


Co-operation  in  Fruit  Growing  as 
practiced  in  nova  scotia. 


By  W.  H.  Woodworth. 


From  the  Sixty-second   Annual   Report  of  the  Massachusetts   State 
Board   of   Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
TuE  State  Bo.*rd  of  Publication. 


CO-OPERATION  IN  FEUIT  GROWING  AS  PRACTICED 
IN  NOYA  SCOTIA. 


W.    H.    WOODWORTH,   BERWICK,    NOVA    SCOTIA. 


It  is  constantly  remarked,  and  perhaps  with  a  certain  amount 
of  truth,  that  farmers,  as  a  class,  are  so  set  in  their  ideas  that  it 
is  impossible  for  a  body  of  them  to  work  together  to  accomplish 
any  particular  purpose. 

This  co-operative  movement,  of  which  I  am  to  speak  to  you, 
was  organized  in  1907  by  a  few  of  the  best  fruit  growers  in 
Berwick,  a  pretty  village  in  the  heart  of  the  fruitful  Annapolis 
valley  in  Nova  Scotia.  The  method  of  handling  the  fruit  pro- 
ducts of  the  valley  prior  to  this  date  was  very  easy  and  emi- 
nently satisfactory  to  a  certain  few  individuals,  but  far  too  easy 
and  satisfactory  to  be  much  appreciated  by  the  fruit  growers. 

The  European  commission  houses  handling  Nova  Scotian 
fruit  had  their  agents  over  here.  During  the  shipping  season 
these  agents  had  subagents  at  nearly  all  railway  stations  from 
which  any  quantity  of  fruit  was  shipped.  On  an  appointed  day 
the  farmer  would  pack  his  apples  at  home  and  haul  them  to  the 
station,  where  the  subagent  would  make  up  carload  lots  and 
forward  on  his  immediate  superior's  orders.  These  apples  were 
then  left  to  the  tender  mercies  of  the  consignees,  who,  when 
they  eventually  sold  them,  would  commence  piling  up  an  ac- 
count of  charges  that  were  really  startling  in  their  ingenuity. 
A  charge  was  made  for  every  conceivable  thing  under  the  sun, 
including  commission  for  every  one  who  had  anything  to  do 
with  the  apples,  and  when  all  was  deducted  that  the  consignee's 
conscience  would  allow,  the  farmer  received  an  account  of  sales 
and  sometimes  a  check  representing  what  remnant  of  the  wreck 
remained  for  him.  The  farmers  chafed  under  this  system  of 
disposing  of  their  products,  but  individually  could  do  nothing. 

An  attempt  was  made  about  ten  years  ago  to  organize  some 
kind  of  a  co-operative  movement,  but  owing  to  the  fact  that  it 


was  on  too  comprehensive  a  scale  and  was  not  founded  on  busi- 
ness principles,  it  was  a  failure. 

In  1907  a  few  of  the  most  up-to-date  and  energetic  farmers 
in  Berwick  made  up  their  minds,  however,  that  in  co-operation 
alone  was  to  be  found  a  cure  for  the  state  of  affairs  that  then 
existed.  The  product  from  their  orchards  was  increasing  year 
by  year,  and  they  realized  that  there  were  only  two  ways  in 
which  they  could  give  proper  attention  to  the  packing  and 
grading  of  their  fruit.  One  way  was  to  build  individual  apple 
houses  on  their  farms  large  enough  to  permit  of  fruit  being 
stored  and  packed;  another  way  was  to  get  together  and  build 
or  buy  a  large  warehouse  on  the  line  of  railway,  where  the 
apples  of  all  could  be  stored  and  packed.  The  latter  was  the 
scheme  that  appeared  the  most  attractive,  and  these  men 
formed  the  first  co-operative  fruit  company  in  Nova  Scotia. 

This  company  was  called  the  Berwick  Fruit  Company,  and 
was  incorporated  under  the  Nova  Scotia  joint  stock  companies' 
act,  with  an  authorized  capital  of  S10,000.  Warehouse  accom- 
modation was  secured,  and  during  the  first  season  some  7,000 
barrels  of  apples  were  handled.  This  company  did  not  limit 
its  sphere  of  usefulness  to  the  mere  handling  of  apples,  but  it 
aimed,  also,  at  being  an  educational  power.  The  leaders  of  this 
movement  soon  found  that  one  of  the  most  important  factors 
in  successful  co-operative  fruit  packing  was  the  production  of 
good  fruit.  The  company  therefore  used  its  best  influence  to 
educate  its  members  and  also  farmers  generally  in  the  matter 
of  careful  cultivation,  spraying,  and  the  other  operations 
necessary  to  secure  high-class  fruit. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  second  season  the  membership  of 
this  company  had  doubled,  and  a  new  warehouse  was  purchased. 

In  1908  the  output  of  this  company  was  15,000  barrels, 
which  increased  the  following  year  to  22,000. 

The  early  history  of  this  company  is  a  splendid  demonstra- 
tion of  what  can  be  done  by  a  body  of  men  associated  together 
for  the  common  benefit.  The  superiority  of  the  pack  put  out 
secured  splendid  prices.  While  farmers  outside  the  company 
had  to  be  content  with  SI. 25  per  barrel,  tree  run,  for  their 
apples,  the  members  of  the  co-operative  company  were  receiving 
$2.65  for  No.  1  grade  of  fruit,  $1.90  for  No.  2  and  $1.22  for 
No.  3. 


News  of  the  phenomenal  success  soon  spread,  and  in  1909 
five  more  companies  were  incorporated  under  a  new  act  enacted 
especially  to  facilitate  the  incorporation  of  such  companies.  The 
following  year  saw  that  number  increased. 

The  apples  of  all  members  of  co-operative  companies  are 
packed  at  the  warehouses  by  experts.  No  farmer  who  is  a 
member  of  a  company  is  permitted  to  pack  any  standard  vari- 
ety at  home,  neither  is  he  allowed  to  sell  except  through  his 
company.  Thus  the  companies  are  able  to  put  up  a  uniform 
pack  which  they  can  guarantee.  A  farmer  joining  a  company 
agrees  to  pool  his  apples,  and  he  is  paid  the  average  price  realized 
for  each  variety  in  the  three  grades.  Thus  there  is  a  direct 
incentive  to  raise  good  fruit,  for  the  member  receives  the 
average  price  for  the  grades  into  which  his  fruit  packs. 

It  was  realized,  however,  by  the  leader  of  this  movement 
that  while  much  could  be  accomplished  by  individual  companies, 
it  needed  concerted  action  on  the  part  of  all  companies  to  carry 
this  co-operative  idea  to  its  logical  conclusion.  The  companies 
were  valuable  factors  in  educating  their  members  in  the  matter 
of  cultivation,  spraying,  and  improving  the  pack  of  their 
products.  As  individual  companies  working  entirely  independ- 
ently of  one  another,  however,  they  rather  defeated  the  very 
idea  of  co-operation,  because  they  really  became  competitors  of 
one  another.  Speculators  were  wont  to  play  one  company 
against  another,  so  that  the  superior  pack  did  not  make  that 
extra  money  that  its  quality  merited. 

It  was  also  realized  that  if  the  companies  could  work  together 
large  savings  could  be  effected  in  the  purchasing  of  supplies, 
such  as  fertilizer,  nails,  pulp  heads  and  spray  materials.  The 
matter  of  transportation  could  also  be  better  and  more  econom- 
ically handled. 

A  conference  was  held  and  it  was  determined  that  some  form 
of  centralization  was  necessary.  At  this  point,  however,  the 
Nova  Scotia  farmers  showed  that  while  they  were  ready  to 
consider  new  ideas  and  act  on  them  if  their  judgment  pro- 
nounced them  good,  yet  they  would  not  "buy  a  pig  in  a  poke." 
They  decided,  therefore,  that  they  would  give  this  centraliza- 
tion scheme  a  trial  for  a  year  and  see  just  what  could  be  accom- 
plished before  floating  the  Central  as  an  incorporated  body.    An 


executive  committee  of  three  members  was  elected  from  the 
leaders  of  the  companies,  some  twenty-two  in  number,  who 
decided  to  participate  in  the  movement.  The  farmers  were 
fortunate  in  their  choice. 

As  I  stated  before,  the  companies  did  not  tie  themselves  to 
the  Central  Association  in  any  way,  they  contributed  nothing 
to  found  or  start  it,  and  were  under  no  legal  obligations  to 
support  it.  The  work  of  the  Central  was  to  attend  to  the 
matter  of  transportation,  make  what  sales  it  could  for  the  com- 
panies, buy  supplies  and  generally  assist  all  affiliated  com- 
panies. Companies  wishing  to  affiliate  paid  an  entrance  fee  of 
$5.  To  maintain  itself  the  Central  charged  the  companies  a 
small  percentage  of  what  apples  it  sold  and  earned  certain 
money,  as  will  be  explained  later.  This  Central  Association 
came  into  existence  in  July,  1911.  The  whole  scheme  was  an 
experiment,  and  no  company  was  compelled  to  supply  a  single 
barrel  of  apples,  to  fill  orders  taken  by  the  Central,  if  it  thought 
it  could  do  better  elsewhere.  Under  these  circumstances  it  is 
little  short  of  wonderful  that  at  the  end  of  the  season  the  man- 
ager was  able  to  report  an  unqualified  success.  Great  credit  is 
due  to  the  companies,  the  majority  of  which,  I  am  glad  to  say, 
stood  by  their  Central.  There  were  a  few  weak-kneed  com- 
panies, but  these  dropped  out  early  in  the  game. 

A  brief  resume  of  tlie  work  accomplished  by  this  experimental 
Central  Association  may  prove  of  interest  to  you.  In  the  first 
place  Nova  Scotia  had  that  year  a  record  crop  of  apples.  The 
very  magnitude  of  the  crop  gave  the  Central  its  first  oppor- 
tunity to  demonstrate  its  usefulness.  With  such  a  large  crop 
there  was  naturally  a  lack  of  laborers  to  harvest  it.  The  Cen- 
tral advertised  for  help,  and  in  response  to  their  appeal  a  small 
army  of  laborers  invaded  the  valley  and  were  distributed  by 
the  Central  to  the  various  companies  who  had  previously  made 
their  requirements  known.  These  companies  in  turn  passed  the 
help  on  to  each  of  the  members  who  required  it.  Previous  to 
this  action  by  the  Central  Association  the  valley  laborers  were 
demanding  an  unreasonable  remuneration  for  picking.  The 
advent  of  the  additional  help,  however,  knocked  the  bottom 
out  of  this  "hold  up,"  and  the  growers,  even  those  altogether 
outside  of  the  movement,  were  able  to  harvest  their  crops  at  a 
reasonable  rate. 


It  had  long  been  thought  that  a  good  market  for  the  farmers' 
Nova  Scotia  Gravensteins  could  be  found  in  the  Canadian 
west.  This  splendid  apple  never  had  a  chance  on  the  European 
markets  on  account  of  the  large  quantities  of  English  fruit 
always  available  in  those  markets  early  in  the  season,  and  the 
lack  of  fast  boats  to  place  it  on  that  market  in  prime  condition. 
The  Central  engaged  a  man  of  marked  ability  as  a  salesman  to 
go  west  and  see  what  could  be  done.  As  a  result  of  this  short 
trip  some  12,000  barrels  were  shipped  to  tliQ  northwest  prov- 
inces by  the  Central  Association.  The  opening  up  of  this 
market  has  proved  a  great  boon  to  the  Nova  Scotia  apple  trade, 
for,  as  is  ever  the  case  when  a  new  market  is  found,  the  old 
markets  were  relieved  and  thereby  steadied,  resulting  in  better 
prices  all  round.  Verily,  in  this  initial  year,  the  Central 
Association  did  not  lack  opportunities. 

Take  the  matter  of  transportation  for  instance.  The  supply 
of  steamships,  usually  all  sufficient  to  carry  the  apple  crop  to 
European  markets,  proved  totally  inadequate  to  cope  with  the 
tremendous  quantities  of  early  fruit  sent  forward.  The  end  of 
September  saw  the  Halifax  terminal  blocked,  its  cars  of  fruit 
sweltering  in  the  sun,  and  no  boats  to  carry  it  to  market.  The 
Central  Association  quickly  grasped  the  situation  and  dis- 
patched four  train  loads  to  Montreal,  connecting  there  with 
fast  boats  to  England.  This,  however,  was  only  done  as  a  tem- 
porary relief.  In  the  meantime  they  chartered  four  boats, 
which  carried  some  40,000  barrels  out  of  Halifax,  and  so  effec- 
tually relieved  the  situation  to  that  port  that  a  similar  con- 
gestion did  not  occur  again  throughout  the  entire  season.  I 
claim  that  the  farmers  of  the  valley  were  saved  thousands  of 
dollars  by  this  action.  Not  only  did  the  members  of  the  com- 
panies benefit,  but  the  entire  body  of  fruit  growers.  That 
action  alone  justified  the  existence  of  the  Central,  and  should 
have  earned  for  it  the  support  of  all  fair-minded  and  clear- 
thinking  men. 

The  Central  Association  also  proved  a  great  selling  factor. 
During  the  season  it  sold  for  the  companies  102,000  barrels  of 
apples,  and,  what  is  quite  as  important,  made  good  prices. 
Another  very  useful  work  accomplished  was  the  securing  of 
space  on  steamers  and  attending  to  the  shipping  of  the  com- 


8 

panics'  apples.  During  the  season  400,000  barrels  of  apples 
were  shipped  on  its  bills  of  lading. 

In  the  matter  of  marine  insurance  a  great  saving  was  effected. 
The  fact  that  the  Central  had  some  400,000  barrels  to  insure, 
secured  for  the  company  an  exceptionally  low  premium,  and 
materially  reduced  that  little  item  seen  on  most  accounts  of 
sales,  which  in  the  course  of  a  year  amounts  to  a  considerable 
sum.  Insurance  of  the  warehouses  and  contents  was  also 
effected  at  a  very  close  rate,  the  Central  earning  the  commission 
usually  going  to  the  agents. 

Supplies  were  bought  at  very  low  figures.  An  order  for 
1,250,000  pulp  heads  and  500  kegs  of  nails  naturally  secured 
inside  prices.  The  largest  saving,  however,  was  made  in  the 
purchase  of  fertilizers.  Many  companies  who  had  stood  loyally 
by  their  Central  throughout  the  apple  deals  backed  out  when 
it  came  to  buying  fertilizers.  Only  a  few  companies,  therefore, 
were  working  with  the  Central  in  this  field,  but  even  then 
2,283  tons  were  handled.  The  fertilizer  was  bought  at  a  saving, 
compared  with  the  lowest  price  ciuoted  by  the  agent,  of  about 
$3  per  ton.  Fertilizer  agents  assured  the  companies  that  they 
would  guarantee  them  as  low  a  price  as  the  Central  could  give 
them,  and  others  advertised  openly  in  the  press  that  they  would 
supply  fertilizer  at  even  lower  prices  than  could  be  obtained 
through  the  Central.  Thanks,  however,  to  the  business  acumen 
of  the  managers,  the  fertilizer  agents  were  soon  glad  to  with- 
draw those  advertisements,  and  the  companies  who  stood  by 
the  Central  were  able  to  divide  a  net  saving  of  S6,800  on  their 
fertilizer  deal. 

I  know  some  companies  whose  lack  of  faith  in  their  Central 
cost  them  $4  per  ton  on  their  fertilizer  supplies.  One  should 
not  be  too  ready,  however,  to  blame  those  companies;  after  all 
it  was  only  an  experimental  year,  and  it  is  not  strange  that 
some  should  look  askance  at  the  idea  of  giving  their  order 
blindly  without  knowing  how  much  their  goods  would  cost 
them.  At  the  same  time  all  the  more  credit  is  due  to  those 
who  were  sufficiently  imbued  with  the  right  spirit  of  co-opera- 
tion to  do  this. 

The  great  thing  for  the  individual  to  remember,  however, 
in  a  co-operative  movement,  is  that  after  all  it  is  not  a  Central 


Association  selling  you  material;  it  is  you  yourself  buying 
material  at  first  cost  through  j'our  own  buyer,  that  is,  your 
Central  Association.  The  Central  did  not  work  to  make  any 
profit  out  of  the  affiliated  companies.  Supplies  were  distributed 
at  cost  and  apples  were  sold  at  cost.  A  small  levy  was  made 
on  all  apples  sold  to  cover  the  expenses  of  the  Central,  but 
owing  to  the  economical  manner  in  which  things  were  worked 
out,  money  being  earned  by  the  Central  in  various  ways  already 
indicated,  the  entire  business  of  the  companies  was  handled  at 
the  ridiculously  low  cost  of  three-eighths  of  a  cent  per  barrel. 
Thus  did  the  leaders  of  this  movement  demonstrate  to  the 
farmers  what  could  be  done  by  co-operation. 

During  the  winter  months  a  special  bill  had  been  prepared 
to  enable  the  Central  Association  to  be  incorporated.  This 
bill,  with  certain  modifications,  was  passed  by  the  House  of 
Assembly  at  Halifax.  Steps  were  taken  in  June,  1912,  to  com- 
plete the  organization  of  this  movement  and  to  incorporate  as 
many  companies  as  possible  into  one  central  body. 

The  speculators  who  had  so  long  made  a  very  lucrative  living 
out  of  the  farmers  did  not  allow  this  organization  to  be  effected 
without  a  determined  opposition,  but  thanks  to  the  zeal  and 
untiring  energy  which  was  put  into  it,  twenty-four  of  the 
twenty-seven  co-operative  companies  signed  the  memorandum 
of  association,  which  gave  birth  to  the  United  Fruit  Companies 
of  Nova  Scotia,  Limited.  The  company  is  incorporated  with 
an  authorized  capital  of  $200,000,  of  which  $76,000  is  sub- 
scribed, each  subsidiary  company  subscribing  20  per  cent,  of 
its  authorized  capital.  The  organization  meeting  was  held  at 
Kentville  on  July  8,  1912,  the  companies  being  represented  by 
seventy-two  delegates.  By-laws  were  adopted  and  directors 
and  officers  were  appointed,  each  company  being  represented 
on  the  directorate  by  one  representative. 

Ten  other  companies  have  been  formed  and  have  come  into 
the  Central  Association  since  organization,  so  that  there  are 
now  thirty-seven  companies.  All  the  companies  agreed  to  come 
in  under  a  by-law  which  gives  the  Central  Association  complete 
control  of  all  their  fruit.  All  apples  are  pooled  and  average 
prices  are  returned  to  the  companies  according  to  the  class  and 
grade  of  fruit  packed. 


10 

These  companies  collectively  have  a  membership  of  about 
2,500  of  the  most  up-to-date  and  progressive  farmers  of  the 
valley.  The  United  Fruit  Companies  can  therefore  claim  to 
have  control  of  the  best  fruit  produced  in  the  finest  fruit 
producing  district  in  Canada. 

There  are  forty-seven  warehouses  belonging  to  the  companies, 
having  a  total  frost-proof  storage  capacity  of  750,000  barrels  of 
apples.  These  warehouses  are  turning  out  on  an  average 
25,000  barrels  of  apples  a  week.  Eight  steamers  and  ten 
schooners  beside  the  regular  boats  have  been  chartered  by  the 
company.  Three  of  the  companies  have  erected  evaporators, 
where  the  cull  apples  are  used  up,  thus  reducing  waste  to  a 
minimum.  It  is  the  aim  of  the  United  Fruit  Company  to 
establish  and  maintain  a  uniform  high  standard  of  pack,  which 
they  guarantee.  It  is  considered  that  in  this  way  a  demand 
will  be  created  for  co-operative  packed  fruit,  which  will  natu- 
rally mean  higher  returns.  Already  the  superiority  of  this  pack 
has  been  noticed.  Fruit  inspectors  have  reported  on  it  to 
Ottawa,  and  Ottawa  in  turn  has  congratulated  the  companies. 
Disinterested  persons  in  various  parts  of  Canada  have  com- 
mented on  it  in  the  press.  And  above  all  it  is  reported  that  the 
European  buyers  now  look  for  and  demand  the  co-operative 
mark.  Thus  it  can  fairly  be  said  that  the  aim  of  the  companies 
has  been  accomplished. 

Great  importance  is  attached  to  this  matter  of  good  pack, 
and  to  maintain  uniformity  the  chief  inspector  visits  every 
warehouse  constantly;  spending  a  little  time  at  each,  inspecting 
barrels  packed,  and  giving  instructions.  His  reports  concerning 
conditions  prevailing  at  each  warehouse  are  carefully  noted  and 
filed. 

New  markets  are  constantly  being  sought,  and  in  this  con- 
nection much  valuable  work  has  been  accomplished.  Markets 
on  the  continent  of  Europe  hitherto  supplied  through  a  series 
of  middlemen  are  now  being  supplied  direct,  and  trial  shipments 
are  being  made  to  other  hemispheres  where  the  Nova  Scotia 
apples,  the  apples  with  the  flavor,  have  never  previously  been 
tasted,  but  where  it  is  hoped  a  demand  will  be  created.  As  the 
shipping  season  is  only  at  its  early  stage,  it  would  be  premature 
to  talk  about  what  has  been  accomplished  this  year.     Suffice  it 


11 

to  say  that  up  to  October  31,  206,000  barrels  and  42,000  boxes 
had  been  shipped,  and  quite  a  fair  proportion  of  this  quantity 
had  been  shipped  to  fill  orders. 

The  wonderful  success  that  has  attended  the  co-operative 
movement  is  having  a  telling  effect,  and  applications  are  being 
constantly  received  from  responsible  farmers  asking  for  assist- 
ance in  forming  companies  in  their  neighborhoods.  Nine  such 
companies  are  now  in  course  of  organization,  and  at  the  end  of 
the  apple  shipping  season  a  vigorous  campaign  will  be  conducted 
to  still  further  extend  the  scope  of  this  movement. 

It  is  not  proposed  that  the  shipping  of  apples  and  furnishing 
of  fertilizer  shall  be  the  sum  and  substance  of  this  movement. 
A  more  ambitious  program  is  mapped  out.  It  is  proposed  that 
in  time  everything  that  a  farmer  requires  on  his  farm  or  in  his 
home  can  be  purchased  through  the  co-operative  companies. 
Advertisements  are  seen  daily,  setting  forth  the  advantage  of 
buying  direct  from  the  makers.  Through  the  co-operative 
movement  the  farmer  will  get  his  supplies  direct  from  the 
makers,  minus  even  the  advertising  expenses,  and  with  all  the 
saving  in  cost  which  is  always  effected  when  a  large  quantity 
of  any  material  is  bought.  Through  co-operation  the  farmer 
buys  his  supplies  direct  from  the  producer  and  sells  his  product 
direct  to  the  consumer.  The  small  army  of  middlemen,  who 
have  been  making  a  comfortable  living  out  of  him  on  both 
sides,  has  to  retire  and  he,  the  producer,  gets  the  full  value  of 
his  money  on  the  one  hand,  and  gets  all  the  money  that  his 
produce  makes  on  the  other. 

As  I  stated  before,  the  United  Fruit  Companies  have  a  very 
ambitious  program.  It  contains  such  items  as  the  erection  of 
cold-storage  plants,  the  running  of  a  line  of  refrigerator  cars, 
erecting  or  purchasing  large  department  stores,  erecting  saw- 
mills and  cooperage  and  box-making  shops,  and  even  banking 
and  insurance.  Indeed  the  possibilities  are  unlimited.  See 
what  has  been  done  in  Europe.  Who  will  say  that  what  Den- 
mark has  accomplished  is  not  possible  in  Canada? 

One  does  not  expect  all  this  in  a  year,  or  two  years  or  even 
five  years,  but  given  judicious  management  and  capable  officials 
in  all  departments  and  in  ten  years  I  look  to  see  the  United 
Fruit  Companies  of  Nova  Scotia  the  most  powerful  organization 
in  eastern  Canada. 


12 

The  Central  Association  has  an  efficient  office  staff  working 
on  an  organized  system.  Instructions  are  sent  out  from  the 
Central  office  constantly  to  all  subsidiary  companies,  directing 
as  to  varieties  to  be  packed  and  how,  when,  and  where  to  be 
shipped.  Space  on  the  various  boats  is  allotted  to  the  com- 
panies, and  directions  issued  as  to  method  of  shipping,  etc. 
Statistics  are  compiled  showing  quantity  and  condition  of  crop 
throughout  the  American  continent  and  Europe.  Constant 
telegraphic  advices  are  received  and  recorded,  giving  total 
estimated  shipments  of  apples  from  all  ports  to  all  ports.  Pre- 
vailing conditions  on  all  markets  are  recorded  daily,  and  reports 
received  from  our  representatives  and  agents  from  all  markets 
touched  by  the  North  American  fruits.  All  the  reports  are 
carefully  studied  and  instrufctions  issued  as  a  result.  The  or- 
ganized fruit  growers  of  Nova  Scotia  this  year  demonstrated  to 
the  world  that  co-operation  is  a  mighty  factor. 

As  soon  as  the  unreasonable  increase  of  ocean  rates  was  com- 
municated to  the  Central  office,  it  was  recognized  that  unless 
immediate  action  was  taken  the  Annapolis  valley  would  be  sub- 
jected to  a  tax  which  would  be  nothing  short  of  murderous  to 
its  industry.  The  increase  of  32  cents  per  barrel  was  utterly 
indefensible;  the  claim  of  the  steamship  companies  that  addi- 
tional war  risks  had  to  be  paid  did  not  form  sufficient  excuse, 
as  less  than  half  the  amount  of  the  advance  would  more  than 
cover  any  additional  cost  in  that  direction.  It  was  simply  an 
attempt  on  the  part  of  the  combine  to  take  advantage  of  the 
war  to  make  those  who  were  forced  to  ship  pay  a  rate  that 
would  make  bigger  profits  for  the  steamship  owners. 

There  were  two  ways  of  combating  this  menace;  one,  was  an 
appeal  to  the  government  at  Ottawa,  and  the  other,  was  by 
chartering  boats  owned  by  concerns  outside  of  the  Atlantic 
combine.    The  United  Companies  pursued  both  courses. 

A  strongly  worded  protest  was  immediately  mailed  to  the 
minister  of  trade  and  commerce.  The  shippers  of  the  United 
States  were  also  appealed  to  with  a  view  to  bringing  pressure 
to  bear  on  the  combination  through  the  American  trade.  It 
was  found  that  the  American  shippers  were  all  ready  to  co- 
operate with  the  United  Fruit  Companies,  who  were  alone  on 
the   Canadian   side   in   fighting   the   increase   in   a   determined 


manner.  The  Dominion  fruit  conference  was  about  to  be  held 
and  the  officials  of  the  United  Fruit  Companies  attending  that 
conference  were  instructed  to  bring  the  matter  up  as  an  emer- 
gency. 

In  the  meantime  the  strongest  weapon  of  the  organized  fruit 
growers  was  used.  Steamship  brokers  were  instructed  to  as- 
certain what  independent  tonnage  was  available  for  chartering, 
and  it  was  quickly  found  that  no  difficulty  would  be  experienced 
in  obtaining  all  the  boats  necessary  to  carry  the  United  Fruit 
Companies'  apples.  The  United  Fruit  Companies  then  in- 
formed the  International  Combine  that  they  proposed  charter- 
ing independent  boats,  and  as  an  indication  that  this  was  no 
idle  threat  two  boats  were  chartered.  This  had  the  desired 
effect  and  we  were  quickly  notified  that  the  steamship  com- 
panies had  decided  to  reduce  the  increase  by  19  cents. 

Now  the  moral  to  be  drawn  from  this  short  but  sharp  fight 
is  that  organized  and  united  the  fruit  growers  of  the  valley  are 
a  power,  a  power  that  can  demand  and  obtain  fair  treatment. 
The  fact  that  the  organized  fruit  growers  were  powerful  enough 
to  charter  their  own  boats  and  powerful  enough  to  be  abso- 
lutely independent  of  the  regular  steamship  lines  has  saved  the 
valley  19  cents  on  every  barrel  of  apples  that  will  be  shipped. 
Consider  what  this  means.  If  only  600,000  barrels  are  shipped 
this  year  the  United  Fruit  Companies  will  have  saved  the 
valley  $114,000  —  $114,000  in  the  pockets  of  the  growers  in- 
stead of  the  pockets  of  the  steamship  companies. 

If  the  United  Fruit  Companies  had  not  been  in  existence, 
the  advanced  freight  rates  would  have  gone  into  effect  and  the 
growers  would  have  had  to  pay,  or  allow  their  fruit  to  rot. 
The  few  big  shippers  probably  would  riot  have  paid  the  increase, 
but  that  would  only  be  a  repetition  of  what  has  happened  pre- 
viously, and  the  ordinary  growers  would  have  had  to  pay, 
while  a  few  privileged  individuals  would  not.  By  taking  space 
and  retailing  it  to  smaller  shippers,  the  favored  few  would  ha\e 
become  just  so  much  richer  at  the  expense  of  their  less  fortunate 
brethren. 

As  individuals,  the  growers  can  do  nothing;  as  an  organized 
body  working  co-operatively,  they  are  a  power  to  be  considered. 

The  co-operative  movement  in  Nova  Scotia  is  just  what  I 


14 

say  it  has  been.  And  I  will  quote  from  the  annual  report  of 
the  co-operative  society  for  last  year:  ''Your  purchases  for  the 
past  year  have  included  575,000  pulp  heads,  35,000  pounds  of 
nails,  67,800  pounds  of  grass  and  clover  seed,  22,745  pounds  of 
other  seeds,  48,300  pounds  of  vetches,  4,500  bushels  of  seed 
oats,  2,060  barrels  of  flour  [and  they  bought  a  lot  more  flour 
just  before  the  war],  19,649  bags  of  feed,  6,044  tons  of  fertilizer, 
104,000  pounds  of  arsenate  of  lead,  8,900  rods  of  steel  fence, 
1,800  barrels  of  lime  sulphur,  2,200  pounds  'Black  leaf  40.' 
These  supplies  have  cost  in  round  figures  about  $183,000." 

Our  country  is  especially  fitted  for  co-operation,  because  the 
Dominion  Atlantic  Railroad  runs  from  one  end  of  the  valley  to 
the  other,  and  the  warehouses  are  dotted  all  the  way  from 
Digby  to  Yarmouth,  and  at  Berwick  we  have  six  more.  The 
central  office  does  all  the  selling.  They  get  their  orders  from 
England,  from  the  Canadian  west,  or  wherever  it  may  be. 
Each  warehouse  is  notified  by  telephone  or  telegraph  how  many 
barrels  to  put  into  that  particular  lot. 

The  great  trouble  we  had  was  to  get  the  farmers  started. 
They  are  a  suspicious  lot  of  men,  afraid  somebody  will  make 
a  dollar  out  of  them.  In  Nova  Scotia  the  great  talk  against 
the  co-operative  companies  is  that  the  manager  is  making  some 
money.  Of  course  you  can't  get  a  good  manager  unless  you 
pay  him.  Last  year  it  cost  about  4  cents  a  barrel  for  all  the 
apples  that  w^ere  handled  by  the  co-operative  company  to  pay 
the  total  running  expenses  of  the  whole  business  for  clerks. 
We  have  a  splendid  system  of  bookkeeping,  too.  Every  man 
knows  what  his  apples  bring,  and  we  have  auditors  to  handle 
the  books  so  that  there  is  no  possibility  of  fraud,  and  up  to  the 
present  date  the  movement  is  working  very  well  indeed.  Our 
apples  go  to  Africa,  Cape  Colony,  Glasgow,  England  and  the 
Canadian  west,  and  we  are  opening  up  a  market  now  in  South 
America.     We  sell  very  few  apples  in  the  United  States. 

Question.  In  what  condition  are  the  apples  when  picked 
and  taken  to  the  warehouse? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  They  are  picked  in  the  orchard  care- 
fully, and  the  early  apples  taken  to  the  warehouse  in  barrels 
with  a  little  bit  of  burlap  and  a  hoop  drawn  over  it.     The  later 


15 

fruit  is  put  in  the  barrel  and  the  heads  are  put  in  upside  down, 
and  they  are  shipped  to  the  warehouse  and  stored  there.  They 
are  all  put  in  in  blocks,  a  block  of  Baldwins  and  a  block  of 
Greenings,  and  shipped  out  just  as  they  are  wanted.  The 
warehouses  are  kept  very  neat  and  clean,  too,  and  everything 
piled  up  in  them,  and  it  is  a  pleasure  to  go  in. 

Question.     How  far  are  the  warehouses  from  the  orchards? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Oh,  4  or  5  miles  at  the  most.  Not  5 
miles  now,  because  you  see  the  valley  is  only  about  6  miles 
wide,  and  the  railroad  runs  through  the  center.  I  am  2  miles 
from  the  station.  We  draw  35  or  40  barrels  to  a  load  and 
draw  4  loads  a  day.  Pick  up  the  apples,  load  them  in  the 
wagon  and  go  right  down  and  get  your  slip  from  the  ware- 
house for  every  barrel  of  apples  you  put  in. 

Question.     You  said  you  headed  the  barrels  in  the  orchard. 

Mr.  WooDWORTH,  Yes,  we  put  the  heads  in  upside  down 
so  that  it  gives  a  little  more  space.  We  do  not  press  them 
down  in  the  orchard;  we  shake  them  down,  jar  them  down 
when  we  pick  them,  and  then  shove  the  head  in. 

Question,     Are  they  all  repacked? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  All  are  graded  and  repacked  at  the 
warehouse. 

Mr.  W^heeler.  I  would  like  to  ask  if  you  consider  the  co- 
operative association  takes  the  place  of  passing  necessary 
laws,  —  for  instance,  a  grading  law? 

Mr.  WooDW^ORTH.  Oh,  no.  These  companies  have  to  be 
looked  after.  I  have  got  a  copy  of  the  inspection  and  sale  act 
of  Nova  Scotia.  If  you  people  had  this  law  it  would  be  the 
best  thing  you  ever  had.  I  will  quote  one  or  two  para- 
graphs: — 

Fancy  quality,  unless  such  fruit  consists  of  well-grown  specimens  of  one 
variety,  sound,  of  uniform  and  of  at  least  normal  size  and  good  color  for 
the  variety,  of  normal  shape,  free  from  worm-holes,  bruises,  scab  and  other 
defect  and  properly  packed;  No.  1  quality,  unless  such  fruit  includes  no 
culls  and  consists  of  well-grown  specimens  of  one  variety,  sound,  of  not 
less  than  medium  size  and  of  good  color  for  the  variety,  of  normal  shape 
and  not  less  than  90  per  cent  free  from  scab,  worm-holes,  bruises  and  other 
defects,  and  properly  packed. 


16 


Now,  that  is  the  No.  1,  but  they  say  there  must  be  90  per 
cent  good,  clean  fruit.  We  intend  they  shall  be  all  good  clean 
fruit,  but  perhaps  some  man  may  not  have  good  eyesight  and 
they  allow  10  per  cent  leeway  —  the  law  does  —  for  some  of 
that  kind  of  stuff  to  come  in. 

No.  2  quality,  unless  such  fruit  includes  no  culls  and  consists  of  speci- 
mens of  not  less  than  medium  size  for  the  variety,  and  not  less  than  80 
per  cent  free  from  worm-holes  and  such  otlier  defects  as  cause  material 
waste,  and  properly  packed. 

That  is  the  No.  2  pack. 

In  any  package  in  which  the  face  or  shown  surface  gives  a  false  repre- 
sentation of  the  contents  of  such  package;  and  it  shall  be  considered  a 
false  representation  when  more  than  15  per  cent  of  such  fruit  is  sub- 
stantially smaller  in  size  than,  or  inferior  in  grade  to,  or  different  in  variety 
from,  the  face  or  shown  surface  of  such  package. 

You  see,  that  fruit  must  be  all  the  same  all  the  way  through. 
If  you  pack  a  box  of  apples  down  in  our  country  and  the  face 
does  not  represent  the  whole,  then  you  are  hauled  up. 

Every  person  who,  by  himself  or  through  the  agency  of  any  other 
person,  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  sections  320  and  321  of  this  act, 
shall  be  liable,  for  the  first  offense  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $25  and  not  less 
than  $10;  for  the  second  offense  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $50  and  not  less 
than  $25;  and  for  the  third  and  each  subsequent  offense  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  $200  and  not  less  than  $50,  together,  in  all  cases,  with  the  costs 
of  the  prosecution;  and  in  default  of  payment  of  such  fine  and  costs  shall 
be  liable  to  imprisonment,  with  or  without  hard  labor,  for  a  term  not 
exceeding  one  month,  unless  such  fine  and  costs,  and  the  costs  of  enforcing 
them,  are  sooner  paid. 

Now,  that  is  the  law  of  our  country,  and  it  is  enforced  in 
Nova  Scotia  by  about  fifteen  fruit  inspectors,  and  those  fruit 
inspectors  appear  constantly  when  you  are  packing  apples  in 
your  own  home,  and  are  in  the  co-operative  places  every  day. 
It  has  raised  the  standard  of  Nova  Scotia  apples  above  what 
it  was  a  few  years  ago,  and  which  gave  Nova  Scotia  apples 
a  bad  name  on  the  London  market. 


17 

Whenever  such  violation  is  with  respect  to  a  lot  or  shipment  consisting 
of  50  or  more  closed  packages,  there  may  be  imposed,  in  addition  to  any 
penalty  provided  bj^  this  section,  for  the  first  offense  25  cents,  for  the  second 
offense  50  cents,  and  for  the  third  and  each  subsequent  offense  one  dollar 

for  each  barrel.  This  act  is  not  only  for  Nova  Scotia,  but  for 
all  of  Canada.  Our  fruit  inspectors  are  at  Halifax  when  the 
fruit  is  being  shipped,  —  they  haul  up  the  barrels  there,  —  and 
they  are  in  the  warehouses.  They  give  no  certificate,  though, 
of  inspection  for  any  lot.  They  can't  open  all  the  barrels  they 
go  through. 

Question.  What  was  the  beginning  of  this  law?  What 
brought  it  about?     Did  it  come  through  the  growers? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Our  Fruit  Growlers  Association  ap- 
proached the  government  and  blocked  out  a  bill  and  got  it 
passed  through  the  Dominion  Parliament.  There  has  been 
some  complaint  from  people  who  did  not  want  to  put  their 
fruit  up  well.  But  the  thing  now  has  become  a  law  and  we 
have  got  to  respect  it,  and  I  can  tell  you  that  I  have  packed 
2,500  barrels  of  apples  this  year  and  we  are  very  particular. 
Many  men,  perhaps,  in  this  State  do  not  need  any  law,  but  a 
lot  of  them  do.  If  you  could  see  some  of  the  apples  I  saw  at 
Lewiston  last  year,  where  a  barrel  was  bought  in  the  open 
market  and  brought  in,  it  would  make  you  smile.  The  man 
who  packed  those  apples  didn't  know  how  to  pack  a  barrel  of 
fruit.  Now,  I  have  got  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  and  I  will 
give  you  some  points  in  fruit  growing  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Successful  Fruit  growing  in  Nova  Scotia. 

The  Annapolis  valley  is  situated  between  the  North  and 
South  mountains,  running  from  Windsor  in  the  east  to 
Annapolis  Royal  in  the  west.  The  average  width  of  this  valley 
is  6  miles,  and  practically  all  the  apples  grov»^n  in  Nova  Scotia 
are  grown  in  this  valley.  Grand  Pre,  made  famous  by  your 
poet  Longfellow,  is  situated  in  the  eastern  section  of  the  valley. 
Apple  trees  were  first  planted  here  by  the  Arcadian  French. 
Some  of  these  trees  are  still  bearing  fruit.  The  varieties  grown 
are  Gravenstein,  Ribston,  Blenheim,  King,  Golden  Russet, 
Baldwin,  Rhode  Island  Greening,  Stark  and  Ben  Davis. 

In   the   year    1880    it   was    thought    wonderful   that   41,000 


18 

barrels  should  be  exported,  yet  by  1911  the  quantity  had  risen 
to  nearly  2,000,000  barrels.  New  orchards  are  planted  every 
year,  and  as  yet  only  a  small  fraction  of  the  total  area  has 
been  set.  Orchards  that  have  been  planted  during  the  last 
twenty-five  years  are  set  33  feet  each  way,  which  for  a  standard 
orchard  is  about  right. 

Special  attention  is  paid  by  the  successful  grower  to  the 
following  points :  — 

Cultivation.  —  Most  of  the  plowing  in  the  larger  orchards  is 
done  in  the  autumn,  preferably  after  the  leaves  have  fallen. 
Early  in  the  spring,  as  soon  as  the  land  is  fit,  the  land  is 
harrowed  with  disc  harrows,  followed  in  ten  days  with  spring 
tooth  and  later  with  smoothing  harrows.  The  cultivation  is 
kept  up  every  ten  days  until  the  1st  of  July.  At  this  time 
cultivation  ceases,  and  the  entire  area  is  sown  with  a  cover 
crop  of  summer  vetches  or  tares.  These  vetches  grow  lux- 
uriantly and  produce  a  very  heavy  crop,  which  is  plowed  under 
in  the  autumn.  This  is  of  great  value  to  the  soil,  as  it  adds 
an  immense  quantity  of  humus,  which  is  heavily  charged  with 
nitrogen  gathered  from  the  air  during  the  growing  season  by 
the  millions  of  bacteria  which  are  ever  working,  although 
unseen,  in  the  interest  of  the  orchardist.  The  conservation  of 
moisture  is  one  of  the  most  important  results  of  cultivation. 
The  stirring  of  the  top  soil  breaks  up  the  capillary  tubes  that 
bring  the  water  from  below,  and  evaporation  is  checked.  Two 
other  advantages  of  cultivation  are  that  soil  under  thorough 
cultivation  has  a  larger  amount  of  plant  food  available  for  plant 
use,  and  the  finely  pulverized  soil  offers  no  resistance  to  root 
development,  and  thus  helps  the  trees  to  extend  their  feeding 
area. 

Fertilization.  —  Another  important  factor  in  successful  or- 
charding is  keeping  up  the  fertility  of  the  soil.  Without  a 
generous  supply  of  plant  food  the  trees  will  not  make  a  satis- 
factory growth  or  produce  a  paying  crop. 

For  nitrogen,  large  quantities  of  nitrate  of  soda  are  used. 
Ground  fish,  obtained  from  the  Fish  Reduction  Works  at 
Carver,  Nova  Scotia,  is  a  splendid  fertilizer.  Nitrogen  is  also 
supplied  by  manure  and  the  plowing  under  of  leguminous  crops. 

Basic  slag  from  the  steel  works  at  Sydney,  Nova  Scotia,  has 
been  sviccessfully  used  the  past  few  years  as  a  source  of  phos- 


19 

phoric  acid.  It  also  has  a  percentage  of  free  lime  which  has 
a  beneficial  effect  on  the  soil.  In  the  past,  large  quantities  of 
muriate  of  potash  have  been  used  in  our  orchards,  but  the 
farmers  are  not  using  much  of  late  years,  as  our  soils  contain 
plenty  of  potash,  which  needs  only  cultivation  to  make  it 
available.  I  might  mention  at  this  point  that  land  of  a  wet 
nature  must  be  thoroughly  underdrained  before  success  is 
possible.     Trees  will  not  do  their  best  with  wet  feet. 

Priming.  —  Most  of  the  pruning  is  done  in  March  and  the 
early  part  of  April.  Our  trees  are  headed  out  about  3  feet 
from  the  ground,  and  are  cut  back  a  little  each  year  so  as  to 
form  a  low-headed  tree.  A  tree  that  is  low  headed  presents 
many  advantages  over  the  tall  slim  tree.  The  former  is  easily 
sprayed.  The  picking  of  the  fruit  can  be  done  with  much 
greater  care.  The  tree  itself  is  much  stronger,  and  is  not 
affected  by  winds. 

S'praying.  —  The  operation  of  spraying  is  not  a  pleasant  one. 
Spraying  has  become  universal  in  our  valley.  For  a  long 
period  Bordeaux  mixture  and  Paris  green  was  the  spray  used, 
but  of  late  years  lime-sulphur  with  arsenate  of  lead  as  a  poison 
has  almost  entirely  taken  the  place  of  the  former. 

The  black  scab  or  spot  is  the  greatest  enemy  we  have  to 
fight.  Spraying  should  be  done  while  the  trees  are  dormant, 
with  the  1  to  8  or  1  to  9  mixture  of  lime-sulphur;  then  before 
the  blossoms  open,  with  lime-sulphur  1  to  40,  and  2  pounds  of 
arsenate  of  lead;  and  again  after  the  petals  have  fallen,  with 
the  same  mixture;  and  if  necessary,  after  another  period  of 
ten  days.  Fine,  thorough  spraying  generally  does  the  work. 
The  operation  must  be  thoroughly  done  and  every  part  of  the 
tree  must  be  reached.  Power  sprayers  are  used  in  almost 
every  instance. 

Question.    What  variety  of  vetch  do  you  use? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Just  the  common  vetch  or  tares,  not  the 
hairy  vetch,  which  is  more  expensive.  The  vetch  we  use  costs 
$2  a  bushel. 

Question.     How  much  do  you  seed  to  the  acre? 

Mr.  WooDWORTii.  One  bushel.  Have  your  land  in  a  good 
state   of  cultivation,   then   just   go   over  it  with   a   smoothing 


20 

harrow  after  you  sow  your  vetches.     They  grow  fast  and  form 

a  nice  bed  for  the  apples  to  fall  on  later. 

.   Question.    What  do  you  pay  for  basic  slag? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  I  have  to  pay  $13  for  basic  slag  through 
the  companies,  and  I  think  it  is  12^  per  cent  of  phosphoric 
and  about  40  per  cent  of  free  lime.  It  has  quite  a  high 
percentage.  You  know  they  put  the  limestone  into  the  furnaces 
at  the  steel  works  and  the  dross  comes  out,  and  the  finer  it  is 
ground  the  better  for  us.  This  works  splendidly  on  the  low 
lands  on  account  of  the  phosphoric  acid  it  contains. 

Question.     Are  you  troubled  with  the  aphis? 

Mr.  WooDW^ORTH.  Yes,  we  used  to  be.  You  must  keep  in 
touch  with  the  professors  so  as  to  know  when  the  aphis  is 
coming. 

Question.  How  can  you  tell  whether  you  are  going  to  have 
it  or  not? 

Mr.  Woodworth.  You  can  see  these  little  aphides  very 
early  in  the  spring.  Quite  a  lot,  I  believe,  depends  upon  the 
season.  But  we  examine  our  trees  with  a  glass  just  as  soon  as 
the  very  first  leaves  commence  to  show,  that  is,  when  the 
little  aphides  hatch,  —  and  we  get  intelligence,  too,  from  all 
over  the  valley,  —  from  the  fruit  companies,  —  and  the  spray- 
ing is  all  done  about  the  same  time  of  the  year.  The  indi- 
cations for  aphis  are  reported  at  the  central  office,  and  we  have 
a  co-operative  newspaper  which  spreads  the  news  all  through 
the  valley,  w^hich  is  a  great  aid  to  us. 

Question.     Do  you  have  the  tent  caterpillar? 

INIr.  Woodworth.  Yes,  a  few.  But,  as  I  say,  the  black 
spot  is  what  we  are  fighting,  and  I  expect  it  is  the  damp 
weather  conditions  that  cause  it  down  there. 

Question.  Do  you  use  any  Bordeaux  in  fighting  the  black 
spot? 

Mr.  Woodworth.  We  used  to  rely  on  Bordeaux.  I  used 
to  go  around  the  country  with  lime  and  blue  vitriol  and  mix 
Bordeaux,  and  show  the  farmers  how  to  apply  it;  but  since 
lime  and  sulphur  came  in  I  have  used  Bordeaux  only  one  or 
two  years.  Lime-sulphur  has  taken  its  place.  The  only 
objection  I  have  to  Bordeaux  is  that  it  russets  the  apples.  I 
can't  grow  apples  unrusseted  by  the  use  of  Bordeaux,  and  I 
can  grow  clean  fruit  with  lime-sulphur. 


21 

Question.  Do  you  ever  have  any  trouble  with  burning 
foHage  with  lime-sulphur? 

]\Ir.  WooDWORTH.  No.  I  don't  think  there  is  any  trouble 
with  burning  the  foliage  if  you  don't  get  your  mixture  too 
strong. 

Question.     What  do  you  pay  for  commercial  lime-sulphur? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Eight  dollars  a  barrel,  40  gallons.  If  you 
want  to  make  lime- sulphur  cheap,  get  some  brick,  a  2-incli 
plank,  make  a  little  brick  furnace  wuth  a  w'ooden  box  with 
a  sheet-iron  bottom,  about  6  feet  long  and  35  inches  broad, 
nail  it  on  with  two  rows  of  tacks,  put  a  bit  of  stove  pipe  up 
through  the  end  for  a  draft,  and  put  in  a  hundred  weight  of 
sulphur  to  50  pounds  of  lime,  and  boil  it  one  hour  and  draw  it 
off.  Take  a  hydrometer  and  test  it,  and  use  it  according  to 
the  hydrometer  test.  The  test  of  the  hydrometer  gives  the 
strength.  You  have  to  pay  $2.25  for  the  sulphur  and  about 
25  cents  for  the  lime.  In  April  you  can  boil  your  lime-sulphur 
when  you  are  doing  nothing  else,  and  I  have  saved  $50  this 
year. 

Question.     What  formula  do  you  use  for  Bordeaux  mixture? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Forty  gallons  of  water  and  4  pounds  of 
blue  vitriol  and  4  pounds  of  lime.  You  should  dilute  the 
4  pounds  of  blue  vitriol  with  20  gallons  of  water  in  a  barrel, 
and  the  4  pounds  of  lime  with  another  20  gallons  of  water,  and 
then  pour  simultaneously  into  a  third  barrel;  if  you  don't  do 
it  this  way  your  Bordeaux  is  no  good. 

Question.     How  much  growth  do  you  get  on  a  tree? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  On  a  tree  that  is  fruiting  never  over  4 
or  5  inches  of  grow'th. 

Question.     Do  you  thin  your  apples? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Well,  we  want  to;  it  is  a  hard  prop- 
osition, the  thinning  of  fruit.  We  have  only  thinned  a  very 
few  trees,  and  I  know  that  it  is  the  right  thing  to  do,  but  we 
have  not  done  it.  Our  best  fruit  growers  do.  Thinning  will 
become  universal  in  a  little  while. 

Question.  Do  you  raise  any  small  fruit  along  with  the 
trees? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  If  you  grow  small  fruit  the  raspberries 
and  strawberries  sap  the  soil  of  its  fertility.     I  have  always 


noticed  that  where  a  man  grows  strawberries  between  the 
trees  his  apple-tree  leaves  are  all  yellow.  We  grow  apples  and 
turnips  and  get  huge  crops  in  between  the  rows. 

Question.    Are  not  currants  good? 

Mr.  WooDWORTH,  We  never  grow  any  currants  between 
the  trees.     We  grow  some  raspberries. 

Question.     At  what  age  do  your  trees  bear? 

INIr.  WooDWORTH.  Well,  the  Wageners  begin  to  bear  about 
three  or  four  years  after  they  are  set  out.  Of  course,  they  are 
small  trees  and  can't  bear  very  large  crops.  I  have  an  orchard 
planted  out  about  thirteen  years,  —  30  acres  of  orchard,  — 
and  that  has  given  me  a  splendid  crop,  averaging  50  bushels 
to  the  acre;  that  would  be  a  barrel  to  a  tree.  Of  course,  some 
trees  have  two  barrels  on;  others  don't  have  any. 

Question.     What  do  your  apples  bring  a  barrel  this  fall? 

Mr.  Woodworth.  Our  apples  for  export  have  brought  about 
$1.60  through  the  co-operative  companies.  You  count  that  a 
small  price;  for  these  war  times  we  count  it  a  very  good  price. 

Question.  How  much  is  the  profit  on  a  barrel  of  apples 
at  that  price? 

Mr.  Woodworth.  Fifty  cents.  We  pay  28  cents  for  barrels; 
it  costs  us  about  12  cents  to  get  them  packed;  they  do  it  a 
little  cheaper  this  year  than  they  have  been  doing  it.  Of  course, 
in  the  co-operative  movement  we  have  to  pay  for  what  it  costs. 

Question.     You  pay  for  picking? 

Mr.  Woodworth.  We  pay  for  picking  usually  $1  a  day. 
I  have  paid  more.  If  we  could  get  experienced  pickers  we 
would  pay  them  more,  but  we  usually  get  new  pickers  each 
year,  and  if  you  have  ever  attempted  to  pick  apples  with  a 
lot  of  fellows  that  never  had  picked  them  before  you  know 
that  all  you  hear  is  a  basket  falling,  or  a  man,  and  by  the 
time  you  have  them  well  taught  the  season  is  over. 

Question.  Is  the  business  done  through  your  co-operative 
societies  done  on  a  cash  basis? 

Mr.  Woodworth.  Yes,  we  sell  all  the  stuff  for  cash,  except 
what  we  send  to  the  other  side,  and  on  that  the  returns  come 
back  as  soon  as  sold. 

Question.  What  temperature  do  you  keep  in  the  ware- 
houses? 


23 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  We  try  to  regulate  the  temperature  as 
well  as  we  can,  but  you  see  when  in  the  autumn  days  it  gets 
hot,  as  it  did  last  year,  the  temperature  gets  very  high,  and  we 
counsel  our  co-operative  fellows  to  keep  their  fruit  at  home 
when  they  can,  —  not  to  haul  off  too  much  fruit  early.  We 
have  no  system  of  cold  storage  yet;  we  are  talking  about  it. 
It  would  be  a  pretty  nice  thing  for  us.  We  have  accomplished 
much,  and  the  Nova  Scotia  co-operative  companies  are  the 
talk  of  all  western  Canada.  We  are  way  ahead  of  Ontario 
along  that  line,  and  we  feel  very  proud  that  we  have  made 
such  a  business  of  it.  We  have  a  very  fine  secretary  and  a 
good  business  man.  Every  central  office  employs  a  manager 
and  bookkeepers,  and  each  co-operative  company  has  a  manager 
and  head,  and  then  the  girls  and  young  fellows  do  the  packing. 
The  apples  are  all  sorted  in  baskets.  The  African  trade  re- 
quires box  stuff.  Think  of  sending  apples  to  South  Africa, 
3,000  miles.  We  sell  large  quantities  of  fruit  right  from  the 
warehouse.  About  all  fruit  sold  to  the  Canadian  west  is  by 
the  carload. 

Question.  What  is  the  inside  measurement  of  your  bushel 
box? 

Mr.  WooDW'ORTH.  Eleven  by  twenty.  It  is  a  longer  box 
than  the  so-called  standard,  but  not  so  deep.  It  holds  a 
bushel. 

Question.    Is  it  10  by  11  by  20? 

Mr.  WooDW'ORTH.  Yes;  I  think  that  is  the  measurement. 
Our  barrel  is  smaller  than  yours.  I  think  our  barrel  is  like  the 
New  York  State  barrel. 

Mr.  Wheeler.  This  Oregon  box  is  10|  by  11^  by  18. 
We  have  no  law  in  this  State  requiring  any  size. 

Mr.  WooDWORTH.  Of  course,  there  is  a  call  for  boxed  stuff, 
but  the  majority  of  our  trade  is  packed  in  barrels.  The  size  of 
our  box  is  regulated  by  the  Dominion  government.  You  will 
never  feel  happy  until  you  get  a  good  stiff  law  on  about  in- 
spection; it  is  one  of  the  very  best  things  for  any  agricultural 
or  any  fruit-growing  district.  There  will  be  a  lot  of  kickers  at 
first,  but  they  will  all  disappear. 


®1)C  ^ommcnrucaltl)  oi  iViaBBatt)iiBtiiB. 

STATE  BOAED  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    41. 

May,  1916. 


Cranberry  GtRowing 


Henry  J.  Fr.\nklin. 


From  the  Sixtt-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915, 


Approved  by 
The  State  Boabd  of  Pubucation. 


CRANBERRY  GROWING. 


HENRY  J.  FRANKLIN,  PH.D.,  SUPERINTENDENT  CRANBERRY  STATION  OF 
THE  MASSACHUSETTS  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATION,  WARE- 
HAM,    MASSACHUSETTS. 


The  cultivation  of  the  cranberry  as  a  commercial  enterprise 
was  begun  on  Cape  Cod  about  fifty  years  ago.  While  the 
cranberry  plant  is  a  native  of  northern  Europe  and  Asia  as 
well  as  of  North  America,  it  has  never  been  put  under  cultiva- 
tion in  the  Old  World.  The  conditions  on  Cape  Cod  appear  to 
be  peculiarly  adapted  for  the  growing  of  this  berry,  and  as  the 
business  from  the  start  was  found  to  be  profitable  it  developed 
to  such  an  extent  that  it  is  now^  considered  the  most  important 
industry  on  the  Cape.  It  now  brings  in  a  total  net  return 
annually  of  between  $1,500,000  and  S2,000,000  to  those  inter- 
ested in  the  growing  of  this  fruit  in  Massachusetts.  It  has  also 
been  found  that  other  sections  of  North  America  are  suitable 
for  the  commercial  growing  of  the  cranberry,  and  it  is  now 
grown  successfully  in  New  Jersey,  Wisconsin,  Nova  Scotia, 
Michigan,  and  on  the  Pacific  coast  line  of  Oregon  and  Wash- 
ington and  on  Long  Island,  these  districts  being  named  in  the 
order  of  their  relative  importance  as  cranberry-growing  regions. 
The  Cape  Cod  region  produces  annually  considerably  over  half 
of  the  cranberries  which  are  grown  commercially,  New  Jersey 
producing  over  three-fourths  of  all  the  berries  grown  in  the 
other  sections.  No  very  definite  and  accurate  census  of  the 
cranberry  acreage  appears  to  be  available,  but  the  government 
census  indicates  that  over  20,000  acres  are  under  cranberry 
cultivation  in  the  United  States.  These  figures,  however,  do  not 
really  show  how  much  land  is  devoted  to  the  industry,  for  they 
do  not  include  the  land  that  is  used  for  a  variety  of  purposes  in 
connection  with  most  bogs,  such  as  sand  banks  and  other 
necessary  upland  surrounding  the  bogs  and  the  land  used  for 
reservoirs.     If  all  this  incidental  land  were  included  with  the 


land  actually  under  vines,  the  total  acreage  devoted  to  the 
production  of  this  crop  directly  and  indirectly  would  probably 
not  be  less  than  40,000  acres. 

The  average  annual  yield  of  cranberries  per  acre  on  the  Cape 
is  a  little  less  than  40  barrels.  In  all  the  other  cranberry- 
growing  sections,  except  those  of  Washington  and  Oregon,  the 
average  per  acre  yield  is  very  much  less  than  this.  This  appears 
to  be  due  partly  to  the  superior  natural  conditions  surrounding 
the  industry  on  the  Cape,  and  partly  to  the  methods  of  culture 
employed  —  particularly  with  reference  to  the  use  of  sand  as  a 
surface  mulch.  All  the  bogs  on  Cape  Cod  are  covered  with 
sand  before  the  vines  are  set  out,  and  they  are  also  resanded 
more  or  less  frequently  after  they  have  come  to  bearing.  Sand 
is  also  used  in  a  similar  way  in  Oregon  and  Washington,  but 
in  New  Jersey  and  Wisconsin  only  a  very  few  of  the  bogs  are 
sanded  at  all.  jNIoreover,  the  Cape  Cod  bogs  are,  as  a  rule, 
kept  almost  entirely  free  from  weeds,  while  in  other  sections 
the  bogs  are  always  very  weedy,  this  freedom  from  weeds  on 
the  Cape  being  partly  due  to  the  use  of  the  sand  and  partly  to 
better  care. 

The  following  list,  giving  the  cranberry  production  on  Cape 
Cod,  in  New  Jersey  and  in  Wisconsin  for  the  past  few  years, 
will  give  some  idea  of  the  lead  that  Cape  Cod  has  in  this 
industry  over  all  other  sections.  It  is  the  belief  of  the  writer 
that  the  natural  conditions  are  so  superior  for  the  production 
of  this  crop  on  the  Cape  that  this  lead  will  always  be  main- 
tained, the  comparative  lack  of  suitable  and  accessible  sand 
being  a  factor  which  must  certainly  always  be  a  detriment  to 
the  industry  in  other  sections.  Moreover,  the  climate  of  the 
Cape  seems  to  be  more  suitable  than  that  of  other  sections,  the 
warmer  temperatures  of  New  Jersey  being  apparently  respon- 
sible for  greater  troubles  with  fungous  diseases,  and  the  colder 
climates  of  Nova  Scotia  and  Wisconsin  causing  the  berries 
many  times  to  be  smaller  on  account  of  the  shorter  growing 
season,  and  also  the  losses  from  frosts  to  be  in  proportion  much 
greater. 


Production  of  Cranberries. 


Year. 

Massachusetts 
(Barrels). 

New  Jersey 
(Barrels). 

Wisconsin 

(Barrels). 

Grand  Total 
(Barrels). 

1901-02,  

240,000 

105,000 

40,000 

385,000 

1902-03, 

215,000 

30,000 

46,000 

291,000 

1903-04, 

204,000 

168,000 

18,000 

390,000 

1904-05, 

226,000 

83,000 

21,000 

330,000 

1905-06, 

146,000 

88,000 

18,000 

253,000 

1906-07, 

240,000 

103,000 

45,000 

388,000 

1907-08, 

284,238 

121,000 

21,000 

426,238 

1908-09, 

229,860 

75,000 

12,000 

316,860 

1909-10, 

372,835 

165,000 

30,000 

567,835 

1910-11, 

287,046 

241,000 

16,000 

544,046 

1911-12, 

273,120 

143,000 

30,000 

446,120 

1912-13, 

317,605 

112,000 

45,000 

474,605 

1913-14, 

338,850 

100,700 

30,000 

469,700 

This  does  not  include  cranberries  not  shipped  over  railroads  and  used  for  evaporating  purposes. 


Cranberries  are  of  course  essentially  a  luxury,  but  they  have 
come  into  such  general  use,  especially  in  connection  with  the 
Thanksgiving  and  Christmas  dinners,  that  they  may  be  looked 
upon  as  a  commodity  approaching  the  importance  of  a  necessity, 
and  up  to  the  present  time  the  widening  of  the  market  for  them 
has  so  kept  pace  with  the  increase  in  their  production  that 
satisfactory  prices  almost  always  prevail  for  fruit  in  good  con- 
dition. For  several  years  the  fear  that  there  may  come  a  time 
when  the  supply  of  cranberries  will  so  exceed  the  demand  as  to 
make  them  a  drug  on  the  market  has  been  present  in  the  minds 
of  many  interested  in  the  industry.  While  it  must  be  admitted 
that  there  is  a  possibility  that  such  a  condition  may  come  to 
pass,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  there  has  not  yet  developed 
any  considerable  export  trade  except  that  with  Canada  and 
that  the  methods  of  disposing  of  the  crop  were  very  crude  and 
hit  or  miss  until  within  the  last  three  or  four  years.  INIoreover, 
satisfactory  methods  for  the  preserving  of  this  fruit  have  not 
yet  been  developed,  and  our  knowledge  of  the  best  means  for 
producing  the  fruit  cheaply  is  probably  in  its  infancy.  It  is  to 
be   hoped   and   expected   that   the   development   of   an   export 


trade  and  of  satisfactory  processes  for  preserving,  the  perfection 
of  selling  arrangements,  the  production  of  heavier  average 
annual  crops  to  the  acre,  by  the  stoppage  of  losses  from  insects 
and  disease,  and  possibly  also  by  the  growing  of  more  prolific 
varieties,  which  would  lower  the  per  barrel  cost  of  production, 
will  make  it  possible  to  grow  cranberries  at  a  reasonable  profit 
and  at  the  same  time  provide  for  a  normal  increase  in  acreage 
for  many  years  to  come.  Better  and  more  economical  methods 
of  harvesting,  packing  and  shipping  the  fruit  will  also  undoubt- 
edly be  developed  and  assist  greatly  in  lessening  the  cost  of 
production.  The  average  expense  of  picking  the  berries  and 
resanding  bogs  is  at  present  altogether  too  high,  and  it  is  not 
unreasonable  to  expect  that  both  these  costs  will  sometime  be 
much  reduced  by  the  use  of  machinery.  It  is  to  be  hoped,  also, 
that  in  time  the  sales  companies  of  New  England,  New  Jersey 
and  Wisconsin,  which  at  present,  together  .as  the  American 
Cranberry  Exchange,  control  the  sale  of  over  60  per  cent,  of 
the  cranberry  crop  of  the  country,  will  so  develop  their  arrange- 
ments as  to  have  large  central  packing  plants  where  the  process 
of  preparing  the  berries  for  market  may  be  so  simplified  and 
perfected  that  the  expense  connected  with  it  will  be  considerably 
reduced. 

To  discuss  fully  all  the  matters  of  interest  in  connection  with 
the  cranberry  industry  would  require  more  time  and  space  than 
is  allowed  the  writer  in  the  preparation  of  this  paper.  There 
will  be  given  here,  therefore,  only  a  brief  discussion  of  what 
appear  to  be  the  more  important  essentials  for  the  growing  of 
cranberries,  their  preparation  for  market,  and  their  preparation 
for  the  table,  together  with  an  itemized  estimate  of  the  present 
cost  of  preparing  a  bog. 

The  Essentials  of  an  Ideal  Cranberry  Bog. 
Land. 
It  seems  to  be  the  general  experience  that  cranberries  in  cul- 
tivation, as  in  the  wild  state,  do  best  on  low,  moist,  swamp  land 
consisting  of  muck  or  peat.  The  depth  of  this  peat  or  muck 
soil  need  not,  however,  be  very  great,  a  few  inches  of  peat  or  a 
single  layer  of  turf  underlaid  by  sand  or  clay  very  frequently 
giving  most  satisfactory  results.     It  does  not  appear,  however. 


that  any  muck  or  peat  or  even  any  sod  is  absolutely  essential, 
for  often  portions  of  bogs  grown  on  sand  alone,  so  called  "bard 
bottom,"  especially  if  fertilized,  produce  very  satisfactory  crops. 
A  clay  or  marl  soil  in  damp  situations  is  often  found  highly 
satisfactory.     Other  things  being  equal,  the  freer  the  land  is 
from   brush   or   timber  the   better,   for  it   is   more   easily   and 
cheaply  put  into  shape  for  growing  cranberries.    Fresh  meadow 
has    been    frequently    converted    into    cranberry    bog    without 
turfing,  the  grass  being  simply  covered  over  with  a  good  coating 
of  sand  and  the  vines  set  out  without  further  preparation,  ex- 
cept that  of  leveling  and  ditching,  and  the  bogs  thus  made  have 
been,  in  most  cases,  satisfactory,  and  they  were  certainly  built 
at  comparatively  small  expense.     Brush  swamps  are  in  general 
to  be  preferred  to  w^ooded  swamp  land  because  of  the  smaller 
expense  of  clearing.    If  heavily  wooded  land  is  used,  it  is  desir- 
able to  remove  the  stumps  of  the  trees  if  this  can  be  done  with- 
out too  great  expense.     It  is  advisable  to  cut  the  trees  at  the 
roots  so  that  the  stumps  may  be  tipped  out  in  felling.     The 
stumps  may  be  burned  or  removed  from  the  bog.     It  is  the 
writer's  opinion,  however,  that  much  labor  has  been  wasted  on 
removing  stumps,  for  it  is  a  matter  of  common  observation  that, 
after  a  bog  has  been  producing  berries  for  several  years,  the 
vines   are   more   thrifty   and    produce   more   fruit   over   buried 
stumps  than  on  the  portions  between  the  stumps.     It  seems 
probable,  therefore,  that  it  would  be  wiser  to  cut  down  the 
tops  of  such  stumps  as  are  very  hard  to  remove  and  cover 
them  over. 

Location. 
A  cranberry  bog  should  be  located  on  or  close  to  a  good 
stream  of  water,  capable  of  furnishing  quick  flowage  at  any 
time  during  the  year.  In  case  the  stream  is  of  itself  not  suffi- 
cient, it  is  best  to  increase  its  capacity  for  flooding  by  building 
a  reservoir  further  up  the  stream  than  the  bog  location.  This 
reservoir,  however,  should  be  located  as  far  from  the  bog  as 
is  practicable,  and  should  not  be  kept  full  during  the  growing 
season  any  more  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  reservoir 
is  near  the  bog  and  is  kept  full  all  the  time,  it  will  impair  the 
drainage  of  the  bog  and  make  it  weedy.  It  is  desirable  that 
the  bog  should  be  open  to  the  sunshine  and  winds  instead  of 


8 

being  surrounded  by  high  uplands  and  woods,  for  a  bog  in  an 
open  location  is  less  liable,  other  things  being  equal,  to  injury 
from  frost,  and  its  berries  are  more  likely  to  set  heavily,  ripen 
early,  and  keep  well  when  exposed  to  the  maximum  amount  of 
sunshine. 

Sand. 

Clean  sand,  preferably  coarse,  or  gravel  should  be  readily 
obtainable  from  banks  surrounding  the  bog  location.  Fine 
sand  is  often  used  for  covering  the  bog  with  a  mulch  before  the 
vines  are  set  as  well  as  for  resanding  them  in  subsequent  years, 
but  such  sand  appears  always  to  promote  the  growth  of  moss 
and  does  not  seem  to  be  so  effective  in  helping  to  keep  down 
weeds  as  does  coarse  sand.  Fine  gravel  is  thought  by  many  to 
be  superior  to  sand. 

Drainage. 

A  bog  should  be  capable  of  good  drainage.  Poor  drainage 
always  promotes  weed  growth,  and  it  usually  affects  the  keep- 
ing quality  of  the  berries  by  inducing  increased  activity  on  the 
part  of  fungous  diseases  which  cause  berries  to  rot  both  on  the 
bog  and  in  the  storehouse.  In  order  to  have  sufficient  drainage, 
it  is  necessary  that  the  land  on  the  lower  side  of  the  bog  should 
grade  down  rapidly,  so  that  the  water  at  any  time  may  be 
drawn  out  of  the  bog  quickly.  A  ditch  should  be  cut  entirely 
around  the  bog,  and  other  ditches  are  usually  dug  across  it, 
dividing  it  into  sections.  If  the  drainage  away  from  the  bog  is 
first  class,  these  cross  ditches  are  not  of  extreme  importance 
unless  the  bottom  is  springy.  In  a  naturally  dry  and  well- 
drained  piece  of  bog  it  is  desirable  that  the  cross  ditches,  if 
present  at  all,  should  be  few  and  widely  separated.  If,  how- 
ever, the  bog  is  naturally  wet  and  difficult  to  drain,  the  cross 
ditches  should  be  much  closer  placed.  In  many  well-drained 
bogs  the  cross  ditches  are  probably  placed  much  closer  together 
than  is  necessary,  for  the  reason  that  water  is  found  to  travel 
easily  and  quickly  through  ordinary  peat.  Its  passage  through 
peat  is  far  more  rapid  than  through  clay  soils.  On  naturally 
well-drained  bogs,  therefore,  the  chief  function  of  the  cross 
ditches  is  to  provide  for  the  rapid  distribution  of  water  over 
the  entire  bog  surface,  especially  in  the  beginning  of  flooding. 
Without   cross    ditches    to   distribute    the   water,    the   flowage 


tends  to  pile  up  more  or  less  at  the  end  of  the  bog  where  the 
water  is  admitted.  The  marginal  ditch  should  be  3  or  4  feet 
wide  and  2  feet  deep.  One  of  its  purposes  is  to  prevent  upland 
growths  from  encroaching  on  the  bog.  It  also  prevents  many 
kinds  of  insects  from  crawling  on  to  the  bog,  and  it  is  a  con- 
siderable protection  in  case  the  bog  is  threatened  by  forest 
fires.  It  is  customary  to  have  one  of  the  cross  ditches  larger 
than  the  others  and  running  lengthwise  of  the  bog,  in  the  path 
of  the  direct  flow  of  water  from  the  brook  or  reservoir  used  for 
a  w^ater  supply  to  the  drainage  outlet.  This  is  desirable,  as  it 
accelerates  the  handling  and  distribution  of  the  water  in  flood- 
ing and  draining.  Such  a  ditch  is  especially  desirable  on  bogs 
of  large  area. 

Grading. 
All  single  bog  areas  should  be  as  nearly  level  as  possible,  so 
that  they  may  be  flooded  quickly  and  with  as  small  a  quantity 
of  water  as  possible.  The  grading  is  done  after  the  ditches  are 
dug,  the  water  line  in  the  ditches  being  used  to  grade  from. 
If  the  water  supply  is  very  abundant,  it  is  not  so  necessary  to 
be  particular  about  getting  the  bog  surface  level  as  it  is  if  the 
supply  is  scanty.  The  material  thrown  out  in  ditching  may  be 
used  to  fill  up  the  holes  formed  by  the  pulling  out  of  stumps  or 
otherwise.  Usually  it  is  profitable  in  the  long  run  to  spend 
considerable  money  and  effort  in  getting  a  bog  perfectly  level, 
and  no  swamp  ought  to  be  selected  for  cranberry  purposes 
where  it  is  impossible  to  perfect  such  grading  at  a  reasonable 
expense,  unless  the  water  supply  is  ample. 

Dikes. 
The  dams  made  for  holding  the  water  in  reservoirs  and  bogs 
in  flooding  are  of  the  sort  called  dikes.  They  are  usually  made 
of  a  wide  core  of  sand  faced  on  either  side  with  a  wall  of  turf. 
This  turf  may  often  be  gathered  from  the  upland  surrounding 
the  bog,  but  the  surface  of  the  swamp  itself  usually  has  to  be 
scalped"  after  the  lumber  and  brush  are  removed,  and  the  turf 
thus  obtained  may  be  partly  or  wholly  used  in  facing  the  dikes 
and  in  walling  the  ditches.  Unless  certain  malignant  weeds 
are  present  to  cause  trouble,  this  turf  need  not,  however,  be 
removed  from  the  surface  of  the  swamp  unless  it  is  needed  for 


10 

the  dikes  and  ditches.  It  may  be  turned  upside  down  where 
it  is  cut  instead,  and  when  thus  handled  and  covered  with  the 
surface  mulch  of  sand  it  will  give  no  great  trouble  from  the 
weed  standpoint. 

The  dikes  are  of  various  dimensions  according  to  the  heads 
of  water  they  are  required  to  hold.  It  is  sometimes  desirable 
to  build  the  dikes  wider  than  is  necessary  to  hold  the  water, 
so  that  they  may  also  serve  as  roadways  across  the  bog.  In 
case  the  bog  location  runs  for  a  long  distance  along  a  stream, 
it  is  best  to  divide  the  swamp  into  several  separate  bog  areas, 
each  area  nearly  level  in  itself,  but  the  various  areas  at  differ- 
ent elevations  according  to  the  lay  of  the  land,  and  all  separated 
from  each  other  by  dikes.  In  this  way  the  quantity  of  water 
required  for  flooding  the  entire  swamp  may  be  very  greatly 
reduced.  The  dikes  should  have  a  broad  base  below  the  center 
of  which  a  trench  should  be  dug  to  hardpan.  This  trench 
should  run  lengthwise  of  the  dike  and  should  be  filled  with 
sand  or  gravel  so  as  to  make  a  good  connection  with  the  soQ 
beneath  for  holding  the  water.  The  dikes  should  be  narrower 
at  the  top  than  at  the  bottom.  Heavy  teams  should  not  be 
allowed  to  drive  over  a  new  dike  for  several  months  after  it 
is  built,  for  the  dike  will  be  injured  for  holding  water  if  it  is 
used  as  a  roadway  before  it  has  become  well  settled  together. 
A  dike  should  be  built  overstrong  rather  than  not  strong 
enough.  In  other  words,  it  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  always 
build  a  dike  wider  and  higher  than  appears  to  be  necessary. 
It  should  be  at  least  a  foot  higher  than  the  high-water  mark, 
for  the  wave  action  of  the  water  against  it  will  be  certain  to 
wear  a  hole  through  the  top  in  time  in  case  it  is  not  high 
enough.  Ditches  should  not  be  dug  close  to  the  dikes,  but  it 
is  desirable  to  ditch  the  bog  a  few  feet  away  from  the  base  of 
the  dike  on  either  side.  If  the  ditch  is  cut  too  near  to  the  dike 
there  is  danger  of  the  dike  caving  in.  If  the  dike  crosses  peat 
or  other  soft  land,  it  should  be  spiled  with  barn  boards  or, 
better  still,  with  planks  lengthwise  to  hardpan,  in  the  middle. 
A  flume  for  the  passage  of  the  water  must  be  built  in  the  dike, 
and  too  great  care  cannot  be  used  in  its  construction.  There 
are  several  different  kinds  of  flumes.  Some  are  built  of  wood, 
but  it  will  pay  in  most  cases  to  build  them  of  concrete  and 


11 

reinforce  where  necessary.  The  covered  or  trunk  flume  is 
favored  by  some  growers  of  experience,  and  it  is  to  be  said  in 
favor  of  this  type  that,  when  built  of  wood,  it  will  not  rot  out 
as  quickly  as  the  open  flume.  When  built  of  concrete  and 
properly  constructed,  the  open  flume  appears  to  the  writer  to 
be  preferable.  The  open  flume  should  be  connected  with  the 
soil  beneath  and  with  the  diking  on  its  sides  by  means  of  plank 
spiling,  and  if  the  head  of  water  to  be  held  is  very  great,  and 
the  soil  underneath  the  flume  is  soft  and  sandy,  it  is  best  to 
use  more  than  one  line  of  spiling.  In  the  writer's  opinion  it  is 
better  to  have  the  flume  built  so  that  the  water  may  be  handled 
from  the  top  rather  than  from  the  bottom.  It  will  usually  be 
found  profitable  to  employ  a  man  of  considerable  experience  in 
flume  building. 

llie  Form  and  Size  of  the  Bog. 
It  is  the  general  experience  that,  other  things  being  equal, 
bogs  of  small  area  give  much  better  returns  than  do  those  of 
large  area.  This  is  due  to  a  variety  of  circumstances.  Long 
and  narrow  bogs  are  more  profitable  after  a  certain  point  in 
size  is  reached  than  are  bogs  of  compact  form.  In  the  first 
place,  with  large  bogs  of  compact  form,  the  expenses  connected 
with  the  care  of  the  bog  and  the  harvesting  of  the  crops  are 
disproportionately  large,  particularly  because  it  takes  so  much 
more  time  to  w^heel  sand  out  to  the  center  of  the  bog  and  to 
bring  the  berries  to  the  upland  from  the  center.  Then,  too,  all 
the  operations  connected  with  harvesting  and  with  the  general 
care  of  the  bog  call  for  much  more  tramping  over,  and  con- 
sequent injury  to,  the  vines  on  such  large  blocky  bogs.  But 
perhaps  more  potent  than  these  circumstances  leading  to  the 
diminished  success  of  the  large  bog  is  the  fact  that  the  flowed 
bog  fireworm  (blackhead  cranberry  worm)  is  far  more  prevalent 
and  destructive,  other  things  being  equal,  on  such  bogs.  This 
is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  w^inter  flowage  favors  the  insect  by 
driving  off  from  the  bog  most  of  its  natural  enemies  such  as 
spiders  and  parasites,  while  the  water  at  the  same  time  protects 
its  eggs  from  unfavorable  and  severe  winter  weather  conditions. 
The  natural  enemies  of  the  insect  are,  of  course,  much  slower 
in   reaching   the   middle   portion   of   a   large   compact   bog   in 


12 

effective  numbers  than  they  are  in  reaching  the  same  part  of  a 
small  bog.  If,  however,  the  large  bog  is  a  long  and  narrow  one, 
practically  none  of  the  factors  here  mentioned  are  particularly 
unfavorable  to  it  in  comparison  with  the  same  circumstances 
on  small  bogs  in  general. 

Varieties. 
No  single  bog  area,  that  is,  no  area  flooded  by  the  same  dike, 
should  be  planted  to  more  than  one  variety.  Some  of  the  more 
important  varieties  have  insect  and  fungous  troubles  which  are 
more  or  less  characteristic  or  peculiarly  virulent  with  thpm,  and 
the  planting  of  several  varieties  afflicted  with  a  variety  of 
troubles  on  the  same  bog  area  often  complicates  the  possibili- 
ties for  effective  treatments.  There  is  a  large  number  of 
varieties  under  cultivation,  both  on  Cape  Cod  and  in  other 
cranberry-growing  sections.  Other  sections  may  have  some 
varieties  which  would  be  very  desirable  for  planting  on  the 
Cape.  There  is  always,  however,  the  danger  of  the  introduc- 
tion of  new  fungous  or  insect  troubles  with  the  introduction  of 
new  varieties.  It  has  been  recently  discovered  that  one  disease 
peculiar  to  the  Wisconsin  cranberry  region  has  been,  in  this 
way,  brought  to  the  Cape.  The  Early  Black  and  Late  Howe 
varieties  are  the  two  varieties  most  grown  on  the  Cape,  and 
they  are  generafly  considered  the  standard  varieties  there. 
They  are  fairly  prolific,  are  well  known  to  the  trade,  are  among 
the  best  keepers,  and  their  vine  growth  is  such  that  they  can 
usually  be  readily  picked  with  scoops.  The  Early  Black  variety, 
however,  is  of  only  fair  quality  as  a  berry  for  the  table,  and  the 
Late  Howe  is  of  rather  poor  quality  for  this  purpose,  being 
among  cranberries,  unless  picked  very  late,  much  what  the 
Ben  Davis  is  among  apples.  The  Mammoth,  McFarlin,  Centre- 
ville,  Matthew,  Centennial  and  Berry  Berry  varieties  are  all 
fancy  berries  and  of  good  quality  for  the  table,  but  they  are, 
as  a  rule,  poor  keepers.  Many  think  the  Berry  Berry  has  the 
best  flavor  of  all  the  Cape  berries  at  present  under  cultivation, 
and  this  opinion  is  perhaps  justified.  Some  of  the  less  known 
varieties  are  of  fair  promise,  and  should  probably,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  writer,  be  given  more  extended  trial.  The  McKinley, 
Perry  Red   and   Pride   are  here   suggested   as   such  promising 


13 

varieties.  The  Pride  is  the  most  prolific  variety  of  cranberries 
known  to  the  writer,  and  it  has  fair  table  and  keeping  qualities 
and  is  a  rather  handsome  berry.  Its  vine  growth,  however,  is 
such  that  it  will  always  be  a  difficult  variety  to  pick  with 
scoops. 

The  different  varieties  vary  greatly  in  the  time  of  ripening, 
the  earliest  usually  becoming  well  colored  by  the  end  of  the 
first  week  in  September,  and  the  latest  by  about  the  1st  of 
October.  Some  berries  color  up  fairly  well  in  storage,  while 
others  will  not  turn  red  very  much  unless  they  are  left  upon 
the  vines.  Cranberries  are  first  green,  then  almost  white,  then 
pink,  and  finally  red.  There  are  some  wild  berries  which  are 
milk  white  when  ripe,  and  some  of  the  varieties  under  cultiva- 
tion, such  as  the  Early  Black,  when  completely  ripe,  are  so 
dark  red  that  they  are  almost  black.  The  berries  of  the  differ- 
ent varieties  vary  greatly  in  shape,  some  being  pear  shaped, 
others  elongate  and  pointed,  and  still  others  oval  and  round. 
Other  things  being  equal,  the  round  berries  are  to  be  preferred, 
for  they  are  the  most  easily  cleaned  and  are,  therefore,  most 
cheaply  prepared  for  market,  and  will,  as  a  rule,  be  shipped  in 
the  best  condition. 

The  Construction  of  a  Bog. 
Sanding. 
The  first  operations  in  the  preparation  of  a  cranberry  bog, 
namely,  the  cleaning  of  the  land  of  timber  and  brush,  the 
turfing,  the  ditching  and  the  grading  of  the  swamp,  have  al- 
ready been  discussed  sufficiently  for  present  purposes.  After 
these  operations  have  been  completed  the  swamp  is  ready  for 
sanding.  In  this  there  is  a  variety  of  practice.  On  Cape  Cod, 
where  the  sand  is  plentiful  in  banks  adjoining  the  swamps,  it 
has  always  been  carried  on  to  the  bogs  by  men  with  wheel- 
barrows, over  lines  of  planks.  This  is  necessarily  an  expensive 
process,  and  it  seems  probable  that  it  will  eventually  be  re- 
placed by  some  method  of  pumping,  as  pumping  would  be 
much  cheaper  and  is  already  practiced  as  a  means  of  handling 
sand  in  other  similar  connections.  In  the  Pacific  northwest, 
where  the  sand  underlies  the  swamps  and  is  not  available  in 
quantity  in  banks  close  to  the  bogs,  some  growers  have  success- 


14 

fully  followed  the  practice  of  pumping  up  the  sand  in  the  water 
from  the  bottom  with  a  centrifugal  pump,  and  sending  it 
through  long  lines  of  piping  to  the  place  where  it  was  to  be 
used.  They  have  pumped  sand  in  some  cases  for  over  a  mile 
in  this  way,  the  cost  of  sanding  by  this  method  being  less  than 
$30  an  acre.  In  former  years,  those  who  built  bogs  on  the 
Cape  considered  it  necessary  to  put  on  5  or  6  inches  of  sand 
before  planting,  and  this  practice  still  prevails  with  many 
growers  to-day.  Those  of  largest  experience,  however,  appear 
to  have  generally  adopted  the  idea  of  sanding  more  lightly 
before  planting,  and  they,  as  a  rule,  now  put  on  only  from  2 
to  3  inches  of  sand.  With  this  smaller  amount,  the  vine  growth 
is  distinctly  more  rapid  after  planting,  the  bog  becoming  more 
quickly  vined  over  and  consequently  reaching  full  bearing 
sooner.  If  this  practice  is  followed,  the  bog  should  be  resanded 
with  from  a  quarter  to  a  third  of  an  inch  of  sand  every  year 
for  the  first  three  or  four  years  after  planting.  By  this  method 
of  procedure,  however,  a  firmer  and  more  deep-set  root  system 
will  be  obtained,  and  the  bog  will  be  kept  in  the  best  condition 
possible  for  scooping. 

The  sand  serves  several  purposes:  it  helps  to  keep  down 
weeds  and  moss;  it  fastens  down  the  runners  and  enables  them 
to  root  better;  it  gives  the  roots  a  medium  to  grow  in  which  is 
capable  of  far  better  drainage  and  aeration  than  is  peat,  and 
thus  promotes  their  greater  development;  it  takes  in  more  heat 
during  the  day  than  peat,  and  radiates  it  at  night  so  as  to 
afford  a  considerable  protection  from  frost;  it  is  a  considerable 
aid  in  controlling  some  injurious  insect  pests.  As  the  roots 
come  to  form  a  very  dense  growth  in  the  sand  over  the  peat, 
they  may  be  said  to  become  soil  bound  from  time  to  time,  and 
resanding  gives  them  more  soil  to  develop  in.  It  has  the  dis- 
advantage, however,  of  promoting  fungous  disease  development 
more  or  less.  It  is,  undoubtedly,  for  this  reason  that  berries 
frequently  rot  badly  on  the  vines  in  new  plantings  on  the  Cape. 
Berries  from  new  plantings  are  generally  considered  weak  and 
unfit  for  long  shipments.  Experience  appears  to  have  shown 
the  New  Jersey  growers  that  in  their  climate  most  bogs  cannot 
be  sanded  without  danger  of  disastrous  trouble  from  fungous 
diseases.    On  the  Gape,  however,  if  new  bogs  are  badly  diseased 


15 

during  the  first  few  years  after  planting,  they,  as  a  rule,  largely 
recover  from  it  if  they  are  kept  well  drained,  and  the  advan- 
tages obtained  from  sanding  and  resanding  are  so  great  that 
they  much  overbalance  this  single  disadvantage. 

Vine  Setting. 
After  the  sanding  has  been  done  the  bog  is  in  readiness  for 
the  setting  of  the  vines.  It  should  be  marked  for  planting  in 
hills  by  drawing  a  hand-marker  across  it,  first  lengthwise  and 
then  crosswise,  the  marker  being  provided  with  five  or  more 
teeth.  The  vines  should  be  planted  in  hills  from  10  to  18  inches 
apart.  About  12  inches  seems  to  be  the  distance  at  present 
commended  by  general  experience.  The  closer  the  vines  are 
planted  the  sooner  they  will,  other  things  being  equal,  come 
into  bearing.  The  vines  should  not  be  bunched  in  the  hill 
when  planted.  One  or  two  vines  are  just  as  successful  in  pro- 
ducing a  desirable  growth  as  are  half  a  dozen.  If  a  lot  of  vines 
are  planted  in  a  bunch,  most  of  those  in  the  center,  as  a  rule, 
die  anyway,  the  result  being  a  waste  of  planting  material.  A 
better  method  from  the  standpoint  of  vine  growth,  though  not 
from  the  standpoint  of  labor  involved,  would  be  to  plant  several 
vines  in  each  hill,  but  have  the  hill  scattered,  that  is,  have  the 
vines  separated  from  one  another  slightly  in  the  hill.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  set  the  vines  right  side  up,  for  they  will  grow 
either  way.  The  vines,  after  planting,  need  not  stick  up  more 
than  half  an  inch  above  the  sand.  A  wooden  or  iron  dibble 
may  be  used  to  press  them  in.  They  should  be  inserted  well 
into  the  sand,  but  need  not  reach  into  the  peat  beneath,  for 
most  of  the  roots  that  they  put  out  will  be  formed  in  the  sand 
in  any  case. 

Care  of  the  New  Bog  after  Planting. 
Immediately  after  planting,  the  water  should  be  turned  on 
and  held  close  to  the  surface  for  a  day  or  two.  This  will  wet 
up  the  vines  and  settle  the  sand  around  them.  Then  the  water 
should  be  drawn  out  to  the  bottoms  of  the  ditches.  Except  in 
case  of  very  prolonged  drought,  a  bog  need  not  be  reflowed 
again  during  the  first  season,  and  if  it  is  reflowed  it  should  be 
for  only  a  few  hours,  or  only  enough  to  just  wet  up  the  surface. 


16 

New  bogs  should  not  be  submerged  for  the  winter  until  night 
freezing  becomes  severe  enough  to  show  signs  of  heaving  the 
plants.  When  considerable  ice  forms  in  the  ditches  it  is  time 
to  put  on  the  winter  flood.  This  should  submerge  the  vines 
for  several  inches.  In  some  seasons  a  sufficient  heaving  of  the 
vines  to  cause  considerable  damage  may  take  place  as  early  as 
the  1st  of  November,  and  it  is  necessary  to  keep  rather  careful 
watch  of  the  new  planting  in  order  to  guard  against  this.  The 
results  of  a  slight  injury  from  heaving  in  the  early  fall  may  not 
be  apparent  at  the  time,  and  may  not,  in  fact,  be  noticed  at 
all  until  the  middle  of  the  following  summer,  when,  during  a 
prolonged  dry  spell,  the  plants  come  to  need  a  considerable 
amount  of  water.  Some  of  the  roots  having  been  broken  by 
the  heaving  of  the  fall  before  will  then  be  unable  to  supply 
what  is  required  of  them,  and  a  dying  back  of  the  tips,  espe- 
cially of  the  runners,  will  be  likely  to  occur.  In  the  spring, 
during  the  first  three  or  four  years,  the  winter  flowage  should 
be  removed  from  a  new  planting  about  the  20th  of  April.  At 
times  of  sudden  thaws  or  of  heavy  rains,  in  winter  or  early 
spring,  care  must  be  taken  to  allow  the  surplus  water  to  escape. 
If  this  is  not  done,  and  the  flowage  is  so  shallow  that  the  vines 
have  been  frozen  into  the  ice,  the  raising  of  the  ice  by  the 
water  may  pull  young  vines  out  of  the  ground.  More  weeds 
grow  on  a  bog  during  the  first  two  or  three  years  after  planting 
than  afterwards,  for  the  vines  have  not,  at  that  time,  suffici- 
ently covered  the  bog  to  successfully  compete  with  them.  If, 
however,  the  bog  is  kept  free  of  weeds  during  its  early  youth 
comparatively  little  trouble  will  be  experienced  with  them  after 
it  comes  to  bearing.  The  grower  should  come  to  understand  in 
a  general  way  the  characteristics  of  the  weeds  with  which  he 
has  to  deal  at  this  time,  for  it  is  sufficient  to  merely  cut  off  the 
tops  of  some  kinds  and  so  prevent  them  from  seeding,  while  it 
is  absolutely  essential  that  others  should  be  carefully  pulled  up 
and  rooted  out.  Moreover,  many  upland  weeds,  which  will  be 
entirely  killed  out  by  the  winter's  flooding,  frequently  appear 
on  new  plantings,  and  these  need  not  be  given  any  attention. 
After  the  bog  has  come  into  bearing,  all  weeds  should  be  re- 
moved by  the  time  the  vines  are  in  bloom,  and  if  certain  weeds, 
such   as   sedges,   rushes,   cotton  grass   or  cut  grass  appear  in 


17 

abundance  later,  they  should  be  again  cleared  out,  even  though 
considerable  injury  is  dpne  in  the  process  of  weeding.  Any 
weeding,  however,  done  later  than  the  10th  of  August  is,  to  say 
the  least,  an  extremely  poor  expenditure  of  time  and  money. 

The  new  bog  should  be  resanded  at  least  twice  before  it  pro- 
duces its  first  full  crop,  so  that  the  runners  may  be  caused  to 
root  as  they  are  produced  each  year  and  the  vines  thus  develop 
a  strong  root  system  and  become  well  anchored. 

Care  of  a  Bearing  Bog. 
After  the  third  year  the  care  of  a  bog  should  follow,  in  a 
general  way,  the  following  lines  of  practice: 

The  Use  of  Water. 
The  winter  flowage  should  be  put  on  as  late  in  the  fall  or 
early  winter  as  possible  without  running  serious  risks  of  winter- 
killing. As  a  rule,  it  is  best  not  to  put  on  this  flowage  until 
after  the  first  heavy  snow  storm.  This  often  does  not  occur 
until  well  into  January,  though  the  weather  may  become  so 
severe  as  to  necessitate  flooding  before  the  middle  of  December. 
In  the  spring,  the  flowage  should  be  taken  off  as  early  as  the 
1st  of  April  every  other  year,  but  it  should  be  held  as  late  as 
the  20th  of  May  in  seasons  which  appear  to  promise  bad  fruit- 
worm  injury.  It  being  difficult,  however,  from  our  present 
knowledge  to  forecast  such  injury,  it  is  probably  best  to  hold 
the  water  of  the  winter  flood  late  every  other  year,  at  least 
in  locations  where  the  fruit  worm  is  usually  destructive.  Some 
time  during  the  first  week  in  June  the  bog  should  be  reflowed 
as  a  special  precaution  against  the  attacks  of  the  fireworm,  and 
also  to  clean  it  from  any  other  pests  which  may  be  present  in 
small  numbers.  This  reflow  prepares  it  to  go  through  the 
season  with  a  somewhere  near  even  chance  of  keeping  free 
from  miscellaneous  insect  troubles.  This  reflow  should,  as  a 
rule,  be  maintained  for  forty-eight  hours.  It  should  be  put  on 
during  the  night,  and  also,  if  possible,  taken  off  entirely  during 
the  night,  for  if  the  tender,  growing  vines  stand  partly  covered 
w4th  water  and  exposed  to  the  sun  for  any  length  of  time  they 
are  likely  to  be  injured  by  scalding.  In  case  the  winter  flowage 
is  taken  oft'  late,  and  the  season  is  also  cold  and  late,  this  June 


18 

reflow  should  probably,  as  a  rule,  be  postponed  to  some  time 
during  the  second  week  of  the  month. 

If  frost  threatens  to  do  damage  during  May  or  the  first  half 
of  June,  it  will  be  necessary  to  put  on  a  partial  flood  for  pro- 
tection against  it.  It  is  not  necessary,  however,  to  entirely 
cover  the  vines  for  frost  protection.  Two  or  three  inches  of 
water  over  the  surface  of  the  sand  under  the  vines  is  entirely 
sufficient  for  this  protection,  as  the  water  w^ll  radiate  its  heat 
into  the  air  and  maintain  a  sufficiently  high  temperature 
around  the  vines  to  keep  them  from  freezing.  Bogs  are  flooded 
both  by  gravity  flowage  and  b}^  pumping.  With  many  bogs, 
however,  there  is  not  sufficient  water  supply  for  reflowage  or 
even,  in  some  cases,  for  winter  flowage.  On  such  bogs,  if  they 
are  not  located  in  exceptionally  cold  places,  protection  from 
frost  may  be  had  at  reasonable  expense  by  the  use  of  tobacco 
shade  cloth. 

The  bog  should  not  be  reflowed  during  or  after  the  blossom- 
ing period  except  in  cases  of  extreme  need,  such  as  protection 
from  a  forest  fire  or  a  threatened  insect  devastation  which 
evidently  could  not  be  averted  in  any  other  way.  In  Septem- 
ber and  October  the  fall  period  of  frost  danger  often  makes  it 
necessary  to  again  flow  the  bogs  for  protection.  The  berries 
and  vines  will,  however,  endure  some  frost  at  this  period  of  the 
year,  and  longer  chances  may  be  taken  than  during  the  spring 
period  of  danger.  It  is  not  desirable  to  flood  in  the  fall  for 
protection  if  it  can  be  avoided,  for  the  water  tends  to  cause  a 
deterioration  in  the  keeping  qualities  of  the  fruit.  It  should 
be  stated,  in  this  connection,  that  it  is  best  not  to  flood  for 
frost  protection  either  in  the  spring  or  fall  unless  it  is  certainly 
necessary,  for  the.  water  at  either  period  of  the  year  will  do  a 
certain  amount  of  harm.  The  United  States  Weather  Bureau 
maintains  a  frost-warning  service  for  the  benefit  of  the  growers 
during  both  of  these  periods,  and  warnings  may  be  had  from 
the  office  in  Boston  when  they  are  needed  by  any  grower  if  he 
has  a  telephone  and  will  make  his  wants  known.  It  is  not  wise, 
however,  to  always  rely  absolutely  on  this  service,  but  most 
growers  could  save  their  bogs  from  many  a  flooding,  and  at 
the  same  time  save  their  water  supply  to  meet  their  greatest 
needs  when  such  supplies  are  not  abundant,  by  making  a  more 


19 

careful   study  of  weather  conditions,   especially  in   connection 
with  the  dew  point  and  the  action  of  the  barometer. 

After  the  crop  is  harvested,  the  bog  should  be  completely 
reflowed  for  five  or  six  days.  This  helps  the  vines  to  recover 
from  the  shock  of  the  tearing  up  which  they  receive  during  the 
process  of  harvesting.  It  also  destroys  whatever  girdler  worms 
may  be  present  on  the  bog,  if  the  water  is  put  on  before  the 
1st  of  October.  No  reflowage  after  this  one  is  necessary  or 
desirable  before  the  water  is  put  on  for  the  winter. 

Irrigation. 
There  is  a  variety  of  practice  in  connection  with  the  irrigation 
of  cranberry  bogs,  and  it  is  by  no  means  certain  what  the  best 
practice  is.  A  bog  can  be  given  altogether  too  much  water 
during  the  growing  season,  and  most  growers  probably  err  more 
in  this  direction  than  in  running  their  bogs  too  dry.  It  is  evi- 
dent, however,  that  in  periods  of  prolonged  drought  a  bog  can 
be  run  so  dry  as  to  cause  it  injury.  In  case  of  doubt,  it  is 
probably  best  to  take  a  middle  course  and  try  to  be  sure  that 
the  vines  have  enough  water  but  not  too  much.  If  the  sand 
is  moist  up  to  within  half  an  inch  of  the  surface,  even  though 
the  surface  itself  appears  perfectly  dry,  it  is  pretty  certain  that 
the  vines  have  all  the  water  they  need,  even  if  the  water  table 
appears  to  be  very  low. 

TJie  Use  of  Sand. 
Experience  and  investigation  seem  to  indicate  that  resanding 
should  be  done  every  other  year  on  a  bearing  bog.  The  oftener 
it  is  done  the  more  of  a  protection  it  is  against  frost,  the  girdler 
and  the  tip  worm.  If  it  were  not  for  these  three  factors,  it 
would  probably  not  be  desirable  to  sand  oftener  than  once  in 
three  years.  There  is  a  difference  in  opinion  in  regard  to  the 
best  season  of  the  year  for  sanding.  Some,  with  the  writer, 
hold  that  the  fall,  after  harvesting  is  done,  is  the  best  time  for 
this  work.  Others  consider  that  the  sand  may  be  applied  most 
cheaply,  evenly  and  effectively  on  the  ice  during  the  winter. 
Still  others  believe  that  it  is  best  to  sand  in  the  early  spring 
after  the  winter  flowage  has  been  let  off.  Sanding  may  some- 
times be  done  most  cheaply  in  the  winter,  although  weather 


20 

conditions  would  affect  the  cost.  Certainly  the  process  of 
sanding  will  do  the  least  possible  mechanical  injury  to  the 
vines  if  the  sand  is  put  on  the  ice.  This  mechanical  injury  is 
undesirably  great  in  the  spring,  but  the  sand  is,  of  course, 
somewhat  cleaner  for  the  following  season  if  it  is  applied  in  the 
spring.  There  is  usually,  however,  not  so  great  a  rush  of  work 
in  the  fall  as  in  the  spring,  and  labor  is,  therefore,  usually  more 
abundant,  and  better  attention  can  be  given  to  the  work  at 
that  time  of  the  year.  Moreover,  the  injury  done  to  the  vines 
at  that  season  is  not  very  great.  The  cost  of  thorough  resand- 
ing  with  from  a  quarter  to  a  third  of  an  inch  of  sand  varies 
from  120  to  $30  an  acre. 

Pruning. 
Sometimes  vines  become  undesirably  thick  and  dense.  This 
may  be  due  to  a  variety  of  reasons.  It  most  often  occurs  on 
new  bogs  where  the  bottom  is  very  rich  and  the  sand  mulch 
comparatively  thin.  Under  such  circumstances  it  is  probably 
best  to  thin  out  the  vines  by  the  use  of  knife-rakes  and  then 
sand  the  remainder  heavily.  With  the  exception  of  this  treat- 
ment for  the  improvement  of  heavy  vine  conditions,  pruning 
as  a  general  practice  on  cranberry  bogs  is  probably  not  to  be 
recommended.  It  is  sometimes  desirable,  however,  to  thin  out 
loose  runners  by  a  very  light  use  of  the  rakes. 

Fertilizing. 
Extensive  experiments  with  fertilizers  have  been  carried  on 
for  several  years,  but  it  has  not  yet  been  definitely  proved  that 
there  is  any  great  advantage  to  be  had  from  their  use  from 
the  standpoint  of  fruit  production.  There  appears  to  have 
been  no  decided  increase  in  the  quantity  of  fruit  due  to  the  use 
of  fertilizer,  except  where  some  form  of  nitrate  has  been  used, 
and  in  this  connection  it  is  probably  safe  to  recommend  for 
many  bogs  the  use  of  nitrate  of  soda  in  moderate  quantities 
(100  pounds  to  the  acre).  The  best  results  from  the  use  of  this 
fertilizer  are  to  be  expected  on  portions  of  the  bog  which  for 
any  reason  are  thin  vined,  especially  on  the  portions  over 
''hard  bottom"  (sand  or  clay  underneath  instead  of  peat). 
Such  fertilizing  on  new  bogs  is  probably  entirely  undesirable 


21 

except  on  "hard  bottom."  Vine  growth  is  always  accelerated 
by  the  use  of  nitrate,  and  this  acceleration  is  likely  to  be  un- 
desirably great  on  peat  bottom,  especially  if  the  bog  is  new. 

Fungous  Diseases. 
There  are  numerous  fungous  diseases  which  affect  cranberry 
vines.  Some  of  them  seriously  aft'ect  the  vitality  of  the  vines 
and  some  reduce  the  crop  either  by  blasting  the  blossoms  and 
young  berries  or  by  causing  the  decay  of  the  larger  berries  both 
on  the  vines  and  in  storage.  As  has  already  been  indicated, 
the  use  of  sand  encourages  the  development  of  such  diseases, 
but  it  is  so  great  a  help  in  other  directions  that  it  must  be 
used  in  spite  of  this  difficulty.  One  of  the  best  ways  to  reduce 
trouble  from  fungous  disease  is  to  maintain  good  drainage 
during  the  growing  season.  For  this  reason,  bogs  which  are 
troubled  seriously  by  such  diseases  should  be  kept  as  dry  as 
they  safely  can  be  throughout  the  summer,  after  the  winter 
flowage  has  been  taken  off.  It  seems  to  be  the  general  experi- 
ence on  the  Cape,  however,  that  late  holding  of  the  winter 
flowage  (to  the  20th  of  May)  markedly  improves  the  keeping 
quality  of  the  berries.  Care  in  the  handling  of  the  fruit  during 
the  harvesting,  and  in  the  processes  of  separating,  screening 
and  packing  for  the  market  will  certainly  do  much  to  keep 
down  the  rotting  caused  by  fungous  diseases  during  transpor- 
tation. The  matter  of  spraying  bogs  for  the  curtailment  of 
fungous  diseases  is,  at  present,  in  a  condition  of  confusion.  It 
is  found  that  Bordeaux  mixture,  made  according  to  the  formula 
which  is  used  in  New  Jersey,  and  which  has  been  recommended 
by  the  experts  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  apparently  causes  a  cumu- 
lative injury  to  the  root  system  of  the  cranberry  when  used  on 
Cape  Cod.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  some  modification  of  this 
formula  will  in  time  be  found  which  will  not  cause  this  injury, 
and  which  can  be  safely  used  to  keep  down  fungous  diseases 
on  the  Cape  bogs.  Spraying  is  found  to  be  uniformly  success- 
ful in  improving  the  keeping  qualities  of  the  berries  and  in 
reducing  the  rot  on  the  vines. 


22 


Insect  Pests. 

There  are  several  serious  insect  pests  which  affect  the  cran- 
berry. The  more  important  are  the  following:  the  fruit  worm, 
the  flowed  bog  fireworm  (blackhead  cranberry  worm),  the  tip 
worm,  the  girdler  and  the  dry  bog  fireworm  (yellowhead  cran- 
berry worm).  These  pests  are  here  named  in  the  order  of  their 
apparent  importance.  The  first  two  are  by  far  the  most  im- 
portant. The  fruit  worm  alone  has  been  known,  in  some 
seasons,  to  destroy  as  much  as  an  estimated  third  of  the  entire 
Cape  crop.  The  only  certainly  efficient  remedy  for  this  insect 
at  present  known  is  late  holding  of  the  winter  flowage  in  the 
spring  (to  the  20th  of  May).  It  is  not  desirable,  however,  to 
practice  this  late  holding  every  year  on  account  of  its  effect  on 
the  vines,  and  it  is  therefore  recommended  that  this  flowage  be 
held  late  every  other  year  as  a  regular  preventive  practice 
against  this  insect.  The  flowed  bog  fireworm  never  attacks 
strictly  dry  bogs  seriously,  and  it  may  be  prevented  from 
developing  a  serious  infestation  on  any  bog  with  an  abundant 
water  supply  by  means  of  an  annual  June  reflowage,  as  already 
recommended  in  another  place.  On  large  bogs  which  can  be 
reflowed,  but  on  which  the  reflowdng  is  not  regularly  done  on 
account  of  the  impossibility  of  handling  the  water  c^uickly,  it 
is  probably  best  to  follow  the  practice  of  compelling  the  eggs 
of  the  insect  to  bunch  up  in  their  hatching,  by  holding  the 
winter  flowage  late  (to  about  the  1st  of  June),  and  then  reflow- 
ing  about  three  weeks  later.  On  bogs  which  are  winter  flowed, 
but  cannot  be  reflowed  at  all,  spraying  with  arsenate  of  lead 
is,  at  present,  the  only  remedy  which  can  be  recommended 
without  qualification. 

When  very  abundant,  the  last  brood  of  the  tip  worm  can  do 
serious  injury  by  reducing  the  bud  formation  from  which  is 
produced  the  crop  of  the  following  season.  Investigations 
seem  to  have  indicated  that  ordinary  resanding,  if  done  fre- 
quently enough,  is  a  satisfactory  preventive  of  trouble  from 
this  insect.  On  this  account  it  is  recommended  that  resanding 
be  done  every  other  year. 

As  already  indicated,  reflowing  after  picking  is  a  satisfactory 
method  of  treating  the  girdler  where  water  is  available.     This 


23 

insect  will  not  get  in,  as  a  rule,  on  bogs  which  cannot  be  re- 
flowed,  if  they  are  kept  well  sanded.  It  seems  to  like  to  work 
in  the  rubbish  of  an  unsanded  bog  in  thick  vines.  If  a  serious 
infestation  is  already  present,  resanding  evenly  with  a  full  inch 
of  sand  either  in  the  fall  or  in  the  spring  before  the  first  of  June 
is  usually  sufficient  to  smother  the  insect  so  that  the  moths  will 
not  emerge. 

The  dry  bog  fireworm  is  easily  controlled  by  a  single  spraying 
with  arsenate  of  lead,  applied  between  the  4th  and  10th  of  July. 
On  the  Cape  this  insect  seriously  affects  only  such  bogs  as  are 
not  winter  flowed. 

Harvesting. 

In  average  seasons  the  cranberry  harvest  begins  during  the 
last  week  in  August  and  continues  until  the  crop  is  entirely 
gathered.  The  length  of  the  picking  season  varies  greatly  in 
different  years,  according  to  the  weather  conditions.  Cran- 
berries should  be  picked  only  in  dry  weather.  It  will  not  do 
to  begin  picking  in  the  morning  until  the  vines  have  thoroughly 
dried  off,  and  the  day's  picking  must  be  finished  before  the 
dampness  of  the  very  late  afternoon  begins  to  gather.  Frosty 
nights,  as  well  as  wet  weather,  are  a  hindrance  in  the  picking 
season,  for  they  compel  the  flooding  of  unpicked  areas  and,  as 
a  rule,  no  picking  can  be  done  on  the  day  following  flooding. 
Cranberries  were  originally  picked  entirely  by  hand,  and  quite 
an  army  of  pickers  was  needed  to  gather  the  crop.  With  the 
acreage  at  present  under  cultivation  it  would  be  practically 
impossible  to  gather  the  entire  crop  by  hand  on  account  of 
scarcity  of  help.  There  is,  however,  considerable  hand  picking 
still  done,  especially  by  the  small  growers.  If  berries  are  picked 
carefully  by  hand,  this  method  probably  causes  the  least  possi- 
ble injury  to  the  vines.  It  is,  however,  a  very  expensive  and 
probably  unwise  method  to  follow,  except,  perhaps,  on  the  thin 
vines  of  new  plantings,  the  berries  of  which  are  likely  to  be 
tender  and  should  be  injured  as  little  as  possible. 

Most  of  the  crop  on  Cape  Cod  is,  at  present,  picked  with 
rakes,  or  scoops  as  they  are  more  commonly  called.  Scooping 
is  also  largely  practiced  in  Wisconsin.  Hand  picking,  however, 
is  the  rule  in  New  Jersey.  With  average  crops,  berries  may  be 
gathered  with  scoops  at  an  average  expense  of  from  40  to  50 


24 

cents  a  barrel.  With  very  heavy  crops,  berries  have  occasion- 
ally been  scooped  for  as  little  as  9  cents  a  barrel.  They  can 
hardly,  however,  be  gathered  at  so  little  expense,  even  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions,  without  great  waste,  too  large 
a  percentage  of  the  fruit  being  left  on  the  bog  under  the  vines 
when  the  scoopers  are  rushed,  especially  w^hen  the  crop  is 
heavy.  There  is  a  general  tendency  among  the  growers  to 
hasten  their  pickers,  with  the  idea  of  harvesting  at  as  small  an 
expense  as  possible.  This  tendency,  however,  is  to  be  deplored, 
for  the  old  saying  that  "haste  makes  waste"  has  no  more 
appropriate  application  than  in  this  matter  of  picking  cran- 
berries with  scoops.  The  scoopers  should  be  made  to  work 
rather  slowly,  especially  if  the  crop  is  heav3^  To  have  the  men 
work  steadily,  without  haste,  and  scoop  with  as  little  waste  as 
possible,  without  picking  up  by  hand  any  of  the  berries  that 
fall  to  the  ground,  is  probably  a  good  rule  to  follow.  On  large 
bogs,  if  help  is  scarce,  it  is,  however,  probably  best  to  harvest 
the  crop  as  rapidly  as  possible  so  as  to  save  it  from  frost 
damage,  even  though  the  waste  is  great.  Prevailing  prices 
also  have  a  bearing  on  the  comparative  wisdom  of  slow  and 
rapid  scooping;  $3.50  a  barrel  net  would  justify  rapid  scooping 
in  any  case,  but  $4  or  more  net  makes  slow,  careful  work  desir- 
able. The  berries  that  fall  to  the  bottom  and  are  left  on  the 
bog  should  not  be  gathered  by  hand,  for  they  will  not  sell  for 
enough  to  pay  the  expense  of  handling.  They  are  always  in 
poor  condition,  having  been  tramped  over  more  or  less,  and 
are  certain  to  decay  badly  if  gathered.  Such  berries  are  some- 
times gathered  from  the  water  when  they  float  up  on  the  after- 
picking  reflow.  Only  a  small  portion  of  what  is  left  on  the  bog 
will,  however,  float  up  in  this  way,  and  if  they  are  gathered, 
it  is  almost  an  endless  job  to  get  them  dry  and  keep  them  so. 
In  general,  therefore,  it  is  probably  best  not  to  bother  with 
such  berries  at  all. 

Women  and  children  help  freely  in  hand  picking,  but  only 
men  should  be  engaged  for  the  heav}^  work  of  scooping.  It  is 
probably  best  to  pay  the  scoopers  by  the  hour,  without  at- 
tempting to  hasten  their  work  by  means  of  bonuses  for  extra 
quantities  picked.     The  usual  wage  for  scoopers  is  35  cents  an 


25 

hour,  though  the  larger  growers  are  sometimes  able  to  hire 
them  for  as  little  as  25  cents. 

Small  hand-picking  machines,  known  as  "snap  machines," 
are  frequently  used  for  gathering  the  berries  on  thin  vines 
instead  of  picking  by  hand.  These  are  very  useful,  for  they 
gather  the  berries  comparatively  quickly  and  cheaply  and  with- 
out much  injury  to  the  vines.  They  do,  however,  injure  the 
fruit  more  or  less  seriously  and  impair  its  keeping  quality. 

Marketing  conditions  are  such,  and  the  possible  harvesting 
period  is  so  short,  that  it  is  probably  necessary,  especially  if 
the  season  is  late,  for  many  growers  to  begin  picking  while  the 
berries  are  still  partly  green.  Many  believe  that  very  ripe 
berries  will  not  keep  well,  but  it  is  to  be  seriously  questioned 
whether  they  will  not  keep  as  well  on  the  vines,  if  they  are 
protected  from  frosts,  as  they  will  in  the  screen  house.  Between 
the  1st  and  the  15th  of  September,  during  the  period  of  color- 
ing, berries  of  the  Early  Black  variety  will  increase  10  per  cent., 
and  sometimes  more,  in  size.  They  make  a  much  more  attract- 
ive appearance  and  are  of  much  better  quality  for  the  table 
after  they  have  become  colored.  Probably  many  growers 
would,  therefore,  be  wise  to  postpone  their  picking  for  two 
weeks  later  than  is  their  present  custom.  Early  Blacks  for 
late  shipment  should  probably  not  be  picked  before  the  first  of 
October,  for  late  picking  would  largely  prevent  the  loss  by 
shriveling,  which  is  usually  considerable  if  the  berries  are  picked 
early,  and  then  held  in  storage  for  some  time. 

Berries  which  grow  on  vines  bordering  the  ditches  are  gen- 
erally considered  to  be,  as  a  rule,  poorer  keepers  than  those 
from  the  other  vines.  These  "ditch  row"  berries,  as  they  are 
called,  should,  therefore,  be  gathered  first,  and  be  packed  and 
shipped  separately  from  the  rest  of  the  berries.  It  would 
probably  be  a  good  practice  to  devote  the  first  day  of  picking 
to  the  gathering  of  all  the  "ditch  row"  berries  of  the  early 
varieties  on  the  bog  to  be  picked.  They  would  then  be  out  of 
the  way,  and  it  would  be  unnecessary  to  keep  further  track  of 
them. 

To  harvest  a  15-acre  bog,  15  scoopers,  a  foreman  and  three 
helpers  are  necessary.    Two  of  these  men  are  engaged  in  taking 


26 

the  berries  off  from  the  bog  and  piUng  them  up  in  boxes  on 
the  upland  where  they  may  be  taken  away  by  team.  An  ideal 
way  to  remove  the  berries  from  a  bog  is  yet  to  be  devised. 
Hand  barrows  or  stretchers  are  probably  most  commonly  used, 
and  this  method  is  fairly  satisfactory,  but  it  seems  expensive. 
Ordinary  wheelbarrows  are  often  used,  both  with  and  without 
planks.  The  trouble  of  moving  the  planks,  however,  is  con- 
siderable, and  if  they  are  not  used,  the  vines  are  likely  to  be 
killed  out  more  or  less  in  paths  by  the  constant  rolling  of  the 
wheelbarrows  over  them,  for  it  is  very  difficult  to  keep  the  men 
who  are  wheeling  the  berries  from  following  paths.  Probably 
some  form  of  hand  truck  might  be  devised  which  would  give 
better  satisfaction  than  anything  at  present  in  use  for  this 
purpose. 

As  they  are  picked,  the  berries  are  dumped  into  bushel  boxes 
on  the  bog,  the  slats  of  the  boxes  having  more  or  less  space 
between  them  to  allow  for  a  circulation  of  air  through  the 
berries  which  they  contain.  As  the  scoops  gather  more  or  less 
vines,  these  are  dumped  into  the  boxes  with  the  berries,  no 
great  pains  being  taken  to  clean  them  out.  It  is  generally 
supposed  that  the  berries  keep  better  in  storage  if  a  considerable 
quantity  of  vines  and  chaff  are  allowed  to  remain  in  the  boxes 
with  them,  the  idea  being  that  the  vines  increase  the  possibili- 
ties for  air  circulation.  It  seems  very  doubtful,  however, 
whether  the  presence  of  the  vines  has  this  supposed  effect  to 
any  considerable  degree,  and  it  is  certain  that  no  conclusive 
tests  have  been  made  which  prove  any  such  effect.  Probably 
this  idea  sprang  from  the  fact  that,  after  berries  have  been  run 
through  the  separator  and  screened  they  decay  comparatively 
rapidly  in  storage.  This  deterioration  in  keeping  quality  is, 
however,  evidently  very  largely  due  to  the  injury  the  berries 
receive  during  those  processes  of  cleaning.  After  harvesting, 
the  vines  should  all  be  raked  hard  in  one  direction  with  ordi- 
nary hay  rakes.  This  raking  clears  the  bog  of  loose  vines  left 
torn  up  by  the  scoops  and  it  trains  the  vines  that  are  left  for 
scooping  the  following  year. 


27 


Screen  House. 
After  being  poured  into  the  bushel  boxes,  the  berries  are 
stored  in  the  packing  house  (screen  house).  This  building 
should  be  capable  of  thorough  ventilation.  On  damp  days  it 
should  be  kept  close  shut,  and  on  dry,  sunny  days  it  should  be 
thoroughly  ventilated.  It  should  have  ample  capacity  for 
storing  two-thirds  of  the  maximum  crop  that  may  be  expected 
from  the  bog  and  the  barrels  for  packing  as  well  as  room  for 
separating  and  screening  the  berries.  A  building  of  one  floor, 
40  by  SO  feet,  should  be  sufiiciently  large  to  accommodate  the 
berries  of  a  heavy  crop  from  a  12-acre  bog. 

Preparation  of  the  Berries  for  Market. 

The  first  shipments  are  usually  made  within  a  week  after 
picking  begins,  in  early  September,  and  the  greater  part  of  the 
crop  is  sold  by  the  1st  of  December,  though  a  considerable 
quantity  of  berries  is  often  in  the  hands  of  the  growers  until 
well  into  the  winter.  Some  growers  prefer  to  take  the  lower 
prices  which  the  earlier  shipments  bring  and  get  rid  of  their 
berries  as  soon  as  possible.  It  is  to  be  said  in  favor  of  this 
attitude  that  their  shipments  do  not  suffer  from  shrinkage  due 
to  rot  and  loss  of  water  as  do  the  late  shipments,  and  the  cost 
of  screening  and  packing  is  also  much  less  than  it  is  with  the 
berries  which  are  shipped  late.  Berries  which  are  held  until 
into  the  winter,  however,  usually  bring  much  better  prices,  and 
some  growers  prefer  to  hold  their  fruit  late  and  suffer  the  inci- 
dental losses  for  the  sake  of  obtaining  these  higher  prices. 

In  preparing  for  market,  the  berries  are  first  run  through  a 
machine  known  as  a  separator.  There  are  a  number  of  makes 
of  these  machines  on  the  market.  Those  most  used  on  Cape 
Cod  are  provided  with  a  hopper  at  the  top  for  receiving  the 
berries,  a  blower  for  cleaning  them  of  chaff,  and  several  bound- 
ing boards  for  separating  the  decayed  from  the  sound  fruit. 
Some  of  the  machines  also  have  other  useful  accessories,  such 
as  endless  aprons  and  grading  devices.  If  the  berries  have  not 
been  badly  worm-eaten  or  decayed  on  the  bog  to  any  extent 
they  may  be  packed  for  shaping  as  soon  as  they  have  been 


28 

put  through  the  separator,  and  the  early  shipments  are  often 
handled  to  a  considerable  extent  in  this  way.  Most  of  the 
berries,  however,  have  to  be  screened  by  hand  after  they  have 
been  run  through  the  separator.  Women  are  employed  to  do 
this  work,  and  there  is  a  variety  of  makes  of  screens  for  this 
purpose.  "Screeners"  are  usually  paid  12|  cents  an  hour  for 
their  work. 

It  is  best  not  to  screen  or  pack  fruit  on  wet  days,  for  the 
berries  are  likely  to  absorb  moisture  on  such  days,  and  if  they 
are  packed  moist  they  are  far  more  likely  to  rot  in  transporta- 
tion. Most  of  the  berries  are  packed  in  barrels  of  standard 
dimensions  which  are  guaranteed  by  law  to  contain  a  certain 
amount  of  fruit  by  weight.  These  barrels  should  contain  ap- 
proximately 85  quarts  each.  Bushel  crates  are  often  used 
satisfactorily  in  making  small  shipments.  If  barrels  are  used 
they  must  be  shaken  and  well  pressed  down  in  the  process  of 
heading  so  that  they  may  not  be  found  in  the  market  to  be 
"loose  packed."  "Loose  packed"  barrels  are  shunned  by  the 
trade,  both  because  of  their  lack  of  a  full  quantity  of  fruit  and 
because  the  thrashing  around  of  the  fruit  in  a  loose  pack 
seriously  impairs  its  keeping  quality. 

Marketing. 
According  to  conditions,  the  opening  price  of  cranberries  in  the 
fall  ranges  from  $4.50  to  $5.50  a  barrel.  About  60  per  cent,  of 
the  Cape  crop  is  sold  through  a  co-operative  selling  agency 
known  as  the  New  England  Cranberry  Sales  Company,  with  its 
office  at  Middleboro,  jNIassachusetts.  Other  sales  companies  in 
Wisconsin  and  New  Jersey,  affiliated  with  the  New  England 
company,  handle  the  greater  part  of  the  berries  grown  in  those 
sections.  This  selling  agency  is  now  well  organized  and  man- 
aged, and  it  helps  the  trade  tremendously  by  keeping  track  of 
the  cranberry  situation  and  markets  in  different  parts  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada  and  distributing  the  berries  as  they 
are  needed,  thus  preventing  gluts  in  the  market  as  far  as 
possible.  It  maintains  a  corps  of  inspectors,  and  the  berries 
handled  by  it  are  packed  uniformly,  under  different  brands, 
according  to  their  varieties  and  qualities,  a  stability  in  the 
selling  arrangements  being  thus  maintained  all  the  way  through. 


29 

Many  growers,  however,  prefer  to  be  free  to  sell  their  berries 
without  any  dictation  as  to  packing  and  marketing.  Most  of 
the  fruit  sold  by  growers  outside  of  the  sales  companies  is 
probably  disposed  of  through  commission  men,  and  there  are 
buyers  for  cash  also  on  the  ground,  more  or  less,  every  year. 

Preserving. 
Various  efforts  have  been  made  by  some  of  the  larger  growers 
to  preserve  the  fruit  which  cannot  be  immediately  placed  on 
the  market.  Methods  of  canning  and  evaporating  have  already 
been  considerably  developed,  and  preserving  in  one  of  these 
ways  is  likely,  in  time,  to  become  an  established  part  of  the 
business.  As  a  matter  of  interest  to  housewives,  it  should  be 
stated  here  that  cranberries  can  be  kept  fresh  and  in  good 
condition  for  several  months  by  keeping  them  submerged  in 
cold  water  in  sealed  jars  in  a  cool  place.  It  is  important  to 
wash  the  fruit  thoroughly  and  sort  out  the  decayed  berries, 
before  the  fruit  is  thus  submerged. 

Cooking. 

Cranberries  should  always  be  cooked  in  earthen,  agate  or 
aluminum  kettles.  The  strong  acids  of  this  fruit  act  so  quickly 
upon  tin,  iron  or  brass  that  kettles  made  of  these  metals  should 
never  be  used.  Cooked  cranberries  should  not  be  allowed  to 
stand  in  dishes  made  of  metal  which  their  acids  will  affect. 
Only  granulated  sugar  should  be  used  to  sweeten  this  fruit. 
There  is  probably  a  considerable  difference  in  the  quantities  of 
sugar  required  to  sweeten  the  fruit  of  the  different  varieties. 
The  riper  the  berries  are  when  picked  the  smaller  the  amount 
of  sugar  they  are  likely  to  require. 

A  few  recipes  which  have  been  found  particularly  good  for 
the  preparation  of  cranberries  for  the  table  are  here  given. 
These  recipes  are  from  a  handbook  published  by  the  New 
England  Cranberry  Sales  Company. 

Sauces. 
No.  1 .  —  Take  1  quart  of  cranberries,  1  pound  of  sugar,  1  pint  of  water. 
Boil  sugar  and  water  together  for  five  minutes;  skim;  add  the  cranberries 
and  cook  slowly,  without  stirring  (turn  and  shake  the  pan  if  necessary), 


30 

until  all  the  berries  have  cracked  their  skins,  and  so  become  sweetened. 
Remove  from  the  fire  when  the  popping  stops. 

No.  2.  —  Take  I5  cups  of  boiling  water,  1  quart  of  cranberries,  \\  cups 
of  sugar.  Boil  together  for  fifteen  minutes  without  stirring,  but  watch 
carefully  to  prevent  burning  (shake  and  turn  the  pan,  if  necessary),  the 
object  being  to  preserve  the  fruit  as  nearly  whole  as  possible. 

No.  3.  —  Take  1  quart  of  cranberries,  1  pint  of  sugar,  1  pint  of  water. 
Put  berries  and  water  in  a  pan  and  spread  the  sugar  over  the  floating 
berries;  cover  closely  and  cook  for  ten  minutes  without  stirring.  Do  not 
let  them  burn  or  boil  over;  shake  and  turn  the  pan  occasionally.  Skim 
with  a  silver  or  porcelain  spoon,  and  set  back  on  the  stove  to  simmer  for 
a  few  minutes.  Cooked  in  this  way  the  skins  will  be  tender,  the  berries 
nearly  whole  but  sweetened,  the  juice  clear  and  almost  a  jelly. 

Jellies. 

No.  1.  —  Take  2  quarts  of  cranberries,  1  quart  of  water.  Boil  until  the 
cranberries  are  tender.  Strain  through  a  jelly  bag  or  thin  muslin.  Heat 
the  juice,  and  to  each  pint  of  juice  add  from  f  of  a  pound  to  1  pound  of 
granulated  sugar,  according  to  taste.  Stir  until  the  sugar  is  dissolved, 
but  do  not  boil.    Pour  into  jelly  glasses  or  molds. 

To  make  a  firm  jelly,  boil  a  quart  of  berries  with  \\  cups  of  water  until 
the  skins  burst.  Press  through  a  sieve  and  reheat.  When  at  the  boiling 
point,  add  1  pint  of  sugar  and  boil  for  ten  minutes,  then  turn  quickly  into 
wet  molds. 

No.  2.  —  Wash  1  quart  of  selected  berries.  Sprinkle  over  them  1  pint 
of  sugar  and  h  pint  of  water.  Cook  slowly.  When  they  begin  to  boil, 
cover  over  a  few  moments  and  cook  until  tender,  but  do  not  allow  the 
skins  to  break.  Pour  into  a  mold.  The  juice  will  be  firm,  inclosing  the 
berries,  which  makes  an  attractive  and  delicious  dinner  accompaniment. 

Pies. 

No.  1.  —  A  delicious  pie  is  made  of  \\  cups  of  spUt  raw  cranberries,  1 
cup  of  sugar,  \  cup  of  water.  Put  into  porcelain-lined  vessels  and  cook 
ten  minutes.  Cool  and  bake  in  one  crust  with  a  rim  and  strips  across  the 
top.    This  may  also  be  cooked  with  rich  upper  crust  if  desired. 

No.  2.  —  Take  \\  cups  of  cranberries,  f  cup  of  seedless  raisins,  1  cup 
of  granulated  sugar,  2  tablespoons  of  flour,  1  teaspoon  of  vanilla,  and  a 
few  drops  of  almond  flavoring.  Bake  with  two  crusts.  It  is  better  to 
cook  berries  in  water  a  few  minutes. 

No.  2.  —  Take  1  cup  of  split,  raw  cranberries,  \  cup  of  seeded  raisins 
chopped  fine,  1  cup  of  granulated  sugar,  1  tablespoonful  of  flour,  very 
heaping,  1  teaspoonful  of  vanilla.    Use  a  short  pie  crust  and  bake  slowly. 


31 


Water  Ice. 

Boil  1  quart  of  cranberries  in  1  pint  of  water  until  the  skins  are  soft, 
and  strain  through  cheesecloth.  When  cool,  add  the  juice  of  2  lemons. 
Make  a  syrup  with  1  pint  of  granulated  sugar  and  |  pint  of  water;  when 
cool,  add  to  the  cranberry  juice  and  freeze. 

Many  persons  add  1  tablespoonful  of  gelatine  which  has  been  soaked 
ten  minutes  in  ^  cup  of  cold  water. 

Punch. 
Boil  2  cups  of  water  and  I  cup  of  sugar  together  fifteen  minutes;  boil 
1  pint  of  cranberries  and  1  cup  of  water  together  five  minutes,  strain 
through  cheesecloth,  add  the  syrup  and  juice  of  a  lemon,  cool,  freeze  to 
a  mush,  using  equal  parts  ice  and  salt;   serve  in  glasses. 

The  Cost  of  Building  a  Cranberry  Bog. 

Cost  per  acre  for  land, $10  to  flOO 

Clearing,  ditching,  turfing,  grading  and  sanding,    .       .       .  200  to    500 

7  barrels  vines  at  $3  per  barrel, 21  to     21 

Setting  out  of  vines, 16  to      16 

Incidentals  (tools,  dikes,  flumes,  buildings,  etc.),    .       .       .  150  to   250 

Total, $397  to  $887 

The  cost  of  building  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  circum- 
stances, but  particularly  on  the  natural  conditions,  make-up 
and  location  of  the  swamp  which  is  to  be  converted  into  bog, 
and  on  the  ability  and  knowledge  of  the  foreman  who  super- 
intends the  work.  An  average  yearly  yield  of  from  50  to  65 
barrels  of  berries  per  acre  may  be  expected  from  a  good  piece 
of  bog,  properly  built  and  located,  planted  wuth  standard 
varieties  and  given  proper  care. 

A  good  bog,  planted  with  standard  varieties  and  given  proper 
care,  barring  the  accident  of  fire,  ought  to  bear  crops  more  or 
less  regularly  for  a  long  period  of  years.  There  are  bogs  now 
forty  years  old  on  the  Cape  which  are  still  in  fine  condition  and 
bearing  w^ll. 


®I)C  Commourucaltl)  ot  illassacliusctts* 


STATE  BOAED  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    42. 

May,  1915. 


The  Home  Vegetable  Garden. 


Allen  French. 


From  the  Sixtt-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts 
State  Board  op  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


approved  by 
The  State  Board  op  Publication. 


THE  HOME  YEGETABLE  GARDEN. 


ALLEN  FRENCH,  CONCORD,  MASSACHUSETTS. 


Home  vegetable  gardening  is  in  sharp  contrast  to  market 
gardening.  The  latter  needs,  for  success,  special  knowledge, 
very  good  soil  and  easy  access  to  market.  The  former  can  be 
made  successful  on  any  farm  or  in  any  garden.  Not  that  a 
weedy,  poorly  planned,  badly  fed  garden  is  ever  worth  keeping, 
but  the  man  who  understands  the  worth,  to  his  family,  of  a 
copious  and  varied  supply  of  fresh  vegetables  can  easily  prove 
the  truth  of  the  claim  made  in  the  Farmer's  Bulletin  bearing 
the  same  title  as  this  article :  — 

The  statement  can  safely  be  made  that  a  well-kept  garden  will  yield  a 
return  ten  or  fifteen  times  greater  than  would  the  same  area  and  location 
if  devoted  to  general  farm  crops.  A  half  acre  devoted  to  the  various  kinds 
of  garden  crops  will  easily  supply  a  farm  with  a  hundred  dollars'  worth  of 
vegetables  during  the  year,  while  the  average  return  for  farm  crops  is  con- 
siderably less  than  a  tenth  of  this  amount. 

This  article  proposes  to  discuss  briefly  the  management  of 
such  a  garden. 

The  size  of  the  garden  will  necessarily  vary  with  the  needs 
of  the  family.  Personal  tastes  will  lead  to  the  inclusion  or  ex- 
clusion of  different  crops.  Some  families  eat  more  largely  of 
vegetables  than  others.  Further,  some  housekeepers  have 
learned  with  how  much  ease  and  satisfaction  vegetables  may 
be  canned  for  the  winter,  and  will  consequently  demand  a 
larger  summer  supply.  It  seems  safe  to  say,  however,  that 
exclusive  of  the  potato  supply,  which  usually  comes  from 
another  part  of  the  farm,  a  half  acre  is  plenty  for  a  large 
family.  Yet  if  the  family  goes  in  largely  for  asparagus,  es- 
pecially for  canning  as  well  as  eating  fresh,  the  half  acre  will 
have  to  be  considerably  added  to. 

The  location  of  the  garden  is  important.     To  begin  with,  it 


should  be  permanent,  as  only  thus  can  it  be  made,  by  repeated 
enrichings,  to  attain  the  highest  degree  of  fertility.  It  should 
have  a  southerly  exposure  (southeasterly  is  better  than  south- 
westerly, but  due  south  is  best  of  all)  and  should  have  its  rows 
running  south  (as  thus  the  plants  get  the  sun  on  both  sides 
during  the  day).  It  should  be  conveniently  near  the  house  for 
tending  and  picking,  especially  since  the  latter  is  often  done  by 
the  women  of  the  family.  The  garden  should  also  be  con- 
venient to  the  water  supply.  The  question  of  soil,  should 
there  be  a  choice  upon  the  farm,  is  also  of  importance.  Any 
soil  can  be  improved,  but  the  gardener  should  seek  to  get  a 
deep  medium  loam  in  a  location  capable  of  drainage,  if  that  is 
needed.  A  slight  surface  slope  is  usually  sufficient  to  make 
drainage  unnecessary,  provided  there  is  not  a  clay  subsoil. 

This  study  of  the  soil  gives  basis  for  the  plan  of  yearly  im- 
provement. If  the  soil  is  too  light  manure  will  add  humus.  If 
the  soil  is  too  heavy  manure  will  open  it  up.  If  it  is  not  rich 
enough  manure  will  make  it  richer;  and  once  enriched  manure 
is  needed  for  maintenance.  Therefore  —  manure  !  But  in  addi- 
tion to  this  improvement  the  soil  can  be  deepened  by  yearly 
working  up  a  little  of  the  subsoil,  and  where  drainage  is  neces- 
sary there  is  only  yearly  loss  by  delaying  it. 

Where  enough  manure  is  not  to  be  had  the  richness  of  the 
soil  may  be  maintained  by  yearly  setting  aside  a  part  of  the 
garden,  —  if  possible  a  third,  —  for  the  growing  of  a  green  crop, 
preferably  a  legume,  for  plowing  under.  And  as  autumn  ap- 
proaches, any  part  of  the  garden  that  is  cleared  for  the  rest  of 
the  season  should  be  planted  with  a  cover  crop,  such  as  clover, 
vetch  or  rye,  for  plowing  under. 

Such  individual  treatment  of  small  patches  means,  of  course, 
that  the  owner  recognizes  the  garden  to  be  the  most  valuable 
part  of  his  farm,  and  accordingly  worth  the  trouble. 

Land  for  the  garden  is  best  broken  in  late  fall.  It  should  be 
plowed,  and  the  sliced  earth  left  on  edge  for  the  frosts  to  pene- 
trate deeply.  Perennial  roots  are  more  easily  killed  when  their 
roots  are  exposed,  and  the  ground  is  made  more  mellow  for 
spring  working.  Further,  insect  pests  are  turned  out  of  their 
winter  refuge  and  are  killed.  If  broken  in  spring  the  sod 
should  be  turned  under  deeply.    Spring  enrichment  should  con- 


sist  of  manure,  as  well  rotted  as  possible,  and  thoroughly 
disked  in.  In  an  old  garden  coarse  manure  should  be  plowed 
under  in  the  fall.  But  rather  than  plow  coarse  manure  under 
in  the  fall  with  new  ground,  keep  the  manure  over  winter  and 
cure  it  by  frequent  turnings. 

As  a  good  system  of  accounts  is  the  best  guide  to  success  in 
farming,  the  account  book  should  be  begun  with  the  first  fall 
working.  Labor  should  be  debited  in  a  separate  column  at 
current  rates,  the  manure  and  fertilizer  also.  Other  debit 
columns  should  be  for  seeds,  plants,  chemical  fertilizer  and 
tools.  A  fair  estimate  of  yearly  expenses  is  not  gained,  how- 
ever, especially  when  starting  a  garden,  unless  the  tools  are  en- 
tered in  an  equipment  account,  only  one-fifth  of  their  cost 
being  charged  per  year,  on  the  theory  that  any  good  tool  will 
last  for  -five  years,  and  by  that  time  will  have  paid  for  itself. 
Credit  columns  will  be  few,  but  care  should  be  taken  to  credit 
the  garden  with  everything  taken  from  it  at  current  prices. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed,  after  breaking  the  land  in  the  fall, 
that  no  more  work  of  gardening  is  to  be  done  until  spring.  In- 
deed, the  most  important  work  of  the  garden  is  done  in  the 
winter,  —  the  planning ;  for  if  the  soil  into  which  so  much 
money  is  to  go  is  not  cropped  to  its  last  available  foot  there 
is  waste,  and  this  cannot  be  prevented  except  by  planning. 
No  man  can  go  out  to  his  freshly  plowed  garden,  cast  his  eye 
over  it,  and  plant  it  offhand  in  the  best  way.  This  work 
should  be  done  on  winter  evenings,  with  paper  and  ruler  and 
pencil,  and  with  seed  catalogues  at  hand.  The  dimensions  of 
the  garden  should  be  exactly  known.  The  best  sort  of  paper 
for  planning  is  called  cross-section  paper,  ruled  in  small  squares 
of  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch.  With  one  of  these  to  every  foot 
the  garden  is  easily  mapped  to  an  exact  scale.  Remember  that 
long  rows  are  the  easiest  to  care  for,  as  there  is  less  turning, 
and  this  is  an  advantage  where  horse  or  wheel  hoes  are  used. 

On  one  side  of  the  garden,  with  rows  running  north  and 
south,  should  be  put  the  perennials,  asparagus  and  rhubarb. 
Forty  to  50  good  asparagus  plants,  when  bearing  well,  should 
produce  a  bunch  a  day.  Set  them  4  feet  by  18  inches.  Four 
to  6  rhubarb  plants  are  enough  for  most  families.  Set  them  at 
the  end  of  the  asparagus  rows,  4  feet  by  4  feet. 


Annual  vegetables  fall  into  two  kinds  of  classes:  long  and 
short  season,  and  hardy  and  tender.  According  to  these  classi- 
fications must  the  garden  be  planned,  in  companion  or  succes- 
sion or  whole-season  planting.  Companion  cropping  means  the 
planting  of  short-season  with  long-season  crops,  the  former  to 
be  picked  before  the  latter  need  all  the  space.  Thus  lettuce  or 
radish  goes  between  cabbage  or  staked  tomatoes.  Succession 
cropping  means  the  planting  of  one  short-season  crop  after 
another,  as  beans  following  spinach.  It  is,  on  the  whole,  not 
wise  to  put  other  plants  in  the  same  rows  with  tall-growing 
plants,  such  as  pole  beans  or  corn,  but  rows  of  short-season 
plants  may  go  between.  Squashes  and  corn,  however  practical 
they  may  be  when  raised  in  combination  on  the  farm,  do  not 
yield  their  best  when  combined  in  the  garden. 

This  planning  should  all  be  carried  out  to  the  last  detail,  so 
as  to  keep  the  garden  working  at  all  times.  The  spacing  de- 
pends, of  course,  on  whether  horse  or  hand  culture  is  to  be 
used;  but  in  either  case  the  rows  should  not  be  too  near  to- 
gether for  the  plants'  sake,  nor  too  far  apart  for  the  worker's. 
A  list  of  distances  is  given  below.  When  finally  the  plan, 
probably  after  several  changes,  has  been  finished,  it  should  be 
carefully  inked,  or  marked  clearly  with  a  lead  pencil  that  will 
not  rub. 

If  the  garden  is  an  old  one  the  last-year  plan  will  of  course 
be  of  use  in  planning,  for  even  in  so  small  an  area  as  a  vege- 
table garden  rotation  can  be  practiced.  In  this  two  things  may 
be  remembered :  first,  a  crop  should  not  always  follow  itself,  as 
beans  following  beans,  or  tomatoes  following  tomatoes;  second, 
it  is  well  to  keep  the  leguminous  crops  together,  and  to  follow 
them  by  non-leguminous  crops  in  the  next  year.  The  following 
crop  then  gets  the  advantage  of  the  nitrogen  left  by  the  leg- 
umes. 

The  plan  herewith  reproduced  is  for  a  fairly  large  family,  and 
is  made  according  to  general  tastes.  To  suit  family  preferences 
the  gardener  will  vary  the  quantities  planted.  (In  my  garden, 
for  example,  I  never  plant  parsnips  or  turnips,  but  I  make  up 
for  this  with  marrows,  cauliflower  and  okra.)  The  distances 
given  on  the  plan  are  for  hand  cultivation,  for  which  some  of 
the  rows  could  be  closer.     Yet  as  cultivating  in  narrow  spaces 


>  y 

?o  ^ 

o  — 

m  O 

n 

N 

m 


*l*l*l*|s!|Si|3!|=h|* 
■  Ri  51  *   ~ 


a  s»  3i  =*  a  a  SsRt  =t>  hi!   *   Si  Us 


^  >_»  1   s<  1 

ill  i 

li^ 

1^ 

■&    ^ 

■^-5^-5^-il-^r. 


^>i 


1^1 

§:=>  s  f  i^s>  ^ 

n 


5^ 

?i   ^ 

.s    S     > 

S'^ 

1  ^ 

^Cf 


IIP. 


sl 


3S> 


gJs' 


|V| 


^la^ 


^^^ 


I  Vol  f  gfv,  g  ^-^-^Ift-  s 

I  f-k^laiC       1'-%  i 


-< 

-< 

•5 

-5 

0 

25 

3 

are  accord 
eginning   ab 
jackward    p 
nting  of  w 

X 

IS 

s- 

II 

In  p. 
in? 

T3    0) 

3 
0) 

"2. 

^'^^ 

^f 

"oS 

3 
1 

"is 

-<  0 

0  ^ 

1-^ 

n> 

0 

^  s 

i;n 

QS 

2.  S. 

n  CI       < 

D 

•  0 

CO   0) 

s  -i'^ 

•"  ™" 

go    ^™ 

0. 

^1 
s' 

r^ 

■"^s 
» 

between  seedlings  is  very  delicate  work,  the  2-foot  limit  should 
be  maintained  if  so  much  space  can  be  afforded.  It  wdll  be 
observed  that  the  tall  plants  (corn  and  pole  beans)  are  to- 
gether, to  prevent  shading  smaller  plants.  The  legumes  are  in 
a  solid  block.  Companion  and  succession  cropping  are  planned 
for  as  much  as  seems  wise  in  a  home  garden;  much  cover  crop- 
ping, which  means  enriching,  can  be  done.  The  potato  patch 
may  be  added  or  not,  according  to  farm  or  garden  conditions. 
On  the  margin  of  the  plan  a  table  of  approximate  planting 
dates  is  given. 

The  beginning  of  this  season  of  planting  varies  in  Massa- 
chusetts from  early  until  late  April,  according  to  four  condi- 
tions. Toward  the  south,  or  near  the  sea,  the  season  is  much 
earlier  than  near  the  Vermont  hills.  The  nature  of  the  soil,  its 
texture  and  drainage,  next  influences  earliness,  but  is  the  one 
factor  w^hich  can  be  changed.  Exposure  (easterliness  or  wester- 
liness,  and  the  valuable  protection  given  by  a  windbreak)  may 
make  a  difference  of  several  days.  Finally,  the  season  itself 
varies  considerably  from  year  to  year.  Distrust  an  early  spring; 
it  may  be  treacherous.  Correspondingly,  a  backward  spring 
may  be  kindly.  Never  be  in  a  hurry  to  plant  the  whole-season 
crops,  such  as  parsnip  or  late  cabbage.  With  them  a  few  days 
counts  for  little. 

In  studying  the  garden  plan  the  reader  may  find  names  of 
plants  w^hich  he  has  never  grow^n.  Yet  none  of  them  are 
merely  "fancy."  Chard  and  New  Zealand  spinach  are  very 
dependable  summer  greens,  yet  on  many  of  our  farms  and 
gardens  they  are  still  unknown.  Thin  chard  to  18  inches; 
plant  the  spinach  in  hills  4  or  5  feet  apart;  both  plants  may  be 
picked  all  summer.  Kohlrabi  is  an  above-ground  turnip;  it 
should  be  p'cked  young.  No  garden  should  grow  pumpkins 
when  it  can  grow  squash,  except  for  jack-o'-lanterns.  Vegetable 
marrow  is  a  summer  squash  which  bears  very  freely  and  can  be 
cooked  in  several  ways.  The  small  marrows  are  excellent  for 
canning.  As  for  carrots,  no  one  knows  how^  good  they  taste 
until  he  tries  the  small  forcing  varieties.  Okra  is  for  gumbo 
soup.  Savoys  are  more  delicate  than  common  cabbage.  En- 
dive (do  not  get  the  root-crop  kind)  is  a  fall  lettuce,  which  to 
be  at  its  best  should  be  blanched  by  tying  up  the  heads.    Sugar 


8 

peas,  to  be  treated  like  string  beans,  add  much  to  table  variety. 
And  finally,  every  garden  should  have  a  few  hills  of  muskmelons 
and  watermelons  as  delicacies.  There  is  no  fear  of  their  cross- 
ing with  squash  or  cucumber. 

These  newer  kinds  of  vegetables  add  to  the  interest  of  the 
garden,  first  by  giving  variety  to  the  table,  and  next  by  keeping 
the  gardener  awake  to  the  work  that  plant-breeders  are  doing 
for  his  benefit.  The  progressive  gardener  will  grow  at  least 
one  new  plant,  or  a  new  variety  of  a  well-known  plant,  every 
year. 

The  list  of  vegetable  varieties  given  at  the  end  of  this  article 
is  intended  as  a  partial  guide  for  buying.  Unfortunately,  after 
a  few  years  such  a  guide  becomes  antiquated.  But  when  new 
it  names  standard  varieties  which  can  be  bought  of  most  New 
England  seedsmen.  Further,  it  shows  at  all  times  the  various 
classes  into  which  can  be  divided  such  plants  as  beans,  corn 
and  radish. 

Having  finished  the  plan  and  decided  what  varieties  shall  be 
used,  the  next  important  piece  of  work  is  ordering  the  seeds. 
Generally  speaking,  it  is  safe  to  calculate  from  the  data  given 
in  most  seedsmen's  catalogues,  and  from  the  space  to  be  covered 
in  the  garden,  the  amounts  of  seed  necessary.  For  example,  the 
catalogue  will  state  that  a  quart  of  bush  beans  will  sow  100 
feet  of  drill;  and  that  of  pole  beans,  a  quart  of  limas  will 
plant  100  hills,  and  of  smaller  sorts,  200  hills.  Knowing  how 
many  feet  and  hills  we  wish  to  plaint,  the  quantity  to  order  is 
readily  calculated. 

But  where  shall  the  seeds  be  bought?  Unless  previous  testing 
has  proved  the  local  grocer  to  carry  reliable  seeds  he  is  usually 
the  last  one  to  depend  on.  To  be  sure,  his  seeds  come  in  an 
attractive  show-case,  and  in  envelopes  with  gaudy  pictures;  but 
on  the  average  these  seeds  had  better  be  avoided.  Buy  prefer- 
ably of  a  man  who  makes  seed-handling  a  large  part  of  his 
business,  and  whose  living,  therefore,  depends  on  the  excellence 
of  his  stock.  If  there  is  no  such  man  at  hand  there  are  several 
such  in  each  city  who  publish  excellent  catalogues  and  who  can 
safely  be  dealt  with  by  parcel  post.  Your  farm  journal  will 
name  for  you  some  of  these  men.  They  usually  pay  postage  on 
all  seeds  except  the  bulky  packages  of  beans,  peas  and  corn. 
It  is  insurance  to  deal  with  such  men. 


Seed-catalogues  are  usually  published  in  January.  It  is  well 
to  order  as  early  as  possible,  to  insure  prompt  service,  and  also 
to  make  sure  that  a  shortage  of  stock,  which  occurs  almost 
yearly  in  some  kind  of  seed,  will  not  cause  disappointment. 

Early  ordering  also  gives  time  for  testing  any  seed  of  which 
for  any  reason  the  buyer  is  suspicious.  If  proved  to  be  of 
poor  vitality  it  can  be  replaced. 

In  the  winter  all  necessary  tools  should  be  bought.  The 
beginner  at  hand  culture  needs  at  least  a  spading  fork  (be  sure 
to  get  one  with  a  strap  ferule),  a  hoe  and  a  rake;  line,  stakes 
and  labels;  a  trowel;  and  if  not  a  wheelbarrow,  at  least  a 
basket.  He  should  have  a  wheel  hoe  if  he  can  afford  it.  If 
his  ground  is  free  from  stones,  and  his  garden  large,  a  planting 
machine  will  probably  pay  for  itself.  For  horse  culture,  be- 
sides these  tools  the  gardener  will  need  a  cultivator  and  pos- 
sibly a  seed  drill.  If  he  does  not  wish  to  buy  the  plow  and 
harrow  he  can  hire  them  once  a  year. 

Fertilizer  should  also  be  ordered  in  the  winter.  When  planted 
in  large  fields,  vegetables  properly  require  a  different  mixture 
for  each  crop;  but  in  the  vegetable  garden  this  is  not  practi- 
cable. They  are  therefore  best  divided  into  two  classes:  those 
which  are  used  for  their  stems  or  leaves,  as  spinach,  chard,  let- 
tuce, cabbage;  and  those  which  are  grown  for  their  seed  or 
root,  as  beans  and  peas,  potatoes,  turnip.  The  first  of  these 
should  uniformly  be  treated  with  a  nitrogenous  fertilizer,  say  a 
reliable  high-grade  top-dressing;  the  second  should  be  given  a 
similarly  good  potato  fertilizer.  The  reason  for  this  difference 
is  of  course  simply  because  nitrogen,  when  given  in  large  pro- 
portion, stimulates  to  top  growth  instead  of  to  blossom  or  root 
growth.  But  nitrogen,  in  the  form  of  nitrate  of  soda  or  sul- 
phate of  ammonia,  should  always  be  on  hand  to  give  in  very 
small  quantities,  to  struggling  young  seedlings,  or  to  plants 
wdien  just  set  out.  It  should  be  given  as  a  top-dressing  and 
washed  in  with  water  (manure-water  is  just  as  good);  the 
other  fertilizers  may  be  given  in  the  same  way,  or  sowed  be- 
neath the  plants  in  the  drill  or  hill,  to  give  a  good  start. 

No  one  will  garden  for  many  years  in  succession  without 
some  attempt  to  lengthen  his  season  by  the  aid  of  glass.  If 
the  tomato  and  lettuce  plants  are  started  in  the  south  window 


10 

in  boxes,  some  weeks  may  be  gained  in  their  growth.  Flats 
may  be  easily  made  of  old  tobacco  or  starch  or  soap  boxes, 
cutting  them  down  to  an  inside  depth  of  about  23^  inches. 
With  good  medium  loam,  with  care  not  to  water  either  too 
little  or  too  much,  and  with  either  thinning  or  transplanting 
when  the  plants  have  four  true  leaves,  good  plants  may  be 
raised.  Cabbage,  cauliflower,  squash,  eggplant  and  still  other 
plants  may  thus  be  raised  in  considerable  numbers  in  very 
small  space.  Cucumber,  squash,  marrows  and  melons  should 
be  raised  in  individual  holders,  such  as  strawberry  baskets,  as 
they  transplant  poorly. 

Equally  simple  is  the  aid  which  can  be  given  to  plants  in 
the  open  garden,  to  protect  from  the  cold.  Small  boxes,  having 
neither  bottom  nor  top,  can  be  set  over  single  plants;  with  a 
pane  of  glass  to  each,  removed  when  the  sun  is  very  hot,  the 
boxes  become  tiny  cold-frames.  In  default  of  glass,  or  with 
boxes  too  large  for  the  use  of  single  panes,  cheesecloth  may  be 
used;  or  this  may  be  tacked  over  a  melon  crate  or  peach  basket. 
This  latter  kind  of  protection,  which  need  never  be  removed 
until  the  plants  are  crowded,  is  particularly  valuable  over  hills 
of  cucumber  or  squash  or  melon,  as  it  keeps  away  insect  pests. 
Similarly,  cabbage  or  cauliflower  plants  raised  in  a  small  frame 
over  which  cheesecloth  is  tacked  cannot  be  attacked  by  the 
maggot  until  they  are  ready  to  transplant. 

The  step  beyond  such  home-made  devices  is  the  attainment 
of  a  cold-frame.  One  may  be  made  to  fit  such  old  sash  as  may 
be  at  hand;  or  it  may  be  bought  for  the  standard  3  by  6  foot 
sash.  These  sashes,  with  overlapping  panes  to  shed  water,  may 
be  bought  in  all  quantities;  but  it  will  pay  to  have  them  of 
cypress,  strongly  put  together.  Double-glassed  sashes  are  be- 
coming popular.  A  four-sash  frame,  partitioned  into  two  sec- 
tions, for  hardy  and  for  tender  plants,  will  provide  early  plants 
for  a  garden  of  considerable  size,  and  ought  to  be  enough  for 
a  large  family. 

The  management  of  a  cold-frame  is  very  simple.  The  seed  is 
sown  in  rows  3  to  6  inches  apart,  and  the  plants  are  thinned, 
watered  and  transplanted  until  large  enough  to  set  out  in  the 
garden.  Care  must  be  given  to  ventilation  in  frosty  weather, 
both  to  keep  the  plants  from  burning  in  the  sun  and  to  keep 


11 

them  from  freezing  at  night.  Mats  and  shutters  are  needed  to 
keep  out  heavy  frosts. 

A  hotbed  is  only  a  cold-frame,  under  which  hot  manure  is 
placed  to  keep  the  ground  warm.  It  needs  extra  care,  first  to 
bring  the  heating  manure  to  the  right  temperature,  and  next  to 
keep  the  seedlings  from  damping  off  in  too  moist  an  atmosphere. 

•In  Massachusetts  the  hotbed  may  be  started  late  in  Febru- 
ary, the  cold-frame  a  month  later. 

As  spring  approaches,  work  in  the  open  garden  begins. 
Nothing  can  be  done  until  the  frost  is  out  of  the  ground,  but 
even  then  the  soil,  vuiless  light  and  well  drained,  may  be  too 
wet  to  handle  for  several  days  more.  Then  the  plowed  ground 
may  be  smoothed  by  the  harrow  or  by  the  hoe  and  rake;  or  in 
case  the  garden  is  to  be  manured  the  dressing  may  be  disked  or 
spaded  in.  In  hand  work  it  is  well  to  get  out  all  stones  larger 
than  a  hen's  egg,  —  tedious  work  in  ground  where  more  work 
up  each  year,  yet  in  the  long  run  sure  to  pay,  —  and  also  all 
roots  of  such  perennials  as  witch  grass.  When  the  surface  is 
smooth,  planting  may  begin. 

In  planting  the  nature  of  the  different  plants  must  be  accom- 
modated to  the  stages  of  the  season.  Certain  plants  are  hardy 
to  light  frosts:  such  are  beets,  cabbage,  Brussels  sprouts, 
cauliflower,  celery,  carrot,  chard,  cress,  endive,  kale,  kohlrabi, 
leek,  lettuce,  parsley,  parsnip,  pea,  radish,  salsify,  spinach, 
turnip.  Other  plants  are  easily  injured  or  killed  by  frost:  such 
are  beans,  corn,  cucumber,  eggplant,  muskmelon,  okra,  pepper, 
squash,  tomato,  watermelon.  So  long  as  frosts  are  likely,  there- 
fore, say  until  the  middle  of  May,  it  is  safe  to  sow  only 
hardy  plants.  Yet  it  is  often  safe  to  risk  an  early  planting  or 
two  of  corn  and  beans.  As  the  danger  of  frosts  lessens,  the 
tender  plants  may  be  sowed.  Since  potatoes  are  tender,  they 
should  seldom  be  set  out  before  the  middle  of  May. 

Planting  distances  should  be  such,  both  in  and  between  the 
rows,  that  the  plants  will  not  crowd.  Crowding  means  stunt- 
ing, and  stunted  plants  cannot  yield  a  proper  crop.  As  already 
noticed,  for  convenience  in  cultivating  a  garden  of  any  size, 
where  the  work  must  be  done  rapidly,  and  usually  with  a  wheel 
hoe,  it  is  not  wise  to  have  the  rows  much  less  than  2  feet  apart. 
Nevertheless,  where  space  is  limited,  and  where  the  gardener  is 


12 


prepared  to  work  delicately,  rows  of  small  plants  such  as 
radish,  forcing  carrot,  cress  and  lettuce  may  be  as  close  as  9 
inches;  and  larger  plants  such  as  salsify,  carrot,  bush  beans 
and  peas  may  be  18  or  20  inches  apart.  In  such  a  garden  rows 
of  dwarf  corn  may  stand  2  feet  apart,  with  single  plants  a  foot 
apart  in  the  row;  pole  beans  may  be  in  hills  30  inches  apart 
each  way;  and  cucumber  need  be  scarcely  wider  spaced. 
Nevertheless,  since  on  the  farm  there  is  seldom  need  of  such 
intensive  cultivation,  the  following  spacing  will  be  more  con- 
venient to  follow. 

The  spaces  are  for  hand  culture.  For  horse  cultivation  the 
narrowest  alleys  should  be  widened  to  at  least  30  inches. 
Where  rows  of  a  larger  and  a  smaller  plant  stand  side  by  side 
give  the  larger  space  or  "split  the  difference."  (In  the  table,  ' 
stands  for  feet  and  "  for  inches.) 


Asparagus,  4'  x  18". 
Beans :  — 

Bush,  2'  X  1'. 

Pole,  4'  X  4'. 
Beet,  2'  x  4". 
Brussels  sprouts:  — 

Dwarf,  2'  x  1'. 

Standard,  2'  x  2'. 
Cabbage :  — 

Early,  2'  x  2'. 

Late,  3'  x  2'. 
Carrot:  — 

Ear]^,  2'  x  9". 

Late,  2'  x  15". 
Cauliflower:  — ■ 

Early,  2'  x  2'. 

Late,  3'  x  2'. 
Celery :  — 

For  blanching  with  boards,  2'  x 
9". 

For  earthing,  4'  x  9"  (or  set  in 
double  rows  1'  apart,  the 
plants  9"  or  more  apart  in  the 
rows,  in  alternate  spaces;  4' 
between  the  double  rows). 
Chard,  2'  x  18". 


Corn :  — 

Early:  hills  30"  x  30"  (or  rows 
30"  apart,  plants  1'  apart). 

Later:  hills  4'  x  4". 
Cress,  rows  2'.     Do  not  thin. 
Cucumber.  4'  x  4'. 
Eggplant,  4'  X  4'. 
Endive,  2'  x  1'. 
Kale:  — 

Dwarf,  2'  x  1'. 

Standard,  2'  x  18". 
Kohlrabi,  2'  x  9". 
Lettuce,  2'  x  9"-12". 
Muskmelon,  4'  x  4'  or  more. 
Mustard,  2'.     Do  not  thin. 
Okra,  2'  x  18". 
Onion,  2'  x  6"-9". 
Parsley,  2'  x  18". 
Parsnip,  2'  x  18". 
Peas : — 

Bush,  2'  X  2". 

Tall,  3'  X  2". 

(Plant  peas  in  rows  6"-9"  apart; 
dwarf  peas  support  each  other; 
for  tall  peas,  put  the  wire  be- 
tween.) 


13 


Pepper,  2'  x  2'. 
Potato,  2'  X  14". 
Radish :  — 

Spring  and  fall  kinds,  2'  x  3' 

Summer,  2'  x  1'. 

Winter,  2'  x  2'. 
Rhubarb,  at  least  4'  x  4'. 
Salsify,  2'  x  12"-15". 
Spinach,  2'  x  9"-12". 

New  Zealand,  hills  4'  x  4'. 


Squash :  — 

Summer,  4'  x  4'. 

Vegetable  Marrow,  4'  x  4', 

Winter,  5'  x  5'. 
Tomato :  — 

Staked,  2'  x  18"  (to  be  pruned). 

On  frames,  2'  x  2'. 

Sprawhng,  3'  x  2'. 
Turnip,  2'  x  9"-12". 
Watermelon,  5'  x  5'. 


The  depth  of  planting  varies  somewhat  with  circumstances. 
The  rule  for  planting  in  flats  is  to  cover  a  seed  to  twice  its 
thickness;  but  outdoors  this  can  scarcely  be  followed,  first 
because  such  delicate  work  is  impossible,  and  second  because 
soils  vary.  In  a  light  soil,  where  there  is  danger  of  the  seed's 
drying  out,  the  planting  may  be  twice  as  deep  as  in  a  moist 
soil.  Small  seeds  in  dry  soil  should  be  at  least  a  quarter  inch 
deep,  but  celery  seed,  which  should  always  be  planted  in  a 
seedbed,  should  be  merely  pressed  into  the  moist  earth;  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  peas  should  go  quite  deep.  It  is  well  to 
plant  peas  in  shallow  trenches  of  about  6  inches  depth,  to  cover 
lightly,  and  when  the  plants  are  growing  to  fill  in  the  trenches 
in  cultivating.  This  will  insure  deep  rooting  and  plenty  of 
moisture.  After  planting  any  seed,  and  firming  the  earth  over 
it,  scatter  a  light  mulch  of  earth  over  the  place,. to  prevent  dry- 
ing or  baking. 

After  planting  there  is  necessarily  a  time  of  waiting  for  the 
seedlings  to  appear.  If  weeds  sprout,  or  if  a  rain  comes  and 
packs  the  surface,  so  that  it  bakes  or  dries  out  in  the  sun,  the 
gardener  will  be  anxious  to  cultivate.  This  will  be  dangerous 
unless  the  rows  have  been  properly  marked,  and  even  then  the 
work  is  delicate.  But  just  as  soon  as  the  seedlings  appear  the 
work  of  cultivation  should  begin,  and  should  be  repeated  as 
soon  as  weeds  are  numerous,  and  after  every  shower;  for  culti- 
vation not  merely  kills  the  weeds,  —  it  saves  the  moisture  in 
the  garden  by  coating  the  soil  with  an  inch  or  two  of  dust, 
through  which  the  water  cannot  evaporate.  Properly  culti- 
vated, a  garden  will  need  little  watering,  even  in  a  drought.  But 
cultivation  should  be  thorough. 


14 

Most  modern  gardeners  are  abandoning  the  hilling  of  corn 
and  potatoes.  Hilling  injures  the  plants  by  cutting  off  the 
upper  feeding  roots.  It  also  makes  in  the  garden  a  greater 
surface  for  evaporation. 

Thinning  should  begin  early,  as  soon  as  the  seedlings  have 
four  true  leaves,  and  before  they  crowd,  except  as  noted  below. 
And  as  it  is  important  that  the  plants  should  not  injure  each 
other,  the  gardener  should  have  no  mercy  on  the  extra  plants. 
But  there  are  exceptions.  Mustard  and  cress  should  not  be 
thinned  at  all.  Chard  and  beets  and  spinach,  after  first  thin- 
ning to  an  inch  or  two,  may  be  left  to  grow  larger  and  to  be 
thinned  again  from  time  to  time,  the  thinnings  to  be  eaten  as 
greens. 

The  work  of  transplanting  is  made  safe  by  a  little  care. 
Choose,  if  possible,  a  cloudy  day,  or  work  in  the  afternoon. 
Water  the  plants  thoroughly  half  an  hour  before  lifting.  The 
ground  to  receive  the  plants  should  be  moist.  Dig  the  hole  for 
each  plant  a  little  too  deep,  scatter  in  the  bottom  compost  or 
well-rotted  manure,  with  a  little  fertilizer,  and  cover  lightly 
with  earth;  then  fill  the  holes  once  with  water.  Lift  the 
plants  singly,  with  much  earth,  if  that  is  possible,  and  set  im- 
mediately; at  any  rate,  keep  them  from  the  sun  when  once 
they  are  dug,  and  prevent  the  roots  from  drying  out.  Cut  off 
half  the  leaf-surface,  to  equalize  the  loss  of  roots.  Water  the 
plants;  and  if  the  sun  is  hot,  shade  them,  also,  for  the  rest  of 
the  day  and  the  hottest  part  of  the  next.  Old  strawberry  boxes 
are  excellent  for  shading  small  plants. 

The  work  of  gardening  naturally  changes  with  the  season. 
As  the  summer  advances,  and  the  plants  spread,  the  work  of 
cultivating  gradually  lessens  and  that  of  picking  begins.  Here 
the  average  gardener  makes  the  mistake  of  letting  the  crop 
grow  too  old.  Beans  grow  stringy,  peas  tough,  summer  squash 
coarse.  Nothing  is  gained  by  this,  for  plants  from  which  the 
fruit  is  taken  early  make  up  by  yielding  more.  It  is  much  wiser 
to  take  the  crop  when  it  is  young  and  tender.  Okra  and  kohl- 
rabi are  ruined  if  not  picked  when  young. 

It  is  here  that  the  proper  management  of  a  garden  comes  in. 
To  know  at  just  what  stage  each  crop  is,  and  to  pick  it  when 
at  its  best,  requires  a  little  forethought.     But  garden  manage- 


15 

ment  goes  further  than  this.  Staked  tomatoes  should  weekly- 
be  pruned  (one  to  three  stalks)  and  tied.  The  watching  of  the 
crops  leads  to  proper  succession  planting.  The  moment  a  row 
of  plants  has  finished  its  usefulness  it  should  be  dug  up,  and  no 
time  should  be  lost  in  planting  its  successor.  Thus  early 
spinach  is  followed  by  cauliflower  from  the  frames,  or  peas  are 
succeeded  by  beets.  As  the  summer  advances  it  will  be  too 
late  to  follow  with  vegetables;  but  the  cover  crops  should  go 
in  as  promptly  as  possible,  to  get  a  good  growth  before  winter. 
Garden  management  includes,  further,  a  careful  lookout  for  the 
coming  of  insect  pests.  Otherwise  the  squash  bug  or  the  cab- 
bage maggot  will  do  irreparable  damage. 

As  soon  as  there  is  a  sign  of  them,  therefore,  the  campaign 
against  them  sJiould  begin.  There  is  no  space  here  to  tell  what 
to  do  in  each  case,  nor  how  to  take  preventive  measures  against 
diseases.  (Diseases  can  never  be  cured;  the  only  salvation  is 
prevention.)  The  reader  should,  for  help  in  such  cases,  consult 
Circular  No.  2,  Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Agriculture, 
"Insecticides,  Fungicides  and  Directions  for  their  Use." 

Neatness  in  the  garden  is  worth  while  not  only  for  itself,  but 
for  its  results.  All  rubbish  should  be  gathered  daily,  and  piled 
in  some  out  of  the  way  place.  The  resulting  heap  is  called  the 
compost  heap,  and  if  the  garden  waste  is  not  given  to  the  pigs 
or  chickens,  it  yet  can  do  good  service  by  turning  itself  into 
the  best  of  earth  mold,  valuable  in  providing  earth  for  the  flats, 
or  for  enriching  the  hills  of  squash  and  melons.  Compost  is 
quite  as  valuable  as  manure. 

The  saving  of  seed  is  often  possible  in  the  garden.  If  the 
gardener  is  sure  that  there  has  been  no  crossing,  and  likes  his 
strain  of  corn  or  squash  or  tomato,  he  cannot  merely  save 
himself  a  little  money,  but  can  by  careful  selection  even 
improve  his  seed. 

From  late  summer  onward  the  garden  would  begin  to  look 
bare  were  it  not  for  cover  crops.  These,  as  already  mentioned, 
should  be  sowed  in  every  space  as  soon  as  it  is  vacant.  In 
summer  crimson  clover  is  the  best  to  use;  as  frosts  approach, 
winter  vetch  will  be  better;  and  after  frosts  begin  rye  is  best 
used  for  a  quick  result.  When  turned  under,  these  will  provide 
plant  food. 


16 

The  coming  of  frosts  challenges  the  gardener  to  protect  his 
plants.  The  tall  plants,  such  as  corn,  must  meet  their  fate; 
but  the  low-growing  can  often  be  saved  by  the  use  of  old 
cloths,  burlaps  or  bedding  hay.  Tomatoes  (staked  tomatoes 
may  be  laid  down),  squash  and  cucumbers  can  thus  often  be 
saved  for  weeks.  But  at  last  even  the  cabbages  must  be  taken 
up,  if  they  are  to  be  saved,  or  if  they  are  in  the  way  of  the 
final  preparation  of  the  garden  for  the  winter. 

This  should  consist,  if  the  gardener  can  possibly  afford  it,  of 
the  plowing  under  of  manure.  Cover  crops,  if  large,  may  be 
plowed  under  also;  or  else,  if  they  are  small,  or  if  the  slope  of 
the  garden  renders  it  liable  to  winter  washing,  they  may  be  left 
for  surface  protection  until  spring. 

Roughly,  then,  this  reviews  the  work  of  vegetable  gardening. 
The  city  man  regards  it  as  a  desirable  pastime;  but  the  aver- 
age farmer  is  still  but  too  likely  _to  resent  it  as  an  encroach- 
ment upon  his  time.  He  fails  to  realize  the  money  value  of  his 
crop;  fails  also  to  perceive  the  aid  to  health  which  he  and  his 
family  gain  from  food  which  not  even  the  richest  magnate  can 
improve  upon. 


List  of  Vegetable  Varieties. 
Asparagus:    Argenteuil,  Palmetto,  Reading  Grant  (if  buying  roots,  get 

only  one-year). 
Beans  (Bush) :  — 

Snap  (Green) :  Stringless  Green  Pod,  Valentine,  Refugee. 

Snap  (Wax) :  Kidney  Wax,  Golden  Wax,  Currie's  Rust  Proof. 

Shell:  Horticultural,  Green-seeded  Flageolet. 

Lima:  Burpee's  Bush,  Henderson's  Bush,  Fordhook  Bush. 
Beans  (Pole) :  — 

Snap  (Green) :  Kentucky  Wonder. 

Snap  (Wax) :  Golden  Cluster. 

SheU:  Golden  Carmine,  Scarlet  Runner. 

Lima:  Challenger,  Carpinteria,  Sieva. 
Beet:  Crosby's  Egyptian,  Edmands'. 
Brussels  Sprouts:  Aigburth  (Standard),  Dwarf  French. 
Cabbage:  — 

Early:  Early  Jersey  Wakefield,  Copenhagen,  Early  Vienna  Savoy. 

Late:   Danish  Ballhead,  Flat  Dutch,  Green  Globe  Savoy,  Red  Dutch, 
Red  Rock. 


17 

Carrot:  — 

Early:  Parisian  forcing. 

Medium:  Chantenay. 

Late:  Danvers  Half  Long. 
Cauliflower  (get  the  best  seed!) :  — 

Early:  Early  Snowball,  Early  Erfurt. 

Late:  Autumn  Giant. 
Celery:  Golden  Self-Blanching,  Boston  Market,  Giant  Paschal. 
Chard:  Lucullus. 
Corn:  — 

Early:  Peep  o'  Day  (white).     Golden  Bantam  (yellow). 

Medium:  Crosby. 

Late:  Evergreen,  Country  Gentleman. 
Cress:  Curled,  or  Peppergrass. 
Cucumber:  White  Spine,  Russian  (short). 
Eggplant:  Black  Beauty,  New  York  Improved. 

Endive:  Winter  Curled,  Escarolle  (do  not  get  the  root  plant,  chicory). 
Kale:  Dwarf  Green  Curled,  Winter  (or  German  Greens). 
Kohlrabi:  White  Vienna,  Purple  Vienna. 
Lettuce:  — 

Heading:  May  King,  Tennisball  (black-seeded),  Big  Boston,  Mammoth 
Black-seeded  Butter. 

Curled:  Hanson,  Simpson,  Grand  Rapids. 

Cos  or  Romaine:  Express,  Trianon. 
Muskmelon:  — 

Green  or  yellow  flesh:  Long  Island  Beauty,  Rocky  Ford. 

Red  Flesh:  Emerald  Gem,  Fordhook,  Honey-drop. 
Mustard:  White. 
Okra:  Dwarf  Green. 
Onion:  — 

Sets:  White,  Yellow  and  Red. 

Seed:  Yellow:  Danvers,  Ailsa  Craig,  Prizetaker. 

Seed:  White:  Silver  King,  Portugal. 

Seed:  Red:  Globe,  Wethersfield. 
Parsley:  Moss  Curled,  Dobbie's  Curled. 
Parsnip:  Early  Round,  Hollow  Crown. 
Peas  (varieties  given  are  wrinkled  only) :  — 

Early:  American  Wonder,  Gradus,  Sutton's  Excelsior. 

Medium:  Alderman,  Advancer,  Dwarf  Telephone. 

Late:  Telephone,  Stratagem. 

Sugar:  Mammoth  melting. 
Pepper:  Large  Bell,  Ruby  King,  Upright  Sweet  Salad. 
Radish:  — 

Spring  and  fall:  French  Breakfast,  Icicle. 

Summer:  Strasburg,  Stuttgart. 

Winter:  ^akirajima,  Spanish. 


18 

Rhubarb:  Victoria,  Linnseus  (buy  roots.     Rhubarb  does  not  come  true 

from  seed). 
Salsify:  Mammoth  Sandwich  Island. 
Spinach:  — 

Long  Standing,  Round  Thick  Leaved,  Prickly  Seeded  (for  fall  sowing). 

New  Zealand  Spinach  (to  be  cropped  all  summer) . 
Sqicash:  — 

Summer:  Summer  Crookneck,  Mammoth  White  Bush  (pattypan). 

Vegetable  Marrow:  English,  Itahan  (Cocozeli). 

Winter:  Dehcious,  Hubbard. 
Tomato:    Dwarf  Champion,  Dwarf  Stone,  Livingstone's  Stone,  Stirhng 

Castle  (medium  size),  Ponderosa  (very  large). 
Turnip:  Snowball,  Cowhorn  (long  white).  Yellow  Stone. 
Watermelon:  Halbert  Honey,  Early  Fordhook,  Cole's  Early. 
Potato:  — 

Early:  Irish  Cobbler,  Early  Rose. 

Medium  and  late:  Green  Mountain,  Beauty  of  Hebron. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTUEE. 


CIRCULAR    NO.    43 

April,  1916. 

Second  Edition. 


THE  SANITARY  SIDE  OF  FARM 
WATER  SUPPLIES. 


X.  H.  GOODNOUGH. 


From   the  Sixtv-second  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State 
Board  cf  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WRIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Appeoved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


THE  SANITARY  SIDE  OF  FARM  WATER  SUPPLIES. 


X.   H.    GOODNOUGH,    CHIEF   ENGINEER,   STATE    DEPARTMENT   OF   HEALTH. 


The  methods  of  obtaining  water  supplies  for  the  farm  in 
Massachusetts  differ  considerably  from  place  to  place,  with  the 
varying  conditions  of  topography  and  soil.  In  the  hilly  regions 
in  the  central  parts  of  the  State,  and  in  the  mountains  west  of 
the  Connecticut  River,  the  farm  water  supply  is  obtained  in 
many  cases  from  springs  located  on  a  hillside  at  a  higher  level 
than  the  farm  buildings,  and  the  water  is  consequently  supplied 
by  gravity,  giving  running  water  in  house  and  barn.  In  the 
sandy  regions  of  Cape  Cod  and  the  southeastern  parts  of  the 
State  water  supplies  are  commonly  obtained  from  tubular  wells 
driven  in  the  porous  soil.  These  wells  are  usually  wrought-iron 
pipes  having  a  diameter  sometimes  as  small  as  1  inch  and  some- 
times as  great  as  8  inches,  but  usually  a  diameter  of  2  or  2 1 
inches  is  preferred.  In  some  cases  water  is  taken  from  brooks, 
ponds  or  running  streams,  but  the  number  of  such  supplies  is 
small. 

By  far  the  greater  number  of  farm  water  supplies  in  Massa- 
chusetts outside  the  limits  of  town  or  village  water  works  sys- 
tems are  obtained  from  ordinary  wells  dug  in  the  ground  and 
curbed  commonly  with  field  stone,  the  usual  diameter  being  3 
to  4  feet.  The  number  of  wells  and  springs  used  for  the  water 
supplies  of  farms  and  village  homes  in  Massachusetts  is  un- 
doubtedly very  large,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  95  per  cent 
of  the  inhabitants  of  the  State  live  in  cities  and  towns  which 
are  provided  with  public  water  supplies.  In  the  cities  and  the 
larger  towns  the  public  supply  is  available  to  practically  all  of 
the  inhabitants,  but  in  the  smaller  towns  only  the  villages  and 
thickly  settled  areas  are  supplied  by  public  works  as  yet,  and 
there  is  consequently  a  considerable  number  of  inhabitants  in 


the  cities  and  towns  which  are  provided  with  pubHc  water  sup- 
pHes  who  must  depend  on  their  private  sources. 

The  total  population  hving  in  towns  in  which  there  is  no 
general  supply  was,  in  1912,  about  170,000.  There  are  probably 
50,000  people  having  private  water  supplies  who  live  in  towns 
in  which  a  portion  of  the  inhabitants  are  supplied  from  public 
works.  Allowing  five  persons  to  a  family,  there  are  probably 
more  than  40,000  families  in  the  State  who  maintain  private 
water  supplies,  and,  assuming  that  there  is  an  average  of  one 
such  source  of  supply  to  each  family,  there  are  40,000  or  more 
private  water  supplies  in  use  on  the  farms  and  in  the  villages 
in  Massachusetts. 

Massachusetts  has  long  been  settled,  and  there  has  been  com- 
paratively little  division  of  farms  in  many  years.  Undoubtedly 
a  large  percentage  of  the  farm  wells  now  in  use  were  constructed 
many  years  ago,  and  have  been  in  use  continuously  for  a  very 
long  time,  in  some  cases,  no  doubt,  for  much  more  than  half  a 
century.  In  earlier  times  little  or  nothing  was  thought  of  the 
danger  of  the  pollution  of  the  water  supply  from  the  wastes  of 
human  life  except  from  possible  pollution  discharged  directly 
into  the  well,  and  a  well  water  that  was  clear,  colorless  and 
free  from  taste  and  odor  was  regarded  as  wholly  satisfactory. 

The  well  from  which  water  was  to  be  taken  for  household 
use  was  commonly  located  as  close  as  practicable  to  the  farm 
buildings,  especially  the  dwelling  house,  for  convenience  in  ob- 
taining water  for  household  use.  The  water  was  drawn  com- 
monly with  a  bucket  and  later  with  a  pump,  and  at  many  of 
the  farm  and  village  dwellings  the  household  well  was  for  con- 
venience located  in  the  cellar  of  the  house,  or  even  in  a  corner 
of  the  barn.  The  household  sewage  is  also  commonly  disposed 
of  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  house,  and  at  the 
older  places  the  privy,  cesspool  and  sink  drain,  and  the  barn 
with  its  manure  pile,  are  often  found  located  at  no  great  dis- 
tance from  the  well. 

The  question  is  often  asked  why  old  wells  which  have  ap- 
parently yielded,  and  probably  did  yield,  good  water  many 
years  ago  do  not  furnish  water  of  the  same  quality  to-day;  and 
it  is  often  difficult  for  dwellers  in  a  village  or  on  well-kept 
farms  to  understand  why  a  well  which  has  apparently  yielded 


good  water  for  many  years  does  not  supply  good  water  to-day. 
The  answer  in  many  cases  is  that  when  the  well  was  first  dug 
the  buildings  which  it  was  designed  to  supply  had  only  just 
been  constructed,  and  little  or  no  sewage  had  ever  been  de- 
posited upon  the  ground  in  the  region  about  the  well.  As  soon 
as  the  premises  were  occupied  the  seepage  from  the  privy,  sink 
drain  and  cesspool,  which  were  commonly  located  at  no  great 
distance  from  the  well,  began  percolating  into  the  ground  in  its 
neighborhood.  The  drawing  of  water  from  a  well  naturally 
draws  the  ground  water  at  that  point  to  a  lower  level  than 
elsewhere  in  the  neighborhood,  and  induces  a  flow  of  water 
through  the  ground  in  its  direction,  and  where  sewage  is  dis- 
charged upon  or  into  the  ground  in  the  region  influenced  by  the 
draft  of  water  from  the  well,  seepage  therefrom  would  naturally 
have  a  tendency  to  flow  toward  the  well. 

It  is  probable  that  in  the  beginning,  and  perhaps  for  many 
years,  polluted  matter  from  privies,  cesspools,  etc.,  thus  per- 
colating through  the  ground  was  thoroughly  purified  by  oxida- 
tion and  nitrification  in  its  passage  through  the  soil  before 
reaching  the  well,  just  as  the  sewage  of  villages  and  towns  is 
now  purified  by  passing  it  slowl}^  and  intermittently  through 
sand  filter  beds;  but  after  a  long  period  of  continuous  passage 
of  water  containing  organic  matter  through  the  ground  with  air 
constantly  excluded,  the  efficiency  of  the  purification  becomes 
less  and  the  effect  of  the  pollution  upon  the  ground  water  more 
serious.  It  is  also  probable  that  the  finer  matters  in  the  soil  are 
gradually  washed  out,  and  the  passage  of  the  water  through 
the  ground  thus  allowed  to  become  more  rapid. 

The  indications  are  that  polluting  matter  from  a  privy  or 
cesspool  percolating  toward  a  well  does  not  spread  out  over  a 
very  large  section  of  soil,  but  where  the  soil  is  fairly  homo- 
geneous is  confined  to  a  section  of  about  the  same  area  as  that 
of  the  privy  or  cesspool  from  which  it  comes.  It  is  sometimes 
practicable  to  determine  quite  definitely  the  area  affected  by 
seepage  from  a  privy  or  cesspool  when  excavations  are  made  at 
a  point  where  such  receptacles  for  sewage  have  been  located. 
An  example  of  this  was  once  seen  by  the  writer,  where  a  reser- 
voir, upon  one  shore  of  which  were  located  several  privies  and 
cesspools,  was  drawn  down,  exposing  a  steep  slope  from  which 


the  surface  soil  had  been  removed  when  the  reservoir  was  built. 
In  this  case  the  indications  of  the  areas  through  which  the 
liquid  percolating  from  the  privies  and  cesspools  to  the  reser- 
voir was  passing  were  very  clearly  marked  by  the  iron  rust  which 
settled  out  of  the  water  on  its  coming  to  the  air  at  the  bank  of 
the  reservoir,  and  the  traces  of  percolation  from  these  eight  or 
ten  receptacles  were  in  each  case  very  clearly  marked.  In  these 
cases  it  was  evident  that  the  path  of  the  polluted  water  was 
quite  direct,  and  that  the  area  of  cross  section  through  which 
it  passed  was  but  little  greater  in  any  of  these  cases  than  the 
area  of  the  privy  or  cesspool  itself.  The  path  of  the  waste  had 
evidently  remained  the  same  for  many  years,  indicating  that 
the  passage  of  the  polluted  liquid  did  not  have  a  tendency  to 
clog  up  the  ground,  but  that  rather  the  ground  offered  less 
resistance  to  the  passage  of  the  polluted  water  as  time  went  on. 
The  soil  in  this  case  was  but  slighly  porous,  being  what  is 
sometimes  called  a  gravelly  hardpan. 

The  rate  of  percolation  of  water  through  the  soil  varies 
greatly  with  the  character  and  porosity  of  the  material,  and 
liquid  percolating  from  a  cesspool  toward  a  well  may  require  a 
long  time  in  its  passage  through  the  ground  before  it  materially 
affects  the  character  of  the  water  of  the  well,  but  where  the  soil 
is  porous  sand  or  gravel,  and  much  water  is  drawn  from  the 
well,  percolation  may  be  rapid. 

Under  the  general  geological  conditions  in  Massachusetts,  the 
water  which  enters  a  well  is  derived  from  the  rainfall  which 
falls  upon  the  ground  immediately  about  it  and  percolates 
through  the  ground  to  the  well.  The  area  from  which  ground 
water  is  influenced  to  flow  toward  a  well  depends  upon  the 
porosity  of  the  soil,  the  quantity  of  water  drawn,  and  the  gen- 
eral trend  of  the  ground  water  of  the  locality  in  which  the  well 
is  situated.  The  area  from  which  a  well  derives  its  supply  can- 
not always  be  determined  very  definitely,  but  it  can  usually  be 
determined  with  sufficient  accuracy  for  practical  purposes. 

An  average  family  of  six  persons  would  ordinarily  use  — 
with  the  water  required  for  animals,  etc.,  and  allowing  a  small 
amount  for  irrigation  of  gardens  about  the  house  in  the  summer 
season  — ^  about  600  gallons  per  day.  Assuming  an  average 
rainfall  of  42  inches  per  year,  about  8,500  square  feet  of  land 


would  be  required  to  collect  from  the  average  rainfall  the  quan- 
tity of  water  used  by  the  family.  This  would  mean  a  circular 
space  of  ground  104  feet  in  diameter;  but,  inasmuch  as  a  large 
part  of  the  rainfall  runs  off  of  the  ground  as  it  falls,  the  amount 
that  a  well  is  capable  of  yielding  practically  never  equals  the 
amount  of  the  rainfall. 

An  average  of  one-third  of  the  rainfall  on  the  drainage  area  of 
a  well  is  a  very  large  yield,  and  the  quantity  is  usually  much 
less.  Assuming  that  one-fifth  of  the  rainfall  is  collectible  in  a 
well,  the  area  of  ground  required  for  securing  a  supply  of  600 
gallons  daily  would  be  a  space  230  feet  in  diameter;  that  is,  a 
privy  or  cesspool  located  within  115  feet  of  a  well  which  derives 
its  water  equally  from  all  directions  would  be  likely  to  drain 
toward  it,  even  if  the  rainfall  were  distributed  in  equal  daily 
quantities  throughout  the  year. 

Of  course,  the  yield  of  rainfall  varies,  the  amount  being  large 
in  the  winter  and  spring  and  small  in  the  summer  and  autumn, 
so  that  in  the  drier  portion  of  the  year  water  would  probably  be 
influenced  to  flow  toward  the  well  from  a  considerably  greater 
distance  than  115  feet. 

The  foregoing  figures  refer  only  to  average  conditions  where 
the  soil  is  of  the  same  porosity  and  character  over  a  consider- 
able area.  As  the  character  of  the  soil  usually  varies  consider- 
ably, even  in  short  distances,  the  flow  of  ground  water  is 
probably  not  usually  the  same  from  all  directions  about  a  well. 
There  is  also  likely  to  be  a  variation  in  the  flow  of  water 
toward  a  well  due  to  the  slope  of  the  ground  water,  so  that 
pollutions  discharged  into  the  ground  may  be  carried  to  the  well 
from  a  much  greater  distance  on  the  side  of  the  well  from  which 
the  ground  water  flows  most  freely  than  pollutions  deposited  in 
other  directions  about  the  well. 

The  surest  way  of  securing  a  supply  of  water  that  is  safe  for 
drinking  from  a  well  dug  near  a  farmhouse  is  to  so  locate  the 
well  and  the  places  of  disposal  for  sewage,  viz.,  sink  drain, 
cesspool,  privy,  barn,  etc.,  that  drainage  from  any  of  these 
will  not  affect  the  well.  The  best  plan  is,  of  course,  to  locate 
the  sink  drain,  cesspool,  privy  and  barn  at  a  lower  level  than 
the  well,  but  obviously  this  can  be  done  only  in  comparatively 
few  cases  where  it  is  desired  to  locate  the  well  in  the  immediate 


neighborhood  of  the  house.  Where  it  is  impracticable  to  dispose 
of  the  household  sewage  at  a  lower  level  than  the  water  in  the 
well  it  is  important  to  locate  the  places  of  sewage  disposal  as  far 
as  practicable  from  the  source  of  water  supply.  If  the  soil  is 
sand  or  gravel  and  fairly  homogeneous  a  distance  of  250  feet 
will  probably  be  adequate,  provided,  of  course,  that  the  sewage 
disposal  receptacles  are  not  placed  in  a  locality  from  which  the 
ground  water  drains  most  readily  toward  the  well. 

It  is  usually  not  very  difficult  to  determine  the  probable 
trend  of  the  ground  water  and  to  take  advantage  of  it  in  locat- 
ing the  well  in  such  a  way  that,  under  the  conditions  men- 
tioned, drainage  from  the  sewage  disposal  places  is  unlikely  to 
affect  it. 

Where  the  buildings  are  located  on  sloping  ground,  draining 
toward  a  stream  or  pond,  and  the  well  is  on  the  upper  side  of 
the  buildings  and  the  sewage  receptacles  on  the  lower  side,  the 
latter  may  be  located  at  a  lesser  distance  from  the  well  without 
affecting  the  quality  of  the  water  than  where  the  ground  is 
more  nearly  level;  but  it  is  not  advisable,  unless  expert  exami- 
nation shall  show  otherwise,  to  locate  a  receptacle  for  sewage 
nearer  than  250  feet  from  a  well  unless,  of  course,  the  sewage  is 
discharged  at  a  lower  level  than  the  water  in  the  well. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  in  order  to  dispose  of  the  sewage 
effectively  and  satisfactorily  it  is  necessary  to  convey  it  in  a 
pipe  for  a  considerable  distance,  and  the  pipe  line  may  perhaps 
have  to  pass  near  the  well  or  through  the  soil  draining  toward 
the  well.  In  such  cases  it  is  always  best  to  construct  the  pipe 
of  iron  with  tight  lead  joints  throughout  the  section  likely  to  be 
affected  by  drawing  water  from  the  well.  In  order  to  make  sure 
that  the  pipe  is  tight  it  should  be  carefully  laid,  the  joints  made 
tight  and  tested  by  filling  the  pipe  with  water  under  consider- 
able pressure  before  the  trench  is  filled  in. 


Covering  of  a  Well. 

While  the  most  important  requirement  in  maintaining  a  good 

well  water  supply  on  a  farm  is  to  so  dispose  of  the  sewage  that 

it  will  not  affect  the  water,  it  is  also  important  that  the  well  be 

carefully  covered  so  as  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  surface  water 


and  prevent  animals  or  objectionable  matter  from  falling 
into  it. 

The  best  protection  —  and  usually  sufficient  —  for  a  well  is 
to  lay  the  upper  5  feet  of  the  stone  curbing  in  cement  mortar, 
carrying  the  curbing  to  a  few  inches  above  the  level  of  the 
ground,  so  that  surface  water  will  be  diverted  from  the  well 
and  cannot  enter  it  at  the  top.  A  cover  should  be  placed  over 
the  well  or  upon  sills  of  joist  set  in  cement  on  top  of  the  curb. 
A  small  box  or  pipe  rising  above  the  platform  and  with  an 
opening  in  its  sides  will  provide  sufficient  ventilation,  but  it  is 
important  that  the  opening  should  be  screened  with  fine  wire. 

If  water  is  drawn  from  the  well  by  a  pump  passing  up 
through  the  platform  it  is  highly  important  that  the  platform 
be  made  absolutely  tight  and  so  sloped  that  water  falling  upon 
it  will  be  carried  away  from  the  well.  One  of  the  most  serious 
dangers  of  pollution  of  a  well  is  water  washing  from  dirty  boots 
upon  the  platform. 

Effect  of  Lead  Pipe. 

If  the  water  is  drawn  through  a  pump  and  a  suction  pipe 
placed  in  the  well  it  is  best  to  avoid  the  use  of  lead  pipe,  since 
many  ground  waters  act  rapidly  upon  lead  and  cause  lead 
poisoning.  A  pipe  of  block  tin  or  of  lead  lined  with  tin,  pro- 
vided the  pipe  is  made  wholly  of  tin  or  of  some  suitable  ma- 
terial where  it  is  in  contact  with  the  water  in  the  well,  will  be 
safe  for  use.  Pipes  of  iron  lined  with  tin,  or  especially  with 
cement,  are  also  satisfactory  for  conveying  drinking  water. 
Galvanized  iron  pipes  are  usually  satisfactory,  but  waters  which 
attack  lead  usually  attack  iron  and,  by  taking  up  an  excess  of 
iron,  make  the  water  objectionable  for  many  domestic  pur- 
poses. 

One  other  matter  should  be  mentioned,  and  that  is  the  im- 
portance of  avoiding  the  heavy  manuring  of  land  in  the  imme- 
diate neighborhood  of  a  well.  This  practice  has  been  known  to 
affect  the  water  of  many  wells  otherwise  good,  and  it  should  be 
carefully  avoided  for  a  space  of  100  feet  or  more  from  the  well, 
especially  on  the  side  from  which  it  derives  its  supply. 

It  is  not  practicable  within  the  limits  of  this  paper  to  go 
into  the  question   of  well-water  analysis  except  in  the  most 


10 

general  way.  Ordinarily,  it  is  impossible  to  tell  from  the  ap- 
pearance, taste  and  odor  of  a  well  water  whether  it  is  safe  for 
drinking  or  not.  A  clarified  sewage  in  an  ordinary  glass  may  be 
clear  and  colorless  and  may  have  no  very  marked  odor  and  is 
often  not  to  be  distinguished  from  spring  water.  The  senses 
are  wholly  unreliable  when  it  comes  to  deciding  whether  a 
water  of  good  appearance  and  free  from  taste  and  odor  is  safe 
for  drinking  or  not.  On  the  other  hand,  if  a  well  water  which 
has  usually  been  satisfactory  becomes  suddenly  objectionable 
to  taste  and  smell  its  use  should  be  discontinued  until  an 
examination  has  been  made. 

Unpolluted  waters  are  not  usually  affected  by  objectionable 
tastes  and  odors,  though  even  to  this  rule  there  are  exceptions, 
since  quite  often  waters  derived  from  hardpan  soils  have  at 
times  a  noticeable  taste  and  odor,  even  though  analysis  shows 
that  the  water  is  not  polluted  or  otherwise  objectionable  for 
domestic  use. 

The  sudden  appearance  of  turbidity  or  color  in  a  water 
which  has  always  apparently  been  clear  and  colorless  is  also 
good  cause  for  suspicion  of  the  quality  of  the  water  even  though 
it  is  free  from  taste  and  odor,  and  a  water  which  becomes  sud- 
denly turbid  or  colored  should  not  be  used  until  its  safety  has 
been  ascertained. 

If  the  well  is  so  located  that  there  is  no  danger  of  pollution 
from  sewage  or  other  objectionable  matter,  slight  changes  in 
the  quality  of  the  water  need  cause  no  serious  alarm.  There 
are  undoubtedly  a  great  many  cases  in  this  State  where  a  farm 
well  is  not  located  in  such  a  way  that  its  water  can  be  used 
with  safety  for  drinking,  and  in  such  cases  a  new  supply  is  a 
necessity. 

As  to  the  best  method  of  obtaining  a  new  supply,  it  is  im- 
practicable to  lay  down  any  definite  rules,  since  circumstances 
vary  so  widely  from  place  to  place  that  a  rule  by  which  a  good 
well  might  be  secured  in  one  place  would  not  produce  satisfac- 
tory results  in  the  next. 

In  the  sandy  and  gravelly  regions  —  found  mostly  in  the 
southeastern  parts  of  the  State,  but  to  a  considerable  extent  in 
the  river  valleys  of  the  central  and  western  portions  —  it  is 
usually  not  difficult  to  secure  ground  water  in  large  quantity 


11 

by  sinking  a  well  in  low  ground  at  almost  any  point,  provided 
it  is  suflBciently  distant  from  possible  sources  of  pollution;  but 
wells  sunk  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  swamps  will  ordi- 
narily not  supply  good  water,  and  it  is  generally  best  in  swampy 
regions  to  locate  the  well  on  the  upland  50  to  100  feet  from  the 
swamp,  if  practicable.  The  conditions  in  some  cases  are  such, 
however,  that  waters  can  be  taken  from  the  edge  of  a  swamp 
or  even  from  beneath  its  surface  and  good  water  secured. 


^l)t  (flcmmotirocaltl)  of  illa00acl)U0Ctt0» 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    44. 

May,  1915. 


Sewage  Disposal  in  Rural 
Districts. 


Edward  H.  Williams. 


From    the    Sixty-second    Annual    Report    of    the    Massachusetts    State 
Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

"WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915, 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


SEWAGE  DISPOSAL  IN  EUEAL  DISTRICTS. 


EDWARD   H.  WILLIAMS,  ROCKLAND,  MASSACHUSETTS. 


The  message  I  bring  this  afternoon,  it  seems  to  me,  is  per- 
haps the  most  important  one  of  the  day. 

We  have  been  talking  of  better  farms  and  better  farming, 
and  of  the  enormous  crops  that  are  being  raised  and  which  we 
hope  will  increase  prosperity  and  lessen  the  cost  of  living. 

Now  if  we  are  to  have  good  crops  we  must  have  good  farm- 
ers, "and  to  be  a  good  farmer  one  must  of  necessity  be  a  healthy 
farmer;  and  if  rural  life  is  to  be  what  it  ought  to  be  we  must 
first  of  all  look  out  for  the  health  of  the  people  living  in  the 
rural  districts. 

It  is  customary  nowadays  to  speak  of  units  in  life  and  in 
business,  particularly  in  the  manufacturing  and  heat  and  power 
lines.  I  think  that  if  we  divide  life  into  units  we  should  con- 
sider the  health  unit  as  unit  number  1.  We  must  have  health 
if  we  are  to  succeed  in  life  and  do  anything  well. 

Let  us  consider  some  of  the  most  important  things  that  in- 
fluence our  health.  Probably  no  one  thing  is  more  important  to 
our  well-being  than  a  bountiful  supply  of  good  water,  both  for 
drinking  and  general  domestic  purposes.  While  a  few,  com- 
paratively speaking,  of  our  farmers  procure  their  water  from  a 
well-protected  public  water  supply,  by  far  the  greater  portion 
must  obtain  their  supply  from  springs  or  wells,  and  I  am  sorry 
to  say  that  these  latter  do  not  always  yield  pure  water.  Roughly 
speaking,  there  are  between  30,000  and  40,000  wells  in  this 
State  that  are  in  daily  use,  and,  ridiculous  as  it  may  seem, 
there  are  only  about  5  to  10  per  cent  of  them  that  are  unpol- 
luted. Examination  and  analysis  show  these  things  in  a  much 
different  way  from  that  in  which  we  generally  consider  them. 

1  Address  delivered  before  the  field  meeting  of  the  Massachusetts  State  grange  at  South 
Framingham,  August  19,  1914. 


I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  these  wells  that  are  not  yielding  a 
supply  of  pure  water  are  all  in  an  extremely  bad  condition,  for 
such  is  not  a  fact,  but  they  are  more  or  less  contaminated, 
some  severely  and  some  only  slightly,  and  any  well  that  shows 
pollution  to  any  extent  must  be  closely  watched  and  studied  to 
find  out  the  cause.  There  are  a  number  of  ways  by  which  the 
water  in  a  well  or  spring  can  be  contaminated,  and  probably 
the  most  common  way  is  by  the  well  being  so  situated  that  it 
receives  the  wash  from  the  surrounding  slopes  which  runs  over 
the  surface  and  into  the  top  of  the  well,  particularly  during  and 
after  heavy  showers  and  in  the  springtime  when  the  snow  is 
melting.  Another  and  very  serious  way  in  which  pollution  of 
the  worst  kind  may  reach  the  water  in  wells  and  springs  is  by 
a  closely  located  cesspool  or  privy  of  poor  construction  con- 
stantly discharging  their  contents  into  the  surrounding  ground. 
After  a  time  the  ground  becomes  saturated,  and  the  area  sat- 
urated increases  until  it  has  spread  out  for  great  distances  in 
many  cases.  In  very  porous  subsoils,  or  perhaps  along  the 
surface  of  or  through  the  fissures  in  underground  ledges,  it  is 
hard  to  estimate  how  far  sewage  may  travel,  but  certainly  for 
hundreds  of  feet  in  some  cases. 

People  sometimes  ask  why  a  well  does  not  or  should  not  con- 
tinue to  give  a  good  pure  supply  of  water  when  it  always  used 
to,  and  I  would  say  that  it  is  because  of  this  saturation  of  the 
soil,  which  in  some  cases  may  take  years  before  it  reaches  the 
water  supply,  and  also  because  the  contamination  is  not  always 
perceptible  to  the  eye,  nose  or  mouth,  and  only  an  analysis  can 
show  whether  or  not  a  well  is  polluted  and  to  what  extent. 
You  see  the  trouble  lies  largely  in  the  fact  that  germs  of 
disease  are  invisible,  and  you  cannot  tell  by  looking  at  water 
whether  or  not  they  are  present.  By  all  means  have  an  analy- 
sis made  of  any  water  that  you  use  for  domestic  purposes  as 
soon  as  you  detect  any  taste  or  odor  to  it. 

One  of  the  worst  diseases  that  we  have  to  contend  with  is 
typhoid  fever,  and  while  the  State  health  authorities  have  made 
a  wonderful  reduction  in  the  numbers  of  cases  and  deaths  in 
this  State,  it  is  still  far  too  common.  Typhoid  fever  is  fre- 
quently contracted  by  using  water  from  a  well  or  spring  that  is 
polluted  by  sewage.     Now  tj'phoid  germs  will  not  live  in  well 


water  very  long,  but  if  you  have  an  underground  connection 
between  the  well  and  your  cesspool  or  privy  you  can  keep  up  a 
constant  supply  of  able-bodied  typhoid  germs  in  your  drinking 
water  and  contract  the  disease.  You  know^  there  are  people  who 
are  known  as  typhoid  carriers,  that  is,  people  who  may  con- 
tinue to  expel  the  germs  from  their  systems  for  years  after  hav- 
ing recovered  from  an  attack  of  the  disease,  and  one  of  these 
carriers  might  come  to  your  house  and  leave  the  germs  to  do 
their  deadly  work.  So  you  see  we  must  dispose  of  the  sewage 
in  some  way  so  that  it  cannot  reach  the  water  supply. 

The  purpose  of  this  little  talk  of  mine  is  to  tell  those  of  you 
who  are  interested  how  the  sewage  may  be  disposed  of  in  a  very 
satisfactory  manner  in  a  large  number  of  cases,  but  not  in  all 
cases,  for  this  plan  has  its  limits. 

It  is  not  designed  for  use  in  cities  or  towns  where  there  is  a 
sewerage  system,  or  where  the  premises  are  so  limited  that  you 
cannot  construct  the  plant  properly,  or  where  there  is  danger  of 
ridding  yourselves  of  a  nuisance  only  to  pass  it  on  to  your 
neighbor.  This  system  is  what  I  call  a  farm  sewage  disposal 
tank,  but  it  has  several  names,  and  is  constructed  as  you  see  on 
the  sketch.  It  is  constructed  of  concrete  and  is  made  light  and 
air-tight,  as  the  successful  working  of  the  tank  depends  on  the 
action  of  what  are  called  ansrobic  bacteria,  that  work  best 
when  kept  dark  and  quiet  and  with  little  oxygen.  The  bacteria 
do  their  work  by  consuming  the  solids,  except  the  mineral  mat- 
ter, and  converting  them  into  water  which  is  disposed  of  in  one 
of  the  ways  that  we  are  to  speak  of. 

The  successful  working  of  the  tank  also  depends  on  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  water  passing  through  it  for  flushing;  and 
because  it  will  handle  a  large  quantity  of  water,  it  makes  pos- 
sible the  installation  of  bathtubs,  flush  closets,  laundry  tubs 
and  all  of  the  modern  plumbing  conveniences  that  should  be 
placed  in  every  house  in  the  rural  districts  just  as  they  are  in 
the  city  houses.  These  conveniences  properly  installed  add  so 
much  to  the  health  and  convenience  of  rural  life  that  their 
value  is  beyond  estimation.  Running  water  is  necessary,  of 
course,  to  operate  the  closets,  baths,  etc.,  and  can  be  obtained 
in  different  ways.  Where  one  has  a  supply  of  running  water 
from  a  spring  on  a  hill  that  is  well  protected  from  pollution  he 


has  what  1  consider  an  ideal  supply.    If  you  have  not  this  kind 
of  a  supply  you  can  have  running  water  in  your  buildings  by 


Sewa^  Disposal  Tank 


For 


Rural  Residences 

h      re;     H 

HOLg  CQVEB-C^V-HAMDLC  

v^  ,, — W^ : ■T<f    ' A'   ^i^ ' — ^    '  ' — 


mm^^^m^^^msmm^^^m 


iE;2^_'2__ 


8'^ •- 


-7'0" 


^8-^ 


scale  Vz"'\'. 


using  a  gasoline  or  hot-air  engine,  electric  motor,  windmill  or  a 
pneumatic  tank  to  keep  ^^our  supply  tank  filled. 


The  Sewage  Tank. 

The  tank  in  the  sketch  is  of  sufficient  size  to  take  care  of  any- 
ordinary  farm  home  sewage,  and  is  7  feet  long,  3^/2  feet  wide 
and  6  feet  deep,  these  being  inside  dimensions;  the  side  walls 
should  be  made  8  inches  thick,  the  bottom  5  inches  and  the  top 
6  inches  thick.  If  the  tank  is  placed  under  a  lawn  or  grassland 
where  there  is  no  heavy  teaming  over  it,  it  will  not  need  any 
reinforcing,  but  if  placed  beneath  a  driveway  the  top  only 
should  be  reinforced.  The  manhole  cover  should  be  placed  in 
one  corner  so  as  to  enable  you  to  remove  the  lumber  you  use 
for  concrete  forms  without  cutting  it.  The  tank  should  be 
placed  so  that  it  is  covered  with  at  least  18  inches  of  soil,  and 
then  it  will  never  freeze  up.  It  must  also  be  placed  in  such  a 
way  that  the  6-inch  inlet  pipe  has  a  good  grade  or  slope  to  the 
tank,  so  that  the  water  will  have  velocity  enough  to  keep  the 
pipe  free  at  all  times.  You  see  the  ends  of  the  inlet  and  outlet 
pipes  are  submerged,  which  is  done  to  exclude  air  and  to  pre- 
vent the  breaking  up  of  the  scum  on  the  surface  of  the  contents 
of  the  tank,  which  acts  as  a  sort  of  protective  blanket  for  the 
bacteria. 

The  contents  of  the  tank  should  be  kept  as  quiet  as  possible, 
and  as  an  aid  in  this  matter  we  place  a  baffle  board  across  the 
tank  as  shown.  This  baffle  should  rise  a  few  inches  above  the 
surface  line  and  have  an  open  space  18  inches  below  it,  to 
allow  the  heavy  portion  or  sludge  to  spread  over  the  whole 
bottom  of  the  tank,  where  I  believe  it  will  be  better  taken  care 
of  by  the  bacterial  action  than  it  would  in  a  smaller  area. 

Of  course  the  6-inch  outlet  pipe  where  it  leaves  the  tank 
regulates  the  height  of  the  material  within,  and  is  for  the  pur- 
pose of  conducting  the  surplus  water  or  effluent  away  to  the 
place  where  it  is  finally  disposed  of.  The  outlet  pipe  should  be 
set  so  as  to  allow  an  18-inch  air  space  above  the  flow  or  surface 
line. 

Now  as  to  the  methods  of  disposing  of  the  effluent.  If  you 
have  to  consider  the  protection  of  a  water  supply,  as  well  as  to 
dispose  of  the  overflow,  then  you  must  conduct  the  effluent 
away  to  a  point  at  least  200  feet  from  your  own  or  a  neighbor's 
water  supply  or  any  pond  or  stream  connected  with  a  supply. 


8 

Care  must  also  be  used  so  as  not  to  dispose  of  the  effluent  in 
such  a  way  that  it  can  follow  a  ravine  or  depression  in  the 
ground  surface  that  might  convey  it  in  a  wrong  direction.  The 
best  way  of  all  would  be  to  conduct  it  to  a  point  under  ground 
where  there  was  a  sand  or  gravel  subsoil,  and  allow  it  to  es- 
cape through  a  few  open  joints  on  the  end  of  the  outlet  pipe, 
covering  over  the  entire  length  of  pipe. 

In  a  properly  constructed  system  there  is  so  little  sediment 
in  the  effluent  that  this  underground  outlet  will  dispose  of  it 
for  an  indefinite  time  in  a  porous  material.  Be  sure  and  make 
tight  joints  in  your  pipes  except  at  outlet  end,  and  if  you  have 
to  run  either  inlet  or  outlet  pipes  anywhere  near  a  well  it  is 
advisable  to  use  iron  pipe  at  such  a  place  and  lead  the  joints. 

I  know  of  tanks  that  have  been  running  now  for  several 
years,  and  have  done  the  work  so  well  that  there  is  no  amount 
of  sludge  in  them  at  any  time  when  opened.  Members  of  the 
grange  at  several  of  the  meetings  have  told  their  experience, 
and  they  expressed  themselves  as  well  satisfied,  except  in  one 
instance,  and  that  was  when  a  double  tank  was  used  and  the 
sludge  accumulated  in  that  one  so  as  to  block  the  inlet  pipe. 
I  think  the  tank  must  have  been  too  small. 

Now  to  return  to  the  disposal  of  the  effluent  where  you  have 
no  porous  subsoil  to  take  care  of  it.  If  you  are  located  far 
from  neighbors,  and  where  you  have  a  large  area  over  which 
you  can  work  without  endangering  any  source  of  water  supply, 
it  would  be  all  right  to  let  the  effluent  run  out  onto  the  surface 
of  the  ground  where  it  would  get  a  good  chance  to  spread  out 
and  not  stand  in  pools,  as  of  course  mosquitoes  would  breed  in 
the  standing  water. 

Now  there  is  another  condition  to  consider,  and  that  is  where 
you  have  a  limited  area,  and  where  you  have  to  be  careful  about 
allowing  the  effluent,  as  it  comes  directly  from  the  tank,  to  run 
out  on  the  ground  for  fear  of  its  going  into  some  lake  or  stream 
that  may  carry  it  onto  the  land  of  another,  and  where  it  would 
be  necessary  to  pass  it  through  a  sand  filter  before  letting  it 
pass  off.  A  sand  filter  is  easy  to  construct  and  adds  greatly  to 
the  purity  of  the  effluent. 

Now  a  word  in  regard  to  waste  water  from  the  tank.  Some 
people  believe  and  some  of  the  farm  papers  have  stated  that 


9 

this  water  is  good  enough  to  drink;  but  it  is  not  so,  for  you 
have  not  removed  the  bad  matter  entirely  but  have  liquefied  it 
and  only  made  it  possible  to  more  easily  dispose  of  the  sewage. 

The  protection  of  the  water  supply  by  taking  care  of  the 
sewage  in  this  way  would  solve  many  vexatious  problems. 

How  far-reaching  the  effect  of  using  impure  water  may  be 
can  be  illustrated  by  the  thought  of  the  awful  possibilities  of 
spreading  a  contagious  disease  by  using  this  bad  water  to  wash 
milk  utensils,  and  as  a  means  to  cool  milk  by  standing  the  cans 
in  a  tub  of  water  in  which  there  may  be  germs  of  typhoid  fever. 
A  farmer  might  be  ever  so  particular  about  his  cow  barn,  his 
cattle  and  himself  and  then  use  polluted  water  and  thus  his 
precautions  be  unavailing. 

To  illustrate  the  successful  use  of  this  system  of  sewage  dis- 
posal I  would  like  to  tell  you  how,  at  Sugar  Hill,  New  Hamp- 
shire, where  the  people  depend  upon  money  made  by  taking 
summer  boarders,  there  were  installed,  at  the  suggestion  of  the 
New  Hampshire  State  Board  of  Health,  30  or  40  of  the  tanks 
to  eliminate  a  fly  pest  that  was  so  severe  that  the  summer 
people  all  went  away.  The  help  of  the  State  Board  was  asked 
to  remedy  the  difficulty,  and  an  investigation  showed  that  the 
flies  were  breeding  and  feeding  in  the  open  cesspools,  privies 
and  sink  drains  that  were  common  at  almost  every  place. 
After  the  sewage  was  taken  care  of  by  this  method  the  flies 
disappeared  and  the  summer  people  now  go  there  as  before. 
In  their  official  reports  they  speak  of  the  work  and  also  pub- 
lished plans  of  a  tank  as  designed  by  them. 

The  United  States  government  and  different  States  and  col- 
leges approve  of  this  method  of  disposing  of  a  serious  menace  to 
health  in  rural  communities. 

If  you  have  conditions  out  of  the  ordinary  by  all  means  con- 
sult some  one  who  understands  the  question  thoroughly  before 
spending  your  time  and  money. 

The  cost  of  the  tank  if  constructed  by  your  own  labor  should 
not  be  over  $16  or  $17;  of  course  it  is  hard  to  say  how  much 
the  piping  would  cost,  as  the  lengths  would  vary  for  different 
cases. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    NO.    45 

Second  Edition,  Reviskd. 
February,  1916. 


THE  STARLING, 


Edward  Howe  Forbush. 


Revised  and  enlarged  from  the  Fifty-eighth  Annual  Report  of  the 
,  Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  FEINTING  CO.,  STATE  PEINTEES, 

32  DEENE  STEEET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  op  Publication. 


Starling  at  Nesting  Hole  with  Caterpillars  for  its  Young. 
Starlings  are  useful  birds  if  not  too  numerous.     (Original  photograph.) 


THE   STARLING. 


EDAVARD   HOWE    FORBUSH,    STATE    ORNITHOLOGIST. 


The  European  starling  (Sturnus  vulgaris)  was  introduced 
into  New  York  City  in  1890,  and  now  (1915)  is  distributed 
locally  over  most  of  Massachusetts.  It  is  a  native  of  western 
central  Europe,  winters  south  to  Africa  and  is  accidental  in 
Greenland.  It  may  be  described  briefly  .as  follows:  length,  8| 
inches;  adult  male:  black  with  purple  and  green  reflections,  the 
feathers  of  the  upper  parts  and  breast  more  or  less  tipped  with 
pale  buff,  which  gives  the  bird  a  spotted  appearance  when  in 
hand,  but  at  a  little  distance  the  spots  are  invisible;  under 
tail-coverts  edged  with  white;  beak  yellow;  feet  flesh-colored, 
tinged  with  brown;  female:  spotted  below  as  well  as  above; 
young :  uniform  ash  brown,  faintly  streaked  with  darker. 

The  starling  may  be  recognized  at  a  distance  by  its  general 
appearance  and  manner  of  flight.  It  is  about  the  size  of  the 
red-winged  blackbird,  but  has  a  very  short  tail.  It  is  dark  or 
dusky  in  color,  and  during  the  breeding  season  its  bill  is  bright 
yellow.  Those  who  see  it  for  the  first  time  usually  describe  it 
as  a  blackbird  with  a  yellow  bill.  In  flight  it  flutters  like  a 
meadow  lark,  but  seldom  sails  as  much  as  does  the  lark. 

The  Starling  in  Eueope. 

In  order  to  get  some  idea  of  what  we  may  expect  of  the 
starling  in  this  country  we  must  first  glance  at  its  history  in 
Europe.  There  it  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  birds.  In  some 
sections  it  has  been  more  numerous  in  the  past  than  it  is  now, 
but  on  the  other  hand  it  is  increasing  in  numbers  now  in  many 
regions.  Most  of  the  starlings  in  northern  European  countries 
pass  the  winter  in  southern  Europe,  but  reappear  in  the  north 
very  early  in  the  spring,  sometimes  before  the  snow  is  gone;  and 
in  much  of  the  northern  part  of  its  range  a  few  individuals  are 


resident  throughout  the  winter.  Although  it  resembles  our 
blackbirds  somewhat  in  appearance,  it  differs  vridely  from  them 
in  its  breeding  habits.  Like  the  house  sparrow  it  is  a  close 
companion  of  man  during  the  breeding  season.  In  Europe  it 
nests  in  hollow  trees,  in  holes  or  crevices  in  rocks,  walls,  cliffs 
and  buildings.  It  occupies  suitable  places  about  the  eaves,  and 
utilizes  bird  houses  and  nesting  boxes,  as  does  the  house 
sparrow.  It  lays  from  four  to  seven  greenish-blue  eggs  and 
in  many  cases  raises  two  broods  in  a  season.  It  is  a  very 
gregarious  species,  and  even  during  the  breeding  season  may 
be  seen  in  small  flocks,  a  few  individuals  or  a  family  often 
consorting.  By  midsummer  these  small  flocks  begin  to  congre- 
gate into  larger  ones,  containing  hundreds  of  individuals,  and 
increasing  sometimes  in  the  fall  to  thousands  or  tens  of  thou- 
sands. The  largest  flights  are  seen  at  the  roosts.  Usually  the 
starlings  from  a  large  area  concentrate  on  some  marsh  at  night, 
where  they  roost  in  the  reeds,  and  from  these  centers  they 
scatter  over  the  country  to  feed  each  day,  returning  every 
evening  to  the  same  roost,  until  the  approaching  winter,  with 
its  scarcity  of  food,  compels  them  to  wander  about  in  search 
of  it,  or  to  resort  to  more  southern  regions. 

The  accounts  of  the  vast  numbers  congregated  at  the  roosts 
as  related  by  European  ornithologists  seem  almost  incredible. 
Their  numbers  are  set  down  as  hundreds  of  thousands  and 
sometimes  as  "millions,"  but  such  statements  probably  are 
somewhat  exaggerated.  It  is  certain,  however,  that  these  birds 
gather  at  the  roosts  in  "clouds,"  such  as  sometimes  are  seen 
in  the  south,  where  our  swallows  concentrate  in  countless  thou- 
sands at  night  over  a  marsh,  and  discharge  their  numbers  into 
the  reeds  like  a  waterspout  descending  from  a  cloud.  A  some- 
what similar  manner  of  going  to  roost  is  attributed  to  the  star- 
ling. Like  our  cowbird,  it  seems  fond  of  frequenting  pastures 
or  places  where  cattle  are  kept.  It  is  said  to  even  alight  on 
the  backs  of  cattle  and  sheep  in  search  of  ticks  and  other  in- 
sects that  infest  them.  It  is  pre-eminently  a  ground  feeder, 
and  feeds  on  lawns,  in  grass  fields  and  pastures,  and  also  to 
some  extent  in  gardens  and  plowed  lands.  It  destroys  grubs, 
earthworms,  snails  and  many  insects  which  infest  grass  lands 
and  the  droppings  of  cattle.     It  is  conceded  in  Europe  that  the 


benefits  it  confers  on  the  farmer  far  exceed  the  harm  that  it 
does  by  attacks  on  fruit  or  crops;  nevertheless,  there  are  many 
instances  on  record  where  the  starling  has  become  a  pest  to 
the  farmer.  The  habit  of  collecting  in  enormous  flocks  is 
the  great  element  of  danger.  When  a  great  number  of  any 
species  having  grain-eating  or  fruit-eating  propensities  is  col- 
lected in  one  locality  they  are  capable  of  doing  great  harm  in 
a  very  short  time.  Such  flights,  however,  are  often  productive 
of  good. 

The  forest  authorities  in  Bavaria,  during  an  invasion  of  the 
spruce  moth  or  "nun"  in  1889-91,  noted  great  flights  of  star- 
lings, which  were  credibly  estimated  to  contain  as  many  as  ten 
thousand  in  a  flock,  all  busy  feeding  on  the  caterpillars  and 
pupae  of  this  moth.  The  attraction  of  starlings  to  such  centers 
was  so  great  that  market  gardeners  seriously  felt  their  absence 
in  distant  parts  of  the  region.^ 

The  injury  that  starlings  are  capable  of  doing  in  Europe 
may  be  judged  from  the  following  accounts.  Mr.  A.  Butler 
Duncan  of  New  York  writes  that  he  has  known  the  starling  to 
become  a  "perfect  pest"  in  England.  What  the  starling  does 
to  fruit  in  Great  Britain  is  told  in  an  extract  from  the  "Agri- 
cultural Students'  Gazette,"  quoted  by  Mr.  S.  H.  Goodwin  in 
"Bird-Lore,"  May-June,  1908,  page  130. 

The  starling  is  a  splendid  bird  on  grass  land,  foraging  for  leather' 
jackets  (larvae  of  craneflies),  wire  worms,  etc.;  rids  the  sheep  of  a  few 
of  their  ticks;  but  in  a  fruit  district  it  comes  in  droves  into  the  straw- 
berries and  attacks  the  cherries  wholesale  (Hereford);  peas,  apples, 
plums,  as  well  as  cherries  (Kent),  also  raspberries.  Very  valuable  in- 
sect destroyers,  but  getting  too  numerous  (Notts).  In  my  fruit  field 
(between  Harden  and  Colchester)  I  do  not  suffer  very  much  from  black- 
birds and  thrushes,  nor  do  I  grudge  them  their  toll  in  return  for  their 
song.  Only  one  bird  is  dangerous  to  my  crops,  —  that  is  the  starling. 
He  threatened  the  utter  destruction  of  our  strawberry,  raspberry,  cherry, 
gooseberry  and  currant,  and  some  other  crops.  These  birds  arc  said  to 
come  to  us  from  the  marshes  as  soon  as  the  young  are  hatched.  And 
they  come  in  milUons;  in  flocks  that  darken  the  sky.  Their  flight  is  like 
the  roar  of  tlie  sea,  or  like  the  trains  going  over  the  arches.  Their  number 
increased  rapidly  each  year.  I  can  look  back  to  the  time  when  there 
were  few,  and  have  watched  their  increase  for  forty  j^ears,  till  now  it 

'  Fiirst,  Hermann:  "Protection  of  Woodlands."  English  edition,  translated  by  John  Nisbet, 
1893,  p.  126. 


is  intolerable  (Essex).  The  starling  is  a  terror,  and  life  around  here  is 
hardly  worth  living;  you  must  have  a  gun  always  in  your  hand,  or  woe 
betide  the  cherries;   they  come  in  thousands  (Sittingbourne,  Kent). 

Miss  Gertrude  Whiting  of  New  York  City  writes  me  that 
in  Switzerland  enormous  flocks  of  starlings  come  down  like 
black  clouds  on  the  vineyards.  In  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  they 
pluck  the  fruit  absolutely  clean,  and  the  cultivator  is  robbed 
of  his  year's  crop.  In  the  south  of  France  starlings  are  said  to 
be  similarly  destructive  to  the  olive  crop.  This  indicates  what 
would  happen  in  America  were  the  starlings  to  become  abnor- 
mally numerous. 

It  is  of  particular  interest  to  learn  what  we  can  of  the  nature 
of  the  starling  in  its  own  country  in  its  relations  to  other  birds. 
In  Europe  the  starling  is  known  to  eat  the  eggs  and  the  newly 
hatched  young  of  sparrows,  but  this  habit  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  generally  noted.  Mr.  Clinton  G.  Abbott,  who  is  very 
familiar  with  the  bird  in  Europe,  writes  me  that  he  considers 
its  pugnacious  nature  to  be  by  far  the  most  serious  objection 
to  the  starling,  and  that  no  birds  which  nest  in  holes  can  have 
any  peace  at  all  until  all  the  starlings  are  satisfied.  "Many 
a  time,"  he  Avrites,  "have  I  noticed  the  British  woodpeckers 
laboriously  boring  holes  in  the  hard  wood,  only  to  find  that 
after  a  couple  of  weeks'  work  a  pair  of  starlings  had  laid  claim 
to  the  apartment."  The  woodpecker  never  gives  up  without  a 
fight,  but  the  starling  is  always  victorious,  and  "the  next  day 
trailing  straws  from  the  entrance  of  the  cavity  show  the 
presence  of  these  new  and  slovenly  tenants."  It  is  said  that 
starlings  have  become  so  numerous  in  parts  of  England  that 
they  evict  other  hole-nesting  birds,  and  that  it  has  become 
necessary  to  provide  smaller  birds  with  nesting  boxes  which  the 
starling  cannot  enter.  The  pugnacity  of  the  starling  does  not 
seem  to  be  generally  noted  in  the  works  of  European  orni- 
thologists, but  apparently  at  times  starlings  have  battles 
among  themselves.  The  following  copy  of  an  ancient  tract, 
for  which  I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Samuel  N. 
Rhoads  of  Haddonfield,  New  Jersey,  is  both  quaint  and  in- 
teresting: — 


The  Wonderful  Battel  of  Starlings: 

Fought  at  the  City  oj  Cork,  in  Ireland,  the  12th  and  14th  of  October  1621. 
As  it  hath  been  credibhj  informed  by  divers  noblemen  and  others  of 
the  said  Kingdom,  etc.     London,  Printed  for  N.  B.  1622. 

Cork  is  a  City  in  the  West  of  Ireland,  in  the  Province  of  Munster; 
for  Situation,  and  all  Commodities,  which  Sea  or  Land  may  afford,  not 
inferior  to  any  City  in  that  Country.  About  the  7th  of  October  last, 
Anno  1621,  there  gathered  together,  by  Degrees,  an  unusual  Multitude 
of  Birds  called  Stares,  in  some  Countries  known  by  the  Name  of  Star- 
lings. Quality  bold  and  venturous,  among  themselves  very  loving,  as 
may  appear  by  their  Flights,  keeping  together  all  Times  of  the  Year, 
excepting  the  Breeding-Time.  It  is,  and  hath  been  an  old  Proverb, 
that  Birds  of  a  Feather  hold  and  keep  together;  which  hath  even  been 
a  common  Custom  in  these  as  much  as  in  any  other  Kind  whatsoever: 
But  now  the  old  Proverb  is  changed,  and  their  Custom  is  altered  clean 
contrary.  For  at  this  Time,  as  these  Buxls  are  in  Taste  bitter,  so  they 
met  to  fight  together  the  bitterest  and  sharpest  Battel  among  them- 
selves, the  like,  for  the  Manner  of  their  Flight,  and  for  the  Time  the 
Battel  did  continue,  never  heard  Oi-  seen  at  any  Time,  in  any  Country 
of  the  World.    CI  believe) 

We  read  in  the  Histories  of  our  own  Country,  that,  in  the  twelfth 
Year  of  King  Richard  II.  the  Gnats  mustered  together  at  Shine  now 
called  Richmond,  in  great  Abundance,  with  so  great  a  Multitude,  that 
the  Air  was  obscured  and  darkned  by  them.  They  fought  so  violent 
a  Battel  among  themselves,  that,  by  Estimation,  two  Parts  of  them 
were  slain,  and  fell  to  the  Ground.  The  Number  of  those  which  were 
killed  was  so  great  that  they  were  taken  up  with  Shovels,  and  swept 
together  with  Besoms,  that  Bushels  were  filled  with  them,  the  third 
Part  having  gotten  the  Victory,  flew  away  and  vanished,  no  Man  knew 
whither. 

Now  to  come  to  the  Fight  of  our  Birds,  the  Stares  or  Starlings: 

They  mustered  together,  at  this  above-named  City  of  Cork,  some 
four  or  five  Days  before  they  fought  their  Battels,  every  Day  more 
and  more  increasing  their  Armies  with  greater  Supphes;  some  came 
as  from  the  East,  others  from  the  West,  and  so  accordingly  they  placed 
themselves,  and  as  it  were  incamped  Themselves  Eastward  and  West- 
ward about  the  City:  During  which  Time  their  Noise  and  Tunes  were 
strange  on  both  Sides,  to  the  great  Admiration  of  the  Citizens  and  the 
Inhabitants  near  adjoining,  who  had  never  seen,  for  Multitude,  or  ever 
heard,  for  loud  Tunes  which  they  uttered,  the  like  before.  Whereupon 
they  more  curiously  observing  the  Courses  and  Passages  they  used, 
noted,  that  from  those  on  the  East,  and  from  those  on  the  West,  sundry 
Flights,  some  twenty  and  thirty  in  a  Company,  would  pass  from  the 
one  Side  to  the  other,  as  it  should  seem  employed  in  Embassies;  for  they 
would  fly  and  hover  in  the  Air  over  the  Adverse  Party,  with  strange 


8 

Tunes  and  Noise,  and  so  return  back  again  to  that  Side  from  wliich  as  it 
seemed,  they  were  sent. 

And  farther  it  was  observed,  that,  during  the  Time  they  assembled, 
the  Stares  of  the  East  sought  their  Meat  Eastward,  as  the  Stares  of 
the  West  did  the  like  Westward;  no  one  flying  in  the  circuits  of  the 
other. 

These  Courses  and  Customs  continued  with  them  until  the  12th  of 
October,  which  Day  being  Saturday,  about  Nine  of  the  Clock  in  the 
Morning,  being  a  very  fair  and  a  Sun-shine  Day,  upon  a  strange  Sound 
and  Noise,  made  as  well  on  the  one  Side  as  the  other,  they  forthwith, 
at  one  Instant,  took  Wing,  and  so  mounting  up  into  the  Skies, 
encountered  one  another  with  such  a  terrible  Shock,  as  the  Sound  amazed 
the  whole  City  and  the  Beholders.  Upon  this  sudden  and  fierce  En- 
counter, there  fell  down  in  the  City,  and  into  the  Rivers,  Multitudes  of 
Starlings  or  Stares,  some  with  Wings  broken,  some  with  Legs  and  Necks 
broken,  some  with  Eyes  picked  out,  some  their  Bills  thrust  into  the 
Breast  and  Sides  of  their  Adversaries,  on  so  strage  a  Manner,  tht  it  were 
incredible,  except  it  were  confirmed  by  Letters  of  Credit,  and  by  Eye- 
witnesses with  that  Assurance  which  is  without  all  Exception. 

Upon  the  first  Encounter  thej''  withdrew  themselves  backward.  East 
and  West,  and  with  like  Eagerness  and  Furj^  encountered  several  Times; 
upon  which  all  these  Stares  fell  down,  in  like  strange  and  admirable 
Manner,  as  upon  the  first  Encounter.  They  continued  this  admirable 
and  most  violent  Battel  till  a  little  before  Night,  at  which  time  they 
seemed  to  vanish,  so  that  all  Sunday,  the  13th  of  October,  none  appeared 
about  the  City. 

Upon  this  Sunday  divers  passengers  came  out  of  Suffolk,  who  sailing 
betwixt  Gravesend  and  Wool'tvich,  they  heard  a  loud  and  strange  noise 
and  Sound  in  the  Air,  whereupon  casting  their  Eyes  upward,  they  saw 
infinite  Multitudes  of  Stares  fighting  in  all  violent  Manner  together, 
with  a  Crow  or  Pi,aven  flying  betwixt  them,  for  the  Flight  being  so  high, 
they  could  not  perfectly  discern  whether  it  was  Crow  or  Raven.  These 
Birds  had  also  several  Encounters,  making  strange  Sound  and  Noise; 
and  ever  as  they  divided  and  retired  themselves,  the  Crow  or  Raven 
was  seen  in  the  Midst:  But  what  Slaughter  was  made  they  could  not 
observe,  because  the  Evening  was  somewhat  dark,  and  the  Battel  was 
fought  over  Woods  more  remote  off;  but  for  more  assured  Proof  of  this 
Fight  the  Sunday  before-named,  there  are,  at  this  Time,  in  London, 
diverse  Persons  of  Worth  and  very  honest  Reputation,  whom  the  Printer 
of  this  Pamphlet  can  produce,  to  justify  what  they  saw,  at  Cause  shall 
require,  upon  their  Oaths. 

Now  to  return  to  the  last  Battel  fought,  at  Cork,  by  these  Stares 

Upon  Monday,  the  14th  of  October,  they  made  their  Return  again, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  the  Day  being  as  lair  a  Sun-shine  Day  as  it  was 
the  Saturday  before,  they  mounted  into  the  Air,  and  encountered  each 
other  with  like  violent  Assaults,  as  formerly  they  had  done,  and  fell 


9 

into  the  City  upon  the  Houses,  and  into  the  River,  wounded  and 
slaughtered  in  hke  Manner  as  before  is  reported:  But  at  this  last  Battel 
there  was  a  Kite,  a  Raven  and  a  Crow,  all  three  found  dead  in  the  Streets 
rent,  torn  and  mangled. 

In  this  precedent  Narration,  one  Report  v/ill  cause  most  admiration, 
and  that  is,  the  Stares  or  Starlings,  forbearing  and  absenting  them- 
selves from  Cork,  upon  Sunday,  being  the  13th  of  October,  should  that 
same  Day  be  seen  to  fight  near,  or  not  far  off  from  Woolwich;  whether 
the  same  Stares  it  may  be  held  in  respect  of  the  Distance  of  the  Place 
by  Sea  and  Land,  improbable.  But  this  Improbability  is  soon  answered; 
for  as  the  Fight  at  Cork  may  seem  strange  and  improbable,  yet  being 
most  assured  that  such  a  Battel  was  fought,  it  may  be  as  probable,  in 
the  Wonderful  Works  of  Almighty  God,  that,  notwithstanding  the  Distance 
of  the  Place,  these  may  be  the  same  Stares.  ^ 

The  above  extracts  indicate  that  the  starling  has  some  unde- 
sirable quahties;  and  as  such  qualities  are  often  accentuated 
when  a  bird  is  introduced  into  a  new  country,  we  cannot  view 
the  introduction  of  the  starling  without  some  apprehension. 
The  fact  that  it  is  generally  considered  a  desirable  species  in 
northern  Europe  should  not  have  convinced  any  one  that  it 
would  be  so  in  America,  and  its  introduction  here  ought  never 
to  have  been  undertaken.  When  introduced  into  New  Zealand 
it  became  a  very  destructive  pest,  and  no  one  can  tell  what  may 
be  the  result  of  its  acclimatization  here.  Since  the  successful 
introduction  of  the  starling  in  America  the  Bureau  of  Bio- 
logical Survey  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
has  been  given  authority  to  regulate  the  importation  of  foreign 
mammals  and  birds  into  this  country,  and  in  the  future  there 
is  very  little  likelihood  that  the  zeal  of  misguided  persons  who 
wish  to  import  foreign  species  will  have  such  results  as  fol- 
lowed the  introduction  of  the  house  sparrow.  The  Biological 
Survey  now  has  agents  in  every  port  where  foreign  species  are 
likely  to  come  in,  all  shipments  are  examined  and  if  the  bird 
or  mammal  is  considered  dangerous  it  is  destroyed;  thus  we 
have  been  able  to  keep  out  the  mongoose  and  several  unde- 
sirable birds.  But  the  starling,  introduced  before  these  regu- 
lations went  into  effect,  has  increased  so  fast  and  spread  so  far 
that  the  question  now  to  be  considered  is  w'hether  it  is  to  prove 
an  undesirable  addition  to  the  fauna  of  the  country,  and,  if  so, 
w^hether  its  increase  can  be  controlled  and  regulated. 

'p.  '  Morgan,  J.:  "Phcenix  Britannicus,"  a  miscellaneous  collection  of  scarce  and  curious  tracts, 
No.  l,.pp.  250-253,  London,  1731. 


10 


The  Starling  in  America. 
Its  Introduction. 

Probably  we  shall  never  know  how  many  attempts  have  been 
made  to  introduce  the  starling  into  this  country.  I  have 
learned  of  several.  Mr.  John  Coulson  of  Worcester,  Massachu- 
setts, writes  me  that  four  starlings  were  caught  from  a  small 
flock  on  the  estate  of  Mr.  Stephen  Salisbury  on  November  8, 
1876,  and  were  kept  in  the  house  until  November  11,  when 
some  one  accidentally  liberated  them.  Mr.  Coulson,  being  a 
native  of  Great  Britain,  knew  the  birds  well.  Mr.  William 
Conant  of  Tenafly,  New  Jersey,  asserts  that  he  had  a  tame  star- 
ling there  in  a  cage  in  1884.  At  least  six  other  starlings  came 
about  the  cage  of  his  pet  bird,  which  he  finally  liberated  and 
it  disappeared.  These  starlings  are  believed  to  have  reached 
Tenafly  from  Tuxedo,  where  several  European  species,  includ- 
ing the  English  pheasants  and  partridges,  were  liberated  at 
that  time.  Some  of  the  pheasants  and  European  partridges 
also  reached  Tenafly. 

Mr.  Van  Brunt  Bergen  of  Brooklyn,  New  York,  wrote  me 
in  1910  that  Mrs.  Doubleday  liberated  several  pairs  of  starlings 
at  Bay  Ridge  "eight  or  ten  years  ago."  They  came  from  Eng- 
land. But  the  introductions  undertaken  by  Mr.  Eugene 
ScheiflBin  at  Central  Park,  New  York  City,  are  credited  as  the 
first  to  be  successful.  The  first  of  his  importations  numbered 
80  birds,  which  were  liberated  on  March  6,  1890,  and  40  more 
were  released  on  April  25,  1891.  Some  of  these  birds  re- 
mained in  the  park  or  in  its  vicinity,  and  bred  there,  but  in 
1891,  20  appeared  on  Staten  Island,  and  in  1896  they  had 
increased  their  numbers  and  had  extended  to  Brooklyn.  In 
1898,  according  to  Dr.  T.  S.  Palmer  of  the  Biological  Survey^ 
the  species  had  obtained  a  strong  foothold  in  the  neighborhood 
of  New  York  City;  it  had  reached  Stamford,  Connecticut,  and 
Plainfield,  New  Jersey.  One  hundred  birds  were  liberated 
near  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  in  1897,  but  Mr.  Robert  O. 
Morris  of  Springfield  states  his  belief  that  they  did  not  survive 
the  following  winter.  It  may  be  possible  that  they  went  south, 
but  not  one  was  reported  from  Springfield  again  until  the  year 
1908.     In  the  meantime  the  species  had  spread  over  the  first 


11 

forty  miles  of  Long  Island,  up  the  Hudson  River  to  Ossining  and 
beyond,  through  much  of  eastern  New  Jersey  and  into  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Delaware. 

In  June,  1910,  I  was  able,  through  the  co-operation  of  the 
Bureau  of  Biological  Survey,  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  to  make  an  investigation  of  the  distribution,  food 
and  habits  of  the  starling  in  America.  Several  trips  were  made 
to  Springfield,  Massachusetts;  Connecticut;  Long  Island;  New 
Jersey,  and  one  to  Pennsylvania.  A  large  correspondence  was 
begun  with  people  in  all  the  States  in  which  the  starling  has 
been  found.  One  hundred  and  two  starlings  were  collected,  and 
the  contents  of  their  stomachs  were  examined  by  Professor  F. 
E.  L.  Beal  of  the  Biological  Survey.  On  this  investigation  the 
present  report  is  based. 

It  is  important  to  compare  what  is  known  of  the  status  and 
habits  of  the  starling  in  this  country  with  its  history  and  habits 
in  Europe,  for  by  such  a  comparison  we  may  be  able  to  forecast 
its  probable  relation  to  other  birds  and  to  agriculture  in  Massa- 
chusetts. 

Its  Increase  and  Dissemination. 
When  the  brief  period  that  has  elapsed  since  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  starling  (twenty-five  years)  and  the  small  number 
introduced  are  considered,  it  must  be  conceded  that  the  increase 
and  the  dissemination  of  the  species  have  been  rapid.  It  has 
not  increased  or  spread  so  rapidly  as  did  the  house  sparrow 
(commonly  called  English  sparrow),  but  the  sparrow's  numbers 
sprang  not  from  one  importation  but  from  many,  that  took 
place  at  widely  scattered  localities  during  a  series  of  years, — 
something  that  has  been  prevented  in  the  case  of  the  starling. 
Its  increase  has  been  rapid  in  most  of  the  region  now  occupied 
by  it,  where  it  is  in  many  places  second  in  numbers  only  to  the 
sparrow  and  the  robin.  The  testimony  of  110  correspondents 
whose  residences  are  scattered  over  five  States  shows  that  the 
starling  is  increasing  fast.  All  assert  as  a  result  of  their  ob- 
servation that  it  is  increasing,  and  most  of  them  say  that  its 
accession  is  rapid.  Only  18  have  seen  no  increase  in  their 
localities  or  find  the  increase  slow.  They,  however,  are  resi- 
dent mainly  near  where  the  starling  was  first  introduced,  and 
where  it  has  nearly  reached  the  limit  of  food  supply  or  nest- 


12 

ing  places.  Even  in  Brooklyn,  however,  Dr.  Edward  W.  Victor, 
who  keeps  an  excellent  record  of  the  birds  observed  at  Prospect 
Park,  records  an  average  of  29  starlings  daily  in  1908,  31  in 
1909  and  41  in  1910.  Mr.  J.  H.  Sage  of  Portland,  Connecticut, 
states  that  two  pairs  were  seen  there  in  1908,  and  that  by 
June,  1910,  the  number  had  increased  to  about  100.  During 
the  breeding  season  the  starling  is  rather  quiet  and  secretive, 
and  its  numbers  are  not  fully  realized,  but  in  the  fall  its  large 
flocks  become  very  conspicuous,  and  people  are  prone  to  exag- 
gerate its  numbers  for  the  reason  that  these  flocks  roam  over 
the  country  for  miles,  frequently  appearing  and  disappearing, 
and  giving  the  impression  of  great  abundance.  The  most  con- 
Aancing  proof  of  increase  comes  in  the  statements  of  people  who 
saw  the  starlings  in  flocks  of  from  1,000  to  3,000  in  the  fall 
of  1909,  and  who  found  in  the  same  localities  in  1910  flocks 
estimated  to  contain  from  8,000  to  10,000.  In  the  region  about 
New  York  City,  including  Long  Island,  Staten  Island  and 
parts  of  the  Hudson  River  valley,  also  portions  of  New  Jersey, 
where  the  sparrow  is  more  abundant  than  I  have  ever  seen  it 
anywhere  else  in  this  country,  there  appeared  to  be  at  least  50 
sparrows  to  every  starling  in  June,  1910,  but  it  is  quite  prob- 
able that  now  the  ratio  has  beer\  very  materially  changed  in 
many  places  by  the  increase  of  the  starling. 

The  spread  of  the  starling  since  1900  may  be  seen  by  the 
following  statement. 

In  the  year  1900  it  appeared  at  Flushing,  Long  Island;  East 
Orange,  New  Jersey;  Chilmark,  New  York  (Scarborough-on- 
Hudson);  Norwalk,  Stamford  and  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 
In  1901  the  first  birds  are  recorded  from  Delaware,  taken  near 
Odessa.  In  1904  the  starling  had  reached  Rye,  New  York, 
and  Trevose,  Bucks  County,  Pennsylvania.  In  1905  it  is  re- 
corded from  Newburg,  New  York;  Elizabeth,  New  Jersey; 
and  West  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  In  1906,  Danbury, 
Wethersfield  and  Hartford,  Connecticut;  New  Brunswick, 
Princeton,  Red  Bank  and  Vincentown,  New  Jersey,  wer6  in- 
cluded in  its  range.  In  1907  it  was  seen  in  Stonington,  Wind- 
sor, Bethel,  Southington  and  New  London,  Connecticut;  Upper 
Montclair,  Morristown  and  Tuckertop,  New  Jersey;  and 
Setauket,  Syosset  and  Orient,  Long  Island.     In   1908  it  was 


13 

seen  in  Millersville,  Pennsylvania;  Bedford  Hills,  New  York; 
Portland  and  New  Milford,  Connecticut;  and  Springfield, 
Massachusetts.  In  1909  it  had  reached  Rhinebeck  and  Pleas- 
antville,  New  York,  and  one  was  said  to  have  been  seen  at 
Rochester.  It  was  also  met  with  at  Milburn,  New  Jersey; 
Bristol,  Pennsylvania;  and  Chester,  Connecticut. 

In  1910  Mr.  Israel  R.  Sheldon  of  Providence  told  me  that 
starlings  had  been  breeding  for  "two  or  three  years"  at  Silver 
Springs,  Rhode  Island,  on  the  east  shore  of  Narragansett  Bay, 
about  three  miles  below  Providence.  They  must  have  reached 
this  point  in  1908  or  1909,  if  not  earlier.  He  said  that  they 
nested  in  the  peaks  of  the  roofs  of  some  cottages,  behind  some 
lattice  work,  and  that  he  had  seen  as  many  as  eight  at  one 
time.  As  the  noise  that  they  made  disturbed  the  cottagers  their 
nesting  was  repeatedly  interfered  with,  which  may  account  for 
the  fact  that  they  had  not  increased  much.  This  is  the  only 
authentic  occurrence  of  the  starling  in  Rhode  Island  that  had 
come  to  my  notice  at  that  time,  but  now  (1916)  the  bird  is 
more  or  less  generally  distributed  in  Connecticut,  Rhode 
Island  and  Massachusetts,  and  has  been  reported  from  Maine, 
New  Hampshire  and  Vermont,  and  from  as  far  south  as 
Virginia. 

The  increase  and  spread  of  the  starling  is  due  to  its  fecundity 
and  its  general  fitness  for  the  battle  of  life.  It  often  has 
two  broods  in  America,  as  it  has  in  Europe.  I  am  satisfied 
of  this  by  my  own  observation  and  by  the  statements  of  other 
observers,  and  believe  this  to  be  the  rule  in  some  localities,  al- 
though in  others  I  could  find  no  evidence  of  a  second  brood. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  seems  not  improbable  that  a  third  brood 
is  sometimes  reared;  but  this  needs  confirmation.  The  starling's 
physical  fitness  for  the  struggle  for  supremacy  is  seen  at  once 
on  an  examination  of  its  anatomy.  It  is  a  very  hardy,  muscular 
and  powerful  bird.  It  has  the  physical  characteristics  of  a 
crow.  It  is  exceedingly  tough  and  wiry,  and  the  bill,  its 
principal  weapon  of  offense  and  defense,  is  superior  in  shape 
to  that  of  the  crow.  It  is  nearly  straight,  long,  heavy,  tapering, 
and  nearly  as  keen  as  a  meat  axe,  while  the  skull  that  backs 
it  is  almost  as  strong  as  that  of  a  woodpecker.  Mentally 
the  starling  is  superior  to  the  sparrow,  and  while  brave  and 


14 

active  in  the  face  of  any  foe  that  it  can  master,  it  shows  the 
acme  of  caution  and  intelHgence  in  its  relations  with  man  or 
any  other  creature  too  powerful  to  master.  While  it  is  com- 
paratively fearless  where  it  is  unmolested,  it  is  always  on 
guard,  and  if  hunted  becomes  more  wary  than  a  crow.  It  is 
a  handsome  bird,  and  though  it  has  little  merit  as  a  songster, 
it  has  many  pleasant  whistling  and  chattering  notes  and  some 
talent  as  a  mimic.  Its  alarm  note  is  a  harsh,  rasping,  low- 
pitched  call. 

Its  insect-eating  habits,  its  beauty  and  its  cheery  notes  have 
already  made  it  many  strong  friends  in  this  country  who  will 
protect  it  stoutly;  and  this  protection,  together  with  the  bird's 
ability  to  take  care  of  itself  and  keep  out  of  danger,  precludes 
all  possibility  of  its  extermination  here  if  it  proves  undesirable. 

Were  rewards  or  bounties  offered  with  a  view  to  its  extinc- 
tion, blackbirds,  meadowlarks  and  other  native  species,  w^hich 
consort  with  the  starling,  would  be  among  the  chief  sufferers. 
The  starling  is  here  to  stay,  and  we  must  make  the  best  of  it. 
Whether  its  presence  will  result  in  more  good  than  harm  will 
depend  largely  on  the  ratio  of  its  increase.  .  We  now  know 
enough  of  its  habits  in  this  country  to  forecast  some  of  the  re- 
sults that  may  be  expected  from  an  excess  of  the  species. 

The  Starling  drives  Certain  Native  Birds  from  their  Nests. 

When  any  animal  is  successfully  introduced  into  a  new 
country,  and  increases  rapidly,  its  advent  naturally  tends  to 
upset  the  biologic  balance.  Its  native  natural  enemies  have 
been  left  behind  in  its  own  country,  where  it  had  a  settled  and 
established  place  in  a  series  of  natural  forces  that  had  been  in 
existence  for  centuries,  and  it  becomes  an  interloper  in  the  new 
land,  among  conditions  and  forms  of  life  entirely  new.  If  the 
species  is  weak  or  unfit  for  its  new  environment,  or  if  it  is 
introduced  into  a  land  differing  much  in  climatic  conditions 
from  its  own,  it  may  die  out;  but  if  it  is  strong  and  fit,  and  if 
the  climate  is  suitable,  it  is  likely  to  increase  abnormally  in 
numbers,  and  it  cannot  so  increase  without  displacing  some  of 
the  species  native  to  the  soil. 

The  starling  is  a  hardy,  capable  and  prolific  bird,  which,  like 
the  sparrow,  has  had  many  centuries  of  experience  in. getting 


15 

its  living  in  populated  countries  and  in  cultivated  regions  in 
close  relationship  with  man,  and  it  has  thriven  in  such  an  en- 
vironment. It  thus  has  an  advantage  over  our  native  species 
similar  to  that  enjoyed  by  the  sparrow,  which,  subsequent  to 
its  introduction  here,  displaced  so  many  native  birds  during  the  ■ 
latter  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century.  How  can  the  bluebird 
or  the  house  v/ren,  which  have  been  accustomed  to  life  about 
human  habitations  for  a  comparatively  short  time,  compete 
with  such  a  bird  as  the  starling? 

The  friends  of  the  sparrow  argued  that  it  would  fill  a  void 
in  our  city  life  that  no  native  bird  could  possibly  occupy,  inas- 
much as  it  would  always  have  in  the  streets  a  plentiful  supjjly 
of  food  that  would  otherwise  be  mainly  wasted,  and  that 
it  would  be  able  to  maintain  itself  where  native  birds  would 
starve.  No  such  argument  can  be  advanced  in  favor  of  the 
starling.  If  there  was  an  opening  for  the  sparrow  it  was  filled 
long  ago,  and  the  starling  cannot  occupy  the  place  in  our  urban 
life  now  filled  by  the  sparrow,  even  if  it  drives  out  the  latter. 
No  doubt  in  the  city  the  starling  is  preferable  to  the  sparrow, 
but  it  cannot  displace  the  sparrow  without  indirectly  making 
trouble  for  native  species  also.  The  sparrow  and  the  starling 
will  live  together,  as  in  England,  but  the  starling  will  drive  the 
sparrow  away  from  all  nesting  places  that  are  suitable  for  its 
own  use,  and  the  sparrow  will  in  turn  eject  tree  swallows, 
martins,  bluebirds,  wrens  and  other  native  birds  from  their 
present  nesting  places,  that  it  may  secure  homes  in  place  of 
those  taken  by  the  starling.  Already  this  adjustment  is  going 
on.  First  in  the  city,  then  in  the  suburbs,  and  finally  in  the 
country  our  native  birds  which  normally  nest  in  hollow  trees 
will  be  driven  to  the  wall  if  the  starling  continues  to  increase 
in  numbers,  and  there  is  now  no  adequate  check  to  its  increase 
in  sight.  In  America  as  in  Europe  the  starling  seeks  nesting 
places  about  buildings.  It  breeds  in  dovecotes,  such  church 
steeples  as  furnish  safe  nesting  places,  in  holes  and  crevices 
about  houses,  in  niches  under  the  eaves,  in  electric  light  hoods, 
bird  houses,  nesting  boxes,  woodpecker  holes  and  hollow  trees. 
Therefore,  in  seeking  nesting  places  it  comes  directly  in  compe- 
tition with  pigeons,  screech  owls,  sparrow  hawks,  flickers  and 
other  woodpeckers,   nuthatches,   crested   fly-catchers,    martins, 


16 

bluebirds,  tree  s\yallows  and  wrens,  and  as  it  extends  its  range 
to  the  west  and  south  it  must  compete  with  other  species.  In 
the  region  already  occupied  it  has  proved  itself  capable  of 
driving  out  all  the  above-mentioned  species  except  the  screech 
owl,  which  doubtless  will  prove  its  master. 

In  America  the  starling  is  not  regarded  as  particularly  pug- 
nacious except  where  it  has  to  fight  for  nesting  places  or  for 
food.  In  such  cases  it  is  combativeness  personified,  and  its 
attacks  are  well  directed  and  long  continued.  Usually  in  its 
competition  with  the  sparrow  there  is  no  fighting,  for  the  spar- 
row soon  learns  that  it  is  no  match  for  the  starling,  and  the 
contest  degenerates  into  a  straw-pulling  match,  each  bird  alter- 
nately clearing  out  the  nesting  material  that  the  other  brings. 
If  the  owner  of  the  nest  joins  battle  with  the  starling  and  fights 
stubbornly  it  is  driven  off,  or  it  is  sometimes  killed  in  its  nest. 
This  daring  interloper  attacks  birds  much  larger  than  itself, 
and  the  evidence  shows  that  almost  invariably  it  prevails  in 
the  end.  The  sparrow,  the  bluebird  and  the  flicker  have  been 
credited  with  repelling  it  for  a  time,  but  eventually  the  starling 
wins,  because  of  its  increasing  numbers,  superior  strength, 
courage  and  fitness.  As  the  starling  comes,  native  birds,  whose 
nesting  places  it  covets,  must  go,  and  many  of  these  birds  are 
more  desirable  than  the  starling.  The  skillful  manner  in  which 
it  evicts  the  flicker  inspires  the  observer  with  a  certain  ad- 
miration for  its  superior  strategy  and  prowess.  The  starlings 
quietly  watch  and  never  interfere  while  the  flicker  digs  and 
shapes  its  nesting  place  in  some  decaying  tree;  but  when  the 
nest  is  finished  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  starlings  it  is  occupied 
by  them  the  moment  the  flicker's  back  is  turned.  On  the 
return  of  the  flicker  a  fight  ensues,  which  usually  results  in  the 
eviction  of  the  particular  starling  then  in  the  hole,  which, 
however,  keeps  up  the  fight  outside  while  another  enters  the 
hole  to  defend  it  against  the  flicker,  which,  having  temporarily 
vanquished  the  first,  returns  only  to  find  a  second  enjoying  the 
advantages  of  possession.  As  Mr.  Job  says,  the  flicker  is  con- 
fronted with  "an  endless  chain  of  starling,"  and  finally  gives 
up.^ 

In  this  or  some  other  way  the  starlings,  working  together, 

•  Job,  Herbert  K.:  "Danger  from  the  Starling."    "The  Outing."    November,  1910,  p.  149. 


17 

always  succeed  in  driving  the  flicker  from  its  home,  in  which 
they  immediately  begin  to  build.  The  moment  the  flicker  gives 
up  vanquished,  the  starlings  molest  it  no  more,  allowing  it  to 
hew  out  another  hole,  either  in  the  same  tree  or  in  one  near 
by,  when  a  similar  fight  ensues  with  more  starlings;  and  so 
the  flicker  is  driven  literally  from  pillar  to  post,  until  it  has 
prepared  sufficient  homes  for  the  starlings  in  its  neighborhood 
and  all  are  satisfied,  or  until  it  gives  up  in  disgust  and  leaves 
the  vicinity  of  its  aggressive  neighbors.  The  principal  spring 
work  of  the  flicker  in  the  future  will  be  the  preparation  of 
nesting  places  for  the  starling.  It  is  probable  that  the  hairy 
woodpecker  and  the  redheaded  woodpecker  also  will  serve  as 
carpinteros  for  the  interloper,  but  the  downy  woodpecker  will 
be  exempt  from  such  service,  as  the  entrance  to  its  domicile  is 
too  small  to  admit  the  starling.  There  is  no  evidence  that  the 
starling  has  attempted  to  dispossess  the  screech  owl;  but  Mr. 
Clifford  M.  Case  of  Hartford,  Connecticut,  states  that  he  has 
seen  a  starling  whip  and  drive  away  a  male  sparrow  hawk. 
Many  correspondents  report  that  flickers,  bluebirds,  English 
sparrows  and  wrens  have  been  driven  from  their  nesting  places 
in  old  orchards  by  the  starlings. 

Mr.  Clifford  H.  Pangburn  of  New  Haven  says  that  his  rec- 
ords show  a  considerable  decrease  in  the  number  of  bluebirds 
since  the  starlings  came.  There  is  no  way  to  prevent  this 
except  in  the  case  of  the  smaller  species,  such  as  wrens,  chick- 
adees, nuthatches,  bluebirds  and  tree  swallows,  which  may  be 
protected  against  starlings  (but  not  against  sparrows)  by  pro- 
viding them  with  nesting  boxes  having  an  entrance  hole  not 
over  1^  inches  in  diameter. 

At  my  request  Mr,  William  H.  Browning,  who  has  many 
starlings  occupying  nesting  boxes  on  his  estate,  put  up  in  front 
of  the  entrance  to  one  of  them  a  small  board  in  which  a  hole 
If  inches  in  diameter  had  been  bored.  Starlings  which  then 
had  young  in  the  box  were  unable  to  enter.  Mr.  Job  now 
assures  me  that  starlings  cannot  enter  a  hole  If  inches  in 
diameter. 

The  starling  will  compete  with  native  birds  for  their  food 
supply.  Mrs.  P.  R.  Bonner  of  Stamford  has  observed  the  in- 
truder frequently  attacking  robins  and  other  birds,  and  driving 


18 

them  away  from  a  lawn  where  they  formerly  fed.  The  starling 
is  a  sphinx-like  bird  and  ordinarily  treats  other  birds  with  a 
sort  of  contemptuous  tolerance.  In  w^inter  it  even  permits 
robins,  blackbirds  and  meadowlarks  to  join  its  great  flocks,  but 
as  these  flocks  increase  they  must  eventually  clean  up  most  of 
the  winter  food  supply,  and  leave  our  native  winter  birds 
without  sufficient  sustenance. 

Starlings  killing  Other  Birds. 
Two  observers  have  reported  the  destruction  of  young  and 
adult  "English"  sparrows  by  starlings,  and  two  have  noted  the 
killing  of  native  birds.  There  seems  to  be  no  reason  to  believe, 
however,  that  this  habit  has  become  general,  and  it  seems  more 
likely  that  it  is  exceptional;  but  this  subject  requires  careful, 
painstaking  investigation,  and  it  is  unsafe  as  yet  to  make 
predictions  regarding  it. 

Other  Injurious  Habits  of  Starliugs. 

The  food  of  the  starling  in  America  seems  to  be  similar  in 
general  character  to  that  which  it  consumes  in  Europe.  It  is 
particularly  useful  there,  however,  because  of  its  fondness  for 
the  destructive  land  snails,  which  are  very  numerous  in  many 
regions. 

It  cannot  be  expected  that  it  will  be  thus  beneficial  here,  for 
we  are  not  similarly  afflicted  in  this  country.  The  starling  can 
give  no  service  here  that  cannot  be  equally  well  performed  by 
our  own  blackbirds,  meadowlarks,  bobolinks,  sparrows  and 
other  birds,  but  it  will  be  useful  where  these  birds  are  not 
numerous  enough  to  keep  the  insect  enemies  of  grass  lands  in 
check.  Already,  however,  the  starling  has  begun  to  show  a 
capacity  for  harmfulness  which  may  be  expected  to  become 
more  prominent  as  its  numbers  increase.  In  the  breeding 
season  small  flocks  go  to  the  cherry  trees,  and  as  they  alight  for 
a  few  minutes  a  shower  of  cherry  stones  may  be  heard.  Some- 
times they  strip  a  tree  completely  and  then  go  to  another.  In 
other  cases  they  feed  in  a  desultory  way,  taking  toll  from  all 
the  trees  in  a  neighborhood. 

Mr.  William  T.  Davis  of  New  Brighton,  New  York,  describes 
the  destruction   of  pears  by  starlings  which  he  observed   on 


Apples  ruined  by  the  introduced  starling  (Sturnus  vulgaris).     (Original  photograph  from 
Billerica,  Massachusetts.) 


19 

October  17,  1907,  illustrating  his  statement  by  a  reproduction 
from  a  photograph  of  two  of  the  ruined  pears  ("Bird-Lore," 
November-December,  1907,  page  267).  Fully  one-third  of 
each  pear  was  eaten. 

Many  observers  state  that  the  starling  eats  apples,  but  this 
habit  appears  thus  far  to  be  confined  mainly  to  apples  left  on 
the  trees  late  in  the  fall,  after  the  crop  has  been  gathered.  Mr. 
W.  S.  Bogert  of  Leonia,  New  Jersey,  asserts  that  it  pecks  open 
withered  apples  for  the  seeds.  Nevertheless,  it  sometimes  eats 
ripe  fruit  in  the  fall.  Mr.  Albert  W.  Honywill  of  New  Haven, 
Connecticut,  has  seen  starlings  eating  apples,  and  Mr.  James 
D.  Foot  of  Rye,  New  York,  states  that  they  will  alight  in  an 
apple  orchard  and  take  a  peck  or  two  at  the  finest  fruit. 

In  September,  1914,  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  William  P.  Wharton 
at  Groton,  Massachusetts,  I  saw  apples  that  apparently  had 
been  pecked  and  ruined  by  starlings  which  had  summered  in 
the  vicinity.  Later,  complaints  of  similar  injury  were  received 
from  Billerica.  Mr.  Walt  F.  McMahon  gathered  there  on  the 
farm  of  Mr.  E.  F.  Dickinson  a  number  of  apples  which  had 
been  pecked  by  starlings,  some  of  which  were  photographed  for 
the  illustration  facing  this  page.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  birds 
take  only  a  little  from  the  ripest  part  of  each  fruit. 

Flocks  sometimes  descend  on  a  strawberry  bed  and  con- 
siderably reduce  the  crop. 

In  the  fall,  when  starlings  gather  into  large  flocks  of  a  thou- 
sand or  more,  they  are  often  very  destructive  to  corn  in  the  ear. 
In  Europe  they  feed  to  some  extent  on  small  grains,  but  I  have 
not  seen  any  evidence  of  that  here.  In  New  Jersey  in  the 
month  of  June  they  seemed  to  prefer  the  cherry  trees  to  the 
wheat  fields,  and  did  not  appear  to  molest  the  wheat  at  all.  A 
few  gardeners  claim  that  they  pull  sprouting  corn  and  eat 
peas.  Mrs.  Frank  L.  Allen  of  West  Haven,  Connecticut, 
asserts  that  she  watched  the  starlings  destroying  her  lettuce 
and  radishes.  Sometimes  they  have  the  habit  of  pulling  up 
young  plants. 

Mr.  Alfred  C.  Kinsey  writes  that  he  noticed  the  parent  birds 
supplying  nestlings  with  what  proved  to  be  the  staminate 
flowers  of  the  hickory.  Later  on,  in  dift'erent  localities,  the 
same  peculiarity  was  noticed.     If  such  feeding  becomes  exten- 


20 

sive  it  will  bring  about  a  failure  of  nut  crops.  He  has  also 
noticed  these  birds  on  grape  vines  and  in  trees  wantonly  tear- 
ing off  large  pieces  of  leaves,  as  well  as  doing  damage  to  various 
fruit  crops.  Some  observers  assert  that  the  starling  also  de- 
stroys the  buds  of  trees,  but  I  have  been  unable  to  get  definite 
evidence  on  this  point. 

Food  of  the  Starling. 

Examination  of  the  stomachs  of  102  starlings  collected  mainly 
in  June,  1910,  41  of  which  were  nestlings,  seems  to  show  that 
the  food  of  the  starling  in  this  country  is  similar  to  that  taken 
by  it  in  Europe.  The  contents  of  these  stomachs  were  exam- 
ined by  Professor  F.  E.  L.  Beal  of  the  Biological  Survey.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  the  number  of  stomachs  is  com- 
paratively small,  and  that  they  were  taken  in  a  single  month, 
and  therefore  no  conclusions  regarding  the  value  of  the  starling 
to  agriculture  can  be  drawn  from  their  contents.  Nevertheless, 
a  brief  report  of  the  result  of  the  examination  is  of  interest  in 
this  connection.  The  proportion  of  animal  food  is  very  large 
and  consists  chiefly  of  insects.  Only  3  birds  had  taken  earth- 
worms, which  composed  17.33  per  cent  of  their  stomach  con- 
tents; 18  birds  had  eaten  both  millipeds  (or  thousand  legs)  and 
spiders;  22  had  taken  millipeds  but  no  spiders,  and  IS  had 
eaten  spiders  but  no  millipeds.  The  average  percentage  of 
millipeds  in  22  stomachs  was  39.89  per  cent. 

Caterpillars  represent  the  largest  items  of  insect  food.  Fifty- 
two  birds,  or  more  than  half  the  number  taken,  had  eaten  cater- 
pillars, which  formed  over  45  per  cent  of  their  stomach  con- 
tents. These  appeared  to  be  mainly,  if  not  entirely,  hairless 
larvae,  among  which  Geometrids,  or  inch  worms,  were  recog- 
nized. Probably  a  large  percentage  of  these  caterpillars  were 
Noctiiids,  or  cutworms,  as  I  frequently  recognized  cutworms 
in  the  bills  of  the  parent  birds  when  they  were  feeding  their 
young.  Very  few  moths  were  noted  in  the  stomachs,  but  some 
tineid  cocoons  were  found  in  one.  Datana  ministra,  an  apple 
tree  pest,  was  recognized  in  1  stomach. 

More  of  the  birds  had  taken  beetles  than  had  eaten  cater- 
pillars; but  the  beetles  formed  a  smaller  average  percentage  of 
the  food.     Fourteen  had  taken  Elaterids  (commonly  known  as 


21 

snap  beetles)  or  their  larvae  (wire  worms),  which  formed  10.92 
per  cent  of  their  stomach  contents.  The  larvse  of  these  beetles 
(wire  worms)  are  well  known  to  agriculturists  as  destructive 
to  grain  and  garden  crops,  but  many  native  birds  eat  them. 
Carabidte,  or  ground  beetles,  were  represented  in  42  stomachs. 
While  these  beetles  are  generally  regarded  as  useful  insects, 
some  of  them  have  been  known  to  become  injurious •  where 
they  have  increased  abnormally,  therefore  their  destruction  can- 
not be  set  down  as  altogether  to  the  discredit  of  the  starling. 
The  genus  Calosoma  is  represented  in  1  stomach.  This  genus 
is  believed  to  contain  only  beneficial  insects.  One  bird  had 
taken  some  Lampyrids.  Three  had  taken  Lcptinotarsa  de- 
cemlineata,  the  Colorado  potato  beetle,  which  formed  16.67 
per  cent  of  the  stomach  contents.  If  the  starling  acquires  the 
habit  of  eating  Colorado  potato  beetles  it  may  be  a  help  to  the 
farmers  in  this  respect,  as  few  native  birds  eat  them.  Eleven 
starlings  had  taken  a  few  scarabseid  beetles,  which  formed  on 
the  average  8.54  per  cent  of  the  stomach  contents.  Weevils 
were  represented  in  28  stomachs,  and  constituted  7.07  per  cent 
of  their  contents.  Beetles  of  the  genus  Lachnosferna,  commonly 
called  May  beetles,  or  their  larvae,  commonly  known  as  white 
grubs,  were  represented  in  13  stomachs,  and  comprised  14.53 
per  cent  of  their  contents.  These  beetles  are  very  destructive, 
as  the  white  grub  feeds  on  the  tubers  and  roots  of  plants. 
This  genus  is  one  of  the  well-known  enemies  of  grass  and 
garden  crops,  but  many  of  our  native  birds  feed  upon  all  forms 
of  these  beetles.  Two  birds  had  taken  chrysomelid  beetles, 
which  feed  on  the  foliage  of  trees,  but  they  formed  only  2  per 
cent  of  the  stomach  contents  of  these  two  birds. 

Orthoptera  are  represented  by  grasshoppers  in  17  stomachs, 
forming  19.88  per  cent  of  their  contents.  There  were  a  few 
crickets.  This  is  rather  a  small  showing,  as  practically  all 
birds  eat  grasshoppers,  but  probably  a  larger  proportion  of 
grasshoppers  would  have  been  found  had  the  birds  been  taken 
later  in  the  season. 

Hemiptera,  or  bugs,  were  found  in  only  3  stomachs,  and 
Diptera  in  only  1,  the  proportion  of  each  being  very  small. 
Hymenoptera  were  found  in  17  stomachs.  This  order  was 
represented    mainly    by    ants.      It    seems    probable    that    the 


22 

starling  does  not  destroy  many  of  the  useful  parasitic  flies  of 
this  order. 

The  nestlings  were  fed  with  food  similar  to  that  taken  by  the 
adults,  but  they  were  given  a  larger  proportion  of  young,  or 
larvae,  such  as  caterpillars  and  other  soft-bodied  insects,  while 
the  adults  fed  more  on  mature  beetles  and  similar  hard-bodied 
insects. 

The  vegetable  food  consisted  very  largely  of  fruit.  The  birds 
w^ere  taken  during  the  cherry  season,  and  IS  stomachs  contained 
an  average  of  56.17  per  cent  of  the  skin,  pulp  and  stones  of 
cultivated  cherries.  In  7  cases  the  skin  or  pulp  of  fruit,  which 
could  not  be  fully  identified,  composed  31.71  per  cent  of  the 
stomach  contents;  mulberry  seed  and  pulp  in  9  cases  composed 
35  per  cent  of  the  stomach  contents,  and  grape  pulp  composed 
the  greater  part  of  the  stomach  contents  in  1  case.  This  grape 
pulp  must  have  been  secured  from  greenhouse  fruit.  Possibly 
an  investigation  of  the  stomachs  of  starlings  during  the  grape 
season  would  reveal  a  much  larger  percentage  of  this  fruit. 
Only  a  few  nestlings  had  eaten  fruit.  A  few  stomachs  con- 
tained fragments  of  grasses,  which  may  have  been  taken  acci- 
dentally in  procuring  insect  food.  Portions  of  vegetable  stems 
also  were  found.  A  few  seeds  of  Polygonum,  Rhus  radicans 
and  other  plants  suggest  that  later  in  the  season  seeds  and 
wild  fruits  may  form  a  larger  proportion  of  the  food  of  the 
starling. 

Among  the  miscellaneous  substances  found  was  a  portion  of 
some  small  crustacean  and  a  bit  of  shell.  Fifteen  stomachs 
were  empty  and  3  nearly  empty.  Some  of  these  starlings  were 
taken  on  the  roost  at  night,  at  or  before  8  o'clock,  and  as 
the  birds  were  feeding  until  about  7  o'clock,  and  as  they  usually 
go  to  roost  with  a  full  stomach,  it  is  fair  to  assume  that  the 
digestion  of  the  starling  is  rapid  enough  to  empty  its  stomach 
within  an  hour. 

Conclusion. 

The  starling  is  hardly  numerous  enough  yet  in  Massachusetts 
to  do  much  injury  to  fruit  crops,  vegetation  or  native  birds. 
Thus  far  it  is  mainly  beneficial  here,  as  it  does  some  good 
by  destroying  noxious  insects.  Under  our  laws  it  is  now 
(January,    1916)    protected   at   all   times,    but   if   its   numbers 


23 

increase  unduly,  as  they  probably  will,  it  may  be  necessary  to 
deny  it  the  legal  protection  now  afforded  to  insectivorous  birds. 

Since  the  above  was  written,  a  canvass  of  the  State  has  been 
made  and  starlings  have  been  reported  from  every  county,  even 
from  Nantucket,  where  they  were  unknown  until  1914.  Their 
pioneers  have  explored  the  country  and  have  decided  upon  their 
locations.  We  may  expect  a  great  increase  in  the  starling 
population  in  a  few"  years. 

An  entomological  collector  near  New  Haven,  Connecticut, 
complains  that  certain  insects  of  grass  lands  are  scarce  and  hard 
to  find  since  the  starlings  have  become  numerous.  Such  a  re- 
duction of  grass  insects  will  cause  no  complaint  from  the 
farmers.  Nevertheless,  those  who  raise  cherries  and  straw- 
berries cannot  appreciate  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  the 
starling,  and  some  States  already  have  removed  the  protection 
of  the  law  from  it. 

Perhaps  it  is  too  early  yet  to  say  what  will  be  the  final 
result  of  the  introduction  of  the  starling  into  this  country. 
Its  value  as  an  in'feect  destroyer  is  plain,  but  its  unchecked 
increase  may  prove  a  calamity  to  several  species  of  useful 
native  birds,  and  from  the  experience  of  other  countries  we 
may  assume  that  it  is  likely  to  become  a  pest  to  the  fruit 
grower. 

Owners  of  apple  and  cherry  orchards  may  be  able  to  keep 
the  birds  away  from  their  fruit  by  employing  boys  to  frighten 
them  by  clapping  boards  together  or  firing  Roman  candles, 
rockets  or  even  guns.  There  is  little  danger  to  the  starling  in 
any  of  the  farmers'  efforts  to  shoot  it,  as  the  bird  is  more  likely 
to  be  scared  than  hurt.  Owners  of  a  few  trees  who  cannot 
afford  to  hire  help  may  be  obliged  to  cover  their  trees  with  fine 
fish  net,  or  lose  their  fruit. 


®l)e  tfommontoealtl)  of  ilTassacliusctte, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    46. 

(Supplanting  Nature  Leaflet  No.  2.) 


The  Tent  Caterpillar. 


By  H.  T.  Fernald. 


BOSTON : 

WRIGHT  &  POTTEE  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


THE  TENT  CATERPILLAR. 

(Malacosoma  americana  Fab.) 


HENRY    T.    PERNALD,    PH.D.,    STATE    NURSERY    INSPECTOR. 


This  was  an  unusually  common  insect  in  IMassachusetts 
during  1913  and  1914,  its  whitish  webs  being  present  in  large 
numbers  during  the  spring  and  summer  months.  A  few  of  the 
webs  may  be  seen  every  year,  but  sometimes  the  insect  becomes 
very  abundant  for  two  or  three  years,  after  which  for  some 
time  it  is  only  occasionally  noticed.     The  caterpillar  feeds  on 


the  leaves  of  the  wdld  cherry  and  apple  by  preference,  though 
it  is  sometimes  met  with  on  the  peach,  cultivated  cherry,  haw- 
thorn and  other  thorns. 

The  eggs  are  laid  by  the  adult  moth,  usually  in  July,  in 
bands  around  the  smaller  twigs  of  the  trees  the  caterpillars 
feed  upon,  and  are  then  covered  by  a  dark  brown  shiny  sub- 
stance which  protects  them  from  the  weather.  These  egg 
masses  remain  in  this  condition  until  the  following  spring, 
hatching  abovit  as,  or  just  before,  the  leaf  buds  open.  The 
tiny  caterpillars  crawl  from  the  egg  cluster  where  they  hatched 


to  a  fork  of  the  tree  near  by,  and  there  spin  a  web  of  whitish 
silk  in  which  to  live.  From  this  they  go  out  to  the  leaves  each 
day  to  feed,  spinning  a  thread  as  they  go,  and  following  this 
thread  back  to  the  tent  again  as  night  comes  on.  They  are 
liable  to  hatch  so  early  in  the  spring  that  the  opening  buds  pro- 
vide the  only  food  available,  and  from  them  they  pass  to  the 
leaves  as  these  develop.     As  they  grow  they  increase  the  size 


Fig.  2.1  — Moih  of  common  tent 
caterpillar. 


Fig.  1.>— (ff)  Side  view,  (6)  back  view  of  commou 
tent  caterpillar;  (c)  eggs,  and  (rfj  cocoon. 


of  the  tent  so  that  all  can  remain  inside  at  night,  and  by  the 
1st  of  June  it  may  be  a  foot  or  more  long  and  perhaps  half 
as  wide  at  its  widest  point. 

By  the  middle  of  June,  or  sometimes  earlier,  the  caterpillars 
have  become  full  grown.  They  now  leave  the  tent  and  crawl 
off  in  different  directions,  seeking  protected  places  in  which  to 
make  their  cocoons.  These  may  be  found  on  walls,  fences  or 
in  other  shelters,  and  are  oval,  yellowish,  closely  woven  masses 
of  silk  about  an  inch  long.     Within  this  cocoon  the  caterpillar 


1  These  illu  trations,  obtained  through  the  courtesy  of  Mrs.  C.  V.  Riley,  are  from  Riley, 
3d  Missouri  Report,  1870. 


changes  to  a  dark  brown  pupa  which  transforms  to  the  adult 
moth.  When  this  change  has  been  completed  —  about  two  or 
three  weeks  —  the  adult  moth  escapes,  and  the  eggs  for  the 
next  generation  are  laid.  As  the  moths  fly  only  at  night  they 
are  seldom  seen.     There  is  only  one  generation  a  year. 

Enemies. 

A  number  of  kinds  of  birds  feed  on  this  insect  in  the  cater- 
pillar stage,  and  several  kinds  of  bugs  destroy  them  by  capturing 
them  and  sucking  out  their  juices.  Parasites  lay  their  eggs  in 
or  on  them,  and  the  young  parasites  which  hatch  from  these 
eggs  feed  on  the  internal  organs  of  the  caterpillar,  the  adult 
parasites  sometimes  appearing  after  the  caterpillars  have  gone 
into  the  pupa  stage. 

Treatment. 

Collection  of  the  egg  masses  at  any  time  between  July  and 
the  following  spring,  and  their  destruction  by  burning,  is  one 
method  of  combating  this  insect,  and  in  times  of  great  abun- 
dance is  very  useful.  In  general,  however,  spraying  the  trees, 
just  as  the  leaf  buds  begin  to  open,  with  3  pounds  of  arsenate 
of  lead  paste  (or  If  pounds  of  powdered  arsenate  of  lead)  in 
50  gallons  of  water  is  an  easier  method  of  control.  If,  as  is 
frequently  the  case,  the  leaf  buds  begin  to  open  while  the  tree 
is  in  blossom,  the  spraying  must  be  put  off  until  after  the 
blossoms  have  fallen.  This  spray  will  then  also  be  the  one 
used  against  the  codling  moth,  and  in  this  way  the  sprayer 
will  "kill  two  birds  with  one  stone." 

If  for  any  reason  tents  are  found,  and  spraying  as  just 
described  cannot  be  given,,  the  tents  while  yet  small  can  be 
crushed  with  a  gloved  hand  in  the  evening  when  the  cater- 
pillars are  at  home.  The  use  of  a  torch  to  burn  out  the  tents  is 
not  a  good  practice,  as  many  of  the  caterpillars  drop  to  the 
ground  when  they  first  feel  the  heat,  and  later  crawl  up  the  tree 
and  start  again;  and  also  because  it  is  easy  to  hold  the  torch 
at  the  fork  where  the  tent  is  too  long,  and  so  injure  the  tree  that 
later,  under  the  weight  of  the  fruit,  a  bad  split  will  develop. 

Wild  cherry  trees  along  roadsides  and  elsewhere  are  favorite 
places  for  tent  caterpillars.  As  these  trees  are  of  no  value  they 
should  be  cut  and  burned  so  that  no  food  shall  be  available  for 
the  caterpillars. 


0 


®l)c  ^Hammontoealtl)  of  itlasBacliusctts, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    47. 

April,  1915. 


BIRD  HOUSES  AND  NESTING  BOXES. 


Edward  Howe  Forbush. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


PLATE    I. 


Fig.  1.  —  Martin  box,  made  by  Mr.  J.  Warren  .Jacobs  of  Waynesburg,  Pennsyl- 
vania. Tliis  forms  part  of  a  nesting  colony  on  the  estate  of  Mr.  Edward 
L.  Parker  at  Concord,  Massachusetts.     (Original  photograph.) 


Fig.  2.  ^  Swallow  box,  made  by  Mr.  K.  C.  Ware,  Wari'luun,  Ma.-^,sacliu>ctis.  .Male 
bluebird  bringing  insects  to  its  young.  (Original  photograph  taken  on  the  author's 
farm.) 


BIKD  HOUSES  AND  NESTING  BOXES. 


EDWARD     HOWE     FORBUSH,     STATE     ORNITHOLOGIST. 


Many  people  fail  to  put  up  bird  houses  or  nesting  boxes 
because  of  the  trouble  and  expense  entailed,  or  because  they  do 
not  know  how^  to  prepare  and  erect  them  in  such  a  way  as  to 
get  the  birds.  Much  that  has  been  written  on  this  subject  has 
been  theoretical.  Fatal  errors  in  the  dimensions  of  entrances 
have  been  disseminated.  For  want  of  specific  instructions, 
nesting  boxes  have  been  put  wrong  side  up  or  in  places  where 
no  bird  would  use  them. 

This  circular  has  been  written  to  encourage  people  to  con- 
struct easily  made,  inexpensive  nesting  boxes,  and  to  tell  them 
w^here  and  how  to  put  them  up  so  that  the  birds  will  be  sure 
to  take  them.  Making  and  putting  up  such  boxes  should  be 
looked  upon  as  a  pastime.  They  need  cost  little  or  nothing,  and 
he  who  makes  them  should  feel  well  rewarded  by  the  joy  of 
seeing  the  little  tenants  choose,  settle  down,  build  their  nests 
and  rear  their  young,  singing  their  cheery  songs  meanwhile, 
and  feeding  on  the  insect  enemies  of  crops  and  trees.  We  must 
provide  homes  for  the  birds  that  nest  in  hollow  trees,  as  there 
are  no  longer  holes  enough  to  go  round,  while  destructive  in- 
sects have  so  increased  in  numbers  that  the  food  supply  is 
abundant. 

A  plentiful  supply  of  nesting  boxes  properly  put  up  will  in- 
crease the  number  of  birds  in  a  locality  by  multiplying  the 
bird  families  reared,  and  boxes  rightly  situated  give  much 
better  protection  to  the  young  than  most  tree  cavities.  A  bird 
box  is  serviceable  if  it  furnishes  a  suitable  nesting  apartment, 
shelters  nest,  eggs  and  young  from  sun,  w^ind  and  storm,  and 
provides  security  against  the  birds'  enemies.  Also  it  may 
serve  in  winter  as  a  night  shelter  or  sleeping  place  for  a  wood- 
pecker or  a  party  of  nuthatches  or  chickadees.  We  must  allow 
the  birds  to  be  the  judges  of  what  they  want,  as  they  and  not 


we  are  to  be  suited.    Therefore  in  building  a  nesting  box  it  is  well 
to  inquire  first  what  kind  of  a  home  the  bird  naturally  chooses. 

As  the  hollow  trunk  or  limb,  or  the  abandoned  woodpecker's 
nest,  is  the  usual  domicile  chosen  by  the  hole-nesting  birds,  it 
is  natural  to  conclude  that  they  will  prefer  something  closely 
resembling  nature's  accommodations.  For  this  pur- 
pose a  section  of  a  tree,  containing  an  old  nest  of 
a  Avoodpecker  may  be  taken,  or  hollow  limbs,  pruned 
from  apple  or  other  trees,  may  be  sawed  into  sec- 
tions about  a  foot  in  length,  the  lower  end  of  each 
plugged,  and  the  upper  end  covered  with  an  over- 
hanging piece  of  board  sloping  to  the  front.  A 
hole  may  be  bored  in  the  front  of  this  contrivance 
for  an  entrance,  and  a  piece  of  board  may  be 
Fig.  1.— Hollow  nailed  on  the  back  (Fig.  1),  so  that  the  box  when 
finished  may  be  nailed  up  to  a  tree,  post  or  pole. 
The  hollow  of  the  limb  should  not  be  less  than  3j  to  4  inches 
in  diameter  at  the  bottom,  and  6  to  8  inches  in  depth  below 
the  entrance.  The  deeper  the  box  and  the  higher  the  hole 
under  the  overhang  of  the  roof,  the  less  chance  there  will  be 
for  cats,  jays  and  the  other  larger  enemies  of  birds  to  reach  the 
eggs  or  young.  Perches  are  not  necessary.  Some  birds  like  them, 
but  they  give  the  enemies  of  the  birds  the  advantage  of  a 
better  foothold. 

Neat  boxes  may  be  made  of  slabs  with  the  bark  on  (Fig. 
2),  but  all  bark  left  on  bird  houses  should  be  firmly  nailed 
on,  as  otherwise  it  will  come  off  sooner  or 
later.  In  "Bird  Lore"  for  January-February, 
1905,  I  described  the  method  of  making  bark 
boxes,  but  at  that  time  they  were  untried. 
They  have  since  had  nine  seasons'  trial,  with 
very  satisfactory  results.  To  Mr.  William 
Brewster  belongs  the  credit  of  their  inven- 
tion, and  I  have  made  a  considerable  number 
after  his  design.  White  birch  and  chestnut  were  used,  as  it  was 
believed  that  the  bark  of  these  trees  would  be  most  durable, 
but  Mr.  Brewster  suggests  that  elm  bark  is  probably  best 
of  all.  Those  portions  of  the  trunks  used  were  from  4  to  8 
inches  in  diameter.    The  boxes  were  made  in  summer,  as  the 


Fig.  2.  —  Slab  box. 


PLATE    II. 


Fig.  1. — A  nesting  box  made  frcmi  ic.ini'  hii  l.\  Mi  Winilnop 
Packard  of  Canton,  Massachusetts.  (Original  photograph  taken 
on  farm  of  Mr.  WiUiam  P.  Wharton,  Groton,  Massachusetts.) 


4    -<*           *    .-.' ' "  . 

l-^p%2* 

^SI^Hl...;^ 

,.^^h| 

sm-^-     ioTJ 

'^ 

Fig.  2.  — •  Berlepsch  nesting  box,  made  of  birch  after  the  plans  of 
Mr.  Ernest  Harold  Baynes  of  Meriden,  New  Hampshire. 
This  style  has  proved  acceptable  to  woodpeckers  and  nut- 
hatches. (Original  photograph  taken  on  the  farm  of  Mr. 
William  P.  Wharton  at  Groton,  Massachusetts.) 


bark  will  not  usually  peel  much  earlier  than  June  20,  and  then 
only  for  a  short  time.  When  the  tree  had  been  cut  down,  the 
trunk  was  sawed  into  sections  from  10  to  18  inches  long,  ac- 
cording to  the  size  of  the  boxes  desired.  Only  straight  sections, 
free  from  knots  or  branches,  were  used.  A  limb  of  the  right 
size,  however,  may,  when  cut  off,  leave  a  hole  in 
the  bark  that  can  be  utilized  as  an  entrance  for 
the  birds. 

These  domiciles  may  be  made  as  follows:  an 
incision  is  made  on  the  side  intended  for  the  back 
of  the  box,  through  both  outer  and  inner  bark, 
from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  each  section; 
then,  on  the  opposite  side,  some  two  or  three 
inches  from  the  top,  there  is  bored  through  the 
bark,  with  an  auger  or  extension  bit,  a  hole  of  Fig.  3.— chestnut 
the  size  desired  for  the  entrance.  If  such  tools 
are  not  at  hand,  the  aperture  may  be  cut  with  a  gouge,  a 
chisel,  or  even  a  knife.  Next  insert  a  wedge-shaped  stick  into 
the  incision  at  the  back  and  under  the  inner  bark,  to  start  it 
off,  and  with  this  implement  peel  it  very  carefully.  In  peeling 
birch  one  should  be  careful  not  to  separate  the  inner  and 
outer  layers  of  the  bark.  Caution  should  be  used  when  work- 
ing about  knots  or  rough  places.  The  bark  will 
make  the  sides  of  the  box,  and  two  sections,  each 
an  inch  thick,  sawed  from  the  ends  of  the  barked 
log,  will  make  the  top  and  bottom.  Now  the  bark 
is  tacked  to  the  bottom  and  top.  The  bark  will 
draw  apart  somewhat  at  the  back  in  drying,  but 
this  aperture  may  be  covered,  when  the  box  is  put 
up,  by  nailing  or  screwing  a  short  stick  or  pole  over 
the  opening  on  the  back,  which  stick  in  turn  may 
Fig.  4.— Birch-  be  nailed  or  screwed  to  the  supporting  tree,  build- 
ing or  pole.  To  make  the  roof  watertight,  a  piece  of 
cotton  cloth,  ^uck  or  denim  may  be  put  on,  tacked  down  over 
the  edge  and  painted,  or  a  piece  of  roofing  paper  may  be  used. 
A  more  permanent  covering  may  be  made  by  using  a  piece  of 
tin  or  zinc,  as  shown  in  the  figure  of  the  chestnut  bark  box 
(Fig.  3).  To  make  the  expected  nest  accessible  to  examination, 
the  top  of  the  bark  sides  might  be  fastened  to  a  hoop,  and  the 


Fig.  5.  —  Berlepsch  box  and  flicker  hole. 


whole  capped  by  a  tin  or  wooden  cover,  like  that  of  a  lard  pail 
or  a  berry  box.  Mr.  Winthrop  Packard  makes  a  very  pretty 
box  of  roofing  felt.     (See  Plate  II.,  Fig.  1.)     The  best  support 

is  a  slim  pole. 

Large  wooden  conductors, 
used  to  carry  water  down  from 
the  eaves  of  large  buildings, 
may  be  obtained  from  some 
dealers  in  lumber  or  moldings, 
sawed  into  sections,  and  util- 
ized precisely  as  in  the  case  of 
hollow  limbs. 

Baron  Hans  von  Berlepsch 
of  Seebach,  Thuringia,  Ger- 
many, has  invented  a  device  for  making  nesting  boxes  similar 
in  shape  to  the  nesting  holes  of  woodpeckers,  and  he  has  been 
wonderfully  successful  in  attracting  all  hole-nesting  German 
birds  to  these  boxes.  (Fig.  5  and  Plate  II., 
Fig.  2.)  The  theory  on  which  they  are  built 
is  admirable,  but  after  three  years'  trial  of 
them  in  this  country  I  am  convinced  that  most 
Massachusetts  birds  do  not  prefer  them  to  the 
hollow  limb  or  even  to  the  rectangular  box 
(Fig.  6)  that  many  people  have  used  with 
great  success.  The  von  Berlepsch  style  of 
box  may  be  better  for  typical  woodpeckers, 
such  as  the  hairy  and  downy  woodpeckers. 
Mr.  Ernest  Harold  Baynes  reports  two  cases 

where    downy    woodpeckers  feiiililliiiilliiihl 

have  nested  in  these  domi-  ^'°-  e-Cat-proof  box. 
ciles;  but  flickers  and  red-headed  woodpeckers 
nest  in  rectangular  boxes.  This  latter  type 
of  box  is  excellent  for  bluebirds,  chickadees, 
wrens,  flickers  and  tree  swallo\\^s.  If  made 
18  inches  deep  for  bluebirds  it  will  be  very 
nearly  cat  proof.  The  smaller  sizes  of  the 
von  Berlepsch  type  have  been  made  and  sold  in  Germany  for 
about  25  cents  each,  but  here  they  cost  about  $1.  A  very  fair 
temporary  substitute  may  be  made  by  growing  gourds  which, 


Fig.  7.  —  Gourd. 


PLATE    III. 


Worn-out  cans  and  utensils  for  nesting  boxes.  They  may  be  nailed 
or  wired  to  posts  or  trees,  and  should  be  so  placed  as  to  be 
shaded  from  the  sun  in  the  hottest  part  of  the  day. 


when  the  contents  have  been  removed,  are  acceptable  to 
many  birds  if  tied  upon  poles  or  trees  (Fig.  7),  but  they  are 
not  so  durable  as  well-made  wooden  boxes,  and  I  have  not  had 
much  success  with  them. 

My  first  nesting  boxes,  all  of  which  were  successful,  were 
made  of  old  shingles,  picked  up  from  the  ground  when  the 
barn  was  reshingled,  and  some  pieces  of  old  weathered  boards 
removed  from  the  ridgepole  at  that  time.  A  square  section 
about  3^  inches  in  diameter  was  sawed  from  the  ridgeboard  for 
the  top  of  the  box,  and  another  4  inches  wide  was  used  for  the 
bottom,  the  shingles  being  nailed  to  them  (Fig.  8).  A  saw, 
hammer  and  jackknife  and  a  few  nails  were  the  only  tools 
and  materials  required.  I  have  made  such  a  box 
in  twelve  minutes.  These  boxes  were  nailed  up 
in  elm,  cherry  and  apple  trees,  and  some  happy 
families  of  bluebirds  were  raised,  until  at  last  the 
eats  discovered  them.  A  large  number  of  shingles 
may  be  saved  when  a  building  is  reshingled,  and 
every  year  at  the  end  of  the  season  the  old  boxes 
may  be  taken  down  and  burned  to  do  away  with 
vermin,  gypsy  moths,  etc.,  that  may  be  concealed 
within.  It  takes  but  a  short  time  to  make  more. 
Tin  cans  and  flowerpots  are  not  quite  so  suitable  fi«- 8_-shmgie 
for  nesting  boxes  as  are  wooden  receptacles,  because 
pottery  and  metal  are  good  conductors  of  heat,  and  unless  put 
up  in  the  shade  are  likely,  in  very  hot  weather,  to  overheat 
the  young  birds.  Nevertheless,  if  such  utensils  are  placed 
where  they  will  be  in  the  shade  during  the  hotter  part  of  the 
day  they  may  be  used  with  success  (Plate  III).  Cheap,  thin 
boxes,  such  as  the  larger  cigar  boxes,  may  be  fastened  up 
inside  a  barn  under  the  eaves  and  a  hole  bored  through  the 
wall  of  the  building  into  each  box,  or  a  box  may  be  made  for 
this  purpose  (Fig.  9). 

Many  people  write  me  anxiously  asking  of  what  size  nest- 
ing boxes  should  be  made  and  begging  for  exact  dimensions; 
some  are  unhappy  lest  the  entrance  holes  face  the  wrong 
way;  others  are  anxious  about  ventilation;  others  feel  sure 
that  the  smell  of  paint  on  the  nesting  boxes  or  bird  houses 
will  drive  the   birds   away,  while   still  others  fear   that    they 


8 


9?////A 


■'yyyyyy-- 


may  get  the  box  too  high  or  too  low;  but  all  these  things 
make  very  little  difference.  The  situation,  environment,  and 
size  of  the  entrances,  however,  are  important.     I  have  known 

tree  swallows  to  nest  in  a  round 
box  3|  inches  in  interior  diam- 
eter, in  a  flowerpot  even  smaller 
at  the  bottom,  and  in  a  one- 
apartment  bird  house,  nearly  a 
foot  square  and  about  18  inches 
high  from  floor  to  ridgepole 
(Fig.  10).  This  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  houses  with  tree 
swallows.  But  why  waste  enough 
lumber  on  one  bird  house  to 
make  three  nesting  boxes?  I 
have  tried  facing  the  entrance 
hole  to  all  points  of  the  com- 
pass. The  birds  used  them  all. 
Painted  or  unpainted,  weath- 
ered or  unweathered,  wood, 
bark,  cement,  tin,  clay,  papier 
mache  and  roofing  felt,  —  all  have  been  chosen  indiscriminately 
by  feathered  house  hunters.  Boxes  placed  6  feet  from  the 
ground  and  others  set  on  poles  on  the  roofs  of  tall  city  build- 
ings have  been  taken.  I  have  seen  chickadees  nesting  in  a 
hole  in  a  birch  stump  2  feet  from  the 
ground  and  in  the  hollow  branch  of  an 
elm  65  feet  up.  One  wood  duck  settled 
in  a  hollow  apple  tree  3  feet  from  the 
ground,  and  another  40  feet  up  in  a 
hollow  elm.  Such  experiences  lead  us 
to  revise  our  opinions  regarding  the 
exact  size  of  the  tenement  each  bird 
requires  and  how  high  or  low  it  should 
be  situated.  I  am  not  so  positive  as  I 
once  was  regarding  what  is  best  for  certain  species  or  what 
kind  of  a  box  or  situation  will  best  please  each  one.  It  seems 
that  the  birds  have  some  individuality,  or  that  they  need 
nesting    places  so    badly  that  they  will  take  almost  anything 


Fig.  9.  —  Box  inside  a  building.     (From 
Biological  Survey.) 


Fig.  10.  —  Swallow  house. 


if  it  is  so  situated  that  it  offers  peace  and  safety.  Never- 
theless, there  are  a  few  rules  that  it  is  best  to  follow  in 
making  and  erecting  bird  houses  to  secure  the  best  results :  — 

1.  Let  the  roof  be  made  tight  and  overhang  the  entrance 
enough  to  carry  rain  clear  and  keep  the  sun  from  shining  in 
on  the  young. 

2.  Do  not  make  the  bottom  of  the  box  too  tight.  If  any 
rain  drives  in  it  should  run  out. 

3.  If  the  box  tips  forward  a  little  on  the  side  of  the  entrance 
hole  when  set  in  place  it  will  shed  rain  well.  It  should  never 
lean  backward. 

4.  Provide  a  way  of  opening  the  box  quickly  unless  you 
intend  to  burn  it  and  replace  it  after  the  first  season,  as  is  done 
sometimes  with  gourds  and  shingle  or  bark  boxes. 

5.  Make  the  entrance  hole  and  the  box  itself  just  large 
enough  for  the  bird  you  want  —  no  larger.  This  will  tend  to 
keep  out  larger  birds,  as  well  as  the  birds'  enemies,  will  give  the 
bird  a  better  chance  to  defend  its  home,  and  will  save  material. 

6.  Make  nesting  boxes  of  weathered  wood,  or  paint  or  stain 
them  with  colored  linseed  oil  of  a  neutral  tint  resembling  dead 
wood  or  bark,  or  put  them  up  in  the  fall  that  they  may  be- 
come weather-stained  before  spring.  Apparently  birds  are  less 
suspicious  of  such  boxes  than  of  those  made  of  new,  bright 
lumber. 

7.  Fix  nesting  boxes  on  buildings  or  on  poles  rather  than  on 
trees,  and  make  them  inaccessible  to  cats,  squirrels,  mice  and 
rats. 

8.  Where  it  seems  best  to  put  them  in  trees,  choose  isolated 
trees  which  can  be  protected  against  cats,  squirrels,  weasels, 
etc. 

9.  Ordinarily  ventilation  is  unnecessary  if  the  entrance  is 
near  the  top  of  the  box  as  it  should  be,  but  in  very  hot  sum- 
mers young  birds  are  believed  to  have  died  of  heat  in  unshaded 
boxes  mounted  on  poles.  Ventilation  may  be  provided  by 
boring  4  half-inch  holes  in  the  sides  of  the  box  near  the  top 
and  filling  them  with  corks  which  may  be  removed  in  extremely 
hot  weather. 

A  few  practical  details  in  regard  to  carrying  out  some  of  the 
above  rules  should  be  noted. 


10 

If  the  roof  of  a  nesting  box,  made  of  wood,  is  horizontal,  the 
water  will  stand  on  it,  and  even  if  painted  it  will  warp  some- 
what in  drying  unless  covered  with  zinc,  good  roof  paint,  some 
good  roofing  felt  or  other  waterproof  material.  It  is  well  to 
have  a  crosspiece  nailed  (with  clinch  nails)  across  the  grain  on 
the  under  side  to  prevent  warping  and  splitting.  If  the  top 
slopes  downward  at  an  angle  of  45°  or  less  and  is  painted,  the 
water  will  run  off  so  fast  that  the  roof  will  not  warp  much. 

Top,  side  or  front  of  the  box  may  be  hinged  to  open 
as  a  door,  or  fixed  to  fasten  by  means  of  nails,  easily  re- 
moved, slid  loosely  into  sockets  arranged  for  them.  White  pine 
from  ^  to  I  of  an  inch  thick  is  the  best  lumber.  Cedar  and  cy- 
press are  durable.  Grocery  or  drygoods  boxes  may  be  used.  The 
following  dimensions  will  do  for  flat-roofed  dwellings  for  the 
birds  named.  These  dimensions  are  not  absolute,  but  are  such 
as  seem  to  be  popular  with  the  birds.  The  boxes  may  be  made 
larger  if  desired,  but  not  very  much  smaller.  The  size  of  the 
entrance,  however,  should  not  be  changed.  If  the  roof  is  not  level 
but  slopes  forward  the  back  may  be  two  or  three  inches  higher. 
House  Wren.  —  Interior  dimensions,  6  by 
3|  by  3|  inches.  Entrance  hole,  f  inch  in 
diameter.  The  long  axis  may  be  either 
horizontal  or  vertical  and  the  entrance  hole 
near  the  top.  A  miniature  bird  house  (Fig. 
11)  will  do  as  well,  but  takes  more  time  to 

Fig.  11. -Wren  house.      ^^^^ 

White-breasted  Nuthatch.  —  A  box  actually  occupied  by  this 
bird  on  the  grounds  of  the  Rev.  William  R.  Lord,  at  Dover  in 
1914,  measured  5  by  5  inches  (inside  dimensions).  Height,  12 
inches  front;  13|  inches  back.  Long  axis,  vertical.  Entrance 
front,  near  top,  1|  inches  in  diameter  (Fig.  12).  Probably  a 
box  made  of  bark,  or  slabs  with  bark  on,  would  attract  this 
bird. 

Red-breasted  Nuthatch.  —  This  bird  has  nested  in  a  No.  2 
Berlepsch  nesting  box  made  of  yellow  birch  by  the  Meriden 
Bird  House  Company,  Meriden,  New  Hampshire,  and  placed  in 
a  gray  birch  tree,  in  rather  open  land,  with  the  entrance  slightly 
more  than  7  feet  above  the  ground.  The  entrance  hole  is  1| 
inches  in  diameter. 


PLATE    IV. 


A    nesting   box   occupied   by   the   crested    flycatcher.     (Photograph  by  Mrs.  J.  W. 
Elliott,  Needham,  Massachusetts.) 


u 


This  is  reported  by  Mr.  H.  S.  Shaw,  Jr.,  of  Dover,  Massa- 
chusetts, and  is  the  only  ease,-so  far  as  my  records  show,  where 
a  red-breasted  nuthatch  has  nested  in  a  bird  box. 

Chickadee.  —  A  box  hke  Fig.  5  or  Fig.  12  may  be  used,  10  by 
4  by  3^  inches  inside  dimensions.     Long  axis  vertical.     Entrance 


13^ 


3" 

A. 


t|--s'4"--^ 


j 


3"       |e--5"---) 


Fig.  12 — Box  used  by  White-breasted  Nuthatch. 

hole  l\  inches  diameter,  placed  near  top  of  box  (Fig.  13).  Others 
recommend  an  entrance  1|  inches  in  diameter,  or  less,  but  my 
experience  goes  to  show  that  our  chickadee,  like  the  European 
titmice,  prefers  an  opening  a  little  larger  than  it  needs,  which 


8" 

4" 

15" 

4" 

^" 

43/v' 


17." 


10' 


\0" 


Fig.  13.  —  Chickadee  box  and  details  of  construction. 


makes  the  chances  of  success  better  with  the  larger  entrance. 
Many  boxes  for  this  bird  have  been  made  with  the  entrance 
too  small.    They  are  rarely  if  ever  used. 

Bluebird.  —  Interior  dimensions,  4|  by  4^  by  9|  inches.     En- 
trance, 1|  inches  or  an  eighth  less  —  never  \\  inches,  as   most 


12 


bluebirds  will  not  enter  a  hole  of  this  size.    Long  axis  vertical 
(Fig.  14).    Tree  swallows  will  use  this. 


i-j^:. -v±=i 


t:,V:"t  h'^-1 


Fig.  14. — Bluebird  box  and  details. 


Tree  Sivallow.  —  Interior  dimensions,  4j  by  4j  by  8  inches. 
Entrance  hole  about,  not  over,  1^  inches.  Long  axis  vertical. 
Bluebirds  also  use  this  box.     (See  Plate  L,  Fig.  2.) 


^-lOJi'*- 


^-G'---^. 


K-®--| 


t-h"-^. 


^3-» 


o 


24%' 


-4:-- 


^qJi^ 


Fig.  15.  — Flicker  box  and  details  of  construction. 


This  is  the  most  popular   box  (with  the  birds)  that  I  have 


seen. 


Starling.  —  This   European  bird   will   soon  be  common   and 
may  become  a  pest.    It  requires  an  entrance  hole  about  2  inches 


13 


r— ->^- 


in  diameter,  and  cannot  enter  boxes  properly  made  for  blue- 
birds or  smaller  birds.  It  will  use  any  tenement  suitable  for 
martins,  flickers,  crested  flycatchers  or 
sparrow  hawks,  such  as  are  described  and 
figured  hereafter. 

Crested  Flycatcher.  —  Measurement  of 
box  actually  occupied,  interior  diameter, 
6  by  6  by  8  inches.  Long  axis  hori- 
zontal. Entrance,  2  inches  in  diameter. 
(See  Plate  IV.) 


M 


p 


© 


\ 

Flicker.  —  Interior  di- 
mensions about  22  by 
about  6  by  4|  inches. 
Long  axis  vertical.  En- 
trance hole  at  least  2^ 
inches  in  diameter,  near 
top.  Several  inches  of 
ground  cork  or  coarse 
sawdust  and  dry  earth 
mixed  must  be  placed 
in  the  bottom,  as  wood- 
peckers make  no  nest 
but  rely  on  rotten  wood 
or  chips  which  they 
strike  off  the  tree  to 
make  a  bed  for  their 
eggs.       (See    Figs.    15 

and  16  and  Plate  V). 

Sparroiv  Haivk.  —  Flicker  boxes  have  been 
used  occasionally  by  sparrow  hawks,  but  a 
more  roomy  box,  at  least  8  inches  in  diam- 
eter would  be  better. 

Screech  Old.  —  Inside   dimensions    of   box 

actually    occupied    on    my   place    in    which 

young  were   raised,   7    by  11  by    15  inches. 

Long  axis  vertical.     Size  of  entrance  hole,  3 

inches  wide  by  4  inches  high.     (Fig.  17.) 

Wood  Duck.  —  Inside  measurements,  about  10  by  10  by  24 

inches.    Entrance,  4  inches  in  diameter  and  18  inches  from  the 

bottom.     Long  axis  vertical. 


Fig.  16.  —  Flicker  box  and  details.    (After  Biological 
Survey). 


Fig.  17.  —Owl  box. 


14 


Rohin.  —  The  robin  uses   mud  as  a  framework  for  its  nest, 
and  as  this  makes  the  nest  heavy  it  requires  a  good  foundation 

and  a  roof  over  it  to  render 
it  weatherproof.  Robins'  nests 
often  are  dislodged  or  blown 
down  in  storms,  and  sometimes 
the  birds,  warned  perhaps  by 
experience,  learn  to  place  their 
nests  on  some  projection  under 
the  eaves  of  a  house  porch  or 
summer  house;  on  the  end  of  a 


Fig.  18.  — Robins'  nest  on  log  cabin. 


projecting  log  under  the  eaves 

of  a  log  house;  on  a  beam  under 

the  roof  of  a  shed  or  railway 

station ;  under  a  bridge ;  under 

the  overhanging    sod  on  the 

edge  of  a  bank;  in  a  hollow 

trunk;    in  a   barn   cellar;    or 

even  in  a  bird  house.    Mrs.  Mabel  Osgood  Wright  experimented 

years  ago  with  shallow  wooden  trays  about  6  inches  square, 
bracketing  each  one  to  a  post,  grape 
arbor  or  building,  always  with  a  branch, 
eaves,  arbor  or  other  screen  or  protection 
overhead.  The  robins  did  not  use  them 
the  first  year.  The  second  year  two  were 
used,  and  the  last  year  five  others.  These 
trays  should  be  made  so  that  they  will 
not  hold  water.  A  small  grape  basket 
hung  or  nailed  up  under  projecting  eaves 
or  a  shed  roof  may  be  used  by  robins, 
swallows  or  phoebes,  particularly  if  a  little 

Fig.  2o.-Robin7nestor^he  hay  is  placcd  in   it.     A  pair  of  Carolina 


Fig.  19. 


-The  old  cider  mill. 


cider  press. 


wrens    at    Fairhaven    nested    in    such 


basket  partly  filled  with  dynamite  hung  under  the  ridgepole  of  a 
barn. 


PLATE    VI. 


A  plan  for  attracting  swallows.  Barn  swallow  on  nest  on  projecting  end  of  a 
board  in  barn  three  feet  above  tlie  back  of  a  stalled  cow.  The  bird  chose  the 
situation  because  of  the  resting  place  offered  for  the  nest.  (Original  photo- 
graiili  taken  by  reflected  light.) 


15 


Phoebe.  —  Any  little  open  box  or  shelf,  put  up  under  the 
eaves  of  a  building  or  under  the  roof  of  any  open  shed  or  porch, 
may  be  used  by  phcebes  (Fig, 
21).  This  makes  a  safe  sup- 
port for  their  nests  which  often 
is  appreciated  by  the  bird. 
Phcebes  rarely  nest  far  from 
water. 

Barn  Swallow.  —  Boxes  or 
shelves  similar  to  those  used 
by  phcebes  may  be  placed  in 
barns  for  the  barn  swallows, 
but  a  little  block  nailed  on  a  rafter  is  all  they  need,  or  a  lath 
nailed  across  two  rafters  so  that  the  ends  project.  (See  Plate 
VI.)  Even  two  nails  driven  into  a  beam  or  rafter  about  2  inches 
apart,  the  heads  projecting  about  2  inches,  may  be  utilized, 
and  will  be  support  enough  to  keep  the  nests  from  falling. 
When  rafters  were  made  of  knotty  logs  or  mere  poles  with  the 


Fig.  21.  — Phcebea'  nest  in  box. 


Fig.  22.  —  Devices  to  keep  cats,  squirrels,  etc.,  from  climbing  to  bird  houses. 

bark  removed  no  such  supports  were  needed,  but  sawed  timbers 
do  not  present  safe  points  of  attachment  for  mud-built  nests. 
There  should  be  an  opening  in  every  barn  for  swallows  to  enter. 
Cliff  or  Eaves  Swallows.  —  These  require  wide  eaves  and  a 
strip  of  board  or  small  timber  nailed  a  foot  below  the  junction 
of  the  side  and  roof  of  the  building.  Mud  does  not  stick  well 
to  paint,  hence  the  need  of  a  supporting  ledge. 


16 


Experience  with  nesting  boxes  on  trees,  particularly  in  woods, 
has  proved  that  they  are  occupied  mainly  by  squirrels  and 
mice  or  remain  unused.     These  animals,  as  well  as  cats  and 


A  Dorothy  Perkins  rose  bush.  Grown  on  a  bird-house  pole  for 
ornamentation  and  protection  against  cats.  (After  Our  Dumb 
Animals.) 


sometimes  rats,  drive  the  birds  out  and  destroy  their  eggs  and 
young  (see  Plate  V.).  Nests  on  poles  are  not  so  often  visited 
by  the  foregoing  enemies  of  birds,  and  such  nests  may  be 
protected  against  them  by  any  one  of  the  devices  shown  (Fig. 
22).     Nests  on  isolated  trees  may  be  safeguarded  in  a  similar 


PLATE   VII. 


Fig.  1.  —  A  colony.  Three  nesting  boxes  on  one  tree,  all  occupied  by  birds,  on  the 
reservation  of  the  Massachusetts  Commission  on  Fisheries  and  Game  at  Martha's 
Vineyard.     (Original  photograph.) 


.,v.v»«(»   ¥ 


i^^£.-i^  j*^.  ;^:.;..i — ^  .lu^ia'SSssasSSA 


Fig.  2.  —  A  row  of  nesting  boxes  on  a  pasture  fence  on  the  farm  of  .Mr.  Williaiii  I'.  Wliar- 
ton,  Groton,  Massachusetts.  This  plan  is  successful.  A  large  proportion  of  the.se 
boxes  were  occupied.     (Original  photograph.) 


17 


manner,   but    in   the   woods   protection   is   hopeless,    and  hole- 
nesting   birds,    with    the   exception    of    chickadees,   will    rarely 


fexfc 


Q     fROMT 


00 


Top 


BOTTo^^ 
6X.8 


Fig.  23.  — Swallow  box,  supposed  to  be  cat-proof,  and  details  of  construction. 


nest  there.    Boxes  placed   on  poles  set  up  in  a  pond  or  on  a 

small  island  bring  good  results. 

Poles  need  not  be  more  than  6  or  8  feet  in  length, 
except  for  martins,  and  may  be  very  slim,  made  from 
a  young  pine  or  cedar  or  any  other  sapling.  They 
may  be  screwed  to  fence  posts  with  lag  screws  (large 
screws  with  square  heads;  see  Fig.  24  and  Plate  VII., 
Fig.  2)  so  that  they  may  be  taken  down  in  the  fall  and 
stored  away  until  spring.  Where  there  are  no  fences, 
posts  may  be  set  in  the  ground  and  the  poles  fastened 
to  them.     Boxes  put  up  on  the  walls  or  ridgepoles  of 

buildings  often  attract  birds  if  the  trees  are  not  near  enough 

to    allow   squirrels  to  reach  them,    and   if   cats  cannot  get  at 

them.     (See  Plate  VIII.) 


({ =  ■«•> 


(j  =:  >»» 


Fig.  24. 


How   TO   ATTRACT   THE    BiRDS. 

If  nesting  boxes  are  set  up  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing 
directions,  English  sparrows  disposed  of,  and  nests  safeguarded 
against  cats  and  squirrels,  some  of  the  boxes  are  sure  to  be 
occupied  by  birds,  provided  there  is  a  sufficient  diversity  of 
vegetation  in  the  neighborhood  to  furnish  them  with  a  variety 
of  insect  food  and  wild  fruit,  and  unless  they  are  too  much 
disturbed  by  the  noisy  activity  of  their  human,  feline  or  canine 
neighbors.  We  cannot  expect  many  birds  to  be  attracted  to  a 
city  yard  where  there  is  neither  grass,  trees,  water  nor  shrub- 
bery.    They   always   appreciate   a   near   supply   of   water.     If 


18 

nesting  material  such  as  hay,  straw,  twine,  cotton,  hair,  string, 
etc.,  be  hung  on  a  fence  or  placed  on  a  bushy  branch  near  the 
nesting  box,  that  alone  may  decide  some  bird  to  nest  there. 
If  twine  is  put  out  it  should  be  cut  in  short  pieces  not  over  a 
foot  in  length,  else  birds  may  be  ensnared  by  it.  Wherever  a 
pair  of  tree  swallows  nest,  many  other  boxes,  similar  to  the  one 
chosen  by  them,  should  be  put  up  on  poles,  for  they  are  sociable 
birds  and  one  pair  will  attract  others. 

Experiments  sometimes  have  demonstrated  that  certain  in- 
dividual birds  are  grateful  for  nesting  material  placed  in  the 
box.  A  pair  of  chickadees  made  their  nest  by  digging  a  hollow 
in  cotton  batting  that  I  had  placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  box 
for  their  use.  It  is  well  always  to  keep  a  few  nesting  boxes  out 
all  winter  with  some  cotton  or  other  nesting  material  in  the 
bottom  of  each,  to  furnish  winter  lodging  for  chickadees,  nut- 
hatches and  woodpeckers,  as  these  birds  like  to  sleep  in  such 
snug  quarters.  Chickadees  and  nuthatches  may  be  attracted 
to  nesting  boxes  by  first  destroying  all  the  decayed  trees  and 
stumps  near  by,  and  then  feeding  the  birds  all  winter  on  bits 
of  suet,  meat,  fat  or  sunflower  seeds  placed  near  the  boxes. 
If  this  supply  is  kept  up  during  the  spring,  some  of  the  birds 
are  likely  to  nest  in  the  boxes  and  their  young  seek  similar 
domiciles  until  a  little  colony  becomes  established. 

Wrens  are  rare  and  local  in  Massachusetts,  but  when  once  a 
colony  is  started  they  are  almost  perfectly  protected  in  nesting 
boxes  and  are  likely  to  increase.  There  should  be  at  least 
three  boxes  to  each  pair  of  wrens,  as  they  are  so  industrious 
that  a  pair  often  will  build  two  additional  nests  beside  the  one 
in  use,  and  such  building  activity  may  keep  them  out  of  mis- 
chief.   Otherwise  they  may  attack  the  eggs  of  other  birds. 

IVIany  writers  express  the  belief  that  it  is  a  mistake  to  put 
up  nesting  boxes  too  near  together,  as  jealousy  and  fighting  will 
ensue  and  none  of  them  will  be  occupied.  I  have  held  this 
view  and  published  it,  but  have  discarded  it  since  I  have  seen 
five  pairs  of  bluebirds  nesting  in  the  trees  around  one  farm 
house;  three  pairs  of  tree  swallows  nesting  in  boxes  on  one 
small  tree;  several  pairs  of  bluebirds  in  boxes  on  one  barn, 
and  a  pair  of  bluebirds  and  one  of  tree  swallows  on  one  pole. 
(See  Plate  VII.,  Fig.  1,  and  Plate  VIII.) 


PLATE    VIII. 


An  example  of  a  bird  colony  on  a  building.  Nesting  boxes  on  one  of  the  farm  buildings 
of  Mr.  Geo.  E.  Hoxsieof  Canonchet,  Rhode  Island.  Every  building  on  his  place  has 
nesting  boxes.  In  1912,  forty-three  nesting  boxes  were  taken  by  tree  swallows  and 
bluebirds.  There  were  thirty-two  nests  of  eaves  swallows  and  eighteen  of  barn 
swallows. 


19 


Other  things  being  equal,  the  more  boxes  the  more  birds. 
But  the  house  wren  may  be  an  exception  to  this  rule,  as  it 
sometimes  is  exceedingly  quarrelsome.  My  later  experience 
seems  to  show  that  a  plethora  of  boxes  makes  less  trouble  than 
is  the  case  where  few  are  available.  Ordinarily,  boxes  set  up 
100  to  200  feet  apart  are  more  likely  to  be  occupied  the  first 
year  than  those  situated  closer.  Later,  if  these  are  successful, 
the  number  may  be  increased. 


Bird  Houses. 
The  purple  martin  is  the  only  bird  that  needs  a  bird  house. 
It  is  a  waste  of  lumber  to  build  houses  with  many  rooms  for 
any  other  bird,  as  a  single  pair 
of  bluebirds,  swallows  or  wrens 
will  hold  a  large,  expensive  house 
against  all  comers  except  the 
English  sparrow  or  the  starling. 
The  martin  is  a  large,  hand- 
some swallow  with  pleasant, 
cheerful  notes,  and  is  very  de- 
structive to  insect  pests.  Mar- 
tins formerly  were  abundant 
locally  in  Massachusetts,  but 
after  the  introduction  of  the 
English  sparrow  the  number 
of     martins     and     the     local- 


FiG.  25.  — Martin  house,  after  Trafton. 
(Courtesy  Houghton  Mifflin.) 

ities  frequented  by  them 
diminished  rapidly  until 
1904,  when  cold  June 
storms  nearly  extermi- 
nated the  species  in  Mas- 
sachusetts. Since  then 
their  numbers  have  in- 
creased   very   slowly,    as 


Fig.  26.  — Martin  house. 


20 


few  people  now  put  up  martin  houses,  and  English  sparrows  or 
other  birds  keep  the  martins  from  settling  in  some  of  those  that 
have  been  erected.  Martins,  unlike  most  native  hole-nesting 
birds,  prefer  to  nest  in  large  colonies.  Hence 
martin  houses  usually  are  made  with  many 
compartments.  The  Indians  hung  many  hol- 
lowed gourds  for  the  martins  on  the  poles  of 
their  wigwams  or  on  some  dead  tree  near  by. 
Some  of  the  southern  people  still  use  gourds  to 
attract  martins.  Often  several  gourds  are  hung 
from  a  crosspiece  on  a  tall  pole  (Fig.  27),  and 
these  collections  of  gourds  are  popular  with  the 
martins.  Only  the  larger  gourds  should  be  used 
for  them.  If  a  round  entrance  hole  is  made  it 
should  be  about  2|  inches  in  diameter,  as  the 
martin  likes  to  have  the  entrance  large  enough 
to  admit  the  light  as  he  enters. 

Poles  for  martins  should  be  at  least  10  or  12 
feet  high.  Such  poles  are  sufficient  if  placed  in 
quiet  places,  not  too  near  trees  or  dwellings, 
or  where  noisy,  quick-moving  children  or  dogs 
are  at  play;  but  if  there  is  much  noise  and 
disturbance,  a  pole  20  feet  or  more  in  height 
may  be  necessary.  No  pole  is  likely  to  be 
too  high  for  martins.  They  seem  to  prefer 
a  height  of  20  or  30  feet.  These  birds  fre- 
quently have  nested  in  quiet  places  among 
trees  and  quite  near  houses,  even  in  nesting 
boxes  on  poles  on  the  roofs  of  wooden  build- 
ings or  high  city  blocks,  but  they  will  not 
accept  hidden  nesting  places  where  they  have 
to  fly  in  among  the  branches  of  leafy  trees, 
and  they  seem  to  come  most  readily  to  a 
bird  house  situated  in  an  open  yard  or  on 
a  wide  lawn.  They  seem  to  prefer  low 
ground  to  high  ground,  and  always  like  the 
neighborhood  of  water.  Therefore  an  open 
river  valley  suits  them,  but  people  not  having  these  advantages 
need  not  despair,  as  martins  often  have  nested  on  high  ground, 
but  rarely,   I   believe,  far   from  water,      A  good  drinking  and 


^ 

Cj^Jc? 

Jjil)Si 

0 

fc. 

Fig.  27.  —  Gourds  for 
martins. 


Fig.  28.  —Martin  barrel. 


21 


bathing  fountain  with  running  water  might  help  to  induce  them 
to  settle  where  other  water  is  absent.  A  good  martin  box  may 
be  made  of  any  strong  barrel  (Fig.  28),  and  I  have  seen  such 
boxes  occupied  for  many  years  by  these  birds.  The  bottom  of 
each  entrance  hole  may  be  level  with  the  floor  of  its  compart- 
ment, to  facilitate  cleaning  out  and  to  allow  any  water  that  may 
drive  in  to  run  out  again,  but  it  is  well  to  have  a  gallery  or 
veranda  under  the  upper  openings  and  overhanging  the  lower. 
This  and  the  projecting  eaves  should  shed  most  of  the  rain. 


t 

Fig.   29.  —  Succes.sful  soap   box  martin   colony   of 
three  houses. 


The  entrance  holes  may  be  made  2j  inches  in  diameter  if 
square,  or  2^  inches  if  round. 

Mr.  J.  Warren  Jacobs  of  Waynesburg,  Pennsylvania,  who 
probably  has  had  more  experience  in  building  martin  houses 
than  any  one  else  now  living,  recommends  making  each  apart- 
ment 6  inches  square  and  7  inches  high.  Any  box  about  this 
size  may  be  used  for  the  apartments,  and  all  may  be  backed 
by  a  square  box  running  up  the  center  of  the  barrel  into  which 
a  square  pole  will  fit.  The  barrel  may  be  attached  to  the  pole 
by  two  angle  irons  and  roofed  with  zinc.  Every  martin  house 
should  be  well  painted  outside  but  not  inside,  with  two  or  three 
coats  of  good  white  or  light-colored  paint.  Dark-colored  houses 
are  very  hot  in  sunny  weather.     Care  is  taken  not  to  let  the 


22 


paint  run  into  the  entrances,  and  to  paint  only  up  to  the  edge 

of  each. 

Mr.    Arthur   W.    Brockway    of    Hadlyme,    Connecticut,    has 

estabHshed  a  large  colony  of  martins  by  building  small  cottages 

out  of  grocery  boxes.     (See  Fig.  29.) 

Mr.   Jacobs   asserts  that   a  martin  house  should  have  only 

entrance  ventilation,  but  Mr.  Dodson  of  Chicago  makes  the  attic 
of  his  martin  house  so  that  it  may  be  entered 
from  either  end,  and  claims  that  the  martins  in- 
variably occupy  these  upper  rooms  first.  I  have 
noted  that  when  cold  storms  destroy  young 
martins,  those  on  the  sides  of  the  house,  exposed 
to  the  cold  winds,  die  first. 

Mr.  William  A.  Sayward  of  Allston,  Massa- 
chusetts, has  invented  an  ingenious  device  to 
turn  the  openings  of  the  house  away  from  strong 
winds  and  rain.     (Figs.  30,  31  and  32.) 

He  takes  a  piece  of  Ij  inch  iron  pipe,  7  feet 
long,  and  sets  it  into  a  cylindrical  piece  of  cement, 
made  by  filling  with  cement  a  funnel  or  stove 
pipe  7  inches  in  diameter  and  30  inches  in 
length.  This  cement  is  set  into  the  earth  so 
that  the  top  of  the  cement  is  level  with  the 
surface  of  the  earth.  x4t  the  top  of  the  7-foot 
pipe  a  reducing  coupling  is  put  on,  and  another 
piece  of  inch  pipe  about  8  feet  in  length  is  added. 
Upon  this  a  bird  house  of  two  compartments 
is  mounted.  The  floor  dimensions  are  11  by 
16  inches  inside.  The  construction  is  illustrated 
in  Figs.  30,  31  and  32.  A  block  is  driven  inside 
the  top  of  the  pipe  and  a  slide  caster  is  fastened 
to  the  top  of  the  block.    Another  one,  inverted, 

is  driven  into  a  block  in  the  top  of  the  house,  so  that  the  whole 

house  easily  revolves  on  the  two  slide  casters. 

Poles  may  be  made  of  wood  or  metal     A  two-inch  galvanized 

or  painted  iron  pipe  will  hold  a  small  martin  house  and  will  be 

cat  proof  and  snake  proof,  but  rats  or  squirrels  might  climb  it. 

Nevertheless,  if  the  house  is  large  enough  they  cannot  go  beyond 

the  floor  unless  brackets,  which  should  never  be  used,  are  pro- 


fi^^vjs 


f^/.- 


Fig.  30.  —  Sayward 
house. 


23 


vided  for  them  to  climb.  Sometimes  martin  houses  are  mounted 
on  dead  trees.  Smooth  poles  are  beheved  to  be  snake  proof. 
Trees  with  bark  on  are  not.  Cats 
sometimes  quickly  climb  wooden  poles 
and  catch  martins  by  reaching  past 
the  lower  edge  of  the  house. 

Mr.  Jacobs  uses  a  hinged  pole  for 
mounting  his  larger  bird  houses,  so 
that  they  may  be  taken  down  easily 
and  cleaned  out  and  housed  during 
winter. 

It  would  facilitate  the  handling  and 
cleaning  out  of  martin  houses  if  a 
door  opening  to  the  full  width  of  each 

compartment  could  be  provided,  and  then,  if  bluebirds  or  tree 
swallows  persisted  in  occupying  it,  their  nests  and  eggs  or  young 


Fig.  31. — Sayward  weathercock 
house. 


Stft^\NC  -  C 


1 


n-; IT 

|IB 


|iMr|r--| 
4— Lq a a__L 


Eat 


-iLl 


It    U    U 


S\Ot      t\.HVA>T\OK 


^ 


WtvK 


REE  E    E    E 

--It  —  < le} 


li.»jl 


- -H-ZiT M  3C— liZ HJXSi} 
E    E    E  E    E    E 


Fig.  32.  —  Details  of  Sayward  house. 


could  be  removed  to  single  boxes,  which  should  be  in  readiness 
in  the  vicinitv. 


24 


How   TO    GET   THE    MaRTINS. 

The  bird  house  must  be  erected  in  a  conspicuous  place  and 
the  Enghsh  sparrows  and  starlings  kept  out.  This  maj^  be 
accomplished  by  the  use  of  a  shotgun,^  or  the  entrances  may 
be  kept  closed  until  the  martins  come,  when  a  few  may  be 
opened  and  the  martins  may  be  able  to  beat  off  the  sparrows, 
but  if  even  one  pair  of  sparrows  becomes  established  in  that 
house,  and  is  allowed  to  breed,  the  martins  are  doomed  to 
eviction  sooner  or  later.  They  may  hold  on  for  a  few  years, 
but  the  sparrows  will  possess  the  house  in  the  end.  I  have 
never  known  them  to  fail.  If  the  martins  persist,  the  sparrows 
break  the  eggs  or  kill  the  young. 

Screech  owls  and  cats  must  be  watched.  Cats  catch  the 
male  martins  when,  in  fighting,  they  come  to  the  ground,  take 
both  parents  when  they  alight  on  the  ground  for  nesting  ma- 
terial, and  kill  many  young  ones  before  they  are  able  to  fly 
well.  The  owls  sometimes  get  the  habit  of  reaching  in  at  night 
and  pulling  out  young  birds.  The  martins  will  drive  all  hawks 
away. 

The  English  Sparrow. 

The  European  house  sparrow  is  the  greatest  and  most 
ubiquitous  enemy  of  all  native  birds  that  nest  in  bird  houses 
and  nesting  boxes.  The  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, after  a  long  and  patient  investigation  that  covered  the 
greater  part  of  North  America,  decided  that  it  was  "a  curse  of 
such  virulence  that  it  ought  to  be  systematically  attacked  and 
destroyed."^ 

Von  Berlepsch  rates  it  as  one  of  the  few  birds  which  must  be 
destroyed  at  the  Ornithological  Experiment  Station  at  Seebach.^ 

Although  the  sparrow,  like  most  birds  that  live  with  man,  is 
beneficial  at  times,  most  expert  testimony  is  against  it.  In 
view  of  a  multitude  of  requests  for  information  regarding  the 
means  for  destroying  it,  a  bulletin  on  the  subject  is  in  prepara- 
tion which  will  be  issued  by  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  of 
Agriculture  as  Circular  No.  48. 

1  A  long-barreled  22  caliber  rifle,  with  extra  long  shells,  smokeless  powder  and  dust  shot,  is  not 
noisy  and  ought  to  be  effective  at  40  or  50  feet. 

2  Barrows,  W.  B.:  "The  English  sparrow  in  North  America,"  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Div.  Ec. 
Ornith.  and  Mam.  Bull.  No.  1. 

3  Hiesmann,  Martin:  "How  to  attract  and  protect  wild  birds,"  translated  by  Emma  S. 
Buckheim,  1912,  p.  92. 


ai)e  ^ommontDcaltt)  of  illassacliueetts. 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    48 

August,  1915. 


THE  ENGLISH  SPARROW  AND  THE 
MEANS  OF  CONTROLLING  IT. 


Edward    Howe    Forbush. 


Revised  and  enlarged  from  the  Fifty-ninth  Annual  Report  of  the 
Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WRIGHT  &  POTTEE  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Boaed  of  Publication. 


Tlic  licmsi'  sparrow,  or  Eiislish  sparrow  (Pusaer  doineslicux) ,  iiiali'  and  I'cniaU' 


Nesting  box  made  for  the  English  sparrow  by  Clayton  E.  Stone  of  Lunenberg,  Massachusetts. 
Sparrows  and  starlings  occupy  these  nesting  boxes;  bluebirds  and  swallows  do  not. 


THE  ENGLISH  SPAEKOW  AND  THE  MEANS  OF 
CONTEOLLING  IT. 


EDWARD  HOWE  FORBUSH,  STATE  ORNITHOLOGIST. 


All  our  native  sparrows  are  beneficial  birds  and  should  be 
protected.  Care  should  be  used  not  to  disturb,  molest  or  de- 
stroy any  native  sparrow  or  to  confuse  any  with  the  imported 
sparrow  which  is  the  subject  of  this  paper.  The  name  English 
sparrow  is  a  misnomer,  as  the  bird  referred  to  is  the  "house 
sparrow"  (Passer  domesticus)  of  Europe,  where  it  is  native  to 
nearly  the  entire  continent,  but  the  former  name  has  been 
adopted  in  the  United  States  and  will  be  perpetuated.  The  so- 
called  English  sparrow,  regarded  by  practically  all  competent 
authorities  as  a  pest  in  the  United  States,  is  more  injurious  and 
less  beneficial  than  most  native  American  birds,  but  neverthe- 
less has  many  friends  in  this  country.  It  has  beneficial  habits, 
for  practically  all  land  birds  destroy  pests  of  some  kind.  Few 
people  may  now  remember  that  this  sparrow  on  its  introduction 
to  America  was  recommended  for  the  special  purpose  of  ridding 
park  trees  of  geometrid  caterpillars,  a  service  which  it  un- 
doubtedly performs.  Native  birds,  however,  might  have  done 
as  well  or  better  had  the  sparrow  been  left  in  its  original  home, 
and  had  they  been  encouraged  to  nest  in  the  parks,  for  practi- 
cally all  small  birds  eat  such  insects. 

Many  people  have  complained  to  me  that  the  sparrow  has 
driven  other  birds  from  nesting  boxes  and  has  dragged  the 
young  of  other  birds  out  of  nests  and  killed  them.  Where 
there  are  English  sparrows  it  is  useless  to  put  up  nesting  boxes 
or  bird  houses  for  native  birds  unless  some  effort  is  made  to 
control  this  foreign  enemy;  otherwise  the  boxes  eventually  will 
be  occupied  by  sparrows,  other  birds  will  be  driven  out  and 
the  net  result  vrAl  be  an  increased  sparrow  population.  A 
great  manufacturing  firm  writes :  — 

The  sparrows  have  become  so  numerous  about  our  buildings  as  to  be 
almost  unbearable  so  far  as  noise  is  concerned.  Also  they  are  extremely 
dirty,  and  we  are  very  desirous  of  keeping  them  away.  It  has  occurred 
to  us  that  poisoned  food  of  some  sort  could  be  used  with  safety.  May 
we  not  hear  a  word  from  you?    If  poison  is  proper,  how  shall  we  proceed? 


Many  inquiries  similar  to  the  above  have  been  received. 
Most  of  these  inquirers  have  been  referred  to  Farmers'  Bulletin 
383,  by  Ned  Dearborn,  published  by  the  Bureau  of  Biological 
Survey,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  on  "How  to 
destroy  English  Sparrows,"  and  Farmers'  Bulletin  493,  issued 
by  the  same  Bureau,  entitled,  "The  English  Sparrow  as  a 
Pest,"  by  the  same  author;  but  so  many  complaints  continually 
come  in  and  so  many  requests  for  methods  of  destroying  the 
sparrow  have  been  received,  that  at  last  it  has  become  necessary 
in  self-defense  to  publish  a  circular  in  reply  to  these  complaints, 
giving  the  desired  information. 

The  old-time  question  as  to  whether  the  sparrow  is  a  pest  or' 
not  continually  comes  up.  The  sparrow  rears  many  young, 
and  as  the  young  are  fed  to  some  extent  on  insects  they  con- 
sume quantities  of  insects  in  a  summer.  Were  the  sparrows  in 
our  city  parks  destroyed,  probably  we  should  have  serious 
trouble  with  certain  leaf-eating  insects  before  native  birds  could 
be  attracted  to  these  parks  in  any  numbers,  but  few  native 
birds  can  nest  in  the  parks  while  the  sparrow  remains. 

The  greatest  injury  resulting  from  the  introduction  of  the 
sparrow  is  the  displacement  of  native  birds  and  the  consequent 
increase  of  injurious  insects  which  the  sparrow  does  not  eat. 
The  leopard  moth,  for  example,  which  was  introduced  into  this 
country  in  the  latter  part  of  the  last  century,  has  become  very 
destructive  where  sparrows  are  most  numerous.  The  control 
of  this  insect  is  difficult  and  expensive,  as  it  is  a  borer,  remain- 
ing most  of  the  time  within  the  wood.  Apparently  the  sparrows 
do  not  disturb  it,  and  where  they  are  numerous  and  native 
birds  are,  therefore,  scarce,  this  moth  is  very  injurious,  par- 
ticularly in  and  around  Boston,  New  York  and  other  large 
cities.  When  the  moth  spreads  out  into  the  country,  where 
woodpeckers  and  other  native  birds  are  numerous,  it  has,  thus 
far,  made  no  headway.  Woodpeckers  dig  into  the  burrows 
where  the  larva  hides,  and  other  birds  catch  it  when  it  leaves 
its  burrow  and  crawls  about  on  the  bark.  Had  we  kept  out 
the  sparrow  and  instead  encouraged  and  attracted  other  birds 
into  our  cities  we  might  have  been  spared  the  destruction  of 
many  shade  trees  by  the  leopard  moth. 

The  sparrow,  however,  has  many  friends  who  seem  to  believe 
that  it  does  only  good  and  no  harm  whatever.     To  those  who 


see  only  one  side  of  the  case  the  various  pubhcations  on  the 
sparrow  are  recommended,  several  volumes  of  which  have  been 
published.  Chief  among  these  is  Bulletin  No.  1  of  the  Division 
of  Economic  Ornithology  and  ^Mammalogy  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  by  Walter  B.  Barrows,  entitled  the 
"English  Sparrow  in  North  America,"  a  report  of  more  than 
400  pages.  In  this  bulletin,  which  was  regarded  at  the  time 
as  "the  most  important  treatise  ever  published  upon  the 
economic  relations  of  any  bird,"  evidence  regarding  the  habits 
and  destructiveness  of  the  sparrow  was  brought  together  from 
all  parts  of  the  United  States  and  from  Europe,  Australia  and 
New  Zealand.  The  testimony  against  the  sparrow  from  all 
these  countries  is  overwhelming.  Two  other  works  devoted 
entirely  to  this  species  had  been  published  previously  in  the 
United  States,  one  in  1878  by  T.  G.  Gentry,  entitled  "The 
House  Sparrow  at  Home  and  Abroad,"  the  other  in  1879  by 
Dr.  Elliot  Coues,  on  "The  Present  Status  of  Passer  domesticus 
in  America,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Western  States  and 
Territories."  Since  Bulletin  No.  1,  referred  to  above,  was 
published  other  investigations  of  the  sparrow  have  been  made 
by  scientists,  and  all  have  resulted  unfavorably  to  the  bird, 
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  it  devours  army  worms,  cotton 
boll  weevils,  brown-tail  moths  and  other  pests.  Baron  von 
Berlepsch,  who  has  established  the  most  successful  European 
experiment  station  for  the  protection  of  birds,  conserves  practi- 
cally all  small  land  birds,  but  finds  it  necessary  to  destroy  this 
sparrow  in  order  to  give  the  other  birds  a  chance.  The  tre- 
mendous destruction  to  grain  in  the  fields  caused  by  this 
sparrow  in  grain-growing  regions,  its  cost  to  poultrymen,  its 
injuries  to  fruit  and  garden  crops  are  well  known.  Where  it 
has  become  numerous  it  has  destroyed  quantities  of  fruit,  in- 
cluding grapes,  cherries,  strawberries,  raspberries,  currants, 
blackberries,  peaches,  apples,  pears,  plums,  tomatoes,  apricots 
and  figs.  Young  plants,  including  peas,  beans,  cabbage,  lettuce, 
radishes,  corn  and  other  vegetables,  are  torn  to  pieces  or  eaten 
to  the  ground.  Garden  seeds,  including  those  of  many  vege- 
tables and  flowers,  are  scratched  up  when  planted  or  eaten  on 
the  stalk.  There  is  scarcely  a  garden  fruit  or  vegetable  which 
does  not  suffer  more  or  less  from  the  attacks  of  this  bird. 
Buds  and   blossoms  of  numerous  plants  are  destroyed  by  it. 


Its  filthy  habits,  which  injure  buildings,  vegetation  and  clothing, 
constitute  a  minor  annoyance,  but  its  chief  fault,  as  indicated 
above,  is  the  molestation  and  destruction  in  the  breeding  season 
of  harmless  native  birds  of  far  more  value  to  agriculture  than 
itself.  It  is  not  necessary  to  repeat  here  the  overwhelming 
testimony  in  regard  to  this  that  may  be  found  in  any  of  the 
three  volumes  hereinbefore  cited.  My  own  experience  is  con- 
vincing. During  the  last  forty  years  I  have  seen  it  drive  out 
the  great  flocks  of  snow  buntings  that  once  fed  freely  in  city 
streets.  I  have  seen  it  evict  all  species  that  nest  in  bird  houses. 
Where  it  once  gets  a  foothold  in  the  bird  houses  it  drives  out 
all  other  bird  tenants  in  the  end.  It  destroys  their  nests,  eggs 
and  young,  and  it  has  been  known  to  destroy  wantonly  the 
eggs,  nests  and  young  of  many  birds  that  do  not  nest  in  boxes. 
It  appropriates  the  nests  of  swallows,  robins,  warblers  and  other 
birds,  and  has  driven  out  swallows,  martins  and  wrens  from 
large  areas.  The  cliff  swallows  or  eaves  swallows  and  house 
wrens  formerly  common  in  many  parts  of  Massachusetts  are 
rare  now  in  a  large  part  of  the  State,  and  this  can  be  attributed 
directly  to  persecution  by  the  sparrow.  What  has  happened 
in  ]Massachusetts  has  occurred  over  large  sections  in  other 
States.  In  warmer  regions  than  this,  where  the  winters  are  not 
so  severe  as  here,  and  the  sparrows  increase  rapidly  in  numbers, 
the  effect  of  their  presence  on  native  species  is  even  more 
marked.  Mr.  Robert  Ridgway,  the  eminent  ornithologist  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  has  this  to  say  of  the  sparrow  in 
southern  Illinois:  — 

The  amazing  increase  of  the  so-called  English  sparrow  has  profoundly 
disturbed  the  "balance"  of  bird  life.  Although  introduced  less  than 
forty  years  ago  this  species  is  now,  without  question,  by  far  the  most 
numerous  bird  in  the  region  of  which  I  write,  even  if  it  does  not  exceed 
in  numbers  all  the  native  small  passerine  birds  combined,  not  only  in 
the  towns  but  on  the  farms  as  well.  The  effect  on  native  birds  is  ex- 
ceedingly well  marked,  for  the  foreign  pest  has  literally  crowded  out, 
or  by  its  aggressive  meddlesomeness  driven  away,  from  the  abodes  of 
man  those  charming  and  useful  native  birds,  the  bluebird,  purple  martin, 
barn  swallow  and  cliff  swallow.  None  of  the  native  species  likes  its  com- 
pany, and,  in  winter,  when  one  wishes  to  feed  the  cardinals,  Juncos  and 
other  native  birds,  it  is  necessary  to  feed  many  times  as  many  of  those 
pernicious  pests,  thus  vastly  increasing  both  the  trouble  and  the  expense. 


He  gives  details  regarding  the  following  species:  — 

Cliff  Swallow  {Petrochelidon  lunifrons).  —  Formerly  abundant,  large 
colonies  attaching  their  retort-shaped  nests  underneath  overhanging 
eaves  of  barns,  warehouses  and  other  large  buildings,  but  apparently  has 
wholly  disappeared. 

Barn  Swallow  {Hirundo  enjthrogastra) .  —  Ahnost  totally  expelled  by 
the  sparrow,  great  numbers  of  which  have  appropriated  every  nesting 
site  in  the  barns  and  other  outbuildings. 

Purple  Martin  (Progne  subis).  —  Mostly  driven  from  towns  and  farms 
by  the  sparrow,  the  large  trees  containing  cavities  that  are  left  being  too 
few  in  number  to  accommodate  more  than  a  small  percentage  of  the 
number  that  formerly  occurred. 

Bluebird  {Sialia  sialis) .  —  This  also  has  been  mainly  displaced  by  the 
sparrow,  which  has  appropriated  nearly  all  cavities  suitable  for  nesting 
places. 

Means  of  driving  out  Sparrows. 

For  the  benefit  of  those  who  wish  to  control  sparrows  about 
their  own  homes  some  of  the  more  common  devices  for  ousting 
these  birds  are  given  below,  some  of  which  have  been  published 
in  the  excellent  bulletins  of  the  Biological  Survey. 

Many  people  wish  to  rid  their  premises  of  sparrows  or  to 
drive  them  out  of  bird  houses,  but  not  to  kill  them.  It  is 
practically  impossible  to  drive  them  from  any  premises  without 
continuous  persecution,  but  they  may  be  evicted  from  bird 
houses  by  systematic  work  without  killing  any.  Various  plans 
have  been  recommended,  such  as  putting  up  nesting  boxes 
without  perches  or  with  entrance  holes  in  the  bottom,  providing 
a  great  plethora  of  nesting  boxes  or  suspending  them  by  wires. 
None  of  these  expedients  is  of  any  permanent  value  except 
possibly  the  last,  and  that  has  not  been  uniformly  successful. 
Mr.  Clayton  E.  Stone  of  Lunenburg,  Massachusetts,  puts  up 
in  trees  open  boxes  which  seem  to  be  rarely  taken  by  native 
birds,  except  an  occasional  wren  or  a  robin,  but  are  accepted 
by  sparrows  and  starlings.  (See  frontispiece.)  These  boxes 
may  be  worth  a  trial.  Nevertheless,  the  sparrows  do  not  con- 
fine themselves  entirely  to  the  open  boxes,  but  now  and  then 
occupy  a  box  intended  for  other  birds.  Where  this  happens  the 
boxes  intended  for  native  birds  may  be  so  arranged  that  the 
sparrows  may  be  kept  out,  entrapped  or  driven  out.  A  box 
having  an  entrance  not  over  seven-eighths  of  an  inch  in  diam- 
eter will  admit  house  wrens  and  keep  out  sparrows;  chickadees 


have  been  known  very  rarely  to  nest  in  a  box  ■with  a  round 
entrance  one  inch  in  diameter,  and  this  usually  keeps  out 
sparrows,  but  if  the  entrance  is  large  enough  for  any  bird 
larger  than  the  house  wren  the  sparrow  may  get  in.  As 
sparrows  begin  nesting  earlier  in  the  spring  than  most  other 
birds  they  may  be  driven  from  a  nesting  box  early  in  the  year 
by  removing  the  nesting  material  from  the  box  several  times  a 
week.  For  this  purpose  a  plethora  of  boxes  must  be  used  and 
each  box  must  be  easily  accessible  and  must  have  an  opening 
by   means   of   which   the   nest   may   be   taken   out   with   little 


■Tv^y.^.- 


"■' ,    ,  { 


Fig.  1.  —  Perspective  and  sectional  drawings  of  an 
improvised  nest  box  for  the  interior  of  build- 
ings.    (After  Biological  Survey.) 


Fig.  2.  —  Nest  box  opening  at 
the  top.  (After  Biological 
Survey.) 


trouble.  Fig.  1  shows  how  such  a  box  may  be  attached  to  the 
inner  wall  of  a  barn  or  other  building,  where  it  may  be  quickly 
opened  from  wuthin  the  building  and  the  nesting  material  re- 
moved; or  boxes  having  hinged  projecting  covers  which  will 
shut  out  rain  may  be  put  up  on  poles  or  trees.  (Fig.  2.)  In 
my  own  experience  success  has  follow^ed  the  practice  of  remov- 
ing the  eggs  from  the  nests  at  intervals  of  ten  to  fourteen  days. 
A  stream  of  water  from  the  garden  hose  is  very  effective  in 
evicting  sparrows  under  some  circumstances.  If  used  on  cold 
or  frosty  nights,  after  the  sparrows  have  retired,  it  will  drive 
them  from  their  nests  or  roosting  places  in  bird  houses,  or  on 
vine-clad  walls,  where  they  constitute  a  nuisance.     If  one  ap- 


plication  is  not  enough  it  may  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  a  few 
days.  In  wet  weather,  when  fireworks  can  be  used  with 
safety,  small  Roman  candles  are  recommended  as  an  effective 
form  of  night  bombardment.  Sparrows  do  not  appreciate  fire- 
works. If  some  of  the  sparrows  are  killed  or  captured  when 
they  are  disturbed  this  persecution  will  have  a  more  permanent 
effect. 


Fig.  3.  —  Funnel  trap.     Side  raised  to  show  interior.     (After  Biological  Survey.) 


Fig.  4.  —  Outline  of  funnel  trap.     (After  Biological  Survey.) 


Trapping  Sparrows. 

There  are  many  contrivances  for  catching  sparrows  on  the 
nest,  some  of  which  are  given  in  the  bulletins  of  the  Biological 
Survey  hereinbefore  cited,  but  a  deep  hoop  net  on  the  end  of  a 
pole  may  be  used  to  catch  them  by  placing  it  over  the  entrance 
of  the  nesting  box  and  driving  the  sparrow  into  it. 

There  are  successful  devices  for  trapping  sparrows  also,  which 
are  illustrated  in  Farmers'  Bulletins  383  and  493.  One  of  the 
simplest  of  these  is  the  wire  funnel  trap  perfected  by  Dr.  A.  K. 
Fisher  of  the  Biological  Survey.     Fig.  3.  shows  the  trap  and 


10 

Figs.  4,  5  and  6  give  details  of  construction.  This  trap  is  easy 
to  make  and  the  cost  of  material  is  smalL  It  has  been  tested 
on  the  agricultural  grounds  at  Washington  and  also  in  the 
Missouri  Botanical  Gardens  at  St.  Louis,  and  has  caught 
hundreds  of  sparrows  in  a  few  weeks. 

The  following  directions  for  making  this  trap  are  taken  from 
Farmers'  Bulletin  493:  — 

The  essential  parts  of  this  trap  are:  (1)  a  half  funnel  leading  into 
(2)  an  antechamber,  which  ends  in  (3)  a  complete  funnel  leading  into 


Fig.  5.  —  Pattern  for  first  funnel  of  a  trap  to  be  36  by  18  by  12  inches. 
(After  Biological  Survey.) 

(4)  a  final  chamber.  It  is  made  of  woven  wire  poultry  netting  of  three- 
fourths  inch  mesh,  and  is  re-enforced  around  the  open  end  and  along 
the  sides  at  the  bottom  by  No.  8  or  No.  10  wire,  which  is  used  also  around 
the  aperture  for  the  door  and  around  the  door  itself.  The  angles  between 
the  first  funnel  and  the  walls  of  the  antechamber  are  floored  with  netting 
and  the  final  chamber  is  floored  with  the  same  material.  The  accompany- 
ing drawings  will  enable  anybody  handy  with  tools  to  construct  one  of 
these  traps  in  a  few  hours.  These  plans  are  for  a  trap  3  feet  long,  a  foot 
and  a  haK  wide,  and  a  foot  high.  At  ordinary  retail  prices  the  cost  of 
material  will  be  about  70  cents.  Paper  patterns  for  the  two  funnels 
can  be  made  by  first  drawing  the  concentric  circles,  as  shown  in  Figs. 
5  and  6,  and  then  laying  off  the  straight  lines,  beginning  with  the  longest. 
The  wavy  outlines  indicate  that  the  pattern  is  to  be  cut  half  an  inch 
outside  of  the  straight  lines  to  allow  extra  wire  for  fastening  the  cones  to 


11 


the  top  and  sides  of  the  trap.  Fig.  7  shows  how  all  the  i:)arts  of  a  trap 
having  the  above  dimensions  may  be  cut  from  a  piece  of  netting  4  feet 
wide  and  6  feet  long.  The  full  lines  in  this  figure  indicate  where  the 
netting  is  to  be  cut  and  the  broken  lines  where  it  is  to  be  bent.  The 
numbers  at  the  angles  in  Figs.  5,  6  and  7  correspond  with  those  in  Fig.  4, 
which  shows  in  outHne  the  relation  of  the  different  parts  as  they  appear 
when  assembled.  A  trap  of  the  above  dimensions  is  as  small  as  can  be 
used  satisfactorily.  Where  sparrows  are  very  numerous  a  larger  size  is 
recommended.  Fig.  8  shows  how  a  trap  4  feet  long,  2  feet  wide,  and 
15  inches  high  may  be  made  from  a  piece  of  netting  4  by  10  feet.  This 
is  a  very  good  size  for  parks  and  large  private  grounds. 


T 


/      / 


■-'"%  :/"■■>, 


Fig.  6.  —  Pattern  for  second  funnel  of  a  trap  to  be  36  by  18  by  12  inches. 
(After  Biological  Survey.) 


In  setting  a  funnel  trap  a  place  should  be  selected  where  sparrows  are 
accustomed  to  assemble.  Often  there  are  several  such  places  in  a  neighbor- 
hood, in  which  case  it  is  advisable  to  move  the  trap  daily  from  one  of 
them  to  another,  because  the  birds  appear  to  associate  the  locality  rather 
than  the  trap  with  the  distress  of  their  imprisoned  comrades.  Canary 
seed,  hemp  seed,  wheat,  oats  and  bread  crumbs  are  excellent  baits.  The 
bait  should  be  scattered  in  the  antechamber  and  first  funnel,  and  also, 
sparingly,  outside  about  the  entrance.  A  live  sparrow  kept  in  the  trap 
as  a  decoy  will  facihtate  a  catch.  In  case  native  birds  enter  a  trap  they 
may  be  released  without  harm.  Trapping  may  begin  at  any  time  after 
young  sparrows  are  able  to  take  care  of  themselves,  which  is  usually  by 
July  1.  Each  day's  catch  should  be  removed  from  the  trap  at  nightfall, 
and  if  a  decoy  is  used  it  should  be  comfortably  housed  and  otherwise 
cared  for  when  off  dutv. 


12 


In  removing  sparrows  from  either  a  funnel  or  a  sieve  trap  the  receiving 
box  shown  (Fig.  9)  will  be  fomid  useful.  It  should  be  about  6  inches 
square  and  18  inches  long,  inside  measurement.  The  door,  hinged  at 
the  bottom  and  turning  inward,  is  controlled  by  the  part  of  its  wire  frame 
extending  through  the  side  of  the  box  to  form  a  handle.  The  box  as  it 
appears  in  the  figure  is  ready  to  be  placed  before  the  open  door  of  a  trap 
from  which  birds  are  to  be  driven. ^ 

Mr.  Charles  W,  ]\Jiller,  formerly  director  of  the  Worthington 
Society  for  the  Study  of  Bird  Life,  has  perfected  an  excellent 
trap  for  sparrows  which  has  been  very  successful,  but  as  its 


72 


•f 


k- 


Z'i\2S 


26  20 


S/^O 


/^LOOA^ 


v5yZ7if 


7-0/=> 


/2 


—  /a' 


Fig.  7.  —  Diagram  for  cutting  out  the  parts  of  a  funnel  trap  36  by  18  by  12  inches. 
(After  Biological  Survey.) 


construction  is  more  complicated  and  its  manufacture  more 
expensive  than  that  of  the  funnel  trap,  those  who  desire  to  try 
it  are  referred  to  Farmers'  Bulletin  493,  in  which  it  is  illustrated 
and  described. 

Sparrows  are  so  wary  that  it  may  be  difficult  to  entrap  them. 
Traps  have  given  best  results  in  Massachusetts  in  winter,  after 
storms,  when  snow  covers  much  of  the  natural  food  of  the 
sparrow.  It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  trapping  will  succeed 
if  the  sparrows  can  get  all  the  food  they  need  in  some  near-by 
poultry   house   or    stable   yard.     Some   poultry  men   who   keep 

1  Dearborn,  Ned,  The  English  Sparrow  as  a  Pest,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Farmers'  Bulletin  493, 
1912,  pp.  17-20. 


13 


grain  constantly  before  the  fowls  probably  feed  nearly  as  much 
to  rats  and  sparrows  as  to  fowls.  Poultry  should  be  fed  in- 
doors; every  poultry  house  should  be  rat  proof,  and  all  openings 
should  be  covered  with  cellar  wire  netting  which  will  keep  out 
rats,  mice  and  sparrows  and  save  the  poultryman  more  than 


%^/£>£- 


Fig.  8.  —  Diagram  for  cutting  out  the  parts  of  a  funnel  trap  48  by  24  by  15  inches. 
(After  Biological  Survey.) 


Fig.  9.  —  Receiving  box  for  removing  sparrows  from  trap. 
(After  Biological  Survey.) 


its  cost  in  a  single  year.  Where  poultry  foods  are  thus  pro- 
tected sparrows  may  be  caught  with  ease.  Any  poultryman 
may  catch  large  numbers  of  sparrows  in  winter  by  closing  all 
but  one  opening  in  a  henhouse  and  enticing  the  birds  in  by 
means  of  grain.  After  they  have  been  well  fed  in  this  building 
for  a  week  or  two,  and  have  become  accustomed  to  feed  there 
in  numbers,   the  opening  may   be  closed  from   a  distance  by 


14 

means  of  a  cord  attached  to  a  shutter  or  sash  or  to  its  support, 
and  the  sparrows  may  be  imprisoned  and  killed.  Another  plan 
is  to  imprison  them  in  the  afternoon  and  let  them  out  in  the 
morning  until  they  have  become  accustomed  to  roost  in  the 
building  in  large  numbers,  when  they  may  be  readily  despatched 
at  night.  Mr.  Wilfrid  Wheeler,  secretary  of  the  Massachusetts 
State  Board  of  Agriculture,  reports  success  with  this  plan. 

Poisoning. 

The  use  of  poison  generally  cannot  be  recommended,  but 
when  used  with  great  care  it  has  given  excellent  results. 
Successful  methods  are  given  below. 

The  following  formula  and  directions  for  poisoning  English 
sparrows  are  given  by  Ned  Dearborn  of  the  Biological  Survey, 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture:  — 

Where  the  use  of  poison  is  not  prohibited  by  law  it  may  be  employed 
effectively  to  reduce  the  number  of  sparrows.  Of  the  different  poisons 
tested  the  most  satisfactory  is  strychnine,  which  is  easy  to  prepare  and 
acts  quickly.  Wheat  has  proved  to  be  a  good  bait  as  well  as  an  excellent 
vehicle  for  administering  the  drug.  A  convenient  method  of  preparing 
poisoned  bait  is  as  follows :  put  one-eighth  ounce  of  pulverized  strychnine 
into  three-fourths  of  a  gill  of  hot  water,  add  1^  teaspoonfuls  of  starch 
or  wheat  flour  moistened  with  a  few  drops  of  cold  water,  and  heat,  stirring 
constantly  till  the  mixture  thickens.  Pour  the  hot  poisoned  starch  over 
1  quart  of  wheat  and  stir  until  every  kernel  is  coated.  Small-kerneled 
wheat  sold  as  poultry  food,  if  reasonably  clean,  is  preferable  to  first- 
quality  grain,  being  cheaper  and  more  easilj''  eaten  by  the  sparrows.  A 
2-quart  glass  fruit  jar  is  a  good  vessel  to  mix  in,  as  it  is  easily  shaken 
and  allows  the  condition  of  the  contents  to  be  seen.  If  the  coated  wheat 
be  spread  thinly  on  a  hard,  flat  surface  it  will  be  dry  enough  for  use  in 
a  short  time.  It  should  be  dried  thoroughly  if  it  is  to  be  put  into  jars 
and  kept  for  future  use.  Dishes  employed  in  preparing  poison  may  be 
safely  cleansed  by  washing. 

Other  seeds,  as  oats,  hemp  or  canary  seed,  may  be  used  instead  of 
wheat  in  the  above  formula,  but  they  are  less  economical  because  much 
of  the  poison  is  lost  when  they  are  hulled,  though  enough  of  it  usually 
sticks  to  the  mouths  of  the  sparrows  to  produce  fatal  effects.  As  wheat 
has  no  hull  that  a  sparrow  can  remove,  it  is  ordinarily  preferable  to  other 
seeds.  Bread,  in  thin  shces,  spread  with  the  strychnine-starch  mixture 
may  be  used  to  advantage  alternately  with  seeds. 

In  case  it  is  impracticable  to  poison  sparrows  at  their  regular  feeding 
grounds  they  may  be  attracted  to  a  suitable  place  by  prehminary  baiting. 
In  northern  latitudes  the  best  time  to  put  out  poison  is  just  after  a  snow- 
storm, when  other  food  is  covered.    The  feeding  place  should  be  cleared 


15 

of  snow  and  the  poison  laid  early  in  the  morning.  The  poison  should  be 
well  scattered,  so  that  many  birds  may  be  able  to  partake  at  the  same 
time,  since  after  a  few  are  affected  their  actions  excite  the  suspicion  of 
their  comrades.  Usually  a  few  sparrows  get  only  enough  strychnine  to 
paralyze  them  for  a  few  hours,  after  which  they  recover.  It  is  important, 
therefore,'  to  visit  the  feeding  places  a  short  time  after  distributing  poison 
to  prevent  such  birds  from  escaping.  It  is  well,  also,  to  remove  dead 
birds  promptly  to  avoid  exciting  the  suspicions  of  those  that  are  un- 
affected. In  deciding  the  amount  of  poisoned  wheat  to  put  out  at  one 
time,  it  is  well  to  estimate  the  number  of  sparrows  frequenting  a  feeding 
place,  and  to  allow  about  20  kernels  for  each  sparrow.  Although  2 
kernels  of  wheat  coated  with  the  solution  described  below  have  been 
known  to  kill  a  sparrow,  6  or  7  kernels  are  required  to  insure  fatal  re- 
sults, and  much  more  than  a  fatal  dose  is  frequently  taken.  The  sparrows 
that  recover  after  taking  poison  or  that  become  frightened  by  the  death 
of  comrades,  will  forsake  a  feeding  place  if  poison  is  kept  there  constantly. 
If,  therefore,  one  wishes  merely  to  keep  them  off  his  land  he  can  do  so 
by  maintaining  a  supply  of  poisoned  bait  for  them.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  extermination  is  the  object  sought,  unpoisoned  bait  should  be  put 
out  after  each  kilhng  until  the  birds  have  recovered  confidence.  There 
is  an  advantage  in  having  several  feeding  grounds  that  may  be  used  in 
rotation  vnih  different  kinds  of  bait.  Under  these  circumstances  the 
sparrows  forget  their  fear  of  each  feeding  ground  while  the  others  in 
turn  are  baited.  Only  as  much  poison  should  be  put  out  as  is  likely  to 
be  eaten  in  one  day,  since  exposure  to  moisture  reduces  its  virulence. 
Anj^  grain  coated  by  the  above  process  and  left  on  the  ground  will  become 
harmless  after  a  few  rains.  ^ 

During  several  years  Dr.  C.  F.  Hodge,  formerly  of  Clark 
University,  Worcester,  organized  a  very  eft'ective  campaign  in 
Worcester  for  destroying  English  sparrows.  His  poison  formula 
is  as  follows:  Dissolve  one-eighth  of  an  ounce  of  powdered 
strychnine  sulphate  in  one-half  pint  of  boiling  water.  He  gives 
the  following  directions  for  using  his  formula:  — 

Pour  this,  while  hot,  over  two  quarts  of  wheat  (or  cracked  corn),  stir 
well,  and  continue  stirring  from  time  to  time,  until  all  the  liquid  is  ab- 
sorbed. Dry  thoroughly,  without  scorching,  and  put  away  in  some  safe 
receptacle,  labeled  "Poisoned  Grain.  Strychnine".  .  .  .  Expose  the 
grain  where  poultry  and  tame  pigeons  cannot  get  it,  and  bj^  operating 
only  during  the  winter  there  will  be  no  danger  of  poisoning  seed-eating 
wild  birds,  at  least  for  all  northern  towns  and  cities.  By  taking  ad- 
vantage of  the  sparrows'  gregarious  habits,  and  the  fact  that  they  drive 
off  other  birds  from  localities  where  they  are  numerous,  much  might  be 
done  even  in  the  south. 

1  Dearborn,  Ned,  The  English  Sparrow  as  a  Pest,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Farmers' Bulletin  493, 
1912,  pp.  20-23. 


16 

Sparrows  are  such  suspicious  and  cunning  birds  that,  if  the  strychnized 
grain  be  exposed  at  first,  they  Avill  probably  roll  each  kernel  in  their  bills, 
taste  it,  reject  it,  and  possibly  refuse  to  touch  it  again  that  winter.  The 
best  way  is  to  select  a  safe  place,  where  the  wind  is  not  hkely  to  scatter 
it,  —  a  walk,  driveway  or  porch  roof  with  a  smooth  surface,  —  so  that 
the  grain  may  be  swept  up  after  each  trial.  Accustom  them  to  feeding 
there  daily  with  grain  exactly  like  that  which  is  medicated  (I  often  do 
this  for  a  week  or  even  a  month,  until  all  the  sparrows  in  the  neighbor- 
hood are  wont  to  come  regularly),  study  the  times  when  they  come  for 
their  meals,  and  then  on  a  cold,  dry  morning  after  a  heavy  snowstorm, 
having  swept  up  all  the  good  grain  the  night  before,  wait  until  they  have 
gathered,  and  then  put  down  enough  strychnized  grain  to  feed  the  entire 
flock.  You  have  about  ten  minutes  before  any  begin  to  drop,  and  those 
that  have  not  partaken  of  the  grain  by  this  time  ^vill  probably  be  frightened 
off;  but,  by  timing  it  properly,  I  have  repeatedly  caught  everj'-  sparrow 
in  the  flock.  I  have  found  morning  the  best  time,  as  they  all  come  then; 
and  it  is  essential  to  success  to  select  a  dry  day,  since  in  wet  weather 
they  taste  the  strychnine  too  cjuickly;  I  have  seen  them  actually  throw 
it  out  of  the  crop.^ 

Shooting. 
For  ten  years  my  farm  was  kept  clear  of  sparrows  by  the 
practice  of  shooting  promptly  the  first  one  that  appeared. 
They  never  got  a  foothold,  never  nested  there,  and  did  practi- 
cally no  harm,  although  they  were  domiciled  on  the  premises  of 
my  neighbors  where  they  drove  out  a  large  colony  of  cliff 
swallows  and  all  the  bluebirds,  tree  swallows  and  martins. 
Shooting  is  very  effective  if  the  sparrows  are  greeted  with  a 
charge  of  shot  or  a  bullet  every  time  they  appear,  and  they 
soon  learn  to  fly  high  where  they  get  such  a  greeting.  A 
skillful  rifleman  may  pick  off  individual  sparrows  with  a  good 
air  gun  or  a  Flobert  or  other  small  22  caliber  rifle  as  they  come 
to  feed  or  to  the  nesting  box,  but  most  people  have  better 
success  with  a  small  shotgun  and  number  12  shot.  If  smokeless 
powder  and  small-bore  weapons  are  used  the  noise  of  an 
occasional  shot  will  not  disturb  native  birds,  and  in  some  cases 
they  seem  to  be  gratified  by  the  destruction  of  their  garrulous, 
pugnacious  enemy.  Where  sparrows  are  numerous  a  good  plan 
is  to  scatter  grain  in  a  long  line  at  a  certain  hour  each  day,  and 
when  the  sparrows  of  the  neighborhood  have  learned  to  gather 
promptly  at  the  appointed  hour  the  shooter  who  has  concealed 
himself  for  the  purpose   shoots  down   the  line.     Thus   nearly 

1  Hodge,  Clifton  F.,  Nature  Study  and  Life,  1902,  pp.  315-316. 


17 

every  bird  may  be  killed  at  one  discharge  of  the  gun.  If  the 
sparrows  frequent  poultry  houses  where  there  is  danger  of 
shooting  fowls  the  bait  may  be  placed  on  a  long  narrow  board 
above  the  fowls'  heads.  Persistence  in  the  use  of  such  methods 
as  those  detailed  above  will  tend  to  make  any  premises  so 
unsafe  for  sparrows  that  they  will  prefer  to  reside  elsewhere. 

Co-operation  in  Sparrow  Killing. 

In  many  parts  of  Europe,  where  a  constant  warfare  is  waged 
against  this  bird,  clubs  are  formed  for  the  purpose  of  killing 
sparrows.  In  some  cases  each  member  of  such  a  club  is  bound 
to  present  to  the  secretary  the  heads  of  a  certain  number  of 
sparrows  each  year  or  to  pay  a  fine.  The  fines  thus  collected 
are  used  as  prizes  for  the  members  killing  the  most  sparrows. 
The  honorary  secretary  of  the  Stratford-upon-Avon  Sparrow 
Club  reported  that  during  the  year  1887  over  19,000  birds  had 
been  killed.  About  20,000  a  year  is  the  average  number  de- 
stroyed in  the  neighborhood  of  Stratford-upon-Avon. 

Similar  clubs  have  been  formed  in  some  parts  of  the  United 
States.  In  one  sparrow  hunt  in  Woodworth,  Ohio,  26  men 
killed  980  sparrows.^ 

Bounties. 

The  theory  that  a  bounty  should  be  offered  to  encourage  the 
extermination  of  the  English  sparrow  has  had  many  friends, 
but  where  this  plan  has  been  tried  it  has  not  given  satisfactory 
results. 

Dr.  Barrows,  in  his  report  on  the  English  sparrow,  makes  an 
estimate  of  the  cost  of  exterminating  sparrows  by  bounty  in  the 
State  of  Ohio.  The  sum  required  exceeds  §11,000,000.  IMichi- 
gan  and  some  other  States  have  tried  the  plan  of  exterminating 
sparrows  by  bounty,  with  very  unsatisfactory  results.  Not- 
withstanding the  payment  of  considerable  sums  of  money,  the 
number  of  sparrows  did  not  seem  to  decrease;  also,  it  was  found 
that  birds  of  many  species,  most  of  them  useful  native  birds, 
were  killed  as  sparrows  by  hunters  for  the  bounty,  and  in  very 
many  cases  bounties  were  paid  on  their  heads.  A  reward  offered 
for  the  destruction  of  English  sparrows  would  be  certain  to 
bring  about  the  death  of  numberless  native  birds. 

'  Barrows,  Walter  B.,  Bull.  1,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Division  of  Economic  Ornithology  and 
Mammalogy,  The  English  Sparrow  in  North  America,  p.  166. 


18 


Protecting  Grain,  Fruit  and  Vegetables. 
Where  sparrows  are  numerous  and  become  destructive  to 
growing  grain,  shooting  in  spring,  summer  and  autumn,  and 
poisoning  in  winter  are  the  only  remedies  known.  ^Yhen  the 
grain  is  ripening  the  crop  may  be  protected  by  boys  armed 
with  guns  and  kept  constantly  in  the  field  from  dawn  to  dark. 
Powder  may  be  used  mainly  to  frighten  the  birds,  and  a  charge 
of  shot  may  be  sent  after  them  occasionally  when  they  cease 
to  fear  blank  cartridges.  Large  clappers  made  of  boards  to 
imitate  the  sound  of  a  gun  are  used  in  England  and  might  be 
utilized  here  a  part  of  the  time  to  drive  away  the  birds  and 
save  powder.  Similar  means  may  be  used  to  save  fruit.  If 
the  fruit  plot  is  small  it  may  be  covered  during  the  ripening 
season  with  a  fine-meshed  fish  net.  A  few  cherry  trees  are 
sometimes  protected  in  this  manner.  Young  plants,  such  as 
peas,  cabbages,  etc.,  have  been  saved  from  the  sparrow  by 
covering  the  rows  with  small  branches. 

To  prevent  Sparrows  taking  Food  designed  for  Native 

Birds. 
Many  people  have  complained  that  where  seed,  suet  and 
other  food  have  been  put  out  for  winter  birds  on  feeding  tables 
or  shelves  sparrows  have  taken  all  or  nearly  all  the  food. 
Sparrows  do  not  like  swinging  shelves  which  may  be  hung  by 
wire,  or  better  yet  by  spiral  springs,  which  make  them  still 
more  unstable.  Native  birds  use  such  shelves.  Where 
sparrows  eat  suet  it  may  be  crowded  into  auger  holes  bored  in 
sticks,  and  the  sticks  may  be  fastened  to  the  under  side  of  a 
limb  where  woodpeckers,  nuthatches  and  chickadees  will  easily 
get  at  the  suet.  Sparrows  seldom  will  take  the  trouble  to  cling 
to  the  underside  of  a  limb. 


ai)c  alnmmcntpcaltl)  o{  itta00acl)U0ett5. 

STATE  BOAKD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    49. 

June,  1916. 


FOOD  PLANTS  TO  AHRACT  BIRDS 
AND  PROTECT  FRUIT. 


EDWARD   HOWE   FORBUSH. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


ORNAMENTAL    AND    OTHER    FOOD    PLANTS 
USED  TO  ATTRACT  BIRDS  AND  PRO- 
TECT CULTIVATED  FRUIT. 


Introduction. 

The  Arnold  Arboretum  at  Boston  has  become  noted  as  a 
resort  for  birds.  Probably  the  number  and  variety  found  there 
are  not  exceeded  in  any  upland  locality  in  New  England.  Any 
observing  person  frequenting  the  Arboretum  can  see  for  him- 
self that  birds  are  attracted  there  by  the  diversity  of  plants, 
which  support  a  great  variety  of  insects  and  produce  quantities 
of  fruit  and  seeds,  thus  affording  birds  an  unusual  abundance 
and  variety  of  animal  and  vegetable  food. 

It  would  be  well  for  the  farmer  and  the  orchardist  to  make 
their  home  grounds  especially  attractive  to  useful  birds.  And 
all  who  live  in  the  country  or  in  the  suburbs,  and  even  some 
who  reside  in  cities,  may,  if  they  will,  utilize  plants  to  attract 
birds.  Landscape  architects  and  gardeners  who  lay  out  the 
grounds  of  large  estates  often  plant  quantities  of  shrubs  and 
trees  without  considering  what  are  inviting  to  birds.  While 
there  are  many  flowering  plants  that  birds  like,  there  are  many 
also  that  bear  highly  colored  and  ornamental  fruit  on  which 
birds  feed.  Nearly  all  of  these  plants  can  be  utilized  in  beau- 
tifying country  estates.  There  should  be  fruit-bearing  shrub- 
bery and  vines  and  dense  hedges  or  tangles  of  ornamental 
fruiting  plants.  The  coniferous  trees  may  be  best  used  in 
small  patches  or  rows  as  windbreaks,  for  large  groves  of  such 
trees  are  likely  to  shelter  hawks,  crows,  squirrels  and  other 
enemies  of  birds. 

The  up-to-date  fruit  grower  should  never  plant  an  orchard 
or  attempt  to  cultivate  small  fruit  without  first  providing 
rows  of  early  wild  fruit  to  attract  the  birds  from  his  cultivated 
varieties.  Otherwise,  unless  there  is  a  quantity  of  wild  fruit 
growing  in  the  neighborhood,  birds  are  likely  to  reduce  his 
profits. 


4 


Plants  Attractive  to  Fruit-eating  Birds. 

Farmers  know  that  birds  are  fond  of  the  earhest  cherries  and 
strawberries,  and  that  some  will  feed  on  raspberries  and  black- 
berries unless  there  is  other  more  attractive  food  near.  There- 
fore, if  fruit  is  wanted  only  for  home  use  it  is  well  to  plant 
enough  for  the  family  and  the  birds.  If  cultivated  small  fruits 
are  planted  in  quantity,  all  the  fruit-eating  birds  of  the  neigh- 
borhood will  be  there  when  the  fruit  is  ripening.  But  there  are 
other  fruits  even  more  attractive  to  birds.  First  among  these 
for  early  summer  are  the  wild  strawberry  {Fragaria  americana), 
the  June  berry  or  service  berry  (Amelanchier  canadensis),  the 
red-berried  elder  {Sajnbucus  racemosa)  and  the  white  mulberry 

{Mortis  alba).  The  wild  straw- 
berry fruits  as  early  as  the 
cultivated  varieties,  and  it 
lasts  longer.  The  June  berry 
is  earlier  than  the  earliest 
cherries,  and  is  supposed  to 
hang  later,  but  in  my  experi- 
ence the  birds  get  all  the  June 
berries  before  July  4,  and  if 
gray  squirrels  are  very  numer- 
ous they  are  likely  to  take  the 
fruit  even  before  it  becomes 
ripe  enough  for  the  \  birds.  This  is  a  fine  fruit  to  cultivate 
could  the  birds  be  kept  away  from  it.  The  red-berried  elder 
fruits  early  in  June,  and  like  the  common  elder  {Samhucus 
canadensis),  which  fruits  in  ^Massachusetts  in  August  and  Septem- 
ber, is  one  of  the  chief  attractions  for  summer  birds.  All  the 
mulberry  trees  are  extremely  inviting  to  birds.  The  native  red 
mulberry  {Morus  rubra)  is  useful  but  does  not  fruit  quite  so  early 
in  June  as  the  introduced  white  mulberry  (Morus  alba).  The 
Russian  mulberry  has  been  widely  recommended,  attracts 
birds  remarkably,  and  in  some  cases  has  been  established  in 
Massachusetts,  but  it  appears  not  to  be  hardy  on  the  higher 
lands  of  the  State,  and  seems  to  require  special  treatment  to 
establish  it  here.  The  Downing  (or  the  New  American,  which 
appears  to  be  identical)   is  a  cultivated  variety  with  a  fruit 


Tupelo  or  sour  gum. 


that  is  much  more  palatable  than  the  common  kinds,  and  has 
been  successfully  grown  here.  The  dwarf  white  mulberry  also 
seems  hardy  and  gives  a  crop  of  fruit  a  few  years  after  planting. 

The  mulberries  make  fine  shade  and  ornamental  trees,  but 
should  not  be  planted  where  they  will  overhang  walks  or 
buildings,  as  the  decaying  juicy  fruit,  if  not  all  eaten  by  birds, 
drops  to  the  ground  in  summer,  where  it  is  crushed  by  the 
feet  of  passers-by  and  disfigures  walks  or  stains  clothing.  Wild 
blackberries,  raspberries,  blueberries  and  huckleberries  all  are 
eaten  by  birds  in  summer  and  all  attract  them.  All  wild 
cherries  tempt  the  birds  in  July,  August  or  September.  There 
is  a  prejudice  against  these  trees  because  they  harbor  tent 
caterpillars,  which,  however,  may  be  killed  by  early  spraying, 
but  if  wild  cherries  are  not  present  many  birds  will  be  likely 
in  August  and  September  to  go  where  they  can  be  found  or  to 
attack  cultivated  fruit. 
Any  crusade  for  the 
extermination  of  wild 
cherry  trees  will  fail, 
as  they  may  be  found 
not  only  in  yards, 
fields,  pastures  and 
along  the  roadsides,  but 
almost  everywhere  in 
the  woods. 

In      September      or 
October  practically  all 

the  later  wild  fruits  ripen,  and,  as  many  of  them  remain  on  the 
stems  all  winter,  and  some  until  spring,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
have  them  in  sufficient  variety  to  provide  winter  food  for  fruit- 
eating  birds.  A  few  of  these  fruits,  however,  are  particularly  im- 
portant as  well  as  ornamental.  Some  are  not  eaten  much  by  birds 
while  the  softer  and  more  desirable  fruits  are  at  their  best,  but 
later  they  remain  intact  during  the  inclement  months,  when  frost 
and  storms  have  destroyed  or  covered  other  fruit,  and  then  they 
offer  nutriment  to  the  birds  in  time  of  need.  Such  are  the 
American  and  European  mountain  ash,  the  various  sumacs, 
the  junipers  and  the  black  alder  (Ilex  verticillata) .  The  fruit 
of  the  mountain  ash  is  very  rich  and  ornamental  in  color,  and 


Smilax,  greenbrier,  bull  brier. 


rarely  is  disturbed  by  birds  until  the  dead  of  winter,  when  they 
seek  it  eagerly.  The  foliage  of  the  sumacs  is  brilliant  in  au- 
tumn, while  the  fruit,  as  well  as  that  of  the  black  alder,  is 
handsome  and  remains  on  the  stem  for  the  winter  birds.  The 
catkins  of  the  birches  and  of  the  common  alder  are  sought  for 
their  seeds  by  winter  birds.  It  is  essential  to  provide  berries 
and  seeds  on  shrubs  and  trees  well  above  the  snow  for  winter 
food. 

All  trees  that  are  attacked  by  many  insects  are  favorites 
with  birds.  JNIany  hundreds  of  species  of  insects  infest  the 
apple,  oak,  poplar,  willow,  birch  and  alder.     Hence  these  trees 

are  desirable.  The  con- 
iferous trees  are  not 
subject  to  the  attacks 
of  such  a  variety  of 
insects,  nevertheless  cer- 
tain species  sometimes 
become  numerous  upon 
them.  The  white  pine 
is  a  favorite  with  tit- 
mice and  kinglets  in 
winter,  as  they  often 
find  the  eggs  of  aphides 
on  these  trees  in  enor- 
mous numbers.  The  seeds  of  coniferous  trees  are  eaten  by  a 
few  species  of  birds.  Elms  ripen  their  seeds  early,  thus  pro- 
viding food  for  birds  in  early  summer,  while  the  spanworms 
that  infest  elms  and  apple  trees  are  sought  by  nearly  all  birds. 

Mr.  W.  L.  McAtee  of  the  Biological  Survey,  who  has  made  a 
special  study  of  fruits  attractive  to  birds,  has  published  in 
Farmers'  Bulletin  621,  entitled  "How  to  attract  Birds  in 
Northeastern  United  States,"  the  following  table,  showing  the 
seasons  in  which  different  fruits  are  available  for  birds:  — 


Virginia  juniper  or  red  cedar. 


o 

e 

~ 

— [ 

ft 

.  . . 

> 

o 

o 

O 

^. 

' 

o. 

1 

1 

w 

1 

to 

D 

<1 

' 

"~" 



1 

'  ■" 

s 

_>, 

1 

1 

M 

3 

V 

tf 

.3 

4) 

'3 

C 

u 

3 

r^ 

i-> 

>> 

n 

S 

u 

P. 

<: 

_ 

jj 

C3 

s 

.Q 

« 

f^ 

d 

TJ 

l-> 

o  0) 

t3     -d 

t3t3i3                    t3           -a-TS 

©OOffi®           ®o®w® 

ajuaSSS      <Ba)oS«      §Sa)©u      a  a  'S>  'a  'a 

^2 

>>>>>        >d>:3> 

>>333     >>>a>     33>>>     ^^>£;^ 

•Zi  -XS  'I^  -^S  -^S       '^  -d  "XS  n3  -xS 

•43-5t3-aT3     -XS -X^ -^S  T3  •:3     Ti-Ji-Z-X^-S.     "ti'5'li'-s'-S 

C3c3c!!c3fl5           c5Oc?0c3 

tSrtOOO         e3c303Oc3        OOcScJoJ        c3s!  03^^ 

^ZZ2;Z      ZisZisZ 

:z;ziii3    ^:zziz    isisz^;^    ^zz^;^ 

I^  c 

a      a 

a  a  a                 a          a  a 

l-l         M 

M  l-HI-t                               l-H                 l-ll-C 

e 
s 

a 
o 

1 

§5.2.2    .              g     .s 

Pggss    Hiss 
.|.IJ.§.2    hill 

,  I.;-!-?  t§iii  |i|i^  i-rfi 

§-S    .^e      §3  So  2      eS,g§3      S    -.S  Si- 
ll Lil  litis  t8|ii_  iiiii 

.~g"i-2.*^     -"SS?-     §>S>-c'='t      "2225 
Ss'wya      as-s-^e     25S,33      s^scs 

i.-S:|:2^       ^^SSl       llg-i-S       -§1^22 

S'^t^'^o      S!S!a,sqy 

oajajosa,    a,tt,-^'^o    oofe-ftjiy    o^Q:ia,a,aH 

a 

_2"       ••.=.. 

S 

"H,              o"         . 

< 

a               2         a       .             .     >. 

^f  ■  • 

•      -^-l-S      ••■Ya"     o-bbh     b     t:>; 

c 

0 

a 

a 

0 

a 
'c 

Mil 

0) 

S 
1 

U2 

3 -a" 
Si 

II 

be 

\     J 
i      « 

3 
3     a 

2S 

5  c 

3 
IP 

! 

2 

>a    a 

Is   1 

o  a     a 

II  1 

3-f 

Is 

3X 

0)  u 

i. 

©    03    fl^    QJ    © 


V  o  o  »  S 
>  >  >  >  s 
■z  'S  'S  'z  -a 

C3  e!  C8  C5  O 


©  S  a>  o  ffl 
>  S  >  >  > 
■^  T3  "r  '^  '^ 


c  w  ©  9  © 
o  o  a  «  o 
c  a  c 


t)-3 
0)  »  »  o  S 
>  >  >  3  3 

"43  '^^  "^s  -a  13 

c8  c«   cS  O  O 


.-?:  :H5. 


5  ~  e  e 

s  e  !>  s  g- 

S  S    c^  so  O 

S  gS  S  H 


5    ~    ?3h 


-Q     QCqco'tl'^     OOOOS:     Ji-^Oi^;^ 


-C   3 


—  OX3-         f-cSS  S^ 

c  o  g  cs'^     2  rt  S  S  2 


^  9  i-  2  ? 

>  >-:  X^  fe  >J 


u    S   03 


0.^-2  i.2 


-  o 


bO  , 


2  c 


;2e 

J--r--  .-3  3 
^   £  g  C   M 


t.    M  3    fe 

c  rt  §  §"5 


«SPi-<co      ^C 


ft© 
E 


'^  S  *-"^ 


730Ph(1<PLi 


o   O   O  OJ   o 


•a   £ 


as  a 


a  a 
s  e 


a  a 


S  S  3  S  8 
*  S  S  3  3 


tridge 
honej 
tarian 
wberr 
alberr 

'Sac 

^Shxo 

S<mO 

10 

The  plants  given  in  the  above  list  are  selected  from  a  much 
larger  number,  all  of  which  are  known  to  be  favorites  with 
birds,  and  are  such  as  are  likely  to  be  secured  through  the 
ordinary  channels  of  trade.  The  fruiting  seasons  include  the 
earliest  and  latest  dates  recorded  for  New  York  and  New  Eng- 
land, and  it  cannot  be  expected  that  fruit  will  be  available  at 
any  one  locality  throughout  the  entire  season  given,  unless  a 
large  number  of  plants  are  set  in  a  variety  of  situations.  Mr. 
McAtee  also  gives  the  following  valuable  notes  on  the  foregoing 
list:  — 

Bayberry.    Usual  trade  name  is  Myrica  cerifera. 

Hackberry.    Fruit  scarce  in  late  May  and  June.    Celtis  serrata,  C.  bun- 

geana  or  C.  mississippiensis  may  be  substituted. 
Mulberry.     Morus  tatarica  msiy  be  used. 
Pokeweed.    Let  it  grow  through  shrubs  or  a  trellis  which  will  support  it  in 

winter. 
Barberry.    Berberis  amurensis,  B.  aristata,  B.  regeliana  and  B.  rehderiana 

are  good  substitutes.    The  universally  planted  B.  thunbergi  seems  to  be 

of  very  little  value  as  bird  food. 
Sassafras.    Appears  in  most  catalogues  as  S.  officinale  or  S.  sassafras. 
Flowering  apple.    The  following  may  be  substituted:  P.  baccata,  P.  halli- 

ana,  P.  parkmanni,  P.  sargentii  and  P.  toringo. 
Chokeberry.    Often  called  Pyrus  or  Aronia  nigra.    P.  arbidifolia,  another 

native  species,  retains  its  fruit  just  as  long,  but  the  fruit  becomes  very 

dry  toward  the  end  of  the  season. 
Cherry.    Prunus  cerasifera,  P.  fruticosus,  P.  japonica  pendula,  P.  sargentii 

and  P.  tomentosa,  all  introduced,  are  worth  adding. 
Sumac.    Rhus  copallina  or  R.  hirta  {typhina)  may  be  substituted  for  R. 

glabra. 
June  berry.    Amelanchier  canadensis,  sold  by  nurserymen,  is  a  composite 

species.    Several  species  are  now  recognized,  among  which  A.  Iwvis  is  a 

notably  early  fruiter  and  A.  sangxdnea  a  late  one.    Some  fruit  of  June 

berries  occasionally  hangs  much  later  than  the  season  indicated,  but  in 

very  dry  condition. 
Thorns.    The  species  recommended  are  those  usual  in  the  trade.    So  far 

as  desirability  is  concerned  many  native  species  could  be  substituted. 

Cotoneasters,  such  as  C.  coccinea,  C.  horizontalis,  C.  microphylla,  C. 

rotundifolia  and  C.  tomentosa,  may  also  be  used. 
Strawberr3\    Often  called  Fragaria  vesca  var.  aniericana.    F.  virginiana  is 

a  fair  substitute.    Little  dealt  in;   must  usually  be  transplanted  from 

woods  and  fields. 
Blackberry.    Rubus  t  iflorus  is  frequently  called  R.  americanus. 
Rose.    All  native  species  have  persistent  fruit.    The  small-fruited  ones 

are  best  for  birds.     Rosa  Carolina  and  R.  nitida  are  suitable  for  low 


11 

grounds,  and  R.  humilis  (sometimes  called  virginiana)  and  R.  setigera 

may  be  planted  in  drier  places.     R.  micrantha  and  R.  multiflora  are 

among  the  best  introduced  roses. 
Black  alder.    Ilex  Icevigata  may  be  used  instead  of  I.  verticillata.    I.  serrata 

is  a  good  introduced  species. 
Mountain  holly.    Drops  most  of  its  berries  in  the  fall ;  only  a  few  persist 

throughout  the  season  indicated. 
Bittersweet.    Celastrus  orbiculattis,  introduced,  may  be  used. 
Buckthorn.    Rhammis  dahurica  is  equally  good. 
Virginia  creeper.    Often  sold  under  the  names  Av^pelopsis  and  Parthenocis- 

sus.    A.  heterophylla  and  P.  vitacea  may  be  substituted. 
Wild  pepper.     Hippophae  rhamnoides  may  replace  it,  especially  along 

coast. 
Oleaster.     Ekeagnus  longipes,  E.  multiflora,  E.  parviflora  and  E.  umbel- 

lata  also  are  good. 
BufTalo  berry.    Shepherdia  (Lepargyrea)  argentea,  the  true  buffalo  berry, 

furnishes  good  bird  food. 
Dogwood.    Cornus  panicidata  (candidissima) ,  native,  and  C.  alba  and  C. 

sanguinea,  introduced,  are  worthy  substitutes. 
Huckleberry.    Gaylussacia  baccata  is  often  sold  as  G.  resinosa. 
Blueberry.    Any  species  may  be  substituted. 
Cranberry.     Generic  name  often  given  as  Oxycoccus. 
Privet.    Ligustnmi  acuminatum,  L.  amurense,  L.  ciliatum,  L.  ibota  and  L. 

microcarpum,  all  introduced,  are  equally  good.    Must  not  be  clipped; 

berries  borne  on  outer  twigs. 
Purple  berry.    Variety  yapomm  is  the  hardy  form. 
Honeysuckle.    Lonicera  glauca,  L.  canadensis,  L.  oblongifolia  and  L.  sem- 

pervirens,  native,  and  L.  maackii,  introduced,  may  be  substituted. 
Snowberry.    Symphoricarpus  occidentalis  is  just  as  good. 
Viburnum.     V.  dentatum,  native,  and  T'.  sieboldii,  introduced,  are  worth 

adding. 
Elder.    Sambucus  nigra,  introduced,  also  is  valuable. 


It  will  be  noted  that  the  list  given  by  Mr.  McAtee  includes 
both  native  and  introduced  species,  but  for  those  who  prefer  to 
raise  their  own  plants,  or  to  encourage  such  native  plants  en- 
ticing to  birds,  as  already  grow  on  their  land,  the  following 
list,  first  published  by  Mr.  F.  H.  Kennard  in  "Bird-Lore"  for 
July-August,  1912,  is  recommended  as  showing  the  comparative 
attractiveness  of  the  various  species. 

Those  plants  that  are  particularly  tempting  to  birds  are 
shown  with  three  asterisks,  while  those  with  more  than  ordi- 
nary attractiveness  are  shown  by  one  or  two  asterisks,  in  the 


12 


order  of  their  attractiveness;  and  those  species  of  which  the 
fruits  seem  to  be  eaten  so  seldom  as  to  make  their  planting 
barely  worth  while  are  marked  with  a  dagger. 


Deciduous  Trees. 


*Acer     negundo,     ash-leaved     maple, 

box  elder. 
**Acer  saccharum,   sugar  maple;    and 
doubtless  other  maples. 
Betula    jjopulifolia,    American    gray 

birch. 
Betula  lutea,  yellow  birch;   and  prob- 
ably other  birches. 
Celtis  occidentalis,  hackberry. 
Cercis  canadensis,  red-bud. 
***Cornus  florida,  flowering  dogwood. 
fCorylus  americana,  American  hazel. 
**Crata:gus  coccinea,  white  thorn. 
**Crata:gus  cnis-galli,  cockspur  thorn; 
and  others  of  this  genus. 
fFagus  americana,  American  beech. 
*Fraxinus  americana,  American  white 

ash;  and  probably  other  species. 
fHicoria  sp.  Several  kinds  of  hickory. 


Ilex  opaca,  American  holly. 
"fLiquidambar  styraciflua,  sweet  gum. 
fLiriodendron  tulipifera,  tulip  tree. 
***Morns  rubra,  native  red  mulberry. 
**N^yssa  sylvatica,  tupelo. 
Ostrya  virginiana,  hornbeam. 
fPlaiitanus  occidentalis,  sycamore. 
■fPopnhis     sp.       Various     species     of 
poplars  are  sometimes  fed  upon. 
***Prunus  pennsylvanica,  bird  cherrj'. 
***Pru?ius  punila,  sand  cherry. 
***Prunus  serotina,  black  cherry. 
***Pru7ius  virginiana,  choke  cherrj% 
**Pyrus  americana,  mountain  ash. 
^Quercus  sp.     Several  species  of  oaks. 
Sassafras  officinalis,  sassafras. 
Ulmus  americana,  American  elm. 
And  other  species. 


Evergreen  Trees. 

**Juniperus  virginiana,  red  cedar. 

**Juniperus  communis,  prostrate  juni- 
per. 

**Picea  alba,  white  spruce. 

**Picea  rubra,  red  spruce;  and  un 
doubtedly  other  species. 


*Pinus  rigida,  pitch  pine. 
*Pimis  strobus,  white  pine. 
*Tsuga  canadensis,  hemlock. 


Shrubs. 


**Anielanchier  canadensis,  .June  berry. 
**Benzoin  odoriferum,  spice  bush. 
*Bcrberis  vulgaris,  barberry. 
Comptonia  asplenifolia,  sweet  fern. 
Corema  conradii,  broom  crowberry. 
***Cornus  alternifolia,  blue  cornel. 
***Cornus  candidissima,  gray  cornel. 
***Cornus  sericea,  silky  cornel. 
***Cornus  stolonifera,  red  osier  cornel. 
**Gaylussacia  frondosa,  dangleberrj-. 
**Gaylussacia  resinosa,  huckleberry. 
**Ilex  glabra,  inkberrj'. 
**Ilex    verticiUata,    black    alder;     and 
probably  /.  laevigata,  winterberry, 
black  ilex. 
Ligustrum  vulgare,  privet. 
**Myrica  cerifera,  bayberry. 
Prunus  maritima,  beach  plum. 


*Pyrus  arbutifolia,  chokeberrj-. 
Rhamnus  catharticus,  buckthorn. 
***Rhus  copallina,  shining  sumac. 
***Rhus  glabra,  smooth  sumac. 
***Rhus  toxicodendron,  poison  i^'y. 
***Rhus  typhina,  staghorn  sumac. 
**'*Rhiis  venenata,  poison  sumac. 
**Ribes  floridum,   large-flowering   cur- 
rant. 
**Ribes    lacustre,    swamp    gooseberry; 

and  other  species. 
**Rosa,  sp.     It  is  probable  that  the 
fruits  of  all  the  native  wild  roses 
are  eaten  largely  by  birds. 
***Rubus  occidentalis,  thimbleberrj'. 
***Rubiis  strigosus,  red  raspberrj'. 
***Rubus  canadensis,  low  blackberrj% 
***Rubus  villosus,  high  blackberrj\ 


13 


***Sambucus  canadensis,  common  elder. 

***Sambucus  pubens,  panicled  elder. 
Shepherdia  canadensis,  shepherdia. 
**Sym.phoricarpos      racemosus,      snow- 
berry. 

***Vacciniuni    ca:spitosum,    dwarf    bil- 
berry. 

***Vaccinium,     corymbosum,     high-bush 
blueberry. 

***Vacciniuni  pennsyhanicum,  low-bush 
blueberry;     and    doubtless    other 


species,  including  V.  vitisidwa,  cow- 
berry. 

**Vibumum,  alnifolium,  hobble  bush. 

**Viburnum  dentatum,  arrow- wood. 

**Viburnuni  lentago,  sheepberrj-. 

**Vibumuni  nudum,  withe-rod. 

**Viburnum  ojndus,  high-bush  cran- 
berry. 

**ViburnuTn  prunifoliuni,  black  haw; 
and  doubtless  V.  acerifolium,  V. 
cassinoides,  and  other  species. 


Vines. 
Virginia 


*-*Ampelopsis     quinquefolia, 
creeper. 
Arctostaphylos  uva-ursi,  bearberry. 
Celastrus  scandens,  false  bittersweet 
Menispermum  canadense,  moonseed 
Mitchella  repens,  partridge  berry. 
Vaccinium  macrocarpon,  cranberry. 


Vaccinium    oxycoccus,    dwarf 
berry. 
*Smilax  rotundifolia,  bull  brier. 
**-Vitis  cordifolia,  frost  grape. 
**Vitis  labrusca,  fox  grape. 
**Vitis  vulpina,  frost  grape. 


Herbaceous  Plants. 


**Aralia  nudicaulis,  sarsaparilla. 

Fagopyrum  esculentum,  buckwheat. 
**Fragaria  virginiana,  strawberry. 

Gauliheria  procumbens,  checkerberry. 


Helianthus  annuus,  sunflower. 
**Phytolacca  decandra,  pokeberry. 
Smilacina  racemosa,  false  spikenard. 
Solanuni  nigrum,  nightshade. 


It  should  be  noted  that  the  poison  ivy  and  the  poison  sumac 
are  undesirable  for  indiscriminate  planting,  and  that  the  bar- 
berry, although  generally  regarded  as  a  native,  is,  as  Mr.  Ken- 
nard  remarks,  an  introduced  species. 

The  first  deciduous  tree  on  the  above  list,  the  ash-leaved 
maple  or  box  elder,  is  noteworthy  as  a  favorite  of  the  evening 
grosbeak  while  wintering  here,  and  it  seems  probable  that  since 
this  beautiful  bird  has  become  a  winter  resident  here  in  recent 
years  it  might  be  induced  to  come  and  remain  in  larger  num- 
bers if  many  of  these  trees  were  planted. 

The  American  beech,  while  not  attractive  to  small  birds, 
furnishes  in  its  fruit  a  supply  of  food  in  autumn  for  ducks  and 
grouse.  The  oaks,  which  supply  much  insect  food  for  many 
birds,  also  furnish  food  in  the  form  of  acorns  for  ducks,  grouse, 
jays  and  crows.  My  own  experience  goes  to  show  that  Cornus 
alternifolia  is  most  important  among  the  cornels.  The  Virginia 
creeper  or  woodbine  is  useful,  as  its  fruit  is  sought  by  thrushes. 
Among  the  herbaceous  plants  the  pokeweed  and  the  sunflower 


14 

may  be  mentioned  as  favorites  with  birds.  When  raising  sun- 
flowers the  giant  Russian  variety  is  best.  If  well  fertilized  it 
produces  gigantic  flowers  and  a  large  quantity  of  huge  seeds 
which  are  much  sought  after  by  the  brilliant  goldfinch,  the 
purple  finch,  the  nuthatches  and  the  chickadee.  Buckwheat 
always  attracts  the  mourning  dove  and  is  likely  to  lure  bob- 
white. 

Food  Plants  for  Native  Sparrows  and  Ground  Birds. 

All  native  sparrows  are  fond  of  weed  seeds.  Doves,  grouse, 
bobwhites  and  pheasants  eat  them  also  and  wild  fowl  resort 
to  them  more  or  less.  Hence  weedy  cultivated  fields  and  gar- 
dens are  favorite  haunts  for  seed-eating  birds  in  autumn. 

I  have  found  nothing  better  for  attracting  native  sparrows 
than  the  Japanese  millet  {Panicuin  crus-galli),  a  cultivated  weed 
or  barnyard  grass.  A  small  patch  of  this  sowed  on  land  that 
has  first  been  plowed,  harrowed  well  and  manured  will  attract 
all  the  native  sparrows  in  the  neighborhood  when  the  seed 
ripens,  as  well  as  the  migratory  species  from  the  north.  If 
several  patches  be  sown  from  early  May  to  late  June  in  differ- 
ent localities  they  will  ripen  their  seed  at  dift'erent  times  and 
provide  food  from  late  August  until  winter.  Mr.  McAtee 
recommends  also  the  following  for  sparrows:  — 

"Love-lies-bleeding  {Amaranthus  candatus),  prince's  feather  (both 
Amaranthus  hypochondriacus  and  Polygonum  orientate),  yellow  chamomile 
{Antheviis  tinctoria),  chamomile  {Anthemis  nobitis),  Calandrinia  umbel- 
lata,  bachelors  button  {Centmirea  cymnis),  African  millet  (Eleusine  cora- 
cana),  California  poppy  (Eschscholzia  calif  arnica) ,  tarweed  {Madia  elegans), 
miners  lettuce  {Montia  perfoliata),  millet  (Panicum  miliaceum),  .  .  .  Ger- 
man millet  or  Hungarian  grass  (Setaria  italica),  and  sunflower.  Several 
of  the  species  of  sunflower  will  serve,  the  common  sunflower  {Helianthus 
annuus)  being  one  of  the  best,  having  named  varieties  especially  prized 
for  the  abundance  and  large  size  of  the  seed.  No  seeds  are  more  relished 
by  graminivorous  birds  than  the  millets;  in  fact,  they  are  so  much  pre- 
ferred that  they  have  been  used  with  good  effect  for  drawing  the  attention 
of  birds  from  more  valuable  grain  crops."  ^ 

In  my  "Useful  Birds  and  their  Protection,"  fourth  edition, 
1913,  published  by  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Agricul- 

1  McAtee,  W.  L.,  Plants  Useful  to  attract  Birds  and  protect  Fruit.  Year  book,  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture  1909,  p.  193. 


15 

ture,  two  lists  of  plants  attractive  to  birds  are  given,  pages 
374  to  376  and  pages  430  to  432.  For  lack  of  space  and  because 
they  would  largely  duplicate  the  two  lists  above  they  cannot 
be  repeated  here,  nor  can  the  long  lists  of  food  plants  of  the 
ruffed  grouse  and  bobwhite,  printed  in  my  "Game  Birds,  Wild 
Fowl  and  Shore  Birds,"  be  included  in  this  circular,  but  for 
the  convenience  of  those  who  wish  to  attract  game  birds  the 
following  by  Mr.  McAtee  from  the  Yearbook  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  for  1909  is  appended:  — 

While  the  establishment  of  preserves  for  land  game  birds  is  yet  a  new 
movement  in  this  country,  it  is  certain  to  become  of  great  importance. 
Hence  it  is  desirable  to  disseminate  information  as  to  the  food  and  covert 
plants  that  are  favored  by  the  grouse  and  quail.  Bobwhites  frequently 
use  covers  of  rose,  alder  and  blackberry  bushes,  and  thickly  set  barberry, 
bayberry  and  dense  banks  of  honeysuckle  are  suitable.  These  plants  also 
furnish  food  for  the  birds,  but  they  should  be  supplemented  by  others 
more  exclusively  adapted  for  this  purpose.  Sumac,  Japanese  clover,  buck- 
wheat, sorghum,  millet,  vetches,  cowpeas,  and  any  plants  of  the  pea  family 
producing  small  seeds,  are  valuable  and  should  be  sown  in  large  quantities. 
The  seeds  of  milk  pea  (Galactia),  partridge  pea  (Chamachrista),  hog  pea- 
nut (Falcata),  wild  bean  (Strophostyles) ,  and  smartweeds  {Polygommi) 
are  important  natural  foods  of  the  eastern  quail,  but  should  be  encouraged 
only  where  they  cannot  become  weed  pests.  The  western  quail  are  fond 
of  the  seeds  of  sumac,  but  clover,  alfilaria,  lupines,  napa  thistle  and  turkey 
mullein  plants;  but  where  these  plants  are  liable  to  become  nuisances  the 
food  plants  recommended  for  the  eastern  quail  will  serve. 

Coverts  for  grouse,  as  the  sharptail,  should  abound  in  such  plants  as 
rose,  sumac,  blueberry,  bearberrj^,  buffalo  berry,  dwarf  birch  and  alder. 
The  ruffed  grouse  thrives  among  scrub  oak,  bayberry,  rose,  sumac,  dwarf 
birch,  alder,  poplar,  willow  and  such  fruit-bearing  plants  as  partridge 
berry,  hawthorn,  viburnum,  wild  grapes,  mountain  ash,  blueberry,  black- 
berry and  cranberry.  Cover  of  this  nature  is  suited  to  the  heath  hen  also, 
and  to  the  imported  pheasants  and  the  Hungarian  partridge,  but  in  all 
cases  it  is  well  to  supplement  the  food  supply  furnished  by  these  shrubs 
and  trees  by  planting  small  grains  and  legumes,  as  recommended  for 
quail. 

Some  of  the  plants  named  in  the  above  list  are  not  native  to 
New  England,  and  probably  the  cowpea  and  the  milk  pea  will 
not  mature  in  Massachusetts,  but  most  of  them  can  be  utilized 
here. 

It  is  impossible  within  the  limits  of  this  circular  to  give 
even  a  list  of  the  important  plants  which  attract  wild  ducks 


16 

and  geese,  but  information  regarding  some  of  the  most  useful 
of  such  plants  may  be  found  in  the  following  publications  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture:  Bureau  of  Biological 
Survey,  Circular  81,  and  Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletins 
58  and  205.  All  may  be  obtained  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  Wash- 
ington, District  of  Columbia. 

Plants  for  Protecting  Cultivated  Fruits. 

The  chief  fruit-eating  birds  in  Massachusetts  are  the  robin, 
the  catbird  and  the  cedar  waxwing.  The  flicker,  English  spar- 
row, Baltimore  oriole  and  a  few  other  species  occasionally  are 
mischievous,  and  the  starling,  a  recent  introduction  from  the 
Old  World,  seems  likely  to  become  most  destructive  of  all. 
Cherries  are  most  often  attacked  by  fruit-eating  birds,  but  all 
small  fruits  are  eaten  by  them.  It  is  not  good  biology  to 
shoot  birds  for  taking  fruit.  It  is  better  to  provide  fruit  enough 
for  ourselves  and  the  birds,  and  thus  retain  their  services  as 
insect  destroyers.  It  will  pay  the  fruit  grower  to  lure  them 
away  from  his  cultivated  cherries  and  berries,  if  possible,  by 
setting  out  plants  that  bear  earlier  and  more  attractive  fruit. 
My  experiments  with  the  native  red  mulberry  were  successful 
in  protecting  cherries,  and  I  have  watched  a  garden  where  a 
single  tree  ot"  the  Downing  mulberry  entirely  protected  several 
trees  of  cultivated  cherries  of  the  harder  varieties.  No  native 
bird  troubled  the  cherries  although  the  English  sparrows  occa- 
sionally pecked  one.  I  have  learned  from  fruit  growers  in  New 
Jersey  that  mulberry  trees  protected  their  cherry  crops  from 
robins  even  in  a  very  dry  season,  when  robins  elsewhere  had 
been  destructive  to  the  fruit.  The  Russian  mulberry  is  very 
early  and  will  grow  in  southeastern  Massachusetts.  Elsewhere 
in  the  State,  as  hereinbefore  stated,  the  white  mulberry,  the 
red  or  the  Downing  or  New  American  would  serve.  The 
advantages  of  the  Downing  or  New  American  are  that  it  is  a 
quick  grower  and  fruiter,  bears  very  early  in  the  season  and 
appears  to  be  perfectly  hardy,  at  least  in  eastern  Massachu- 
setts. 

Mr.  G.  T.  Powell  tried  the  experiment  of  planting  a  row  of 
soft  early  cherries  known  as  the  Governor  Wood.     The  birds 


17 

took  them,  leaving  untouched  choice  varieties,  such  as  Mont- 
morency and  Richmond.  Another  fruit  grower,  having  a  row 
of  soft  cherries  and  finding  that  the  birds  took  most  of  them, 
cut  doAvn  the  trees.  The  birds  then  attacked  the  main  orchard. 
Mr.  McAtee  in  Farmers'  Bulletin  621  gives  the  following 
table,  showing  the  seasons  of  fruits  useful  in  protecting  culti- 
vated varieties :  — 


18 


^^ 


s 

o 


^ 


< 


u 

— 

~ 

~ 

■" 

" 

' 

"* 

■ 

<B 

ft 

t-" 

O 

15 

_j 

— 

o 

"" 

O 

^ 

~ 

^ 

' 

~ 

■~ 

"■ 

■^ 

■ 

' 

3 

^_5 

i 

i* 

« 

w 

bp 

.3 

"^ 

' 

"" 

■" 

■" 

— "^ 

■" 

— 

"■ 

"■" 

t>3) 

'3 
1^ 

p 
-< 

t^ 

^ 

t^ 

oJ 

I 

n 

1 

3 

1 

•-, 

1 

tA 

a 

s 

S     .S. 2. 2. 1.2     1 

*C     'u'C'Ct^'C 

L,            U.     U    L^     U     L^ 

GJ          OOCiUJO                

J     ^^x:j;j: 

^     ^jii^^^ 

1 

u       a  o  a  a  u 

cs     i3i3i2i2^         

o 

3    33333                                          zfs  2  £  ££  a's" 

o 

o 

C       cacac           a>So2«oa)» 

° 

-c3cao3rte3cj                                            aaao-cftaa 

.2     .2     .2.2.2.2.2                                             'c'a'o'c'e'c'c'a 

E-i 

i!      'B        fc:  t:  b  fc  S          m"  m  w  m"  m"  »  m"  w"  m"  tT       oJ  c8  ca  cJ  s!  c3  c!  3 
-g      ^      ^^^^^        •Z'u'u'u'Z'u'Z'uu't.       oooooooo 

1      g-     &§■§•§•§•       feooooooooo      aaaaaa  a  o. 

S      S      §  a  d  d  c3       ^^j3-aj=j=j=^j2j3      aaaaaaaa 

^   rt    tfrtsirtrt     oooouoouoo    <;<;<-«;<<<;< 

fe"^ 

-a               -3            T3T3T3                       -3T3T3-aT!       "OTJ 
o             o           ooo       .„       ooooo,,  oo 

o  o 

o       o       ooooS         oSooSooOOO       oooooOoo 

o  S 

>        >        >>>>3           >3>>333>>>        33333>33 

1-3 

3.1 

-.3     -43     -J-S-S-St)       -5 t3 -5 -5 -a -a -a -5 -5 -5     -g "2 -a -a -c  *^ -3 -a 

1 1  llllf  llllllllll  IIIIPII 

H,                       1_                  l-,l-(l-l                                  _HHMh-^          H-,« 

.«  ,l 

-  «-     .2              i-P     «   «-  ss       --is 

o 

o 
'3 

§       S         .S.J-           .    ."«  S  1^         •■»    .2      '-S.^^         •      ~s=> 

1   i  Hill    g«.lipli|^=  .s|l.!|fe§i 

1^       S2       >4  -^  -«  -*  ■«          '^  -* -«  ,^  »*  -u  -0,0.^-0      '^  •*  ^  "*  IS  ^  ^  ^ 
P       3       SSSS3         ooSsZtTS^s-ooa      _5  i*.'*.'*«'^>  >  > 

CO 

H 

„'  '  0"  '  _'  '  '  ' 

s 

-< 

.      ©■-    0.      o" 

>>                                                                                        -    .  l-         0   j;-  a  o"-3_          .  fl 

&  1  &&^t     ^^  fc^l^^lli  |t|||ig| 

0 

s 
o 

1  t  JIIJ&    1  s|^  11^ IP    l%-zl\Mi 

2  ^     22223      2-J§2a^lt^-S     •illif.l^S 

O 

S 

(1 

£ 

^ 

s 

s 

s 

p 

55= 

►= 

'■$■ 

■1 

S 

fe 

P^ 

rt 

< 

m 

f^ 

QKOWO       1 

19 


Other  Meaxs  of  Protecting  Fruit. 

Birds  eat  fruit  not  only  for  food  but  for  the  juices,  which 
often  serve  to  take  the  place  of  water  in  dry  weather.  A 
drinking  fountain  or  a  brook  close  at  hand  may  serve  to  take 
some  of  their  attention  from  the  fruit.  Newly  turned  sod  also 
may  attract  robins  and  some  other  birds  away  from  fruit,  as 
they  seem  to  prefer  worms  and  grubs.  A  fertile,  well-watered 
lawn  sometimes  answers  the  same  purpose,  as  it  keeps  the 
earthworms  near  the  surface  where  the  robins  can  find  them. 

As  a  last  resort,  where  one  has  but  one  or  two  cherry  trees 
and  no  room  for  experiments,  the  trees  may  be  covered  with  a 
fine-meshed  fish  net,  but  birds  may  become  entangled  in  the 
net. 

Plants  for  the  Seashore. 

Mr.  McAtee  in  his  excellent  bulletin  (621)  gives  the  follow- 
ing hints  regarding  plants  for  attracting  birds  at  the  seaside:  — 

Where  the  coast  is  rocky  and  the  soil  of  ordinary  character,  conditions 
are  little  different  from  those  inland,  and  except  in  relation  to  exposure 
there  need  be  no  especial  preference  given  in  the  choice  of  plants.  It  is 
worth  mentioning,  however,  that  several  trees  and  shrubs  are  better 
adapted  to  withstand  the  winds  so  prevalent  on  the  coast.  These  include 
three  species  of  juniper  {Jtmiperiis  covivmnis,  J.  horizontalis  and  /.  vir- 
giniana),  common  barberrj^,  English  thorn,  hybrid  crab  apple,  European 
and  American  mountain  ashes,  smooth  and  staghorn  sumacs,  privets, 
buckthorn  and  red-berried  elder.  Where  the  soil  is  chiefly  sand,  and  that 
often  shifting,  conditions  are  not  suited  to  many  plants.  Selection  may 
be  made,  however,  from  the  following,  all  of  which  are  known  to  thrive 
in  such  surroundings :  — 

For  Seed  Eaters.  —  Beach  grass  {Ammophila  arenaria  and  Calamovilfa 
longifolia) ,  Polijgonum  sachalinense  and  sunflower. 

For  Fruit  Eaters.  —  Bayberry  {Myrica  cerifera),  sea  buckthorn  {Hip- 
pophae  rhamnoides),  sand  cherry  {Primus  pumila  or  P.  cuneata),  beach 
plum  {Prunus  maritirna),  cranberries  and  bearberry  [Ardostaphrjlos  uva- 
ursi). 

How  TO  Plant. 

Inexperienced  planters  are  likely  to  fail  even  if  provided 
with  excellent  plants  or  seeds.  The  common  plan  of  sticking 
seeds  into  little  holes  in  the  sod  or  leaf  mold  is  foredoomed  to 


20 

failure,  as  only  a  very  small  percentage  of  the  seeds  ever  suc- 
ceed. The  resulting  young  plants  are  exposed  to  many  enemies 
and  must  compete  with  other  well-established  plants  which  sur- 
round them.  If  seeds  are  used  they  should  be  planted  in  rows 
about  nine  inches  apart,  near  the  surface,  in  a  box  of  good 
loam,,  where  they  can  be  watched,  weeded  and  cared  for,  or  in 
a  well-prepared  bed  surrounded  with  boards  and  covered  with 
"cellar  wire"  netting  to  keep  out  mice,  rabbits,  squirrels  and 
other  enemies.  If  planted  in  the  fall  they  should  be  mulched 
the  first  winter.  When  they  have  outgrown  this  little  nursery 
they  may  be  replanted  in  nursery  rows  or  set  in  the  ground 
where  they  are  to  remain. 

Plants  from  the  nurseryman,  if  well  cared  for  and  properly 
packed,  should  be  moist  about  the  roots  when  received.  The 
bundles  should  be  unpacked  as  soon  as  possible,  the  bunches 
loosened  enough  so  that  all  the  roots  may  come  in  contact 
with  the  earth  that  is  to  receive  them  and  they  should  be 
"heeled  in"  or  covered  at  once  in  a  trench  in  moist  earth  on 
the  north  side  of  a  building  or  in  a  cool  cellar.  A  brief  ex- 
posure to  sun  and  wind  is  enough  to  destroy  both  root  hairs 
and  rootlets.  If  at  all  dry  when  received  the  roots  should 
be  immersed  in  water  before  heeling  in.  Plants  thus  treated 
may  be  left  with  safety  while  the  ground  is  being  prepared  to 
receive  them.  Young  trees  arriving  with  the  roots  dried  out 
will  sometimes  recover  if  the  top  be  cut  back  severely  and  the 
entire  tree  immersed  for  a  few  days  in  moist  earth  before 
planting. 

The  poorest  possible  way  to  set  out  a  tree  is  to  dig  a  little 
hole  in  old  sod  and  set  the  tree  in  it. 

The  best  way  is  to  set  all  trees  in  land  that  has  been  well 
cultivated  and  manured  for  at  least  two  or  three  years  previous 
to  the  setting.  Vigorous  young  trees  from  one  to  three  feet  high 
will  make  a  better  growth  when  transplanted  than  those  that 
are  older.  There  is  no  advantage  for  our  purpose  in  bringing 
larger  trees  from  the  nursery.  Trees  may  be  started  well  in 
poor  gravelly  land  by  digging  out  a  hole  about  two  feet  deep 
and  large  enough  to  hold  a  cartload  of  loam,  in  which  the  tree 
is  set. 


21 

When  setting  out  trees  it  is  well  to  plow  or  trench  the  soil 
deeply  and  fine  it  well.  I  have  had  excellent  success  on  poor 
soil  by  digging  holes  about  eighteen  inches  deep  and  five  feet 
in  diameter  and  putting  in  with  the  loam  some  ground  bone  and 
chip  dirt. 

Before  setting  a  tree  its  roots  should  be  examined,  and  if  any 
have  been  mangled  or  broken  they  should  be  trimmed  back 
with  a  sharp  knife.  The  top  should  be  cut  back  in  proportion 
to  the  injury  to  the  roots.  It  is  better,  as  a  rule,  to  have  the 
tree  more  nearly  resemble  a  bean  pole  in  shape  than  a  tree 
when  set  out.  The  soil  should  not  be  wet  nor  dry  at  planting 
time,  but  moist  and  crumbly,  so  that  it  may  be  readily  worked 
in  among  the  roots.  While  planting,  the  roots  should  be  not 
exposed  to  sun  and  air  but  should  be  kept  covered  in  moist 
earth  or  with  wet  burlap  until  wanted.  Some  nurseryman  be- 
fore planting  puddle  the  roots  in  mud  made  of  rich,  fine  loam. 
The  tree  is  then  set  in  the  hole  prepared  for  it,  the  roots  spread 
in  their  natural  positions  and  the  earth  packed  firmly  among 
and  around  them.  In  this  work  both  hands  and  feet  should  be 
used  and  no  cavities  among,  the  roots  should  be  left  unfilled. 
It  is  important  that  the  soil  about  the  roots  be  very  fine  and 
well  packed,  and  the  surface  should  be  left  light,  to  prevent 
evaporation.  In  light  soil  the  tree  should  be  set  a  little  deeper 
than  in  the  nursery  row,  and  it  may  be  necessary  to  water 
it  or  to  mulch  it  deeply  the  first  year. 

When  large  trees  are  to  be  transplanted  it  should  be  done 
by  an  expert,  as  the  novice  is  likely  to  make  an  expensive 
failure.  The  directions  given  for  planting  trees  may  be  ob- 
served to  advantage  in  setting  out  vines  and  shrubs,  modifying 
the  operation  to  suit  the  various  sizes  and  conditions.  Any 
capable  nurseryman  should  be  able  to  furnish  information 
regarding  plants  suitable  for  dry  or  wet  soil  or  for  planting  in 
sunny  or  shady  places. 

Note.  —  The  author  will  be  glad  to  receive  any  information  on  any  of 
the  subjects  treated  in  this  bulletin.  Address  Edward  Howe  Forbush, 
136  State  House,  Boston,  Mass. 


0CT281916 
STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTUEE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    50. 

Second  Edition,  Revised. 
July,  1916. 


APPLE  GRADING  AND  PACKING. 

THE  UNITED  STATES  STANDARD  BARREL  LAW, 
THE  UNITED  STATES  APPLE  GRADING  LAW  AND 
THE    MASSACHUSETTS    APPLE     GRADING     LAW. 


WILFRID    WHEELER,  Secretary. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


APPLE  GEADING  AND  PACKING. 

THE  UNITED  STATES  STANDARD  BARREL  LAW,  THE  UNITED 
STATES  APPLE  GRADING  LAW  AND  THE  MASSACHU- 
SETTS APPLE  GRADING  LAW. 


Pkeparkd  bt  H.  LINWOOD  WHITE,  First  Clerk,         ' 
Under  the  direction  of  Wilfhid  Whbeler,  Secretary/,  Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Agriculture, 


INTRODUCTION. 

Massachusetts'  climate  and  soil  are  as  well  adapted  to  raising 
apples  as  any  to  be  found.  Massachusetts  growers  are  as 
capable  and  as  intelligent  as  any;  they  produce  just  as  good 
apples  as  are  grown  anywhere  and,  when  flavor  is  considered, 
better  apples  than  are  produced  in  the  most  famous  apple- 
growing  regions.     Massachusetts  markets  are  unexcelled. 

With  climate,  soil,  farmers,  markets  and  product  there  re- 
mains the  most  important  operation,  —  that  of  marketing. 
Hitherto  the  Massachusetts  grower  has  suffered  from  compe- 
tition with  out-of-state  producers  who,  through  necessity  of 
self-preservation,  have  developed  and  adopted  the  most  scien- 
tific methods  of  culture,  picking,  grading, .  packing  and  market- 
ing. In  Massachusetts,  with  markets  so  close  at  hand  and  with 
a  system  of  mixed  farming  in  vogue,  the  need  for  improvement 
in  the  practice  of  raising  and  marketing  apples  has  not  been  so 
pressing.  It  was  only  after  the  first  New  England  fruit  show 
in  1909  that  Massachusetts  apple  growers  came  to  realize  their 
capabilities.  The  fruit  shows  held  subsequently,  together  with 
a  propaganda  of  better  methods  in  pruning,  spraying  and  pack- 
ing, have  resulted  in  a  veritable  boom  of  the  orchard  industry, 
but  the  fashion  of  growing  more  of  something  better  will  last 
only  so  long  as  the  grower  is  profitably  rewarded  for  the 
effort. 


Grading  cloth,  paper,  cotton,  wool,  oranges  and  tobacco  has 
long  been  practiced.  The  fruit  growers  of  California,  Oregon, 
Washington  and  the  British  northwest  have  staked  their  repu- 
tations on  grades  and  brands,  and  have  profitably  sold  their 
products  in  markets  3,000  miles  distant. 

Massachusetts  apples  have  been  packed  in  all  sorts  of  con- 
tainers, with  regard  only  for  the  facts  that  a  barrel  is  a  barrel 
and  a  box  is  a  box.  Massachusetts  apples  have  been  sold  as 
"Fancy,"  "Extra,"  "XXXX,"  "XXX,"  "No.  1,"  or  "No.  2," 
and  graded  in  each  case  in  accordance  with  the  ideas  of  the 
individual  packer.  Ungraded  apples  have  been  placed  on  the 
market  with  no  marks  to  distinguish  them  from  graded,  to  the 
detriment  of  the  reputation  of  the  latter.  No.  1  Baldwins  from 
one  section  might  be  classed  as  No.  2  in  another,  or  vice  versa, 
and  apples  possessing  all  the  defects  of  windfalls  labeled  No.  I's, 
and  sold  as  such. 

Such  practices  by  several  thousand  individual  growers,  with 
no  ideas  in  common  as  to  the  qualifications  of  a  "Fancy"  or 
"No.  1"  or  "No.  2"  apple,  could  never  establish  in  the  minds 
of  either  dealers  or  consumers  a  proper  regard  for  Massachusetts 
apples.  Further  than  this  there  has  been  little  or  no  attempt 
on  the  part  of  any  group  of  growers  to  co-operate  for  the  pur- 
pose of  determining  and  adopting  uniform  grades  and  labels. 

Apple  grading  legislation  until  recently  has  been  unnecessary 
in  the  big  apple  States  of  the  west;  the  growers  have  been  com- 
pelled through  their  associations  to  adopt  grading,  packing  and 
shipping  regulations  for  themselves,  and  these  have  been  in 
force  for  many  years.  The  State  of  Maine  passed  a  grading 
law  in  1910,  New  York  in  1914,  and  the  States  of  Vermont, 
Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  in  1915.  The  laws  of  the  last 
three-named  States  are  based  on  a  bill  prepared  by  a  committee 
representing  all  phases  of  the  apple  industry.  This  committee 
was  selected  by  the  Boston  Chamber  of  Commerce.  The  best 
points  of  existing  laws  were  considered  in  the  construction  of 
the  bill,  and  many  new  features  were  added,  after  a  number 
of  hearings  and  conferences  at  which  growers,  dealers  and  con- 
sumers from  the  six  New  England  States  signified  their  ap- 
proval of  the  measure. 


The  primary  object  of  the  Massachusetts  Apple  Grading  Law 
is  a  bigger  and  more  profitable  orchard  industry,  based  mainly 
on  securing  more  uniform  and  stable  prices  for  the  product. 
This  can  be  done  only  by  the  adoption  of  grading  and  marking 
standards,  so  that  the  purchaser  may  be  sure  he  is  getting  what 
he  pays  for.  The  means  in  attaining  this  object  is  education 
through  publication,  demonstration  and  inspection. 

The  publication  and  distribution  of  this  circular  of  informa- 
tion was  the  first  step  in  this  direction.  It  seeks  to  answer  every 
query  concerning  standard  closed  packages,  standard  grades 
and  marks  or  brands  required  to  be  used  on  closed  packages. 
Correspondence  concerning,  and  discussion  of,  points  not  cov- 
ered are  solicited. 

Appended  to  this  circular  are  the  texts  of  the  United  States 
Standard  Barrel  Law,  the  United  States  Apple  Grading  Law 
and  the  Massachusetts  Apple  Grading  Law.  The  regulations 
authorized  by  sections  6  and  11  of  the  last-named  law  will  be 
found  in  the  body  matter  of  the  following  pages. 

UNITED  STATES  STANDARD  BARREL  LAW. 

The  Federal  Standard  Barrel  Law  fixes  a  standard  for  the 
barrel  just  as  standards  for  the  quart,  peck  or  bushel  are  fixed 
by  law.  The  specifications  coincide  with  those  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts standard  barrel.  This  law  states  that  no  barrel  of  less 
capacity  (7,056  cubic  inches)  than  the  standard  barrel,  and 
containing  fruits  or  vegetables  or  any  other  dry  commodity, 
shall  be  sold,  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  in  any  State,  territory 
or  the  District  of  Columbia,  or  shipped  from  any  State,  terri- 
tory or  the  District  of  Columbia  to  any  other  State,  territory 
or  the  District  of  Columbia,  or  to  a  foreign  country.  The  use 
of  third,  half  and  three-quarter  barrels,  and  reasonable  varia- 
tions and  tolerances  to  be  established  by  rules  and  regulations 
of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Standards,  are  permissible.  These 
rules  and  regulations  have  not  yet  been  published.  The  Stand- 
ard Barrel  Law  went  into  effect  July  1,  1916. 


UNITED  STATES  APPLE  GRADING  LAW. 

The  United  States  Apple  Grading  Law,  popularly  known  as 
the  "Sulzer  Bill,"  establishes  a  standard  barrel  for  apples 
which  is  the  same  as  the  United  States  standard  barrel  for 
fruits,  vegetables  and  other  dry  commodities.  It  defines  three 
standard  grades  and  provides  a  penalty  for  misbranding.  It 
applies  to  apples  packed  in  barrels  only  when  shipped  or  de- 
livered for  shipment  from  one  State  to  another  or  to  a  foreign 
country. 

MASSACHUSETTS  APPLE  GRADING  LAW. 

The  Massachusetts  Apple  Grading  Law  is  an  act  to  regulate 
the  grading,  packing,  marking,  shipping  and  sale  of  apples  in 
closed  packages.  It  applies  to  all  apples  in  closed  packages, 
packed  or  repacked  in  Massachusetts,  and  intended  for  sale 
either  within  or  without  the  State,  and  also  to  apples  grown 
in  other  States  when  such  apples  are  graded  and  branded  as 
conforming  to  the  Massachusetts  standard. 

The  law,  and  the  regulations  authorized  thereby,  went  into 
effect  July  1,  1916. 

The  law  fixes  a  standard  for  barrels  which  is  the  same  as  the 
United  States  standard,  and  a  standard  for  boxes  uniform  with 
standards  of  the  principal  apple-growing  States;  it  defines  a 
closed  package;  it  establishes  three  standard  grades  and  pro- 
vides that  all  apples  sold  in  closed  packages  not  conforming  to 
these  three  grades  or,  if  conforming,  not  branded  in  accordance 
therewith,  shall  be  deemed  "UNGRADED"  and  so  marked; 
it  requires  every  closed  package  of  apples  packed  or  repacked 
within  the  State  to  be  marked  in  a  conspicuous  place  with 
certain  information  as  to  its  contents;  it  specifies  that  closed 
packages  containing  apples  packed  or  repacked  without  the 
State  to  be  sold  within  the  State  as  of  a  Massachusetts  stand- 
ard grade  shall  not  be  falsely  marked;  it  authorizes  the  secre- 
tary of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture  to  make  and  publish 
rules  and  regulations  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  the  act; 
it  empowers  the  said  secretary  and  deputies  to  enter  any 
building  or  other  place  where  apples  are  packed,  stored,  sold  or 
offered  or  exposed  for  sale  and  to  open  any  closed  package,  and. 


upon  tendering  the  market  price,  to  take  samples  therefrom; 
it  provides  a  maximum  penalty  of  S50  for  the  first  offence  and 
a  maximum  penalty  of  $100  for  subsequent  violations  of  the 
law,  but  exempts  from  prosecution  any  person  who  appears 
to  have  acted  in  good  faith  solely  as  a  distributor,  or  who  can 
furnish  a  guaranty  from  the  person  from  whom  he  received  the 
apples  that  they  are  not  adulterated  or  misbranded. 

REGULATIONS. 

As  provided  by  section  11  of  the  law  a  public  hearing  was 
held  at  the  State  House,  Boston,  on  Thursday,  August  5,  1915. 
This  was  attended  by  representative  growers,  and  by  invited 
officials  from  other  State  departments  of  agriculture,  the  Massa- 
chusetts Agricultural  College,  the  Massachusetts  Fruit  Growers' 
Association,  the  Massachusetts  Department  of  Weights  and 
Measures,  and  the  County  Farm  Bureaus,  as  well  as  other 
interested  persons. 

As  provided  by  section  11,  several  of  the  regulations  issued 
by  the  secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture  as  of  Septem- 
ber 1,  1915,  under  authority  vested  in  him  by  sections  6  and 
11  of  the  law,  have  subsequently  been  modified,  and  appear 
herein  as  adopted  on  July  1,  1916. 

EXPLANATION    OF    REQUIREMENTS. 

The  specific  requirements  of  the  Massachusetts  Apple  Grad- 
ing Law,  the  United  States  Standard  Barrel  Law  so  far  as  this 
applies  to  apple  barrels,  and  the  regulations,  are  herewith 
tabulated  for  ready  reference. 

"  Closed  Package  "  defined. 

Regulation.  —  A  barrel,  box  or  other  container,  the  contents  of  which 
cannot  be  seen  sufficiently  for  purposes  of  inspection  without  removing 
nails,  wire,  hoops  or  metal,  cloth  or  paper  strips,  or  similar  seals  or  con- 
trivances which  cannot  ordinarily  be  removed  without  mechanical  assist- 
ance or  without  destroying  the  usefulness  thereof,  except  that  string  or 
tape  unless  sealed  shall  not  be  considered  as  having  been  destroyed  when 
cut,  broken  or  removed,  shall  be  a  "closed  package"  within  the  meaning 
of  the  law. 


The  following  kinds  of  containers  are  hereby  declared  to  be  "closed 
packages:"  — 

Barrels  provided  with  the  usual  closely  fitting  heads. 

Barrels  covered  with  burlap  or  other  material  through  which  the  apples 
cannot  readily  be  seen. 

Boxes,  including  covers,  made  entirely  of  close-fitting  boards  when  the 
covers  thereof  are  nailed  or  otherwise  securely  fastened. 

Boxes  or  cartons  of  corrugated  paper,  cardboard,  metal  or  other  ma- 
terial, the  covers  of  which  are  sealed  or  otherwise  fastened  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  prevent  opening  without  damaging  either  the  fastener  or 
the  container. 

Baskets,  the  covers  of  which  are  sealed  or  otherwise  fastened  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  prevent  opening  without  damaging  either  the  fastener  or 
the  container. 

"  Standard  Barrel  "  defined. 

Staves:  length,  28^  inches;  thickness,  not  greater  than  yo 
of  an  inch. 

Heads:  diameter,  inside  of  staves,  17|  inches;  distance 
between  (inside  measurement),  26  inches. 

Bulge:  circumference  (outside  measurement),  64  inches. 

Capacity:  7,056  cubic  inches. 

Any  barrel  of  a  different  form  than  this  but  of  the  same 
capacity,  no  matter  what  its  dimensions,  is  a  standard  barrel. 
Particular  reference  is  had  to  paper  and  steel  barrels  used  in 
some  parts  of  the  country.     A  flour  barrel  is  a  standard  barrel. 

Apples  must  not  be  sold  or  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  in  any 
barrel  that  is  of  less  capacity  than  7,056  cubic  inches,  except 
that  subdivisions  of  the  standard  barrel  known  as  the  third, 
half  and  three-quarters  barrel  may  be  used,  provided  their 
capacities,  respectively,  are  at  least  one-third,  one-half  or  three- 
quarters  the  capacity  of  the  standard  barrel  (United  States 
Standard  Barrel  Law). 

"  Standard  Box  "  defined. 

Length,  18  inches  (inside  measurement). 

Width,  11^  inches  (inside  measurement). 

Depth,  10^  inches  (inside  measurement). 

Capacity,  not  less  than  2,173^  cubic  inches. 

A  box  of  different  dimensions  or  of  a  different  capacity  is 
not  a  standard  box  but  may  be  used  for  packing  for  sale  or 
distribution  apples  of  standard  grade. 


"  standard  Grades  "  defined. 

For  purposes  of  comparison  the  requirements  for  the  several 
grades  are  grouped  below :  — 

Apples  when  sold,  or  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  in  closed  packages  and  not  conforming  to 
the  specifications  for  the  "Fancy,"  "A"  and  "B"  grades  or,  if  conforming,  not  branded  in  ac- 
cordance therewith,  shall  be  classed  as  "  Ungraded,"  and  so  branded. 


"  Fancy." 

"A." 

"B." 

Ungraded. 

Variety, 

Only  one  variety 

Only  one  variety 

Only  one  variety 

in  the  same 

in  the  same 

in  the  same 

' 

package. 

package. 

package. 

Maturity,     . 

Well  matured 

Well  matured 

Well  matured 

but  not  over- 

but not  over- 

but not  over- 

ripe. 

ripe. 

ripe. 

How  picked, 

Hand-picked. 

Color,  . 

Above  medium 

Medium  in 

Less  than 

in  amount  for 

amount  for  the 

medium  in 

the  variety. 

variety.    Pro- 

amount for  the 

Proportion  of 

portion  of  sur- 

variety.   Pro- 

surface to  be 

face  to  be 

portion  of  sur- 

colored fixed 

colored  fixed 

face  to  be 

by  regulation 

by  regulation 

colored  fixed 

(page  10). 

(page  10). 

by  regulation 
(page  10). 

Shape, 

Normal. 

Normal. 

Practically 
normal. 

Size,     . 

Good  and 

Minimum  size 

Minimum  size 

Minimum  size 

reasonably 

to  be  stated  on 

to  be  stated  on 

to  be  stated  on 

uniform.  Mini 

package. 

package. 

package. 

mum  size  to 

be  stated  on 

the  package. 

Minimum  for 

each  variety 

determined  by 

regulation  (see 

page  11). 

Condition,  . 

Sound. 

Sound. 

Diseases  and  fun- 

Free from,  such 

Practically  free 

Practically  free 

gous  injury. 

as  scab,  sooty 

from,  such  as 

from,  such  as 

fungus,  cedar 

scab, sooty 

scab,  sooty 

rust,  etc. 

fungus,  cedar 
rust,  etc. 

fungus,  cedar 
rust,  etc. 

Insect  injuries,    . 

Free  from,  such 

Practically  free 

Practically  free 

as  result  from 

from,  such  as 

from,  such  as 

codling  moth, 

result  from 

result  from 

scale,  curculio. 

codling  moth. 

codling  moth. 

etc. 

scale,  curculio, 
etc. 

scale,  curculio, 
etc. 

Bruises  and  other 

Free  from. 

Practically  free 

Practically  free 

mechanical   in- 

except those 

from,  except 

from  defects 

juries. 

resulting  from 

those  resulting 

that  materially 

packing. 

from  packing. 

injure  the 
appearance  or 
useful  quality. 

10 


How  packed, 


Tolerance,    . 


"Fancy." 


Properly,  in 
clean,  strong 
packages.    The 
fruit  should  be 
properly 
stemmed  and 
tailed.    The 
specimens 
should  be 
packed  firmly 
but  not 
bruised.    That 
the  quality  may 
be  maintained, 
it  is  desirable 
that  a  flexible 
cushion  be 
placed  between 
the  face  and 
the  cover. 
New  barrels 
are  preferable. 
Clean  second- 
hand barrels 
will  answer 
but  they  de- 
tract from  the 
appearance  of 
the  fruit. 
Packages 
should  be 
strong  enough 
to  prevent 
mechanical  in- 
jury to  the 
fruit  in 
handling. 

Apples,  on  any 
one  defect,  or 
on  a  combina- 
tion of  defects, 
may  be  not 
more  than  3 
per  cent,  below 
specifications. 


•A." 


Properly. 


Apples,  on  any 
one  defect,  or 
on  a  combina- 
tion of  defects, 
may  be  not 
more  than  5 
per  cent,  below 
specifications. 


Properly. 


Apples,  on  any 
one  defect,  or 
on  a  combina- 
tion of  defects, 
may  be  not 
more  than  10 
per  cent,  below 
specifications. 


Ungraded. 


Color  in  the  Theee  Grades. 

Regulation.  —  Color  shall  refer  to  amount  and  not  to  shade. 

The  color  of  apples  branded  "Massachusetts  Standard  Fancy  Grade" 
shall  cover  at  least  75  per  cent,  of  the  surface  in  the  case  of  red  varieties, 
such  as  Baldwin,  Tompkins  King,  Esopus  Spitzenburg,  Jonathan,  Mcin- 
tosh, Ben  Davis,  Sutton,  Alexander,  Wealthy,  Fameuse,  and  the  like;  at 
least  60  per  cent,  in  the  case  of  varieties  having  slightly  less  red  color  than 
the  above,  such  as  Hubbardston,  Gravenstein,  Northern  Spy,  Rome, 
Oldenburg,  Wagener,  and  the  like;  and  at  least  10  per  cent,  in  the  case  of 
varieties  having  still  less  red  color,  such  as  Maiden  Blush,  Winter  Banana, 
and  the  like.  Yellow  or  green  varieties,  such  as  Rhode  Island  Greening, 
Grimes  Golden,  Yellow  Newtown,  and  the  like,  must  have  the  character- 
istic green  or  yellow  color  of  the  variety;  the  presence  or  absence  of  a 
blush  need  not  be  considered. 

The  color  of  apples  branded  "Massachusetts  Standard  A  Grade"  shall 
cover  at  least  35  per  cent,  of  the  surface  in  the  case  of  red  varieties,  such 


11 

as  Baldwin,  Tompkins  King,  Esopus  Spitzenburg,  Jonathan,  Mcintosh, 
Ben  Davis,  Sutton,  Alexander,  Wealthy,  Fameuse,  and  the  like;  at  least 
20  per  cent,  in  the  case  of  varieties  having  slightly  less  red  color  than  the 
above,  such  as  Hubbardston,  Gravenstein,  Northern  Spy,  Rome,  Olden- 
burg, Wagener,  and  the  like;  and  at  least  5  per  cent  in  the  case  of  varieties 
having  still  less  red  color,  such  as  Maiden  Blush,  Winter  Banana,  and  the 
like.  In  the  case  of  yellow  or  green  varieties,  the  presence  or  absence  of 
color  need  not  be  considered. 

The  presence  or  absence  of  color  in  the  case  of  apples  branded  "Massa- 
chusetts Standard  B  Grade"  need  not  be  considered. 

Minimum  Sizes  in  the   "Massachusetts  Standard  Fancy 

Grade." 

Regulation.  —  The  minimum  sizes  of  apples  sold  as  apples  of  "Massa- 
chusetts Standard  Fancy  Grade,"  when  measured  at  right  angles  to  the 
stem  and  blossom  end,  shall  be  as  follows,  for  the  several  varieties:  — 

First  Group:  Diameter,  2|  inches;  Golden  Russet,  Red  Canada, 
Roxbury  Russet,  Williams,  Yellow  Transparent. 

Second  Group:  Diameter,  2|  inches;  Baldwin,  Ben  Davis,  Hubbards- 
ton, Mcintosh,  Oldenburg,  Palmer  Greening,  Red  Astrachan,  Sutton, 
Wagener,  Wealthy,  Yellow  Belleflower. 

Third  Group:  Diameter,  3  inches;  Fall  Pippin,  Gravenstein,  King, 
Northern  Spy,  Rhode  Island  Greening,  Rolfe,  Rome  Beauty. 

Fourth  Group:   Diameter,  3i  inches;   Twenty  Ounce,  Wolfe  River. 

Marks  required  on  Closed  Packages. 

Statement  in  a  conspicuous  place  on  the  outside  of  the 
package  in  plain  letters  (not  less  than  36  point  Gothic)  of  the  — 

1.  Place:  name  of  State  in  which  the  apples  were  grown. 

2.  Grade:  true  name. 

Regulation.  —  The  grade  of  apples  contained  in  a  package  shall  be 
indicated  by  the  term  "MASSACHUSETTS  STANDARD  FANCY 
GRADE,"  "MASSACHUSETTS  STANDARD  A  GRADE,"  "MASSA- 
CHUSETTS STANDARD  B  GRADE,"  or  "UNGRADED,"  as  the 
case  may  be. 

3.  Size:  minimum  size  in  all  grades.  In  the  "Massachusetts 
Standard  Fancy  Grade"  the  minimum  size  must  be  not  less 
than  that  specified  in  the  regulations  (see  above).  The  abbre- 
viation "Min."  may  be  used  for  the  word  "minimum."  Mini- 
mum sizes  shall  be  stated  in  variations  of  one-quarter  of  an 
inch,  such  as  2  inches,  2|  inches,  2^  inches,  2f  inches,  3  inches, 
3j  inches,  and  so  forth,  in  accordance  with  the  facts.  Minimum 
sizes  may  be  designated  by  figures  instead  of  words. 


12 

4.  Contents:  Barrel,  —  quantity  expressed  by  the  term, 
"ONE  STANDARD  BARREL,"  or  by  a  statement  of  the 
measure  (the  Massachusetts  standard  bushel  of  apples  sold  at 
retail  is  48  pounds),  or  of  the  weight  in  pounds.  Pending  the 
formulation  by  the  two  departments  of  regulations  with  regard 
to  branding,  the  term  "ONE  STANDARD  BARREL,"  or  the 
abbreviation  "ONE  ST'D.  BBL.,"  will  be  acceptable  to  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  Massachusetts 
Department  of  Weights  and  Measures  as  a  proper  and  sufficient 
statement  of  the  contents  of  a  barrel,  regardless  of  whether  it 
is  sold  at  wholesale  or  retail  in  intrastate,  interstate  or  foreign 
commerce.  The  abovesaid  term  will  be  considered  also  as 
applying  to  the  barrel  itself.  Box,  —  quantity  expressed  in 
terms  of  measure,  weight  or  numerical  count.  In  interstate 
commerce  the  marking  to  show  merely  the  number  of  apples 
in  a  box  is  not  sufficient;  the  minimum  size  of  the  apples  must 
also  be  given  (Opinion  No.  61,  Secretary  of  Agriculture, 
Washington,  District  of  Columbia). 

5.  Variety:  true  name,  that  is,  the  name  by  which  the 
variety  is  known  on  the  market.  Commercial  abbreviations 
may  be  used.  If  not  known  the  expression  "VARIETY  UN- 
KNOWN"  may  be  used. 

6.  Packer:  name  and  address  of,  or  of  person  by  whose 
authority  the  apples  were  packed  or  repacked.  If  repacked 
the  package  shall  be  so  marked.  (Name  and  address  of  farm 
will  comply  with  this  requirement.) 

Order  of  Statements  on  Barrels. 
Regulation.  —  The  statements  required  by  the  law,  and  by  the  regu- 
lations adopted  thereunder,  shall  appear  on  one  end  of  the  barrel  in  the 
following  order:  — 

1.  Name  of  the  State  in  which  the  apples  were  grown. 

2.  Grade. 

3.  Minimum  size. 

4.  Quantity  of  contents. 

5.  Variety. 

6.  Name  and  address  of  packer  or  repacker. 

Regulation.  — The  word  "MASSACHUSETTS"  as  used  on  packages 
containing  apples  grown  in  Massachusetts  shall  be  considered  as  showing 
the  State  in  which  said  apples  were  grown  as  well  as  applying  to  the 
grade. 


13 


Marking  of  Closed  Packages. 

Color  of  Ink  to  be  used. 
Regulation.  —  All  letters  and  figures  relating  to  grade  or  brand,  in- 
cluding private  marks,  used  in  marking  or  branding  a  closed  package 
packed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  law  shall  be  in  ink  of  one 
color. 

Barrels. 
Only  block  letters  and  block  figures  of  a  size  not  less  than 


OINT 
OTHIC 


(one-half  an  inch  high)  may  be  used  in  stating  on  the  outside 
the  information  required. 


14 


The  following  is  a  reduction  of  a  photograph  of  a  well- 
balanced  barrel  stencil.  Notice  that  space  is  left  at  the  bottom 
for  name  and  address  of  consignee. 


^M^"f^^ 


STANDARD 


/^ 


^^V   MAi\J)AUJI     y> 

^  FAiXCY  (JllADi:  'X* 

Mix.siZK  :i    Ii\(;h]:s 
<)Ni:  sT'D.iun. 

BALDWINS 

L.K.  TOWNSEND 

MaldeixMass. 


15 


Another  style  of  stencil  is  illustrated  below.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  the  words  "  PACKED  BY,"  the  letters,  before  re- 
duction, were  all  36  point  Gothic.  This  allows  more  space  for 
other  marks,  but  does  not  in  any  way  alter  the  provision  that 
such  other  marks  as  refer  to  grade  or  brand  must  not  be  more 
conspicuous  than  the  marks  required  by  law. 


fai\(;y  (;iiA])]: 

Mixsr/i:  a  inches 

om:  sT'i).  hhl. 

BALDWINS 
L.  i:.  TOWX^SKND 

mali)i:n.  mass. 


16 


Packages  Other  than  Barrels:  How  Branded. 

Regulation.  —  The  branding  or  marking  of  closed  packages  other  than 
barrels  shall  be  in  letters  and  figures  of  such  a  size  that  the  statements 
required  by  sections  4  and  5  of  the  act  and  by  the  regulations  shall,  when 
properly  spaced,  cover  at  least  one-half  the  outside  of  one  end  of  the 
package  or  at  least  one-half  the  label  affixed  thereto. 

This  is  illustrated  bv  the  following:  — 


M  A  S  S  AC  H  U  S 1]  T  T  S 

STAXDAllD 
FANCY   (lllADi: 

MIX.  sizi:      a      ii\cHi:s 

COUNT   lOO 

BALDWINS 

*•  P  a  <j  k  (?  i\    1)  y  * 
L.  K.  TOWNSli:Nl> 
MALDKX,  MASS. 


17 


Other  Marks. 

The  packer  or  distributor  may  put  any  marks  on  the  package 
other  than  those  required  by  law,  provided,  however,  that  such 
marks  as  relate  to  grade  or  brand  are  not  inconsistent  with,  or 
more  conspicuous  than,  the  required  marks.  This  gives  an 
opportunity  for  the  grower  or  packer  to  affix  his  own  brand,  or 
name  of  farm,  and  facts  concerning  the  quality  or  other 
characteristics  of  the  apples. 

In  the  case  of  the  type  of  label  illustrated  below,  the  brand  is 
subordinated  to  the  grade.  The  words  "Townsend  Farm," 
however,  might  be  as  conspicuous  as  the  words  "  Massachusetts 
Standard  Fancy  Grade,"  but  should  not  be  more  conspicuous. 
The  name  of  the  variety  might  be  substituted  for  the  word 
"Apples,"  and  the  label  would  then  read,  for  example,  "Town- 
send  Farm  Baldwins." 


MASSACHUSETTS 
STMDARD  FANCY  GRADE 

TOWNSEND    FARM 

APPLES 


GROWN      AND      PACKED      BY 

L.E.TOWNSEND 

MALDEN,  MASS.      U.S.A. 

VARIETY  MIN.  SIZE        INCHES  COUNT 


18 


The  label  below  again  illustrates  the  provision  that  the  required 
marks  must  cover  at  least  one-half  the  label.  In  other  words, 
more  than  one-half  the  label  must  not  be  used  for  private  marks. 
Any  design  or  trade-mark  may  be  inserted  with  or  without  the 
farm  name  or  brand. 


MASSACHUSETTS 
STANDARD    FANCY    GRADE 

APPLES 


VARIETY 


MIN.  SIZE 


INCHES 


COUNT 


TOWNSEND    FARM 


BRAND 


GROWN     AND   PACKED    BY 

L.E.TOWNSEND 

MALDEN  ,  MASS.    U.S.A. 


Regulation.  —  Qneh  marks  as  "No.  I's,"  "No.  2's,"  "XX,"  "XXX," 
"Extra,"  and  the  like  shall  not  be  used  on  closed  packages. 

Approval  of  Stencils  and  Labels. 

For  the  purpose  of  guarding  growers  and  packers  against  the  in- 
currence of  unnecessary  expense  on  their  part  it  is  recommended 
that  before  having  stencils  cut  or  labels  printed  there  be  sub- 
mitted in  duplicate  to  the  secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Agri- 
culture, for  his  approval,  a  sketch,  drawing  or  proof  of  the  pro- 
posed stencil  or  label.    One  copy  will  be  returned,  the  other  filed. 


19 


May  be  Graded  and  Branded  otherwise. 

Regulation.  —  Apples  packed  or  repacked  within  the  State  in  closed 
packages  may  be  graded  and  branded  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  the  United  States  Apple  Grading  Law  only  when  they  are  intended 
for  shipment  to  another  State  or  to  a  foreign  country;  unless  so  graded 
and  branded,  they  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  Massachusetts 
Apple  Grading  Law. 


POSTER. 

Write  Wilfrid  Wheeler,  Secretary,  Massachusetts  State  Board 
of  Agriculture,  136  State  House,  Boston,  for  a  poster  for  your 
packing  house  or  shed,  showing  the  main  requirements  of  the 
Apple  Grading  Law. 


20 


Append ix. 


UNITED    STATES    STANDARD    BARREL    LAW. 

[Public  —  No.  307  —  63d  Congress.] 
[H.  R.  4899.] 

An  Act  to  fix  the  Standard  Barrel  for  Fruits,  Vege- 
tables, AND  Other  Dry  Commodities. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  arid  House  of  Representatives  of  the 
United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That  the  stand- 
ard barrel  for  fruits,  vegetables,  and  other  dry  commodities 
other  than  cranberries  shall  be  of  the  following  dimensions  when 
measured  without  distention  of  its  parts:  Length  of  stave, 
twenty-eight  and  one-half  inches;  diameter  of  heads,  seventeen 
and  one-eighth  inches;  distance  between  heads,  twenty-six 
inches;  circumference  of  bulge,  sixty-four  inches,  outside  meas- 
urement; and  the  thickness  of  staves  not  greater  than  four- 
tenths  of  an  inch:  Provided,  That  any  barrel  of  a  different  form 
having  a  capacity  of  seven  thousand  and  fifty-six  cubic  inches 
shall  be  a  standard  barrel.  The  standard  barrel  for  cranberries 
shall  be  of  the  following  dimensions  when  measured  without 
distention  of  its  parts:  Length  of  staves,  twenty-eight  and  one- 
half  inches;  diameter  of  head,  sixteen  and  one-fourth  inches; 
distance  between  heads,  twenty-five  and  one-fourth  inches; 
circumference  of  bulge,  fifty-eight  and  one-half  inches,  outside 
measurement;  and  the  thickness  of  staves  not  greater  than 
four-tenths  of  an  inch. 

Section  2.  That  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  sell,  offer,  or  expose 
for  sale  in  any  State,  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia,  or 
to  ship  from  any  State,  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia  to 
any  other  State,  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia  or  to  a 
foreign  country,  a  barrel  containing  fruits  or  vegetables  or  any 
other  dry  commodity  of  less  capacity  than  the  standard  barrels 
defined  in  the  first  section  of  this  Act,  or  subdivisions  thereof 
known  as  the  third,  half,  and  three-quarters  barrel,  and  any 
person  guilty  of  a  willful  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  be  liable 
to  a  fine  not  to  exceed  S500,  or  imprisonment  not  to  exceed  six 


21 

months,  in  the  court  of  the  United  States  having  jurisdiction. 
Provided,  hoivever,  That  no  barrel  shall  be  deemed  below  stand- 
ard within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  when  shipped  to  any  foreign 
country  and  constructed  according  to  the  specifications  or  direc- 
tions of  the  foreign  purchaser  if  not  constructed  in  conflict  with 
the  laws  of  the  foreign  country  to  which  the  same  is  intended 
to  be  shipped. 

Section  3.  That  reasonable  variations  shall  be  permitted  and 
tolerance  shall  be  established  by  rules  and  regulations  made  by 
the  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards  and  approved  by  the 
Secretary  of  Commerce.  Prosecutions  for  offenses  under  this 
Act  may  be  begun  upon  complaint  of  local  sealers  of  weights 
and  measures  or  other  officers  of  the  several  States  and  Terri- 
tories appointed  to  enforce  the  laws  of  the  said  States  or  Terri- 
tories, respectively,  relating  to  weights  and  measures:  Pro- 
vided, however,  That  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  apply  to  barrels 
used  in  packing  or  shipping  commodities  sold  exclusively  by 
weight  or  numerical  count. 

Section  4.  That  this  Act  shall  be  in  force  and  effect  from 
and  after  the  first  day  of  July,  nineteen  hundred  and  sixteen. 

Approved,  March  4,  1915. 

UNITED    STATES    APPLE    GRADING    LAW. 
"  The  Sulzer  Bill." 

[Public  —  No.  252  —  61st  Congress.] 
[H.  R.  21480.] 

An  Act  to  establish  a  Standard  Barrel  and  Standard 
Grades  for  Apples  when  packed  in  Barrels,  and  for 
Other  Purposes. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That  the 
standard  barrel  for  apples  shall  be  of  the  following  dimensions 
when  measured  without  distention  of  its  parts:  Length  of 
stave,  twenty-eight  and  one-half  inches;  diameter  of  head, 
seventeen  and  one-eighth  inches;  distance  between  heads, 
twenty-six  inches;  circumference  of  bulge,  sixty-four  inches 
outside  measurement,  representing  as  nearly  as  possible  seven 
thousand  and  fifty-six  cubic  inches:  Provided,  That  steel  barrels 
containing  the  interior  dimensions  provided  for  in  this  section 
shall  be  construed  as  a  compliance  therewith. 

Section  2.     That  the  standard  grades  for  apples  when  packed ' 
in  barrels  which  shall  be  shipped  or  delivered  for  shipment  in 


22 

interstate  or  foreign  commerce,  or  which  shall  be  sold  or  oflFered 
for  sale  within  the  District  of  Columbia  or  the  Territories  of  the 
United  States  shall  be  as  follows:  Apples  of  one  variety,  which 
are  well-grown  specimens,  hand  picked,  of  good  color  for  the 
variety,  normal  shape,  practically  free  from  insect  and  fungous 
injury,  bruises,  and  other  defects,  except  such  as  are  necessarily 
caused  in  the  operation  of  packing,  or  apples  of  one  variety 
which  are  not  more  than  ten  per  centum  below  the  foregoing 
specifications  shall  be  "  Standard  grade  minimum  size  two  and 
one  half  inches,"  if  the  minimum  size  of  the  apples  is  two  and 
one  half  inches  in  transverse  diameter;  "Standard  grade  mini- 
mum size  two  and  one-fourth  inches,"  if  the  minimum  size  of 
the  apples  is  two  and  one-fourth  inches  in  transverse  diameter; 
or  "Standard  grade  minimum  size  two  inches,"  if  the  minimum 
size  of  the  apples  is  two  inches  in  transverse  diameter. 

Section  3.  That  the  barrels  in  which  apples  are  packed  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  may  be  branded  in 
accordance  with  section  two  of  this  Act. 

Section  4.  That  all  barrels  packed  with  apples  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  below  standard  if  the  barrel  bears  any  statement, 
design,  or  device  indicating  that  the  barrel  is  a  standard  barrel 
of  apples,  as  herein  defined,  and  the  capacity  of  the  barrel  is 
less  than  the  capacity  prescribed  by  section  one  of  this  Act, 
unless  the  barrel  shall  be  plainly  marked  on  end  and  side  with 
words  or  figures  showing  the  fractional  relation  which  the  actual 
capacity  of  the  barrel  bears  to  the  capacity  prescribed  by  section 
one  of  this  Act.  The  marking  required  by  this  paragraph  shall 
be  in  block  letters  of  size  not  less  than  seventy-two  point  one 
inch  gothic. 

Section  5.  That  barrels  packed  with  apples  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  — 

First.  If  the  barrel  bears  any  statement,  design,  or  device 
indicating  that  the  apples  contained  therein  are  "  Standard " 
grade  and  the  apples  when  packed  do  not  conform  to  the  re- 
quirements prescribed  by  section  two  of  this  Act. 

Second,  If  the  barrel  bears  any  statement,  design,  or  device 
indicating  that  the  apples  contained  therein  are  "Standard" 
grade  and  the  barrel  fails  to  bear  also  a  statement  of  the  name 
of  the  variety,  the  name  of  the  locality  where  grown,  and  the 
name  of  the  packer  or  the  person  by  whose  authority  the  apples 
were  packed  and  the  barrel  marked. 

Section  6.  That  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  or  asso- 
ciation who  shall  knowingly  pack  or  cause  to  be  packed  apples 


23 

in  barrels  or  who  shall  knowingly  sell  or  offer  for  sale  such  barrels 
in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  liable  to  a 
penalty  of  one  dollar  and  costs  for  each  such  barrel  so  sold  or 
offered  for  sale,  to  be  recovered  at  the  suit  of  the  United  States 
in  any  court  of  the  United  States  having  jurisdiction. 

Section  7.  That  this  Act  shall  be  in  force  and  effect  from 
and  after  the  first  day  of  July,  nineteen  hundred  and  thirteen. 

Approved,  August  3,  1912. 

MASSACHUSETTS    APPLE    GRADING    LAW. 

General  Acts,  1915,  Chapter  261,  as  amended  by  Chapter  63,  General  Acts, 

1916. 

An   Act   relative   to   the   Packing,    Grading   and   Sale   of 

Apples, 
Standard  Barrel  and  Standard  Box  defined. 

Section  1.  The  standard  barrel  for  apples  shall  be  of  the 
following  dimensions  when  measured  without  distention  of  its 
parts:  — length  of  stave,  twenty-eight  and  one  half  inches;  diam- 
eter of  heads,  seventeen  and  one  eighth  inches;  distance  between 
heads,  twenty-six  inches;  circumference  of  bulge,  sixty-four 
inches,  outside  measurement;  and  the  thickness  of  staves  not 
greater  than  four  tenths  of  an  inch:  provided,  that  any  barrel  of 
a  different  form  having  a  capacity  of  seven  thousand  and  fifty- 
six  cubic  inches  shall  be  a  standard  barrel. 

The  standard  box  for  apples  shall  be  of  the  following  dimen- 
sions by  inside  measurement:  eighteen  inches  by  eleven  and  one 
half  inches  by  ten  and  one  half  inches,  without  distention  of  its 
parts,  and  having  a  capacity  of  not  less  than  two  thousand  one 
hundred  seventy-three  and  one  half  cubic  inches. 

Grades  defined. 
Section  2.  The  standard  grades  of  apples  when  packed  or 
repacked  in  closed  packages  within  this  commonwealth  shall  be 
as  follows:  —  "Massachusetts  Standard  Fancy"  shall  include 
only  apples  of  one  variety  which  are  well  matured  specimens, 
hand-picked,  above  medium  color  for  the  variety,  normal  shape, 
of  good  and  reasonably  uniform  size,  sound,  free  from  disease, 
insect  and  fungus  injury,  bruises  and  any  other  defects  except 
such  as  are  necessarily  caused  in  the  operation  of  packing,  and 
shall  be  packed  properly  in  clean,  strong  packages:  provided, 
that  apples  of  one  variety  which  are  not  more  than  three  per 
cent  below  the  foregoing  specifications  may  be  graded  as  "  Mas- 
sachusetts Standard  Fancy". 


24 

"Massachusetts  Standard  A"  shall  include  only  apples  of  one 
variety  which  are  well  matured  specimens,  properly  packed,  of 
medium  color  for  the  variety,  normal  shape,  sound,  practically 
free  from  disease,  insect  and  fungus  injury,  bruises  and  other 
defects  except  such  as  are  necessarily  caused  in  the  operation  of 
packing:  provided,  that  apples  of  one  variety  which  are  not  more 
than  five  per  cent  below  the  foregoing  specifications  may  be 
graded  as  "Massachusetts  Standard  A". 

"Massachusetts  Standard  B"  shall  include  only  apples  of  one 
variety,  which  are  well  matured,  properly  packed,  practically 
normal  shape,  practically  free  from  disease,  insect  and  fungus 
injury  or  any  other  defect  that  materially  injures  the  appearance 
or  useful  quality  of  the  apples,  and  which  may  be  less  than 
medium  color  for  the  variety:  provided,  that  apples  of  one 
variety  which  are  not  more  than  ten  per  cent  below  the  fore- 
going specifications  may  be  graded  as  "Massachusetts  Standard 
B". 

"Ungraded".  Apples  not  conforming  to  the  foregoing  speci- 
fications of  grade,  or,  if  conforming,  not  branded  in  accordance 
therewith,  shall  be  classed  as  ungraded  and  so  branded. 

Use  of  Other  Marks  permitted. 
Section  3.  The  marks  indicating  the  grade,  as  above  pre- 
scribed, may  be  accompanied  by  any  other  designation  of  grade 
or  brand  if  such  designation  is  not  inconsistent  with,  or  marked 
more  conspicuously  on  the  package  than,  the  mark  or  marks 
required  by  section  five  of  this  act. 

Minimum  Size  to  be  marked  on  Packagre. 
Section  4.  The  minimum  size  of  the  fruit  in  all  grades,  in- 
cluding the  ungraded,  shall  be  marked  upon  the  package,  and 
shall  be  determined  by  taking  the  transverse  diameter  of  the 
smallest  fruit  in  the  package  at  right  angles  to  the  stem  and 
blossom  end.  Minimum  sizes  shall  be  stated  in  variations  of  one 
quarter  of  an  inch,  such  as  two  inches,  two  and  one  quarter 
inches,  two  and  one  half  inches,  two  and  three  quarters  inches, 
three  inches,  three  and  one  quarter  inches,  and  so  forth,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  facts.  Minimum  sizes  may  be  designated  by 
figures  instead  of  words.  The  word  "minimum"  may  be  desig- 
nated by  using  the  abbreviation  "  min." 

Closed  Packages  to  be  Branded. 

Section  5.  Every  closed  package  of  apples  packed  or  re- 
packed in  the  commonwealth  and  intended  for  sale,  either  within 


25 

or  without  the  commonwealth,  shall  have  marked  in  a  conspicu- 
ous place  on  the  outside  of  the  package  in  plain  letters  a  state- 
ment of  the  quantity  of  the  contents,  the  name  and  address  of 
the  packer  or  of  the  person  by  whose  authority  the  apples  were 
packed,  the  true  name  of  the  variety  and  the  grade  and  the 
minimum  size  of  the  apples  contained  therein,  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  sections  two,  three  and  four  of  this  act,  and  the 
name  of  the  state  in  which  they  were  grown.  If  the  true  name 
of  the  variety  is  not  known  to  the  packer  or  other  person  by 
whose  authority  the  apples  are  packed,  the  statement  shall  in- 
clude the  words  "variety  unknown",  and  if  the  name  of  the 
state  in  which  the  apples  were  grown  is  not  known,  this  fact  shall 
also  be  set  forth  in  the  statement.  If  apples  are  repacked,  the 
package  shall  be  marked  "repacked",  and  shall  bear  the  name 
and  address  of  the  repacker,  or  the  name  and  address  of  the 
person  by  whose  authority  it  is  repacked,  in  place  of  that  of  the 
original  packer. 

Style  and  Size  of  Letters  and  Figures  fixed. 
Section  6.  The  branding  or  marking  of  barrels  under  the 
provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  in  block  letters  and  figures  of  a 
size  not  less  than  thirty-six  point  Gothic.  The  secretary  of  the 
state  board  of  agriculture  shall  prescribe  rules  and  regulations  as 
to  the  lettering  to  be  used  in  branding  or  marking  other  closed 
packages. 

Packing,  Sale  or  Distribution  of  Adulterated  or  Misbranded  Apples 

prohibited. 

Section  7.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  pack,  sell, 
distribute  or  offer  or  expose  for  sale  or  distribution,  apples  which 
are  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act. 

"Adulterated"  defined. 

Section  8.     For  the  purposes  of  this  act,  apples  packed  in  a 

closed  package  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated  if  their  measure, 

quality  or  grade   does  not  conform  in   every   particular   to   the 

brand  or  mark  upon  or  affixed  to  the  package,  or  if  the  faced  or 

shown  surface  gives  a  false  representation  of  the  contents  of  the 

package. 

"Misbranded"  defined. 

Section  9.  For  the  purposes  of  this  act,  apples  packed  in  a 
closed  package  shall  be  deemed  to  be  misbranded:  — 

First.  If  the  package  is  packed  or  repacked  in  the  common- 
wealth and  fails  to  bear  all  statements  required  by  sections  two, 


26 

three,  four  and  five  and  in   accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
section  six  of  this  act. 

Second.  If  the  package,  whether  packed  or  repacked  within 
or  without  the  commonwealth  is  falsely  branded,  or  bears  any 
statement,  design  or  device,  regarding  the  apples  contained  there- 
in, which  is  false  or  misleading,  or  if  the  package  bears  any  state- 
ment, design  or  device  indicating  that  the  apples  contained 
therein  are  of  a  specified  Massachusetts  standard  grade,  and  said 
apples,  when  packed  or  repacked,  do  not  conform  to  the  require- 
ments prescribed  by  this  act  for  such  grade. 

Cold-storage  Apples  to  be  inspected. 

Section  10.  Apples  which  have  been  in  cold  storage  shall  not 
be  sold  or  distributed,  or  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  or  distribu- 
tion, in  closed  packages  until  they  have  been  inspected  in  ac- 
cordance with  rules  and  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by  the 
secretary  of  the  state  board  of  agriculture. 

Rules  and  Regulations  to  be  made. 

Section  11.  The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  agriculture 
shall  make  rules  and  regulations  for  carrying  out  the  provisions 
of  this  act,  and  he  shall  publish,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
September  following  the  passage  of  this  act,  and  after  a  public 
hearing,  rules  for  the  grading  and  packing  of  apples  and  speci- 
fying, for  each  variety  of  apples,  the  minimum  size  which  shall 
be  included  in  the  grade  designated  as  "fancy";  and  he  may 
thereafter  modify  such  rules  and  regulations. 

Inspectors  authorized  to  enter  Places  and  open  Packages. 

Section  12.  The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  agriculture, 
in  person  or  by  deputy,  shall  have  free  access  at  all  reasonable 
hours  to  any  building  or  other  place  where  apples  are  packed, 
stored,  sold,  or  offered  or  exposed  for  sale.  He  shall  also  have 
power  in  person  or  by  deputy  to  open  any  box,  barrel,  or  other 
container,  and  may,  upon  tendering  the  market  price,  take 
samples  therefrom. 

Appropriation  provided. 

Section  13.  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions 
of  this  act  there  may  be  expended  during  the  present  fiscal  year 
a  sum  not  exceeding  one  thousand  dollars,  and  thereafter  such 
annual  expenses  as  may  be  necessary  shall  be  paid  from  the 
annual  appropriation  for  disseminating  useful  information. 


27 


Penalty  fixed. 

Section  14.  Any  person  who  adulterates  or  misbrands  apples 
within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  or  who  packs,  repacks,  sells, 
distributes,  or  offers  or  exposes  for  sale  or  distribution,  apples  in 
violation  of  any  provision  of  this  act,  or  who  wilfully  alters,, 
effaces  or  removes,  or  causes  to  be  altered,  effaced  or  removed, 
wholly  or  partly,  any  brands  or  marks  required  to  be  put  upon 
any  closed  package  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  fifty  dollars  for  the  first  offence, 
and  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  one  hundred  dollars  for  each  subse- 
quent offence. 

Certain  Persons  exempted  and  Liability  placed. 

Section  15.  No  person  who  sells  or  distributes  or  offers  or 
exposes  for  sale  or  distribution  apples  adulterated  or  misbranded 
within  the  meaning  of  this  act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  violated 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  if  it  shall  appear  that  he  acted 
in  good  faith  solely  as  a  distributor,  or  if  he  shall  furnish  a. 
guaranty  signed  by  the  person  from  whom  he  received  the 
apples,  with  the  address  of  such  person,  that  the  apples  are  not 
adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act.  In 
such  case,  the  person  from  whom  the  distributor  received  the 
apples  shall  be  liable  for  the  acts  of  the  distributor  who  relied 
upon  his  guaranty,  to  the  same  extent  as  the  distributor  would 
have  been  liable  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

"Person"  and  "Closed  Package"  defined. 

Section  16.  The  word  "person",  as  used  in  this  act  shall 
include  persons,  firms,  corporations,  societies  and  associations, 
and  the  acts  of  agents  and  emploj^ees  shall  be  construed  to  be  the 
acts  of  their  principals  and  employers  as  well  as  of  the  agents 
and  employees.  The  words  "closed  package"  shall  mean_  a 
barrel,  box  or  other  container  the  contents  of  which  cannot  be 
sufficiently  seen  for  purposes  of  inspection  without  opening  the 
container. 

The  act  took  effect  upon  its  ■passage,  except  that  the  provisions  of 
sections  one,  two,  three,  four,  five,  six,  seven,  eight,  nine,  ten, 
fourteen,  fifteen  and  sixteen  were  not  operative  until  the  first  day^ 
of  July,  in  the  year  nineteen  hundred  and  sixteen. 


®tie  ^ommontucaltl)  of  itta00acliu0ett0. 

STATE  BOAED  OF  AGKICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    51. 

August,  1915. 


TOBACCO  GROWING 

IN  THE 

CONNECTICUT  RIVER  VALLEY. 


Leslie  R.  Smith. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annual  Report  op  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  or 

Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT  &  POTTEE  FEINTING  CO.,  STATE  PEINTEES, 

32  DEENE  STEEET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


INTRODUCTORY    NOTE. 


According  to  the  latest  census  reports  the  Connecticut  river  towns  in 
Massachusetts  produce  about  a  million  and  a  half  dollars  worth  of  tobacco 
annually.  As  the  last  definite  enumeration  was  the  Federal  Census  of 
1910,  which  reported  the  1909  crop,  these  figures  are  now  six  years  old. 
The  increase  since  that  year  has  been  steady,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that 
the  annual  value  of  the  crop  in  this  State  at  present  is  not  far  from 
$2,000,000. 

The  tobacco  towns  of  Massachusetts  are  entirely  in  Franklin,  Hamp- 
shire and  Hampden  counties.  By  the  latest  available  figures  Hatfield  is 
the  banner  tobacco  town  of  the  State,  with  a  production  valued  at  $301,- 
204;  Hadley,  second,  $192,258;  and  then  come  Agawam,  Whately,  Deer- 
field,  Southwick,  Westfield  and  Sunderland  in  the  order  named.  Hatfield 
alone  has  17  tobacco  storehouses,  and  425  freight  cars  are  needed  to  ship 
the  tobacco  crop  from  this  one  town. 


TOBACCO  GEOAVING  IN  THE  CONNECTICUT 
EIVER  VALLEY. 


LESLIE    R.  SMITH,  HADLEY,  MASSACHUSETTS. 


Tobacco  has  been  grown  in  the  Connecticut  valley  since 
about  1840,  and  while  the  crop  has  had  its  ups  and  downs  it 
may  be  said  to  have  steadily  increased  in  acreage  since  that 
time.  The  past  fifteen  years  have  seen  by  far  the  greatest 
percentage  of  increase,  and  the  end  is  not  yet.  Every  grower 
is  growing  all  the  tobacco  that  he  can  hang  in  his  curing  sheds, 
and  so  new  sheds  are  the  very  best  indication  of  an  increase  in 
acreage.  The  increase  of  1915  over  the  1914  acreage  was 
around  25  per  cent.  This  crop  is  by  far  the  most  important 
money  crop  grown  in  this  section,  and  represents  extensive 
and  intensive  agriculture  of  the  highest  order. 

The  rapid  increase  of  the  past  fifteen  or  twenty  years  may  be 
explained  by  improved  machinery,  more  abundant  help,  and, 
most  important  of  all,  the  fact  that  in  recent  years  the  crop 
has  brought  prices  that  enable  the  grower  to  make  expenses 
and  have  something  left  over  for  his  labor  and  as  a  profit  for 
his  operations. 

The  successful  tobacco  grower  is  a  specialist,  as  no  crop 
grown  calls  for  more  scientific  knowledge  or  the  application  of 
more  common  sense.  In  the  growing,  harvesting  and  curing 
of  the  crop  the  grower  has  to  know  something  of  practical 
chemistry,  physics  and  biology. 

But  after  all  is  said  and  done,  the  weather  is  the  dominant 
factor.  The  history  of  the  good  or  poor  tobacco  crop  tells  the 
story  of  the  weather,  —  as  in  1893  when  the  crop  w^as  largely 
a  failure  on  account  of  drought,  and  in  1897  again  a  failure  on 
account  of  excessive  rain.  Late  frosts  in  the  spring,  early  frost 
in  the  fall,  the  hail  and  windstorms,  periods  of  excessive  mois- 
ture or  too  dry  weather  at  curing  time,  all  show  how  the  grower 


must  depend  upon  nature  for  his  ultimate  success.  Indeed 
from  the  time  the  seed  bed  is  sown  until  the  end  of  the  season 
the  only  time  that  the  grower  is  sure  of  his  success  is  when  he 
gets  the  money  for  his  crop.  Yet  he  is  optimistic;  he  "nur- 
tures hope,"  he  raises  his  crop,  doing  all  he  knows  how,  and  if 
appearances  count  for  anything  he  is  getting  along  perhaps  as 
well  or  better  than  the  average  business  man. 

There  is  no  ironclad  rule  to  be  laid  down  for  raising  tobacco. 
The  best  growers  often  change  their  methods  and  are  constantly 
on  the  lookout  to  learn  of  new  ideas  that  will  prove  beneficial, 
so  that  the  story  of  tobacco  growing  as  told  in  this  article  will 
not  attempt  to  tell  of  any  best  way,  but  will  describe  the 
methods  as  practiced  by  the  most  progressive  growers. 

The  Seed  Bed. 

Tobacco  is  raised  on  the  same  land  year  after  year.  Most 
growers  plow  or  harrow  the  land  immediately  after  the  harvest, 
thus  avoiding  a  useless  second  crop  of  suckers  that  grow  from 
the  stump  and  remove  a  good  deal  of  plant  food  from  the  soil. 
Many  believe  that  if  the  field  is  kept  fallow  during  the  late  fall 
and  winter  it  will  not  attract  the  moth  that  lays  the  egg  of 
the  cutworm,  a  pest  that  is  the  cause  of  much  trouble.  The 
land  is  left  fallow  until  the  next  year's  crop  is  set  out.  This 
period  is  a  convenient  one  in  which  to  apply  lime. 

Each  year  finds  the  grower  paying  more  and  more  attention 
to  the  seed  bed,  there  being  perhaps  no  one  thing  that  gives 
him  as  much  satisfaction  in  the  spring  as  a  good  bed.  Opera- 
tions begin  in  the  fall,  the  grower  selecting  a  place  for  his  bed 
sheltered  from  the  cold  north  and  west  winds.  Sometimes  it 
may  be  necessary  to  build  a  board  fence  for  this  purpose.  INIany 
apply  the  fertilizer  at  this  time  and  harrow  it  in.  This  is  con- 
sidered the  better  way  if  cottonseed  meal  is  used,  and  some 
of  the  best  growers  say  that  there  is  nothing  better.  In  the 
spring  as  soon  as  the  ground  is  dry  enough  to  work  the  beds 
are  "made."  This  operation  consists  of  fitting  the  land, 
putting  up  a  frame  and  sowing  the  seed.  Beds  used  to  be 
covered  with  brush,  but  this  material  has  been  superseded  by 
cloth  and  glass,  glass  being  by  far  the  better.  The  sash  are 
3  by  6,  3  by  9  or  3  by  11  feet,  to  suit  the  grower.  These 
glass  beds  have  enabled  the  grower  of  to-day  to  transplant  or 


"set"  tobacco  from  three  to  four  weeks  earlier  than  from  the 
brush-covered  beds  of  years  ago.  In  "making"  the  bed  the 
land  is  made  as  fine  as  possible  with  harrows  and  rollers,  and 
last  with  a  hand  rake.  The  seed  is  sown  by  some  growers 
at  the  rate  of  one  teaspoonful  to  the  scpiare  rod;  others  sow 
one  tablespoonful  to  the  square  rod.  After  being  run  through 
a  cleaning  machine  to  blow  out  the  dirt  and  light  seeds  the 
clean  seed  is  usually  mixed  with  plaster,  ashes  or  fertilizer  so 
as  to  get  an  even  stand.  After  sowing,  the  bed  is  either  raked 
lightly,  rolled  with  a  hand  roller  or  simply  wet  down  with  a 
hose;  then  the  cloth  or  glass  is  put  on.  Some  sow  the  seed 
dry,  while  others  sprout  it  first. 

There  are  two  varieties  of  tobacco  raised  in  the  valley,  — 
Havana  seed  and  Seed  Leaf  or  Broad  Leaf.  The  former  is  by 
far  the  most  common  in  the  ^Massachusetts  part  of  the  valley, 
only  a  comparatively  few  raising  the  Broad  Leaf. 

After  the  plants  are  up  every  known  method  is  used  to  force 
them.  The  bed  may  be  sprinkled  with  manure  water,  or  with 
water  which  has  had  ammonia  added  at  the  rate  of  one  tea- 
spoonful  to  the  gallon,  or  water  with  nitrate  of  soda  dissolved 
in  it.  Another  method  is  to  sow  fertilizer  before  watering. 
Dry  ground  fish  is  a  good  material  for  this  purpose  as  it  does 
not  injure  the  young  plants  and  it  is  quickly  available.  Great 
care  should  be  taken  of  the  bed,  especially  a  glass  bed.  Often 
a  fine  bed  is  ruined  because  the  owner  did  not  raise  his  sash  on 
a  hot  day;  again,  lack  of  air  also  causes  "damping  oft',"  a 
disease  in  which  the  plant  decays  just  above  ground.  Steriliz- 
ing the  ground  with  live  steam  in  the  fall  or  spring  is  growing 
in  favor  as  this  not  only  kills  all  fungous  diseases,  but  the  weed 
seeds  as  well.  A  large  square  pan  of  galvanized  iron,  boards 
or  other  material  is  inverted  over  the  bed.  This  is  pushed 
down  into  the  soil,  after  which  live  steam  is  turned  under  the 
pan  and  held  at  a  pressure  of  80  pounds  for  half  an  hour,  when 
the  pan  is  moved  to  a  new  place.  An  objection  to  the  wood  box 
is  that  it  becomes  heavy  after  being  soaked  with  steam.  One 
pan  made  of  galvanized  iron  (5  by  12  feet  cost  a  grower  $22. 
This  grower  claims  that  his  beds  were  steamed  at  a  cost  of 
about  $1  per  square  rod.  He  grows  about  30  acres  and 
started  to  steam  his  beds  in  the  fall,  but  was  compelled  to 
give  up  the  operation  on  account  of  freezing  and  finish  in  the 


8 

spring.  This  grower  advocates  steaming  in  the  fall,  as  fuel 
is  saved  by  the  ground  not  being  cold,  and  there  is  no  frost 
to  thaw  out.  Many  growers  claim  that  this  steaming  will  pay 
for  itself  simply  in  the  saving  of  weeds. 

Fertilizing  the  Crop. 

Materials  used  to  fertilize  the  crop  are  barnyard  manure, 
city  stable  manure,  tobacco  stalks,  tobacco  stems  and  com- 
mercial fertilizers  of  many  kinds.  Barnyard  manure  is  not 
extensively  used  because  it  is  not  to  be  had.  However,  if  used 
it  should  be  plowed  under  either  in  the  fall  or  spring.  A  great 
deal  of  city  stable  manure  is  bought.  Tobacco  stems  are  used 
to  some  extent,  but  the  quantity  is  limited.  Quite  a  number  of 
growers  are  plowing  under  their  tobacco  stalks  which  have 
been  found  to  contain  from  6  to  8  per  cent,  potash.  At  a  to- 
bacco meeting  held  during  the  winter  of  1915  one  of  the 
speakers  asked  how  many  growers  present  plowed  under  their 
stalks,  and  about  one-half  of  those  present  replied  in  the 
affirmative.    This  well  illustrates  the  attitude  of  the  grower. 

The  bulk  of  the  valley  crop  is  raised  on  chemical  fertilizer, 
and  nearly  every  fertilizer  company  makes  one  or  more  special 
brands  for  this  crop.  Neither  all  the  good  nor  all  the  poor 
tobacco  is  raised  on  one  particular  brand.  Years  of  experience 
have  taught  the  grower  to  be  particular  about  the  goods  he 
uses.  The  materials  must  be  quickly  available  as  the  crop  must 
ripen  in  from  sixty  to  eighty  days  from  setting.  The  fertilizer 
also  has  considerable  effect  on  those  desirable  qualities  known 
as  "body,"  "finish"  and  "burn."  Cottonseed  meal  is  the 
favorite  source  of  nitrogen.  Other  ammoniates  used  are  linseed 
meal,  dry  ground  fish  and  castor  pomace.  Bone  of  some  sort 
is  well  liked  as  the  source  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  sulphate 
is  the  favorite  potash,  muriate  being  tabooed  on  account  of 
the  chlorine  contents  which  affect  the  "burn." 

With  a  coat  of  manure  1  ton  of  fertilizer  per  acre  will  raise 
a  good  crop,  but  where  manure  is  not  available  1|  to  2  tons  of 
the  high-grade  goods  are  often  used,  the  idea  being  to  have 
enough  plant  food  to  insure  a  good  growth.  After  the  land  is 
plowed,  harrowed  and  rolled  the  fertilizer  is  applied  broadcast. 
For  this  operation  the  fertilizer  machine  is  invaluable,  es- 
pecially  in   windy   weather.      No   time   or   expense   should   be 


9 

spared  in  properly  fitting  the  tobacco  land,  filling  in  furrows, 
if  there  are  any,  and  using  the  most  efficient  tools  to  pulverize 
and  level  the  land. 

Setting. 
Transplanting  or  setting  the  plants  generally  begins  about 
the  20th  of  May,  and  is  the  order  of  the  day  until  the  crop  is 
well  started,  usually  a  month  later.  Setting  is  almost  wholly 
done  with  a  machine  called  the  tobacco  setter,  and  this  is  by 
far  the  most  valuable  machine  used  in  the  business.  The  old 
back-breaking  method  of  hand  setting  has  almost  entirely  dis- 
appeared from  the  valley.  The  setter  needs  plants  that  are  a 
little  larger  than  for  hand  setting,  but  does  the  ridging,  setting, 
watering  and  marking  for  the  next  row  at  one  operation.  This 
machine  requires  three  men  and  a  pair  of  horses,  and  can  easily 
set  two  acres  in  an  afternoon,  while  in  an  all-day  session  three 
to  five  acres  can  be  set,  depending  on  conditions.  Tobacco  is 
usually  set  with  the  rows  3  feet  apart,  and  the  plants  from  15 
to  20  inches  apart  in  the  row.  Plants  that  do  not  live  should  be 
reset  at  once  by  hand  if  an  even  stand  is  to  be  had. 

Cultivation. 
As  soon  as  the  plants  have  started  cultivation  begins.  A 
favorite  tool  for  the  first  time  is  a  12-tooth  cultivator,  which 
by  careful  handling  will  allow  the  operator  to  work  close  to  the 
row,  the  machine  being  run  twice  in  each  row.  If  deep  cul- 
tivation is  to  be  practiced,  the  early  part  of  the  season  is  the 
time  to  do  it,  before  the  root  system  has  developed.  Hand 
hoeing  is  next  in  order,  and  from  now  on  as  long  as  a  horse 
can  travel  between  the  rows  the  land  should  be  stirred  once  a 
week  or  even  oftener.  Some  growers  hoe  by  hand  three  or 
four  times  in  a  season,  while  others  use  the  horse  hoe.  Many 
different  methods  are  used,  but  the  principle  is  the  same, 
namely,  to  keep  the  soil  well  stirred  so  as  to  retain  moisture 
and  to  keep  the  plant  growing  all  the  time. 

Topping  and  Suckering. 
When  the  plant  has  grown  large  enough  for  the  seed  bud  to 
appear,  the  top  is  broken  off,  or  the  plant  is  "topped,"  the 
idea  being  to  throw  the  strength  that  would  naturally  co  into 


10 

the  small  top  leaves,  blossom  and  seed  into  the  larger  leaves 
left  on  the  stalk.  These  are  usually  from  18  to  22  in  number. 
After  the  field  is  topped  it  presents  a  very  even  appearance. 
In  a  week  or  ten  days  after  "topping"  suckers  will  appear, 
starting  from  the  base  of  the  three  or  four  top  leaves.  These 
are  picked  off,  or  the  plant  is  "top  suckered."  After  these  top 
suckers  are  taken  off  the  leaves  further  down  the  stalk  will 
begin  to  throw  out  suckers,  and  these  in  turn  must  be  picked 
off.  Usually  when  the  bottom  suckers  are  grown  or  are  big 
enough  to  take  off  the  plant  will  be  nearly  or  quite  ripe  and 
ready  to  harvest.  This  will  be  about  three  weeks  from  "top- 
ping." The  crop  should  be  allowed  to  get  ripe,  a  condition 
which  is  shown  by  the  plant  having  a  slightly  wilted  appear- 
ance, especially  on  the  bottom  leaves.  Light  green  blotches  will 
also  show  all  over  the  top  leaves.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that 
some  crops  are  cut  too  green,  the  result  being  a  dark-colored 
crop  that  will  not  bring  the  best  prices. 

Harvesting. 
There  are  three  methods  of  harvesting  in  vogue  in  the 
valley  to-day.  The  first  two  to  be  described  have  been  in 
practice  for  years;  the  third  is  a  new  method  that  is  gaining 
in  favor  each  year.  The  first  is  "hanging  on  lath."  The 
plants  are  cut  close  to  the  ground  with  a  thin-bladed  hatchet 
made  for  the  purpose.  They  are  then  laid  down  lengthwise 
of  the  row^  and  overlapping  each  other;  after  lying  in  the  sun 
long  enough  to  wilt  they  are  picked  up  and  handed  to  the 
"stringer"  who  strings  them  on  a  lath.  These  laths  are  sim- 
ilar to  builders'  laths,  being  sawed  a  little  thicker  and  from 
better  lumber.  One  end  is  placed  in  a  "stringing  horse"  and 
the  other  end  is  fitted  to  a  steel  needle.  The  plant  is  then 
strung  on  the  lath  by  forcing  the  needle  through  the  butt  of 
the  stalk  about  6  or  S  inches  from  the  end,  5  or  6  plants 
being  strung  on  a  lath.  The  full  lath  is  either  laid  on  the  ground 
and  later  picked  up,  or  handed  directly  to  a  wagon  fitted  with 
a  rack  made  for  the  purpose.  It  is  then  drawn  to  the  curing 
shed  and  hung  on  poles,  arranged  so  that  each  end  of  the  lath 
rests  on  a  pole,  allowing  the  tobacco  to  hang  downward.  Poles 
are  usually  15  feet  long  and  from  25  to  30  laths  are  hung  on  a 


11 

pole.  They  begin  at  the  top  of  the  shed  and  are  hung  tier 
after  tier  until  the  shed  is  full,  the  tiers  being  usually  5  feet 
high. 

"Hanging  on  string"  is  another  well-known  method  of  har- 
vesting, and  many  growers  favor  it  above  all  others.  The 
plants  are  cut  as  before,  only  they  are  laid  crossways  of  the 
row,  and  after  being  allowed  to  wilt  are  loaded  directly  onto 
low  wagons,  the  butts  laid  all  one  way.  The  plants  are  then 
drawn  into  the  shed  where  they  are  hung  on  poles  with  tobacco 
twine.  The  hanger  carries  a  bag  on  his  back  which  holds  a 
ball  of  twine.  With  this  he  hangs  the  plants  about  8  inches 
apart  on  the  poles  by  tying  a  half  hitch  around  each  plant. 
When  the  pole  is  full  the  twine  is  tied  around  the  last  plant, 
broken  ofY  and  the  next  pole  started. 

Priming. 
This  new  method  of  harvesting  tobacco  came  with  the  shade- 
grown  tobacco,  and  has  found  favor  among  many  growers  who 
grow  the  outside  or  sun-grown  tobacco.  The  barn  has  to  be 
rigged  differently,  with  the  tiers  only  half  as  far  apart  as  either 
of  the  methods  previously  described.  The  plant  is  not  cut,  but 
the  leaves  are  picked  off  or  "primed,"  as  they  ripen,  four  or 
five  at  a  time,  beginning  with  the  bottom  one.  The  pickers  sit 
down  between  the  two  rows  and  "prime"  both  rows,  placing  the 
leaves  in  little  piles.  These  are  picked  up  by  another  man  and 
placed  in  baskets  and  are  drawn  to  the  end  of  the  row  on  a 
hand  truck,  loaded  onto  a  wagon,  and  taken  to  the  shed  where 
the  leaves  are  strung.  Generally  women  and  children  do  this 
work,  using  large  needles  and  stringing  forty  leaves  on  a  string, 
which  has  been  knotted  at  one  end.  After  the  leaves  are  all 
on,  the  stringer  knots  the  other  end  of  the  string  and  hangs  it 
on  a  lath  which  has  been  notched  at  either  end.  These  laths 
are  then  hung  up  tier  upon  tier  as  aforesaid.  In  a  few  days 
the  second  priming  is  taken  and  so  on  until  the  crop  is  har- 
vested. Cases  have  been  known  where  the  first  priming  has 
become  cured  and  taken  down  before  the  last  priming  was 
taken,  thus  giving  a  chance  to  use  the  shed  a  second  time  in 
the  same  season.  When  the  crop  is  to  be  primed  it  is  not 
necessary  to  top  the  plant.     After  the  priming  is  finished  the 


12 

stalks  are  cut  down  and  utilized  in  different  ways;  some  growers 
run  them  through  a  cutting  machine  and  plow  them  under  or 
use  them  for  top-dressing  grass. 

Curing. 

The  curing  shed  is  really  the  factor  limiting  the  increase  of 
tobacco  acreage.  It  is  useless  for  the  grower  to  set  more  plants 
than  he  has  shed  room  to  take  care  of.  To  hang  an  acre  of 
tobacco  requires  a  shed  30  by  30  feet.  A  building  this  size  will 
cost  from  $300  up,  depending  upon  whether  it  is  of  frame  or 
of  pole  construction.  The  pole  shed  is  built  by  setting  the 
posts  in  the  ground  and  is  not  framed,  the  braces  being  nailed 
on.  This  type  of  shed  is  by  far  the  most  common.  The  frame 
shed  is  built  so  that  every  third  board  is  a  door  for  ventilating 
purposes. 

With  the  crop  in  the  barn  the  grower  has  to  watch  it  closely, 
opening  the  ventilating  doors  on  some  days  and  closing  them  on 
others;  at  all  times  there  should  be  a  man  near  at  hand  to  note 
the  changes  in  the  weather  and  to  act  accordingly.  With  tons 
of  water  in  the  crop  which  must  evaporate  in  a  few  weeks  this 
is  an  anxious  time  for  the  grower.  Too  much  moisture  will 
retard  evaporation;  then,  too,  there  is  danger  of  "pole  sweat," 
while  a  dry  season  with  the  doors  open  all  the  time  will  dry 
and  not  cure  the  crop. 

Taking  Dow^n. 
With  the  crop  cured  the  next  step  is  to  take  it  down.  The 
tobacco  has  now  changed  from  a  heavy  green  leaf  to  a  light 
thin  brown,  and  is  so  dry  that  it  will  crumble  if  grasped  by 
the  hand.  To  get  the  crop  down  whole,  therefore,  it  has  to  be 
handled  at  a  damp  time,  when  the  leaf  is  said  to  be  in  "case" 
or,  more  commonly,  "in  good  shape."  "As  soft  as  a  kid 
glove"  is  an  expression  often  used  in  describing  this  condition. 
When  this  warm,  damp  spell  comes,  no  matter  if  in  the  middle 
of  the  night  or  on  Sunday,  the  grower  gets  very  busy  with  all 
the  help  he  can  command  and  takes  down  all  he  can  handle. 
With  the  lath  method  the  laths  are  simply  slipped  off  the  pole, 
and  with  a  man  on  each  tier  are  handed  very  carefully  and 
quickly  to  the  floor.  There  the  tobacco  is  pulled  off  the  lath 
and  piled  with  the  butts  laid  both  ways,  making  a  pile  about 


13 

6  feet  wide  and  as  high  as  the  weather  will  allow.  Early  in  the 
fall  the  pile  cannot  be  made  as  high  as  later,  because  the  stalks 
are  green  and  there  is  more  danger  of  the  pile  heating. 

When  hung  on  string  a  man  at  each  end  of  the  pole  pushes 
the  tobacco  into  a  bunch  in  the  middle  of  the  pole.  One  man 
with  a  sharp  knife  then  cuts  the  string,  the  other  man  handing 
the  bundle  to  the  man  lower  down,  when  it  is  piled  as  before. 
With  the  primed  tobacco  it  is  simply  slipped  off  the  string  and 
placed  at  once  into  a  bundle.  After  the  pile  is  made  it  must 
be  at  once  covered  so  as  to  retain  the  moisture.  Different 
materials  are  used  for  this  purpose,  such  as  damp  cornstalks, 
paper,  cloth,  etc.  From  now  on  the  crop  must  be  kept  damp, 
and  the  shed  should  be  shut  as  tight  as  possible  to  keep  out 
the  wind. 

Stripping. 

As  soon  as  possible  after  the  tobacco  is  taken  down  "strip- 
ping" begins.  With  the  hands  on  either  side  of  the  pile  a 
section  is  uncovered,  each  plant  is  taken  up,  and  the  leaves 
rapidly  picked  off  or  "stripped"  one  at  a  time.  The  stripper 
begins  at  the  butt,  and  when  finished  piles  the  stumps  behind 
him.  The  leaves  are  placed  in  the  stripping  boxes  which  are 
of  dift'erent  sizes,  36  inches  long  and  12  inches  square  being 
about  the  average.  The  box  is  made  with  three  sides  and  the 
ends  tight,  with  saw  calves  on  the  side  for  the  string.  First 
the  string  is  placed  in  the  box,  then  paper  of  the  right  size. 
After  the  box  is  full  the  paper  is  brought  over  the  top,  the  string 
is  tied  and  the  bundle  taken  out  of  the  box.  The  bundles  are 
piled  up  from  three  to  five  high  and  the  crop  is  then  ready  for 
delivery.  The  grower  has  to  deliver  the  crop  to  the  place 
agreed  upon  at  time  of  sale,  either  to  a  warehouse  or  a  railroad 
station.  Some  of  the  crops  are  bought  in  the  field  before  they 
are  harvested,  but  the  majority  of  the  tobacco  is  sold,  and 
nearly  all  is  delivered  to  the  sorting  shops  in  the  bundle.  The 
sorting,  packing  and  sweating  is  done  by  the  dealer  in  most 
cases,  and  there  are  the  best  of  reasons  for  this,  as  from  twenty 
to  thirty  varieties  are  made  from  the  crop  and  one  single 
grower  would  have  only  a  little  of  each  variety. 

The  sorting  shop  of  to-day  is  a  good  example  of  specializing. 
Here  the  dealer  will  grade  and  pack  to  suit  his  trade,  making 
light,  medium  and  dark  wrappers,  with  three  to  five  sizes  of 


14 

each;  binders,  top  leaves  and  fillers,  with  different  sizes  of 
each.  These  different  grades  are  packed  into  boxes  2^  feet 
square  and  of  different  lengths.  From  300  to  375  pounds  are 
packed  and  pressed  into  a  case,  which  usually  goes  directly 
to  the  sweatroom.  This  sweating  process  used  to  be  done  in 
nature's  good  time,  and  was  accomplished  during  the  hot 
summer  months,  the  tobacco  being  dry  and  ready  for  market 
in  the  fall.  Now,  however,  the  crop  is  forced  to  sweat  by 
placing  it  in  a  steam-heated  room  with  the  thermometer  at 
130  degrees.  In  about  thirty  days  the  operation  is  complete, 
and  the  goods  are  ready  for  market.  The  sorting  shops  employ 
a  great  deal  of  help  during  the  winter  and  pay  good  wages. 
They  usually  open  about  November  1  and  run  well  into  April, 
closing  in  time  to  let  their  men  out  for  outdoor  work. 

Shade-grown  Tobacco. 

This  article  would  not  be  complete  without  describing  in  a 
measure  the  latest  thing  in  growing  tobacco  in  the  valley.  To 
get  a  cigar  wrapper  that  would  possess  the  qualities  of  the 
domestic  leaf  and  yet  be  thin  enough  to  compete  with  the  goods 
grown  in  the  tropics  the  experiment  of  growing  tobacco  under 
shade  was  tried  first  in  19(X).  To-day  this  process  seems  to 
have  passed  the  experimental  stage  and  has  evidently  come  to 
stay.  !Many  growers  are  growing  from  20  to  50  acres  under 
cloih,  while  the  larger  corporations  are  growing  from  100  to 
300  acres. 

The  entire  field  is  set  with  posts  with  wire  strung  across  the 
top.  This  framework  is  then  covered  with  cheesecloth,  making 
a  vast  tent.  The  plants  are  set  as  before  described,  then  the 
sides  are  covered  so  that  the  cloth  reaches  to  the  ground.  This 
tent  tobacco  is  not  topped,  and  often  the  blossoms  will  reach 
the  cloth  9  feet  from  the  ground.  The  tobacco  is  cultivated 
by  the  same  methods  as  outside  tobacco,  and  is  harvested  by 
the  priming  method. 

Enemies. 

The  first  real  trouble  with  tobacco  is  the  fungus  in  the  seed 
bed,  and  the  steaming  process  already  described  is  the  remedy, 
in  the  opinion  of  many  growers. 


15 


Cutworm. 
Immediately  after  the  plants  are  set  the  cutworm  begins  to 
operate  and  is  at  times  a  serious  enemy,  not  only  causing  a 
lot  of  resetting,  but,  what  is  worse,  causing  an  uneven  crop  of 
tobacco  that  will  not  ripe  evenly.  A  good  remedy  is  a  poisoned 
mash  made  by  mixing  a  pound  of  Paris  green  with  a  hundred 
pounds  of  bran;  this  should  be  sweetened  lightly  with  cheap 
molasses,  using  water  enough  to  make  a  stiff  paste,  and  a 
very  little  should  be  dropped  beside  each  plant.  This  may  be 
done  by  hand  at  no  great  trouble  or  expense,  or  by  a  machine 
made  for  the  purpose  and  attached  to  the  setter.  Another  way 
is  to  mix  1  pound  of  Paris  green  with  50  pounds  of  red  dog 
flour,  sifting  a  little  on  each  plant.  This  is  done  with  a  home- 
made sifter  and  is  not  an  expensive  operation. 

Wireworms. 

Sometimes,  and  especially  in  a  cold,  wet  season  the  wire- 
worm  causes  considerable  trouble  for  the  tobacco  growers. 
While  the  plant  is  small  the  worm  will  bore  directly  into  the 
heart  of  the  stalk,  and  the  plant  will  have  the  appearance  of 
being  alive,  yet  will  be  dying  all  the  time.  The  only  remedy 
is  late  plowing  which  not  only  kills  the  worm  but  will  destroy 
many  of  its  egg  cells. 

Horn  IJ^orm. 

Early  in  July  there  will  appear  on  the  tobacco  plant  a  small 
green  worm  hatched  from  an  egg  about  the  size  of  the  head  of 
a  pin.  This  egg  is  laid  by  a  moth  that  flies  only  at  nightfall. 
The  worm  will  grow  as  large  as  a  man's  finger,  and  as  it  grows 
will  eat  more  and  more  ravenously.  One  worm  will  often  spoil 
two  or  three  plants.  Hand  picking  is  the  only  remedy  prac- 
ticed in  the  valley. 

Grasshopper. 

The  ordinary  grasshopper  will  cause  trouble  occasionally, 
especially  if  the  field  is  next  to  a  grass  lot.  After  the  grass  is 
cut,  if  the  weather  is  dry  and  the  rowen  crop  does  not  readily 
start,  the  hopper  will  eat  the  leaves  of  the  plant  next  to  the 
grass  full  of  little  round  holes.  Some  growers  protect  their 
field  by  planting  two  or  three  rows  of  corn  between  the  tobacco 
and  the  grass. 


16 


Hail  and  Wind. 
The  elements  mean  real  trouble  for  the  grower,  as  hail  and 
wind  may  quickly  ruin  his  crop.     Insurance  is  possible  at  a 
cost  of  $7.50  per  acre.     A  policy  of  SloO  per  acre  for  a  total 
loss  will  about  pay  for  the  cost  of  the  crop. 

Early  Frost. 

The  remedy  for  this  is  to  have  the  crop  under  cover  before 
the  frost  comes. 

Pole  Sweat. 

Pole  sweat  is  caused  by  a  spell  of  damp,  warm  weather  during 
curing  time,  when  the  atmosphere  is  so  damp  that  evaporation 
cannot  take  place.  It  may  be  controlled  by  the  use  of  char- 
coal fires  built  in  the  shed,  either  in  holes  dug  in  the  dirt  floor 
or  in  small  furnaces  made  for  the  purpose. 

These  are  a  few  of  the  troubles  that  keep  the  tobacco  grower 
guessing  the  whole  season  long.  Other  problems  will  only  be 
settled  as  time  brings  the  answer.  One  question  that  is  causing 
much  discussion  is  the  supply  of  humus.  Without  manure 
there  is  a  danger  of  the  soil  being  without  vegetable  humus,  and 
as  a  result  it  packs  down  too  hard  and  does  not  retain  moisture 
as  it  should.  Some  growers  are  using  a  cover  crop,  sown  as 
soon  as  the  tobacco  crop  is  harvested  and  plowed  under  early 
in  the  spring.  This  plan  is  being  tried  out  more  and  more,  the 
claim  being  made  that  not  only  does  the  cover  crop  supply  a 
certain  amount  of  humus,  but  that  it  also  keeps  the  soil  from 
washing  and  blowing  during  the  late  fall  and  winter  months. 
Barley,  vetch  and  rye  are  the  crops  usually  sown. 

Just  a  few  last  words  on  the  subject  of  "handling."  The 
idea  of  tobacco  growing  is  to  make  money.  In  order  to  get  the 
best  price  for  his  goods  the  grower  must  raise  good  tobacco. 
He  must  handle  it  right  after  he  has  raised  it.  Many  a  crop 
is  spoiled  in  harvesting.  The  leaves  should  be  kept  free  from 
holes,  sunburn,  bruises,  etc.,  all  of  which  can  be  avoided  by 
proper  handling.  The  grower  is  mistaken  when  he  thinks  he 
can  save  money  by  using  boy  or  cheap  help,  as  a  slovenly, 
careless  man  may  easily  spoil  more  tobacco  in  a  day  than  he 
is  worth.    The  dealer  will  many  times  buy  tobacco  before  it  is 


17 


harvested  if  he  knows  that  the  grower  is  a  good  handler  and 
that  he  will  put  up  his  crop  right.  Another  grower  gets  the 
name  of  being  a  "hog  handler,"  as  it  is  called.  Dealers  say 
that  he  handles  his  tobacco  just  as  he  does  his  cornstalks;  thus, 
as  in  other  things,  it  is  true  of  tobacco  raising  that  "whatever 
is  w^orth  doing  at  all  is  worth  doing  well." 


Estimate  of  Cost  of  raising  One  Acre  of  Tobacco 
Rent  of  land  (including  use  of  shed), 
Labor  (including  raising  plants). 

Fertilizer, 

If  bed  is  steamed,        .... 
Paper  and  twine,         .... 


70 

50  to  $80 

2 

2 

$174  to  $204 

1,500  pounds 
15  cents 

Estimate  of  yield  for  past  five  years,       .... 
Estimate  of  price  for  past  five  years,       .... 

This  is  the  average,  but  it  is  true  that  many  growers  get  from 
1,700  to  2,000  per  acre  and  from  15  to  20  cents  per  pound. 


Cost  of  Shade-grown  Tobacco. 
According  to  the  figures  obtainable  it  costs  around  45  cents 
per  pound  to  raise  shade-grown,  and  it  has  been  sold  at  90 
cents  per  pound.     The  yield  per  acre  has  been  around  1,400 
pounds. 


®l)e  (HommontDcalti}  of  ittassacljusetts. 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CmCULAR    No.    52. 

August,   1915. 


ONION  GROWING 

IN  THE 

CONNECTICUT  RIVER  VALLEY. 


Leslie  R.  Smith. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  op 
Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  FEINTING  CO.,  STATE  PEINTEES, 

32  DEENE  STEEET. 

1915. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


INTRODUCTORY    NOTE. 


Next  to  potatoes  and  green  corn  the  onion  crop  has  the  largest  value 
of  any  vegetable  crop  in  Massachusetts,  the  last  State  census  giving  this 
crop  an  annual  value  of  S662,000.  The  two  leading  counties  in  onion 
production  as  with  tobacco  are  Hampshire  and  Frankhn,  in  the  order 
named.  Hampden  County,  the  southernmost  of  the  Connecticut  River 
counties,  however,  does  not  rank  high  in  this  crop.  The  distribution  of 
the  onion  crop  over  the  State  is  much  wider  than  with  tobacco,  and  Essex, 
Middlesex,  .Bristol  and  Worcester  counties  all  raise  appreciable  quan- 
tities. The  towns  of  Arlington  and  Belmont,  in  particular,  both  raise 
considerable  quantities. 

Hatfield  and  Sunderland  are  the  two  leading  towns  in  onion  growing 
and  are  followed  by  Hadley,  Deerfield  and  Whately.  Probably  the  prin- 
cipal reason  for  the  preponderance  of  onion  growing  in  the  Connecticut 
valley  is  the  ease  with  which  the  land  there  can  be"  worked  on  account  of  its 
level  and  comparatively  stoneless  nature.  The  crop  is  fairly  adaptable, 
however,  and  farmers  who  have  any  flat  land  of  a  muck  nature  would  do 
well  to  try  onions  on  it  in  a  small  way. 


Onion  Growing  in  the  Connecticut  Valley. 


LESLIE   R.  SMITH,  HADLEY,  IMASSACHUSETTS. 


In  the  past  twenty  years  onion  growing  in  the  Connecticut 
valley  has  grown  from  almost  nothing  to  a  money  crop  second 
in  importance  only  to  tobacco.  Acres  that  were  formerly  given 
up  to  grass,  corn  and  other  general  farm  crops  are  now  taken 
up  with  this  crop,  which  is  successful  both  on  the  heavier  and 
lighter  soils  of  the  valley.  The  abundant  Polish  help  is  prob- 
ably the  one  largest  factor  in  bringing  this  about,  and  the 
fact  that  onions  can  be  grown  with  very  little  capital  has  given 
many  of  these  hard-working  people  a  start  toward  prosperity. 
The  Polish  are  raising  nearly  all  the  onions  in  the  valley  to-day, 
either  on  shares,  by  the  acre,  or  on  their  own  farms.  Other 
factors  which  have  combined  to  make  the  crop  very  much  of 
a  success  are  the  ease  with  which  the  valley  can  be  worked 
by  modern  farm  machinery,  on  account  of  its  level  nature 
and  freedom  from  stones;  the  system  of  storage  houses  that 
has  become  a  necessity  to  the  handling  of  the  crop;  nearness 
to  the  large  market  centers;    and  first-class  shipping  facilities. 

Without  any  great  fanfare  of  trumpets,  a  system  of  co- 
operation has  grown  up  here  in  the  onion  business,  very  prac- 
tical and  very  successful,  which  enables  the  man  who  owns  the 
land  to  do  a  profitable  business  only  limited  by  the  number  of 
acres  that  he  has  suitable  for  onion  raising.  This  is  what 
makes  it  possible  for  an  honest,  industrious  man  without  a  cent 
of  capital  to  go  into  business  for  himself  and  to  get  a  start 
toward  a  home.  This  has  happened  here  in  the  valley  time 
and  time  again. 

A  farmer  may  have  forty  acres  of  onions  being  grown  by  a 
dozen  or  more  different  men,  each  absolutely  independent  of 
the  other.  By  one  plan  the  farmer  will  furnish  the  land  and 
the  fertilizer,  sometimes  the  team  work  and  one-half  the  seed; 


6 

the  grower  will  do  all  the  hand  labor,  harvesting,  etc.,  and  each 
have  one-half  of  the  proceeds.  By  another  plan  a  farmer  may 
contract  with  the  grower  to  do  the  work  for  a  stated  sum  per 
acre,  and  the  grower  contracts  to  take  care  of  from  two  to 
five  acres,  according  to  the  size  of  his  family,  for  in  the  onion 
business  "every  one  works,  father  not  excepted."  Each  plan 
is  in  common  practice,  and  there  are  arguments  in  favor  of 
both. 

With  the  "share  system"  the  grower  is  as  much  interested 
in  the  success  of  the  crop  as  the  owner,  and  will  work  as  hard 
to  keep  the  land  clean  from  weeds  and  do  everything  in  his 
power  to  get  the  crop  early,  in  order  to  receive  the  highest 
price  at  market  time  and  incidentally  to  make  a  reputation 
for  himself  as  a  good  grower.  A  successful  grower  is  in  good 
demand  and  can  get  his  pick  of  the  onion  fields.  With  the 
other  plan,  the  grower  is  sure  of  his  price  per  acre,  as  the 
owner  takes  all  the  risk,  and  of  course  all  the  profits  if  such 
there  be.  In  either  case  a  contract  is  drawn  up  signed  by  both 
parties  which  specifies  just  what  each  party  agrees  to  do.  This 
contract  gives  the  owner  permission  to  enter  upon  the  premises 
at  such  time  or  times  as  he  may  see  fit  to  inspect  the  crop  of 
onions,  and,  if  at  any  time  the  grower  shall  fail  to  perform  all 
the  labor  necessary  to  raise  the  crop,  gives  the  owner  the 
privilege  of  doing  or  furnishing  such  work  and  labor  as  shall 
be  necessary  to  raise  and  protect  the  crop  until  the  time  of 
sale,  and  the  grower  agrees  to  pay  to  the  owner  such  sums  as 
this  shall  be  reasonably  worth.  These  contracts  are  nearly 
always  fulfilled.  Once  in  a  while  a  crop  does  not  look  well 
when  it  comes  up  on  account  of  poor  seed,  or  for  some  other 
reason,  and  the  grower  will  throw  up  his  contract,  and  in  so 
doing  forfeits  what  work  he  has  already  done.  Cases  have 
occurred  where,  after  the  grower  had  given  up  his  contract, 
the  owner  has  hired  the  same  party  to  care  for  the  crop  at  so 
much  per  acre,  and  has  made  more  money  than  he  would  had 
the  grower  held  to  his  agreement. 

Growing  the  Crop. 
After  the  owner  has  planned  how  many  acres  of  onions  he 
will  let  out  next  year  he  will  get  busy  in  the  fall,  plow  his 
land,  and  if  possible  apply  lime  if  his  soil  needs  liming.     The 


;»' 


■.^ 


onion  crop  is  sown  just  as  soon  as  the  land  is  dry  enough  to 
work  in  the  spring,  and  so  this  fall  work  is  essential.  In  the 
spring  every  horse  is  at  a  premium,  and  a  team  with  driver  has 
received  $7.50  a  day  at  this  time.  If,  however,  lime  has  not 
been  applied  in  the  fall  and  is  to  be  applied,  then  it  is  the  first 
job  in  the  spring  and  should  be  followed  by  the  wheel  or  cut- 
away harrow,  and  right  here  is  a  good  time  to  say  that  extra 
team  labor  expended  at  this  time  will  be  time  and  money 
saved  later  in  hand  hoeing  and  weeding.  Team  work  is  far 
cheaper  than  hand  work,  and  this  is  true  of  any  crop:  a 
deep-plowed,  well-fitted  soil  is  an  asset  all  the  season  through, 
especially  in  case  of  drought. 

The  plow  that  has  become  the  most  popular  is  the  sulky, 
because  the  dead  furrow  is  obviated,  which  is  a  great  advantage 
in  the  onion  field.  The  harrows  used  are  mostly  the  wheel  or 
cutaway,  the  Acme  and  the  Meeker  smoothing  harrow.  After 
the  field  is  thoroughly  wheel-harrowed  the  fertilizer  is  applied 
with  a  fertilizer  distributor,  a  machine  universally  used.  This 
machine  is  not  only  a  labor-saver,  but  allows  fertilizer  to  be 
applied  on  a  windy  day,  when  hand  work  would  be  out  of  the 
question. 

Fertilizer:    Kind  and  Amount. 

The  onion  field  has  to  be  enriched  by  the  use  of  commercial 
fertilizer.  Barnyard  manure  is  seldom  used  because  of  the 
weed  seeds  which  it  carries,  as  this  material  in  the  soil  would 
interfere  in  a  measure  with  the  use  of  the  wheel  hoes  and  hand 
cultivators,  and  last  because  the  onion  grower  does  not  have 
it  to  use;  so  it  is  a  question  of  commercial  fertilizer.  Opinions, 
both  with  regard  to  the  brand  and  the  amount  of  fertilizer, 
are  as  varied  as  there  are  different  growers.  A  grower  is  very 
apt  to  try  again  the  brand  that  has  raised  him  one  good  crop, 
or  that  has  raised  his  neighbor  a  good  crop.  There  are  growers 
who  buy  the  chemicals  and  mix  their  own  fertilizer,  but  others, 
and  probably  the  majority,  buy  ready-mixed  goods.  Both 
methods  are  in  vogue  and  there  are  arguments  in  favor  of  each. 
An  analysis  of  3.30  nitrogen,  8  phosphoric  acid,  7  potash 
(actual)  is  about  the  popular  goods  used  in  the  valley,  and 
nearly  all  the  fertilizer  companies  make  a  brand  of  this  or 
similar  analysis.  Hundreds  of  carloads  are  used  annually  in 
the  onion  section. 


8 

The  growers  all  know  that  there  must  be  no  shortage  of 
plant  food  for  the  crop.  The  up-to-date  farmer  understands 
that  his  overhead  charges  are  fixed,  that  is,  he  has  to  stand  the 
expense  of  plowing,  fitting,  cultivating  and  harvesting;  that 
the  cost  is  about  the  same  whether  an  average  crop  is  grown 
or  a  bumper  crop,  and  that  up  to  a  certain  point  the  profit 
increases  with  the  increased  yield;  so  it  is  a  vital  error  of 
judgment  to  hazard  chances  of  a  profit  by  being  "pennywuse 
and  pound  foolish"  in  skimping  the  fertilizer.  The  Connecti- 
cut valley  grower  sows  one  and  one-half  tons  of  fertilizer  to 
the  acre,  and  is  not  at  all  backward  about  putting  on  an  extra 
half  ton  if  he  thinks  that  it  is  necessary.  This  is  usually 
applied  at  one  time,  but  some  large  growers  are  trying  the 
experiment  of  keeping  one-half  ton  to  apply  in  mid-season. 

After  the  fertilizer  is  applied  there  is  probably  no  better  tool 
to  use  in  harrowing  it  in  than  the  Acme  harrow,  and  after  all 
is  done  that  can  be  done  with  this  or  similar  tools  there  is 
nothing  that  will  put  on  the  finishing  touch  and  leave  the  land 
in  as  nice  a  condition  for  sowing  the  seed  as  the  Meeker  smooth- 
ing harrow.  This  implement  was  born  with  the  onion  industry 
and  increases  in  popularity  yearly. 

Sowing  of  the  Seed. 
Good  seed  is  important,  so  important  that  fortunate  indeed 
is  the  grower  who  (regardless  of  price)  has  purchased  a  really 
first-class  seed.  Southport  Globe  is  the  variety  most  com- 
monly used,  and  the  growers  are  very  particular  in  regard  to 
it,  often  purchasing  subject  to  a  germination  test  at  the 
Massachusetts  Agricultural  College,  and  in  a  great  many  cases 
having  the  seed  "blown"  at  the  college.  This  process  consists 
in  running  the  seed  through  a  machine  with  a  bellows  attach- 
ment that  will  blow  the  dirt  and  the  small  light  seeds  out.  The 
amount  varies  from  5  to  6  pounds  per  acre.  Either  of  these 
amounts  would  be  too  much  if  every  seed  matured,  but  all  do 
not  sprout;  the  onion  maggot  gets  some,  and  more  are  cut  out 
from  time  to  time  in  the  process  of  hoeing  and  weeding  through- 
out the  season.  The  rows  are  sown  either  12  or  14  inches  apart, 
and  there  are  a  number  of  seeding  machines  on  the  market, 
both  single  and  double  row,  that  do  satisfactory  work. 


Cultivation. 

As  soon  as  the  rows  can  be  seen  the  hoe  is  started,  either  the 
wheel  or  the  common  scuffle  hoe.  One  will  often  see  hoes  of 
three  or  four  makes  working  in  the  same  field  and  all  doing 
good  work,  as  much  more  depends  on  the  man  than  the  hoe 
that  he  uses.  From  this  time  until  the  crop  is  drawn  away  the 
fields  are  alive  from  dawn  until  dark  with  men,  women  and 
children.  jMany  growers  put  up  a  little  shanty  which  serves  as 
a  shelter  on  hot  days  for  the  hands  to  eat  their  lunch  in  and  to 
keep  the  tools  in  at  night. 

The  lesson  has  been  well  learned  that  onions  and  weeds  do 
not  get  along  well  together,  and  the  good  grower  knows  that  he 
must  weed  early  and  often  to  keep  the  field  clean.  Fields  that 
have  grown  onions  for  years,  or  "old  fields,"  as  they  are  called, 
will  be  easily  kept  clean  with  three  or  four  weedings  during  the 
season.  New  fields  will  require  more  attention,  the  crop  need- 
ing to  be  hoed  from  six  to  ten  times,  depending  on  weeds 
and  weather.  After  the  crop  has  grown  so  that  wheel  hoeing 
is  out  of  the  question  the  weeds  can  be  taken  care  of  with  a 
common  hoe  with  a  handle  cut  to  a  length  of  6  inches. 

When  the  onions  have  attained  their  growth  and  begin  to 
die  down  they  are  "pulled"  either  by  hand  or  with  machine. 
There  is  an  attachment  to  the  wheel  hoe  which  consists  of  a 
curved  and  sharpened  blade  that  runs  under  the  rows,  cutting 
the  roots  and  throwing  the  onion  out  of  the  ground,  and  this 
does  good  work  if  the  field  is  free  from  weeds. 

The  onions  are  allowed  to  lie  for  a  few  days  to  let  the  tops 
cure,  then  "clipping"  begins.  This  operation  means  the  han- 
dling of  each  onion  and  clipping  the  top  off  with  the  onion 
shears.  In  the  west  machines  do  this  work,  but  as  yet  they 
have  not  been  received  with  favor  in  the  valley.  After  clipping, 
the  onions  should  not  be  allowed  to  lie  on  the  ground  too  long, 
especially  during  rainy  weather,  as  this  will  cause  the  outer 
skin  to  crack  open,  leaving  the  onion  green,  and  interfering 
with  the  selling  and  keeping  quality.  The  better  way  is  to 
shovel  them  into  old  fertilizer  bags  with  a  wire  scoop;  from 
these  they  can  be  readily  dumped  into  the  screen.  Screens  of 
different  sizes  are  used,  varying  in  mesh  from  1|  to  1|  inches. 
Running  over  these  screens  the  onions  are  sorted  into  No.  I's 


10  . 

and  picklers.  Incidentally  this  cleans  and  improves  the  looks 
of  the  crop.  From  the  screens  the  onions  are  put  into  bags 
holding  100  pounds  net  and  sewed  up,  and  are  then  ready  for 
shipment.  The  practice  of  putting  the  crop  into  new  and 
uniform  bags  is  gaining  in  favor,  especially  at  the  market  end 
of  the  business. 

Marketing. 

The  bulk  of  the  onion  crop  is  sold  to  a  bu3'er  in  the  fall; 
indeed,  if  the  grower  has  not  storage  he  must  either  sell  the 
crop  or  rent  storage.  The  system  of  storage  houses  that  has 
grown  up  in  the  valley  within  a  few  years  is  the  direct  result 
of  necessity.  The  old  practice  of  dumping  the  whole  crop  of 
valley-grown  onions  on  the  market  as  soon  as  ready  was  dis- 
astrous, as  it  simply  meant  glutting  the  market  and  unsettling 
market  prices  to  a  marked  degree.  Whether  to  sell  or  to  hold 
in  storage  is  a  question  for  every  grower  to  settle  for  himself, 
as  his  own  circumstances  will  be  the  determining  factor.  One 
prominent  grower  and  dealer  made  this  statement  this  winter, 
"that  in  a  period  covering  ten  years  the  grower  who  sold  in  the 
fall  would  make  fully  as  much  money  as  the  man  who  held  in 
storage."  There  is  the  cost  of  handling,  storage  and  shrinking 
to  take  into  consideration,  and  as  before  stated  each  grower 
will  have  to  decide  the  question  for  himself.  The  buyer  stores 
the  onions  and  then  supplies  the  market  as  fast  as  the  demand 
appears. 

Troubles. 

Yes,  the  onion  grower  has  them,  and  some  years  there  are 
plenty.  Perhaps  the  first  thing  that  troubles  the  grower  and 
causes  him  to  lose  sleep  is  the  high  wind  that  comes  each 
spring  through  April  and  May.  This  is  especially  dangerous 
for  the  man  who  is  raising  onions  on  light  land,  as  the  wind 
will  in  some  cases  blow  the  seed  from  the  ground,  and  every 
year  finds  some  fields  resown  for  this  reason.  The  only  remedy 
for  this  trouble  is  irrigation,  of  which  more  will  be  said  later. 

Next,  the  onion  maggot  has  the  floor,  and  as  yet  no  remedy 
for  this  pest  has  appeared.  The  eggs  of  this  insect  are  laid  by 
the  onion  fly  on  the  outside  of  the  plant  close  down  to  the 
earth;  the  eggs  hatch  and  the  young  maggot  directly  eats  his 
way  into  the  heart  of   the   plant.     The   first   sign   of  trouble 


11 

the  grower  has  is  when  the  onions  begin  to  die,  and  on  pulHng 
them  up  he  finds  the  maggot,  sometimes  four  or  five  in  a  single 
stock.  A  little  extra  heavy  seeding  and  keeping  the  plants 
growing  as  rapidly  as  possible  is  about  all  one  can  do  in  this 
case. 

Another  serious  insect  enemy  is  the  thrips,  and  here  the  best 
remedy  is  irrigation,  as  this  is  a  dry-weather  trouble.  The 
writer  has  seen  a  field  covered  with  thrips  and  looking  as  though 
a  fire  had  run  over  it,  while  just  across  the  road  was  a  field  as 
green  and  healthy  as  one  could  wish,  simply  because  of  irriga- 
tion. The  thrips  is  an  insect  that  appears  in  dry  weather  and 
sucks  the  juice  out  of  the  tops  of  the  onions,  always  starting 
on  the  knolls  and  spreading  very  rapidly.  In  practically  every 
instance  the  crop  will  stop  growing  at  whatever  stage  it  hap- 
pens to  be. 

On  some  old  fields  a  disease  known  as  smut  has  appeared  and 
caused  trouble.  One  partial  remedy  is  to  use  formaldehyde 
diluted  1  gallon  to  50  of  water  and  applied  at  the  time  of 
sowing  the  seed.  A  2-gallon  tank  is  attached  to  the  seed  sower 
with  a  small  hose  or  lead  pipe  running  down  under  it  and 
running  a  small  stream  of  the  mixture  directly  into  the  seed. 

Irrigation. 
Up  and  down  the  valley  are  different  growers  who  are  ex- 
perimenting with  irrigation  on  the  onion  fields,  and  so  far  re- 
ports are  favorable.  This  will  obviate  the  trouble  of  the  seed 
and  fertilizer  blowing  off  in  the  spring,  and  is  believed  to  be 
a  remedy  for  the  thrips;  but  most  important  of  all  is  the  fact 
that  the  grower  who  irrigates  can  control  the  supply  of  mois- 
ture and  so  increase  his  crop.  The  system  used  is  the  overhead 
one,  and  the  cost  of  installation  will  range  from  $150  to  $200 
per  acre,  depending  on  the  area  and  the  amount  of  labor  that 
the  grower  can  do  or  furnish.  Instances  will  be  found  where 
absolutely  reliable  men  say  that  the  system  has  paid  for 
itself  the  first  year. 

Cost  of  Growing. 
It  is  comparatively  easy  to  figure  the  cost  of  raising  native 
onions.     The  crop   should   be  charged  with  whatever  equally 
good  land  could  be  rented  for;  then  there  is  the  cost  of  plowing, 


12 

fitting,  etc.,  depending  on  how  much  time  is  put  on  the  field. 
Fertilizing  will  cost  from  $50  to  $60  per  acre,  seed  from  $5  to 
$12  per  acre,  hand  labor  from  $65  to  $90  per  acre,  and  if  there 
is  trouble  with  smut  there  is  the  cost  of  the  formaldehyde. 
Sacks  are  usually  furnished  by  the  buyer. 

A  man  who  understands  his  business  can  care  for  three  acres 
of  onions,  and  if  he  has  a  family  with  children  will  do  more  by 
occasionally  hiring  a  few  days'  help.  As  stated  before,  plenty 
of  our  thrifty  Polish  farmers  have  made  their  start  this  way, 
but  they  work  and  work  hard,  believing  that  "seed  time  and 
harvest  will  never  fail."  And  in  the  majority  of  cases  they 
win  out. 

Cost  of  One  Acre  of  Onions. 

Rent  of  land  (or  interest  if  land  is  owned), ^     .        .  $20.00  to  $40.00 

Plowing, 2.50  to  3.50 

Fitting, 5.00  to  5.00 

Fertilizers, 50.00  to  60.00 

Seed, 5.00  to  12.00 

Labor, 65.00  to  90.00 

Formaldehyde, 1.00  to  1.00 


$148.50  to  $211.50 


The  yield  per  acre  runs  from  500  to  1,000  bushels,  and  the 
average  price  to  the  grower  for  the  past  five  years  (in  the  fall) 
has  been  about  55  cents.  From  these  figures  it  is  apparent  that 
a  good-sized  crop  of  onions  should  yield  a  good  profit  to  both 
the  owner  of  the  land  and  the  grower. 

'  These  figures  are  based  on  Connecticut  River  valley  conditions.  The  item  for  rent  is  of 
course  high,  but  this  is  because  good  onion  land  in  this  section  commands  from  SlOO  up  to 
even  $800  an  acre.  A  farmer  in  another  .section  where  land  was  not  so  valuable  would  save 
considerable  expense  on  this  item.  —  Editor. 


®1)?  Olommonm^altlj  of  iia0sarl)«aptt0. 

STATE  BOAED  OF  AGKICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    53 

January,  1916. 


POULTRY  AND  EGG  PRODUCTION. 


Harry   R.    Lewis. 


From  the  Sixtt-thibd  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  of 

Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTEE  FEINTING  CO.,  STATE  PEINTEES, 

32  DEENE  STEEET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


POULTRY  AND  EGG  PRODUCTION. 


HARRY    R.     LEWIS,     POULTRY    HUSBANDMAN,     NEW    JERSEY    AGRICULTURAL 
EXPERIMENT  STATIONS. 


It  is  with  extreme  pleasure  that  I  have  been  able  to  meet 
with  you  at  these  sessions  and  receive  some  of  the  spirit  of 
progress  and  co-operation  which  is  so  very  apparent  every- 
where. I  feel  especially  at  home  among  you,  for  I  not  only 
have  met  many  personal  friends,  but  am,  myself,  a  native  of 
southern  New  England,  having  been  born  and  reared  on  a 
large  poultry  and  general  farm  in  Rhode  Island.  While  the 
conditions  are  somewhat  different  in  New  England  than  they 
are  in  New  Jersey,  yet  a  careful  study  of  both  have  convinced 
me  of  the  fact  that  the  principles  underlying  the  successful 
management  of  the  flocks  are  the  same.  Any  slight  differences 
which  may  be  necessary  are  of  application,  the  method  of 
applying  the  principle  varying  with  the  breed  kept,  climatic 
and  market  conditions.  We  have,  as  you  know,  in  New  Jer- 
sey a  State  which  is  noted  for  its  large  commercial  egg  farms, 
where  White  Leghorns  predominate,  and  where  the  white- 
shelled  egg  for  the  New  York  market  is  the  primary  consider- 
ation. Here  in  New  England,  the  larger,  heavier,  general- 
purpose  breeds,  useful  for  both  meat  and  eggs,  have  by  far 
the  leading  advantages.  New  England  is  especially  fortunate 
in  having  not  only  suitable  land  and  admirable  climate,  but 
also  unlimited  markets,  and  I  firmly  believe  that  with  more 
attention  to  the  farm  poultry  flocks,  with  better  methods  of 
production,  the  poultry  industry  of  New  England  could  be 
made  one  of  its  leading  and  most  remunerative  branches  of 
agricultural  effort.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  there  are  cer- 
tain fundamental  considerations  which  must  be  studied,  and  I 
would  present  the  following  to  you  for  consideration. 


I.    Keep  Pure-bred  Birds  of  a  Well-established  Breed. 

We  hear  a  great  deal  these  days  about  utility  versus  fancy, 
which,  analyzed,  means  the  production  of  eggs  and  meat 
versus  shape  and  plumage  pattern.  This  agitation  about  the 
so-called  utility  possibilities  has  doubtless  been  brought  about 
by  the  results  secured  at  the  egg-laying  contests  throughout 
the  country,  and  also  by  some  phenomenal  records  which  have 
been  made  by  some  cross-bred  birds.  As  a  general  statement 
it  may  be  said  that  it  is  a  mistake  to  attempt  to  produce  eggs 
or  poultry  continuously  from  cross-bred  stock.  Considered 
over  a  period  of  years,  birds  which  are  continuously  cross  bred 
produce  no  characteristics  which  are  not  supplied  by  pure- 
bred individuals.  Cross-bred  birds  show  no  reliability  in  breed- 
ing where  egg  production  is  the  primary  object.  A  larger  egg 
production  can  be  secured  from  typical  egg  breeds  than  can 
be  secured  from  crosses  of  the  egg  and  dual  type.  Where 
meat  production  is  the  object,  larger  returns  both  in  quality 
and  quantity  can  be  secured  where  the  pure-bred  meat  breeds 
are  used.  The  use  of  standard  bred  birds,  of  a  well-established 
variety,  results  in  a  uniform  flock,  both  as  to  general  appear- 
ance, size,  shape  and  color,  and  the  birds  bring  a  more  uni- 
form price  on  the  market  than  the  mixed  types.  They  cost 
no  more  to  keep  than  a  mongrel  or  a  bird  of  mixed  breed,  for 
they  consume  no  more  feed  nor  do  they  require  any  more  labor 
to  care  for  them.  Where  pure-bred  birds  are  kept,  often  con- 
siderable revenue  can  be  secured  from  stock  and  eggs  sold  for 
breeding  purposes.  The  additional  revenue  so  secured  is 
almost  all  clear  profit.  These  factors  should  be  given  careful 
consideration  before  an  attempt  is  made  to  produce  eggs  at  a 
profit  from  a  flock  which  has  been  promiscuously  cross  bred. 

Constitutional  or  inherited  vigor  is,  above  everything  else, 
necessary  in  order  that  the  poultry  flock  shall  succeed  con- 
tinuously. It  is  the  experience  of  the  author  that  where  the 
stock  is  weak,  poor  hatches  result,  high  mortality  is  common, 
low  egg  production  and  sick  birds  are  the  rule.  On  the  other 
hand,  where  poultry  farms  have  made  marked  success  it  can 
be  traced  in  almost  every  instance  to  sturdy,  rugged,  healthy, 


vigorous  stock.  In  discussing  the  stock  there  are  a  number  of 
things  to  consider.  Foremost  is  the  determination  of  the 
breed  best  adapted  to  produce  the  type  of  product  required. 
The  birds  themselves  have  frequently  been  likened  to  machines, 
which  are  required  to  transform  the  raw  product  —  feed  — 
into  a  finished  product,  —  eggs  and  meat.  Without  a  well- 
built  machine  this  transformation  cannot  be  carried  on  at  a 
profit.  There  are  many  different  types  of  birds,  each  designed 
for  the  production  of  a  different  type  of  product.  The  determi- 
nation of  the  breed  should  be  the  first  question  decided.  Three 
general  classes  of  birds  exist,  first,  the  so-called  egg  or  light 
breeds,  most  of  which  are  of  Mediterranean  origin,  of  which 
the  Leghorn  is  the  typical  example.  These  birds  are  kept  in 
large  numbers  on  successful  farms  where  the  production  of 
white  eggs  for  the  wholesale  markets  is  the  primary  object. 
It  is  an  established  fact  that  in  New  Jersey  and  New  York 
these  white-shelled  eggs  sell  for  from  3  to  15  cents  more  than 
brown  eggs,  the  average  premium  being  about  5  cents  per 
dozen  during  the  entire  year.  This  difference  is  not  apparent 
in  Boston  or  southern  New  England.  These  light-egg  breeds 
stand  the  confinement  well  and  admit  of  herding  together  in 
large  flocks.  They  are  essentially  active  and  are  close  feath- 
ered. Their  rather  large  fleshy  head  parts  require  careful 
protection  against  freezing  during  severe  weather  in  the 
winter. 

The  second  type  of  bird  may  be  called  the  general-purpose, 
and  this  includes  the  Wyandotte,  the  Rhode  Island  Reds  and 
the  Orpingtons.  These  breeds  are  characterized  by  their  abil- 
ity to  lay  a  goodly  number  of  brown-shelled  eggs,  and  to 
bring  in  considerable  revenue  when  sold  for  market  purposes. 
It  is  this  type  of  bird  which  is  kept  on  some  of  the  large  com- 
mercial farms,  but  they  more  especially  comprise  the  popular 
type  on  the  farm  and  in  the  suburban  communities.  Being 
largely  dual  purposed  they  are  the  most  desirable  type  for 
supplying  home  demands. 

The  third  type  of  fowl  comprises  the  meat  breeds,  of  which 
the  Brahma  and  Langshan  are  examples.  These  are  the  largest 
birds  kept  in  flocks  where  market  poultry  products  are  the 


primary  object,  and  especially  where  capons  and  roasters  con- 
stitute the  main  marketable  product.  Recognizing  these  three 
distinct  types,  the  breed  should  be  selected  which  personally 
appeals  to  the  poultryman,  and  which  produces  the  best  type 
or  combination  of  products  for  his  particular  object  or  markets. 

II.    Make  Special  Selected  Matings  for  Breeding 
Purposes. 

The  aim  of  every  poultry  keeper,  if  he  expects  to  remain  in 
the  business,  should  be  to  continuously  build  up  his  flock  by 
breeding.  Where  the  poultry  and  egg  production  is  the  primary 
object,  the  breeding  efforts  will  be  along  two  distinct  lines.  The 
first  is  to  develop  the  most  efficient  egg  machine  which  it  is 
possible  to  breed.  This  means  that  his  birds  must  be  capable 
of  turning  out  a  maximum  number  of  eggs  of  good  quality 
during  the  winter  season  of  high  prices.  This  machine  must 
be  maintained  at  the  minimum  cost  for  feed  and  labor.  The 
second  object  should  be  to  develop  a  bird  for  table  purposes, 
which  will  attain  a  sufficient  weight  in  the  shortest  possible 
time,  the  flesh  being  of  high  quality  and  put  on  with  the  least 
expenditure  for  feed,  thus  securing  the  greatest  possible  margin 
of  profit. 

Paralleling  these  two  aims  in  breeding  should  be  the  contin- 
uous effort  to  breed  for  vigor  and  stamina.  I  would  that  there 
were  words  in  the  English  language  which  would  enable  one  to 
express  the  great  importance  of  vigorous  stock.  During  the 
time  that  one  is  breeding  for  the  so-called  ability  or  commer- 
cial characteristics  he  should  not  lose  sight  of  breed  charac- 
teristics, and  by  selection  and  careful  mating  should  improve 
his  birds  in  respect  to  the  body  conformation  which  is  required 
of  that  respective  breed;  and  in  order  to  maintain  uniformity 
and  an  attractive  appearance  about  the  farm  he  should  study 
to  fix  more  permanently  a  uniform  plumage  pattern. 

These  results  cannot  be  accomplished  by  promiscuous  breed- 
ing, but  they  can  be  secured  by  continuous  selection  and  the 
making  of  small  special  matings  each  year,  following  out  a 
definite  scheme  of  inbreeding  and  line  breeding.  A  brief  dis- 
cussion of  the  most  available  method  follows. 


None  will  deny  the  fact  that  variations  exist  in  birds,  some 
good  and  some  bad.  The  power  of  selection  which  the  poul- 
tryman  possesses  is  a  wonderful  instrument  for  improvement. 
The  difference  in  birds  is  made  possible  by  variation  and  by  a 
continual  selection  of  those  which  possess  desirable  qualities, 
and  propagating  these  qualities  into  future  individuals.  A 
higher  standard  of  efficiency  in  the  progeny  will  thus  continu- 
ously be  secured.  Careful  attention  to  breeding  accomplishes 
two  definite  things,  —  it  increases  the  production  of  individuals, 
thereby  making  it  possible  to  secure  higher  individual  records, 
and  it  stimulates  the  average  of  the  mass  through  the  elimina- 
tion of  poor  producers  and  the  substitution  of  heavy  layers 
in  their  place. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  select  and  breed  intelligently,  the  poul- 
tryman  must  know  what  his  flock  is  doing.  He  must  know  the 
flock  average  in  egg  production.  And  what  is  of  even  greater 
importance,  he  must  be  willing  to  trap-nest  a  small  percentage 
of  his  birds  in  order  to  learn  individual  performance.  Unless 
he  can  determine  the  very  best  birds,  selection  and  breeding 
with  the  idea  of  improving  the  average  w^ill  accomplish  little 
for  lack  of  a  basis  of  selection. 

III.    Hatch  relatively  early. 

The  time  of  year  for  hatching  chicks  which  are  to  be  reared 
as  future  pullets,  or  which  are  to  be  sold  for  broilers,  should 
be  carefully  considered.  A  few  weeks  too  early  or  a  few  weeks 
too  late  may  mean  the  difference  between  a  profitable  winter 
production  in  the  case  of  pullets,  or  in  the  case  of  broilers  it 
may  mean  the  difference  between  30  and  50  cents  a  pound  on 
the  market.  Late  hatched  pullets  grow  slowly  during  the  sum- 
mer, owing  to  the  fact  that  they  do  not  get  a  good  start,  and 
hence  do  not  come  into  maturity  in  the  proper  time  in  the  fall, 
and  do  not  get  under  way  in  egg  production  before  winter  shuts 
down.  On  the  other  hand,  if  they  are  hatched  too  early,  as, 
for  example,  early  February  and  March,  they  will  doubtless 
molt  in  the  late  fall,  which  will  cause  a  lower  production  dur- 
ing the  balance  of  the  winter.  The  exact  time  for  hatching 
will   be   determined   largely  by   the   type   of   bird   kept.      The 


8 

American  general-purpose  breeds  are  characterized  by  slow 
growth,  and  hence  must  be  hatched  earlier  than  the  light, 
active  Mediterranean  breeds  which  mature  in  from  one  month 
to  six  weeks'  shorter  time.  The  Leghorn  and  birds  of  their 
type  are  best  hatched  about  the  middle  of  April.  Where  it  is 
necessary  to  bring  off  more  than  one  hatch,  they  can  be  safely 
brought  off  from  April  1  to  May  15.  This  will  give  them  be- 
tween five  and  six  months  in  which  to  mature,  and  thus  be  in 
laying  condition  by  October.  Heavier  breeds  will  usually  do 
better  if  hatched  from  the  middle  of  March,  and  not  later 
than  the  last  of  April. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  more  important  advantages 
coming  to  the  poultryman  Avho  tries  February  hatching :  — 

1.  A  considerable  egg  yield  is  secured  during  the  late  summer 
and  fall,  when  the  yearling  hens  are  on  strike,  due  to  molt. 

2.  The  eggs  produced  during  these  fall  months  bring  high  re- 
turns when  sold  for  table  purposes,  due  to  scarcity. 

3.  The  pullets  may  be  profitably  used  to  produce  hatching 
eggs  the  following  spring.  A  good  number  with  strong  germs 
and  of  good  size  is  assured. 

4.  Cockerels  which  can  later  be  used  for  breeding  make  good 
size  and  strong  development  early  in  the  season. 

5.  The  chicks  will  make  an  excellent  growth  before  the  hot, 
dry  weather  of  summer  comes  on  with  its  retarding  effects. 

6.  Surplus  cockerels  will  sell  for  high  prices  as  broilers  during 
the  early  spring. 

7.  The  farmer  will  find  early  hatching  profitable,  as  he  can 
give  them  better  care  at  this  time  than  after  the  rush  of 
spring  planting  begins. 

8.  To  the  commercial  poultryman  it  lengthens  his  hatching 
season,  and  does  not  compel  such  intensive  concentration  as  if 
all  the  pullets  were  brought  off  during  one  month. 

9.  The  females  reach  maturity  long  before  the  intensely 
cold  weather  commences,  which  means  greater  vigor  and  better 
resistant  powers. 

10.  A  greater  combined  efficiency  from  all  operations  if  the 
proper  proportion  of  early  hatched  birds  is  kept. 

Another  factor  which  affects  the  time  of  hatching  is  the  con- 


Quality  in  market  eggs  means  more  profit.     (Courtesy  of  the  New  Jersey  Agricultural 
Experiment  Stations.) 


dition  of  the  range  upon  which  the  chicks  are  reared  and  the 
method  of  feeding.  Youngsters  which  are  provided  during  the 
summer  with  an  abundance  of  range,  providing  shade  and  green 
food  and  plenty  of  nutritious  food  material,  will  make  a  more 
rapid  and  uniform  growth  than  flocks  which  are  crowded  into 
small  bare  yards  during  the  same  time. 

The  hatching  egg  should  be  carefully  selected  in  order  that 
it  may  be  uniform  in  shape,  size,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  in 
color;  it  should  also  be  strictly  fresh  and  of  normal  shell.  If 
these  characteristics  are  chosen,  the  tendency  is  for  the  progeny 
to  lay  a  more  uniform  product. 

Experience  shows  that  eggs  decrease  in  their  hatching  power 
the  longer  they  are  held,  and  it  is  never  safe  to  hold  hatching 
eggs  over  three  weeks.  When  it  is  necessary  to  hold  them  for 
even  a  short  time  they  should  be  placed  in  a  moderately  cool 
temperature,  between  40  and  50  degrees  being  the  most  desir- 
able. They  should  also  be  turned  occasionally  to  keep  the  air 
cell  from  becoming  misplaced.  If  possible,  it  is  well  to  stand 
them  on  the  end,  leaving  the  air  cell  uppermost.  The  character 
and  quality  of  the  chicks  resulting  from  the  hatch  will  depend 
in  large  measure  upon  the  condition  of  the  hatching  eggs 
placed  in  the  machine.  Too  much  care  cannot  be  expended  in 
keeping  the  eggs  in  a  normal  condition. 

IV.     Practice  Constant  Selection. 

Selection  should  not  only  be  continuously  practiced  in  mating 
the  breeding  flocks,  but  it  should  be  the  plan  to  eliminate 
weak  or  sick  birds  throughout  the  brooding,  rearing  and  adult 
periods  whenever  they  appear.  Fowls  which  show  at  any  time 
a  lack  of  inherent  ability  to  resist  disease  are  never  a  profit- 
able animal  on  the  farm. 

Constitutional  vigor,  or,  expressed  differently,  inherent 
vitality  and  stamina,  is  pictured  by  the  perfect  health,  the 
activity  and  the  vitality  which  is  seen  in  strong  fowls.  Birds 
showing  a  lack  of  these  are  unsatisfactory,  both  as  producers 
and  reproducers.  As  we  expect  more  and  more  of  the  modern 
hen  in  the  way  of  production,  fowls  often  break  down,  and  the 
effect   is  especially   shown   in   future   progeny.     Much  of  the 


10 

low  vitality  and  poor  hatching  quality  in  eggs,  much  of  the 
weakness  of  the  brooder  chicks,  much  of  the  mortality  and 
disease  in  adult  stock  can  be  traced  to  lowered  vitality  in 
ancestors,  due  in  many  cases  to  the  immense  requirements  for 
production.  The  average  hen  is  expected  to  lay  in  a  year 
from  four  to  five  times  her  body  weight  in  eggs.  This  means 
one  egg  approximately  every  third  day  of  the  year.  In  order 
to  perform  this  feat  of  production  she  must  consume  approxi- 
mately twenty-five  to  thirty  times  her  body  weight  in  feed. 
There  is,  doubtless,  no  farm  animal  which  is  more  efficient  as  a 
transformer  of  the  raw  material  into  the  finished  product  than 
the  hen.  The  successful  breeding  for  vigor  means  the  appre- 
ciation of  two  sets  of  factors,  —  first,  the  lack  of  vitality,  and 
second,  signs  in  an  individual  which  determine  the  presence  or 
absence  of  vigor.  Valuable  work  has  been  done  by  a  number 
of  our  experiment  stations  in  studying  these  factors. 

The  successful  commercial  poultryman  and  the  farm  poul- 
try keeper  who  have  studied  their  birds  have  learned  that 
forcing,  due  to  heavy  feeding,  or  to  intensive  conditions,  if 
continued  year  after  year,  cannot  but,  in  the  end,  break  down 
the  physical  strength  of  birds  so  treated.  They  have  also 
observed  that  inbreeding  for  a  number  of  generations,  without 
regard  for  vigor  in  succeeding  generations,  intensifies  the  char- 
acteristics of  low  vitality  which  the  original  parents  possessed. 
The  use  of  pullets  for  breeding  purposes,  due  to  their  imma- 
turity, cannot  but  result  in  progeny  of  small  size  and  pos- 
sessed of  less  than  their  full  quota  of  stamina.  Forced  feeding 
during  the  winter  and  fall,  especially  of  concentrated  protein 
feeds,  has  the  immediate  effect  of  taxing  the  digestive  system, 
causing  the  bird  to  go  off  its  feed  and  lowering  its  energy  and 
physical  strength.  The  continued  crowding  of  breeding  stock 
into  poorly  ventilated  quarters,  and  the  giving  to  them  an 
insufficient  amount  of  exercise,  is  another  direct  cause  of  low 
vitality.  Such  conditions  will  be  apparent  in  the  fertility  and 
vitality  as  possessed  by  the  germ  in  the  hatching  egg.  Lack 
of  care  in  hatching  and  improper  range  conditions  for  the 
growing  stock  are  two  other  common  causes  of  lack  of  vigor. 
Probably  the  greatest  of  all  causes  is  the  failure  of  the  poul- 
tryman to  select  his  breeding  stock  with  great  care.     Breeding 


11 

from  nonvigorous  birds  means  nonvigorous  progeny,  whereas 
the  breeding  from  vigorous  birds  means  vigorous  progeny. 
When  mating  up  the  breeding  pen,  select  male  birds  which 
show  signs  of  physical  strength  and  superiority;  for  example, 
the  bird  with  a  bright  prominent  eye,  with  a  well-developed 
blocky  body,  with  an  erect  carriage,  glossy  plumage  and  bright 
comb  and  wattles.  The  vigorous  birds  are  usually  active  and 
spirited  in  their  movements.  They  range  extensively  in  search 
of  forage.  They  will  be  seen  to  scratch  energetically  in  search 
of  feed.  In  a  great  many  cases  they  are  the  last  birds  on  the 
perch  at  night  and  the  first  birds  off  the  perch  in  the  morning. 
In  the  case  of  the  male,  the  loudness  and  frequency  of  the  crow 
is  an  indication  of  physical  superiority,  while  the  continual 
cackle  and  singing  of  the  female  has  the  same  indication.  It 
will  be  evident  to  any  practical  poultryman  that  there  is  a 
very  definite  and  fixed  relation  which  exists  between  the  ex- 
ternal appearance  of  fowls  and  their  vitality;  hence  it  should 
be  the  aim  to  systematically  select  for  constitutional  vigor  at 
all  ages  and  for  all  purposes. 

V.     Induce  a  Uniform,  Rapid  Growth. 

A  possible  serious  loss  to  the  poultryman  is  death  in  the 
brooder.  This  loss  can  be,  in  large  measure,  avoided  by  select- 
ing a  suitable  brooding  system  which  will  maintain  proper 
environmental  conditions,  and  in  addition  to  this,  by  providing 
the  chicks  with  a  suitable  feed  ration.  For  the  small  poultry- 
man,  brooding  only  200  or  300  chicks,  the  small  outdoor 
brooder  of  50  or  60  capacity  may  be  satisfactory,  but  for  the 
commercial  poultry  farm,  or  for  the  farm  flock  where  300 
chicks  and  upwards  are  reared,  the  so-called  colony  brooder 
stove  will  be  found  very  desirable.  These  are  recent  products, 
having  been  put  on  the  market  within  the  last  two  years.  A 
great  many  different  types  are  available.  One  which  is  sub- 
stantially constructed  and  has  a  rather  large  metal  reflector 
which  can  be  raised  and  lowered,  and  which  is  provided  with 
an  accurate,  simple  method  of  regulating  temperature,  should 
be  satisfactory.  From  300  to  500  chicks  (never  over  500)  can 
be  placed  under  one  of  these  hovers,  and  a  brood  of  from 
85  to  95  per  cent,  should  be  secured.     The  commercial  plant 


12 

doing  considerable  winter  brooding,  especially  where  winter 
broilers  are  produced,  will  find  that  an  intensive  brooder  house, 
with  a  central  heating  plant  and  pipe  running  under  the  hovers, 
will  have  certain  advantages.  The  colony  brooders  seem 
to  be,  at  the  present  time,  the  most  economical  solution  to 
the  brooding  problem.  They  should  be  placed  in  a  rela- 
tively large  house,  never  smaller  than  12  by  14  feet,  preferably 
of  two  rooms,  one  room  containing  the  heater  or  hover,  in 
which  a  fairly  warm  temperature  is  maintained,  and  an  adja- 
cent room  in  which  the  chicks  can  be  fed  and  take  their  exer- 
cise. This  colony  system  of  brooding  allows  the  chicks  from 
the  beginning  considerable  range,  and  cuts  down  the  cost  in 
permanent  equipment  and  labor.  It  also  enables  the  use  of 
the  house  continuously  throughout  the  year,  for  after  the 
chicks  have  gotten  old  enough  to  do  without  heat,  the  stove 
can  be  removed  and  the  house  used  for  a  colony  house  during 
the  growing  period,  in  which  the  pullets  can  be  left  until  they 
attain  maturity.  During  the  winter  the  houses  can  be  used 
for  a  short  period  for  special  breeding  flocks. 

The  proper  feeding  of  the  artificially  brooded  chick  is  im- 
portant, since  the  digestive  system  during  the  first  four  weeks 
is  very  delicate  and  easily  upset  by  improper  feed.  The  gen- 
eral practice  should  be  to  feed  the  chick  the  first  few  weeks  of 
its  growth  without  forcing,  allowing  to  develop  a  vigorous  con- 
stitution with  a  good  body  growth,  and  after  that  time  it  can 
better  stand  forcing  for  a  rapid  meat  growth  when  desired. 

When  planning  the  rations  for  the  youngsters,  and  when 
determining  the  method  of  feeding,  it  is  important  to  ppre- 
ciate  that  the  first  feeds  should  be  easily  seen  and  should  con- 
tain much  nutriment.  It  is  also  well  to  practice  a  restricted 
or  retarded  early  feeding  in  order  that  their  delicate  digestive 
organs  may  not  be  overcrowded.  Grit  and  shell  are  important 
essentials  in  the  chick  ration,  and  fresh  water  should  be  pro- 
vided in  large  amount.  Dry,  cracked  grains  are  safer,  for  the 
first  few  weeks  at  least,  than  wet  mashes.  Wheat  bran  is  an 
important  addition  to  the  feeding  practice,  as  it  contains  ash, 
is  slightly .  laxative  and  is  relished  by  the  birds.  Ash  in  the 
form  of  phosphoric  acid  can  be  secured  in  the  form  of  dry 
ground  bone,  and  is  an  essential  element.     During  the  early 


13 

part  of  the  feeding  period  the  chicks  should  be  fed  little  and 
often,  and  should  be  kept  busy  and  hungry  between  feedings. 
Sour  milk  in  a  loppered  condition  is  very  desirable,  as  it  not 
only  furnishes  much  food  material,  but  the  lactic  acid  present 
acts  as  an  internal  disinfectant.  A  continuous  effort  should  be 
made  to  practice  clean  feeding,  for  nothing  will  upset  the 
digestive  system  quicker  than  sour  and  moldy  feed. 

Hardening -off  Process. 

In  order  to  get  the  chicks  in  condition  for  removal  to  the 
range  it  is  necessary  after  the  second  week  to  practice  a  hard- 
ening-off  process.  This  should  be  gradual  and  consist  of  lower- 
ing the  temperature,  with  the  idea  of  doing  away  with  artifi- 
cial heat  entirely  in  from  three  to  six  weeks,  depending  upon 
outside  weather  conditions.  The  best  practice  is  to  reduce  the 
artificial  heat  until  it  can  be  entirely  given  up,  then  gradually 
to  raise  the  hover  until  it  can  be  entirely  open,  and  replace 
with  muslin-covered  frames,  having  them  hung  to  the  hover 
wall,  gradually  raising  them  in  front  a  little  each  night  until 
the  chicks  become  used  to  their  absence.  It  is  impracticable  to 
take  them  from  a  warm,  heated  brooder  house  and  put  them 
into  a  colony  house  unless  they  have  been  accustomed  gradu- 
ally to  the  change.  The  idea  should  be  to  get  them  on  the 
range  as  soon  as  possible.  When  they  are  four  weeks  of  age, 
the  sooner  they  can  be  gotten  out  into  the  cool  temperature  in 
large,  well-ventilated  quarters,  with  free  range,  an  abundance 
of  green  food  and  access  to  the  ground,  the  better  they  will 
grow  and  the  hardier  and  more  vigorous  will  they  be  at  ma- 
turity. 

This  hardening-off  process  is  especially  desirable  with  Leg- 
horns, as  their  close  feathering  makes  them  susceptible  to  cold 
weather,  and  when  not  properly  weaned  they  pile  on  top  of 
one  another  to  keep  warm.  This  usually  results  in  the  death 
of  many  and  a  loss  of  vitality  to  the  others. 

After  the  chicks  are  weaned  and  placed  on  the  range  the 
aim  should  be  to  induce  a  continuous  growth  throughout  the 
summer.  Any  checks  or  setbacks  which  they  might  be  sub- 
jected to,  due  to  improper  feeding  or  care,  will  result  in  irreg- 
ular maturity  and  lack  of  uniformity.     There  are  two  factors. 


14 

aside  from  their  inherited  characteristics,  which  affect  proper 
maturity.  These  are  environmental  conditions  and  food  supply. 
Environment  plays  an  important  part,  as  the  best  bred 
chicks,  possessing  all  other  desirable  characteristics,  if  not 
given  ideal  conditions  in  which  to  grow  will  not  exercise  or 
develop  to  the  fullest  extent.    These  conditions  are  as  follows: — 

1.  One  should  not  attempt  to  grow  young  stock  on  restricted 
range. 

2.  Shade  should  be  provided  in  abundance. 

3.  An  abundance  of  green  succulent  food  material  is  very 
necessary. 

4.  The  type  and  size  of  the  house  in  which  the  chicks  are 
placed  bears  a  close  relation  to  their  growth.  Fresh  air  is  the 
limiting  factor. 

The  method  of  feeding  the  growing  stock  is  not  complicated. 
The  practice  should  consist  of  having  the  food  before  them  all 
the  time,  so  that  they  can  balance  their  own  ration.  They  will 
usually  take  sufficient  exercise  if  given  plenty  of  range;  hence 
the  common  practice  is  to  feed  a  well-balanced  dry  mash  in 
large,  self-feeding  hoppers,  and  supplement  this  mash  with  a 
good  cracked  grain  ration.  A  complete  dry  mash  should  be 
used,  it  being  always  before  them.  In  addition  to  this,  a 
ration  consisting  of  equal  parts  of  cracked  corn  and  whole 
wheat  should  be  fed  twice  a  day  about  the  range. 

This  method  of  feeding  will  allow  the  chicks  to  balance 
their  own  rations,  and  will  give  the  weaker  ones  a  constant 
supply  to  which  they  can  have  access  when  they  are  crowded 
away  at  the  grain-feeding  time  by  the  larger  ones.  Dry  mash 
in  self-feeding  hoppers  will  tend  to  equalize  growth  and  produce 
a  more  uniform  flock  at  maturity,  while  the  feeding  of  cracked 
grains  entirely  will  tend  to  exaggerate  and  constantly  increase 
any  difference  in  size  which  may  exist.  Large  self-feeding 
hoppers,  holding  from  200  to  300  pounds  of  mash,  can  be  con- 
structed and  placed  at  frequent  intervals  around  the  range. 
This  will  facilitate  the  feeding  and  make  the  mash  available 
at  all  times  and  to  all  cliicks. 


15 


VI.     Provide  a  Suitable  Environment. 

The  design  of  a  poultry  house  and  of  its  construction  deter- 
mines in  large  measure  the  environmental  conditions  which 
will  surround  the  bird.  The  modern  poultry  house  must  pro- 
vide all  the  features  necessary  to  create  ideal  conditions,  for 
no  matter  how  well  a  flock  of  birds  may  be  bred,  if  the  poul- 
try house  is  damp,  drafty,  cool  and  poorly  lighted,  disease 
and  a  decrease  in  vigor  will  surely  result. 

The  following  are  the  principles  governing  the  design  and 
construction  of  a  suitable  poultry  house:  — 

(a)  Dryness  is  fundamental  in  the  poultr}'  house. 

(b)  Plenty  of  sunlight  needed. 

(c)  Importance  of  thorough  ventilation. 

(d)  Give  the  birds  plenty  of  floor  space. 

(e)  Birds  must  be  protected  from  an  excessive  cold  temperature. 

(/)  The  construction  of  the  house  must  be  rat  proof  and  vermin  proof. 
(g)  Economy  in  construction  is  a  first-hand  consideration  in  designing 
and  building  the  laying  house. 

With  these  few  words  as  to  the  principles  of  design,  the  fol- 
lowing discussion  of  the  New  Jersey  multiple  unit  laying  house 
will  give  the  details  necessary  to  construct  an  efficient  house 
possessing  the  features  above  mentioned. 

The  Neiv  Jersey  Multiple  Unit  Laying  Hou^e. 

The  following  plan  of  a  shed-roof  house,  20  by  40  feet,  is 
especially  suited  to  New  Jersey  poultry  farms.  Where  it  is 
desirable  to  keep  larger  units  than  a  40-foot  house  will  accom- 
modate, it  is  recommended  that  the  length  be  doubled,  mak- 
ing it  20  by  80,  with  three  cross  partitions  (one  every  20  feet), 
instead  of  only  one,  as  in  the  40-foot  house. 

The  following  description  of  the  above  plan  shows  the  im- 
portant features :  — 

The  outside  dimensions  are  20  by  40  feet,  sills  to  be  4  by  6, 
and  to  be  bolted  to  a  concrete  foundation  wall  8  inches  wide, 
which  is  laid  on  tamped  cinder  or  crushed  stone,  the  entire 
depth  of  the  foundation  trench  being  3  feet. 

The  shed-roof  type  of  construction  is  used  with  9-foot  stud- 
ding in  front  and  4|-foot  studding  in  back.     All  studding  and 


16 

rafters  are  2  by  4  hemlock  or  yellow  pine.  A  2  by  6  girder 
runs  the  length  of  the  building  supporting  the  rafters  on  con- 
crete piers.  The  plates  should  be  of  2  by  4  material  doubled 
and  joints  broken. 

All  outside  walls  and  roof  should  be  single  boarded,  prefer- 
ably of  8  or  6-inch  tongued  and  grooved  yellow  pine;  white 
pine  can  be  used,  but  is  much  more  expensive.  The  roof  and 
back  wall  should  be  covered  with  a  good  roofing  paper;  all 
joints  should  be  carefully  lapped  and  cemented. 

The  muslin  curtains  in  the  front  wall  are  hinged  at  the  top 
and  can  be  lifted  up.  The  3  by  5  glass  is  hinged  at  the  side 
and  open.  One  window  in  each  pen  should  be  so  constructed 
that  part  of  the  wall  will  open  when  desired,  thus  making  a 
combination  door  and  window.  This  will  greatly  facilitate 
cleaning  and  filling  hoppers,  etc.,  in  an  extremely  long  house. 

The  dropping  boards,  perches  and  nests  are  best  arranged 
on  the  back  wall,  the  perches  being  hinged  to  the  wall  so  that 
they  may  be  hooked  up  when  cleaning,  the  nests  being  darkened 
by  a  hinged  door  in  front  which  may  be  let  down  when  it  is 
desired  to  remove  the  eggs. 

The  dividing  partition  between  the  units  is  built  of  boards, 
and  extends  from  the  back  wall  to  within  6  feet  of  the  front 
wall;  the  remaining  space  is  left  entirely  open.  This  protects 
the  birds  from  any  drafts  when  on  the  roosts.  When  desired, 
portable  light  wire  partitions  may  be  used  to  separate  the 
units.  A  large  dry  mash  hopper  should  be  built  into  this 
middle  partition.  If  four  or  five  units  are  built,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  have  a  hopper  in  the  center  of  each  two  units, 
the  other  dividing  partition  being  utilized  for  nesting  space. 
This  hopper  should  be  constructed  with  a  wooden  cover  hing- 
ing at  the  center.  There  is  a  slatted  elevated  platform  under 
the  muslin  front  which  provides  room  or  the  water  fountain 
and  grit  and  shell  hoppers. 

When  the  house  is  completed,  a  concrete  floor  should  be 
laid,  and  should  consist  of  three  distinct  layers.  First  comes 
a  layer  of  about  6  to  10  inches  of  cinders  or  coarse  gravel 
tamped  thoroughly  to  serve  for  drainage  purposes,  to  keep 
the  soil  moisture  away  from  the  bottom  of  the  floor.  Next 
comes  a  rough  coat  of  concrete  about  4  inches  thick,  and  over 


17 

this  a  finishing  coat  of  two  parts  of  sand  to  one  of  cement, 
troweled  smooth  and  rounded  at  the  corners.  Where  there  is 
danger  of  much  moisture  between  the  rough  and  finished  coat 
of  cement,  level  it  with  a  broom  before  the  finish  coat  is  laid. 

Such  a  floor  is  moisture  proof,  rat  proof,  vermin  proof  and 
easily  and  quickly  cleaned. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  materials  which  will  be  required 
for  building  a  double  unit:  — 

List  of  Materials  required  and  Approxirnate  Cost. 
Lumber:  — 
Sills,  6  pieces  4  by  6  by  20  feet,  hemlock. 
Plates,  8  pieces  2  by  4  by  20  feet,  hemlock. 
Posts,  2  pieces  4  by  4  by  14  feet,  hemlock;  2  pieces  4  by  4  by  18  feet, 

hemlock. 
Studding,  9  pieces  2  by  4  by  14  feet,  hemlock;  4  pieces  2  by  4  by  14  feet, 

hemlock. 
Rafters,  21  pieces  2  by  4  by  22  feet,  hemlock. 

Frames  for  nests  and  dropping  boards,  5  pieces  2  by  3  by  16  feet,  hemlock. 
Eight-inch  tongued  and  grooved  yellovv  pine  boards  for  roof,  dropping 

boards,  walls  and  nests,  2,200  square  feet. 
1  by  2  white  pine  for  curtain  frames  and  trim,  200  linear  feet. 
1  by  4  white  pine  for  nests,  100  linear  feet. 
One  bundle  plaster  lath  for  broody  coop. 

Nails:  — 
10  pounds  20  penny  wire. 
50  pounds  10  penny  wire. 
20  pounds  8  penny  wire. 
Approximate  cost  of  the  above, $75  54 

Roofing  paper,  1,060  square  feet,  or  11  rolls  at  $3,       .        .        .  $33  00 

Four  special  sash,  3  by  5  feet  at  $2, 8  00 

Muslin,  8  square  j-ards  at  20  cents  per  yard,         ....  1  60 

Hardware,  as  hinges,  locks,  tacks,  hooks,  wire,  etc.,     ...  4  75 
Foundation  and  floor:  — ■ 

Cement,  35  bags  at  50  cents, 17  50 

Cinders  or  gravel,  30  yards  at  $1, 30  00 

Sand,  5  yards, 7  50 


$102  35 
Total  cost,  not  including  labor  if  cement  floor  is  put  in  the  house 

and  cinders  and  sand  have  to  be  purchased,  .        .        .    ^$177  89 

•  Costs  of  material  for  this  house  will  of  course  vary  in  different  localities  and  at  different  sea- 
sons.   The  above  are  prices  current  at  New  Brunswick,  New  Jersey,  in  January,  1916. 


18 


This  gives  a  cost  per  square  foot  of  floor  space  of  SO. 22. 
A  cost  per  running  foot  of  house  of  $4.44. 
A  cost  per  bird,  allowing  4  square  feet  per  bird,  of  $0,888. 
Adding  labor  to  this  at  one-fourth  the  cost  of  material,  the  total  cost  is 
$222.36,  or  $1.11  per  bird. 

Environment  is  one  of  the  great  factors  in  production.  The 
essentials  of  a  suitable  environment  have  been  outlined.  The 
importance  of  these  factors  cannot  be  too  strongly  stated.  An 
appreciation  of  the  fact  that  it  is  the  healthy,  contented,  well- 
fed,  singing  hen  that  lays  at  a  profit  will  do  much  towards 
insuring  success  from  the  beginning. 


VII.     Practice  an  Efficient  Feeding  Pilictice. 

The  following  is  the  New  Jersey  State  dry  mash  with  the 
supplemental  rations  which  are  designed  for  the  complete 
feeding  of  laying  hens  throughout  the  winter.  Such  modifica- 
tions as  are  necessary  for  summer  feeding  for  different  breeds 
are  also  described. 

Dry  Mash. 


Kind  of  Food. 


Amount 
by  Weight 
(Pounds). 


Amount 

by  Measure 

(Quarts). 


Wheat  bran, 
Wheat  middlings, 
Ground  oats, 
Corn  meal,  . 
Gluten  feed. 
Alfalfa, 
Meat  scrap,  . 
Total,     . 


200 
200 
100 
100 
100 
100 
200 


1,000 


380 
240 
100 
95 
80 
200 
176 


1,271 


This  mash  should  be  kept  before  the  birds  all  of  the  time 
in  large  self-feeding  hoppers.  During  the  molting  season  in 
the  fall  it  is  desirable  to  substitute  oil  meal  for  the  gluten 
meal  in  the  same  proportion,  to  hasten  the  growth  of  feathers. 
As  soon  as  the  birds  get  on  the  green  grass  range  the  alfalfa 
can  be  gradually  omitted  and  the  meat  scrap  slightly  reduced 
in  amount.  The  extent  to  which  the  above  mash  can  be  cut 
during  the  summer  will  depend  upon  the  character  and  amount 
of  the  range  which  is  allowed  the  birds. 


19 


The  mash  as  given  is  designed  especially  for  the  feeding  of 
Leghorns;  when  heavier  breeds  are  kept,  such  as  Plymouth 
Rocks  or  Wyandottes,  especially  with  yearling  or  two-year-old 
hens,  the  tendency  will  be  for  them  to  take  on  an  excess  of 
fat.  Under  such  conditions  it  is  the  best  policy  to  restrict 
the  amount  of  mash  eaten  by  leaving  the  hopper  open  dur- 
ing the  afternoon  only,  thus  inducing  the  birds  to  work 
during  the  morning  hours  for  the  cracked  grain  fed  in  the 
litter  at  the  morning  feeding. 

As  a  supplemental  ration  to  the  dry  mash  the  following 
grain  rations  are  fed.  A  scratching  ration  of  whole  grain  is 
fed  every  morning,  both  winter  and  summer,  about  9  o'clock, 
in  deep  litter.  Its  primary  object,  aside  from  its  nutritive 
value,  is  to  induce  the  birds  to  take  a  considerable  amount  of 
exercise.  About  5  pounds  of  this  scratching  ration  is  fed  to 
each  100  birds  on  the  floor  of  the  house  or  under  some  shelter 
where  the  litter  is  dry  and  where  there  is  protection  from  cold 
winds.     The  scratching  ration  is  made  up  as  follows :  — 


Scratching  Ration. 

Kind  of  Food. 

Amount 
by  Weight 
(Pounds). 

Amount 

by  Measure 

(Quarts). 

Wheat 

Oats 

100 
100 

53 

98 

Total,     . 

200 

151 

At  4  to  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  depending  on  the  season, 
a  night  ration  is  fed,  composed  of  whole  and  cracked  grains, 
at  the  rate  of  10  pounds  to  100  birds. 

Night  Ration. 


Kind  of  Food. 

Amount 
by  Weight 
(Pounds). 

Amount 

by  Measure 

(Quarts). 

Cracked  corn 

Wheat 

200 
100 
100 
100 

120 
53 

Oats 

98 

Buckwheat, 

66 

Total,     . 

500 

337 

20 

It  will  be  noted  that  by  feeding  a  night  ration  as  outlined 
the  materials  are  supplied  to  keep  the  bird's  body  warm  during 
the  night.  The  above  ration  is  designed  for  Leghorns,  When 
feeding  heavier  breeds  it  is  desirable  to  eliminate  one-half  of 
the  cracked  corn  and  to  substitute  barley  for  buckwheat. 
During  the  summer  months  a  night  ration  of  equal  parts  of 
corn,  wheat,  oats  and  barley  will  supply  all  the  needs  for 
Leghorns.  A  good  rule  to  follow  in  feeding  the  night  ration  is 
to  give  all  the  birds  will  eat,  and  then  a  little  more,  so  that 
there  will  be  some  left  for  them  to  work  on  in  the  morning. 

One  great  advantage  of  the  dry-mash  method  of  feeding  is 
the  fact  that  the  birds  are  allowed  to  balance  their  individual 
rations  in  large  measure,  according  to  their  particular  tastes 
and  requirements.  The  feeding  of  some  succulent  material  in 
addition  to  the  grain  rations  is  very  necessary  for  the  best 
success. 

VIIL    Market  the  Products  systematically. 

Uniformity  in  all  poultry  products  is  essential.  Color  of 
egg,  shell,  size  of  eggs,  size  and  weight  of  broilers  and  roasters 
are  a  few  instances  where  uniformity  means  more  returns. 

The  best  of  quality  is  none  too  good.  The  best  always 
brings  the  highest  price.  Strictly  fresh  eggs,  clean  and  care- 
fully graded  and  packed,  are  always  in  demand.  Infertile  eggs 
for  market  are  always  in  demand  over  fertile  eggs.  We  must 
not  be  contented  with  getting  a  good  production,  but  of  equal 
importance  is  the  necessity  of  getting  good  returns  due  to 
quality. 

Mr.  PiERSON  of  Amherst.  I  would  like  to  ask  if  you  gave 
your  hens  all  the  skim  milk  they  wanted? 

Professor  Lewis.  Yes;  if  we  gave  the  birds  all  the  skim 
milk  they  could  eat  we  would  cut  our  meat  scrap  down  one-half, 
making  the  meat  scrap  10  instead  of  20  per  cent.  If  you  can 
get  skim  milk,  by  all  means  give  all  you  can  to  the  laying  hen. 

Mr.  Pierson.     Is  it  a  stimulant? 

Professor  Lewis.  Not  quite,  but  I  would  feed  it  if  I  had 
it.  It  has  the  lactic  acid  factor,  which  is  a  good  internal  dis- 
infectant. I  would  prefer  sour  skim  milk  to  any  form  of 
buttermilk  I  could  get. 


21 

Mr.  PiERSON.  You  don't  get  as  much  of  lactic  acid  in  the 
skim  milk? 

Professor  Lewis.  No,  but  you  get  a  high  protein  content 
which  is  very  desirable;  you  get  a  lot  of  casein  which  you  do 
not  get  in  buttermilk. 

Mr.  H.  G.  Worth.  I  would  like  to  ask  in  feeding  mature 
birds,  why  you  feed  cracked  corn  with  your  wheat  instead  of 
whole  corn? 

Professor  Lewis.  Our  idea  in  feeding  our  grain  ration  is  to 
get  exercise,  as  much  as  anything  else.  If  we  feed  whole  corn, 
a  bird  grabs  a  piece  of  whole  corn  and  has  got  the  equivalent 
of  six  or  eight  pieces  of  cracked  corn,  and  it  will  fill  our  birds' 
crops  up  with  much  less  exercise  than  cracked  corn.  Its  food 
value  is  absolutely  the  same,  but  we  are  strong  advocates  of 
cracked  corn  for  that  one  reason  if  no  other.  There  are  times 
when  whole  corn  is  desirable;  in  the  winter,  when  it  is  very 
cold  and  we  want  to  give  the  bird  things  that  will  fill  it  up 
quickly,  we  feed  whole  corn  possibly,  at  noon;  otherwise  we 
feed  cracked  corn. 

Mr.  Worth.  Would  not  feeding  the  cracked  corn  be  more 
expensive?  Wouldn't  there  be  particles  of  it  that  the  bird 
would  not  get,  and  would  not  the  bird  get  sufficient  exercise 
in  finding  the  corn  without  being  fed  with  cracked  corn? 

Professor  Lewis.  We  always  feed  a  sifted  cracked  corn,  and 
there  is  probably  no  waste. 

Question.  In  regard  to  feeding  snow,  what  have  you  to 
say  in  regard  to  letting  poultry  eat  snow  instead  of  water? 

Professor  Lewis.  It  is  our  practice,  and  the  practice 
throughout  our  section,  never  to  let  birds  out,  that  we  want 
to  get  egg  production  from,  after  the  first  snow  falls  in  the  fall, 
or  after  the  ground  gets  frozen  and  muddy.  Here  is  the  prop- 
osition: birds  going  out  and  eating  snow,  or  going  out  on  cold, 
wet  days,  get  chilled,  and  it  is  bound  to  reduce  their  produc- 
tion. The  chilling  seems  to  retard  their  reproductive  functions 
and  sets  them  back,  and  I  should  be  strongly  opposed  to  let- 
ting birds  out  where  they  could  get  snow  in  the  winter  when 
I  was  after  egg  production.  With  breeders,  where  I  wanted  a 
full  amount  of  vigor,  I  would  let  them  run  out  all  winter. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Sanborn.     What  do  you  think  is  the  best  litter? 


22 

Professor  Lewis.  We  use  for  litter,  wheat  or  rye  straw, 
primarily  because  it  is  coarser  and  does  not  grind  up  like  oat 
straw.  We  grow  quite  a  lot  of  our  own  litter,  —  buckwheat 
straw  or  oat  straw,  —  harvesting  it  with  the  grain  or  throwing 
it  directly  in  the  pen  and  letting  the  birds  thresh  the  grain 
out.  I  am  an  advocate  of  straw  litter,  supplemented  if  possible 
with  shavings;  that  makes  it  drier  and  the  shavings  absorb  the 
moisture  from  the  droppings.  I  would  say  straw  first  and,  if 
possible,  a  mixture  of  shavings. 

Mr.  Sanborn.     How  deep  would  it  be  safe  to  have  it? 

Professor  Lewis.  Eight  or  10  inches.  We  usually  start  in 
the  fall  with  it  about  4  inches  deep  and  add  to  it  each  week  a 
little  coarse  litter.  Keep  the  litter  deep,  coarse,  dry  and  clean. 
If,  due  to  certain  conditions  of  moisture  or  a  large  number 
of  birds  closely  confined,  the  litter  gets  dirty  or  finely  ground, 
we  do  not  hesitate  to  clean  it  out  and  put  in  fresh  litter. 

A  Member.     Do  you  use  dropping  boards? 

Professor  Lewis.  Yes;  although  it  takes  a  little  labor  to 
clean  them  off  it  maintains  absolutely  sanitary  conditions, 
reduces  any  odor  which  might  come  from  using  dropping  pits, 
and  gives  the  birds  the  entire  floor  space.  There  is  an  impor- 
tant factor,  —  if  we  use  pits  there  is  too  much  floor  space 
taken  up.  The  capacity  of  the  house  is  really  determined  by 
the  number  of  square  feet  of  floor  space  for  the  birds;  there- 
fore we  get  the  perches  up  above  the  ground  3  or  4  feet, 
cleaning  them  off  twice  a  week  and  putting  on  gypsum  to  keep 
them  in  good  condition.  Then  we  keep  all  the  droppings  and 
have  a  good  income  from  those.  We  sell  them  in  New  Bruns- 
wick at  $8  to  $10  a  ton  to  farmers  who  grow  vegetables  for 
the  New  York  and  New  Jersey  markets. 

Mr.  A.  C.  Hawkins.  Do  you  advocate  open-front  houses 
in  New  England? 

Professor  Lewis.  I  advocate  open-front  houses  in  New  Jer- 
sey and  northern  New  York,  and  I  know  they  have  succeeded 
in  Maine.  I  know  also  that  your  own  professor  of  poultry 
husbandry  at  Amherst  recommends  them.  Li  New  Brunswick 
we  had  last  winter  a  temperature  of  14  degrees  below  zero, 
and  200  Leghorns,  in  an  absolutely  open-front  house,  where 
the  house  is  dry,  went  through  that  cold  snap  without  a  frozen 


23 

comb.  Another  flock  of  100  Rocks  and  100  Leghorns,  in  a 
house  with  a  soHd  glass  front,  where  the  temperature  in  the 
house  never  went  below  zero,  had  their  combs  frozen  and  were 
put  entirely  out  of  condition  on  account  of  the  increased 
moisture  content  due  to  lack  of  fresh  air  and  ventilation.  I 
believe  that  birds  will  stand  a  very  cold  temperature,  provid- 
ing the  atmospheric  conditions  are  dry.  I  believe  you  will  find 
that  the  freezing  of  combs  is  not  due  so  much  to  cold  temper- 
ature as  it  is  to  cold  temperature  combined  with  dampness,  or 
with  dampness  and  poor  ventilation,  which  means  that  the 
birds  are  of  low  vitality. 

Mr.  Carver.     Do  you  advocate  feeding  wet  mash? 

Professor  Lewis.  No,  except  in  one  or  two  instances;  it 
requires  a  good  deal  more  labor,  care  and  knowledge  on  the  part 
of  the  feeder,  and  if  that  care  and  knowledge  is  not  present 
■  it  will  put  the  birds  out  of  condition.  Dry  mash  will  produce 
just  as  many  eggs.  There  are  one  or  two  instances  where  a 
wet  mash  may  be  desirable,  —  for  pullets  coming  in  off  the 
range  in  the  fall  and  that  have  not  grown  very  well  possibly  a 
little  wet  mash,  just  crumbly,  with  a  little  ginger  or  saltpeter 
in  it,  may  be  desirable;  and  for  yearlings  that  don't  come  back 
so  well  when  the  molt  is  over,  a  little  wet  mash  with  a  little 
tonic  in  it  may  be  desirable.  A  lot  of  our  most  successful 
poultry  men  feed  wet  mash  and  get  along  with  it  very  well. 
I  am  not  condemning  it,  but  it  requires  a  personal  application 
and  knowledge  of  the  birds  and  their  appetite  which  few  of  us 
possess,  and  commercially  or  with  a  farm  flock  the  same 
results  can  be  secured  with  much  less  labor  by  the  feeding  of  a 
dry  mash. 

Mr.  E.  C.  Barber.  If  we  feed  poultry  six  varieties  of  grain 
at  one  time  they  will  always  pick  the  corn  first;  is  that  a  sign 
that  it  will  do  them  the  most  good? 

Professor  Lewis.  No,  I  don't  think  so.  We  put  some  30 
grains  and  their  by-products  before  a  flock  of  200  hens  for  a 
year;  corn  was  the  favorite  and  barley  next.  I  think  they 
need  it,  of  course,  to  maintain  themselves  and  provide  heat 
and  energy,  but  wheat  is  a  more  evenly  balanced  ration  for 
poultry  than  corn,  containing,  as  it  does,  considerable  protein 
and  not  as  much  carbohydrates  or  fat.     Corn  is  a  very  de- 


24 

sirable  feed;  it  is  of  a  carbohydrate  character  but  has  a  very 
small  amount  of  protein,  and  you  cannot  make  eggs  from  corn 
alone. 

Question.  Would  you  tell  me  what  is  your  opinion  of 
feeding  green  corn,  to  chickens  eight  or  ten  weeks  old,  on  the 
cob? 

Professor  Lewis.  I  don't  know  that  I  ever  fed  any  of  it. 
I  don't  know  why  it  would  not  be  all  right.  It  is  succulent 
and  palatable,  and  they  would  probably  relish  it  as  a  part  of 
their  ration.  It  could  not  be  substituted  for  dry  mash  or 
grains  at  all,  because  green  corn  is  primarily  a  carrier  of  water, 
having  70  or  80  per  cent  of  water  present.  I  think  there  are 
other  sources  which  would  supply  succulents  in  large  quantities 
more  economically. 

Mr.  Hawkins.  I  would  like  to  ask  if  there  are  any  special 
characteristics  by  which  we  can  select  the  hens  that  are  the  best 
layers  by  their  general  type  and  appearance? 

Professor  Lewis.  You  saved  me  by  putting  on  "appearance" 
at  the  end.  There  are  certain  factors  which  a  number  of  in- 
vestigators have  brought  to  light  recently  which  tend  to  be 
correlated  with  egg  production.  We  have  all  said  that  the 
heavy  producers,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  must  have  deep, 
long,  wide  bodies.  I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  every  bird  that 
has  a  deep,  long,  wide  body  is  a  heav^y  producer,  but  that 
practically  all  heavy  producers  have  abundance  of  room  in 
there,  just  as  a  good  dairy  cow  has  certain  well-defined 
characteristics.  There  are  other  factors  aside  from  that, 
definitely  correlated  with  egg  production.  One  is  the  color  of 
the  shank.  Professor  Rice  has  found  that  the  heavy  layers 
laid  the  color  out  of  their  shanks.  A  pullet  will  start  out  in  the 
fall  with  bright  yellow  shanks;  the  color  pigment  in  her  shanks 
and  her  ear  lobes  will  be  utilized  in  going  into  egg  production; 
by  spring  she  will  have  pale  shanks  and  ear  lobes.  The  Con- 
necticut station  has  done  a  lot  of  work  on  the  color  of  the  ear 
lobe  of  the  cockerel  as  related  to  egg  production,  and  there  are 
other  characteristics,  such  as  the  prominent  eye  and  deep- 
seated  head,  which  are  indicative  of  vigor. 

It  is  not  such  an  awful  proposition  to  take  ten  of  the  best 
hens  picked  b  '  their  external  appearance  and  put  them  in  a 


25 

coop  and  trap-nest  them  during  December,  January  and 
February.  The  birds  that  lay  the  most  eggs  during  those 
months  are  almost  invariably  the  ones  that  lay  the  most  eggs 
during  the  year,  and  that  is  the  type  of  bird  you  want  to 
propagate.  I  believe  it  will  pay  anybody  to  separate  four  or 
five  birds  like  that  and  get  his  wife  or  daughter  or  somebody 
to  help  him  with  the  trap-nesting.  It  really  only  makes  one 
extra  trip  in  the  morning,  because  in  April,  when  they  are 
laying  heavily,  you  have  got  to  visit  them  often.  The  only 
way  we  are  going  to  improve  our  poultry  and  get  definite  im- 
provements is  by  knowing  what  the  individuals  are  doing. 
The  poultry  man  has  to  come  to  it  just  as  the  dairymen  have 
come  to  it. 

Mr.  H.  B.  Walter.  Do  you  use  a  green  feed  for  June  and 
July  for  hens  that  are  confined? 

Professor  Lewis.  When  we  cannot  get  anything  on  the 
surrounding  land  to  feed  to  them  we  practice  double  yardage; 
we  have  a  yard,  say,  the  size  of  this  room,  divided  into  two 
parts,  and  grow  peas  and  oats  on  the  first  yard  while  the  birds 
are  feeding  on  wheat  planted  the  fall  before  in  the  second  yard. 
As  soon  as  the  oats  get  up  4  or  5  inches  we  turn  the  birds 
over  into  that  yard  and  seed  this  other  yard  to  buckwheat,  and 
as  soon  as  the  buckwheat  gets  4  or  5  inches  tall  we  turn 
them  over  on  to  that  and  grow  soy  beans  on  the  other  yard. 
That  gives  us  an  admirable  amount  of  green  feed.  When  the  soy 
beans  get  up  5  or  6  inches  we  turn  the  birds  back  into  that 
yard  and  grow  wheat.  We  practice  in  this  way  a  crop  rotation, 
and  it  does  not  take  very  long.  We  simply  go  in  there  with 
a  fine-tooth  cultivator,  and  all  except  the  first  seeding  we  plant 
broadcast,  and  as  soon  as  it  is  high  enough  we  put  the  birds 
in.  It  takes  a  very  short  time  to  do  this,  and  it  supplies  those 
birds  w^ith  green  feed  just  as  though  they  were  on  free  range, 
and,  what  is  even  better,  it  maintains  in  those  yards  absolutely 
sanitary  conditions.  It  turns  under  the  droppings  and  uses  their 
fertility  to  grow  the  crops  with,  and  has  maintained  cleanly 
conditions,  whereas  otherwise  those  yards  would  have  been 
absolutely  bare  and  an  undesirable  feeding  ground. 

Question.  About  how  much  yard  room  have  you  for  100 
hens? 


26 

Professor  Lewis.  We  have  there  from  virtually  nothing  up 
to  free  range.  If  I  were  putting  up  this  house  such  as  I 
described,  I  should  want  a  yard  for  100  hens  at  least  100  feet 
wide  and  20  feet  long,  and  practice  double  yarding  as  I  have 
mentioned.  Of  course,  I  can  grow  other  crops,  like  rape,  which 
makes  a  very  luxuriant  growth.  We  grow  a  lot  of  rape  for 
summer  feeding  to  birds  entirely  confined.  We  have  two  flocks 
of  100  birds  each  which  have  never  been  out  of  the  house  for 
three  years,  and  have  made  on  an  average  $2.22  per  bird.  I 
am  not  recommending  that,  but  am  giving  you  an  instance  of 
the  work  we  have  been  doing. 

Question.  Is  there  any  danger  of  the  rape  making  the  eggs 
taste? 

Professor  Lewis.  I  have  never  had  it  do  it,  fed  in  moderate 
amounts,  and  we  have  fed  birds  right  on  it.  I  have  heard  of 
instances,  however,  where  people  claimed  it  had. 

Mr.  Parsons.  Do  I  understand  that  you  have  tried  keeping 
hens  confined  for  three  years  as  against  free  range? 

Professor  Lewis.  Yes.  The  result  of  the  free-range  birds  at 
the  present  time  is  about  $1.98  in  profit  per  year.  The  mor- 
tality has  been  nearly  the  same.  The  hatchability  of  the  eggs, 
of  the  confined  birds  has  been  very  much  below  that  of  the 
eggs  of  the  birds  in  the  free  range.  Personally,  my  own 
opinion  is  this:  birds  which  I  was  feeding  for  egg  production 
I  would  keep  more  or  less  confined,  except  possibly  during  the 
summer  when  they  were  molting.  My  breeders  I  would  let 
run  as  much  as  they  wanted  to  and  not  force  them  for  egg 
production,  just  previous  to  eggs  for  hatching.  We  have 
studied  six  or  seven  hundred  eggs  this  last  winter,  with  reference 
to  their  hatchability.  We  found  that  the  dense  albumen  was 
apparent  in  all  those  cases  where  the  eggs  hatched,  and  there 
was  10  per  cent  less  water  than  in  the  albumen  of  the  eggs  that 
did  not  hatch.  W-e  believe  that  a  lot  of  poor  hatching  is  due 
not  to  faulty  incubation  or  faulty  mating  methods,  but  to  the 
innate  tendency  of  the  bird  to  produce  a  watery  albumen. 
There  is  not  nutriment  enough  in  that  albumen  to  nourish  the 
chick  through  twenty-one  days  and  get  it  out  of  the  shell.  We 
are  conducting  some  experiments  on  this  line  now,  and  expect 
to  continue  them  during  the  coming  year. 


27 

Question.  Would  you  condemn  introducing  an  English 
white  Wyandotte  cockerel  for  reproduction? 

Professor  Lewis.  I  hardly  know  what  to  say  in  answer  to 
that.  I  would  condemn  it  for  this  reason:  the  English  white 
Wyandottes  are  not,  in  any  sense  of  the  word,  white  Wyan- 
dottes  as  I  see  them,  —  I  want  to  be  careful  what  I  am 
saying,  —  and  you  are  going  to  introduce  into  your  strain  of 
Wyandottes  something  entirely  foreign  to  your  particular  breed, 
and  I  am  afraid  that  the  sum  total  of  your  results  will  be  a  good 
deal  worse  than  if  you  let  it  alone.  There  are  white  Wyan- 
dottes bred  according  to  the  American  standard  which  will 
lay  just  as  many  eggs  as  the  English  Wyandottes,  and  I  believe 
you  will  get  along  better  by  finding  in  your  own  flock  birds 
which  are  good  producers  and  breeding  from  those.  There  is  a 
possibility  of  doing  a  lot  of  harm  by  introducing  these  foreign 
types  about  which  you  know  little,  and  furthermore,  it  is 
perfectlj'-  possible  that  you  have  in  your  own  flock  birds  that 
are  as  good  or  better  producers  than  the  birds  you  are  buying. 
I  am  convinced  more  and  more  of  it,  the  more  we  get  our 
poultrymen  to  use  trap-nests.  One  of  our  big  poultrymen, 
Charles  Warner,  has  trap-nested  200  pullets,  and  he  found  birds 
that  are  absolute  drones  and  birds  that  are  laying  over  200 
eggs  a  year.  All  of  you  have  got  good  hens,  just  as  good  as 
any  hen,  possibly,  that  ever  made  a  record,  and  the  thing  is  to 
find  them,  and  after  you  find  them,  to  use  them  intelligently,  — 
get  cockerels  from  them  and  use  them  in  your  breeding  work. 
Every  one  of  you  here  have  got  birds  that  are  a  great  deal 
better  than  you  think;  find  them,  utilize  them;  that  is  the  way 
Tom  Barron  got  his  birds,  —  finding  out  what  were  the  good 
ones. 

Question.  Would  you  use  the  second  crop  of  hay  for 
feeding? 

Professor  Lewis.  Yes,  especially  if  it  has  clover  or  alfalfa 
in  it.  We  go  out  into  the  haymow,  sweep  up  the  leaves  and 
steam  them  for  the  poultry  mash  next  winter,  and  if  you  have 
a  lot  of  them  it  is  a  good  practice  to  steam  them  and  put  them 
in  troughs.  A  lot  of  those  things  you  can  use  and  find  them  of 
material  advantage. 

Mrs.  GooDNOUGH.    When  you  have  a  pen  of  good  Rhode 


28 

Island  Reds,  and  have  cockerels  in  that  same  hatch,  would  it 
be  detrimental  to  inbreed  for  one  year? 

Professor  Lewis.  No;  if  they  were  extra  good  birds  I 
certainly  should  not  object  to  inbreeding  for  one  year.  In- 
breeding does  this,  —  it  intensifies  any  characteristic  the 
birds  possess  by  eliminating  any  foreign  characteristic  that  any 
other  strain  of  birds  might  possess.  If  those  birds  are  good 
birds  and  have  a  good  color  pattern,  good  body  shape  and  good 
egg  production,  and  are  free  from  serious  defects,  —  crooked 
breasts  or  legs  or  undesirable  features,  —  it  is  certainly  de- 
sirable to  breed  them  together;  but  if  they  are  low  in  vitality, 
if  they  have  knock-knees  and  things  of  that  kind  and  you 
inbreed  them,  you  are  going  to  intensify  the  bad  characteristics. 
Inbreeding  intensifies  good  as  well  as  bad  characteristics,  and 
we  can  inbreed  for  a  number  of  years  provided  we  use,  in  our 
inbreeding,  only  selected  birds  which  measure  up  to  a  certain 
standard.  We  practiced  a  lot  of  inbreeding  at  the  New  Jersey 
station  and  got  very  desirable  birds  from  it. 

Question.     Is  not  early  fall  laying  a  sign  of  a  good  layer? 

Professor  Lewis.  Within  certain  limits,  yes.  I  would  not 
want  a  bird  that  came  to  maturity  so  early  that  it  was 
dwarfed.  When  a  bird  comes  to  maturity  —  I  mean  by  that, 
when  it  starts  laying  —  it  stops  growing,  and  if  it  comes  to 
maturity  too  early,  it  will  always  lay  small  eggs  and  will  be 
more  or  less  of  a  bantam  style;  but  I  would  say  that  with 
Leghorns,  five  months,  and  with  Rocks,  six  and  a  half  months, 
is  about  the  right  time.  It  is  true  that  birds  that  start  laying 
in  from  five  to  six  months  are  better  than  birds  that  don't 
start  laying  till  they  are  eight  or  nine  or  ten  months;  it  is  an 
indication  of  continued  high  production  for  a  bird  to  start 
laying  about  the  time  it  should.  April-hatched  birds  ought 
to  be  well  along  in  production  before  cold  weather  commences 
in  the  fall. 


QH)t  dommonroealtl)  of  ilTa00acl)ii0Ctt0. 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    54. 

February,  1916. 


STANDARDIZATION  OF  FARM 
PRODUCTS. 


CHARLES  McCarthy. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annual  Rkpout  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board 

OF  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Api'Koved  by 
The  'State  Board  of  Publication. 


STANDARDIZATION  OF  FARM  PRODUCTS. 


CHARLES  MCCARTHY,    CHIEF  OF  LEGISLATIVE   REFERENCE  BUREAU, 
MADISON,   WISCONSIN. 


The  appalling  waste  in  our  agricultural  production  has  at  last 
opened  the  eyes  of  our  agricultural  teachers  in  this  country. 
The  American  passion  for  efficiency  in  business  has  at  last  made 
its  way  into  the  business  of  agriculture.  We  have  at  last 
brought  ourselves  to  take  notice  of  abandoned  farms,  the 
growth  of  tenantry  and  the  high  cost  of  living.  We  have 
wondered  why  farmers  near  Boston  or  New  York  with  the 
finest  markets  are  not  able  to  sell  their  goods.  We  are  now 
seeking  a  solution  of  that  question.  The  solution  we  will  find 
eventually  is  the  solution  we  have  already  found  in  all  other 
industries,  —  better  business.  We  have  got  to  do  what  Henry 
Ford  did  with  the  automobile  business.  W^e  have  got  to 
Henry  Fordize  agriculture,  that's  all  there  is  to  it.  If  our 
minds  have  long  been  running  in  other  channels,  we  will  have 
to  change,  that  is  all.  And  we  have  got  to  Henry  Fordize 
agriculture  in  the  whole  sense.  We  have  got  to  have  thorough 
organization;  produce  thoroughly  good  and  guaranteed  goods 
at  the  lowest  cost;  get  higher  pay  for  the  producer;  and  get 
more  and  more  profit-sharing  both  for  the  producer  and  the 
consumer  as  time  goes  on. 

When  you  talk  about  not  being  able  to  compete  with  dairy 
products  from  Canada,  New  York  or  the  west,  what  other 
solution  is  there  but  to  organize,  standardize,  get  at  the  cost  of 
production,  and  then  devise  w^ays  and  means  of  reducing  every 
little  cost? 

And  you  have  got  to  advertise  too.  If  you  have  good  sani- 
tary goods  and  it  costs  you  to  get  them,  make  up  your  mind 
you  are  not  going  to  sell  them  at  what  they  are  worth  unless 
you  constantly  tell  men  over  and  over  again  how  it  pays  them 
to  get  clean  and  wholesome  products,  or  sound  fruit  or  superior 
articles. 


Now,  all  of  this  is  not  new,  —  it  is  not  difficult  even.  It  has 
been  worked  out  time  and  time  again.  In  one  issue  of  the 
"Saturday  Evening  Post"  there  was  an  advertisement  costing 
.$21,000  from  organizations  of  farmers  raising  citrous  fruit, 
raisins  and  walnuts,  who  have  Henry  Fordized  their  products. 

The  Danes  have  beaten  Henry  Ford,  for  they  have  not  only 
standardized  their  product,  their  processes  and  their  animals, 
but  they  have  gone  further  and  organized  on  a  purely  co- 
operative basis,  thus  insuring  the  profit-sharing  and  the  distri- 
bution of  wealth  to  all,  so  essential  to  any  rural  efficiency. 

I  have  read  the  Boston  Chamber  of  Commerce  milk  report, 
and  I  know  well  that  there  are  institutions  which  will  not 
divide  up  and  do  not  believe  in  profit-sharing.  There  is  not 
safety  in  individual  efficiency  such  as  the  Ford  plan  when 
applied  to  a  rural  situation.  We  want  the  Ford  efficiency,  but 
we  cannot  depend  upon  individual  generosity.  We  must  have 
the  Danish  democratic  organization  to  insure  the  success  of 
thorough  organization. 

You  will  not  succeed  if  you  merely  Fordize.  You  must  have 
democracy  —  the  one  man,  one  vote,  basis  —  to  go  with  it. 

Massachusetts  is  not  at  all  unlike  Denmark  or  Holland  or 
Belgium,  and  the  lessons  of  those  countries  can  well  be  applied 
here. 

A  movement  has  well  begun  to  fix  legislative  standards,  but 
those  standards  to  be  effective  must  be  followed  by  the  organi- 
zation of  milk  dealers  or  fruit  dealers  and  others  to  carry  out 
those  standards.  State  inspectors  will  help  somewhat,  but  it  is 
far  better  to  have  your  own  inspectors  and  then  guarantee  the 
product  to  the  State.  This  does  away  with  a  thing  which  may 
become  hateful  in  time,  —  the  multiplicity  of  inspectors  and 
the  element  of  bureaucracy  involved. 

The  milk  dealers  of  Massachusetts  should  be  organized  under 
the  co-operative  law  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  standards, 
working  out  the  cost  of  production,  advertising,  making  collec- 
tive contracts  with  the  big  milk  handlers,  or  actually  putting  up 
money  and  buying  or  building  plants. 

In  this  way  every  grading  law  or  standardization  law  will 
bring  profit  into  your  pockets,  and  will  not  merely  feed  into  the 
pockets   of  those   who   possess   a   monopoly   of   the   means   of 


transportation  and  selling.  You  will  have  your  own  brands 
and  carefully  uphold  them,  and  uphold  every  effort  by  the 
State  if  you  realize  profit  from  them. 

Farming  is  business,  and  every  business  method  must  be  used 
to  make  it  successful.  No  big  business  can  exist  to-day  without 
a  brand,  advertising  and  standards  of  production,  and  without 
having  a  steady  market.  The  telegraph  and  the  telephone  are 
necessary,  and  some  central  intelligence.  Overhead  costs  must 
be  estimated.  Standardization  is  the  basis  for  all  this.  By 
standardization  the  products  can  be  brought  to  the  market  in 
sufficient  quantities,  at  the  time  they  are  wanted,  and  to  the 
place  where  they  are  wanted.  By  standardization  the  small 
farmer  or  the  man  on  the  moderately  sized  farm,  —  who,  after 
all,  is  to  be  the  man  in  America,  or,  for  that  matter,  in  any 
other  country,  upon  whom  the  future  of  all  agricultural  in- 
dustry must  depend,  —  acquires  the  strength  of  the  large 
farmer.  If  we  have  large  farms  then  we  are  going  to  go  into 
extensive  cultivation,  and,  at  the  failure  of  that,  into  tenantry, 
with  all  its  evils.  The  only  way  to  maintain  the  small  farmer 
is  by  standardization  of  his  produce.  He  has  got  to  produce 
material  like  his  neighbor,  and  he  has  got  to  work  with  his 
neighbor  in  buying  and  selling.  He  has  got  to  organize  so  that 
the  business  end  of  it  is  concentrated  and  the  bookkeeping  end 
of  it  is  concentrated.  I  shall  not  go  into  an  analysis  of  the 
standardization  lav/s,  but  this  I  may  say,  that  there  is  a 
tremendous  chaos  coming  at  the  present  time.  It  is  proposed  to 
fix  standards  by  the  national  government.  We  have  already 
the  Sulzer  apple  standard.  Then  different  States  are  getting  up 
standards.  Many  of  these  standards  go  into  detail,  as  your 
law  in  Massachusetts  does,  as  to  size  of  apples,  etc.  A  good 
deal  of  this  is  dangerous  and  unreliable.  Some  of  it  is  necessary 
in  legislation,  but  what  is  necessary  and  what  is  unreliable  will 
have  to  be  worked  out.  Some  essentials  can  be  laid  down  in 
the  law.  The  rest  can  be  given  to  a  board  of  agriculture  to 
work  out,  as  administrative  rules  to  be  carried  out  through 
organizations.  But  in  all  cases  there  should  be  committees 
composed  of  men  who  would  use  their  actual  knowledge  of 
business  in  determining  these  rules,  so  that  the  rules  will  not 
be  made  theoretical;   also,  they  should  be  changed  from  year  to 


6 

year  as  the  conditions  change.  Their  main  enforcement  should 
be  through  organizations.  If  different  States  have  such  arrange- 
ments as  this,  it  will  not  be  difficult  for  the  marketing  depart- 
ments or  the  boards  of  agriculture  of  the  different  States  to 
meet  with  the  national  agricultural  department  and  make 
uniform  rules  or  national  standards.  That,  however,  is  a  far 
distant  day,  it  seems  to  me. 

I  served  on  a  commission  on  uniform  legislation  for  many 
years,  as  a  member  from  my  State.  I  know  that  uniformity 
looks  good  in  theory,  but  in  practice  there  is  a  vast  difference 
between  the  products  of  Oregon,  those  of  Massachusetts  and 
those  of  Florida.  Nevertheless,  uniformity  over  districts  through 
regulations  laid  down  by  boards  meeting  together  is  a  possible 
thing  and  something  which  can  be  worked  out. 

The  different  Massachusetts  laws  now  for  grading  of  produce 
or  standardization  should  have  an  added  phrase  to  the  effect 
that  the  standards  laid  down  in  the  law  may  be  changed  by 
the  State  Board  of  Health,  if  an  advisory  committee  is  called 
in  from  the  agricultural  interests  of  the  State.  Whatever 
method  is  used  it  is  certain  that  standardization  laws  are  but  a 
step.  They  must  be  accompanied  by  every  other  means  which 
business  industry  in  general  has  found  efficient,  —  by  brands, 
advertisement,  central  office,  cost  accounting,  transportation 
departments,  the  telephone  and  the  telegraph,  etc.,  —  in  short, 
by  the  organization  of  business  on  an  efficient  basis. 

None  of  this,  however,  will  avail  us  if,  in  the  end,  the  whole 
organization  is  not  upon  a  co-operative  basis  instead  of  a 
corporation  basis.  Sir  Horace  Plunkett  has  well  shown  the 
difference  when  he  says  that  "If  one  man  has  fifty  shares  of 
stock  and  one  cow,  and  another  man  has  fifty  cows  and  one 
share  of  stock,  the  man  who  owns  the  stock  will  milk  the  man 
who  milks  the  cow."  If  such  organization  is  not  on  the  right 
basis  we  will  have  little  trusts  bleeding  the  farmers,  leading, 
perhaps,  into  big  trusts,  rather  than  that  prosperity  of  the 
farmer  which  should  be  the  result  of  efficiency.  Some  of  the 
worst  little  trusts  that  exist  in  this  country  —  trusts  making 
unheard-of  profits  —  are  so-called  co-operative  organizations  or 
farmers'  organizations  organized  upon  the  joint-stock  basis. 
The  nonstockholder  is  fooled.     He  cannot  remove  his  land  or 


his  goods,  and  must  contribute  to  the  20,  30  or  40  per  cent 
made  by  some  of  these  so-called  co-operative  organizations. 

Some  one  has  said  that  the  American  farmer  will  organize 
when  he  has  to  do  so.  I  am  asking  you,  then,  who  have 
struggled  with  agriculture  in  New  England,  whether  you  have 
not  very  good  evidence  of  the  fact  that  you  have  got  to  do  it. 
Every  report  that  I  have  ever  seen  from  New  England  con- 
vinces me  that  New  England  is  a  portion  of  the  country  in 
which  a  farmer  will  not  be  able  to  live  and  enjoy  a  fairly 
decent  degree  of  prosperity  unless  the  farmers  get  together 
pretty  soon  and  organize  and  carry  out  a  program  similar  to 
that  carried  out  in  Holland,  Denmark  and  Germany.  That 
this  can  be  done  is  evidenced  by  the  wonderful  progress  in 
what  was  one  time  the  most  economically  disorderly  country  in 
the  world,  —  Ireland.  A  remarkable  change  has  come  over  the 
people  since  Sir  Horace  Plunkett  began  his  great  work  there. 
That  it  can  be  done  is  evidenced  in  every  State  in  the  country 
now,  for  a  recent  bulletin  issued  by  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture at  Washington  estimated  that  at  least  $1,000,000,000 
worth  of  produce  had  been  sold  by  organizations  of  this  kind 
within  the  last  year. 

The  Chairman  (Mr.  Wilfrid  Wheeler)  .  The  meeting  is  now 
open  for  discussion,  and  I  hope  there  will  be  some  questions  that 
Mr.  McCarthy  can  answer  on  this  question  of  grades  and  stand- 
ards. Our  department  is  already  prepared  to  build  this  year  along 
some  of  the  lines  Mr.  McCarthy  has  mentioned,  by  having  a 
department  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  which  will  have  the  power 
to  fix  grades  and  standards  of  agricultural  crops  here  in  the  State, 
so  that  we  will  be  able  to  co-operate  with  the  United  States 
government  and  other  States  in  this  very  thing.  As  he  says, 
the  fact  that  a  grade  or  standard  is  established  by  law  may  be 
a  mistake;  it  may  be  a  hard  thing  to  fix  by  law,  and  we  are 
working  on  that  very  line,  and  I  hope  that  a  law  will  be  passed 
this  year  to  give  the  Bureau  of  Markets  or  the  State  Board  of 
Agriculture  the  power  to  regulate  this  question  of  grades  and 
standards  so  that  it  will  be  in  conformity  with  the  other  States 
or   with    the    United    States    government.      If   there    are    any 


8 

questions,  or  if  there  is  any  discussion  you  would  like  to  bring 
out,  I  am  sure  Mr.  McCarthy  would  be  glad  to  answer. 

Question,  Wouldn't  it  help  things  to  have  everybody  put 
their  names  on  their  packages  of  products? 

Mr.  McCarthy.  That  would  have  to  be  done  for  the  thing 
to  be  of  any  value;  that  is  essential  to  this  whole  plan.  In  the 
Danish  egg,  for  instance,  there  is  a  brand  put  upon  the  egg,  so 
you  can  trace  the  product  back  to  the  organization.  So,  in  all 
the  butter  standards  that  I  have  seen,  there  is  a  sign  of  some 
kind,  a  letter  or  something,  which  will  show  exactly  the  man 
or  the  organization  that  had  that  product,  so  that  you  can  trace 
the  thing  back  as  you  would  in  bookkeeping.  That  is  essential. 
Then  you  can  put  the  responsibility  upon  the  man  who  got  up 
the  product.  I  think  that  it  is  absolutely  essential  that  you 
should  do  that,  but  of  course  you  know  there  is  going  to  be 
very  great  opposition  to  it.  The  great  middlemen  who  buy  this 
produce  want  to  put  their  own  names  and  labels  on  it,  and 
they  will  cut  off  your  label  or  will  refuse  to  buy  your  material 
if  it  is  labeled.  There  ought  to  be,  in  my  opinion,  national 
legislation  to  protect  the  man  who  wants  to  put  a  label  upon 
his  produce.  Some  of  our  material  in  Wisconsin  is  labeled,  goes 
down  to  the  Chicago  market,  and  the  buyers  or  packers  down 
there  take  the  label  off  and  then  you  cannot  tell  whose  material 
it  is.  You  should  be  able  to  trace  it  right  back  to  where  it 
comes  from;  that  is  essential.  The  Dutch  brands  look  like 
dollar  bills.  There  is  a  number  up  in  the  corner,  and  on  the 
butter  keg  there  is,  a  label.  You  buy  these  labels  from  the 
government;  the  government  then  has  your  record,  who  you 
are  and  who  bought  them,  and  can  trace  every  piece  of  material 
you  buy. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Atkins.  This  year  is  a  good  beet  year.  I 
understand  in  New  Jersey  and  elsewhere  large  quantities  went 
to  waste.  It  seems  a  pity  that  large  crops  should  go  to  waste, 
and  your  talk  along  the  line  of  contributing  knowledge  as  to 
where  the  buying  centers  might  be  is  of  interest.  I  know  that 
Holyoke  could  have  used  several  carloads  more  of  peaches, 
provided  they  could  have  been  brought  in  there  and  placed 
before  the  public  at  a  reasonable  price  so  they  could  get  hold  of 
them,  while  I  understand  there  were  people  in  New  Jersey  who 


9 

could  not  sell  them.  I  understand  there  was  a  man  who 
ofifered  carloads  of  them  at  15  cents  a  basket  after  he  got  them 
and  could  not  find  a  market.  Could  the  government  do  any- 
thing to  open  up  a  market?  If  those  cars  could  have  been 
sent  to  Holyoke  and  the  consumers  could  have  got  them  at  50 
cents  a  basket  they  would  have  been  sold. 

Mr.  McCarthy.  There  isn't  a  doubt  that  a  great  deal  of 
the  peach  crop  this  year  could  have  been  taken  care  of  in  the 
smaller  places  if  there  was  a  wholesaler  in  that  region  who 
knew  how  to  take  that  stuff  and  deal  in  it,  or  if  there  was  some 
open  market  place.  Just  see  how  that  open  market  place 
would  act.  If  you  had  the  open  market  place  you  could  bill 
the  town.  In  many  of  these  cities  the  country  papers  or  little 
city  papers  will  not  take  an  advertisement  of  produce  that  is  in 
the  market  place,  because  the  advertisers,  who  are  the  retailers 
around  there,  will  not  stand  for  it;  but  you  can  always  bill  the 
town  and  say  there  are  so  many  barrels  of  apples  or  peaches  in 
the  market,  and  you  can  make  up  your  mind  that  the  women 
are  coming  there  and  going  to  get  them  at  prices  worth  while 
to  the  shipper.  I  think  there  probably  was  an  overproduction 
of  peaches  this  year,  considering  the  means  of  transportation  in 
this  country  and  the  unorganized  state  of  the  market,  but  that 
overproduction  could  be  easily  taken  care  of  if  we  had  some 
machinery  for  distributing  it  through  the  smaller  places.  I 
know  that  the  Sun-kist  orange  people  at  the  present  time  have 
been  eliminating  the  wholesaler  in  a  great  many  places,  and 
they  are  getting  down  to  the  retailer.  If  you  will  notice  in 
many  of  the  cities  this  year  the  Sun-kist  orange  people  are 
advertising  in  the  country  papers.  A  city  like  Chicago  will 
have  a  great  lot  of  stuff  dumped  into  it,  and  sometimes  the 
machinery  for  distributing  this  produce  into  smaller  places 
where  there  are  no  good  wholesale  houses  or  public  markets  is 
not  sufficiently  worked  out.  I  know  an  express  company  man 
dealing  with  one  of  the  big  food  divisions  of  the  express  com- 
pany, who,  as  an  experiment,  began  to  advertise  and  put  into 
a  lot  of  country  towns  some  of  this  peach  product,  and  where 
they  would  say  in  one  place,  "Well,  we  could  dispose  of  10 
bushels,"  he  told  me  that  he  often  put  in  75  and  100  bushels. 
So  you  can  see  that  our  distribution  of  our  produce  is  in  a  very 


10 

crude  condition;  we  haven't  got  it  mapped.  Why?  Louis 
Brandeis  of  Boston  said  that  the  railroads  of  this  country 
wasted  $300,000,000  a  year.  I  don't  doubt  but  you  could 
prove  that  they  w^asted  a  great  deal  more  than  that  in  another 
sense,  for  the  railroads,  w4th  their  agricultural  experts,  have 
been  building  up,  down  along  their  lines,  farmers'  districts  for 
horticulture,  for  agriculture,  and  then  allowed  wasteful  dumping 
into  the  big  centers.  All  the  traffic  managers  seemed  to  care 
about  on  some  of  these  railroads  was  that  they  get  the  material 
on  to  the  cars,  get  the  stuff  into  the  big  centers  and  get  the 
freight  for  it.  The  railroads  in  the  end  suffer  for  it,  because  the 
farmers  are  more  or  less  discouraged  in  some  portions  of  the 
country,  and  will  not  produce  in  the  same  way  another  year. 
Because  of  the  fact  that  the  railroads  have  not  mapped  the 
trafiic  of  this  country,  or  have  not  combined  to  take  care  of 
the  markets  in  a  scientific  way,  they  have  no  doubt  wasted 
millions  and  millions  of  dollars.  I  said  to  a  railroad  man  the 
other  day,  "One  of  the  best  arguments  for  government  owner- 
ship that  could  be  made  against  you  men  would  be  the  handling 
of  the  products  of  last  year." 

Question.     How  would  you  standardize  the  milk  for  Boston? 

Mr.  McCarthy.  I  am  not  going  into  that  problem.  New 
York  gives  you,  in  some  ways,  an  example  of  what  could  be 
done,  but  your  situation  is  a  difficult  and  peculiar  one.  There 
is  one  sure  thing  I  can  say,  that  organization  in  this  district 
would  be  a  far  better  thing  for  you  than  to  be  in  your  present 
unorganized  condition.  Your  only  salvation  in  this  district  is 
to  work  for  standardization  and  then  work  to  reduce  your  cost 
of  production  by  collective  action.  You  can  standardize 
almost  any  kind  of  produce.  I  have  seen  in  Holland  the 
standardization  of  almost  every  kind  of  vegetable  possible. 
In  nearly  all  Holland,  now,  the  ordinary  vegetables  that  come 
in  are  in  some  degree  standardized.  They  are  sold  by  lots  at 
auction  and  the  buyers  must  sit  up  in  a  big  stand  and  look  at 
the  lot  and  then  bid  upon  the  lot,  and  the  sample  must  corre- 
spond to  the  entire  lot.  You  would  be  surprised  to  see  how  well 
you  can  standardize  all  sorts  of  difficult  things.  There  is  hardly 
anything  that  you  can't  work  out  with  some  kind  of  standard. 


11 

Mr.  A.  H.  Wheat.  You  spoke  of  goods  being  sold  in 
Holland  at  auction;   what  class  of  people  buy  them  at  auction? 

Mr.  McCarthy.  The  wholesalers  generally  buy  the  material 
to  be  sent  out  of  the  country,  —  to  England  or  some  place 
like  that;  or  the  co-operative  societies  buy  it.  I  saw  an  agent 
for  a  big  co-operative  society  buying  a  lot  of  goods  in  one  of 
these  auctions  in  Holland;  but  generally  it  is  the  wholesaler. 
The  process  there  is  very  interesting.  As  I  say,  there  will  be  a 
grand  stand,  and  all  these  buyers  who  come  there  have  to  sit 
up  on  the  grand  stand;  they  cannot  go  around  to  you  and 
bargain  with  you  individually;  they  must  sit  up  on  the  grand 
stand  and  pay  for  it.  They  have  a  little  button  in  front  of 
them  which  is  connected  with  a  great  big  dial,  and  they  press 
the  button  when  the  price  at  which  they  want  to  buy  shows 
up  on  the  dial;  they  take  the  lot  before  them  on  that.  They 
are  up  there  to  make  a  collective  bargain  with  the  collective 
farmer.  I  have  seen  that  all  over  Holland.  I  have  seen  it  in 
one  place  where  there  was  a  stream  of  water,  —  Holland  being 
nearly  all  water,  —  and  a  boat  was  drawn  down  the  stream  of 
water  and  had  on  it  the  different  little  lots  of  potatoes  and 
vegetables  and  all  kinds  of  produce,  and  they  bid  upon  these 
lots  as  the  boat  went  by  in  front  of  them.  All  they  did  was  to 
look  at  the  stuff,  and  any  question  in  dispute  was  referred  to  a 
court  of  arbitration  composed  of  one  representative  of  the 
farmers,  one  of  the  buyers,  and  a  third  man  appointed  by  the 
municipality.  The  farmers,  of  course,  had  to  bring  their  stuff 
in  according  to  the  sample.  It  was  the  wholesalers  or  big 
buyers  in  nearly  every  instance  who  bought  it  in  that  way  from 
the  farmers. 

Mr.  Wheat.  Those  are  the  buyers  that  sold  to  the  retailers 
after  that,  are  they? 

Mr.  McCarthy.  Yes,  you  know  over  there  in  those 
countries  a  co-operative  organization  is  a  wholesale  organiza- 
tion, after  all;  that  is,  if  you  were  in  Denmark  you  would  see 
the  office  of  the  English  Co-operative  Wholesale  Society,  which 
does  a  business,  I  think,  of  $700,000,000  a  year,  and  they  buy  for 
all  the  different  little  member  organizations  in  a  wholesale  way. 

Mr.  Wheat.  Does  that  auction  come  any  nearer  to  the  con- 
sumer than  our  commission  or  fruit  auction  does  here? 


12 

Mr.  McCarthy.  Well,  I  could  not  say,  because  I  am  not 
familiar  with  the  system  here,  but  I  imagine  that  when  you 
take  the  Co-operative  Wholesale  Society  of  England,  buying 
that  way  in  a  large  lot  for,  we  will  say,  a  thousand  grocery 
stores,  it  comes  very  much  nearer  than  anything  we  would  have 
here. 

Mr.  Wheat.  That  is,  the  co-operative  association  is  similar 
to  the  Liverpool  market,  isn't  it?  If  we  want  onions  there  we 
buy  them  in  Liverpool. 

Mr.  McCarthy.  In  the  manufacturing  districts  over  there 
the  people  unite  and  have  their  own  grocery  stores  and  trading 
stores  of  all  kinds,  and  these  little  units  are  united  in  a  great 
big  wholesale  co-operative  society.  They  own  the  stores  them- 
selves so  there  is  no  profit  in  that  except  the  salaries  of  the 
officials  that  the  people  themselves  hire;  there  is  no  money  that 
can  come  out  of  it  in  any  other  sense. 

Mr.  Wheat.     They  are  strictly  co-operative? 

Mr.  McCarthy.  Strictly  co-operative,  on  a  one  man,  one 
vote,  basis.  They  own  their  own  vessels,  have  their  tea 
plantations  in  Ceylon,  have  organizations  in  Canada  for  buying 
cheese  and  apples  for  them,  and  I  think  they  have  some 
agency  in  this  country.  It  is  a  great  big  organization  that  the 
people  themselves  own,  and  it  lias  existed  sixty  years  or  more 
and  does  a  business  of  between  $700,000,000  and  $800,000,000. 
Of  course  when  they  buy  that  way  the  process  is  very  much 
cheapened.  Professor  Mezes,  of  the  City  College  of  New  York, 
reckons  that  the  Danes,  by  selling  that  way,  reduce  the  cost  of 
selling  from  35  to  2|  cents  on  the  dollar. 

Mr.  Wheat.     They  sell  in  large  quantities? 

Mr.  McCarthy.  Yes,  sell  in  large  quantities  and  do  away 
with  jobbers  and  middlemen.  I  met  a  man  in  Wisconsin  who 
sold  produce,  and  he  told  me  that  he  knocked  out  two  middle- 
men between  Wisconsin  and  New  York  by  coming  to  New 
York  and  guaranteeing  the  standard  of  a  million  pounds  of 
butter.  He  said  he  did  not  go  to  Chicago  at  all,  but  sent  the 
article  on  to  New  York  and  knocked  out  two  or  three  of  these 
men. 


®l)e  Commonrocaltl)  of  ina56acl)U6Ctt5 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICIILTITRE. 


CIRCULAR    No.   55. 

February,  1916. 


CANNING  IN  GLASS  IN  THE  HOME. 


Sar.\h  Elizabeth  Belt. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts 
State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 

The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


CANNING  IN  GLASS  IN  THE  HOME. 

(FRUITS,  VEGETABLES  AND  MEATS.) 


MRS.    SARAH    EUZABETH   BELT,    MELROSE,    MASSACHUSETTS. 


This  is  a  subject  that  interests  almost  every  housewife, 
especially  when  the  prices  of  food  are  so  high.  Did  it  ever 
occur  to  the  housewife  that  the  unnecessary  waste  of  fruits, 
vegetables  and  meats  on  the  farm  and  in  our  gardens  could  be 
saved,  and  be  available  for  use  in  the  middle  of  winter,  if  she 
would  take  a  little  more  time  when  the  fruits  and  vegetables 
are  in  season  and  can  them?  The  great  objection  in  previous 
years  has  been  that  the  open  kettle  method  of  canning  was 
tedious  and  took  up  considerable  time,  but  by  using  the  cold 
pack  method  of  to-day  canning  has  become  a  pleasure  instead 
of  work.  By  using  this  method  it  will  be  possible  to  have  all 
kinds  of  fruits  and  vegetables,  as  if  right  from  the  garden,  in 
the  dead  of  winter.  The  housewife  will  also  be  able  to  keep 
her  table  supplied  with  all  the  delicacies  out  of  season  at  a  very 
small  cost.  Arrangements  can  be  made  so  that  while  fruit  and 
vegetables  are  sterilizing  other  work  may  be  attended  to.  In 
this  way  the  plan  of  work  for  the  day  is  not  upset. 

Bacteria,  Yeasts  and  Molds. 
Every  piece  of  fruit,  vegetable  or  meat,  no  matter  how  fresh, 
is  filled  with  tiny  invisible  spores  or  parasites  which  cause  it  to 
spoil.  The  air,  no  matter  how  clear  it  may  look,  is  filled  with 
these  tiny  organisms.  These  organisms  are  divided  into  three 
classes,  —  yeast  spores,  which  attack  fruit;  bacteria,  which 
attack  vegetables  and  meats;  molds,  which  attack  jellies  and 
jams.  Yeast  spores  are  killed  by  a  lower  degree  of  temperature 
than  bacteria,  therefore  a  short  sterilizing  is  sufiicient  for 
killing  the  yeast  in  fruit. 


Bacteria,  however,  resist  destruction  by  heat  for  a  long  time. 
Two  and  even  more  hours  at  boihng  point  (212°  F.)  is  required 
to  render  all  vegetables  and  meats  proof  against  spoiling. 
Molds  are  generally  killed  at  the  temperature  of  boiling  water. 

Bacteria  are  so  small  that  they  can  only  be  seen  with  a 
microscope,  and  they  reproduce  themselves  with  amazing 
rapiditj'. 

One  bacterium  under  favorable  conditions  will  reproduce  itself 
about  20,000,000  times  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours.  Ac- 
cordingly, certain  vegetables  spoil  more  rapidly  because  they 
furnish  a  better  medium  for  bacterial  growth. 

The  reproduction  of  bacteria  is  brought  about  by  one  of  two 
processes,  —  the  germ  either  divides  itself  into  two  parts, 
making  two  bacteria  where  one  existed  before,  or  else  re- 
produces itself  by  means  of  spores.  These  spores  are  compared 
to  the  seeds  of  an  ordinary  plant,  and  they  present  the  chief 
difficulty  in  canning  vegetables,  meats  and  fish.  While  the 
parent  bacteria  are  readily  killed  at  the  temperature  of  boiling 
water  these  spores  retain  their  vitality  for  a  long  time  even  at 
that  temperature,  and  in  cooling  w411  germinate,  and  the  newly 
formed  bacteria  will  begin  their  destructive  work.  Therefore 
it  is  necessary,  in  order  to  completely  sterilize  a  vegetable,  meat 
or  fish,  to  heat  it  to  the  boiling  point  of  water  and  keep  it  at 
that  temperature  for  two  or  more  hours. 

This  boiling  of  foods  and  dishes  to  free  them  from  all  germ 
life  is  called  sterilization.  Unless  fruits,  meats  and  vegetables 
are  boiled  long  enough  to  destroy  this  germ  life  they  are  not 
sterile  and  will  surely  spoil.  Once  sterilized  the  food  and  the 
inside  of  the  jar  must  be  protected  from  the  air,  which  as  I 
said  before  is  filled  with  these  tiny  microbes.  Unless  it  is 
absolutely  and  permanently  protected  it  will  surely  be  attacked 
by  these  germs  and  it  will  spoil. 

Jars. 
It  is  not  necessary  to  protect  all  sterilized  foods  from  the 
light,  but  in  order  to  keep  them  sterile  they  must  be  encased 
in  an  air-tight  jar.  This  jar  must  not  only  be  air-tight  at  the 
time  of  canning,  but  must  remain  so  until  opened.  The  first 
requisite  for  successful  canning  is  a  good  jar.     There  are  many 


kinds  of  glass  jars,  —  the  old  and  the  new  improved  Mason  jar 
with  a  screw  top,  and  the  jar  with  a  rubber  ring  and  glass  top, 
of  which  there  are  several  varieties.  These  tops  are  held  in 
place  by  a  simple  wire  spring.  Fruits,  vegetables  and  meats 
often  spoil  by  the  use  of  defective  rings.  It  is  poor  economy 
to  buy  cheap  rubbers  or  to  use  them  a  second  time.  Let  me 
say  right  here  that  it  is  a  good  plan  to  test  your  rubbers 
before  using  them,  by  pulling  the  rubber  out  and  letting  it 
spring  back  into  shape.  If  it  does  not  respond  readily  you  will 
know  it  is  not  good. 

Another  type  of  jar  in  common  use  is  the  one  with  the  self- 
sealing  metal  top  lacquered  on  both  sides.  These  jars  require 
no  rubber  rings,  as  the  groove  in  the  top  contains  a  composition 
of  the  consistency  of  rubber,  which  is  melted  during  canning 
by  the  heat  of  the  jar.  This  band  takes  the  place  of  a  rubber 
ring. 

If  the  jar  and  the  food  are  not  absolutely  sterilized  this  jar 
warns  you  of  the  fact  by  loosening  its  cap  and  unsealing  itself. 
This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  germs  cause  a  gas  to  form 
which  loosens  the  cap. 

This  type  of  jar  seals  itself  by  air  pressure.  When  the  food 
in  the  jar  is  hot  it  is  very  much  expanded,  but  in  cooling 
it  shrinks  and  causes  a  vacuum.  In  shrinking  it  draws  the  cap 
down  tight,  and  by  atmospheric  pressure  (15  pounds  to  the 
square  inch)  holds  it  tighter  and  tighter,  until  when  cold  it  is 
impossible  to  pull  it  off. 

Sterilizers. 

There  are  two  principal  types  of  sterilizers,  —  the  first  is  the 
hot  water  bath  outfit,  which  consists  of  an  ordinary  wash 
boiler  with  a  rack  that  sets  on  the  bottom  to  set  your  jars  on 
so  as  to  avoid  breakage;  the  other  method  is  the  steam  pressure 
canner. 

By  using  the  latter  sterilizer  or  canner  your  fruits  are  canned 
by  steam  pressure  instead  of  hot  water.  The  food  is  cooked  in 
receptacles  placed  over  water  which  is  heated  to  a  temperature 
sufficient  to  make  steam,  and  held  there  at  that  temperature 
the  required  time.  On  the  cover  of  the  steam  canner  there  is  a 
steam  gauge,  a  safety  valve  and  an  exhaust  cock. 


The  steam  gauge  registers  the  number  of  pounds'  pressure, 
also  the  degrees  of  temperature. 

The  safety  valve  exhausts  the  excess  steam,  thereby  keeping 
the  required  number  of  pounds'  pressure. 

The  exhaust  cock  is  to  release  all  the  pressure  from  the 
canner.  This  last  device  is  absolutely  necessary.  Great  care 
must  be  taken  in  releasing  this  pressure  slowly,  as  a  sudden 
release  has  a  tendency  to  draw  the  water  out  of  the  jar  and 
lift  the  cap. 

In  taking  the  jars  out,  when  the  sterilization  is  completed,  it 
is  important,  in  order  to  avoid  breakage,  to  see  that  the  hot 
jars  do  not  come  in  contact  with  a  cool  draft  of  air.  Any  one 
that  has  ever  done  any  canning  will  know  that  a  sudden 
change  of  temperature  will  break  hot  glass.  Therefore  you 
must  have  your  doors  and  windows  closed  while  you  are  taking 
the  jars  out  of  the  sterilizer.  Be  careful  and  do  not  set  them 
on  the  table  in  the  kitchen  or  shelf  in  the  pantry  in  a  draft, 
but  place  them  on  a  towel  or  a  thick  pad. 

Methods  of  Packing. 

Two  methods  are  used  in  canning,  the  open  kettle  method 
and  the  cold  pack  method.  The  first  method  consists  of 
boiling  in  the  open  kettle,  and  then  pouring  into  your  jars 
while  hot  and  then  sealing.  The  second  method  is  that  of 
sterilizing  or  boiling  your  fruits,  vegetables  or  meats  either 
M'hole  or  sliced  in  the  jar.  In  using  the  first  method  you  have 
to  stand  over  the  hot  stove  and  get  overheated,  while  in  the 
second  method  you  use  everything  practically  cold. 

Pears. 
For  pears  make  the  sirup  first,  so  that  you  can  set  it  aside 
to  cool  while  you  are  preparing  the  fruit  for  the  jars.  Now  in 
regard  to  the  proportions  of  sugar  and  water  for  the  sirup,  some 
prefer  a  thick  sirup,  some  a  medium  and  some  a  thin  sirup. 
For  a  thick  sirup,  use  1^  pints  of  sugar  to  1  pint  of  water;  for 
a  medium  sirup,  equal  proportions,  1  pint  of  sugar  to  1  pint 
of  water;  and  for  a  thin  sirup,  1  pint  of  sugar  to  1^  pints  of 
water.     Place  your  sugar  and  water  in  a  saucepan  upon  the 


stove,  bring  it  to  a  boil  and  let  it  boil  slowly  for  five  minutes, 
taking  off  the  scum  which  rises  to  the  top  before  it  boils. 
While  this  is  cooling  select  firm  and  perfect  fruit,  wash  and 
pour  boiling  water  over  it,  and  let  stand  for  about  two  minutes; 
then  plunge  into  cold  water  and  remove  skins.  Halve  or 
quarter,  as  you  prefer,  and  pack  into  the  jars  (which  have  been 
thoroughly  cleansed  in  cold  or  lukewarm  water).  Fill  to  the 
brim  with  the  cool  sirup,  place  on  your  rubbers  and  glass  tops, 
and  clamp  but  do  not  tighten.  If  using  the  jar  with  the  metal 
cap,  first  dip  the  cap  in  cold  water,  then  place  it  on  the  jar,  and 
clamp.  If  using  the  hot  water  bath  outfit  place  the  jars  on  the 
rack  in  the  boiler  and  fill  to  the  neck  of  the  jars  with  cold 
water.  Place  on  the  cover  and  count  your  time  of  sterilizing 
from  the  time  the  water  in  the  boiler  begins  to  boil,  keeping  it 
at  boiling  point  for  twenty  minutes  to  one-half  an  hour, 
according  to  the  ripeness  of  the  fruit.  If  you  are  using  the 
steam  pressure  canner  do  exactly  the  same  way,  and  when  the 
jars  are  ready  for  the  canner  lower  the  crate  into  the  retort 
after  placing  the  jars  in  the  crate.  There  should  be  2  inches  of 
water  in  the  retort.  Place  on  the  cover  of  the  canner  and 
tighten  the  clamps  so  there  will  be  absolutely  no  leakage,  and 
bring  the  steam  up  to  5  pounds'  pressure,  keeping  it  at  that 
pressure  eight  to  ten  minutes,  according  to  the  ripeness  of  the 
fruit.  Right  here  let  me  give  the  reasons  for  scalding:  first, 
to  remove  the  skins  without  loss  of  pulp;  second,  to  eliminate 
all  objectionable  acids;  third,  to  start  the  flow  of  coloring 
matter.  The  reasons  for  the  cold  dip  are,  first,  to  separate  the 
skins  and  harden  the  pulp;  second,  to  stop  the  flow  of  coloring 
matter;  and  third,  to  render  packing  easier. 

Apples. 
In  regard  to  the  canning  of  apples,  I  might  say  there  are 
more  apples  wasted  than  any  other  fruit  in  the  United  States. 
You  will  probably  say  to  yourselves,  or  to  each  other,  what  is 
the  use  of  canning  apples  when  you  can  put  them  away  in  cold 
storage  and  keep  them  indefinitely.  That  is  all  very  well,  but 
the  apples  that  you  put  away  in  cold  storage  are  not  the  apples 
that  are  allowed  to  lie  on  the  ground  and  go  to  waste,  —  they 
are  not  the  windfall  apples.     When  I  say  windfall  apples  I  do 


8 

not  mean  the  apples  that  are  allowed  to  lie  on  the  ground  for 
two  or  three  days  or  more.  I  mean  the  apples  that  have 
fallen  off  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours  and  have  not  been 
allowed  to  lie  on  the  ground,  and  decompose  where  they  have 
been  bruised  by  falling.  Apples  have  no  equal  as  an  all-around 
fruit.  The  best  apple  for  canning  is  the  late  fall  or  the  early 
winter  variety.  Summer  apples  are  not  good  for  canning 
purposes,  as  they  almost  always  turn  soft  w^hen  cooked. 

To  can  apples  whole,  wash,  core  and  peel,  cut  out  all  the 
decayed  spots  to  keep  the  apples  from  discoloring,  drop  them 
immediately  in  a  light  brine  (1  teaspoonful  of  salt  to  1  quart  of 
water),  let  stand  for  four  or  five  minutes,  and  then  rinse  them 
off  in  cold  water  and  pack  in  jars.  Fill  to  the  brim  with  cold 
water  or  sirup.  Cap  and  clamp  and  sterilize  for  twenty  minutes 
in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit,  or  six  minutes  in  the  steam  canner 
under  5  pounds'  pressure.  These  are  very  nice  for  apple 
dumplings.  Do  exactly  the  same  way  for  sliced  apples,  slicing 
the  apples  and  then  packing  them  in  the  jars  and  sterilizing 
fifteen  minutes  in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit  and  four  minvites 
in  the  steam  canner  under  5  pounds'  pressure. 

Vegetables. 

The  first  step  in  successful  canning  of  vegetables  is  the 
selection  and  the  preparation.  Have  your  vegetables  as  fresh 
as  possible.  They  are  best  gathered  in  the  early  morning,  and 
if  not  convenient  to  can  them  immediately  do  not  allow  them 
to  wither,  but  set  them  aside  in  a  cool,  damp  place  or  in  a  pan 
of  cold  water,  and  keep  them  crisp  until  you  are  ready  to  use 
them. 

Corn. 

Most  people  think  it  is  one  of  the  hardest  vegetables  to  can, 
but  I  find  it  one  of  the  easiest  to  do  and  keep.  The  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  at  Washington  has  shown  us  that  the 
amount  of  sugar  in  the  sweet  varieties  diminishes  very  rapidly 
after  it  is  pulled  from  the  stalk.  The  ear  loses  50  per  cent,  of 
its  sweetness  overnight;  therefore  to  obtain  its  original  flavor 
it  is  necessary  to  can  it  very  soon  after  it  is  gathered.  Select 
ears  with  full  grains,  husk  them,  brush  off  the  silk  with  a  stiff 


brush  kept  for  that  purpose,  and  blanch  in  boihng  water  ten 
to  fifteen  minutes.  This  is  done  to  eUminate  all  objectionable 
acids  and  to  start  the  flow  of  coloring  matter.  Plunge  into 
cold  water  to  set  the  color  bodies  and  render  packing  easier, 
and  pack  in  jars  alternately,  butts  and  tips.  Add  1  teaspoon- 
ful  of  salt  to  each  quart  jar,  fill  to  the  brim  with  cold  water, 
place  on  your  rubber  rings  and  your  tops,  and  sterilize  for 
four  hours  in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit.  If  using  the  steam 
pressure  canner  place  your  jars  in  the  crate,  lower  them  into 
the  retort,  which  should  have  2  inches  of  water  in  it,  put  on 
the  cover  and  clamp,  being  sure  there  is  absolutely  no  leakage, 
bring  the  steam  up  to  15  pounds'  pressure  and  keep  it  there  for 
sixty  minutes. 

For  corn  off  the  cob  cut  the  corn  off  after  the  cold  plunge, 
pack  in  the  jars  and  proceed  the  same  as  with  corn  on  the  cob. 

String  Beans. 

Have  your  beans  as  fresh  from  the  vines  as  possible,  and  be 
sure  all  pods  are  tender.  Wash,  break  in  convenient  lengths, 
or  leave  them  whole,  as  you  prefer,  blanch  in  boiling  water 
from  three  to  five  minutes,  plunge  into  cold  water,  pack  in 
jars,  fill  to  the  brim  with  cold  water,  place  on  rubbers  and 
caps,  and  clamp.  Sterilize  in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit  for 
three  hours,  or  in  the  canner  fifty  minutes  at  8  pounds'  pressure. 

Greens:  Syinach  Swiss  Chard,  Dandelions  and  Beet  Tops. 

Wash,  blanch  in  boiling  water  for  five  minutes,  plunge  into 
cold  water,  pack  into  jars  solid,  fill  to  the  brim  with  cold  water, 
place  on  rubbers  and  tops,  clamp,  and  sterilize  in  the  hot 
water  bath  outfit  one  hour  or  thirty  minutes  under  5  pounds' 
pressure  in  the  canner. 

The  reason  for  the  shorter  sterilization  for  greens  than  for 
beans  or  corn  is  that  they  do  not  furnish  as  good  a  medium 
for  the  bacterial  growth.  Bacteria  do  not  thrive  in  vegetables 
containing  a  large  amount  of  acids,  which  is  why  rhubarb  will 
keep  without  being  sterilized.  The  tomato  does  not  contain 
so  much  acid  as  rhubarb,  yet  it  has  sufficient  acid  to  prevent 
the  growth  of  more  troublesome  forms  of  bacteria. 


10 


Tomatoes. 

To  can  tomatoes  whole,  grade  for  ripeness,  size  and  quality. 
Scald  to  loosen  the  skin,  plunge  into  cold  water,  remove  skins, 
pack  whole.  Fill  the  jars  with  tomatoes  only  and  add  1  level 
teaspoonful  of  salt  to  each  quart.  Place  on  your  rubbers  and 
tops  and  sterilize  twenty-two  minutes  in  the  hot  water  bath 
outfit  and  ten  minutes  under  5  pounds'  pressure  in  the  steam 
canner. 

To  can  sliced  tomatoes,  scald,  plunge  into  cold  water,  remove 
the  skins  and  cut  up  a  few  tomatoes.  Put  in  a  preserving 
kettle  and  boil  twenty  minutes.  Remove  from  the  fire  and 
strain.  Set  this  aside  to  cool,  and  while  cooling  select  ripe 
tomatoes.  Scald  to  loosen  the  skin,  plunge  into  cold  water, 
remove  the  skins  and  slice.  Pack  neatly  in  the  jar  and  add 
1  level  teaspoonful  of  salt  to  each  quart,  and  then  pour  in  the 
strained  liquid,  filling  the  jar  to  the  brim.  Place  on  rubbers 
and  caps  and  proceed  the  same  as  for  whole  tomatoes. 

Carrots  and  Beets. 
Blanch  in  boiling  water,  plunge  into  cold  water,  remove  skins 
and  pack  whole  or  sliced,  just  as  you  prefer.  Fill  jars  to  the 
brim  with  cold  water.  Place  on  your  rubbers  and  caps  and 
sterilize  in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit  for  one  hour  and  a  half, 
or  forty-five  minutes  under  5  pounds'  steam  pressure. 

Meats. 
Judging  from  past  experiences  I  find  that  few  women  are  in 
the  habit  of  canning  meats,  thinking  it  too  difiicult.  Personally, 
I  do  not  find  it  difiicult  if  the  cold  pack  method  is  used.  We 
all  know  it  is  very  convenient  to  have  canned  chicken,  canned 
cornbeef,  roast  beef,  roast  lamb  and  veal  or,  in  fact,  any  kind 
of  meat  on  hand,  especially  in  the  summer  time  for  use  at 
camps  or  picnics.  We  find  that  meats  as  well  as  some  vege- 
tables furnish  a  better  medium  for  bacterial  growth;  therefore 
you  must  give  them  a  thorough  sterilization.  Meats  should  be 
cooked  right  in  the  jar,  and  not  exposed  to  the  air  after  boiling. 
If  they  are  cooked  in  the  open  kettle  and  poured  into  the  jar 


11 

it  gives  the  bacteria  a  chance  to  get  on  the  food,  and  there  is 
danger  of  spoiling. 

To  can  chicken,  cut  up  as  for  an  ordinary  stew  or  fricassee, 
leaving  in  some  of  the  bones.  Pack  in  jars.  Add  pepper  and 
salt  to  ta.ste,  and  fill  jars  to  the  brim  with  cold  water.  Put 
on  the  rubbers  and  tops,  and  clamp.  Sterilize  for  three  hours 
in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit,  or  sixty  minutes  under  15  pounds' 
pressure. 

To  can  fresh  beef,  Avash  and  cut  in  cubes.  Pack  in  jars 
(after  they  have  been  wiped  with  a  sterilized  cloth  kept  for  that 
purpose),  x^dd  a  little  fat  and  a  teaspoonful  of  salt  to  each 
pint  of  meat.  Place  on  rubbers  and  tops  and  sterilize  in  the 
hot  water  bath  outfit  three  hours,  or  sixty  minutes  under  15 
pounds'  pressure. 

To  can  all  kinds  of  roast  meats,  roast  the  meats  in  the  usual 
way,  and  wdien  cold  slice  and  pack  in  the  jars  solid.  Fill  to 
the  brim  with  the  juices  or  gravies.  Place  on  the  rubbers  and 
tops  and  sterilize  in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit  three  hours,  or 
sixty  minutes  under  15  pounds'  pressure. 

To  can  roast  or  fried  chicken,  turkey,  duck  or  any  game, 
dress  and  roast  thirty  minutes  in  a  hot  oven.  ^Yhen  cool,  cut 
up  and  pack  in  jars  and  fill  jars  with  gravy.  Place  on  the 
rubbers  and  tops  and  sterilize  in  the  hot  water  bath  outfit  for 
three  hours,  or  sixty  minutes  under  15  pounds'  pressure. 


®l)c  iHommouwcaltl)  ^f  iHa60acl)U0ett6, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    56. 

January,  1916. 


FARM    MANAGEMENT: 

ITS   APPLICATION  TO   SOUTHERN   NEW   ENGLAND   CONDITIONS. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annoal  Rkpoht  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  of 

Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  FEINTING  CO.,  STATE  PEINTEES, 

32  DEENE  STEEET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  op  Publication. 


FARM  MANAGEMENT:   ITS  APPLICATION  TO 
SOUTHERN  NEW  ENGLAND  CONDITIONS. 


J.  S.  GATES,  AGRICULTURIST  IN  CHARGE  OF  NORTHEASTERN  STATES,  BUREAU 
OF  FARM  MANAGEMENT,  UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICUL- 
TtJRE. 

P'arm  management  considers  farming  as  a  business,  and 
attempts  to  analyze  the  various  factors  having  to  do  with  the 
success  or  failure  of  that  business  as  it  is  found  conducted  on 
the  individual  farm,  and  in  so  far  as  possible  to  determine  the 
broad  outstanding  factors  for  efficiency  which  admit  of  general 
application  to  the  region. 

The  solution  of  many  of  the  practical  problems  of  agricul- 
ture which  have  been  worked  out  by  various  scientific  experi- 
menters are  found  to  have  already  been  solved  generations 
previous  by  large  groups  of  farmers.  Particularly  is  this  true 
of  farm  organization  and  management.  Every  farmer  is  of 
necessity  more  or  less  of  an  experimenter.  The  results  of 
thousands  of  such  experimenters  gathered  by  the  investigator, 
classified  and  interpreted  in  their  bearing  on  the  community  s 
problems,  and  on  the  individual  farm's  problems,  yield  not 
only  many  fundamental  broadly  applicable  principles  of  good 
farm  organization,  but  also  show  in  more  or  less  detail  just  in 
what  respect  a  successfully  operated  farm  differs  from  one 
which  is  a  failure  or  only  moderately  successful. 

In  previous  decades  the  agricultural  investigator  largely 
concerned  himself  with  the  study  of  how  to  accomplish  certain 
ends;  for  example,  how  best  to  feed  a  pig  or  a  cow,  how  best  to 
raise  potatoes  or  fruit.  The  farm  management  investigator  is 
concerned  with  the  study  of  whether  to  feed  a  cow  or  a  pig, 
whether  to  raise  fruit  or  potatoes;  and  if  an  industry  be  found 
to  be  desirable,  to  what  extent  it  should  enter  into  the  farm 
organization,  and  with  what  intensity  it  should  be  pursued. 
All  of  these  problems  have  in  the  aggregate  been  solved  by  the 


farmers.  Farm  management  is  merely  a  scientific  method  of 
classifying  and  interpreting  the  collective  experience  of  the 
farming  people  as  to  what  constitutes  efficiency  in  farming. 

Farm  management  deals  with  the  principles  which  underlie 
profitable  farming.  These  principles  are  not  unlike  those  which 
underlie  the  profitable  conduct  of  any  business.  The  difference 
is  merely  in  the  application.  The  one  fundamental  principle 
underlying  all  successful  business  undertaking  is  that  the  cost 
must  be  less  than  the  selling  price.  In  the  operation  of  this 
principle,  agriculture  is  no  exception.  Farming,  however,  is 
such  a  complex  business,  and  the  different  enterprises  making 
up  the  farm  unit  are  so  intricately  related,  that  it  is  often 
well-nigh  impossible  to  determine  the  true  cost  or  the  true 
selling  price  of  a  farm  product.  However,  the  relation  of  any 
factor  in  farming  to  the  profit  of  the  farm  as  a  whole,  by  the 
study  of  a  large  group  of  farms,  can  be  fairlj^  accurately  de- 
termined. This  relation  of  the  individual  enterprise  to  the 
profits  of  the  whole  is  perhaps  the  best  guide  to  successful 
farming  and  to  an  understanding  of  the  principles  upon  which 
good  farm  organization  is  based. 

One  of  the  first  and  most  important  factors  having  to  do 
with  profitable  farming,  as  in  all  other  lines  of  business,  is  the 
size  of  the  enterprise.  There  are  several  measures  of  size  of  a 
farming  enterprise.  Perhaps  in  general  farming  of  the  same 
type  the  area  of  the  farm  furnishes  the  most  significant  measure 
of  size.  Of  course,  size  in  acres  cannot  be  used  in  comparing 
a  truck  farm  or  a  farm  of  any  intensive  type  with  a  general 
farm.  Despite  the  much  talked  of  idea  of  "a  little  farm  well 
tilled,"  actual  records  from  thousands  of  farms  covering  pretty 
well  the  whole  United  States  go  to  show  that  little  farms  do 
not  often  make  big  profits,  and  that  as  a  rule  the  profits  from 
farming  vary  directly  with  the  size  of  the  business.  It  might, 
however,  be  pointed  out  in  this  connection  that  the  oppor- 
tunities for  loss  vary  also  in  the  same  way. 

In  the  study  of  the  agriculture  of  Chester  County,  Penn- 
sylvania, of  115  farms  of  the  group  of  60  acres  and  under, 
averaging  40  acres,  only  8  per  cent,  made  labor  incomes  of  $1,000 
or  more,  and  the  average  for  the  group  was  $404.  Of  the 
group  ranging  in   size  from    161   to  393  acres,   averaging  203 


acres,  68  per  cent,  made  $1,000  or  more,  the  average  for  the 
whole  group  being  $1,575. 

In  a  similar  study  made  in  the  extensive  farm  region  of  the 
upper  Mississippi  valley  States,  the  160-acre  farm  groups  gave 
an  income  over  five  times  that  of  the  40-acre  group.  Results 
closely  paralleling  these  are  secured  wherever  such  studies  are 
made  of  comparable  types  of  farming.  It  is  not  surprising 
that  this  is  true  when  we  consider  some  of  the  handicaps  under 
which  the  small  farm  is  operated.  For  instance,  in  the  group 
of  large  farms  in  the  Chester  County  area  the  value  of  machin- 
ery equipment  per  acre  of  crops  was  only  about  one-half  that 
of  the  small-farm  group,  and  the  crop  acres  per  horse  was 
nearly  double,  as  was  also  the  crop  acres  per  man.  Further- 
more, a  small  farm  is  rarely  ever  adequately  supplied  with 
equipment. 

A  recent  study  of  machinery  equipment  on  over  1,100  farms 
in  western  New  York  State  showed  that  when,  for  instance,  a 
sulky  plow  was  used  to  cover  15  acres  annually,  the  cost  per 
day  of  use  for  the  machine  alone  was  83  cents.  When  this 
same  plow  was  used  to  cover  55  acres  annually  the  cost  was 
reduced  to  57  cents  per  day.  A  grain  drill  when  used  to  cover 
20  acres  annually  cost  per  day  used,  $2.97.  When  used  to 
cover  117  acres  annually  the  cost  per  day  dropped  to  $1.04. 
A  grain  binder  when  used  to  cover  15  acres  per  year,  cost  per 
day  used  the  surprising  sum  of  $8.15.  When  used  to  cover 
85  acres  per  year  the  cost  per  day  used  was  $2.41. 

Another  striking  disadvantage  of  a  small  farm  is  that  the 
restricted  acreage  does  not  permit  of  a  sufficient  diversifica- 
tion in  the  farm  enterprises  to  furnish  a  good,  even,  all  the 
year  round  employment  of  labor.  As  a  result,  the  labor  em- 
ployed by  the  year  is  often  idle  for  long  periods.  Whether 
this  labor  be  hired,  or  be  the  services  of  the  farmer  himself 
and  his  family,  the  results  are  all  the  same.  Rather  than  be 
idle  for  a  long  period  this  labor  might  well  be  employed  in 
some  industry  which  yields  even  but  slight  profit.  In  the 
larger  sized  farms  this  factor  can  easily  be  provided  for.  The 
minimum  size  of  a  farm  for  efficiency  should  be  such  as  will 
furnish  opportunity  for  adequate  employment  for  both  labor, 
machinery  equipment  and  work  stock. 


It  is  not  always  possible  for  a  farmer  to  enlarge  his  business 
by  investing  more  capital  until  it  shall  have  reached  the  opti- 
mum size.  He  can,  however,  quite  often  rent  additional  land. 
In  many  parts  of  the  United  States  the  figure  paid  for  land 
rental,  either  in  cash  or  in  part  of  the  crops,  amounts  to  con- 
siderably less  than  a  normal  interest  charge.  A  study  of  three 
groups  of  tenant  farms  located  in  Indiana,  Illinois  and  Iowa 
showed  that  the  tenants  paid  on  the  average  a  rental  equiva- 
lent to  only  3.5  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  farm.  A  farmer 
with  restricted  means,  therefore,  under  such  circumstances 
need  not  worry  about  the  inability  to  purchase  when  he  can 
rent  more  cheaply  than  own. 

The  diversity  of  enterprises  making  up  the  farm  unit  shows 
an  important  relation  to  profit.  The  successful  farm  usually 
has  from  three  to  five  important  sources  of  income.  There  are 
some  extraordinary  circumstances  under  which  a  farmer  may 
find  it  more  profitable  to  raise  only  a  single  crop,  and  even  to 
buy  feed  to  supply  his  live  stock,  than  to  engage  in  diversified 
farming.  These  conditions  are  exceptional,  however,  and  such 
a  farm  is  always  subject  to  disaster  through  the  failing  of  that 
single  crop,  as  well  as  through  failure  of  market  conditions. 
And,  furthermore,  no  single  cropping  system  offers  the  oppor- 
tunity for  continuous  employment  throughout  the  year,  while 
with  diversified  agriculture  the  leaks  caused  by  idle  seasons 
can  be  largely  overcome. 

Live  stock  on  a  farm  usually  helps  greatly  in  furnishing  con- 
tinuous employment.  Live  stock  is  primarily  a  method  the 
farmer  employs  of  marketing  his  produce,  and  the  live-stock 
yield  must  be  equivalent  to  the  market  price  of  the  feed  or  a  loss 
is  occasioned;  but  if  live  stock  yields  even  a  small  margin  over 
current  prices  of  feed,  yet  the  labor  employed  in  caring  for  the 
stock  would  be  otherwise  idle,  then  the  industry  becomes 
highly  desirable  and  contributes  to  the  profit  of  the  farm. 

The  factor  of  profitable  farming  which  has  probably  hereto- 
fore received  more  attention  than  any  other  has  been  w^hat 
might  be  termed  efficiency,  that  is,  the  yield  of  crops  and  pro- 
duction per  animal.  As  a  rule,  crop  yields  for  a  community 
are  considerably  below  what  would  be  the  most  profitable,  and 


production  per  animal  is  decidedly  below  what  has  been  shown 
to  be  the  most  profitable.  In  case  of  crop  yields,  however, 
investigations  have  shown  that  the  biggest  yield  is  not,  by  any 
means,  always  the  most  profitable  yields.  As  a  rule,  the  most 
profitable  yield  of  crops  for  the  community  ranges  from  15  to 
30  per  cent  above  the  average  of  the  good  farmers  of  that 
community.  If  the  yield  rises  much  above  this  figure  the 
profits  of  the  farmer's  business  are  usually  found  to  decrease. 
It  is  possible  to  suffer  from  too  big  crop  yields.  Quite  a  few 
American  farmers  have  reached  this  point.  The  optimum 
yield  for  greatest  profit,  of  course,  varies  widely  with  different 
soils  and  economic  conditions. 

Studies  of  one  large  group  of  Pennsylvania  farms  showed 
that  when  the  yield  of  crops  reached  a  point  about  35  per  cent 
above  the  average  for  the  region  there  was  a  sharp  decrease  in 
profits.  The  price  of  products  as  related  to  the  relative  costs 
of  yields  of  different  magnitudes  seems  to  be  the  governing 
factor  in  determining  the  most  profitable  yield.  Survey  studies 
indicate  that  very  few  farmers  are  producing  as  large  crop 
yields  as  existing  economic  conditions  warrant. 

Farm  practice,  in  the  aggregate,  always  responds  to  changed 
prices  of  commodities,  but  this  response  by  the  individual 
farmer,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  is  made  far  more  slowly  than 
the  greatest  profit  would  indicate. 

To  illustrate  how  the  yield  is  determined  by  prevailing 
price  of  a  product,  the  case  of  corn  in  North  Carolina  may  be 
cited.  In  the  decade  previous  to  the  last  the  average  price 
per  bushel  of  corn  in  that  State  was  about  55  cents.  The 
yield  per  acre  was  around  13  bushels.  During  the  past  decade 
the  price  has  ranged  around  85  cents  a  bushel,  and  the  yield 
has  increased  to  about  20  bushels  per  acre.  The  explanation 
of  this  probably  lies  in  the  fact  that  under  the  higher  pre- 
vailing price  it  became  profitable  to  use  more  fertilizer  and 
legumes  and  give  better  tillage  to  the  crop  than  under  the  low 
scale  of  prices.  No  doubt  the  average  yield  is  yet  far  below 
what  would  be  the  most  profitable  under  existing  conditions. 

Survey  studies  have  never  disclosed,  however,  a  group  of 
farms  on  which  the  yield  per  cow  had  reached  a  point  above 


8 

which  profits  decreased.  There  does  seem  to  be  a  point  in 
yield  per  cow  above  which  increased  yield  is  not  accompanied 
by  much  further  economy  of  feed.  Recent  studies  of  feed  cost 
as  related  to  milk  yield,  made  on  four  farms  located,  respec- 
tively, in  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Pennsylvania  and  North  Caro- 
lina, running  for  five  years  and  involving  careful,  complete, 
yearly  records  of  443  cow  years,  indicate  that  this  point  is 
reached  at  a  yield  of  between  G,000  and  7,000  pounds  of  milk. 

The  cost  of  feed  per  100  pounds  of  milk  decreases  rapidly 
until  about  6,000  pounds'  yield,  after  which  the  decline  in 
cost  is  very  slight.  The  lesson  from  this  study  is  that  it  is  of 
much  greater  importance  to  increase  the  milk  yield  up  to 
between  6,000  and  7,000  pounds  than  it  is  to  attempt  to  get 
the  yield  above  this  figure,  as  far  as  the  economy  of  the  use 
of  feed  is  concerned.  It  is  easier  to  increase  the  quantity  of 
milk  when  it  is  low  than  when  it  is  high.  It  is  also  easier  to 
increase  low  crop  yields  than  it  is  to  raise  already  high  ones. 
Furthermore,  in  both  cases  increasing  a  low  yield  is  the  most 
profitable  thing  to  do.  In  dairying,  a  high  standard  of  pro- 
duction per  coAv  is  usually  the  keynote  of  success.  According 
to  the  recent  Pennsylvania  study  of  289  dairy  farms,  48  of  these 
farms  showed  a  yield  per  cow  of  less  than  $50.  The  labor 
income  of  these  farms  was  45  per  cent  below  the  general  aver- 
age. Twenty-eight  farmers  of  the  group  had  incomes  per  cow 
of  more  than  $120,  and  their  labor  income  was  75  per  cent 
above  the  average. 

Perhaps  the  most  conspicuous  cause  of  success  in  farming  is 
prompt  and  fitting  change  in  type  of  farming  in  response  to 
economic  pressure,  as  indicated  by  the  market  price  of  products 
as  related  to  cost.  The  American  farmers  who  are  most  suc- 
cessful usually  sense  the  operation  of  economic  forces  far 
ahead  of  their  neighbors.  A  large  number  of  farmers  change 
an  old  established  system  only  when  forced  by  dire  necessity. 
Not  only  is  there  the  greatest  opportunity  to  any  individual 
farmer  through  quickly  modifying  his  organization  in  response 
to  changed  markets,  but  such  readjustment  is  of  great  value 
to  the  whole  community,  for  such  action  in  time  becomes  cor- 
rective of  the  changed  condition  from  which  it  sprang.  Let  us 
assume,    for    instance,    that    there    is    a    community    engaged 


largely  in  live-stock  production,  and  that  through  some  cause 
feed  prices  advance  to  such  a  point  that  there  is  more  money 
in  selling  the  raw  product  than  in  feeding.  Under  such  condi- 
tions a  large  number  of  far-seeing  farmers  will  quickly  curtail 
their  live-stock  industry  and  become  sellers  of  raw  products. 
This,  in  turn,  has  a  tendency  to  reduce  feed  prices  and  to 
increase  the  price  of  live-stock  products,  thus  bringing  about 
the  old  balance. 

The  farming  business  which  is  of  efficient  size,  and  which  is 
made  up  of  diverse  units,  put  together  in  such  a  way  as  to 
operate  smoothly''  and  well,  with  full  employment  of  both 
labor  and  horse  and  machinery  equipment,  provided  supervi- 
sion is  adequate  and  the  enterprises  making  up  the  farm  are 
selected  wisely  and  are  efficient,  complies  closely  with  the  out- 
standing factors  of  profit. 

In  order  properly  to  understand  the  application  of  the  fore- 
going principles  of  farm  management  to  the  agriculture  of 
southern  New  England,  a  brief  review  of  the  economic  history 
of  the  agriculture  of  the  region  is  in  order. 

New  England  agriculture  was  established  at  a  time  of  hand 
work.  The  family  farm  necessarily  had  to  be  small,  that  is, 
within  the  limits  of  what  they  could  do  by  hand.  This  was 
also  before  the  days  of  big  factories.  There  being  no  large 
cities  there  was  very  little  market  for  farm  products.  The 
farmers  therefore  very  naturally  fell  into  the  habit  of  utiliz- 
ing the  long  winters  in  manufacturing  small  articles  for  home 
consumption  and  for  sale.  Under  these  conditions  the  New 
England  farmer  prospered.  Such  conditions  continued  until  set- 
tlement west  of  the  Allegheny  Mountains  began  and  transpor- 
tation developed.  When  the  Erie  Canal  was  completed  the 
New  England  farmer  began  to  feel  the  press  of  competition 
from  the  west.  A  little  later  the  railroads  extended  into  the 
west,  and  then  the  New  England  farmer  found  himself  hard 
pressed. 

Just  about  this  time  the  reaper,  the  mower  and  the  steel 
mouldboard  plow  were  invented.  The  western  farm  was  large, 
fertile,  level,  free  from  stones,  and  admirably  adapted  to  the 
use  of  machinery.  One  of  these  western  farmers  could  produce 
under   such   conditions  three   or   four  times  as   much  beef  or 


10 

pork  or  mutton  or  hay  as  could  the  New  England  farmer  on 
his  little  farm.  The  New  England  farmer  was  not  in  a  posi- 
tion to  utilize  these  improved  methods  to  full  advantage. 
These  western  farmers  made  food  cheap,  and  that  made  it 
possible  for  the  cities  to  grow. 

The  New  England  farmer  naturally  drifted  into  manufac- 
turing when  agriculture  became  unprofitable,  and  this  region 
became  the  manufacturing  center  of  the  country. 

The  growth  of  the  cities  based  on  this  manufacturing  did 
two  things  for  the  farmer,  —  first,  it  took  his  children  away  to 
work  in  the  factory;  and  second,  it  made  a-  market  for  fruit 
and  vegetables,  poultry  and  dairy  products  and  hay;  all  of 
which,  with  the  exception  of  hay,  are  the  products  of  intensive 
farming,  and  are  either  bulky  or  perishable,  thereby  adapted 
to  production  on  farms  near  the  point  of  consumption. 

The  New  Englander  had  to  give  up  the  production  of  beef, 
pork,  mutton  and  grain.  There  was  not  room  for  many  farmers 
to  go  into  the  production  of  vegetables  and  potatoes.  Forty 
acres  of  potatoes  and  30  acres  of  vegetables  are  sufficient  to 
feed  a  thousand  people.  Neither  was  there  room  for  all  of 
them  to  go  into  the  poultry  business.  But  with  the  rapid 
growth  of  the  cities  it  was  not  long  before  there  was  room  for 
all  of  them  to  go  into  the  cheese,  butter  and  milk  business. 
So  the  New  England  farmer  went  into  dairying,  the  only  in- 
tensive form  of  agriculture  available  to  everybody,  while  as 
many  as  could  find  a  market  engaged  in  producing  fruit,  vege- 
tables, poultry,  etc.  In  a  few  localities  having  special  soils 
such  industries  as  tobacco  and  onion  culture  developed;  but 
the  rapid  development  of  the  west,  with  its  cheap  feed,  brought 
competition  in  the  production  of  butter  and  cheese.  With  his 
bigger  farm  and  cheaper  feed  the  western  farmer  beat  the 
New  Englander  at  his  own  game,  and  along  about  1870  to 
1880  was  another  period  of  hard  times;  but  the  farmers'  pros- 
perity again  returned  when  the  growth  of  the  city  was  suffi- 
cient to  take  the  dairy  products  in  the  form  of  market  milk. 

In  recent  years,  however,  the  southern  New  England  farmer 
has  suffered  a  three-cornered  pressure  on  his  major  enterprise, 
—  dairying:  first,  high  prices  for  feedstuffs;  second,  high  prices 
for  labor,  in  competition  with  city  wages;  and  third,  through 


11 

rapidly  developed  shipping  facilities,  competition  in  market 
milk  with  remote  regions  undreamed  of  a  generation  ago.  To 
these  conditions  farm  management  practice  of  southern  New 
England  is  not  now  in  full  adjustment. 

In  the  economy  of  such  conditions  low-producing  cows  have 
no  place;  all  dairy  herds  should  be  closely  culled,  though 
seldom  disposed  of  entirely.  Labor  distribution  becomes  of 
paramount  importance.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  dairy 
herd  demands  for  its  care  more  men  than  can  be  used  in 
growing  the  crops  to  feed,  more  cash  crops  should  be  grown. 
Under  the  changed  economic  conditions  the  old  doctrine  — 
that  everything  grown  on  the  farm  should  be  fed  there  —  is 
fallacious,  and  quite  often  costs  the  farmer  a  pretty  sum. 
Chemical  fertilizers,  when  price  of  the  crops  grown  warrant  a 
liberal  application,  fully  maintain  soil  fertility.  Especially  is 
this  true  if  the  crop  grown  leaves  in  the  soil  a  considerable 
residue  of  organic  matter.  In  southern  New  England  it  is 
always  possible  to  follow  a  rotation  which  includes  one  or 
more  such  crops. 

The  price  of  a  crop  in  the  eastern  and  southeastern  States 
largely  determines  whether  it  depletes  or  upbuilds  a  soil. 
When  cotton  was  around  7  cents  a  pound  its  continuous  cul- 
ture in  the  southeastern  States  exhausted  the  soil  rapidly. 
With  cotton  at  12  and  15  cents,  its  continuous  culture  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  cotton  belt  rapidly  builds  up  fertility.  The 
reason  is  that  the  heavy  fertilizer  application  warranted  under 
the  higher  price  produced  such  a  heavy  growth  of  plant  as  to 
rapidly  increase  the  organic  content  of  the  soil.  Present  prices 
of  hay  in  southern  New  England  warrant  a  fertilizer  applica- 
tion which  will  increase  fertility  far  more  than  did  the  old 
system  of  producing  low  yields  yet  feeding  on  the  farm  and 
returning  all  the  manure  that  was  not  wasted. 

Many  of  the  farms  of  southern  New  England  are  entirely 
too  small  for  most  efficient  operation  under  the  scheme  of 
fewer  cows,  better  cows  and  more  crops  for  sale.  The  old 
proverb  about  a  little  farm  well  tilled  was  good  in  this  region 
many  years  ago,  but  does  not  fit  into  the  economy  of  the 
competitive  system  of  dairy  farming  in  southern  New  England 
to-day. 


12 

Southern  New  England  farms  in  the  aggregate  are  slowly 
responding  to  this  economic  pressure,  and  are  readjusting  their 
farm  organization  to  meet  new  conditions.  A  clear  concep- 
tion of  just  what  changes  should  be  made  will  tend  to  more 
rapidly  bring  about  that  economic  balance  necessary  to  great- 
est prosperity. 

Mr.  Atkins.  I  would  like  to  inquire  if  Mr.  Gates  thinks  if 
the  men  on  the  40-acre  farms  were  picked  up  and  placed  on 
the  200-acre  farms  their  income  would  be  largely  increased? 

Mr.  Gates.  I  do  not  think  it  would  immediately;  they 
would  have  to  learn  the  business  gradually. 

Mr.  Atkins.  My  point  is  this:  isn't  it  usually  true  that  a 
man  with  a  large  farm  is  a  man  of  large  ability? 

]\Ir.  Gates.  Well,  he  is  a  man  with  more  money  too;  but 
there  is  always  the  way  for  the  fellow  on  a  small  farm  to  rent 
and  thereby  increase  the  size  of  his  business. 


®l)e  Commonroealtf)  of  iMaaaactjusctts. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    57. 


MILK  INSPECTION  FROM  THE  PRO- 
DUCER'S POINT  OF  VIEW. 


HARVEY   W.    WILEY. 


Frou  thb  Sixtt-thibd  Annual  RsiPoaT  of  the  Ma.s8achu3btts  State  Boabd  of 

Agricitlture. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication 


MILK    INSPECTION   FROM    THE    PRODUCER'S 
POINT  OF  VIEW. 


HABVET   W.    WILEY,  M.D.,    WASHINGTON,   D.  C. 


Having  looked  at  the  problem  of  milk  inspection  for  a  third 
of  a  century  from  the  consumer's  point  of  view,  and  particu- 
larly from  the  point  of  view  of  the  official  in  charge  of  the 
execution  of  food  laws,  I  am  appearing  in  quite  a  new  guise  in 
considering  this  subject  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  pro- 
ducer. I  have  now  for  nearly  two  years  been  a  producer  of 
milk,  on  a  small  scale,  for  commercial  purposes.  The  size  of 
the  production,  however,  does  not  affect  the  question.  During 
this  time  my  attention  has  been  particularly  called  to  the 
effect  of  milk  inspection  upon  the  producer.  I  take  it  for 
granted  that  every  produc.er  of  milk  desires  to  send  to  market 
an  article  which  is  wholesome,  which  does  not  threaten  the 
life  or  health  of  children,  and  which  is  as  clean  as  can  reason- 
ably be  expected.  I  claim  to  belong  to  that  class  of  producers. 
I  think,  also,  if  there  be  any  of  another  kind  of  producer  still 
extant,  that  he  may  listen  with  some  benefit  to  what  I  have  to 
say.  I  suppose  there  are  producers  of  milk  who  send  to  mar- 
ket products  of  diseased  animals,  containing  filth  and  dirt 
which  might  well  be  excluded.  In  charity  I  assume  that  most 
of  such  producers  are  ignorant  of  the  nature  of  the  problem. 
There  can  be  very  few  who  deliberately  send  a  product  to 
market  knowing  that  it  is  practically  unfit  for  consumption, 
and  in  addition  to  this  that  it  may  threaten  the  health  and 
even  the  life  of  the  children  who  consume  it. 

Beginning  at  the  foundation,  in  the  selection  of  a  herd  I 
make  it  an  invariable  rule  not  to  place  in  my  herd  any  dis- 
eased animal,  in  so  far  as  ordinary  precautions  can  exclude 
such,  nor  any  animal  that  would  react  to  the  tuberculin  test. 
I  am  aware  that  no  human  test  of  this  nature  can  be  abso- 


lutely  correct.  There  are  some  animals  that  are  badly  afflicted 
with  tuberculosis  which  do  not  react  to  the  test,  and  there 
may  be  some  animals  which  do  not  have  any  taint  of  the  disease 
which  do  react.  Allowing  for  this  uncertainty,  which,  I  am 
told  by  competent  veterinarians  who  have  had  experience, 
affects  from  3  to  5  per  cent  of  the  animals  inspected,  we  must 
give  to  inspection  the  full  value  of  making  it  possible  to  have 
a  tuberculous  free  herd. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  producer  I  think  it  is  to  our 
highest  interest  to  secure  herds  of  this  kind.  ]\Iost  of  the 
diseases  of  a  bovine  character  are  easily  ascertainable  by 
external  symptoms.  This  is  particularly  true  of  such  diseases 
as  that  known  as  the  foot  and  mouth  disease.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  tuberculous  cow  may  give  no  external  evidence 
whatever  of  infection.  In  fact,  she  may  appear  to  be  as 
healthy  as  any  cow  in  the  herd,  and  yet  the  disease  has  taken 
hold  of  some  of  her  vital  organs  and  if  left  to  itself  will  doubt- 
less progress  to  a  dangerous  degree. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  know  what  has  happened  to  my 
herd  in  nearly  two  years,  and  as  a  result  of  three  tests  by  the 
officials  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry.  Naturally,  I  ex- 
pected to  have  a  herd  free  of  reactors.  Imagine  my  astonish- 
ment, therefore,  when,  at  the  first  inspection,  5  out  of  a  total 
of  about  50  tested  animals  reacted;  in  other  words,  10  per 
cent.  There  are  two  possible  reasons  for  this  result,  —  first, 
that  some  negligence  or  impurity  of  the  serum  had  made  the 
test  which  was  given  the  animal  unreliable  (in  this  case 
the  animals  were  suffering  from  tuberculosis  at  the  time  of 
purchase,  and  the  certificates  were  misleading);  second,  that 
the  animals  had  acquired  the  germ  of  tuberculosis  at  the 
time  of  purchase,  but  the  disease  had  not  gone  far  enough  to 
produce  a  reaction.  I  eliminate  as  wholly  improbable  the 
possibility  of  plugging,  which  is  sometimes,  I  am  told,  prac- 
ticed to  deceive  the  purchasers  of  bovine  animals. 

At  the  second  inspection,  which  took  place  at  the  end  of 
about  nine  months,  four  additional  animals  reacted,  and  three 
were  quarantined  as  suspicious.  At  the  end  of  two  months 
these  three  animals  were  again  tested,  and  two  reacted  and 
were  condemned  and  one  was  found  free  of  reaction.    The  total 


number  of  animals  inspected  at  the  second  inspection  was  87. 
To  recapitulate,  of  87  animals  which  I  have  had  tested  for 
tuberculosis  11  have  been  condemned.  One  segregated  as  a 
suspect  was  found,  on  a  retest,  to  be  free  of  disease.  It  is 
onlj'  proper  to  say  that  of  the  total  number  of  87  which  were 
inspected,  a  large  number  were  heifers  that  had  been  born  on 
the  place  or  purchased  as  young  heifers,  and  were  tested  for 
the  first  time.  None  of  these  heifers  reacted,  so  the  total 
reactors  were  among  about  60  purchased  animals,  which  makes 
the  percentage  of  reactors  still  larger.  Another  interesting 
point  is  that  of  the  total  number,  11,  condemned  out  of  the 
purchased  herd  of  about  60,  7  were  from  a  purchase  of  10  ani- 
mals at  one  place  and  only  4  were  found  among  the  other 
animals  purchased,  about  50  in  number.  On  laying  these 
facts  before  a  competent  veterinarian  he  said  there  was  no 
doubt  of  the  fact  that  there  was  a  general  tuberculosis  among 
this  herd  which  was  not  sufficiently  developed  to  give  a  re- 
action at  the  time  of  inspection  and  sale,  and  which  reacted 
in  only  5  of  the  animals  at  the  first  inspection  after  they  had 
been  on  my  own  farm  for  about  three  months.  This  fact 
shows  the  great  circumspection  which  a  dairyman  should  ex- 
ercise in  the  purchase  of  animals  subject  to  the  tuberculin 
test.  He  may  get  hold  of  animals,  where  there  has  been  per- 
fect good  faith  between  buyer  and  seller,  which  speedily  de- 
velop the  disease,  and  thus  become  practically  a  total  loss. 

My  experience,  of  course,  is  of  such  a  character  as  to  lead 
me  to  be  more  firmly  convinced  than  I  ever  was  before  of  the 
fact  that  when  men  honestly  endeavor  to  secure  animals  free 
from  a  disease  of  this  kind  and  fail,  it  is  not  quite  in  harmony 
with  the  principles  of  justice  to  expect  them  to  bear  the  whole 
loss.  The  elimination  of  tuberculous  animals  from  a  herd  is 
for  the  benefit  of  the  community  as  well  as  of  the  owner,  and  the 
community  should  bear  a  part  of  the  expense.  I  think  that  if 
it  could  be  arranged  so  that  the  State  or  the  nation  could  pay 
three-fourths  of  the  value  of  the  animals  slaughtered,  an  equi- 
table plan  of  adjustment  would  be  secured.  In  other  words, 
the  owner  of  the  animal  would  suffer  one-fourth  of  the  loss, 
and  the  community,  for  whose  benefit  the  inspection  was 
made,   would  pay  for  three-fourths   of  the   loss.      During  the 


whole  time  of  my  service  \\dth  the  government  I  was  strongly 
of  the  opinion  that  the  farmer  should  not  bear  the  loss  of 
diseases  of  this  kind  caused  by  ofBcial  act.  It  is  bad  enough 
to  bear  the  losses  from  hog  cholera  and  other  incidental  dis- 
eases, but  when  animals  are  destroyed  by  order  of  the  nation 
or  the  State,  for  the  protection  of  the  public  at  large,  the  case 
is  quite  different,  and  the  producer  has  the  right  to  expect  a 
reasonable  compensation. 

One  of  the  great  problems  which  the  producer  is  soon  to 
face,  and  which  he  is  now  facing  in  many  cases,  is  that  of 
refrigeration.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  a  high  temperature, 
that  is,  above  50°  F.,  promotes  the  rapid  deterioration  of  milk 
and  an  enormous  growth  of  the  bacterial  flora,  it  is  reasonable 
on  the  part  of  the  consumer  to  require  that  milk  should  be 
delivered  at  a  low  temperature.  Not  only  should  milk  be 
delivered  at  a  low  temperature,  but  it  should  be  reduced  to  a 
low  temperature  immediately  after  it  is  withdrawn  from  the 
udder.  In  other  words,  the  milk  producer  must  be  provided 
with  some  method  of  refrigeration.  In  the  north,  where  abun- 
dant ice  crops  are  produced,  it  is  not  diflBcult  for  the  dairyman 
to  handle  this  problem  in  the  way  of  providing  an  ice  supply. 
In  my  locality,  where  the  winters  are  usually  so  mild  that  ice 
is  not  formed  in  sufficient  quantity  for  preserving,  and  where 
the  summers  are  hotter  and  longer,  the  problem  is  one  of  great 
significance. 

At  first  I  tried  to  solve  it  by  using  the  water  of  a  moun- 
tain spring,  the  temperature  of  which  is  normally  about  55°, 
but  which  in  summer,  by  piping  and  otherwise,  rises  to  about 
60°.  As  soon  as  the  milk  is  secured  it  is  cooled  by  passing 
over  a  cooler  through  which  this  spring  water  is  flowing.  The 
milk  is  thus  secured  at  a  temperature,  even  in  summer,  of 
about  60°  as  a  rule.  This,  however,  is  not  sufficient  for  the 
purposes  of  the  consumer.  It  will  be  necessary,  in  the  south, 
to  provide  some  artificial  refrigeration  by  means  of  which  the 
temperature  of  the  milk  can  be  greatly  reduced  below  60°.  In 
fact,  it  ought  to  be  reduced  to  40°,  and  can  be  with  a  good 
system  of  refrigeration.  If  milk  is  reduced  to  40°  and  then 
shipped  in  a  double  can,  the  space  between  the  two  cans  being 
filled  with  dry  air,  it  can  be  sent  many  hours  on  a  journey  with- 
out any  threatening  rise  of  temperature. 


I  have  secured  a  number  of  bids  from  manufacturers  for 
installing  a  refrigerator  of  this  kind,  which  is  to  be  run  with 
steam  power.  For  a  small  dairy  such  as  mine,  where  the 
production  of  milk  is  not  likely  to  go  over  200  or  250  gallons 
a  day,  even  when  the  herd  is  filled  to  its  maximum,  I  find 
that  the  installation  of  an  effective  refrigeration  of  this  kind 
will  cost  at  least  a  thousand  dollars,  and  the  additional  amount 
of  expense  for  fuel  for  running  the  compresser  three  or  four 
hours  a  day  will  amount  to  a  considerable  sum.  Unless  the 
producer  can  get  a  better  price  for  clean,  cold  milk  from  dis- 
ease-free cows  he  is  going  to  be  engaged  in  charitable  work. 
Ordinary  market  milk  from  common  herds,  drawn  in  the  ordi- 
nary way,  brings,  in  the  Washington  market  in  the  summer, 
about  16  cents  a  gallon,  out  of  which  the  producer  must  pay 
2^  cents  per  gallon  freight.  The  sale  of  pure,  clean,  cold  milk 
at  13|  cents  a  gallon  is  not  possible  if  the  dairy  is  run  on 
business  principles,  as  it  should  be.  From  the  point  of  view 
of  the  consumer  the  public  should  be  taught  to  pay  the  extra 
price  for  milk  of  this  kind.  Otherwise  only  producers  who  are 
wealthy  will  be  able  to  remain  in  the  field.  There  is  a  milk 
sold  in  Washington,  certified  and  at  a  low  temperature,  at  20 
cents  a  quart  to  the  consumer,  while  the  milk  that  brings  the 
producer  13|  cents  a  gallon  net  is  sold  to  the  consumer  in  the 
summer  at  about  8  to  9  cents  a  quart. 

It  is  not  the  part  of  this  paper  to  discuss  the  profits  of  the 
middleman.  What  I  am  discussing  is  the  necessity  for  the 
producer  to  get  a  larger  amount  for  his  milk.  If  the  producer 
in  our  part  of  the  country  could  look  forward  to  a  year's 
market  averaging  20  cents  net  per  gallon,  he  might  possibly  be 
able  to  make  both  ends  meet  and  produce  clean  and  cold  milk. 
There  should  be,  therefore,  a  campaign  of  education,  as  well 
as  some  method  of  identification  which  will  lead  the  consum- 
ing public  to  pay  a  reasonable  price  for  good  milk.  I  consider 
the  problem  of  proper  refrigeration  one  of  the  most  important 
to  the  producer  in  the  southern  part  of  our  country.  How 
can  I  emphasize,  more  than  has  already  been  done,  the  neces- 
sity of  cleanliness?  That  milk  cows  should  be  clean  goes 
without  saying.  That  their  udders  should  be  washed  and 
dried  is  an  accepted  proposition.     That  the  hands  and  clothing 


8 

of  the  milker  should  be  clean  every  one  admits.  That  the 
utensils  holding  the  milk  should  be  sterilized  after  every  use 
is  acknowledged  by  all.  That  every  possible  means  of  excluding 
dust  and  dirt  should  be  used  no  one  denies.  In  spite  of  all 
this  knowledge,  however,  on  the  part  of  the  producer,  and  in 
spite  of  a  reasonable  effort  on  the  part  of  many  producers  to 
secure  conditions  of  this  kind,  it  is  not  always  possible  to  see 
them  fulfilled.  As  a  producer  I  should  say  that  he  should  do 
all  these  things,  or  else  look  to  another  line  of  agricultural 
activity  for  his  support. 

I  think  you  will  gather  from  what  I  have  said  above  that  I 
have  not  changed  my  views  in  regard  to  the  milk  problem 
since  I  became  a  producer.  I  have  only  changed  my  point  of 
view.  I  want  the  producer  of  milk  to  be  regarded  as  a  friend 
and  not  an  enemy  of  the  community.  I  want  to  see  the  stigma 
which  attaches  to  the  milk  trade  removed.  I  want  to  live  to 
see  the  day  when  the  man  who  makes  beer  cannot  truthfully 
go  before  an  audience,  as  he  can  now,  and  offer  a  sterilized, 
clean  product,  and  compare  it  with  the  ordinary  milk  which 
the  consumer  buys,  with  no  praise  for  the  milk.  I  want  to  see 
a  sentiment  in  this  country  which  will  compel  the  keeping  of 
disease-free  cows  in  a  sanitary  way,  and  at  the  same  time  a 
generous  support  of  the  men  who  do  this,  so  that  they  may 
come  out  at  least  without  financial  loss  in  their  efforts  to  serve 
the  community.  ^Nlilk  is  the  most  important  of  our  foods 
because  of  its  necessity  for  the  infant  and  the  child.  We  must 
protect  humanity  in  its  tender  years.  We  must  have  pure, 
clean,  wholesome  milk.  We  producers  must  make  this  kind  of 
milk.    You  who  are  consumers  must  pay  for  this  kind  of  milk. 


QH)t  Commontoealtl)  of  iHasi0ac()U0ett0. 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.    58. 

March,  1916. 


UTILIZATION  OF  SURPLUS  FARM 
PRODUCTS. 


H.  F.   HALL. 


From  the  Sixty-Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State 
Board  op  Agriculture. 


BOSTON : 

WEIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  bt 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


UTILIZATION  OF  SURPLUS  FARM  PRODUCTS. 


H.  F,  HALL,  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERT  FOR  CAMPBELL  S  SOUP  COMPANY, 
CAMDEN,  NEW  JERSEY. 


The  matter  of  holding  or  preserving  perishable  farm  products 
during  a  season  of  plenty  and  low  prices  to  be  used  during  times 
of  scarcity  and  higher  prices  is  a  question  of  very  great  eco- 
nomic importance  not  only  to  the  farmer  but  to  the  consum- 
ing public  as  well.  Large  quantities  of  food  are  annually  al- 
lowed to  waste  because  the  market  price  will  not  cover  cost  of 
harvesting  and  marketing.  By  many  it  is  claimed  that  cheaper 
and  more  direct  methods  of  distribution,  thereby  enabling 
the  consumer  to  secure  his  supplies  at  such  a  price  as  to  en- 
courage greater  consumption  by  him  directly  as  a  substitute  for 
the  higher  priced  commodities,  together  with  the  tendency 
of  the  consumer  to  buy  during  gluts  and  do  his  own  canning, 
would  solve  the  problem.  This  would  doubtless  have  a  great 
influence  but  for  the  present-day  tendency  of  the  consumer  to 
order  his  food  supplies  in  cans  rather  than  to  buy  the  raw 
material  and  go  to  the  trouble  of  home  canning.  In  fact,  the 
present-day  method  of  the  consumer  to  have  his  goods  delivered 
in  a  " ready-to-eat  package"  is  doubtless  one  of  the  principal 
factors  underlying  the  cause  of  continued  gluts. 

The  buying  public  no  longer  seeks  the  farmer's  wagon  to  buy 
at  first  cost  and  carry  home  in  a  hand  basket  the  vegetables 
and  fruits  needed  for  home  consumption.  For  this  reason, 
public  retail  markets  in  most  of  our  large  cities  have  proven  a 
failure,  and  while  the  consumer  often  complains  of  high  cost 
of  living,  he  perhaps  forgets  that  his  method  of  ordering  goods 
delivered  in  small  quantities  and  taking  thirty  days  for  pay- 
ment has  an  important  bearing  upon  the  cost  price.  This 
would  indicate  that  an  efficiency  movement  is  needed  to  im- 
press upon  the  housekeeper  the  importance  of  better  methods 
of  supplying  the  home  table.     Our  experiment  stations  and 


various  agricultural  and  horticultural  societies  have  devoted 
their  energies  for  many  years  to  the  subject  of  increasing  pro- 
duction, but  old  methods  of  marketing  and  distributing  crops 
have  gone  on  undisturbed.  In  what  way  is  the  farmer  bene- 
fited by  large  crops  if  they  are  allowed  to  rot  on  the  ground  for 
the  want  of  a  distributing  and  selling  system  that  will  turn 
back  to  the  grower  a  fair  profit  after  transportation  and  sell- 
ing charges  have  been  deducted? 

If  our  farmers  were  thoroughly  organized  they  could  by  ad- 
vertising relieve  a  congested  market  by  informing  the  public  of 
the  facts,  urging  them  to  buy,  and  recommending  ways  of  cook- 
ing and  using  the  surplus  crop  as  a  substitute  for  higher  priced 
commodities,  and  the  advantage  of  home  canning  to  hold  for 
future  use. 

During  the  past  season  New  Jersey  fruit  growers  were  buried 
with  an  enormous  crop  of  peaches,  and  prices  promised  to  be 
below  cost  of  picking  and  marketing.  The  horticultural  so- 
cieties caused  to  have  posted  on  farmers'  wagons  and  in  other 
conspicuous  places  colored  posters,  urging  the  public  to  buy 
and  use  peaches  on  account  of  the  low  prices  at  which  they 
could  be  bought.  By  those  in  a  position  to  know,  it  was 
claimed  that  this  work  played  a  very  important  part  in  mov- 
ing, at  a  fair  price,  the  surplus  crop  of  peaches. 

The  home  hamper  as  a  means  of  the  grower's  supplying  the 
consumer  direct  is  a  method  of  interest  only  to  the  small 
grower,  and  does  not  promise  to  become  a  matter  of  general 
importance  in  affecting  this  question. 

When  located  near  a  large  city  the  grower  often  finds  it  to  his 
advantage  to  hold  his  surplus  produce  in  cold  storage,  but 
when  located  some  distance  from  a  market  he  will  usually  find 
the  commercial  cannery,  in  case  one  is  located  near  him,  his 
best  buyer.  The  particular  objections  to  artificial  refrigeration 
are  storage  charges,  shrinkage  and  cost  of  handling.  These 
changes  combined  often  run  so  high  as  to  make  the  venture 
an  unprofitable  one. 

Very  few  preserving  establishments  are  found  in  New  Eng- 
land, the  principal  ones  being  the  corn  canneries  in  Maine. 
Such  establishments  could  doubtless  be  induced  to  locate  in 
Massachusetts  if  the  farmers  in  any  particular  locality  would 


guarantee  the  required  acreage  of  any  of  the  important  farm 
crops  now  used  in  commercial  canning. 

The  total  number  of  canneries  in  the  United  States  is  about 
4,000.  Amount  paid  by  canneries  for  raw  material  is  over 
$100,000,000  annually.  Total  value  of  finished  product  is 
$157,000,000  annually.  In  this  industry  Massachusetts  has 
played  a  very  small  part.  Some  of  its  canned  products  in- 
clude pears,  quinces,  raspberries,  strawberries,  tomatoes,  pump- 
kins, squash,  rhubarb  and  spinach. 

A  well-ordered  general  canning  concern  is  usually  a  great 
help  to  any  community,  provided  the  growers  produce  a  variety 
of  vegetables  and  fruits  at  such  seasons  and  in  such  quantities 
as  to  keep  the  cannery  operating  at  least  five  or  six  months 
during  each  year.  The  canner  must  have  the  continued  co- 
operation of  the  farmers  through  good  and  bad  seasons,  as 
most  canners  find  it  necessary  to  sell  their  product  before  it  is 
put  in  the  can.  In  fact,  a  future  sale  is  often  made  by  the 
canner  of  a  crop  long  before  the  farmer  is  ready  to  begin  har- 
vesting it.  It  is,  therefore,  apparent  that  the  canner  cannot 
depend  upon  the  surplus  products  during  times  of  glut  for  his 
supply. 

Most  canners  contract  in  advance  a  sufficient  acreage  of  dif- 
ferent crops  to  meet  their  needs.  Prices  paid  are  usually  some- 
what lower  than  the  average  market  price  on  graded  and  well- 
packed  goods,  but  are  much  higher  than  prices  during  times  of 
glutted  markets.  By  contracting  in  advance  the  farmer  is  sure 
of  a  fair  price  for  his  goods,  and  eliminates  that  element  of 
chance  from  his  work. 

Another  important  feature  is  that  there  is  less  work  in  pre- 
paring vegetables  and  fruit  to  be  delivered  to  a  cannery  than 
is  the  case  when  prepared  for  market.  This  is  very  apparent 
in  such  crops  as  beans  and  peas,  which  instead  of  being  hand 
picked  may  be  cut  like  grass,  and  delivered  to.  the  factory 
where  a  vining  machine  does  the  work  of  shelling  and 
separating.  Labor-saving  methods  of  handling  farm  crops 
are  worthy  of  careful  consideration  as  the  farm  labor  prob- 
lem becomes  more  serious. 

The  following  crops  are  extensively  used  in  canning  and  can 
be  grown  successfully  in  Massachusetts:    string  beans,  beets, 


6 

sugar  corn,  peas,  pumpkins,  cabbage  for  sauerkraut,  rhubarb, 
spinach,  tomatoes,  mushrooms,  squash,  hominy,  dandehons, 
cauliflower,  cucumber  pickles,  pickling  onions,  apples,  black- 
berries, blueberries,  cherries,  peaches,  pears,  plums,  raspberries 
and  strawberries. 

The  following  are  the  usual  prices  paid  by  the  canners  for 
goods  delivered  at  their  factories:  cabbage  for  sauerkraut, 
$10  per  ton.  Sugar  corn,  from  2  to  2f  cents  per  pound  for 
corn  cut  from  the  cob,  or  S15  to  $20  per  ton  for  the  ear  in 
husk;  cobs  are  usually  returned  to  the  farmer  and  have  a 
value  of  about  $3  per  ton  for  fertilizing  purposes;  gross  returns 
of  this  crop  to  the  grower,  $50  to  $100  per  acre.  String  beans, 
price  Ij  to  If  cents  per  pound;  gross  returns  of  this  crop  to 
the  grower,  $75  to  $125  per  acre.  Beets,  $13  to  $15  per  ton; 
average  yield,  4  to  8  tons  per  acre.  Dandelions,  $10  per  ton. 
Pumpkins,  $5  to  $6  per  ton;  average  yield,  8  to  12  tons  per 
acre.  Rhubarb,  average  price  $10  per  ton.  Spinach,  $10  to 
$20  per  ton;  average  yield,  5  to  7  tons  per  acre.  Squash,  $10 
per  ton;  average  yield,  5  to  10  tons  per  acre.  Tomatoes, 
$9  to  $10  per  ton;  average  yield,  8  to  10  tons  per  acre.  Apples, 
75  cents  to  $1.50  per  barrel;  second  grades  can  be  used  for 
this  purpose  if  free  from  wormy  stock. 

Farmers'  co-operative  canning  associations  have  been  formed 
in  many  sections  of  the  country,  but  unfortunately  have  seldom 
proved  a  success,  usually  due  to  a  lack  of  close  co-operation 
a,mong  the  members  and  a  tendency  to  sell  their  crops  through 
other  sources  during  high  prices. 

Home  canning  has  been  tried  by  many  farmers  as  a  means  of 
disposing  of  their  surplus  crops,  but  thus  far  has  met  with 
rather  indifferent  success,  owing  to  the  cost  of  operation  and 
the  variable  quality  of  products  when  canned.  The  home-can- 
ning outfit  can  be  used  to  advantage  in  caring  for  surplus 
vegetables  and  fruits  that  would  otherwise  go  to  waste.  Such 
operations  are  entirely  practical  for  the  home  supply  and  per- 
haps a  small  local  trade,  but  the  idea  of  large  profits  from  such 
an  enterprise  when  these  products  are  sold  in  the  open  mar- 
kets is  usually  misleading. 

The  labor  cost  of  canning  on  the  farm  is  much  greater  per 
unit  than   is  the   cost  in  the  factory   where  large  automatic 


machinery  is  used  for  the  various  operations,  unless  the  farmer 
can  do  his  canning  work  at  odd  times,  when  his  labor  is  not 
otherwise  advantageously  employed.  The  quality  will  not 
average  as  high  or  as  uniform  when  canned  in  the  home, 
owing  to  the  lack  of  modern  means  for  proper  sterilization  and 
testing. 

The  process  of  drying  has  been  employed  to  a  certain  extent 
in  this  country  in  the  case  of  fruits,  and  in  Germany  with  some 
vegetables,  notably  the  potato,  from  which  potato  flour  is 
made.  Our  government  is  now  experimenting  with  the  potato 
for  this  purpose,  and  it  is  possible  that  in  the  near  future 
potato  flour  will  be  made  on  a  commercial  scale  in  this  country. 

Denatured  alcohol  can  be  made  from  all  farm  products 
containing  sugar,  but  this  work  has  not  met  with  any  great 
degree  of  success  as  yet,  as  the  price  that  could  be  paid  for 
farm  products  when  used  for  this  purpose  would  be  in  marly 
cases  below  the  actual  cost  of  harvesting  and  delivering  to  the 
distillery. 

The  potato,  on  account  of  the  large  amount  of  starch  it  con- 
tains, is  the  most  desirable  farm  crop  for  alcohol  making.  At 
the  present  prices  of  denatured  alcohol  the  distiller  would  be 
able  to  pay  the  farmer  about  12  to  15  cents  per  bushel  for 
potatoes.  This  industry,  therefore,  affords  the  farmer  very  little 
relief  in  the  way  of  a  market  for  his  surplus  or  crops  of  No.  2 
quality  unless  the  price  of  alcohol  increases  materially. 

Question.  How  far  are  the  children  benefited  through 
better  canning  laws  in  the  United  States  at  present? 

Mr.  Hall.  The  child  labor  law  in  the  different  States  varies 
considerably.  No  doubt  in  many  cases  the  reforms  were 
necessary. 

Question.  I  mean  in  general,  because  it  has  been  such  a 
terrible  scourge  in  our  country  that  children  were  allowed  to 
work  sixteen  and  seventeen  hours  a  day  in  canneries. 

Mr.  Hall.  There  are  doubtless  cases  where  minors  work 
long  hours  in  can-houses  during  the  rush  of  the  season.  Such 
seasons  usually  last  but  a  few  weeks  at  the  most,  and  as  the 
wages  paid  are  generally  on  the  basis  of  piecework,  the  laborers 
are  anxious  to  make  as  much  time  as  possible.     The  work  is 


8 

usually  done  during  summer  and  fall,  when  the  factories  are 
well  ventilated  and  the  health  of  the  employees  good.  How- 
ever, the  labor  laws  in  some  States  have  corrected  any  abuses 
that  may  have  existed  by  establishing  the  number  of  hours 
per  week  a  minor  may  work  in  such  factories. 

Question.  That  is  exactly  the  point;  it  seemed  to  me  a 
few  years  ago  that  things  were  not  brought  up-to-date  as  they 
should  be,  because  for  every  child  that  is  not  given  an  op- 
portunity it  means  so  many  more  for  our  hospitals  and  every- 
thing that  goes  with  it.  All  these  men  and  women  interested 
in  this  question,  if  they  would  all  band  together  on  that  thing, 
they  could  get  laws  throughout  the  United  States  by  which 
more  than  eight  hours  could  not  be  demanded  of  any  child 
for  the  sake  of  any  father  or  mother. 

Mr.  Hall.  In  this  matter  as  in  that  of  any  other  reform,  we 
are  liable  to  go  too  far  when  attempting  legislative  reform. 
In  determining  the  number  of  hours  a  minor  should  be  al- 
lowed to  work  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  nature  of  the  work 
and  conditions  under  which  it  is  to  be  done.  By  many  it  is 
believed  that  healthy  children  from  fourteen  to  fifteen  years  of 
age  who  will  not  attend  school  may  be  much  better  employed 
for  a  reasonable  number  of  hours  per  da\^  at  light  work  in  a 
well-ordered  and  ventilated  factory  than  to  spend  their  time 
walking  the  streets  or  in  an  ill-ventilated  moving-picture 
theatre.  We  do  not  employ  children  in  our  factory  or  upon  our 
farms. 

Mr.  Donald  JVIcRae  of  State  Farm.  I  should  like  to  ask 
the  speaker  if  he  knows  the  process  that  potatoes  go 
through  in  making  potato  flour?  Whether  the  potatoes  are 
just  evaporated  and  ground,  or  whether  they  are  cooked  first 
and  then  evaporated  and  ground? 

Mr.  Hall.  I  am  unable  to  answer  your  question.  The  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  at  Washington  is  at  present  interested 
in  this  work,  and  is  now  prepared  to  send  out  samples  of  this 
material.  They  have  not  as  yet  published  any  details  con- 
cerning the  most  approved  methods  of  the  process.  We  know 
that  this  work  has  been  carried  on  in  Germany  for  some  time, 
and  that  its  future  depends  upon  the  price  at  which  potatoes 
may  be  bought,  as  well  as  upon  the  price  of  cereals  from  which 
flour  is  usuallv  made. 


®l)e  ^Dmmontocaltl)  of  iltassacljusetti 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CIRCULAR    No.   59. 

January,  1916. 


RURAL    CREDITS 


Myron     T.    Herrick. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts 
State  Board  of  Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  ST4.TE  Board  of  Publication. 


RURAL  CREDITS. 


MYRON  T.   HERRICK,   CLEVELAND,   OHIO. 


I  feel  in  speaking  on  this  subject  which,  from  the  merest 
statement  of  it,  is  more  or  less  dry,  that  I  should  endeavor,  so 
far  as  I  am  able,  to  qualify  a  little  before  I  attempt  to  instruct. 
I  do  not  really  mean  to  attempt  to  instruct,  because  I  feel 
incapacitated  for  doing  that.  I  feel  almost  like  apologizing  for 
attempting  to  speak  on  a  subject  which  so  many  people  know 
so  much  more  about,  but  that  is  not  the  way  to  learn  about  a 
subject.  If  you  attempt  to  tell  somebody  else  about  it  you  are 
obliged,  from  time  to  time,  to  know  something  about  it  your- 
self, and  finally  you  accumulate  some  little  fund  of  knowledge. 
A  great  many  years  ago,  more  years  than  I  wish  it  were,  I  was 
a  small  boy  on  a  farm,  and  I  think  I  got  my  first  lessons  about 
land  credit  there.  I  heard  my  father  and  mother  speaking  of 
the  maturity  of  the  mortgage  on  the  farm.  It  was  held  by  one 
Mr.  Gunn.  Mr.  Gunn  held  several  mortgages  on  the  farms  in 
that  community,  and  he  had  a  way  of  not  letting  the  owners 
know  exactly  whether  or  not  he  was  going  to  renew  those 
mortgages  until  near  the  time.  All  through  that  neighbor- 
hood —  it  was  a  thrifty  one  —  the  people  could  accumulate  a 
certain  amount  of  money  over  and  above  that  necessary  for  the 
support  of  their  families,  but  under  the  system  of  a  mortgage 
falling  due  in  three  or  five  years  —  a  system  which  still  exists  — 
it  was  not  possible  to  recover  from  those  little  farms  money 
enough  to  pay  up  the  entire  sum  from  the  land;  therefore  these 
renewals.  I  remember  that  that  was  the  very  first  trouble  I 
had  in  the  world.  I  heard  this  discussion,  —  whether  or  not 
that  farm  would  have  to  be  sold  because  they  couldn't  pay 
it  unless  they  could  get  a  renewal.  The  farmer  is  rather 
inclined  to  think  that  the  man  who  has  the  mortgage  on  his 
farm  wants  his  farm.  He  does  not,  as  a  rule,  but  at  the  same 
time  it  appears  so  to  the  farmer.     Now  the  mortgage  was  re- 


newed  and  time  went  on,  but  years  after,  when  I  became  the 
head  of  a  savings  bank,  I  began  to  consider  this  question  and  to 
try  to  understand  why  the  decline  had  come  in  agriculture  in 
our  prosperous  State  of  Ohio.  It  then  occurred  to  me  that  that 
very  influence  of  not  being  able  to  finance  beyond  three  or  five 
years  must  have  a  retarding  influence  in  developing  the  re- 
sources of  the  farmer's  land.  I  believe  that  just  that  fact,  that 
the  mortgages  fall  due  within  three  or  five  years  and  that  the 
principal  cannot  be  recovered,  as  a  rule,  out  of  the  land  during 
that  time,  is  a  retarding  influence  on  agriculture  in  the  United 
States. 

The  rural-credits  movement  has  two  separate  and  distinct 
objects:  (1)  to  introduce  long-term  mortgaging  for  loans  on 
farm  lands;  (2)  to  encourage  co-operative  banking  among 
farmers.  At  least  these  were  its  original  objects.  The  auspices 
at  the  start  were  propitious.  Indeed,  they  could  not  have  been 
brighter,  since  three  presidents  in  succession  and  the  largest 
political  parties  indorsed  the  movement  and  the  entire  country 
united  in  giving  it  godspeed.  But  now  public  opinion  is  divided, 
because  the  first  object  has  been  made  the  pretext  for  wild 
schemes  of  government  intervention,  and  the  second  object  has 
been  obscured  through  a  misunderstanding  of  the  principles  and 
purposes  of  co-operation. 

The  movement  has  been  converted  into  a  vehicle  of  experi- 
mentation. Enthusiasts  on  land  credit  have  conjured  up  the 
dreams  of  mobilizing  and  "coining"  the  soil,  and  other  vagaries 
which  were  obsolete  before  John  Law's  Mississippi  bubble  burst. 
They  have  revived  plans  which  were  tried  out  and  abandoned 
in  the  American  colonies  prior  to  the  birth  of  the  nation. 
They  have  resurrected  and  unconsciously  revamped  as  their 
own  nearly  all  the  rejected  ideas  advanced  in  France  during 
the  quarter  century  preceding  her  first  law  on  agricultural 
credit.  In  scurrying  over  Europe  for  models  they  have  passed 
by  the  German  Landschafts  and  mortgage  banks,  the  French 
Credit  Foncier,  and  other  thoroughly  tested  concerns  organized 
simply  for  extending  land  credit,  and  have  imported  for  adapta- 
tion the  antiquated  institutions  which  the  government  some 
time  established  for  breaking  up  the  feudal  system,  and  the 
bureaus  and  commissions  which  the  government  has  recently 


established  to  distribute  money  obtained  or  appropriated  for 
ignorant  and  indigent  peasants,  or  to  meet  problems  arising 
from  absenteeism,  city  congestion,  compulsory  military  service, 
land  reclamation  and  interior  colonization. 

Existing  methods  and  institutions  in  the  United  States  have 
been  practically  ignored.  Originality  of  design,  with  any 
defects  in  that  design  cured  by  State  aid,  appears  to  be  the 
hobby  of  the  enthusiasts  on  land  credit,  and,  in  confusion  of 
precedents  and  disregard  of  actual  conditions  and  necessities, 
they  have  elaborated  in  their  minds  artificial  structures  which 
needs  must  have  extraneous  support.  So  it  happens  that  there 
is  now  being  proposed  for  American  farmers  a  general  use  of 
government  cash  and  credit  on  a  scale  that  has  not  yet  appeared 
in  any  country.  American  agriculture  does  not  call  for  such 
aid,  but  these  things  do,  since  without  it  the  chances  would  be 
slight  of  their  ever  being  patronized  by  the  farmers  or  the 
investing  public. 

As  respects  co-operative  banking,  the  enthusiasts  have  over- 
looked the  eminently  practical  character  that  it  must  maintain, 
have  exalted  it  into  altruism,  and  have  demanded  for  it  far 
more  than  the  guiding  hand  and  assistance  of  the  government. 
They  have  gone  even  beyond  the  idea  of  charity  and  alms- 
giving, have  forestalled  the  millennium  and  appealed  to  a 
sublimated  spirit  of  self-abnegation  and  brotherly  love.  They 
have  conceived  Utopias  in  which  human  instincts  and  personal 
ambitions  may  be  suppressed,  and  the  elysian  fields  may  be 
cultivated  by  perennially  happy  farmers,  each  renouncing  his 
individual  good,  sharing  with  his  less  fortunate  co-laborers  the 
fruits  of  his  toil,  and  devoting  his  spare  time  to  organizing  co- 
operative societies  in  which  producer  and  consumer,  bondholder 
and  mortgagor,  lender  and  borrower,  creditor  and  debtor,  all 
may  live  and  work  in  harmony,  enjoying  the  best  prices  on 
purchases  and  sales,  and  granting  or  receiving  loans  from 
money  obtained  on  their  collective  guaranty  as  cheaply  as  the 
United  States  government  can  secure  funds,  or  at  rates  always 
lower  than  those  current  in  the  market. 

These  appeals  to  altruism  and  demands  for  special  privilege, 
class  legislation  and  State  aid  have  belittled  the  purposes  of  the 
movement  and  retarded  its  progress.     Co-operative  banking  is 


of  no  use  to  farmers  when  it  is  made  benevolent,  or  when  its 
functions  are  restricted  exclusively  to  saving  and  lending.  It 
is  not  practiced  successfully  among  farmers  except  where  it  is 
used  in  a  very  practical  manner  as  a  financial  instrument  for 
organization  and  for  strengthening  the  member's  purchasing  and 
selling  power.  As  a  result  of  the  narrow  scope  given  to  co-oper- 
ative banking  by  the  so-called  "credit  union"  laws,  unfortu- 
nately enacted  in  some  States  and  by  the  majority  of  superficial 
investigators  who  have  studied  the  subject,  American  farmers 
have  not  taken  kindly  to  the  idea,  and  rural  co-operation  is  no 
farther  advanced  than  it  was  five  years  ago  when  the  move- 
ment first  began. 

Altruism  and  State  aid  are  not  the  only  burdens  that  are 
impeding  the  movement  for  land  credit;  it  has  been  almost 
swamped  by  projects  foisted  upon  it  with  no  consideration  of 
their  probable  effect,  except  upon  the  class  of  persons  whom 
they  are  intended  specially  to  benefit.  Nearly  all  these  proj- 
ects relate  exclusively  to  agriculture.  They  propose  either 
government  intervention  or  the  adoption  of  some  new  and 
untried  scheme,  with  little  regard  to  the  fundamentals  of  the 
problem  or  to  the  consequences  on  other  industries.  This  is 
true  of  the  bills  in  Congress  and  also  of  the  laws  enacted  in  the 
States,  while  the  latter  have  the  additional  objection  that  they 
differ  one  from  the  other  and  prevent  a  standardization  of  the 
farm-mortgage  business. 

One  of  the  manifest  causes  of  the  present  financial  troubles  of 
agriculture  is  a  deficiency  of  good  general  laws  on  both  land 
credit  and  co-operation.  The  lack  of  such  laws  is  felt  by  many 
persons  besides  farmers,  and  it  would  seem  that  some  legislator 
might  have  suggested  that  the  first  step  should  be  to  remedy 
defects,  supply  omissions  and  enact  general  laws  based  on 
correct  principles  for  the  good  of  all.  This  is  the  natural 
course  of  legislation  on  new  subjects,  but  no  one  appears  to 
have  thought  of  it.  The  idea  of  a  general  reformation  has  been 
condemned  without  a  trial,  and  the  solution  of  the  problem  has 
been  made  unnecessarily  difficult  by  treating  farmers  and 
owners  of  farm  lands  as  if  their  needs  conflicted  with  the 
interests  of  the  rest  of  the  people  and  must  be  supplied  through 
special  laws  and  means. 


The  shortcomings  of  American  agriculture  are  traceable  to 
the  facts  that  the  farmers  have  not  combined  their  resources 
with  the  view  of  helping  one  another.  Their  greatest  need  is 
more  co-operation.  This  can  be  brought  about  only  through  a 
more  extended  and  intelligent  use  of  the  association.  The 
associational  form  of  organization  is  the  best  for  agriculture  in 
every  one  of  its  phases,  whether  it  be  for  business,  finance  or 
social  life.  The  problem  would  be  simplified  if  this  were  kept 
in  mind.     The  legislative  steps  that  might  be  considered  are  — 

1.  An  amendment  of  the  national  banking  act  so  as  to  permit 
any  national  bank  that  confines  its  credit  facilities  to  members 
to  be  organized  as  an  association  without  capital  stock. 

2.  An  amendment  of  the  banking  act  of  each  State  so  as  to 
permit  any  kind  of  bank  that  confines  its  credit  facilities  to 
members  to  be  organized  as  an  association  without  capital 
stock. 

3.  A  law  by  the  nation  and  in  each  State  to  legalize  for 
associations  whatever  is  lawful  for  corporations,  i.e.,  a  regu- 
latory law. 

4.  A  clause  in  such  law  to  permit  combinations  among 
farmers'  associations  or  small  producers'  or  consumers'  associa- 
tions. 

In  the  first  place  my  desire  is  that  the  associational  form  of 
business  shall  be  extended  throughout  the  communities  of  this 
great  country  of  ours  and  perform  a  service  that  we  cannot 
perform  in  any  other  way  —  that  is  so  great  we  cannot  begin 
to  comprehend  its  benefits  and  effects.  The  mutual  life  insur- 
ance companies  are  highly  successful  examples  of  this  form  of 
organization.  Take  another  example,  the  Associated  Press,  which 
I  will  compare  to  the  Landschaft  in  its  operation,  because  it  does 
not  enrich  itself,  but  it  performs  a  service.  The  Associated  Press 
of  the  United  States,  which,  by  its  organizations  puts  the  news 
down  at  our  doors  every  morning  for  a  small  sum  of  money,  per- 
forms an  enormous  service  but  does  not  grow  rich;  it  does  not 
accumulate  a  great  capital,  but  it  serves  ail  the  newspapers  and 
makes  their  business  of  publication  possible.  That  is  service 
that  is  performed  by  an  organization,  and  it  is  comparable  to 
the  Landschaft,  which  performs  a  service,  and  has,  throughout 
some   twenty-seven    countries    abroad,    and    has    accomplished 


8 

results  comparable  to  those  of  which  I  speak.  It  is  along  that 
line  that  we  want  to  seek  to  develop  the  agricultural  resources 
of  this  country  by  the  associational  form  of  service  of  the  two 
kinds  to  which  I  referred.  I  would  not  confine  it  to  that,  but 
I  think  that  the  greatest  opportunity  for  development,  the  best 
adapted  to  agricultural  interests,  is  the  associational  form.  I 
believe  in  the  incorporation  of  great  institutions  like  the  Credit 
Foncier  and  those  of  a  similar  character,  and  I  think  that  we 
probably  need  some  national  legislation  along  these  lines;  but 
for  the  associational  form  of  legislation  I  believe  this  would 
work,  —  an  amendment  of  the  national  banking  act,  so  as  to 
permit  any  national  bank  that  confines  its  credit  facilities -to 
its  members  to  be  organized  as  an  association  without  capital 
stock.  We  have  got  a  national  banking  act,  so  to  the  extent 
that  you  will  allow  an  association  under  the  inspection  of  the 
government,  an  association  may  be  formed  like  the  Landschaft 
association,  which  is  comparable,  as  I  said,  to  the  Associated 
Press  organizations  and  serves  a  great  community. 

I  know  that  most  of  you  know  the  meaning  of  a  Landschaft, 
but  if  you  will  permit  me  I  will  take  the  liberty  of  explaining 
its  meaning  briefly  because  it  is  through  that  kind  of  organiza- 
tion that  I  hope  we  will  be  able  to  work.  We  will  suppose  the 
State  of  Massachusetts  passes  a  law  which  allows  organizations 
of  farmers  for  the  purpose  of  borrowing  and  for  the  purpose  of 
marketing  and  selling  in  different  districts  that  are  divided  off 
into  townships  and  counties.  Now,  if  a  group  of  men  want  to 
borrow  money  and  there  is  no  money  in  that  township,  the 
men  who  want  to  borrow  will  find  that  an  association  may  be 
formed  consisting  of  a  president  and  a  secretary  and  a  treasurer, 
and  that  organization  will  consist  of  all  the  men  in  that  town- 
ship who  want  to  borrow  money.  They  all  come  and  make  a 
mortgage  to  that  institution,  and  that  Landschaft,  instead  of 
giving  them  any  money,  gives  them  bonds  running  over  a 
period  of  years  in  return  for  the  mortgage  that  they  give  to 
that  association.  Now  you  will  say,  "What  good  will  that  do 
the  farmer  who  wants  to  borrow  money?"  It  does  just  this: 
that  man  receives  his  bonds,  and  these  are  negotiable  in  the 
open  market.  He  may  make  a  loan  for  five,  ten,  fifteen, 
twenty-five  or  even  seventy-five  years,   in  which  he  pays  so 


much  of  the  principal  and  so  much  of  the  interest  in  the  shape 
of  annuities.  As  an  example,  I  saw  this  instance  of  a  loan  that 
had  run  seventy-five  years.  I  give  this,  because  it  is  extreme; 
a  man  borrowed  of  the  Credit  Foncier  $5,000  for  seventy-five 
years.  He  agreed  to  pay  4.30  per  cent  for  the  money.  The 
obligation  was  drawn  so  that  he  paid  4.40  per  cent  instead  of 
4.30;  the  difference  between  4.30  and  4.40  paid  the  loan  at  the 
end  of  seventy-five  years.  He  paid  all  during  that  time  4.40 
instead  of  4.30,  and  that  slight  difference  amortized  the  loan. 
That  is  the  principle.  Now  this  man  receives  bonds  on  which 
he  pays  annuities;  he  has  made  his  mortgage,  those  bonds  are 
marketable.  They  can  be  sold  or  used  as  collateral.  The 
societies  federate  and  become  collectively  liable,  and  the  result 
is  that  that  security  —  that  bond  on  which  he  has  financed 
himself  for  so  many  years  that  he  can  recover  out  of  the  soil 
enough  to  maintain  his  living  expenses  and  pay  that  loan  — 
becomes  a  safe  and  readily  marketable  investment.  The 
borrower  can  call  the  loan  and  pay  it  all  off  if  he  wants  to,  but 
the  lender  cannot.  In  other  words,  the  borrower  finances  his 
land  for  a  time  definite  to  himself  and  makes  a  security  that 
anybody  will  buy,  and  they  sell  against  government  bonds  in 
Italy,  Germany  and  France.  It  is  not  any  theory,  it  is  a 
practice  economically  sound  that  has  been  worked  out  in  those 
countries.  The  government  should  inspect  it,  umpire  it,  look 
after  it  to  see  that  it  is  honest. 

Second,  we  should  have  an  amendment  of  the  banking 
act  of  each  State,  so  as  to  permit  any  kind  of  a  bank  that 
confines  its  credit  facilities  to  the  members  to  organize 
as  an  association  without  capital  stock,  in  the  same  way 
as   we  have    done    with   the   national  banks. 

Third,  a  law  should  be  enacted  by  the  nation  and  each 
State  to  legalize  in  associations  whatever  is  lawful  for  cor- 
porations. We  didn't  know  anything  about  a  corporation  a 
hundred  years  ago;  now  we  do  everything,  almost,  by  corpora- 
tions. It  is  a  good  form  of  conducting  business,  but  let  us 
enlarge  this  associational  form,  so  successful  in  life  insurance 
companies,  so  as  to  include  all  business.  It  is  a  simple  thing, 
gives  free  scope  to  the  affairs  of  organizations,  and  is  a  proper 
method   of   permitting   the   transaction   of   business. 


10 

Fourth,  there  should  be  a  clause  in  each  law  to  permit  combina- 
tions among  farmers'  associations  or  small  producers'  or  consum- 
ers' associations.  Now  allow  these  to  combine  as  they  do  in 
Europe.  There  they  have  infinite  combinations  making  stronger 
the  credit.  The  short-time  credit  and  the  long  credit  combine 
until  they  run  up  finally  to  the  Bank  of  Prussia,  or  the  Bank  of 
France,  and  the  little  fellow  finds  his  note  of  100  francs  in  the 
Bank  of  France.  It  would  be  a  strange  thing  if  a  note  of  $20 
of  a  farmer  in  Missouri  or  Kansas  landed  in  a  city  bank  of 
New  York;  it  would  be  lonesome,  but  there  are  hundreds  of 
millions  of  dollars  of  short-time  financing  paper  that  lie  in  the 
vaults  of  the  Bank  of  Prussia,  the  Bank  of  Italy  and  the  Bank 
of  France.  This  system  has  the  effect  of  leveling  the  credit  all 
over  the  nation.  In  America,  in  one  place  you  have  cheap 
money  and  in  another  place  it  is  10  or  20  or  even  100  per  cent. 
With  a  proper  system  and  the  land  and  the  proper  machinery 
it  is  entirely  possible  to  vitalize  that  credit  and  mobilize  it  and 
increase  many  times  the  business  of  this  country  and  the 
development  of  it,  and  at  the  same  time  not  break  up  the 
existing  credit  system  by  leaning  on  the  government  to  do  it. 
It  can  be  accomplished  infinitely  better  in  these  other  ways. 

The  rage  for  innovation  and  the  confusion  which  it  has 
wrought  in  land  credit  arise  perhaps  from  the  fact  that  little 
effort  has  been  made  in  the  movement  to  distinguish  one  from 
the  other  the  different  kinds  of  institutions  devised  for  organiz- 
ing land  credit,  or  to  study  the  purpose,  merits  and  results  of 
each  kind.  The  organization  of  land  credit  means  the  substitu- 
tion of  specially  designed  institutions  for  individuals  as  money 
lenders.  Such  institutions  are  of  only  five  kinds:  (1)  companies 
for  insuring  or  guaranteeing  tiMes  or  mortgages;  (2)  building 
and  loan  associations;  (3)  Landschafts;  (4)  bond  and  mortgage 
companies;  and  (5)  public  or  semi-public  banks  or  establishments. 

The  loan  transactions  of  institutions  of  the  first  type  are 
largely  brokerage;  of  the  second,  direct  investment  of  their 
own  funds.  Institutions  of  the  third  and  fourth  types  issue 
bonds  or  debentures;  and,  since  the  bulk  of  the  loans  is  made 
through  this  method  of  finance,  they  tend  to  act  as  mediators 
between  investors  and  borrowers,  and  so  are  the  best  organizers 
of  land  credit.     Institutions  of  the  fifth  type  also  may  issue 


11 

bonds  or  debentures,  but  their  security  and  financial  support  lie 
rather  in  the  connection  with  government  than  in  the  value  of 
the  land;  they  serve  to  facilitate  the  distribution  of  subsidies, 
usually  among  some  particular  class  of  persons,  and  so  their 
effect  on  the  general  and  proper  organization  of  land  credit  is 
slight.  Included  in  this  last  class  are  most  of  the  institutions 
for  reclaiming  land  by  embankment,  drainage  or  irrigation; 
these  are  always  localized. 

Illinois  has  one  of  the  best  laws,  something  quite  like  the 
Landschaft,  and  that  is  this:  on  the  Mississippi  River  there  are 
great  areas  of  land  which  are  sometimes  flooded.  It  was  not 
fair  to  make  the  State  pay  for  reclaiming  that  land  for  the 
benefit  of  the  individuals  who  owned  it,  so  Illinois  has  enacted 
laws  by  which  drainage  districts  are  constituted,  and  this  plan 
is  patterned  largely  after  the  Landschaft.  They  have  those 
great  drainage  districts  and  build  the  embankments  and  drain 
the  land,  and  the  obligation  rests  upon  that  district,  which  is 
partitioned  off  by  the  law  of  the  State,  like  a  Landschaft.  They 
use  the  taxing  machinery  of  the  State  to  collect  the  installments 
of  interest  and  principal  and  to  meet  those  loans.  Now  they 
did  not  need  the  help  of  the  government  to  institute  a  bank  to 
take  care  of  that;  all  they  had  to  do  was  to  make  that  law 
and  make  it  possible  to  create  those  securities,  which  was  a 
collective  obligation  upon  that  whole  community,  and  they  sell 
immediately  in  the  market  at  a  fair  price.  It  would  have  been 
absurd  for  the  State  of  Illinois,  or  any  of  those  States,  to  start 
a  bank  to  buy  the  securities,  because  they  would  say,  "That 
can't  be  done  unless  the  State  advances  the  money."  All  they 
have  to  do  is  to  give  character  to  the  security. 

In  no  country  do  land-credit  institutions,  no  matter  how  few 
or  how  many,  monopolize  the  business;  all  they  can  do  is  to 
supplement  the  work  of  other  agencies.  The  real-estate 
mortgage  is  so  popular  that  it  goes  everywhere.  Nearly  all 
savings  banks  and  life-insurance  companies  maintain  depart- 
ments for  investing  their  own  funds  in  it,  while  many  trust 
companies  and  other  corporations  acquire  it  to  hold  or  to  sell. 
The  operations  of  such  investors,  brokers  and  agents  would  be 
more  extensive  if  the  laws  were  better.  Hence,  legislative 
reform  ought  not  to  stop  with  the  creation  or  authorization  of 


12 

land-credit  institutions,  properly  so  called;  it  should  continue 
until  the  laws  relating  to  land  credit  are  perfected  for  money 
lenders  of  all  kinds,  individual  and  incorporated. 

Companies  for  insuring  titles  and  guaranteeing  mortgages, 
by  standing  good  for  the  borrower's  ownership  of  the  mortgaged 
property  or  for  the  repayment  of  his  loan,  are  very  serviceable 
in  mobilizing  land  values,  but  these  institutions  are  not  of  a 
pure  land-credit  type  because  their  guaranty  rests  upon  personal 
credit.  Moreover,  as  they  have  more  nearly  reached  perfection 
in  the  United  States  than  in  any  other  country  they  need  not 
be  discussed  here. 

But  the  laws  are  defective  or  lacking  in  respect  to  the  other 
institutions.  Building  and  loan  associations  have  attained  a 
great  development  in  the  United  States;  in  fact,  far  greater 
than  in  any  other  country.  They  are,  however,  thrifty  societies, 
and  not  well  adapted  to  agriculture.  The  recent  attempt  in  a 
number  of  States  to  convert  them  into  credit  institutions  for 
farmers  has,  in  my  opinion,  done  harm. 

Bond  and  mortgage  companies  have  reached  enormous  de- 
velopment in  the  cities.  Most  of  them  are  safe  and  sound,  yet 
they  all  appear  to  be  operating  under  defective  laws.  In 
Europe  these  institutions  sometimes  are  called  land-credit 
banks,  or  mortgage  banks.  They  are  subject  to  rigorous  in- 
spection under  laws  in  all  the  best  of  which  I  find  two  basic 
clauses.  The  first  is  that  capital  stock  and  surplus  must  be 
maintained  at  a  safe  ratio  to  bonds;  this  is  usually  %1  to  $20; 
the  second  clause  is  that  bonds  in  circulation  must  represent 
first  liens  on  lands  of  adequate  value  and  never  exceed  out- 
standing loans  either  in  amount  or  in  interest  rate.  I  believe 
that  if  the  States  would  incorporate  these  two  clauses  and 
provide  for  proper  inspection  there  would  be  no  question  as  to 
the  soundness  of  institutions  of  this  kind.  But  none  should  be 
allowed  to  do  long-term  mortgaging  unless  it  has  a  large  capital 
stock.  No  investors  will  deal  with  small  concerns  that  place 
their  funds  out  in  long-term  loans. 

Public  or  semi-public  institutions  operate  with  the  cash  or 
upon  the  guaranty  of  government.  Usually  (as  I  said  before), 
they  are  established  for  assisting  indigent  and  ignorant  peasants, 
or  else  for  carrying  out  some  national  policy.     None  in  recent 


13 

years  has  been  established  in  a  foreign  nation  for  any  other 
class. 

The  solution  of  the  land-credit  problem  lies  in  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  Torrens  system  for  facilitating  the  proving  of  titles, 
in  the  simplifying  and  standardizing  of  the  laws  for  recovering 
defaulted  loans,  and  in  the  enactment  of  proper  legislation  for 
bond  and  mortgage  companies  and  for  Landschafts.  The 
latter  institutions  are  entirely  agricultural,  and  are  considered 
to  be  the  best  means  for  finding  long-term  credit  for  farmers. 

You  know,  after  this  land  mortgage  craze  in  the  west  some 
years  ago,  to  ward  off  the  eastern  mortgage  holder  the  equities 
of  redemption  were  deferred,  and  some  two  or  three  years  were 
allowed  by  which  the  man,  if  he  got  the  money,  could  come 
back  and  redeem  his  farm,  and  all  sorts  of  obstructive  laws 
were  passed  which  tended  to  prevent  the  foreclosure  of  mort- 
gages. Those  laws  ought  to  be  wiped  out.  It  is  necessary  to 
clean  up  the  real-estate  situation  in  many  States  before  it  is 
safe  to  operate  in  this  large  way  with  a  large  incorporated 
institution.  Some  fourteen  States  have  the  Torrens  system.  I 
think  Massachusetts  is  one  of  the  States  that  has  that  system. 
In  other  words,  we  are  just  at  the  beginning  of  something  in 
this  country  w^hich  is  of  such  importance  —  of  such  tran- 
scendent importance  to  all  of  the  people  —  that  while  we  are 
considering  the  questions  of  the  day  we  must  not  permit  this 
one  to  go  wrong;  and  it  has  been  very  greatly  in  danger  of 
doing  so.  Had  the  Hollis-Buckley  bill  passed  in  the  last 
Congress  I  believe  it  would  have  been  a  great  detriment  to  this 
country.  If  we  can  only  wait  long  enough  to  appreciate  the 
meaning  of  starting  right  in  the  organization  of  these  institu- 
tions we  shall  accomplish  something  very  great  for  the  United 
States.  Those  institutions  which  have  worked  out  and  have 
performed  the  service  in  Europe  for  which  they  were  created 
have  been  those  which  called  for  the  development  of  individual 
initiative  and  resources  along  these  lines  of  co-operation.  It 
has  been  said  that  we  cannot  do  these  things  as  they  can  over 
there,  —  that  we  cannot  establish  these  institutions.  That  is 
tantamount  to  saying  that  with  the  high  order  of  intelligence 
of  our  population  we  cannot  do  the  things  that  the  ignorant 
peasantry    of    Europe    can    accomplish   so   successfully.      It  is 


14 

absurd.  We  can  accomplish  it  here,  and  it  is  necessary  for  us 
to  do  it  and  to  do  it  along  the  right  lines,  but  I  feel  that  this 
is  important.  Over  there  these  systems  of  finance  are  devised 
by  the  government  or  by  the  people  in  town,  and  accepted  by 
the  people  in  the  country.  In  this  country,  where  the  farm  is 
the  breeding  place  of  brains,  and  where  the  people  who  run  the 
government  in  the  cities  come  from  the  land,  they  have  been 
rather  independent,  and  when  the  man  in  the  town  —  in  the 
city  —  attempts  to  instruct  or  tell  the  farmer  what  to  do,  he 
says,  "Go  hang,  I  don't  need  any  advice  from  you."  But  the 
time  has  come  in  this  country  when  we  are  realizing  that  our 
interests  are  one  in  the  development  of  our  natural  resources. 
In  carrying  on  this  great  machinery  of  government  and  all  its 
financial  system  we  are  realizing  more  and  more  its  co-operative, 
its  collective  thought,  its  organization  that  accomplishes  these 
things,  and  if  the  chambers  of  commerce  will  take  an  interest, 
and  the  farmers  will  come  into  the  chambers  of  commerce,  and 
the  city  men  will  join  some  of  the  country  organizations,  we 
can  collaborate  and  bring  out  a  system  that  is  financially, 
economically  and  fundamentally  sound.  If  we  do  this,  the 
next  twenty-five  years  of  advance  in  American  rural  life  is 
going  to  be  tremendous,  because  the  credit  system  is  as  neces- 
sary as  the  track  upon  which  the  engine  runs  for  the  railway. 
You  may  develop  education  and  develop  along  other  lines,  but 
keep  the  archaic  credit  system  the  way  it  is  and  the  farming 
communities,  the  rural  districts  of  the  United  States,  will  not 
come  to  their  own  for  many,  many  years  to  come.  It  has  been 
kept  out  of  politics  so  far,  and  that  is  one  of  the  encouraging 
signs  of  the  times,  namely,  the  idea  of  taking  questions  which 
belong  to  business  out  of  politics  and  treating  them  as  we  must 
and  should  treat  them,  —  as  business  questions.  Now  just 
one  more  word  in  conclusion.  This  is  the  most  momentous 
time  in  the  history  of  our  lives,  one  time  possibly  excepted,  the 
civil  war.  We  seem  to  feel  that  we  are  remote  here  from  that 
great  conflagration  which  is  destroying  society  and  civilization. 
We  seem,  in  a  sense,  remote  from  it.  Our  time  is  coming  later. 
There  will  be  placed  upon  the  people  of  the  United  States  a 
responsibility,  a  task  to  perform,  —  we  won't  speak  of  oppor- 
tunities, —  greater  than  was  ever  placed  upon  any  people  in  the 


15 

world.  It  is  necessary  that  we  talk  about  military  preparedness 
and  all  that;  that  is  necessary,  but  the  most  fundamental 
necessity  of  all  is  a  preparedness  of  our  economic  structure,  of 
our  manufacturing  business,  —  a  preparation  by  which  we  may 
finance  everything  that  we  do,  that  we,  as  a  people,  may  work 
in  harmony.  The  time  has  come  when  there  is  a  call  to 
patriotism,  a  call  for  the  American  people  to  respect  the 
obligations  of  citizenship  as  almost  never  before.  We  should  be 
serious  thinking  people  now,  planning  out  how  we  are  going  to 
perform  this  service  for  the  world  which  it  almost  seems  that 
we  are  ordained  to  perform.  We  are  equal  to  it  in  ability. 
We  have  the  resources,  both  in  materials  and  in  men  and 
women;  we  have  the  capability;  we  have  the  brains;  and  the 
only  question  lies  with  us  whether  we  can  work  together  and 
perfect  our  organizations  and  perform  in  an  orderly  manner 
those  things  which  are  necessary  to  carry  on  a  great  work  to 
its  consummation.  I  am  glad  that  there  is  this  feeling  through- 
out the  United  States  which  brings  people  together,  as  we  are 
to-night,  to  discuss  these  vital  questions  of  human  welfare, 
because  they  are  far-reaching. 


®l}e  iJIommontoealtl)  of  iHa06acl)U6ctts, 

STATE  BOARD  OF  AGRICULTURE. 


CmCULAR    No.    60 

February,  1916. 


ALFALFA  CONDITIONS  IN  NEW 
ENGLAND. 


H.  W.  Jeffers. 


From  the  Sixty-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Massachusetts  State  Board  of 
Agriculture. 


BOSTON: 

WRIGHT  &  POTTER  PRINTING  CO.,  STATE  PRINTERS, 

32  DERNE  STREET. 

1916. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication, 


ALFALFA   CONDITIONS  IN  NEW  ENGLAND. 


H.    W.    JEFFERS,    SUPERINTENDENT,   WALKER-GORDON  FARM,   PLAINSBORO, 

NEW  JERSEY. 


Alfalfa  has  been  known  and  valued  for  centuries  in  the  Old 
World.  Some  fifty  or  sixty  years  ago  it  was  introduced  into 
California  by  way  of  Chili.  It  met  with  favor  as  a  forage 
plant,  and  its  cultivation  gradually  extended  eastward  until  all 
States  west  of  the  Missouri  River  became  great  alfalfa-growing 
States. 

The  western  States  were  well  adapted  naturally  for  alfalfa 
growing;  the  soils  were  deep,  dry  and  filled  with  a  large  per- 
centage of  lime,  and  rich  in  mineral  fertilizers.  The  plant 
became  a  great  boon  to  the  live-stock  interests  of  the  west. 

Seedings  were  frequently  made  through  the  east,  but  were 
generally  failures  except  in  a  few  restricted  districts,  one  nota- 
ble district  being  near  Syracuse,  New  York,  where  there  was 
a  terminal  moraine  deposit  filled  with  fragments  of  limestone. 

Until  quite  recently  it  was  believed  that  the  growing  of 
alfalfa  in  our  eastern  States  v/ould  not  prove  profitable  on 
the  great  majority  of  our  farms,  but  the  accumulated  experi- 
ence of  the  past  few  years  of  those  who  have  succeeded  lead  us 
to  believe  that  any  well-drained  land  properly  prepared  by  lim- 
ing and  fertilizing  will  grow  alfalfa  profitably,  and  that  the 
introduction  of  this  crop  in  our  rotation  will  increase  the  fer- 
tilit}^  of  our  farms. 

All  feeders  of  live  stock  who  have  used  alfalfa  meal  or  hay 
have  recognized  its  advantages,  and  have  felt  that  it  was  prof- 
itable to  feed  even  if  they  had  to  pay  $25  to  $30  per  ton  for  it. 
The  hay  is  rich  in  protein  and  mineral  matter  and  relished  by 
all  kinds  of  live  stock.  It  will  grow  better  pigs,  better  young 
cattle,  produce  more  milk  when  fed  to  the  cow  and  more  eggs 
when  fed  to  the  hen.  There  seems  to  be  something  about 
alfalfa  that  makes  it  a  better  food  than  its  chemical  composi- 
tion would  indicate.    This  may  be  due  to  the  large  percentage 


of  mineral  matter  it  contains,  or  some  stimulating  element  that 
is  not  yet  understood.  The  man  who  sells  alfalfa  products  to 
our  eastern  farmer  I  consider  a  missionary.  He  is  giving  us  a 
chance  to  prove  for  ourselves  its  great  feeding  value.  When 
once  tried  we  are  convinced  of  its  worth,  and  then  it  is  up  to  us 
whether  we  want  to  continue  to  pay  from  $10  to  $15  freight  per 
ton  on  this  valuable  food  from  the  west,  or  whether  we  shall 
grow  it  upon  our  own  farms  and  save  the  freight. 

We  think  of  alfalfa  as  a  crop  that  grows  spontaneously  in 
the  west.  From  all  statistics  that  can  be  gathered  on  the  aver- 
age yields,  even  in  the  most  favorable  localities  in  the  west,  our 
yields  in  the  east  show  well  in  comparison.  Even  down  in  the 
great  Imperial  valley,  the  hottest  place  in  the  United  States, 
the  average  yield  of  alfalfa  is  less  than  5  tons  per  acre.  We 
can  grow  on  our  eastern  farms  a  yield  between  3  and  5  tons  per 
acre  per  year,  depending  upon  soil  and  climatic  conditions. 

There  is  no  forage  crop  known  to-day  that  will  yield  more 
nutrients  per  acre  than  alfalfa.  There  is  no  plant  that  is  able 
to  send  a  taproot  into  the  subsoil  as  alfalfa.  It  feeds  upon  the 
mineral  matter  in  the  subsoil  that  has  lain  dormant  and  useless 
all  these  years.  It  is  also  capable,  as  are  other  leguminous 
plants,  through  the  bacteria  that  live  upon  its  roots,  to  con- 
vert the  free  nitrogen  of  the  air  to  its  own  use,  making  it  un- 
necessary to  feed  the  plant  with  the  expensive  nitrogenous  fer- 
tilizers. It  is  not  only  able  to  produce  what  nitrogen  it  needs 
for  its  own  use,  but  will  contribute  fertility  to  other  plants 
growing  with  it,  or  when  plowed  it  will  add  more  dollars' 
worth  of  fertility  to  the  soil  than  it  has  cost  to  lime,  fertilize 
and  prepare  the  soil  to  establish  it.  Therefore  we  have  a 
plant  that  is  a  winner  from  every  standpoint.  It  gives  us  the 
richest  and  best  kind  of  food,  it  yields  more  nutrients  per  acre 
than  any  other  crop,  it  is  a  soil  builder,  and  by  its  use  in  the 
rotation  our  farms  will  grow  richer  and  richer  as  the  years  go 
by,  capable  of  yielding  more  bounteous  crops.  This  means 
prosperity,  better  homes,  better  schools,  better  churches  and 
a  better  community. 

Can  we  grow  it  in  New  England?  We  can!  The  fields  that 
are  already  growing  it  demonstrate  that  it  can  be  grown.  The 
accumulated  experience  of  the  men  here  in  New  England  who 


have  already  succeeded  is  enough  to  stimulate  us  to  put  our 
shoulders  to  the  wheel,  study  our  farms,  study  the  type  of  our 
soils  and  their  requirements,  and  prepare  them  for  the  intro- 
duction of  alfalfa  into  our  farm-crop  system. 

Any  well-drained  soil,  where  the  water  table  is  4  feet  below 
the  surface,  can  be  made  to  grow  alfalfa  by  proper  preparation. 
It  will  grow  upon  rough,  rocky  land,  even  on  soils  where  the 
rock  is  within  2  or  3  feet  of  the  surface,  —  provided  it  is 
cracked  and  admits  of  good  drainage,  —  and  will  send  roots 
down  into  the  very  crevices  of  the  rock.  Many  lands  that  are 
not  naturally  well  drained  can  be  made  so  by  the  use  of  tile. 

The  preparation  of  the  seed  bed  is  of  most  importance.  It 
should  be  deep,  firm  and  fine.  Our  custom  is  to  prepare  it 
after  taking  off  a  crop  of  any  early  maturing  vegetables,  grains 
or  even  hay,  —  crops  that  are  harvested  about  July  1.  We 
then  disk  the  land  until  the  stubble  or  sod  is  thoroughly  cut 
up  and  the  soil  pulverized.  The  soil  mulch  is  made  for  three 
reasons:  first,  to  prevent  evaporation  of  the  soil  moisture;  sec- 
ond, to  hold  any  rains  that  fall;  third,  to  germinate  grain  or 
weed  seeds.  We  continue  to  disk  and  roll  until  the  seed  bed 
is  well  prepared,  or,  as  soon  as  the  soil  is  moist  enough  to 
plow,  it  is  plowed,  rolled  and  harrowed.  By  disking  previous 
to  plowing  the  soil  capillarity  is  immediately  restored.  In 
some  sections  in  the  North  alfalfa  has  been  seeded  in  the 
spring  with  a  nurse  crop  of  oats,  barley,  wheat  or  rye,  and 
good  results  have  been  obtained. 

The  one  greatest  essential  in  alfalfa  growing  in  the  east  is 
lime  in  abundance.  All  our  soils,  with  few  exceptions,  are 
acid,  and  the  bacteria  that  thrive  on  the  alfalfa  plant  cannot 
grow;  therefore  we  must  put  on  quantities  of  lime,  whether  it 
be  hydrated,  burned  or  ground  limestone.  If  ground  limestone 
can  be  purchased  at  a  price  of  a  little  over  one-half  what  it 
costs  to  purchase  hydrated  or  burned  lime  I  should  prefer  its 
use.  I  would  spread  on  the  field  at  least  4  tons  of  ground 
limestone  per  acre,  using  a  lime  spreader  for  this  work.  It  had 
better  be  put  on  immediately  after  plowing  so  that  the  sub- 
sequent disking  and  harrowing  will  thoroughly  incorporate  it 
in  the  soil. 

The  next  step  is  the  proper  fertilization  of  the  soil.     Stable 


manures  give  good  results  when  put  upon  the  field  for  the 
crop  preceding  the  seeding  of  alfalfa.  There  are  less  weed 
seeds  by  following  this  method.  Our  practice  previous  to  the 
war  was  to  apply  500  pounds  of  2-8-10  fertilizer  to  the  acre 
just  before  seeding.  Potash  cannot  be  obtained,  therefore  we 
are  applying  300  pounds  of  acid  phosphate  and  75  of  nitrate 
of  soda  to  the  acre.  Acid  phosphate  gives  us  much  better  re- 
sults than  basic  slag  or  raw  phosphate  rock.  We  have  demon- 
strated this  by  sowing  strips  with  different  kinds  of  phosphate 
fertilizers.  There  is  something  about  acid  phosphate  which 
stimulates  leguminous  plants  that  our  chemists  do  not  under- 
stand. The  nitrate  of  soda  is  used  to  give  the  young  plant  a 
quick  start.  The  plant  is  weak  in  the  beginning,  and  by  stim- 
ulating its  growth  it  will  be  better  prepared  to  cope  with  weeds 
and  obtain  its  own  nitrogen  from  the  air. 

Seeding  should  be  done  at  the  rate  of  about  20  pounds  of 
seed  per  acre.  There  are  several  tools  for  doing  this  work.  If 
a  disk  seeder  is  used  it  can  be  sown  one  way  at  a  depth  of  one- 
half  to  one  inch;  if  the  various  broadcast  seeders  are  used  one- 
half  the  seed  should  be  sown  each  way  and  then  lightly  har- 
rowed in,  followed  by  a  subsoil  roller.  Seeding  in  this  climate 
should  be  done  early  in  the  spring  with  a  nurse  crop,  or  early 
in  August  if  sown  by  itself. 

The  kind  of  seed  to  use  is  of  great  importance.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  alfalfa  seed  industry  has  not  yet  been  standardized 
so  that  we  can  always  depend  upon  the  variety  or  kind  of  seed 
we  w^ant.  For  New  England,  seed  should  be  procured  that  is 
grown  in  the  northwest  on  nonirrigated  land,  the  farther  north 
or  the  higher  altitude  from  which  we  can  procure  the  seed  the 
better.  Only  the  hardier  varieties  can  be  grown  at  high  eleva- 
tions or  in  the  far  north.  Undoubtedly  the  Grimm  is  the  best 
variety  obtainable  to-day.  There  are  a  number  of  new  varie- 
ties of  alfalfa  which  are  being  experimented  with  and  which 
may  prove  better  for  New  England  conditions,  but  these  varie- 
ties are  not  yet  grown  in  large  enough  quantities  to  place  the 
seed  upon  the  market. 

This  summer  I  spent  about  a  week  in  the  alfalfa  seed  grow- 
ing sections  in  order  to  study  whether  we  could  depend  on 
what  these  men  were  saying  in  regard  to  seed.     I  believe  there 


are  a  few  people  who  are  dependable,  but  they  are  asking  very 
high  prices  for  their  seed.  I  met  Mr.  Cooper,  the  State  farm 
management  man,  in  North  Dakota.  Now  in  North  Dakota 
you  cannot  grow  anything  but  the  very  hardy  varieties,  —  the 
varieties  such  as  should  be  grown  here  in  New  England,  —  and 
their  plan  up  there  is  to  push  the  cultivation  of  alfalfa  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  and  they  hope  in  about  two  years'  time 
to  be  able  to  put  out  alfalfa  seed  in  North  Dakota  and  put  a 
State  seal  upon  it  so  that  you  can  be  assured  that  that  seed  is 
right.  I  think  if  the  people  in  the  mountain  regions  of  Mon- 
tana and  Colorado  and  Dakota  would  do  that  same  thing,  and 
possibly  in  South  Dakota,  in  the  black  hills,  that  we  would 
then  get  seed  that  we  could  depend  upon.  While  I  was  out 
there  I  did  everything  I  could  to  impress  upon  them  not  only 
the  benefit  from  the  seed  growers'  standpoint,  but  the  benefit 
it  w^ould  mean  to  the  eastern  alfalfa  grower,  to  get  a  seed  that 
they  could  depend  upon,  because  I  believe  a  great  many  of 
our  failures  have  been  due  to  poor  seed. 

In  our  own  practice  we  select  the  best  seed  we  can,  pur- 
chasing from  three  different  concerns,  and  mixing  them  to- 
gether before  seeding.  If  one  or  possibly  two  of  these  strains 
did  not  prove  hardy  and  one  proved  to  be  we  would  secure  a 
good  stand  of  alfalfa.  All  seeds  should  be  inoculated.  The 
government  will  furnish  inoculation  enough  for  small  quanti- 
ties, but  the  commercial  inoculations  that  are  upon  the  market 
have  proven  to  be  good.  The  seed  can  be  inoculated  at  a  cost 
of  about  %1  per  acre,  which  is  cheaper  than  distributing  soil 
from  an  old  alfalfa  field. 

After  alfalfa  is  seeded,  even  if  annual  weeds  appear,  it  should 
not  be  clipped,  and  if  sown  early  in  August  should  get  a  growth 
of  at  least  8  to  10  inches.  If  it  gets  this  size  it  should  go 
through  the  winter  in  good  condit'on. 

The  harvesting  of  alfalfa  is  not  intricate.  It  should  be  cut 
between  the  time  the  little  shoots  appear  at  the  crown  and 
before  they  are  high  enough  for  a  mower  to  clip  them  off.  The 
hay  should  be  raked  before  the  leaves  dry,  and  then  bunched 
and  capped  with  canvas.  During  good  weather  two  or  three 
days  after  the  hay  is  cocked  it  can  be  stored.  Oftentimes 
weather  conditions  in  the  east  are  unfavorable  for  curing  hay, 


8 

and  it  may  be  several  days  before  it  can  be  put  in  the  mow, 
but  the  caps  will  protect  it.  I  have  seen  hay  put  in  the  mow 
quite  green  which  will  go  through  a  fermentation  making  a 
dark-colored  hay,  or  what  is  sometimes  known  as  tobacco- 
cured  hay.  This  will  equal  the  bright  green  hay  as  a  feed. 
What  we  want  to  avoid  is  moldy  hay.  The  hay  should  be  a 
bright  green,  or  else  sap  enough  left  in  the  plant  to  produce  the 
tobacco-cured  hay. 

After  the  first  season  it  may  be  advantageous  to  top-dress 
with  200  to  300  pounds  of  acid  phosphate,  and  if  the  field  be- 
comes weedy  a  thorough  harrowing  with  a  spring-tooth  alfalfa 
harrow,  or  a  similar  tool,  will  kill  the  weeds  and  stimulate  the 
growth.  Alfalfa  should  always  go  into  the  winter  with  at  least 
6  to  10  inches  of  top. 

Alfalfa  in  the  crop  rotation  will  not  only  build  up  the  fer- 
tility of  the  farm,  but,  if  introduced  in  proper  proportion  with 
other  crops,  a  uniform  labor  load  can  be  maintained  which  is 
one  of  the  large  factors  in  economic  agriculture. 

To  those  who  have  not  quite  made  up  their  minds  to  begin 
the  planting  of  alfalfa  as  a  crop  by  itself  I  would  strongly  urge 
that  every  farmer  use  at  least  3  to  4  pounds  of  alfalfa  seed 
in  his  grass  mixtures.  For  permanent  agriculture  lime  should 
be  used  previous  to  seeding  any  grass  crop,  and  by  the  use  of 
lime  and  thorough  preparation  of  the  seed  bed  and  inoculated 
alfalfa  seed  in  the  mixture  you  will  be  able  to  grow  better  crops 
of  hay  than  you  would  by  not  using  the  alfalfa.  It  has  been 
demonstrated  that  timothy  and  alfalfa  grown  together  will 
yield  much  heavier,  and  the  timothy  will  be  richer  in  protein, 
than  if  grown  alone;  also  by  this  method,  which  will  be  com- 
paratively inexpensive,  one  can  determine  the  practicability  of 
growing  alfalfa  by  itself.  In  this  way  we  found  that  alfalfa 
grew  luxuriantly  when  sufiicient  lime  was  applied  previous  to 
seeding. 

In  conclusion,  let  us  bear  in  mind  these  principal  points: 
alfalfa  is  a  highly  desirable  feed;  alfalfa  will  grow  more  nutri- 
ents to  the  acre  than  any  other  plant;  alfalfa  will  improve  the 
farm;  alfalfa  can  be  grown  on  any  well-drained  soil  by  the  use 
of  lime,  inoculated  seed  from  hardy  plants,  and  can  be  grown 
at  a  profit. 


The  time  is  not  far  distant  when  the  majority  of  farms  in 
the  east  will  be  growing  alfalfa.  Our  lands  will  be  improved, 
our  live  stock  increased,  and  we  will  be  able  to  supply  the 
growing  markets  in  the  great  industrial  centers  which  are  at 
our  very  door.  We  will  no  longer  pay  the  transportation  com- 
panies $10  to  $15  per  ton  on  our  feeds;  we  will  be  able  to  pro- 
duce more,  live  better  and  enjoy  prosperity. 

Question.  What  is  the  general  average  life  of  the  plant,  from 
your  experience? 

Mr.  Jeffers.  Why,  in  our  own  work  we  are  bringing  alfalfa 
into  a  farm  rotation.  We  are  leaving  the  alfalfa  fields  till  they 
grow  five  years,  harvest  them  five  years,  then  two  years  in  corn, 
then  one  year  in  grains. 

Question.  How  does  alfalfa  compare,  from  your  observation, 
with  the  great  fields  of  sweet  clover  we  see  in  the  west,  —  in 
Iowa  and  Kansas? 

Mr,  Jeffers.  Sweet  clover  is  something  that  I  know  very 
little  about.  From  what  I  saw  there,  they  were  using  it  largely 
for  pastures.  We  have  never  tried  much  sweet  clover,  but  I 
should  think  perhaps  it  might  be  well  to  experiment  a  little  in 
it,  especially  if  our  land  is  a  little  poor. 

Question.  I  would  like  to  ask  the  speaker  if  he  has  had  any 
experience  with  scarified  seed?  They  are  using  now  a  machine 
in  the  west  to  scarify  the  seed  so  that  the  germination  is  in- 
creased from  50  to  75  per  cent. 

Mr.  Jeffers.  No,  we  have  not  used  any  of  the  scarified 
seed,  but  I  am  quite  sure  that  that  is  very  essential  to  sweet 
clover.  I  know  we  have  tried  sowing  a  little  sweet  clover,  and 
sometimes  it  will  not  germinate  until  the  next  year.  I  tried 
some  special  alfalfa  down  in  South  Jersey  with  sweet  clover, 
and  found  that  some  did  not  germinate  till  next  year.  I  think 
that  scarified  seeds  are  very  good,  especially  with  sweet  clover. 

Mr.  N.  I.  BowDiTCH.  Mr.  President,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen: 
While  the  alfalfa  growers  are  together  I  want  to  state  to  them 
that  the  oldest  agricultural  society  in  the  State,  —  the  Massa- 
chusetts Society  for  promoting  Agriculture,  — -  in  order  to  further 
encourage  the  growing  of  alfalfa  in  the  State  of  Massachusetts, 
through  its  trustees,  offers  $600,  in  five  prizes,  for  the  best 


10 

acres  of  alfalfa  planted  in  1916;  these  prizes  to  be  awarded  in 
1918,  as  follows:  first  prize,  S250;  second  prize,  §150;  third 
prize,  $100;  fourth  prize,  S75;  fifth  prize,  $25.  The  trustees 
will  be  governed  in  awarding  these  prizes  by  general  appear- 
ance of  the  crop  during  1917  and  1918.  A  public  weigher's  cer- 
tificate will  be  required,  and  all  entries  must  be  made  on  or 
before  October  1,  1916,  to  General  Francis  Henry  Appleton, 
secretary,  251  INIarlboro  Street,  Boston. 

We  would  like  the  co-operation  of  this  alfalfa  club  in  this 
matter,  and  any  suggestions  that  any  one  has  to  make  will  be 
gladly  received,  because  we  want  to  make  it  as  successful  as 
possible. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  H.  J.  Wheeler  it  was  voted  to  extend  a 
vote  of  thanks  to  the  Massachusetts  Society  for  promoting 
Agriculture. 

Mr.  W.  P.  NiCKERSON.  In  relation  to  the  offer  of  Mr.  Bow- 
ditch,  I  am  going  to  start  a  new  field  of  alfalfa  this  year,  and 
want  to  get  the  $250.  There  will  be  a  great  many  who  will 
start  fields  if  they  know  that  the  offer  is  made  and  if  they  have 
some  one  to  show  them  how  to  start.  They  can  best  be  shown 
and  best  helped  by  our  county  farm  agents,  and  I  think  that 
if  the  farm  agents  are  included  in  the  offer  and  given  full  direc- 
tions, they  will  increase  the  acreage  of  the  alfalfa  to  be  grown 
in  the  State  of  Massachusetts  very  largely.  There  is  just  one 
question  I  would  like  to  ask,  —  is  this  one  measured  acre  that 
the  prize  is  to  be  given  on? 

Mr.  Prescott.    Yes,  one  measured  acre  is  the  area. 

Mr.  NiCKERSON.  I  would  suggest  that  the  alfalfa  associa- 
tion ask  INIr.  Bowditch  to  notify  the  farm  agents.  They  are 
in  touch  with  all  the  farmers  in  their  counties  and  can  get  it 
started  better  than  any  one  else. 

Chairman.    I  think  notice  will  be  sent  around  to  the  people. 

Dr.  William  P.  Brooks.  There  are  a  few  thoughts  sug- 
gested to  me  by  the  speaker's  remarks,  which  I  hope  may 
prove  of  some  value.  He  has  spoken  of  the  variety,  and  I 
agree  with  him  that  too  much  care  cannot  be  taken  to  obtain 


11 

the  best  possible  seed.    I  want  simply  to  emphasize  this  point, 

—  that  the  quality  of  the  seed  is  not  necessarily  indicated  by 
the  name.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  seed  offered  as  Grimm 
alfalfa,  and  I  know  that  it  is  not  anywhere  near  worth  the 
price  charged  for  it  as  compared  with  common  alfalfa.  Now 
the  experiment  station  is  taking  the  utmost  care  to  get  as 
good  seed  as  it  can  find,  whether  of  Grimm  variety  or  the  so- 
called  common  alfalfa,  and  the  two  have  been  tried  again  and 
again  side  by  side,  and  the  results  have  more  frequently  been 
favorable  for  what  we  bought  for  common  northern  grown 
alfalfa  than  they  have  been  for  the  Grimm. 

I  need  not  take  much  of  your  time,  but  a  few  of  the  figures 
I  would  like  to  read :  — 

In  1914,  in  early  August,  we  sowed  side  by  side  five  kinds 
of  Grimm  and  three  kinds  from  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture. In  1915  the  Grimm  gave  4^0  5  the  common,  S^V;  one 
of  the  United  States  Department,  4yo  5  another,  4iV5  and  one, 
4yo  tons.  I  want  particularly  to  speak  of  that  last,  —  4iV 
tons.  That  was  the  smallest  yield.  This  variety  started  off 
fully  as  w^ell  as  any  of  the  others,  but  it  showed  itself  par- 
ticularly susceptible  to  rust,  and  this  emphasizes  another  point, 

—  some  of  you  have  had  a  good  deal  of  trouble,  I  know  from 
correspondence,  with  this  leaf  spot.  This  single  experience  of 
ours  emphasizes  the  point  of  which  I  felt  very  sure  before,  but 
it  emphasizes  it  in  a  very  striking  way,  —  that  there  may  be 
a  tremendous  difference  in  the  susceptibility  to  leaf  spot,  which 
always  cuts  down  the  yield  and  kills  the  roots,  and  may  even 
ruin  the  stand.  I  have  other  figures  concerning  the  relative 
yield  of  so-called  Grimm,  and  when  I  say  so-called  Grimm  I 
do  not  mean  to  throw  discredit  on  the  persons  who  sold  it  as 
Grimm.  I  have  every  reason  to  believe  it  was  Grimm  which 
I  bought,  after  consultation  with  experiment  station  directors, 
of  the  men  whom  they  said  were  the  most  reliable  producers 
of  Grimm  alfalfa  in  the  northwestern  States.  I  certainly  believe 
I  am  doing  you  a  service  in  emphasizing  this  point,  —  that  it 
won't  pay  to  give  the  prices  usually  charged  for  Grimm  as 
compared  with  good  northern  grown  common  alfalfa. 

As  to  the  time  of  sowing,  just  a  word  from  the  standpoint 
of  Massachusetts.     I  think  we  want  to  sow  a  little  more  than 


12 

two  weeks  earlier  in  the  fall  than  you  in  New  Jersey.  In  my 
experience  it  pays  to  sow  early  enough  to  get  a  good  growth 
before  cold  weather.  I  want  a  foot  or  15  inches  of  growth. 
It  protects  from  alternate  freezing  and  thawing,  and  in  every 
way  helps  the  crop  to  go  through  the  winter.  I  have  often  had 
it  grow  so  well  that  it  seemed  almost  wicked  to  leave  it,  and 
I  might  have  been  tempted  to  cut  it  except  that  I  knew  it 
was  worth  ever  so  much  more  in  the  ground  than  if  cut.  And 
I  should  say,  from  experience  in  Amherst  and  from  observa- 
tion in  many  parts  of  the  State,  that  we  ought  to  get  alfalfa 
in  before  the  10th  of  August,  —  some  time  from  about  the  25th 
of  July  to  the  10th  of  August  will  suit  most  parts  of  the  State, 
I  think.  We  have  occasionally  had  good  results  at  the  college 
ground  at  Amherst  in  seeding  alfalfa  in  with  the  corn,  but  you 
must  not  anticipate  so  perfect  a  stand,  so  complete  a  cover  of 
the  ground,  if  you  seed  in  that  way.  Yet  it  is  quite  possible, 
and  I  agree  heartily  with  the  speaker,  that  putting  in  a  little 
alfalfa  seed  in  ordinary  mowing  is  a  good  idea,  and  if  in  your 
experience  you  have  found  it  a  satisfactory  method  to  seed  the 
alfalfa  with  corn,  put  the  alfalfa  seed  in  at  that  time  without 
hesitation.  If  I  were  planning  for  a  crop  of  clear  alfalfa  I 
should  not  advocate  that  method  of  seeding  because  it  is  highly 
important  to  get  the  ground  completely  covered,  owing  to  the 
grass  and  weeds  and  white  clover  which  keep  crowding  the 
alfalfa  out  on  many  kinds  of  land. 

The  question  of  phosphates  was  touched  upon.  This  ques- 
tion is  one  on  which,  as  some  of  you  may  remember,  I  have 
recently  published  a  bulletin.  The  bulletin  will  support,  on  the 
whole,  the  position  taken  by  the  speaker.  Acid  phosphate 
seems  to  be  a  good  source  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  I  agree  with 
him  that  we  don't  exactly  know,  perhaps,  just  why  it  is  so 
good.  Many  of  you  have  been  attracted,  no  doubt,  owing  to 
the  beautiful  manner  in  which  Dr.  Hopkins  expresses  himself, 
and  the  extent  to  which  he  is  quoted,  to  try  fine-ground  rock 
phosphates.  We  have  had  them  side  by  side  for  eighteen  years 
with  acid  phosphates,  with  basic  slag  and  with  various  forms 
of  bone,  not  only  one  rock  phosphate,  but  all  the  different 
kinds,  —  South  Carolina,  Florida,  Tennessee,  —  using  these 
phosphates  every  year  in  such  quantities  as  to  furnish  equal 


13 

phosphoric  acid.  From  the  start  the  acid  phosphate  was  supe- 
rior to  any  of  the  rock  phosphates,  and  the  truth  is  that  after 
eighteen  years  the  acid  phosphate's  superiority  to  the  rock  is 
greater  than  it  was  at  the  start,  —  considerably  greater. 

Question.  I  would  like  to  ask  the  speaker,  or  any  one 
through  the  speaker,  whether  there  has  been  any  successful 
experience  with  alfalfa  in  New  England  on  a  typical  granite 
hill  farm,  with  a  subsoil  coming  pretty  close  to  the  top?  I  hope 
some  little  time  will  be  devoted  to  this  side  of  the  problem.  I 
know  of  cases  where  it  has  been  grown  successfully  on  favor- 
able soils,  but  don't  know  of  any  where  it  has  been  grown  on 
the  typical  New  England  hill  soil. 

Dr.  H.  J.  Wheeler.  We  have  a  modest  gentleman  here  who 
can  answer  that  question,  I  think,  —  Mr.  Andrews  of  Vermont. 

Mr.  Edward  R.  Andrews.  I  will  answer  that  question  be- 
cause for  six  or  seven  years  I  have  been  growing  alfalfa  on  just 
that  sort  of  hill  land  in  Vermont.  I  cannot  say  that  the  sub- 
soil is  clay  because  it  is  not.  I  suppose  the  soil  is  what  is 
called  clay  loam,  that  is,  it  is  deep  rich  loam.  It  is  hard  to  find 
the  subsoil  in  many  places.  There  is  not  any  question  in  my 
mind  but  what  alfalfa  can  be  grown  on  these  sloping  hills. 
My  farm  is  made  up  of  many  of  that  kind,  —  not  deep  slopes, 
but  a  gradual  slope,  and  when  I  first  began  I  made  the  usual 
mistakes.  I  inoculated  the  seed  with  the  inoculating  material 
furnished  by  the  Department  at  Washington,  and  not  much 
was  known  about  it  at  that  time.  I  wanted  to  sow  the  seed 
right  away,  so  I  let  it  dry  in  the  sun.  That  did  not  succeed. 
Another  field  that  I  tried  not  very  successfully  was  on  sod 
ground,  —  well,  the  grass  came  up  and  nearly  killed  out  the 
alfalfa.  Yet  every  year  since  then  —  that  must  have  been  five 
years  ago  —  we  have  cut  off  a  great  deal  of  alfalfa.  One  year, 
1912,  I  sowed  quite  a  large  piece  of  alfalfa,  and  that  year  the 
ground  was  bare  nearly  all  w^inter;  no  snow  was  on  it,  and  in 
the  neighborhood  of  my  farm  clover  was  killed  out,  but  my 
alfalfa  was  not,  and  I  have  had  crops  from  that  field  in  1913, 
1914  and  1915. 

I  used  marl  for  a  good  many  years  which  came  from  New 
York  and  cost  me  $7  a  ton,  including  freight,  but  last  spring 
a  concern  was  started  in  Vermont,  from  which  ground  lime- 


14 

stone  could  be  purchased  at  $1.50  a  ton,  and  in  my  neighbor- 
hood it  cost  me,  with  freight  charges,  $3.50.  I  used  three  car- 
loads of  that  lime  on  my  farm  this  last  summer,  I  have  fol- 
lowed pretty  much  the  plan  of  getting  the  land  ready  that 
was  suggested  by  the  speaker.  If  you  want  big  crops  have 
the  land  rich;  sow  your  alfalfa  in  August,  as  I  do,  after  a 
crop  which  has  been  highly  cultivated.  I  inoculate  every- 
thing, —  clover  seed,  vetch,  peas,  etc.  I  use  "Nitragin,"  made 
by  the  German-American  Nitragih  Company,  at  Milwaukee, 
and  have  great  success.  I  have  used  the  northern  grown  seed, 
and  never  until  1914  had  I  time  to  use  Grimm,  but  in  1914  I 
sowed  a  small  piece  in  front  of  my  house,  covering  2^  acres, 
which  had  been  Avell  manured  and  fertilized,  where  peas  and 
oats  were  grown.  I  sowed  one-half  of  that  in  Grimm,  and 
since  last  summer  we  have  taken  off  that  2|  acres  over  10  tons 
of  pure  hay.  I  have  had  16  acres  of  alfalfa  this  year  and  I 
have  had  46  tons  of  hay  from  it.  I  sowed  about  12  acres  more 
in  August. 

Last  year  I  got  my  lime  at  the  low  price  of  $1.50  a  ton; 
delivered,  it  cost  me  a  little  short  of  $2.50  from  the  lime  com- 
pany at  92  State  Street,  Boston. 

Question.    You  bought  your  lime  in  bulk? 

Mr.  Andrews.    In  paper  bags. 

Mr.  Sanborn.  I  would  like  to  know  definitely  whether  any 
one  here  has  grown  alfalfa  successfully  for  a  series  of  years  on 
a  hardpan  subsoil  typical  New  England  hill  farm.  I  care  nothing 
about  other  details. 

Mr.  NiCKERSON.  It  has  been  my  pleasure,  with  immense  in- 
terest, to  pick  up  alfalfa  in  front  of  my  house,  and  never  was 
I  more  surprised  in  my  life  to  see  the  extent  of  those  roots  and 
the  size  of  them.  I  would  like  to  inquire  how  you  can  grow 
such  roots  naturally  on  anything  but  exceedingly  deep  soil. 
What  do  you  consider  deep  soil? 

A  Member.  I  am  growing  alfalfa  on  a  piece  of  land  where 
the  subsoil  comes  pretty  close  to  the  top.  Nothing  else  grows 
there,  it  is  such  poor  land,  so  I  thought  I  would  grow  alfalfa. 

Mr.  NiCKERSON.    How  deep  roots  do  you  get? 

A  Member.    I  never  dug  them,  but  have  found  roots  an 


15 

inch  through.  That  land  was  very  ledgy,  and  I  planted  the 
alfalfa  to  go  down  after  that  manure  and  it  went  down,  and  I 
raised  alfalfa  for  ten  years.  I  have  seeded  it  this  fall  for  the 
fourth  time.  I  have  to  keep  my  land  moving,  but  it  has  grown 
stronger  every  time,  and  it  is  ten  years  since  I  put  it  in  first, 
and  I  never  inoculated  any  seed  until  this  last  fall. 

Dr.  Brooks.  I  notice  that  the  last  speaker  said  his  land 
was  ledgy.  That  would  hardly  meet  the  requirements  of  Mr. 
Sanborn's  description.  Way  down  in  southwestern  Connecti- 
cut I  have  a  son-in-law  on  a  farm  where  the  subsoil  comes 
within  a  few  inches  of  the  surface,  and  he  is  having  some  trouble 
with  alfalfa  sown  in  the  late  summer  of  1914  on  a  field  of  5 
or  6  acres,  not  far  from  his  house.  I  walked  over  with  him 
last  spring,  and  we  picked  up  a  great  many  roots  where  the 
crown  was  over  6  inches  above  the  top  of  the  ground.  Alfalfa 
culture  under  conditions  described  by  Mr.  Sanborn  is  difficult, 
but  perhaps  not  impossible  if  there  is  not  stagnant  water  in  the 
soil.     The  roots  cannot  live  in  stagnant  water. 

Mr.  Prescott.  [Exhibiting  specimens  of  alfalfa.]  That  was 
grown  on  a  heavy  clay  subsoil,  with  a  pretty  good  loam.  That 
was  planted  the  sixteenth  day  of  August  and  pulled  the  twenty- 
first  day  of  September.  It  was  almost  18  inches  long  when  I 
picked  it  out.  These  were  grown  on  sandy  subsoil.  It  is  not 
hilly.  The  subsoil  here  is  first  8  or  10  inches  of  loam,  then  2 
or  3  feet  of  yellow  subsoil  turning  into  a  fine  white  sand,  going 
still  deeper  into  a  coarse  white  sand,  and  at  11  feet  is  gravel, 
with  stones  as  big  as  an  egg.  That  alfalfa  has  been  growing 
on  that  piece  of  land  since  1908;  never  had  any  manure  since; 
never  been  fertilized  with  any  kind  of  fertilizer.  These  here 
[indicating  specimens]  are  two  samples  of  Grimm,  picked  last 
summer,  which  Mr.  Wheeler  wanted  me  to  bring  in.  I  don't 
know  why  they  are  different  in  color. 

I  don't  see  any  reason  why  we  cannot  grow  alfalfa  in  Massa- 
chusetts as  well  as  we  can  in  New  Jersey. 

U.  S.  Bates.  I  came  here  with  a  question  in  my  mind.  My 
own  experience  has  been  very  small.  Until  I  heard  Professor 
Brooks,  I  had  not  encountered  any  one  from  whom  I  could 
get  the  information  I  wanted.  He  speaks  of  leaf  spot.  I  sup- 
pose that  is  what  is  the  matter  with  my  alfalfa.     I  have  called 


16 

it  rot  and  blight.  I  did  not  begin  until  two  years  ago.  I  planted 
a  small  patch  of  alfalfa  which  did  pretty  well,  and  I  was  en- 
couraged to  plant  again  a  year  ago.  I  put  in  only  half  an 
acre,  but  it  succeeded  pretty  well;  got  a  good  stand;  went 
through  the  winter  in  good  shape,  and  up  to  July  1  I  felt 
proud  of  it  and  invited  people  to  come  and  see  it,  but  then 
the  b'ight  struck  it  and  lessened  the  yield.  I  am  wondering 
what  will  happen  next  spring  —  whether  that  blight  is  going 
to  destroy  the  whole  crop.  The  seed  I  bought  is  ordinary  alfalfa 
seed.  I  did  not  inquire  as  to  the  name  or  where  it  came  from. 
I  feel  a  great  deal  encouraged  by  the  speaker's  remarks.  I  have 
read  all  the  pamphlets  and  bulletins  and  heard  all  the  speakers 
that  have  come  in  my  way,  and  they  have  all  seemed  to  em- 
phasize promptness  and  an  exact  period  at  which  we  may  cut 
our  crops.  They  say  to  wait  until  one-third  of  blossoms  are 
out;  that  we  must  watch  the  little  crowns  at  the  base  and  not 
cut  too  early,  and  I  had  made  up  my  mind  that  there  must 
be  only  thirty  minutes  between  too  late  and  too  early,  and 
that  I  would  have  to  get  up  from  the  table  before  I  finished  my 
dinner  to  go  out  and  cut  alfalfa;  but  now  I  learn  from  the 
speaker  that  we  may  take  a  little  more  time.  But  what  may 
I  expect  in  regard  to  my  leaf  spot? 

Dr.  H.  J.  Wheeler.  Was  that  the  second  crop  that  had 
leaf  spot? 

Mr.  Bates.  Had  it  on  the  second  and  third  crops;  the  first 
crop  was  disease  free. 

Mr.  Jeffers.  We  have  had  some  of  the  leaf  spot,  but  not 
enough  to  injure  a  field  seriously.  I  remember  one  field  in 
particular  where  we  had  rainy  weather  at  the  time  of  the  first 
cutting  and  were  delayed  about  ten  days  getting  the  hay  off. 
That  field  became  quite  spotted  with  leaf  spot,  and  it  showed 
in  the  next  crop,  but  after  that  it  was  all  right.  We  thought 
that  was  due  to  running  on  the  field  when  the  shoots  were 
coming  up,  but  we  never  had  enough  to  be  a  serious  trouble 
to  us. 

Mr.  Sanborn  has  spoken  of  hardpan  soil.  Where  I  was  born 
and  brought  up  the  hardpan  comes  up  to  the  third  rail  on  the 
fence  and  sometimes  they  have  to  move  the  fence  higher  to 
get  rid  of  the  hardpan.     We  have  tried  out  alfalfa  on  those 


17 

soils  in  northwestern  Pennsylvania;  when  you  get  a  real  hard- 
pan  soil  it  seems  difficult  to  get  the  alfalfa  to  stand  a  great 
many  years.  I  don't  think  alfalfa  will  ever  grow  as  well  on 
one  of  those  hardpan  soil  farms  as  on  open,  porous  soils  where 
it  has  a  chance  to  get  the  roots  damp. 

Mr.  Sanborn.  I  understand  roots  of  Grimm  are  not  like 
those  of  other  alfalfa? 

Mr.  Jeffers.  If  the  conditions  are  the  same  you  will  see 
very  little  difference  in  the  root  growth. 

Mr.  Prescott.  I  think  I  forgot  to  mention  one  other  thing. 
Punkatassett  Farm,  in  Concord,  has  been  growing  alfalfa  on 
a  hill  for  eleven  years.  The  first  piece  they  put  down  eleven 
years  ago  is  on  a  very  clayey  soil  on  a  very  rounding  hill,  and 
they  have  never  had  a  failure  in  any  way,  shape  or  manner  on 
any  of  the  pieces  that  they  have  put  down,  and  I  think  they 
have  7  or  8  acres  now  on  that  clayey  soil  which  has  no  sign 
of  a  porous  subsoil. 

Dr.  H.  J.  Wheeler.  Regarding  what  Mr.  Sanborn  said,  I 
attempted  to  grow  alfalfa  for  about  ten  or  twelve  years  with 
continual  failures,  all  the  time  working  with  common  alfalfa. 
After  getting  hardy  types  it  has  been  successful.  I  bought 
from  Professor  Hansen  of  South  Dakota  a  number  of  plants 
which  I  set  out  in  1912.  All  have  this  branch  habit,  and  most  of 
them  throw  out  a  number  of  roots,  and  that  alfalfa  has  come 
through  every  winter  since.  I  don't  think  a  single  plant  has  died. 
My  suggestion  would  be  to  communicate  with  Professor  Hansen 
and  get  some  of  the  most  hardy  varieties,  and  I  believe  Mr. 
Sanborn  can  succeed  on  the  type  of  soil  he  mentions. 

In  regard  to  this  cutting  of  alfalfa,  my  experience  with  leaf 
spot  has  been  that  when  it  comes  on  badly  you  ought  to  cut 
that  alfalfa  at  once,  no  matter  whether  buds  have  appeared  or 
not.  I  would  not  pay  any  attention  to  the  state  of  blooming. 
If  it  becomes  very  dry  it  may  be  necessary  to  cut  before  buds 
begin  to  appear  in  order  to  save  the  crop  you  have.  You  gen- 
erally get  another  crop,  notwithstanding  that  leaf  spot  is  seen. 
If  you  will  cut  that  off  at  once  your  next  crop  will  probably 
be  entirely  free  from  leaf  spot,  but  if  you  leave  it  you  will  do 
a  positive  injury  to  the  plant.  I  would  like  to  know  what  Mr. 
Jeffers  thinks  about  that? 


18 

Mr.  Jeffers.  I  think  Dr.  Wheeler  is  right  about  that.  Of 
course  it  is  a  pretty  hard  matter  to  lay  down  any  fast  rule. 
I  might  have  the  thing  in  my  mind  and  try  to  convey  it  to 
you  and  you  might  get  the  wrong  impression.  It  is  a  hard 
matter  to  lay  down  a  rule  in  regard  to  cutting.  You  speak 
of  cutting  within  fifteen  minutes  of  the  right  time.  We  take 
three  weeks  for  our  cutting,  and  we  cut  just  as  soon  as  these 
buds  appear,  and  during  those  three  weeks  we  don't  destroy 
very  many  of  the  new  shoots. 

I  want  to  say  that  one  outfit  - —  one  mower,  one  side  delivery 
rake,  two  or  three  wagons,  and  one  tedder  —  is  capable  of  har- 
vesting from  175  to  200  acres  of  alfalfa,  that  is,  when  it  is 
grown  in  a  commercial  way. 

Mr.  Bates.  I  have  found  that  when  I  delayed  my  cutting 
on  account  of  bad  weather,  by  raising  my  mowing  machine  I 
have  avoided  cutting  the  small  shoots. 

Mr.  Jeffers.   That  is  good. 

Dr.  Brooks.  I  agree  with  Dr.  Wheeler  about  the  cutting, 
—  the  sooner  the  better,  and  in  many  instances  the  crop  will 
come  up  healthier  the  next  time;  but  I  want  to  emphasize 
again  that  there  is  clearly  a  great  difference  in  varieties  in 
susceptibility.  Last  summer  when  one  variety  went  bad,  side 
by  side  with  it,  on  both  sides,  on  land  treated  in  the  same  way, 
other  strains  were  in  perfect  health,  so  that  the  selection  of  the 
best  possible  seed  cannot  be  too  much  emphasized. 

Dr.  Wheeler's  reference  to  some  of  Professor  Hansen's  varie- 
ties leads  me  to  call  attention  to  another  matter.  We  get 
Professor  Hansen's  literature,  and  in  the  summer  of  1914  we 
sent  and  got  some  of  his  most  highly  recommended  double, 
hardy,  cast  iron  alfalfa,  and  it  is  a  miserable  failure.  Professor 
Hansen  is  seeking  particularly  for  alfalfa  that  will  grow  where 
they  don't  have  much  loam,  and  none  of  his  varieties  have 
ever  done  well  with  us.  They  are  hardy,  they  are  cast  iron, 
but  they  don't  flourish  under  the  conditions  of  our  humid 
climate. 

In  relation  to  cultures  he  says  you  can  get  small  amounts  of 
culture  from  the  United  States  Department.  If  alfalfa  is  new 
to  you  use  a  culture.  That  advice  is  absolutely  sound,  but  I 
am  glad  to  be  able  to  announce  that  the  Extension  Service  of 


19 

the  college  will  furnish  culture  in  any  amount  you  need.  The 
charge  is  a  merely  nominal  one  of  25  cents. 

I  want  to  refer  to  a  remark  made  by  a  speaker  in  regard  to 
using  cultures  for  clover.  I  don't  believe  there  is  any  benefit 
connected  with  it.  I  want  to  call  attention  to  what  clover  will 
do  without  cultures  —  without  any  nitrogen  applied  to  the 
soil.  We  don't  want  to  forget  in  our  enthusiasm  for  alfalfa 
that  clover  is  still  a  mighty  good  crop.  We  have  one  field 
where  no  nitrogen  has  been  applied  to  the  soil  for  twenty-five 
years.  That  field  was  in  clover  last  year.  In  1913,  in  the 
spring,  this  clover  was  sown  with  a  thin  seeding  of  oats,  and 
the  crop  in  two  cuts,  on  a  plot  to  which  no  nitrogen  has  been 
applied  in  any  form  for  twenty-five  years,  and  on  which  no 
green  manure  has  been  grown  and  turned  under,  and  without 
any  culture,  but  with  plenty  of  acid  phosphate  and  potash, 
amounted  to  4.27  tons  of  well-made  hay.  On  a  plot  adjoining 
this  where  we  applied  nitrogen  every  year  in  addition  to  the 
same  amount  of  acid  phosphate,  potash  and  lime,  the  crop 
was  actually  a  little  bit  less  than  it  was  where  we  had  not 
applied  any  nitrogen,  —  a  fact  of  extreme  significance.  This 
shows  very  clearly  that  you  can  raise  the  best  of  all  forage 
without  nitrogen  and  without  green  manure. 

Mr.  Prescott.  I  wanted  to  ask  Mr.  Jeffers  if  he  thought 
75  pounds  of  nitrate  of  soda  was  sufficient  to  start  an  alfalfa 
field  with? 

Mr.  Jeffers.  Yes,  we  feel  that  it  is.  I  have  seen  a  number 
of  fields  started  this  year  and  last  that  were  established  with 
nothing  but  acid  phosphate  and  ground  stone,  —  4  tons  lime- 
stone and  350  pounds  acid  phosphate. 

We  have  one  field  near  us  of  50  acres  which  was  established 
without  any  nitrate  of  soda.  I  think  a  little  nitrate,  though, 
helps  the  crop  along. 


/>- 


'Ik'